en hye i). "a ee | We a, ae y |) -eene..

Veity 'v va beNeriny Vb be rrr Cokuiw Seve, Monn ~s = “ty

\. NA w he A TS Pe fe +

wISSN A Miracsyrrey hh ve rr Oeeterscsiuree 4 tT VDA dy wy

\ es er PP a py ~ Wile Liew? oe v

MAL | | | Ne pan aM oeeed VO dMAr~ ted PNYGOI AS “nyt mae Neeeroeoeeee ,

*ey =: Nay : Pie ‘ ¥ tala vw “t.* S

IY, al IO Sane ~ SES eeleee Oe de i Ad dell Pid wey! ee OW

“ww a r] ald By vew fo ug me & ex &

Yur ms BO hhh bl ddl how TEE e¥yeE, eT weeny \

hy wrives ONIN” ~ "WOU PA PbttAddg st td at Ry

NGG ees OPOCgeeue

4 ¥ 0 belt dh la ETT ATL EL =,

tate r- py AAse Spshathstathedlas ww A we

Wenne = hs Verse) a.

; ) ‘ Ee SQ g9°" we we wi sactteeneet

Led diy goat : : iuee 4 Pte ne ag

dil Ane en

" vguveewueet aly mcd Ail VCR, L

™ Wee hie be 2 |

Lu a amine ic? ‘Seeee| EE fa

eal ey us be e \ , ‘ie | - . = :

Tr iat. _ceervertfyeety dd Adil = siteael Nwowsy TREE L TTT T Mes

ie pennant Tag rye 7111] | see

. thi aa] VTi |) ee By EEE ~~ gu wa ‘{

fee Hy Nv : os SS eee yer’: Be i

| Je Ve Viewer o nastier. ortey ah LM :

pen SA adie To Oyviiy

bt Me i auemwenrerewerr Mocs ce Mee | . ‘ry ’ ' i :

wee ReUeeres: he Sianeli TEA SS du

, nt coat | 3 S é

1} id ree tT Hy N; bay .

ee ; ewe ec. Vvrmu ! pA rp

i s ty is \ rs Ow - PAA J

hy \ att Vi ts U4 eiueud LL pete’ ee 3

Si v. Ke wh | Mae GHugaclsqucne | ae yes wh ks gost ttneenet

My 8 Se,

eA VPRLUCOUPINVINE RE PHOT Mun, eSBs

Hindle SRE bl . | eel

RE Ni ‘yt Vly PR)

Ue wt 7 Ma

olin Pea LEE

| | eds dedi gedi a oii \B | .

os. everer heen 7p tebe Wut” -

a a

me aes Perey er & I wate ~ weored pees f : j Vy |

‘e : 4

: if “WON oe Seer

| NL thee irnansttg anc ot Amsneet f

pakwee pes

23 - vee

oll

vy rept | el pechethe Sopot et iy

Ny ns CeU Ne Bereee cue! Wi iicc nf

Wetnencseson Necevrn ih ais OaUCella

be : bs : Doe 3 vin meh Y RDSAA AD IL }

i are ol [Ie . reve! Manes ead bd Oh |

aan oO

| glx ets wise Nahe Lette as ie oye fees hy. oy ¥ 5 -\ \ \

. : hs d Jay aii eee Pty By ae teenttes i in aS is AS j Jay

z ; ~. 91 7 t i

we be hye we F nt a re, ° Thad gS

i ee gata Pao Wek

wey ine !

News

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

AVOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

1905, vol. Il

(MA Y—DECEMBER.)

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVHER-SQUARE,

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,

PATERNOSTER ROW,

Wy, hts), JE

OF THE

COUNCIL AND

OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1905.

COUNCIL.

His Gract Tur DuKke or Beprorp, K.G., President.

Srr ALEXANDER Barrp, Br.

Grorcr A. BouLencer, Ksq.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

THomas H. Burroucues, Esq.

Freperic G. Dawtrey Drewirr,

Esq., M.D.

Hersert Drucer, Esq., F.LS.,

Vice-President.

Cuartes Drummond, SHseq.,

Treasurer.

Sir Epwarp Duranp, Br., C.B.

FREDERICK GILLETT, Esa.

F. DuCane Gopman, Ksq.,

D.C.L.,F-.R.S., Vice-President.

W. R. Oaitvir-Grant, Esq.

| JosepH Jackson Lister, Esq.,

M.A., F.R.S.

Sin EKpmMunD Gites Lopsr, Br.

i. G. B. Meapr-Watpo, Esq.

P. Cuaumers Mircuey, Esq.,

M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.

EK. Lort Puiwurrs, Ksa.

Howarp SAunpDERS, Esq., Vice-

President.

HUS.H. Prince Francis

TECK.

Cuaries 8. Tomus, Ese., M.A.,

E.RB.S., Vice-President.

Aueustus F. Wiener, Esa.

Henry Woopwarb, Esq.,LL.D.,

| ERS., Vice-President.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. Cuatmers Mrrcnen, Hsq., M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.

Frank EK. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.

R. I. Pocock, Esq., ¥.L.8., Superiniendent of the Gardens.

CHARLES GABRIEL Sevicmann, Esq., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,

Pathologist.

Me. F. H. Watrruovuse, Librarian.

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. H. Cots, Chief Clerk.

Mr. Grorce Arruur Dousiepay, Clerk of Publications.

Mr.

Gardens.

Artuur Tomson, Assistant Superintendent of the

LIST OF CONTENTS.

May 2, 1905.

The Secretary. Exhibition of photographs of Hippo-

[OOUANMRTIS SS) S\yyaWTONOTUL ANE? eS ochunueddascceoccdaosvorosnecnsdoncode

Mr. R. E. Holding. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a

series of the first-year antlers of certain Deer ............

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a epee of the

Spanish Tar, Stipules Noo. ce. Calan iad he

Mr. W. Bateson, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,

specimens of Fowls illustrating peculiarities in the

heredibyxofiwibute plumage eos! iiss. ates eons eae atee

1. On the Sponge Leucosolenia contorta Bowerbank, A scandra

contorta Haeckel, and Ascetia spinosa Lendenfeld. By

K. A. Mincuty, F.Z.8., University College, London.

(Blatenle ye srretedtcemaae « imncoeledbs «een aeenetnet dee sara

2. Some Notes upon the Anatomy of the Ferret-Badger,

Helictis personata. By Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A.,

RAS Seb rosectortopenelSOcletya ta mare ceria eee

3. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VII.

Eurylemide ; with Remarks on the Systematic Position

of the Group. By W. P. Pycrart, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.

CBlatedlilR eis rerrieses Conte Fate es ag See Moree Ram oor

Puge

May 16, 1905.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of April 1905 ...............

My. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Description of a new Golden

Mole (Amblysomus corrice) from Cape Colony ............

My. H. B. Fantham, F.Z.8. Hxhibition of microscopic slides

and description of a new Sporozoon, Lankesterella

EP ULONIAS + cle aeaielaials «ecoak meres te relstepdiie eekeate tear rar eae ee ae

1. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Encephalic

Arterial System in Sauropsida. By Frank EH. BEppARD,

M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society ....................:

2. On the Nomenclature of the Anthropoid Apes as pro-

posed by the Hon. Walter Rothschild. By Sir H. H.

Jounston, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., F.Z.S.

eoeceecer cer corer occe specs

3. On some Bats of the Genus Rhinolophus, with Remarks

on their Mutual Affinities, and Descriptions of Twenty-

six new Forms. By Knup Awnprrsen. (Plates

IIT. & TV.)

Cee reese r ere eer esraoeeesoeaeeerecerosesescoreessereees

4, On Stridulating Hemiptera of the Subfamily Halyine,

with Descriptions of new Genera and new Species.

By Dr. E. Bercrotu, C.M.Z.S., Tammerfors, Finland...

5. On the Anatomy of Limicoline Birds; with special

Reference to the Correlation of Modifications. By

P. Cuatmers Mircuenn, M.A., D.Sc. (Oxon.), Secretary

to the Society

Ceo eee ease eres errr e eee seers reer ereeoeeeooeDeseeeoees

6. Observations upon a Female Specimen of the Hainan

Gibbon (Hylobates hainanus), now living in the

Society’s Gardens. By R. I. Pococs, F.LS., F.ZS.,

Superintendent of the Gardens, (Plate V.)...............

June 6, 1905.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of May 1905

Ce ee 2d

Page

146

155

169

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Deseription of a new Bush-

buck (Zragelaphus haywoodt) from British Kast Africa .

. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of specimens of

Mammals and Birds from Japan and description of a

new Marten (Mustela melampus bedfordt) .............06065

. . . vin ®

. R. I. Pocock, F.L.S8. Exhibition of a Jamaican

Scorpion (Centrurus insulanus) carrying young on

DESPA CK giasae wc Fasvb polis Maar aes hl Actas ate Mc Eppa a CREO eS Se

. P. Chalmers Mitchell. Notice of a memoir entitled

“On the Intestinal Tract of Mammals”.....................

1. Rough Notes on the Natural History of the Country

West of the Victoria Nyanza. By Lt.-Col. C. DeumE-

RADCLIFFE, VER Vi OSS HAZ S Ae Be ye ater otoratien cra reat Taltyeleieras

. The Distribution of Mexican Amphibians and Reptiles.

Bye EWAN Ss GADOWset EusOeael Ze Sener ierecectieerratorerestia:

. Descriptions of new Reptiles discovered in Mexico by

Dr. H. Gadow, F.R.S. By G. A. Bovuxencsr, F.R.S.,

VEE Ze Sua CE lates Vals dc ivan aie onneionhisnacenaccistost

. On a Collection of Batrachians and Reptiles made in

South Africa by Mr. C. H. B. Grant, and presented to

the British Museum by Mr. ©. D. Rudd. By G. A.

TROoAIeIDI, Iola Woe Atom. daagesbenadaocsHpnoacusscosondoud

. Some Notes upon the Anatomy of the Yellow-throated

Lizard, Gerrhosaurus flavigularis. By F. i. Bepparp,

Hy) brosector tothe Societyy: sce: se aceeae sen ser.

. On two Points in the Anatomy of the Lacertilian

Brain. By F. EK. Brepparp, F.R.8., Prosector to the

SIIONEIAY © Gshoos cooHs bao obooouodoHRoooDoccOdouBnDOdedndopoDCedcaco 00K

. On new Coleoptera from South Africa collected by Dr. H.

Brauns and others—Serricornia, Hndomychide, LHro-

tylides = By: Ts.) GORHAMs Bi ZS yo... sunecccescaen aces se:

. On the Fetus and Placenta of the Spiny Mouse (Acomys

cahirinus). By RicHarp Assueron, M.A., F.ZS.,

Lecturer in Biology in the Medical School of Guy’s

Hospital, University of London .............:.ceeeere scene ees

Page )

180

184

191

245

248

256

267

271

Page

9. Remarks on the supposed Clavicle of the Sauropodous

Dinosaur Diplodocus. By Francis, Baron Nopcsa,

1 ER Be Ae ens 2s not re Hl ee TLR HON Os IEE SrerccH cSt 289

November 14, 1905.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the months of June, July, August,

September, and: October a9 0 omnes Eceoecreeree cree ee 295

Col. W. H. Broun. Exhibition of mounted heads of a

White Waterbuck and two Rhinoceroses ................:- 296

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.8. Exhibition of speci-

mens of a rare Marsupial (Dactylopsila palpator) ......... 297

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S. Exhibition of two

busks trona, Abyssinia, cee eeere re tae ciaas wae errr 297

Mr. A. 8. Hirst, F.Z4.8. Exhibition of microscopic pre-

parations of a new Hemosporidian (Halteridiwm

CP UIUC TUUNI) eisai ce cok ten ae nae ante ae a era 297

Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.8. Exhibition of lantern-slides

illustrating the Papillary Ridges in Mammals ............ 297

Dr. P. L. Sclater, F.R.S. Letter from Mr. W. Rodier on

the RabbitzpestimmeAuistraliamernce sn ae-resecreeeeerese cent 298

My. Henry Scherren, F.Z.8. Exhibition of lantern-slides of,

and remarks upon, old pictures of Anthropoid Apes ... 298

1, On a Collection of Mammals brought home by the Tibet

Frontier Commission. By J. Lewis Bonnors, M.A.,

UI Ps Pe he A = een EAE So MN ie USS on AG nuaanbuuenudenadoses 302

2. Notes on the Geographical Distribution of the Okapi. By

Dr: Minar, GONNBERGS @/MeZeSaiee apes ee eeeee: eee ene 309

3. Notes on the Goral found in Burma. By Major G.

ELS EVAN, 1500 cH se RUG OP RE Me rae eta dene nat UNSER ees Sere 311

4. On the Mammals of Crete. By Dororuza M. A. Bare .... 315

Vil

November 28, 1905.

Mr. J. T. Cunningham, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of photo-

graphs of, and remarks upon, a horse bearing horn-like

SUBUCLULES essa tcvnnsue heath yee scum orb ovloaentiaeaiaye ens

Mr. Frank Slade, F.Z.S. Exhibition of photographs of a

Sea-Anemone in the process of division ...................4. 32

Mr. Douglas English. Exhibition of an albino Field-

MOle ROS ed. Wath. fonanane le waiicis oe « BUNdnaodenoemonuscencdose

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks

upon, a melanistic specimen of the Wall-Lizard .........

Capt. Albert Pam, F.Z.S. Remarks upon a living specimen

of the Violet-cheeked Humming-bird................00.00008

Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of

bind skims} frome Japan cecse-n ch seein nee at aeeeece cies

1. Colour Evolution in Guereza Monkeys. By R. LyDEKKER.

2. The White-maned Serow. By R. LypEKKER. (Plate

WDE), egdonceaconoasacneGo8 bo panopnbochcods ooasducDdcodosonosdedce

3. The Duke of Bedford’s Zoological Exploration in Kastern

Asia.—I. List of Mammals obtained by Mr. M. P.

Anderson in Japan. By Oxprienp Tuomas, F.R.S.

(Plein: ID.) > Ss ban cgocodososobSudHEbcads sdoeabacbcunsoBEsodohnconeo

4, A Revision of the Fishes of the Family Galaxudaw. By

C. Tare Reean, B.A., F.Z.8. (Plates X.—X1TIT.).........

5. The Mammalian Fauna of China.—Part I. Wurine. By

Se Lewis Bon torent, Av. VHA Sie cn ceccrtea car cise shte ce

6. Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera

of the Genera Homopheta, Asphera, and Oedionychis.

By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. (Plates XIV. & XV.)... 398,

7. Some Additions to the Knowledge of the Anatomy, prin-

cipally of the Vascular System, of Hatteria, Crocodilus,

and certain Lacertilia. By Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A.,

HERS erosector to bhe SOCleby «0.02. .ssers cess seme sae

Page

324

329

363

384

591

vill

December 12, 1905.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of November 1905 .........

The Secretary. Exhibition of a coloured print of Polito’s

Mr.

Royal Menagerie at Exeter ’Change .....................00.

A. H. Cocks, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a series of photo-

graphs of Whales taken in East Finmarken ...............

xeo. P. Mudge, F.Z.8S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,

a Dogfish wath abnormallvascera:. +. -eeee eee:

Geo. P. Mudge, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,

anabarthworm wach bindetailen. scenes see ee recee cr eee ee

H. B. Fantham, B.Sc., F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and

remarks upon, microscopic preparations of a new Hemo-

sporidian of the genus Piroplasmea ...........0cccc cee ceneees

Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and

remarks upon, tails of Dormice showing regeneration of

thet vertebrae iki 51. oie sas saree epee sere con ae an Saat hie ee ae fe

. W. G. Ridewood, F.Z.8. Exhibition of microscopic

preparations of the regenerated vertebre of the tails of

Dormice

SERRE ee meee eee eee est seers rersereeeseeesesesresessseresesees

1. On the Habits and Reactions of Crabs bearing Actinians

in their Claws. By J. E. DurrpEen, Ph.D., A.R.C.Se.

(Lond.), Professor of Zoology, Rhodes University

College, Grahamstown, Cape Colony .............2c0sssee0s

. Notes on a Collection of Snakes from Japan and the Loo

Choo Islands. By Captain F. Want, C.M.Z.S., Indian

Medical Service

fee eee seco rsccerereseereseseseeeesersecsesesoreseene

3. Description dun Ophidien nouveau du Mexique (Morenoa

orizabensis, g. et sp.nn.). Par Aurrep Ducks, M.D.,

C.M.Z.S.

eo ee eeeceereres ce seoerecceee eri oseeseseseseseoreoreeeserecese

4, On a Collection of Mammals from Persia and Armenia

presented to the British Museum by Col. A. C. Bailward.

By Ouprretp Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8. (Plate XVI.) ...

Page

490

491

494

511

D17

519

Page

5. On the Colour- Variation of the Beetle Gonioctena variabilis.

IBiy Ib, iDocunsmiais, WING INVAgS gscceoscsesacos5~ aGooncbopeaee 528

6. On Species of Crustacea of the Genera Ptychognathus

Stimps. and Palemon Fabr. from Christmas Island. By

Dr. J. G. pe Man, of Terseke, Holland. (Plates X VIT.

63 ZO\WINOL) ocosesocnooescgoncoso donb ob oqoduaeoagaoousopooasonasbooan 537

7. Note on Heredity in Pigeons. By RicHArD STAPurs-

JBrRO\yANIO, INW/AIS onde Gusspaqdondudedeouahonoesasnercesoacuoougacosnan 550

8. On a new Species of Worm of the Genus Pontodrilus from

the Shores of the Red Sea. By Frank H. Bepparp,

MeN HRS. Prosector tothe Societys... s-asemeees ccs: 558

9. On a new Enchytreid Worm (Henlea lefroyi, sp. n.) from

India destructive to the Eggs of a Locust (Acridium sp.).

By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the

SIOGIEIN? scapugnoncscndoncsanoonundono cook dbboopesopanocopacdaqdescKd. 562

10. On new and rare British Mites of the Family Oribatide.

By Cecizr Warsurton, M.A., F.Z.S., and Nicer D. F.

IPinein, Wig, — (Ebies) BOBS ay D0O.G)) “ coscHbadaoenacusonoe 564

11. On some South Australian Spiders of the Family Lycoside.

By Jalsa, delete Wiel, Wd WAgSbeoagsonsenonnpouncnancdonseabaaco 569

AXIO Ae Tele 18 IDI AI TiS ae

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Page

ANDERSEN, KNup.

On some Bats of the Genus Rhinolophus, with Remarks

on their Mutual Affinities, and Descriptions of Twenty-

Six Me welonms. veg (dates WINE Cl Ve)\ere ca ceeneaeee eae aia. 75

AssHETon, Ricuarpb, M.A., F.Z.8., Lecturer in Biology in

the Medical School of Guy’s Hospital, University

of London.

On the Fetus and Placenta of the Spiny Mouse

(Al@OmngS CUNT UI), cnc concno ended o0cndus b6v0066 BRNO don een 280

Bare, Miss Dorornea M. A.

OnsthermMammalstotr Oreter- ve cee yeaa ee 315

X11

Page

Bateson, WittiAM, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Fowls

illustrating peculiarities in the heredity of white plumage. 3

BeppArD, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

Some Notes upon the Anatomy of the Ferret-Badger,

EVEL iCEUSS DENSONULG dere ten ete MIS a rose One 21

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Encephalic

ANHHSIRIENL SN ASHUCTEM TAY SEVETROV OSCE: coonposcacsooocssoobosons00s00000 59

Some Notes upon the Anatomy of the Yellow-throated

IbivAennel, CRAP A OORTEFUIS MONET OUTHPOS. Ge 600 5009600500000900000050000 256

On two Points in the Anatomy of the Lacertilian

IB PAI) aera od Danio neal ec a tai aeiova tea etinne nore enue eee 267

Some Additions to the Knowledge of the Anatomy,

principally of the Vascular System, of Hatteria, Crocodilus,

andicertain Wacertiliatysancecseee tence cere cee cee ceereeee A461

On a new Species of Worm of the Genus Pontodrilus

fromthe shores of the Nedeseaaeteee rer eeee eo ereeeE Eee nner 558

On a new Enchytreid Worm (Henlea lefroyi, sp. n.)

from India destructive to the Eggs of a Locust

(Aenidinumisp. Jie cecces tok SOO ee 562

Bererotu, Dr. E., C.M.Z.8., of Tammerfors, Finland.

On Stridulating Hemiptera of the Subfamily Halyine,

with Descriptions of new Genera and new Species......... 146

Bonuote, J. Lewis, M.A., F.LS., F.Z.8.

On a Collection of Mammals brought home by the

dibet Hron tier: Commission! 7-27-25 -me co eeeeace eee 302

The Mammalian Fauna of China.—Part I. durine ... 384

Xill

BouLENGER, GEorcE ALBERT, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Descriptions of new Reptiles discovered in Mexico by

IDjiry Jel, CavclonigeItalavsk 9 (eens: Wb we NE) ppb eaonooonboas

On a Collection of Batrachians and Reptiles made in

South Africa by Mr. C. H. B. Grant, and presented to

the British Museum by Mr. C.D. Rudd ............0........

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a melanistic specimen

OlsthewWiallSknzardeene: serene pathy iia phe Sete Noa. Sg a

Brown, Col. W. H.

Exhibition of mounted heads of a White Waterbuck

AIO: L WOR bu MTT OCELOSES aaoeniacte searesece ed Cri eatae Senco Acceee

Browne, RicHarD StapiEs-. See StapLes-BROWNE.

Cocks, ALFRED HENEAGE, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a series of photographs of Whales taken

Thay DENSE IAM ONEWAEII: 4 Hc oo dooosgovunsouocedosacdousauucadsesdononoue

Cunnineuam, J. T., M.A., F.ZS.

Exhibition of photographs of, and remarks upon, a

norsevbearinehornqlile: Structures fade a... acess seeilsceet

Detm&é-Rapcuirre, Lt.-Col. C., M.V.O., F.Z.S.

Rough Notes on the Natural History of the Country

Wiest ofthe; Victoria Nyanzan \ aaa seas Rees eee

DE May, Dr. J. G., of Ierseke, Holland.

On Species of Crustacea of the Genera Ptychognathus

Stimps. and Palemon Fabr. from Christmas Island.

(Benes DOI 0s, OO EIDIED) occ onda or Nesp b Use sSo be par Us pacnoaes

Page

245

248

324

296

490

323

184

537

X1v

Page

Doncaster, Leonard, M.A., F.Z.S.

On the Colour-Variation of the Beetle Gonioctena

(EHR THOIDSSE Se NCD ly Corer ee eaten Ny ae MA ds Ue a a oe ha 528

Durrpen, J. E., Ph.D., A.R.C.Se.(Lond.), Professor of

Zoology, Rhodes University College, Grahamstown,

Cape Colony.

On the Habits and Reactions of Crabs bearing Actinians

TWaWr{al OVE) Dak Ol Leys SHRI ra Ree met Cini ar are Allen is IE a ne oe aos 494

Ducks, ALFRED, M.D., C.M.Z.S.

Deseription dun Ophidien nouveau du Mexique

(Morenoa orizabensis, g. eb SP. DN.) ...csssseseeeeeeteereee eee 517

Eneuisu, Dovetas.

Exhibition of anvalbino) Bield-Vole 4...) eA oes 324

Evans, Major G. H.

Notes on the Goralltound am Burma hose eee eee 311

Fantuam, H. B., B.Sc., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of microscopic slides and description of a

new Sporozoon, Lankesterella tritonts 1.2... severe eens ee es 58

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, microscopic pre-

parations of a new Heemosporidian of the genus

TEXT RONKISIOGS agp socooe con nndbonn sHnapaondodoesdbogoodoDesogaouddbas008 491

Gapow, Hans, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

The Distribution of Mexican Amphibians and Reptiles. 191

Page

Gornam, The Rev. H.S., F.Z.S.

On new Coleoptera from South Africa collected by

Dr. H. Brauns and others—Serricornia, Hndomychide,

JHRORUEHE? — soaecoasnenscodesse sdngson0 cosdoaadonnbocdoduDodouodOnOd: 271

Grant, W. R. Oativie-. See Ogitvie-GRANT.

Hirst, A. 8., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of microscopic preparations of a new

Hemosporidian (Halteridium crumeniwm) ....cccccceeeeeees 297

Hoge, Henry R., M.A., F.Z.S.

On some South Australian Spiders of the Family

VEU COGULCE a fe ct. (taaicteidne noid isan Mees Siretiotiny Perens Mmasaind Nes eee 569

Houpine, R. E.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of the first-

eat antlersyor CeRualM Wee 1 sudsasds Jaeclrmercoc sets i

Jacosy, Martin, F.E.S.

Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleo-

ptera of the Genera Homopheta, Asphera, and

Oedionychis. (Plates XUV. & XV.) 0.000005. 0. scee es 398, 591

Jounstron, Sir Harry H., G.C.M.G., K.C.B., F.Z.8.

On the Nomenclature of the Anthropoid Apes as

proposed by the Hon. Walter Rothschild .................. 70

Kipp, Dr. Water, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of latern-slides illustrating the Papillary

Jeo idkexass sim NU ENTMTNANES coos ooancnooboasb070c08a908000ds90000400000 297

XV1

Lonnpere, Dr. Ernar, C.M.ZS8.

Notes on the Geographical Distribution of the Okapi.

LyprEKkKer, Ricnarp, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Colour Evolution in Guereza Monkeys .................:

The White-maned Serow. (Plate VIII.) ...............

Mincut, Prof. KH. A., F.Z.8., University College, London.

On the Sponge Leucosolenia contorta Bowerbank,

Ascandra contorta Haeckel, and Ascetta spinosa Lenden-

folds (Plate slay i Agia s cs iecssks ahae meneeene eae eee eer ce

Mircnett, P. CHatmers, M.A., D.Sc., Secretary to the

Society.

Exhibition of photographs of Hippopotamuses swim-

TURDTA Sansa in Saisie a ice MAREE eae ee oie loi SE Ist eis Ciem eae cients

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

dune the monthiot zAyprtl ako 0 oeeinsceeree reece tee eece

On the Anatomy of Limicoline Birds; with special

Reference to the Correlation of Modifications ............

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during athe month ote MayeltS 0 oi eneeeee ere rece ce neat eeere

Notice of amemoir entitled ‘‘On the Intestinal Tract

of! Mammals ciao, sci. re econ sone elnae Rete nee ee meres

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the months of June, July, August, September,

and October. di GO jeri sais aces tu ncttisel toate) Verte aean a nnen

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during. the! monthof November, 190d) 87 eee na nses ees.

Exhibition of a coloured print of Polito’s Royal

Menagerie at Hxeter Change ...,,........ceccccecceeceee seus

Page

309

325

329

184

295

489

XV1l

Page

Muper, Grorce P., F.Z.S8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Dogfish with

abionmalavasceraipearteke ehh teen eaedanaedes 21th oho cae eae 490

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an Harthworm with

outa clberllvaprictct: cel we tern Amen een IOCN AGM Alia A, shielsie we 490

Norcsa, Baron Francis, Ph.D.

Remarks on the supposed Clavicle of the Sauropodous

Dinosaur) plodociish ards. ece eee HEE charset apstiren its 289

OaGiLvIE-GRANtT, W. R., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of a series of bird-skins from Japan ......... 324

Pam, Capt. AtBErRT, F.Z.8S.

Remarks upon a living specimen of the Violet-cheeked

iEfturmamaia ge lide oo daeys Sal Gateidas io be wcheors eepaoerstotae Sackiaeee Is aees o24

Prarce, Nicet D. F., M.A., and Warpurron, Cecit, M.A.,

E.ZS8.

On new and rare British Mites of the Family Oribatide.

(QB ISLES NOTE NENG eas case Rear aia cae sige a cteebtt es 564

Pocock, Reernaup Iyyes, F.L.S., Superintendent of the

Gardens.

Exhibition of a specimen of the Spanish Tarantula ...... 3

Observations upon a Female Specimen of the Hainan

Gibbon (Hylobates hainanus), now living in the Society’s

Gardens Ge labeuVi)s acer nascar te ene nye 169

Exhibition of a Jamaican Scorpion (Centrurus insu-

lanus) carrying young’ on its back 1.2..........0...ecendse00s 183

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. II. b

XVill

Pycrart, W. P., F.Z.8., M.B.O.U.

‘ontributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VII.

Eurylemide; with Remarks on the Systematic Position

of the Group. (Plate IT.) .......... se ceeee scene eee ene nene es

Rapcurre, C. Detmgé-. See DeEtM&- RADCLIFFE.

Recan, C. Tare, B.A., F.Z.8.

A Revision of the Fishes of the Family Galaxiide.

(Plates X.—X ITI.)

RipEwoop, W. G., D.Sc., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of microscopic preparations of the regene-

rated vertebree of the tails of Dormice

Roruscuitp, The Hon. L. Waurer, M.P., D.Se., Ph.D.,

E.ZS.

Exhibition of specimens of a rare Marsupial (Dacty-

lopsila pulpator)

Cie i i i ie i i i i i a i ae aac ery

Exhibition of two tusks from Abyssina

SCHERREN, Henry, F.Z.S8.

Exhibition of lantern-slides of, and remarks upon, old

pictures of Anthropoid Apes

eee eee eee eee screenees eo eeeesesesese

ScLATER, Puinip Luttey, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.

Letter from Mr. W. Rodier on the Rabbit-pest in

Australia

SLADE, FRANK, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of photographs of a Sea-Anemone in the

process of division

Page

363

494

297

298

Xix

Page

STapLes-BrowNne, RicHarD, F.Z.8.

INOUS Gin Jsleechiny ih IEICE sre ssscossosedooonocouescsedo: 550

THomas, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Description of a new Golden Mole (Amblysomus corrie)

‘anon, Chyoe). CONOIIHY “doodadaqsocnosovocobogoceueedesndndoadoncdcnedne 57

Description of a new Bush-buck (Zragelaphus haywoodt)

from British Hast Africa ...............c.ssececeeeneecereereees 180

Exhibition of specimens of Mammals and Birds from

Japan and description of a new Marten (Mustela

TAM DLS CATY OKUO)) 305666850000 0000900508000500 pp boGeoREaNGeCONN 182

The Duke of Bedford’s Zoological Exploration in

Eastern Asia.—I. List of Mammals obtained by Mr. M.

P. Anderson in Japan. (Plate IX.)............00.....0e2020e 331

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, tails of Dormice

showing regeneration of the vertebra ..............-...-++0+ 49]

On a Collection of Mammals from Persia and Armenia

presented to the British Museum by Col. A. C. Bailward.

(TRIES OWI) eeonoo5gn0542qo4og006 non onaude secocacoadoanedH ~aRe350 519

Watt, Capt. F., C.M.Z.S., Indian Medical Service.

Notes on a Collection of Snakes from Japan and the

Theo’ Clinge) Islands) pebeoobocncooosboso ndoocgaesocasdaucaconstognot 511

Warsurton, Cecin, M.A., F.Z.S., and Pearce, Nicet D. F.,

M.A.

On new and rare British Mites of the Family Oribatide.

(Plates XIX. & KX.) eee eeeeeeee eect eens estes sees 564

LIST OF PLATES.

1905.—Vot. II.

Plate Page

5 QUELE ROG COMOFUD . Sco Odie Goo 0 DON EH HY CU SHE DOG Aoo> 3

ey Osteolopyaot the Hunylenivde ws. ce sacle ie eine 5)

ra Saul ssonthinoloph ise wie mie verte tne ey eae ci yee 75

Witte ylobalesihainantist tin «cc es kee Gian nae 169

Nie Anolisigadouite 2 Anolisttog aster nm tay teint l o4s

VII. 1. Sceloporus gadovie. 2. Leptodira guillent .......... |

VIII. White-maned Serow (Nemorhedus argyrochetes) ...... 329

XG Mustelarmelanipus Ged ,Ondy antral. ert teivepeae tas 38

X. 1. Galaxias affinis. 2. G. huttom. 3. G. punctifer.\

AEN GLY NG ee sais Oe So hola ta tana ret tata oh cc Gans tok aeons ae tas |

XI. 1. Galavias weedoni. 2. G. waitit. 3. G. olidus. 4. G. |

OCCLAENLMIDS Mae ek enn Gee ose t Weld cole nar iat ter Ree P0063

en ° OG |

XIL. 1. Galaxias attenuatus. 2. G. coxit

XIU. 1. Galavias auratus. 2. G. attenuatus. 3. G. findlayt.

AORG EL UELACEUSIO staan cm Cre merry na tie iota ate ts J

XIV. : beh

XV. New species of Bladder-clawed Halticide ............ 398

OV CHOI EOS WADED Vosuccsoveboo0bdoD eb ocnooo Dou. 519

XVII. Figs. 1-5. Ptychognathus pusillus. Fig. 6. P. barbatus . .>

XVIII. Figs. 7-15. Palemon (Eupalemon) lar, var. Figs. 16-19. +537

2 (CRG DUAL) UIP 6 oo oon be BOE EdooKGOCou O00 dD ODO” J

cIX. : ate Ke

eee British Crna b etehayeitecaue aan cys akemaras Gilel ge Pe toiet aan Mae as 564

16.

LIST OF TEXT-FIGURES

1905.—Vot. II.

. First-year antlers of certain species of Deer.......... ence sinha

. Spicules of a specinen of Clathrina contorta from Roscoft

Spicules of two specimens of Clathrina contor/a from Banyuls. .

Spicules of the “sprnosa” variety of Clathrina contorta ......

Spicules of Leucosolenia, Sycon, and Cluthrind ......ceceeee.

Abnormal gigantic spicules of the class of the monaxons from a

specimen of Clathrinu contorta from Banyuls..... SHG

Brain of Helictis personata, dorsal aspect .......... S10

. Brain of Helictis personata, ventral aspect, with the arterial

system shown in thicker and thinner black lines ........ ae

. Pancreas and adjacent regions in Helictis personata ..........

. Pancreas and adjacent region in Galictis barbata ............

. Intrathoracie aorta of A. Helctis personata; B. Galictis

WRU 386 Bie Ag iy PANO attictee ueRe ean aa era ere eee

Intrathoracic aorta of Suricata tetradactyla..............

Sternum of Calyptomena, showing the simple Gabiaren ed)

SOMME CNA, GUC} als don Gkpo oso ¢ OB 010.0 8h bo aoc Pon aio Ko OOo

Portion of the shoulder-girdle of Calyptomena ............ i

Dissection of arm, dorsal aspect, of Hurylemus ochromelas

Eumeces algeriensis. Ventral aspect of brain, showing chief

AT LCLICS. sed etait: Date WR Cel ey oar Sy HO ESLER) Oe eo is

Gerrhosaurus flavigularis. Ventral aspect of brain, showing

chief arteries: 10) a icnamscede sei eeiee soe alueeyciy Be Sa arene

Tupinambis nigropunctatus. Ventral aspect of brain, showing

chiefiarteriess sean a Rilawols tas beos See ariiac cue tpatiaa Rola Canine

Python molurus. Ventral aspect of brain, honing chief arteries.

Testudo vicina. Ventral aspect of brain, chown chief arteries .

Testudo vicina. Lateral aspect of brain, showing chief arteries .

Side views of nose-leaves of Bats, showing the principal forms of

the connecting process in the RAimolophus simplex group (a)

and the Rh. lepidus group (0, 6, d) .....s eee eee

XXIV

Page

23. Wing-structure of Chionts alba .......0--- sees e see eee eee 156

24. Diagram of intestinal pattern of Rhynchea capensis .......... 157

25. Diagram of intestinal pattern of Hydrophasianus chirurgus .... 158

96. Shoulder-muscles of Gidicnemus scolopav 1.0.0... eevee eens 159

Df, IMO Ok (Chita CMldGe ob 006002800008c0Gacsoan0 00nd s 000 161

28) Dhich-muscles of Chios alba 21 sees ee ween 166

QOMIMaprotiMlexicoy en ian ale eee aa ic oni eee ener 195

30. Diagram of the distribution of 250 Mexican species according to

SANECEUME. fo. his cag ars) a mare Se asl estes tepse Ve Seeker Raters 229

31. Diagrams to illustrate the contours of Mexico at different geo-

loearcrall Mat Anno p boos oo edd cupoDosadado cous oueuCodeC 235

32. Diagrams to illustrate the contours of Mexico at diferent geo-

logical (YRS) Rees OAR RBOORD OO COD GOS BADD OODOOCHDOGODOOO OE 236

33. Liver of Gerrhosaurus flaviguiaris, ventral aspect ............ 259

34. Liver of a second example of Gerrhosaurus flavigularis, ventral

DUM Godgaoocsuocsadpoagannsssoccoocn, GU renee sheenetes 259

35. Gastro-hepatic ligament of Gerrhosaurus flavigularis, showing

Coursevol muscular bunGdlen ane ya. een ets ire anas 261

36. Pancreas of Lacerta ocellata and of Gerrhosaurus flavigularis .. 262

37. Aortic arches and first part of dorsal aorta of Gerrhosaurus

GHEPUONOD Siao@iacscneovauosus sooo b boon goaoe boo OU Ube 265

38. Abdominal region of aorta of Gerrhosaurus flavigularis ...... 264

39. Lateral view of brain of Varanus exanthematicus and of Taupi-

MAMLOUS UGTOPUTCEALILS) «)a) eae terete Tee Ee eee 268

40, Dorsal view of brain of Varanus evanthematicus ............ 268

Almunia tostusvOL Acomys Canucieusieaen er eae terre eae 281

AOW ihe placentavol A\comys ot tenue cere eine rare Cerri ees 282

43, A section of a portion of the placenta of deomys ............ 2983

44. A section through the junction between trophoblast and tropho-

Spongia Of ACommys cadence cre iat ere ey tar eee 284

45, A diagram of a section through the centre of the placenta of

PACOMY Sie ni ccaic irae Neel te parece ek Tar hee ent te act 285

46. Supposed clavicula of Dyplodocus .......................... 290

AT Same bone Of Diplodocusnc manera aL cere eee eo O.

48° Diagramvol penis of Scruthion iis. a. ae) eaee i eo

AQ) Osi penis'of Muropeam Obter (in reer erate enacic riers 292

5Ow The Satyrus indicus of Mullpishoc. nose er ener eo

51. Early figure of Chimpanzee, from Astley’s ‘Travels’ ........ 301

52. A, lateral, and B, upper view of the skull of Vulpes ferrilatus.. 304

53. A, upper, and B, lower right molar series of Microtus waltont.. 307

54, ‘The Black Guereza (Colobus satanas) ).... 0s sane on see: 325

55. The Mantled Guereza (Colobus palliatus) ......... 0.00000 0es- 326

56y Sharpe's Guerezai(Colobus sharper) wii... yl Vee reid eat 327

57. The White-tailed Guereza (Colobus caudatus) 1.0.0... ...00.. 327

58. The White-thighed Guereza (Colobus vellerosus) ............ 328

So mibrincipaly arteries) OfmAG lent, Moyne rtd ck eer eens en Tey ete 463

60. Anterior abdominal and portal veins of Hatterca ............ 465

61. Heart and aortic trunks of Ophisaurus, to illustrate mode of

GTI Oi GOULD GD esoodomecHuboodpandogooonoovodDoado0e 469

XXV

Page

G62. Intestinal arteries and portal of Ophisawrus, from left side .... 471

Goomnenalwartenleskote Opsaunusm mane <5 see CoeeME oe cess . 473

64, Hepatic portal system of Ophisaurus ................+...-: 475

GS, Neal yOnNS Cit CYSTS 9505500 %e 0095005 conn bono neem eae AT7

66. Membranes uniting vena cava and left lung in Amphisbena

TRETUITTOD 3 5 heey As Wie Bois oer ais apts Gir SG ic OIE LID CiGINee ae 481

67. Liver of Amphisbena brasiliana, ventral view .............- 48s

68. Kidney, testis, and intervening veins of Amphisbena brasiliana, 486

69. Origin of subclavian in Amphisbena brasiliana .............. 486

70, Tail-vertebre and one appendix of a species of Central

EXSY IBOTOIOS 6 oob6c000856 nda | Wad eapet cee Mucuiaaiar Senora anon:

71. Tail of a species of G Graphiurus from Fernando Po honking

regenerated cae HG e CO OLA NS AGO Beno Oe Hid ane eC wo 400

72. Melia tessellata from Mauritius, holding an actinian in each

lawirtas ory Torrie ste tcheiere ss seater er hevoitoal oat Revie cocsnckores woe. 495

73. a. Melia tessellata from the Maldive and Laccadive Archipela-

goes, bearing in each claw a sea-anemone, 6. The “ hand”

holdin syanvane mone) mays steepsipye leeds uy stale sicesa eras 496

74. Melia tessellata from the Hawaiian Islands, pens an expanded

actinian in each claw ............ epciuipiehrs aistatotare Sadatis sar nd O8

75. Claw of Melia tessellatu showing the two rows of spines ...... 500

76. Melia tessellata dislodging a fixed actinian by means of its first

ambulatory. lam bese nyt SP eicang Schaal ae ae eR oR eae Me 502

77. Tete de Morenoa orizabensis, en dessus et de profil..........., 518

78. Ventral view of Pontodrilus crosslandt....... Brace Seca een G0)

79. Ventral view of Pontodrilus laccadivensts ........0+0...005 de O50)

80, LLNCTSO UISHUEL. So oducupouo anos ood one bonduonnibogeob pe 572

Silo JLCOSO JONG 0 sooo acon oe deunoopeoos CREE Ras dese eerie ei ENRON 574.

82), Lycosa molyneuzy......:.....-. Holdagoabnoeta Pe wee Hise H 575

SB JLYCOIE CUTHMOL Sooo ruby vonomneo yc Ob ONO 60 Spits eee 577

SAMOA COSMET ATUStM rar cue aurucier siren tM mer ler cal Ue ates teh iecbafialat or AMC Pea alee 079

SO), LCOS WOOP an kotaeeoutonabodoonous Saichiaitc araeta nines pean et aaa 581

IG, JMC GULGHE obo odcboononsoboo on ooo ONdoE Liege au ent 582

Wo JNCOSE: SHALIOE coors cusoueowesbonsonoboer RST HiG LEH ois aes 585

Seb: LLGOSO CRAKS 6S so MOU HOO OS UHR HOS COME Ho OOODDOADOU DADC 587

SQ), ILO AUG WOCDALD 3 ob ol meee OO DORA odlbi6 ob OU. DROS. C oie 588

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. II. €

LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS

PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME (1905, vol. IL.).

Page

Dryomys (Mamm.) ............... 348

Eurynannus (Hemipt.) ......... 153

Glirulus (Mamin.) i000. .c.5. 347

Page

Hedonistes (Coleopt.) ............ 278

Levenna (Hemipt.) ............65 151

Morenoa (Ophid.) ......... 517, 518

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON,

1905, vol. IL.

PART :

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MAY anv JUNE,

OCTOBER 1905.

_ PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

. LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,,

PATERNOSTER-ROW. |

JAN 5 -1999

>, LH ty

Rea HATION y “aah

may § a Bf aot Ni

Seay AMLIB RL TF

[Price Twelve Shillings. |

i : : SEN Nive,

LIST OF CONTENTS,

1905.—Vou. II.

Part I.

May 2, 1905.

Pave

The Secretary. Exhibition of photographs of Hippopotamuses swimming .«............ I

Mr. R. E. Holding. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of the first-year antlers of

GSsAHEIL AY DYSET NR Aas eGo Pee OD Ua Mn ebb b hatin ee we cee eb eleg one anelee sels vine BR

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a specimen of the Spanish Tarantula sehen canals

Mr. W. Bateson, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Fowls illustrating

‘ ~ peculiarities in the heredity of white plumage ......... BRIG RATS AOU MIRE eho Se pean

1. On the Sponge Leucosolenia contorta Bowerbank, Ascandra eonterta Haeckel, and

Ascetta spinosa Lendenfeld. By HE, A. Mrneuin, F.Z.8., University College, Hyer

GE eSCEML Ver eaioctai t's cielo erate rere sist cantons Slee ate eles stay ars Wivaitevonsvalialat a eval Wathen tet nlayaehe eines 3

2. Some Notes wpon the Anatomy of the Ferret-Badger, Helictis personate. By Franx H,

Bupparp, M-A., BR.S., Prosector to the Society 2. 0.30). cine w 2's oe eos wlele enemas 21

3. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.— Part VIT. Lurylemide ; with Remarks on

the Systematic Position of the Group. By W. P. Pycrarr, F.Z.S., M.B.0.U.

(OPN WIM) sic stelateanty eu ee totals ae ORR esas ere ienee mee Poca ei ne eisai s tenet 30

May 16, 1905.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of

ssh astp ln {S/O spa enenins H orien Heese oss ea Sorat bade) OOS TAOBAO CRE SUG EE .¢ DT

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Description of a new Golden Mole (Ambiysomus corrie)

from, Cape Colony ices seni oe nie cian Bae ae Arie woos Nae pele Siete /sicl steeretare nets eae 57

Mr. H. B. Fantham, F.Z.8. Exhibition of microscopic slides and description of a new |

Sporozoon, Lankesterelia tritonis.... ++ sees se cece ce eeees Bhexe tareiiate eye wisi eevee eno RaRa Renee Pay ole

1. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Encephalic Arterial System in Sauropsida.

By Frans E. Bupparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.....- Pay CAP ERLE (Sei 59

2. On the Nomenclature of the Anthropoid Apes as proposed a the Hon. Walter

Rothschild. By Sir H. H. Jounsroy, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., F.Z.8. Pe ANS RS Roan tera aR

3, On some Bats of the Genus Rhinolophus, with Remarks on their Mutual Affinities, and

Descriptions of Twenty-six new Forms. By Kyup Anpmrsey. (Plates IIT. &1V.).. 7

1 ie

4, On Stridulating Hemiptera of the Subfamily Halyine, with Deseriptions of new

Genera and new Species. By Dr. H. Burcroru, C.M.Z.8., Tanmerfors, Finland.... 146.

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tuts Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarrtes,

Mr. J. Sastnz, Mr. N. A. Vieors, and other eminent Naturalists,

for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the

introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,

and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

COUNCIL.

HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., President.

Str ALEXANDER Barro, Br.

Grorce A. Boutenerr, Esa,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Tuomas H. Burrovauss, Ese.

F. G. D. Drewirr, Esa., M.A.

MaDe Ha Cak.

Hersert Drucer, Kse., F.LS.,

Vice-President.

Caartes Drummonp, Ese.,

Treasurer.

Sir Epwarp Duranp, Br., C.B.

Frepprick Giiuetr, Ese.

F, Dv Cane Gopman, Ese,

D.C.L., F.R.S., Vice-President.

W. R. Ocitvie-Grant, Ese.

J. Jackson Lisrer, Ese., M.A.,

HERES:

Srr Epmunp Gites Loner, Br.

E. G. B. Mzapr-Watpo, Ese.

P. Caatmers Mircnett, Ese.,

M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.

KE, Lort Paruries, Esa.

Howarp Saunpsmrs, Ese., Vice-

President.

H.S.H. Prince Francis of Tecx,

Cuares §. Tomwss, Hsa., M.A.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Aveustus F, Wiener, Esa.

Henry Woonwarp, Esa., LL.D.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and

Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.

till Sunset.

The Offices (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications

should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-

days, when they are closed at Two o’clock p.m.

The Library (3 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of

Mr. F H. Wareruouvss, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M.,

on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the

Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every

month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice

a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and

October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.,

or the nearest convenient day (April 28, 1905).

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

Fettows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-

bution of £3, due on the 1st of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in leu thereof; the whole payment,

including the Admission Fee, being £35,

No person can become a Frttow until his Admission Fee and

First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments

have been compounded for.

Frttows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for

the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Frittows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two

Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the

entrance gate. .

Frxtows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders

eyery year. ‘These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on each

Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the Saturday

Orders are not available if the FEttow shall have used his privilege

of personally introducing two companions on the same day.

Fertrows also receive every year Twenty Free Tickets (Green),

each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,

including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of

Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to cne

Adult's. These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are

available for following years.

In no case can two children be passed through the gates as

one adult.

Frttows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday

Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. ‘The Book

of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of

Twenty Tickets. These books must, however, be returned entire,

and the exchange can only be made during the year of their issue.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Frtrow on the

1st of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing

Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what

address they should be sent. Forms for this purpose are supplied

on application.

The Wire of a Frctow can exercise all these privileges in his

absence.

Frttows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications

on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every

year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January and must

be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which

the privilege lapses. Frriows are likewise entitled to purchase the

Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.

less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of

25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued

prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual

Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the

Ist July in each year, but this privilege is forfeited unless the

subscription be paid before the Ist of December following.

Frettows may obtain a Transrerartr Ivory Ticket admitting

Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Frtiow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom

during the space of one year or more may, upon giving to the

Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the

“dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of

his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Frxiow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to

withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society

are requested to communicate with the undersigned.

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc.,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, London, W.,

October, 1905.

MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

FOR

SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.

(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)

1905.

Turspay, Novemper 14 and 28 | Turspay, DecemBer 12

1906.

Tunspay, January 16 Torspay, Apri .. 10

BA Frpruary 6 and 20 He MAY eee dalioandye9

as WiBac Ge PA A June.... 19

The Chair will be taken at half-past Eight o'clock in the Evening

precisely,

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London

are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo

form, and “‘ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings”’

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published in the ‘‘ Proceedings” by

the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured

plates and engravings are issued in the volumes of the

“ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-

able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such

illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a

living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

_ The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,

on the first of the months of June, August, October, and

April, the part published in April completing the volume

for the last half of the preceding year. From January 1901

they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes.

The ‘‘ Transactions” contain such of the more important

communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of

a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-

versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise

entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per

cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. <A

further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of

Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of

five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the

Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of 30s,

(which includes cost of delivery), payable on the Ist July

in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the

subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.

The foilowing is a complete list of the publications of the

Society already issued.

| October, 1905. ]

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

4to. 16 vols. and Index. see Price to the

ellows. Public.

Vel. T., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-85) .... £3 18 6. £4 18 OF

Ge ears aN 6. (OA)... Ae OMe, 6 8 Gt

eramee Lil 5 63 ‘ > (IME) coon 8 8B Be ALL, OFp

Fi cael BS WES ra CLSSI= 62) eae ome, 1OLe Ds Gp

oa ae. ees. CEBLCS) 55 619 0

anaVal a e, og (IRIE) oe, Whee O ies © 6

Sih a G3. 9 50 (UO =—72) ooo JO. 4h Os 13,19 ©

PAV elles, ae eh » GSP=T4AY sse6 O BBs 12 Til. ©

AiO Cena R MERE oso * (IGGT7) Bokn TA. Wetman NGO ©

” oxen Jom SUSI So IO) .© SB eee ls 7. ©

Imdex, "Viole = xGh i.) .tacnasstae acre (ES S=7O) e500. O Bushs O 10: ©

Vole) Xk contaimingsO@ Plates. @iSS0=85) mm anno) lie Oke coal 2 a GanO.

eh OAR POO a oo MESS OO) sons LO 8 MO) 6 Ga O

Ae GUE me Oy io (LESIEDD) ooo GO Ss By, SlleO

a ON Ae oun ISOG=OS8) ier 5 BO, tO ©

FY NONE at DO a tee SOB 1901) . aie sty Ay UY GZ ile ©

ENV, mm OS yy oo (UMOIEICOS) 34 O° 8 Os qf a& ©

pO NAV ele Ne teal ae Bs og Che IO) dg Il BS, 10) ©

REVI Pe ee Gis Magy O18 6 25 sO 1Smn0

OMG On I i py (ORSICO seu DG 110 0

SNEED TE ey cov ary S55 aa (ak 1Q0D), lt ® @, IL 10) ©

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). rice to Price to we

Jeena Ih, ISRO BIG I yells SwOs “coooovccodobbe 4s. 6d. 6s.

1 0G TS ee ae nore As 6a! 6s,

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) aud Index.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

PaintllSaseluvola SvorAseGdan Osa

» LL. 1834. 5) MG, Gob on Ge

pe UN Bi i ASaOG a OS:

PVE SIS 36: ma ACG UM Oss

NSS. 7 AcMGdy sian Oss

a WOT, Ite Biel, a AGO dee en OS:

ce NIUE see a ASG ds Ossie

» VIIL. 1840. . AS Gdse tOsat

8vo. 13 vols. re Index.

Letterpress only.

Price to

Fellows.

Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d.

5 XVII. 1849. ‘ 4s. 6d.

a XVIII. 1850. i As. 6d.

55 XIX. 1851. i 4s. 6d,

; XX. 1852. ; 4s. 6d.

A XXI. 18538. > 4s. 6d.

mi XXII. 1854. nf 4s, 6d.

3 XXIII. 1855. i 4s, Gd.

- XXIV. 1856. $6 As. 6d.

is XXV. 1857. p As. Gd.

3 XX VI. 1858. 5 4s, 6d.

PRP NOXOV EL SOO: 5 4s. 6d.

XVII SCO; if 4s, Gd.

Index 1848-1860. , 4s. 6d.

(First Series.)

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

Party PX ls4iall vole Svoy4ssGdae mossy

3 X. 1842. . 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

a XL 1843. . 4s. 6d. 4. Csah

» AIL 1844. Ki As. Odi, ees:

» IIL. 1845. 5 As Ode Os:

» ATV. 1846. ss 4s. 6d. .. 65.4

XV. 1847. ss AsiGda ea lOsah

Index 1830-1847, m6 4s. 6d. .. 65.

(Second Series.)

With Plates coloured.

Price to the Price to Price to the

Publie, Fellows. Public.

GS een eh O38 sec GHP

Ges aie 1 Oe Lo” Ge

Ga eee Iya 26 118 O+

Gar eee Os © 1 1 OF

Gat iinet 015 9. 1 1 OF

Gan ase 018 0 1 4 OF

Gp a ES 019 6 1 6 OF

OSA ay ar ee ae See ILS “Oy

Osetia carts 1 TOrS8 Wo Gp

(GORA EN eaten ORES I Gp

Gee ee ees Lit @ 2 2 OF

Gee Oe etaryes Wb & DP 10

Baik es aan a W ial) 6 2 2 OF

Os,

t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows, Public. Fellows. Public.

TAG ee ale Ghent akesnen cade 9s. esti S He len See BE Oh nooo Ceasar

WEG) 5 5 4 Geb coo 6 Gk Sooone 9s. Pesta ee SOunar aay aioe 33s, Od. 2... 408:

MSGSwe Asai G deat OSti sce 9s, pe eee anid LOG i eect By eh snag CuOe

NGO 65 48s Oth coon CB oo500c 9s, Stoned Sa pare alone opp Bebo voc 45s.

SG iNeed S43 OO a OSHe aareners Os, sooo WS sosous BEe Ob soso Gis

WARS. 5 4 Ge S500 Choa odac 9s. Aico Ravin Batresta Be, Qe gong. 2%

HS G Taper etn nics cs scalosaresacenctaaesskoceton 9s, a eb Sahu a ee Beth Bh cas, 4s

MEG Sere tessa secs overce arora e erties 9s SD Seaiteeta tes SOSH Od OS:

US GOR eee ras ara mn Sten Mnenatnrcasls 9s. sod p LES Seocos GU Ch woos 4s,

TGA): ei aionaeney rere teeicarie aoarreaortit 9s. eel) Sar teeters OB Slt aueg Cobb

index SGESUSTON ser spacrercvorctore Als Oates 6s.

HS (Aeterna shiv cosier actee Wasae telesetes 9s. A Seek ak Be SOky Qe soon Gide

SIS AD Rear pe ancien tava telay avers 9s Boe Pa ili SUR eae Bt Beh oooo 45S

TUG} aes ace ae Seah Fai ea en ee Patelie 9s PPADS seen a 3 Oth ogo cas

IS (as ie core coe Ben ere Doce 9s sf 2schae 36s 48s.

MR Sider rc ai eater cree: slinachovataemczets 9s ONS Mera e er 36s 483

IESG = ats Bos oid co ORG n mc crc eo 9s nalts) 363 488

IS ident ewe ter reusecer cas laleveaneie est 9s roiled Startnaee tages 36s, 48s

MIS (Slmeeerecic te Ciciececa era icrai alos wean 9s WD shah eines 363 483

TUS S) apt Ana An eres Oe re ny 9s. es itl AA piace te 36s. Pa Oss

ISS Onna ccusteresteceir rare scare ores ore Qs, era AAS ae en 36s, goog Gath

imdexsel'8 71—1S80" ir. seis ya «he Ashi Gdis ne 3 OSs

INS Silene ear shete eee, cuer mer cunPees asta 9s, ie ees Stee oer, 36s. sooo, hott

SSO Free Mei iva vossvaneicrenotaeminuaraners 9s Reape S? Ea 36s 48s

MIS SS rewan estenrcn cinerea cramer sus 9s 5, 12s, 36s 48s

Tieteys bate ores iecn mile mCRA RTS CaO MRC 9s Sr) Serena 36s 48s

Bet eySY iis ny cacy ters ects os Geo Oho EEnC Qs 4 13, eos 48s

SSG eo ee recat eee eee lls. 9s 5 LG: 36s 48s

RS Si finan eeretenie ety HAs Gore etnisetiady alc 9s ay LO Siuenpr ave 368 48s

IISSSR Aer spa aetna URE Ie ora 9s els: 368 485

TSS Oppel abalone Sie aieued ala 9s. Eerie lee) Syaianeee ties 36s, bono Clos

BS 9 Oa een aie or wreteras caueusteesimncs 9s. iGecteg et ll) Sam eas (5) amen Cxek,

Index SST SNSOOn ries ac wielone Alcs OG tee rey MOS

EIS OI resets tass cree nien us wu tapcea shane ati Al crear amemeneu eters ueraten stem coe 36s, 660.0. Gat

TERI). et icin eon dee, ae ae RU UR a areal aay eirecieal bana re care ned ot eye 36s ae 485

TESTOR 0k ee ie We sraesoie YU eee a A i rc ay Ud RC eR SCO 36s 48s

TSS Leia em cee eter ys LD a CES Lacy Auten: PORE 1G RCC OE SiG 36s 48s

ASD yp eaye terct crapetnon casemate haven HamelevenshAne UCR SnGTaRSE CURIE COTO DIETS 36s, 48s

HTS OG eres trea ares WAU cL WAL ota in oraice ata al aaeelncta i suemens rep ti ciremede 36s. 48s

STS Aier ean eet ley rete Real ret ey Peeiatentn tel mM esuacen fe mca OSes ten At Aey errr 36s 48s

TUSK S he wicneetie rset Umeha te irs PGRN eens ERAS er an aE ICBC TER CPR OME: 36s 48s

WE) ooeso EET CREE PE PEREGO ARID CTR inary PSR ee carr beeriomee 36s. reas

FI) O eee ei prce aerate ote ams yetemccscieer A aime Ta clit anced ag er a Mcrae athe 36s. 6600. 24S,

Ibovdlerey WeSC) cao dgoneasuce 4s, 6d 6s

* No perfect copies in stock. tT Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or tuoz GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC

BUSINESS or tur ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 9 vols.

Price to Price to the

Fellows, Public.

GOMER VO ele rsveve ai arassc «Kei cnekeinierele reno etenclel ious Renate Renee ica WS Sooo co Hei

Friel) ae eran ee Soiree rants wa orld ct O'0'b'o.0 Bordo SS ee ae 24s,

CU 8k CPI AR a ny eae. OAs,

ccs ti I RAR TOMER be a o's 188, nJ..65 24s

TSKOS i anes atone eater anrr en ee me Re WA Sha 6 4 9.00% 00 Ss. cha sehete 24s.

5 i, | Deen eer enrE RON aco o O40 00.0 LBs. Vee ee 24s,

10 an DRG ean unr CIRM Ee Calin oi6 Wierd G.8.a 6 SS ieee tane. 24s.

*, pigs! 0 seer ee erie ah er MIE ae NMOL tierce OSG Diar'G, 6-0 000 LS Sethe eet 24s

C0 en ee Cn MME er Ok oi od ois ao 1S sonaos Os,

WM SIT. pi Leese: hie eka cist ee Bip hoes 12s.

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London, (HKighth Edition.) 8vo.

1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d,

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo,

1896. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.

(Fifth Edition.) 8yvo. 1902. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s OFrice

(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Loneuans’ (Paternoster Row,

E.C.), or through any bookseller.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

—_0=,00——_

\HE object of the Zootocicat Recorp is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications

relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during

the year preceding the issue of the Volume, together with full

information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a

manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all

parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory that will retain its

value for the Student in future years.

The ‘Zoological Record, after Vol. 40, will be published by

the Society at the price of 40s. per volume. But all Members of the

Zoological Society of London will have the privilege of receiving it,

including the cost of delivery, at a subscription price of 30s. per

annum. This Subscription is due on the Ist of July in every year,

and the privilege of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be

paid before the Ist of December following.

The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of

the ‘Zoological Record,’ is able to supply complete scts. The

thirty-seven Volumes to the end of the nineteenth century, and the

Index-Volume (1880-1900) in addition, will be supplied for £15

net (or without the Index-Volume, for £14 10s. net). Volumes cf

any single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and Vol. 6) can

likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume net.

The price of the Index Zoologicus (Index-Volume 1820-1900)

is 20s., to Fellows 18s.

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the * Record °

are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returnei

when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate

the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also

supplied to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,

when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for

registration; it will then he sent to the Agents named therein.

Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former

Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the

‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of

the Zoological Socicty.

The divisions of the ‘Zoological Record’ may be obtained

separately as shown on the next page.

SEPARATE DIVISIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

At present each Volume of the Zootocicat Record consists of

20 separately paged Divisions. These may be obtained separately,

in paper covers, stitched and lettered.

The following are the Divisions and their net prices, viz. :—

S.~ odds

List of abbreviations of journals, ete. 2 0

-. Special Records, viz. :—

I. General Subjects . 8

11. Mammalia 2G

III. Aves ace ene © 6 0

IV. Reptilia and Batrachia.. Y 6

V. Pisces 256

VI. Lunieata i @

VII. Moilusea 4 0

VIII. Brachiopoda .. I @

IX. Bryozoa 0)

X. Crustacea Za6

XI. Arachnida a0)

XII. Myriopoda 1 6

Noh Imnsectarn. WO

XIV. Echinoderma 306

XV. Vermes .. a ©

XVI. Coelenterata .. iL 8

XVII. Spongise ay)

XVIII. Protozoa 0)

Index of new names of genera and subgenera

On receipt of the price any Division will be forwarded as soon

as ready.

. These separate Divisions can be obtained from the Zoological

Society, 3 Hanover Square, London, and also from the following

Agents: Friedlinder & Sohn, 11 Carlstrasse, Berlin; Librairie

A. Hermann, 6 rue Sorbonne, Paris. Cheques and Post-Office

Orders should be made payable to ‘‘ The Zoological Society,” and

crossed ‘“* Drummond’s.”

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

October, 1905.

ZooLoGcicaL Society or Lonpon,

3 Hanover Squarez, W.

LIST OF VOLUMES or vax ‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.’

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864-1868, Vols. 1.-v.

Kdited by Atserr C. L. G. Ginruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &e.

Price 10s. each Volume. Net.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869, Volume Sixth.

Edited by Atpert C. L. G. Gtntner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,

¥.Z.8., &c. Yondon, 1870. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1870-1872, Vols. vir.-1x. Edited

by Atrrep Newton, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &. Price 10s.

each Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record for 1873-1883, Vols. x.-xx. Edited by

Epwarp Canpwe tt Ry, F.Z.8., M.E.S. Price 10s. each Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record for 1884, 1885, Vols. xxr., xx11. Edited

by F. Jerrrey Bert, M.A. Price 10s. each Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record for 1886-1890, Vols. xxit1.-xxvit.

Edited by Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S. Price 10s. each

Volume. Net.

The Zoological Record for 1891-1898, Vols. xxvi1.-xxxv.

Kdited by D. Smarr, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. Price 10s. each

Volume. Net. ;

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-sixth ; being Records

of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1899. By

J, A, Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. ©. Crick, A. W.

Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, A. Willey, and R. v. Lendenfeld.

Edited (for the Zoclogical Society of London) by Davip Saarp, M.A.,

F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e. London, 1900. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-seventh; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1900.

By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.

Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, A. Willey, and EK. A. Minchin.

Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp,

M.A., FURS. F.Z.8., &c. London, 1901. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-cighth; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1901.

By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

Alice L. Embleton, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, 8. Pace, Albert

Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, and E, A. Minchin, Kdited (for

the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Swarr, M.A., F.B.S.,

¥.Z.8., &c. London, 1902. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-ninth ; being Records

of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1902. By

D. Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T.

Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather,

KH. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcock. Edited (for the Zoological

Society of London) by Davin SHarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e.

London, 1903. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Fortieth; being Records of

Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1903. By D.

Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T.

Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather,

i, A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcock. Edited (for the Zoological

Society of Londen) by Davin Suarp, M.A., F.RS., F.Z.S., ce.

London, 1904. Price 30s.

Index Zoologicus. An alphabetical list of names of genera

and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in the

Zoological Record, 1880-1900; together with other names not

included in the ‘ Nomenclator zoologicus’ of S. H. Scudder. Com-

piled (for the Zoological Society of London) by Caaries Owen

WatERHOUSE and edited by Davip Suarp, Editor of the Zoological

Record. London, 1902. Price to Fellows, 18s.; price to the

public, 20s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrmty’s Orrice

(3 Hanover Square, W.).

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1905, Vol. II. (May to December).

May 2, 1905.

Dr. W. T. Buanrorp, C.1.E., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Seeretary exhibited three large photographs (now in the

Society’s Library), presented to the Society by Mr. Howard B,

Turner, of Hippopotamuses swimming in a river in their native

haunts,

My. R. E. Holding exhibited and made remarks upon a series

of antlers of the first year of the Roebuck, Red Deer, Fallow Deer,

and Wapiti. The exhibit had special reference to a paper read

by Mr. Martin A. C. Hinton at the meeting of the Society held

on March 21st, on some antlers of the Red Deer (Cervus elaphus)

which were obtained from the Post-Pliocene deposits in the

South of England, and in which it was stated that ‘these antlers

belonged to individuals that had suffered testicular injury at an

early period of life, by which the characters of youth were

retained for a longer period than usual.”

Mr. Holding pointed out from the specimens exhibited

(text-fig. 1, p. 2) that the long pedicle, suppression of tines, and

presence of rudimentary offshoots were characteristic of the

antlers of all the Cervide at the first year or ‘“ pricket” stage, and

were not therefore due to testicular injury, and that any inter-

ference or injury to the generative organs, as in castration, did

Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1905, Vou. I. No. I. 1

ON FIRST-YEAR ANYLERS OF CERTAIN DEER. [May 2,

Text-fig. 1.

First-year antlers of certain species of Deer.

A, Red Deer; B, Wapiti Deer; C, Fallow Deer; and D, Roebuck—showing adven-

titious points marked X not being analogous to or the predecessors of the

characteristic “tines”? of the adult antler. E, lower portion of a pair of

antlers of an aged Fallow buck, showing reappearance at the base of the left

antler at < of one of these points or characters of the immature stage,

PZ SLO OS Avo: OL PLL

Bale & Damelsso

CLATHRINA CONTORTA.

1905. ] ON THE SPONGE CLATHRINA CONTORTA. 3

not prolong or retain youthful characters of the antlers, but, quite

the contrary, caused them to grow irregularly or had the effect: of

entire suppression of the antler.

He stated that very frequently an aged Stag or Fallow buck

would throw up supernumerary snags at the base of the antler

(text-fig. 1, HE) or along the side of the beam, which somewhat

resembled, and were probably a reversion to, these immature

characters, and that there were several records of aged or barren

hinds growing the simple “ pricket” antlers of the first year.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks on a

specimen of the Spanish Tarantula, Lycosa hispanica, that had

died in the Society’s Gardens.

On behalf of Mr. R. C. Punnett, F.Z.S., and himself, Mr. W.

Bateson, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited specimens of Fowls illustrating

peculiarities in the heredity of white plumage, and made the

following remarks :—

A pure white breed such as White Leghorn, crossed with a dark

breed such as Brown Leghorn, gives a cross-breed substantially

white, the colour being recessive. The White Rose-comb Bantam,

however, crossed with a coloured breed gives coloured cross breeds,

the white being recessive. But in every specimen examined

carefully these recessive whites were found to have one or more

minute ticks of black pigment. ‘Though, superficially regarded,

these ticked whites would be classified as white, experiment proves

them to be entirely different in nature. These facts elucidate the

paradoxical accounts given by Darwin and others that Black and

White Bantams crossed together give both blacks and whites;

for the black may fully dominate over the white in this particular

Case.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Sponge Leucosolenia contorta Bowerbank, Ascandra

contorta Haeckel, and Ascetta spinosa Lendenfeld. By

H, A. Mincuyy, F.Z.8., University College, London.

[Received March 16, 1905.]

(Plate I.* and Text-figures 2-6.)

The Calcareous Sponges have been a very unfortunate group,

from the systematic point of view. From the time when Haeckel

swept away all previous generic names, in order to found his so-

ealled natural system, up to the present day, scarcely any two

* Foy explanation, of the Plate, see p, 20.

[ee

4 PROF. E. A. MINCHIN ON THE [May 2,

authors have been in agreement as to the names to be employed

for the genera or as regards the grouping of the species, especially

in the more primitive and interesting section of the Calcarea

Homoceela.

The characters, for instance, by which Breitfuss defines the

genus Leucosolenia of Bowerbank (1864) are suchas would exclude

from it all, or nearly all, the species which I should refer to it,

including, as I have shown elsewhere, even Bowerbank’s type

species of the genus, LZ. botryoides ; while Lendenfeld has always

consistently declined to make any use at all of the oldest generic

name amongst the Ascons. In short, with the exception, perhaps,

of the malarial parasites, there is probably no other group in the

animal kingdom in which the nomenclature is in so confused a

state as in the Homocela. The species which forms the subject of

the present memoir illustrates well the statement just made.

Tt is a veritable comedy of errors that I have to set forth.

The name Leucosolenia contorta was given by Bowerbank in

1866 [1] to certain small sponges from the Channel Islands—

Guernsey, and the Guliot Caves, Sark. It is not very clear,

however, what Bowerbank considered the distinctive characters

of his species, since his diagnosis would apply to almost any Ascon.

He states that “the form of this sponge is so distinctly different

from that of LZ. botryoides that ....it cannot well be mistaken

for that species. ... LZ. contorta always appears to consist of a

mass of contorted inosculating fistule.” Further, that ‘“ the

external surface of LZ. contorta is also sparingly furnished with

recumbent acerate spiculze, mostly disposed in a longitudinal

direction, and I have never observed like spicule on the surface

of L. botryoides.” He was a little doubtful if his sponge were not

really identical with Spongia complicata Montagu (1816), but

came to the conclusion that Montagu’s figure of complicata was

“really a very characteristic figure of Spongia botryoides of Ellis

and Solander,” and that therefore the name complicata was to be

rejected. Finally, Bowerbank remarks that contorta and coriacea

might be mistaken for each other in the dried condition, but that

“the total absence of defensive spicule on the cloacal cavity of

L. coriacea” (meaning apparently the gastral rays of the quadri-

radiates) readily distinguishes it,

If we put Bowerbank’s description into more modern terms, it

amounts to this—that LZ. contorta was characterised (1) by form

and appearance (contorted inosculating tubes), (2) by the presence

of triradiate, quadriradiate, and monaxon spicules. The term

“ equiangular ” applied by him to the triradiate systems need not

be taken into account, since he applies the same term to the

sagittal spicules of botryoides. It is not necessary to point out

that the characters given by Bowerbank are not sufficient to define

a species of Ascon; and when it is seen that botryoides always

has monaxon spicules, as I have shown elsewhere, and that contorta

may frequently lack them ; that the specimen of botryoides from

which Bowerbank figured spicules (Brit. Spong. iii. pl. iii. figg. 3, 4)

1905, |} SPONGE CLATHRINA CONTORTA. 5

was really a specimen of variabilis, while the specimen of contorta

of which the spicules were figured (J. ¢. figg. 8, 9, 10) was really a

specimen of complicata ; and that amongst nine of Bowerbank’s

specimens examined by me I have found four distinct species

confused together—to wit, complicata, variabilis, coriacea, and

* Ascetta spinosa Lendenfeld”: I think it is not necessary to say

more in support of the statement that Bowerbank’s species

contorta was of absolutely no systematic value whatever, but

represented merely an ill-defined jumble of different species.

In 1872 Haeckel, in his ‘ Kalkschwimme’ [2], used Bowerbank’s

specific name contorta for a sponge which he described in detail.

Haeckel pointed out quite rightly that the external characters of

contorta as set forth by Bowerbank were no guide whatever to its

identification, since a quite similar mode of growth characterises

other Ascons. Haeckel therefore diagnosed contorta by details of

its spiculation. The diagnosis given is incorrect in two points,

namely, in stating that the monaxons possess a lance-head at

their distal extremity, and that the gastral rays of the quadri-

radiates are “ curved oralwards”; two statements that lead me to

suspect that Haeckel’s material of contorta was, like Bowerbank’s,

contaminated by admixture of Leuwcosolenia complicata. Haeckel, in

his description, also affirmed, in his usual manner, definite characters

in the spiculation without taking into consideration the variability

which is so marked a feature of the sponge. It is a puzzle to me

how Haeckel arrived at the definition which he gave of A scandra

contorta, since the specimens named and identified by him which

I have seen do not agree with his description, and belong, indeed,

to other species—a fact which easily explains any errors of

description on his part. It is even more mysterious that Haeckel

should have considered his contorta identical with Bowerbank’s

contorta, since, of Bowerbank’s specimens examined by me, eight

in all, not one agrees with Haeckel’s diagnosis! These enigmas

are not, however, of importance to the present enquiry. Taking

Haeckel’s deser iption as it stands, and allowing for a certain

margin of inaccuracy, I have been able without difficulty to refer

to Haeckel’s Ascandra contorta a sponge extremely abundant on

the Mediterranean coasts of France, and occurring elsewhere

also. As I have stated in a previous memoir, I consider that

where previous writers leave us in doubt as to the characters of a

species, Haeckel’s description fixes the application of the name.

IT will proceed now to describe the sponge which I regard as the true

contorta, and then to consider the synonymy and application of

the name.

Ascandra contorta H. is a species which, for reasons stated

elsewhere [4, &c.], I refer to the genus Clathrina Gray (1867). It

has a closely reticulate mode of growth, equiangular triradiate

systems, collar-cells with basal nucleus, and parenchymula larva ;

all these being characters which make up my diagnosis of the

genus Clathrina.

6 PROF. E. A. MINCHIN ON THE [May 2,

The specimens of this sponge which I have studied nearly all

came from Banyuls-sur-Mer, where this species is extremely abun-

dant. By the kindness of Monsieur Topsent, however, I have

seen a specimen from Roscoff, not differing in any respect from the

Mediterranean specimens. The sponge therefore has a wide range

of distribution, and is almost certainly to be ranked as a member

of the British Fauna, though it does not appear to be common on

our coasts. Hanitsch has, indeed, recorded it from Liverpool:

I have no reason to doubt the correctness of this record

beyond the fact that my experience of specimens labelled contorta

by the most eminent authorities has left me very sceptical as to

the correctness of any identification of this species which I have

not checked ; a scepticism heightened, in the present instance, by

the fact that Hanitsch names his specimens Ascaltis contorta. I

may add that the sponges named Ascandra contorta by Breitfuss

in various memoirs have nothing to do with this species, and

should not therefore be taken into account in considering its

geographical range.

At Banyuls-sur-Mer Clathrina contorta is not only one of the

commonest, but also one of the largest Ascons occurring there.

Colonies frequently measure 8 centimetres or more across. They

consist of a massive or spreading growth of twisted anastomosing

tubes, running in all planes, and forming a dense feltwork from

which arise at intervals the short, straight, not very conspicuous

oscular tubes, which reach two or three millimetres in height,

and are of slightly larger calibre than the body-tubes, as the basal

growth may be called. The body-tubes are centred round the

oscular tubes more or less distinctly, and in the region of the

oscular tube the basal system of tubes is usually slightly raised up

to form a conulus bearing the oscular tube on its summit; but

these conuli are generally very shallow, so that the upper surface

of the spreading colony is nearly flat, not lobulated like that of

cerebrum, nor cushion-like, as in reticulwm—two species occurring

commonly with contorta, but both very easily distinguished from it

at sight. Photographs will make the external characters of contorta

clearer than any description (Plate I.), Of its allies, it is perhaps

coriacea with which contorta might be most easily confused, on

simple inspection; the latter, however, with its greatly developed

gastral rays, is not found contracted up, with closed oscula, like

coriacea, and when expanded its body-wall is much thicker and

less delicate.

The spiculation of Clathrina contorta comprises in typical

specimens all the three kinds of spicules found in calcareous

sponges.

The triradiate systems are equiangular, with the rays straight,

tapering imperceptibly for the proximal half or two-thirds; after

that tapering more rapidly to a sharp or moderately blunt point

(text-fig. 2, 1a-1/f). The distal extremities of the rays are often

irregular in outline, sometimes markedly so. The rays vary in

length from 80 to 130, in different specimens, but may be said

to average 90-100. The breadth at the proximal end of the

1905. | SPONGE CLATHRINA CONTORTA. a

1) | qm

Spicules of a specimen of Clathrina contorta from Roscoff.

Figg. 1a, triradiate; 1 b-1e, quadriradiates in facial aspect ; 1,f, abnormal quadri-

radiate with one basal ray wanting; lg-1%, quadriradiates in side view,

showing gastral rays in profile; 1j-1m, monaxons (the spicule represented

by 1m, being too long for the page, has been drawn in two pieces).

8 PROF, E. A. MINCHIN ON THE [May 2,

ray is usually 8 or 9p, but may reach 121; speaking generally,

slender triradiate systems, with rays not exceeding 10m in

breadth, can be distinguished from thick ones with rays exceeding

10 (text-fig. 3, 2a-2f). In some specimens the triradiate

systems are all, or nearly all, of the slender type; in others,

triradiate systems of the thick type are more abundant.

Some of the triradiate systems develop gastral rays, becoming

quadriradiates, and others do not. Asa rule the quadriradiates

are more abundant than the simple triradiates.

In some specimens there is a tendency for the simple

triradiates to be of rather stouter build than the quadriradiates,

but in other specimens this cannot be noticed.

The gastral rays of the quadriradiates are attached at the

centres of the triradiate system, and are remarkable for their

slenderness and usually also for their length (text-fig. 2, 1 g—1 2).

Arising from a slightly expanded base, the gastral ray sometimes

tapers rapidly to a point, then reaching a length equal to about

one-half or one-third of that of the basal rays; but more usually

the gastral ray is prolonged to a considerably greater length than

the basal rays, reaching 130 yp, 140, or even 150 p in length.

The gastral ray then becomes excessively slender for the distal

half or two-thirds of its length, and ends in a sharp point; it is

not bent oralwards as Haeckel describes it, but it is either quite

straight or irregularly curved. Haeckel’s figure of a quadri-

radiate (Kalkschwiimme, iii. pl. 14. fig. 6c) obviously represents

a spicule of ZL. complicata (compare his fig. 1 e on pl. 15, l.c.).

Quadriradiates are also to be found in which, with gastral rays of

great length, are found basal rays much shorter than usual

text-fig. 2, 1g; text-fig. 4, 4¢); these are probably young forms

in which the rapid growth of the gastral ray * has caused it to

attain its full length before the basal rays have done so.

In the thick quadriradiates found in many specimens, I have

observed a curious point with regard to the gastral ray, when

seen in the facial aspect of the spicule. When the basal system

is focussed so that the bases of the rays show sharp contours, the

origin of the gastral ray appears as a dark central spot roughly

triangular in outline, each side of the triangle being transverse

to the base of one of the rays of the triradiate system, and the

angles of the triangle rounded off (text-fig. 3, 24,26). If now

the focus is slightly raised, the base of the gastral ray appears as

a sharp ring, within the triangle. The dark triangle appears to

be the expanded base of the gastral ray, but it is only to be seen

in the case of the thickened triradiate systems, not in the slender

ones.

The monaxon spicules of Clathrina contorta vary in the most

singular manner, constituting the most remarkable feature of the

species. ‘The variations are best considered, first, from the point

* As J have described in a former memoir (Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., n.s. xl.

pl. 42. fig. 55), the elongated gastral rays of contorta are covered by a plasmodial

mass containing four nuclei, more than I have observed on the gastral rays of any

other Ascon.

1905. ] SPONGE CLATHRINA CONTORTA, 9

Text-fig. 3.

; h

3¢ 3 3

Spicules of two specimens of Clathrina contorta from Banyuls.

Figg.2a & 6, thick quadriradiates; 2c & d, slender quadriradiates; 2e & f;

triradiates; 2g, quadriradiate showing gastral ray in profile; 2,a monaxon.

3a & b, quadriradiates of another specimen ; 3 c-3 A, monaxons.

10 PROF. E. A. MINCHIN ON THE [May 2,

of view of substantive variations of form and size; secondly, as

regards numerical variation, that is to say abundance of monaxons

compared with other types of spicule.

The monaxons are all of large size, being at least twice as

thick as the basal rays of the triradiate systems, and not less than

300 p in length, allowing for those which are apparently not full-

grown. But in some specimens the monaxons reach a size which

can only be called gigantic. In a specimen from Banyuls sent

me by Topsent (which I will refer to as Topsent 12¢), the

monaxons, when drawn to the same scale as the other spicules

figured here, come out 32 centimetres in length, corresponding to

an actual length exceeding ae (1 mm.), with a breadth of

about 50 at the thickest part. Even these proportions are

exceeded by a specimen in my collection from Banyuls, in which

the monaxons when drawn to scale measure 75 centimetres in

length, corresponding to an actual length of 2343 p (2°3 mm.).

I do not think that spicules of such size have been recorded from

any Ascon. The large monaxons of Ascandra densa and A. parus

figured by Haeckel (/.c. pl. 14. figg. 2c, 3,f) fall far below those

that I have mentioned in dimensions. With these extraordinary

variations in size, the form and characters of the monaxons are

fairly constant (text-figg. 2 and 3, 1j-l1m, 2h, 3c-3h). They

are spindle-shaped, pointed at both ends, slightly curved, some-

times distinctly so when more slender, or nearly straight when

very thick. There is no lancet-head present at the distal ex-

tremity, as figured by Haeckel; his figure (J. ¢. pl. 14. figg. 6 d,

6 ¢) almost certainly refers to complicata (compare his figg. 1 g—1 hs,

on pl. 15). It is, indeed, impossible to say which is the distal end

of these monaxons, as they do not project from the sponge like

the true (primary) monaxons of other Ascons. Near the middle of

the spicule, sometimes at about one-third of the length from one

end, a slight constriction can be observed, sometimes very distinct,

in others very shallow, in others again represented by an annular

thickening, and sometimes not to be made out at all. This con-

striction is more distinct in young spicules, and appears to become

more or less obliterated with growth. In big spicules the

contours are often so sinuous and irregular that the primary

constriction may be masked by secondary curves. I consider this

primary constriction, as I propose to call it, of great morphological

importance, as indicating probably that these spicules are not

primary monaxons*, comparable to those of Leucosolenia

complicata, for example, but in reality derived from a triradiate

by loss of one ray and shifting of the two others into approxi-

mately the same straight line. In very young monaxons of

contorta I have noticed a delicate transverse line in the region of

the constriction (text-fig. 3, 3¢), and I have also found a spicule

of which it would be difficult to affirm whether it is a young

* A primary monaxon is derived from a single mother cell which divides into two

formative cells, thus originating in exactly the same manner asa single ray of a

trivadiate system.

1905. ] SPONGE CLATHRINA CONTORTA. 11

monaxon or an abnormal triradiate (text-fig. 3, 3); probably it

is both! My friend Mr. Alford has also found, in the slide of

Topsent 12 e, four abnormal monaxons which have additional rays

growing out laterally and thus become triradiates (text-fig. 6,

9a—-9c). In one of these (96) the three rays are approximately

equal in size and meet at the angles of an ordinary triradiate.

For all these reasons I consider there is much to be said for

regarding the monaxons of contorta as secondary monaxons

derived from a triradiate system by suppression of one ray and

hypertrophy of the two remaining, which become placed in the

same straight line, or nearly so.

The numerical variation in the monaxons is not less re-

markable. In some specimens scarcely any monaxons are to be

found; in others they are extremely abundant. Thus in a

specimen recently examined by me, I took a fairly large piece of

the sponge, separated the spicules with Eau de Javelle, and

mounted all I could get up with the pipette, covering three slides.

After prolonged searching I found five monaxons to many

thousands of triradiate systems. In another specimen in which

I could find no monaxons, Mr. Alford by careful searching found

two. It is often extremely difficult to be certain if a specimen

has monaxons or not. Mr. Alford has kindly undertaken for me

the task of counting the numbers of each kind of spicule found

in different specimens, with the following results :—

Triradiates. Quadriradiates. Monaxons. |

, Kandiorh | aoe ce

Specimen. | Actual Per- | Actual | Per- | Actual Per- ace l of

| number | centage | number | centage number centage SEES Spicules!

_ counted.'of whole.| counted. of whole. counted. of whole.

No. 1 9: . 78 7 7 6:12. | oy=4 Lare:

(z3a-3h). 3 | 3278+) 2727 |961238+, 17 | “599+ arge. 2837

Noy a1 | es04+| 3403 jor4cz | 11 | -204+| Large, | 9745

(z 2 a-2h). ar Z UZ - | | A | arge. 3

NOMS: 386 |19:512+| 2658 |86158+ 41 | 1°329+ |Very large.| 3085

(Plate LB) } 247 | 5:835+| 3965 |93°668+ 21 | ‘496+ Verylarge.| 4233

Ie Now5yeacc 146 5:144+| 2686 |94644+ 6 | ‘211+ | Gigantic. | 2838

No. 6 | |

Cee ‘ 267 | 10'349+| 2188 | 84°806+ 125 4°844 | Gigantic. | 2580

12 e).

Total for ~ ine hgenees |

Species. } 1450 7-506 17647 | 91:35 221 | 1144 19318

These results were obtained in the following way :—‘ Each

specimen was put into Eau de Javelle to separate the spicules,

and after careful washing, and being allowed to stand for some

12 PROF. E. A. MINCHIN ON THE [May 2,

considerable time after each washing, the spicales were transferred

to jain slides by means of a pipette.

““ Hach slide, when ready, then had med upon its under

surface twenty ‘circular areas, each being brought into the micro-

scopic field in turn and all spicules in each area carefully counted.

When all the spicules were counted the circle was erased and the

next circular area dealt with.

“The counting was done with the aid of a camera lucida and

three differently coloured crayons, thus ensuring that all spicules

were counted and counted once only.

“‘ Hach quadriradiate spicule had a number in blue marked upon

it; the trivadiate spicules were marked with successive red

numbers and a green number noted a monaxon. At each

counting a check could be made, and the counting was complete

when each spicule was seen to have one number of a special

colour upon it.”

The spiculation of Clathrina contorta thus shows, on the one

hand, comparatively slight variation in the triradiate systems, and,

on the other hand, extraordinary differences in number and size

of the monaxons in different specimens. The variability is so

marked, and the monaxons are frequently so difficult to find, as

to suggest at once a possible extreme of variation in which the

monaxons would be totally absent. Were this to occur we should

have a variety of the sponge characterised by a type of spiculation

which would lead to its being placed, in many current systems of

classification, in a genus distinct from the variety in which

monaxons occur.

As a matter of fact, I may state at once that the variety of

contorta in which monaxons are completely lacking is very common,

and it has been described by Lendenfeld from the Adriatic under

the name of Ascetia spinosa. This is no mere surmise on my part ;

I have been able to examine, in the collection of Canon Norman,

a slide obtained by him from Lendenfeld, and bearing in Len-

denfeld’s handwriting the label “ Ascetta spinosa.” Text-fig. 4,

5a-5 h, represents some spicules drawn by me from this slide.

As will be seen, the spiculation differs in no single particular from

that of the true contorta, except for the lack of monaxons. Since

the preparation consists of tubes of the sponge mounted whole, it

was not possible to obtain profile views of the gastral rays, except

at the torn ends of the tubes, and in no case was I able to see an

unbroken gastral ray in side view, but the fragments which I have

drawn (5,f—5 h) are sufficient to prove that the gastral rays of this

specimen attain the degree of length and slenderness characteristic

of the species. Lendenfeld’ S specimen is, in fact, identical in

character with other specimens of ‘ spinosa” which I have from

Banyuls (text-fig. 4, 6 a—6 g), and these again differ in no respect

from the true contorta except for the absence of monaxon spicules.

If Ascetta spinosa Lend. is to be regarded, as I believe, merely

as a variety of Ascandra contorta H., “how is this variation to be

explained? The specimens of spinosa that have come under my

notice agree perfectly in external characters with contorta, but are

1905. | SPONGE CLATHRINA CONTORTA. 1s

Text-fig. 4.

Spicules of the “ spinosa” variety of Clathrina contorta.

Figg. 4a-4f. Spicules of Bowerbank’s type of Leucosolenia contorta in the British

Museum (Bowerbank Coll. 988), showing gastral rays with tendency to irregular

curvature.—Figg. 5 a-5 h. Spicules of a specimen in Canon Norman’s collection

labelled “ Ascetta spinosa” in Lendenfeld’s handwriting; the elongated gastral

rays (5f-5h) are broken offi—Figg. 6a-6g. Spicules of a specimen from

Banyuls,

14 PROF. E. A. MINCHIN ON THE [May 2,

all of small size. The big, spreading colonies of contorta always

have monaxons. It is my belief that the absence of monaxons is

simply a juvenile feature, so to speak, of the sponge, and that they

are only formed when the sponge has grown to a certain size.

Such changes of spiculation with age are probably more frequent

in sponges than is usually supposed. Fora parallel case I need

only refer to Topsent’s observations on Cliona celata.

A point which requires brief discussion, however, is why

Lendenfeld found only the spinosa-form in the Adriatic, and not the

contorta-form, if these two forms are really only age-variations in

one species. Are we to suppose that in the Adriatic the sponge

does not acquire monaxons? In my opinion the explanation of

this point is to be sought in quite a different manner. In his

‘ Kalkschwaimme der Adria ’ [3] Lendenfeld describes another

species of Clathrina occurring commonly in the Adriatic, namely

. reticulum. I have also found this species very abundant at

Banyuls, and I possess many specimens of it; but my experience

of this species at Banyuls differs sharply in one respect from

Lendenfeld’s observations upon itin the Adriatic. I find reticulum

to be more constant in external form and characters than any

other species of Ascon. All the specimens I have seen—and at

one time I had some hundreds of specimens, collected in order to

obtain the larval development—are compact, rounded, cushion-

like masses of slender, closely-knit tubes, forming a dense and

finely-meshed reticulum from which arise one or more oscular

tubes of much larger calibre than the tubes forming the body of .

the sponge. I have figured such a specimen elsewhere (4, p. 6,

fig. 6). In short I have never had the slightest difficulty in

recognising reticulum at sight, though its. spiculation often

approaches that of contorta very closely. My astonishment was

therefore great to find that Lendenfeld describes this sponge as

occurring (at Sebenica and Lessina) in nearly all the forms generally

found in Ascons. There is thus a great discrepancy between Len-

denfeld’s observations and mine with regard to this species,and I am

inclined to think that this is to be explained simply by Lenden-

feld not having recognised the true contorta, but having confused

it with reticulum. This is a supposition which I am unable to

rove or test; but if correct, it would explain why Lendenfeld

did not find the true contorta occurring in the Adriatic as well as

spinosa, and also why he finds reticulwm so variable in form when

in my experience it is so extremely constant. I may add, finally,

that the figures of monaxons of reticulum given by Lendenfeld

(3, pl. villi. ‘fie ge. 7 e-7f) are more like those of contoréa than those

of Fevioulune though not exactly like those of either, as these

sponges are known to me,

I will now describe some of the he eae important specimens

to which I have had access, and I begin with the type-specimens

of Bowerbank’s Leucosolenia contorta in the British Museum

(Bowerbank Coll. 988). The “type” consists of seven dried

specimens, all very small, stuck on a card, The largest specimen,

1905. } SPONGE CLATHRINA CONTORTA, il

Text-fig. 5

)

Spicules of Lewcosolenia, Sycon, and Clathrina.

Figg. 7 a-7 1. Spicules of a specimen in Norman’s collection, received from Bower-

bank with label Leuwcosolenia contorta and identified by Haeckel as Ascandra

contorta ; showing spicules of Leucosolenia variabilis (7 a-7 7), mixed with

spicules of Sycon sp. (7k, 71).—Figg. 8a-8m. Spicules of a specimen in

Norman’s collection received from Bowerbank with label Leacosolenia contor ta ;

showing spicules of Leucosolenia complicata (8 a-87) mixed with spicules of

Clathrina coriacea (8 k-8 m).

16 PROF, E. A. MINCHIN ON THE [May 2,

the original of Bowerbank’s fig. 7 on pl. 11. of Brit. Spong. vol, ili.,

is at the top over the middle of the card ; the other six arein two

vertical rows of three each to right and left. As I have stated

elsewhere, | have examined six out of these seven specimens, and

all of them, except the larger one at the top, are quite typical

specimens of ee complicata ; the large specimen alone is

atrue Clathrina. I give figures of its spicules (text- fig. 4,4a-4/),

and it is not necessary for me to describe them in detail, for it is

evident from the figures that this specimen agrees with the true

contorta in all respects but one, namely, in that the monaxons are

wanting. In short, Bowerbank’s type-specimen of ‘“ Leucosolenia

contorta,” or, to be more accurate, the only one of his type-

specimens which does not belong to a species of prior standing,

is a specimen of “ Ascetéa spinosa” Lendenfeld !

I have also examined two other specimens of Bowerbank’s *

given by him to Canon A. M. Norman, and now in the latter

gentleman’s collection. The first of these was sent by Canon

Norman to Haeckel, and returned by him after examination. It

has the following label in Norman’s handwriting :—

“« Leucosolenia contorta Bow.

“‘ Guernsey

‘““(A type-specimen from Dr. Bowerbank).”

Also a label in Haeckel’s handwriting :—

* Ascandra contorta A.

‘« (Leucosolenia contorta Bwhk.)

“Guernsey, Bowerbank.”

If any specimen in the world ought to have been a specimen of

contorta, surely this ought, bearing, as it does, a double testimonial

to character from the two founders of the species. What, then,

was my astonishment, on examining the spicules, to find it a quite

typical example of Leucosolenia variabilis Haeckel! I figure its

spicules in text- fig. 5, 7a—7l,. The only point to notice about them

is a certain admixture of 5; ycon spicules (7k, 71), which, as I have

set forth in another place, frequently occurs in preparations of

variabilis.

The second specimen in Canon Norman’s collection bears a

label in Bowerbank’s handwriting as follows :—

“ Leucosolenia contorta, Guernsey.”

According to information furnished me by Canon Norman, this

particular specimen was not sent to Haeckel, but it is one of the

same lot as the type sent to him, and has an equal claim to be

regardedas atype. Examination of the specimen shows a mixture

of Leucosolenia complicata and Clathrina coriacea (text-fig.

8 a-8 m).

* Bowerbank in his Monograph mentions twenty-eight specimens of contorta, but

I have had access to only nine of them, Ido not know what has become of the

others.

1905. } SPONGE CLATHRINA CONTORTA. We

From the foregoing it will be seen, I think, that the name-

question, in the case of the species under consideration, isa tangled

problem, one, indeed, which I feel some diffidence in appr -oaching.

IT could wish, in fact, as I have said elsewhere, that there were in

existence some sort of International Hague Tribunal to which

these knotty points of nomenclature could be referred for arbitra-

tion and authoritative settlement. In the absence, however, of

any such body, I extract from the facts above set forth the

following conclusions :—

(1) Bowerbank’s Leucosolenia contorta was a jumble of different

species, and his description could not be used for identification of

any particular species. Hence Leucosolenia contorta Bowerbank

is a nomen nudum, of no systematic validity.

(2) Haeckel’s Ascandra contorta, though not in all respects

correctly described, can be applied to an existing species of Ascon,

which can be identified by his description. This I consider the

true contorta: ought the species, however, to be written contorta

Bwk.or contorta H.? Pending the constitution of the International

Nomenclature Tribunal, in order to settle this important point, [

content myself in following Haeckel in calling it contorta Bwk.

(3) Ascetta spinosa Lend. is probably the young form, without.

monaxons, of contorta.

I arrive therefore at the following synonymy and diagnosis :—

CLATHRINA CONTORTA (Bowerbank).

? Nardoa spongiosa Kolliker *, 1864, Icones Histologice, Abth. i.

pp. 63, 64, pl. vii. fig. 10, pl. ix. fig. 6-8.

Leucosolenia contorta Bowerbank 1866, Mon. Brit. Spong. 11.

pp. 29-32; 1874, op. cit. 11. pp. 7-8, pl. i. figg. 5-10.

Leucosolenia (Nardoa) contorta Gray, 1867, P. Z. 8. p. 555.

Leucosolenia (Leuciria) contorta Haeckel, 1870, Jen. Zeitschr.

v. p. 2438.

Ascandra contorta Haeckel, 1872, Kalkschwamme, i. pp. 91—

93, 11. pl. 14. fige. 6 a6e.

® Ascaltis contorta Hanitsch, 1890, Tr. Biol. Soc. L’pool,

pp. 195 & 233.

Ascetta spinosa Lendenfeld, 1891, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. iii.

pp. 203-205, pl. viii. figg. 2, 16, 21, 22.

Leucosolenia contorta Topsent, 1891, Arch. Zool. Exp. (2) ix.

p. 525; Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. p. 128; 1892, Résult. Cam-

pagnes “Sci. Albert aD fasc. 11. p. 22; 1894, Rev. Biol. Nord

France, vil. pp. 7 & 2

Clathrina contorta ais 1896, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

Xvill. p. 399.

* Nardoa spongiosa Kolliker has been put by Haeckel as a synonym of either

Ascaltis cerebrum or A. gegenbauri, but the figures of the external form, no less than

those of the spiculation , given by Kélliker, seem to me to indicate that the author

was dealing with the ; spinosa: -form of contorta. I have discussed this point elsewhere

(Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n.s. xl. p. 533, footnote).

Proc. Zoo. Sao 05, Vor wn INow is 2

18 PROF. E. A. MINCHIN ON THE [May 2,

Clathrina spinosa Minchin, ibid.

Leucosolenia spinosa Breitfuss, 1898, Arch. f. Naturges. Lxi. 1,

TOs Albe}e

(The following references, on the other hand, probably do not

relate to the true contorta.)

Ascandra contorta Barrois, 1876, Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) iu. Article

11, p. 35, probably refers to Leucosolenia complicata.

Leucosolenia contorta Carter, 1880, Midland Naturalist, 1.

p. 195. The author remarks that ‘“ Bowerbank’s illustration of

the linear spicule is defective. There are ¢wo forms, quite different

from each other and from Dr. Bowerbank’s figure.” I consider

it probable from this statement that Carter was dealing with a

specimen of Leucosolenia complicata.

Ascandra contorta Breitfuss, 1898, Arch. f. Naturges, lxiu. 1,

p. 214, refers to a specimen of Leucosolenia complicata ; so pro-

bably also the sponge described and figured by the same author in

Mém. Ac. St. Pétersbourg, 1898 (viil.) vi. p. 15, pl. i. fig. 1, and

cited by him in other memoirs.

And finally it should be mentioned that the numerous specimens

sent out from Sinel and Hornell’s Zoological Station, Jersey, are

all, so far as I have seen, specimens of Leucosolenia complicata.

Diagnosis.—Trivadiate systems equiangular, with or without

gastral rays; the quadriradiates generally more numerous than

the simple triradiates. Rays of the triradiate systems tapering

imperceptibly for the proximal half or two-thirds, then narrowing

more rapidly to a sharp or moderately blunt point. Gastral rays

sometimes short, more usually longer than the basal rays, very

slender, sharp, and straight or irregularly curved.

Monaxons at least twice as thick as the basal rays of the tv1-

radiate systems,—varying in different specimens from a moderate

size to gigantic proportions, spindle-shaped, usually slightly curved,

and usually with a distinct constriction near the middle of their

length ; sometimes very few in number, sometimes absent

altogether.

The chief objection that can be made, it seems to me, with

regard to my treatment of the species, relates to the position of

spinosa. Naturalists concerned chiefly with the arrangement

of specimens in bottles on shelves will perhaps object to my

“lumping” together two forms which can be separated by a definite

character, although by one only. Those who reason thus will, no

doubt, prefer to retain spinosa as a “species” distinct from

contorta; in that case the type of Bowerbank’s contorta belongs

to the former species, a fact which raises alarming problems of

nomenclature. The range of variation seen in contorta has its

natural and logical termination in the form spinosa, and justifies,

in my opinion, placing the latter as a synonym. Moreover it is

often extremely difficult to be certain that monaxons are really

absent in a specimen of ‘‘ spinosa.” ‘They may be so scarce that

they have been simply overlooked.

After arriving at the above conclusions with regard to the

1905. ] SPONGE CLATHRINA CONTORTA. 19

identity of contorta and spinosa, it is hardly necessary for me to

express my opinion with regard to those systems of classification

which define not only species but even genera of Ascons by the

presence or absence of monaxon spicules. Before such a character

as the presence or absence of monaxons can be used for systematic

Text-fig. 6.

Abnormal gigantic spicules of the class of the monaxons from a specimen of Clathrina

contorvta from Banyuls (Topsent 12¢). Magnified about 150 linear (7. e. half as

much as the spicules figured in text-figg. 2-5).

purposes, 1t 1s necessary to understand clearly what is meant by a

monaxon spicule. In calcareous sponges a spicule of this class may

be one of two perfectly distinct things. It may be, on the one hand,

20 ON THE SPONGE CLATHRINA CONTORTA. [May 2,

a primary monaxon spicule, derived from a single mother-cell,

and developing exactly in the same way as a single ray in a tri-

radiate system, with which it is strictly homologous. It may be,

on the other hand, a secondary monaxon, derived by modification of

an entire triradiate system by loss of one ray, perhaps in some cases

two rays. Good examples of monaxons undoubtedly of secondary

nature are the elbowed monaxons in the stalk of Clathrina lacunosa

Johnston (renamed Ascandra angulata by Lendenfeld). I believe

also, as stated above, that the monaxons of contorta are to be regarded

as secondary. It is clear that a character which is sometimes one

thing, in other cases quite another thing, cannot be usefully

employed for purposes of systematic classification, not, at least,

until more is known about it.

If Ascetta spinosa be put as a synonym of Clathrina contorta,

it is seen that the species has a wide range, extending from the

Adriatic round the coasts of France into the English Channel, and

probably also on to the coasts of Great Britain.

It is my pleasant duty finally to express my thanks to friends who

have assisted me in the preparation of this memoir, put together

from observations for the most part of long standing, at a time

when the stress of other work, caused by preparations for my

departure for the Tropics, was very great. My friend Mr. G. R.

Alford, who is making a special study of the variation of this

sponge, has given me valuable assistance, as will be evident from

the facts I have quoted from him above. Mr. Alford has also

kindly undertaken to see this memoir through the press for me.

My friend and pupil Mr. L. R. Crawshay has given me great help

in preparing the illustrations. Finally, I have to thank Monsieur

Topsent, of Caen, for his kindness in sending me specimens from

Roscoff and elsewhere and for answering many queries.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(1) Bowrrsang, J.S. A Monograph of the British Spongiade.

London, Ray Society, 5 vols. : 1864-1874.

(2) Hancxen, KE. Die Kalkschwiimme. Berlin, 1872; 3 vols.

(3) LENDENFELD, R. v. Die Spongia der Adria: I. Die Kalk-

schwimme. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. li. (1891) pp. 185-321,

361-433, pls. viil.—xv.

(4) Mincuin. E. A. Sponges in: Lankester, ‘A Treatise on

Zoology,’ London, 1900.

Other references are cited in the list of synonymy, p. 17 above.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Clathrina contorta from Banyuls.

A from above; B from above, and C from the side, to show the oscular

tubes (O).

1905. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FERRET-BADGER. 21

Some Notes upon the Anatomy of the Ferret-Badger,

FHlelictis personata. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A.,

F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received March 21, 1905. ]

(Text-figures 7-12.)

The dissection of a female example of /elictis personata, which

was acquired by the Society on the 4th and died on the 14th

November, 1904, enables me to lay before the Society some new

facts in the anatomy of this genus of Carnivora.

So far as Iam aware, the only zoologist who has investigated the

anatomy of the soft parts of the genus Helictis is the late Prof.

Garrod *, whose memoir deals with the essentials in its structure.

The species examined by him was Helictis subaurantiaca, It is

not therefore unnecessary to report upon the anatomy of another

species, though the differences between the two are, as might be

expected, but slight. I deal, moreover, with a few points upon

which Prof. Garrod did not touch in his account.

S Brain.

The brain of Helictis subawrantiaca has been described and

figured (in dorsal and lateral view) by Prof. Garrod in his memoir

already referred toy. The figure of the brain of Helictis personata

submitted herewith (text-fig. 7, p. 22) shows certain differences,

which I regard as worthy of record in view of the little knowledge

which we possess upon the matter.

The most salient difference which this brain shows from that of

HH. subaurantiaca is the very slight appearance upon the dorsal

surface of the intercalary prolongation of. the calcarine sulcus.

This furrow, as will be seen in the figure (text-fig. 7), only

appears dorsally for a short distance quite at the posterior end of

the hemispheres, and also of course anteriorly where the two sulci

join the crucial sulci.

The precrucial sulcus in my specimen is not so fully’ developed,

particularly upon the left side (text-fig. 7, Pe.S.), as in Garrod’s

specimen of Helictis subaurantiaca. It does not entirely delimit

the ursine lozenge in front.

The Sylvian fissure on both sides of the brain joins the supra-

sylvian, the gyrus anterior tothe Sylvian beingapparently depressed

below the surface of the hemispheres. There is a hint of this in

Garrod’s figure, but hardly in that of Dr. Elliot Smith, though it

refers, I imagine, to the same brain. The remaining fissures agree

absolutely with those of Helictis subawrantiaca. 1 pass on therefore

* “ Notes on the Anatomy of Helictis subaurantiaca,”’ P.Z.S. 1879, p. 305.

+ This brain is also figured in the Catalogue Physiol. Series Roy. Coll. Surgeons,

vol, 1. (2nd ed.) p. 273, by Dr. Elliot Smith.

22 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE | May 2,

to the arteries of the brain, which are most satisfactorily injected

in my specimen and which show all the Arctoid characters*.

The rhomboidal area formed by the bifurcation of the anterior

spinal and its junction with the basilar is of considerable calibre

and uniform throughout, as in all Carnivora which have been

examined,

The vertebral arteries are, however, peculiar in their mode of

joining this rhomboidal vessel. Each vertebral artery in fact

divides before joining the rhomboidal, and each branch opens

separately into it, as is shown in the accompanying figure (text-

fig. 8). The carotids join the circle of Willis just before the

middle cerebral arteries are given off,

Text-fig. 8.

Text-fig. 7—Brain of Helictis personata, dorsal aspect.

Cr. Crucial fissure; Lat. Lateral fissure; Orb. Orbital fissure; Pc.S. Precrucial

fissure; S.S. Supra-Sylvian fissure.

Text-fig. 8.—Brain of Helictis personata, ventral aspect, with the arterial system

shown in thicker and thinner black lines. The dotted lines delimit regions of

the brain.

b.a. Basilar artery ; Ca. Carotids; Call. Callosal arteries ; P.c. Posterior

cerebellar; v.a. Vertebral arteries.

Anteriorly the circle of Willis is completed by the fusion of the

two callosal arteries, that of the right side being distinctly smaller

than that of the left.

* Beddard, P, Z.8. 1904, vol. i. p. 183.

1905. | ANATOMY OF THE FERRET-BADGER. 23

The posterior cerebellar arteries are asymmetrical in their

origin from the basilar, the left being considerably in front of the

right.

The middle cerebellar arteries arise in front of the sixth nerve.

$ Some Notes on the Muscles.

The muscular anatomy of the Carnivora has been lately treated

of in an exhaustive fashion by Messrs. Windle and Parsons*. As

a supplement to that paper (which does not deal with Helictis) 1

am able to offer a few notes upon the musculature of Helictis

personata.

The Sterno-mastoid consists from the very beginning of two

parts: the larger of these is inserted on to the mastoid next and

superficial to the cleido-mastoid muscle; the smaller part crosses

the cleido-mastoid and joins the cephalo-humeral. This latter

portion of the muscle has been spoken of as a portion of the

trapezius, with which, indeed, it is plainly confluent above.

The Sterno-hyoid and Sterno-thyroid appear to arise from the

sternum as one muscle. I could find no tendinous intersection.

The Omohyoid is apparently completely absent. I could find no

trace of it. This muscle is usually present in Mustelide.

The Omotrachelian has exactly the relations described by Windle

and Parsons.

The Rhomboideus profundus, which arises from the supra-spinous

fossa of the scapula near to the root of the spine, is a slender muscle

inserted on to the atlas deep of the omotracheal. It is perfectly

distinct at its origin from the Rhomboideus cervicalis. Its

discovery in /elictis gives further support to Messrs. Windle and

Parson’s belief that the muscle is eminently characteristic of the

Mustelidee.

The Rhomboideus capitis has only a single origin in common with

the Rhomboideus cervicalis, not the double origin of Jetonyx (a near

ally of Helictis) as figured by Windle and Parsons.

The Dorso-epitrochlear is contiguous to and hardly if at all

distinguishable from the extra head of the Zriceps occurring in

this as in many other Carnivora. The Dorso-epitrochlear itself is

of course part of the Latissimus dorsi; in passing by the scapula it

receives a mass of fibres from the lower border of that bone and

thence becomes continuous with a sheet of fibres arising from the

Teres and constituting, as I imagine, the “extra head” of the Triceps

of Messrs. Windle and Parsons, which those anatomists state to be

characteristic of the Mustelide.

The Biceps has only one head.

Helictis appears to possess two distinct Palmaris longus muscles.

The Sartorius is single and fused at its insertion with the also

single Gracilis.

The Pectineus, often a double muscle, is single in Helictis.

* P. Z.8. 1897, p. 370, & 1898, p. 152.

24 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 2,

f found it impossible to subdivide the Adductor mass.

The Semimembranosus is divided into two muscles for some way

in front of its obviously double msertion on to the tibia and the

femur. I could not find, however, that this muscle was divided

at its origin from the ischium.

The Semitendinosus, as in some other, but not in all, Mustelide,

has a very distinct caudal head. There is no Agitator caude.

The Zenwissimus is plainly present.

The 7ibiahs anticus is single.

S Lungs.

As Prof. Garrod pointed out in H. subaurantiaca, the lungs im

H. personata consist of four lobes on the right side and two on

the left. Prof. Garrod, however, made no observations upon the

relative sizes of the several lobes. On the right side the first lobe

is rather larger than the second; the third is the biggest of all

and quite twice the size of the first ; the fourth or azygos lobe is

the smallest of all.

The two lobes on the left side are more nearly equal in size, but

the second or lower lobe is the larger.

§ Liver.

The liver of this species appears to be much like that of

H. subaurantiaca. The enormous right central lobe is deeply *

fissured and exposes the gall-bladder on the diaphragmatic side.

This lobe is quite twice the size of the left lateral lobe, which is the

next largest ; this lobe again is larger than the right lateral, which

does not show any great difference of size from either the left

central or the caudate. The Spigelian lobe is minute.

§ Pancreas.

The pancreas of Helictis is almost exactly like that of the Tayra

(Galictis), with which Arctoid I have specially compared it. Tt is

not clear from Garrod’s description what is the precise form of the

gland in the species investigated by himself. In H. personata

there is a circular portion of the pancreas running right round the

duodenal loop 7; this ends in a straight piece running parallel

with the spleen. The chief difference which Helictis shows from

Galictis is in the mesenterial attachment of the straight part of

the pancreas. In Galictis a transparent mesentery, apparently

anangious, is attached to the whole length of the straight region

of the pancreas, and is inserted on to the mesocolon along a

line which commences in front of and ends behind the left kidney.

* But not quite so deeply as in Galictis.

+ As in many Carnivora, cf. e.g. Owen’s Comp. Anat. vol. iii. p. 496.

1905. | ANATOMY OF THE FERRET-BADGER. 25

In Helictis, on the other hand, this membrane is of much less

extent. It is only attached to about half the length of the

pancreas and is inserted on to the mesocolon along a line which

begins a little before the left kidney but ends at about its middle.

This characteristic difference is illustrated in the figures (text-

figs. 9, 10).

Text-fig. 9.

St,

Pancreas and adjacent regions in Helictis personata.

D. Duodenum ; P. End of pancreas; AK. Kidney; S¢. Stomach.

S$ Ovary and Broad Ligament.

As 1s very frequently, if not constantly, the case with the

Arctoidea, the ovary is completely encapsuled and thus continuous,

anatomically, with the Fallopian tube.

An interesting point concerns the suspension of the ovary and

oviducal canal. The mesoarium is continued forwards for a short

distance in front of the ovary, running attached to the parietes

to the outside of the kidney. In Galictis there is the same

forward prolongation of this fold, which has the same position in

relation to the kidney, but it extends much further forward on

26 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE | [May 2,

both sides, in fact nearly to the diaphragm. In Cynietis

levaillanti and Arctictis binturong, which I examined for purposes

of comparison, the conditions are a little different. In the former

the fold of peritoneum in question runs over the kidney instead

of avoiding it, and ends on the parietes a little way in front and

outside of that gland. In the Binturong the mesoarium on the

right side extends nearly up to the diaphragm, passing over the

Text-fig. 10.

Pancreas and adjacent region in Galictis barbara.

Lettering as in text-fig. 9.

kidney and being naturally attached to it on its passage. On the

left side, this fold of peritoneum actually reaches the diaphragm,

passing also over the kidney of its side. I will not assert at

present that there are here characters which serve to differentiate

the Arctoid from the Afluroid Carnivora, but they do as a matter

of fact differentiate certain Alluroids from certain Arctoids,

1905. | ANATOMY OF THE FERRET-BADGER.

$ A rterial System 5

The Aortic arch gives off first an innominate artery and then

. 5 y °

the left subclavian separately. These matters are not mentioned

Text-fig 11.

Intrathoracic aorta of A. Helictis personata; B. Galictis barbara.

Ao. Aorta; L. Branches to lung; es. Branches to cesophagus ; v. Intercostals ;

z. Azygos vein; 7’. Branch to trachea; D. Phrenic arteries.

by Garrod in his account of Helictis subaurantiaca, and indeed

* The arteries of the brain are dealt with under the description of that organ.

28 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 2

he gives no account of the vascular system at all. The innominate

first gives off the left carotid, and then very shortly after divides

into the right subclavian and right carotid. The aorta in the

thoracic region gives off eleven pairs of intercostal arteries, the

Text-fig. 12.

SS ces

L/ :

L/ YS F

Intrathoracic aorta of Suricata tetradactyla.

Lettering as in text-fig. 11.

eleventh being just in front of the diaphragm. It is important

to notice that these arteries ave paired throughout, each artery of

the pair arising separately from the aorta: important because in

some mammals (e. g. Chinchilla) the intercostals arise as single

1905 | ANATOMY OF THE FERRET-BADGER. 29

arteries and afterwards divide into right and left halves. The

first pair of intercostals corresponds to the first branch of the

Azygos*, The first six pairs of intercostals lie entirely to the

left of the Azygos; the 7th artery on the right side and those

which follow lie to the right side of the Azygos. This point, I

take it, is where originally the now missing right aortic arch

joimed the left aortic arch. In this region the aorta also gives

off a number of fine slender branches to the csophagus and to

the lungs. The first of these branches arises a little way down

the first right intercostal and supplies the windpipe; from or in

the immediate neighbourhood of the next four right intercostals

arise twigs for cesophagus and lungs; then follows a gap of two

intercostals, the last twigs arising from the 8th right intercostal.

From the last intercostal in front of the diaphragm arises a

diaphragmatic artery on each side; another diaphragmatic artery

springs directly from the aorta behind the diaphragm, and

independently of an immediately following suprarenal artery.

I have carefully and, I hope, exactly compared the pre-

diaphragmatic arteries of Helictis with those of its ally Galictis

and with those of the Aluroid Swricata.

The former, as might be expected, shows greater resemblances to

Helictis than does the latter. There are, however, also differences.

There are 10 instead of 11 pairs of intercostals in front of the

diaphragm, or, to be more absolutely accurate, 10 on one side and

9 on the other; for the first intercostal has not a fellow and

belongs to the left side. The fifth right intercostal is the first

which passes to the outside of the Azygos vein. The pulmonary

and oesophageal branches arise in every case from the right

intercostal vessels, and I counted four of them which have the

following position: the first three arise from the first three

right intercostals; the fourth springs from the fifth right

intercostal.

In Suricata tetradactyla there are 12 intercostals on the right

side in front of the diaphragm and two additional ones on the

left side. The most important pulmonary and cesophageal arteries

arise separately from the aorta, though some spring from right

intercostals. The 8th right intercostal is the first which passes

over the Azygos vein.

* This vessel, as in most mammals, is present only on the right side.

30 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [May 2,

3. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VII.*

Eurylemide ; with Remarks on the Systematic Position

of the Group. By W. P. Pycrart, F.Z.S., W.B.0.U:

| Received March 30, 1905. |

(Plate IT. and Text-figures 13-15.)

CoNTENTS.

i. Introductory Remarks, p. 30. vil. The Pelvic Girdle, p. 48.

il. The Skull of the Adult, p. 30. viii. The Pectoral Limb, p. 48.

iii. The Skull of the Nestling, p. 40. ix. The Pelvic Limb, p. 49.

iv. The Vertebral Column, p. 43. x. Summary, p. 50.

v. The Ribs, p. 45. xi. List of Literature referred to, p. 56.

vi. The Sternum and Shoulder-girdle, xii. Explanation of Plate II., p. 56.

p. 45.

i, [InrropuctOoRY REMARKS.

The present paper is intended to form the first of a series on

the osteology of the Passeres, and, in order to increase its value

to the systematist, characters other than osteological will be

discussed where necessary. By this means it is hoped that that

most difficult of ornithological problems—the classification of the

Passeres—-will be materially aided.

The labours of Garrod, Forbes, and Fiirbringer have resulted in

the accumulation of a considerable pile of facts concerning the

soft parts of the Kurylemide, but comparatively little has been

done in the way of osteology.

My work, it may be as well to state here, has been hampered

by paucity of material, since several genera are entirely

unrepresented in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural

History). Doubtless these gaps will be filled in course of time,

and the lacune, unavoidable in this contribution, can then be filled

up. Skeletons of nestlings are especially wanted.

ll. THE SKULL OF THE ADULT.

The skull of the Eurylemidz is remarkable for the extreme

specialisation which it displays, though these birds are of an

undoubtedly primitive type. ‘That changes so considerable as

are here to be noticed should have taken place in the skull is

unfortunate, since thereby valuable evidence on questions of

ancestry has been lost.

It is not an easy matter to express exactly what are the

characteristic features of the Eurylemid skull, or, rather, it is not

easy to set down diagnostic characters, since it presents considerable

and often wide differences in different genera. Superficially it

* For Part VI. see P. Z.S. 1903, vol. i. p. 258.

+ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 56.

PZ SASOSAvolAnl PIL

Bale & Danielsson, L** coll.

H Gronvold, del.

OSISOROG’. or sss, ISIUIS NALA MER Ze

1905. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYL-EMID®. Sil

presents an undoubted resemblance, in some respects, to the

aberrant Procnias, in others to the Swallows.

The following characters will, however, probably suffice :—

The beak is of great size, nearly as broad as long, and joins the

cranium by a more or less perfect nasal hinge; free lachrymals are

wanting, save in Calyptomena; palate egithognathous; palatines

short, broad, wide apart, and produced backward into prominent

spurs ; vomer truncated, much reduced and terminating posteriorly

in a pair of slender limbs; pterygoids and palatines articulating

by means of an oblique joint; maxillo-palatine processes reduced

to long slender rods slightly expanding at their termination

beneath the vomer; basipterygoid processes wanting; postorbital

processes obsolete ; squamosal process prominent

The Occipital Region.

The foramen magnum is cordiform, its apex rising only slightly

above the level of the superior margin of the rim of the tympanic

cavity. The plane of the foramen inclines downwards rather

than backwards, as in the Capitonide, but not to such an extent

asin the Bucconide. The base of the foramen is not raised above

the level of the basi-cranial axis. The supra-foraminal ridge is

barely traceable.

There is no lambdoidal ridge, such as is met with in the

Capitonidee for example, but the cranium above the occipital

foramen presents a fairly prominent cerebellar dome, bounded on

either side by a subcircular depression (the supraoccipital fossa).

Above this region the skull rises considerably and presents a

gently rounded surface.

The tympanic wings of the exoccipital are considerably developed

to form a pair of downwardly directed plates, the processus alu

exoccipitalis inferior, having a convex border and a convex surface

with recurved free edge: through these plates the semicircular

canals can be faintly traced.

The Cranial Roof (Pl. I1.).—The cerebral rises vertically above

the cerebellar dome and is of considerable width, being wider than

long. Jn regard to the position of the cerebral with relation to the

cerebellar dome, the Eurylemide agree with the typical Passeres

and the Cypseli, and differ from the Capitonide, for example,

wherein the cerebral hes in front of the cerebellar dome. The

parietal region is marked by a moderately well-defined temporal

depression, the “ temporal fossa,” which, however, does not extend

further inwards than the outer margin of the supraoccipital fossa.

This is a Passerine feature; in the Coraciiformes these fossee

usually meet in the middle line, forming a more or less well-

marked sagittal crest.

The temporal fossee in the Eurylemide are mainly responsible

for the formation of the well-marked squamosal prominences.

The interorbital region is marked with a more or less distinct

median groove, sometimes with alow ridge. Immediately behind

32 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE | May 2,

the base of the beak it expands considerably and is supported from

within by outstanding antorbital plates. Lachrymals, except in

Calyptomena, are absent, and consequently take no share in the

formation of the preorbital region of the skull. In this particular

the Eurylemide agree with the bulk of the Passeres, in which,

however, vestiges of the lachrymal are frequently present.

The frontals terminate abruptly in front, not extending beyond

the level of the anterior border of the mesethmoid. The nasals

and nasal-processes of the premaxilla are also sharply truncated

caudad ; thus, at their meeting with the frontals and mesethmoid

a freely moving nasal hinge is formed (Pl. IT. figs. 26, 3a, 4).

The incipient stages in the development of such a hinge can be

studied in Chasmorhynchus—one of the Cotingide.

The Base of the Skull.

The basitemporal plate is suightly hollowed in the middle line,

and is continued forward for some distance on to the parasphenoidal

rostrum ; owing to the small size of the brain its free edge

projects beyond the level of the brain-case. Vo appreciate this

point the skull of one of the Kurylemidz should be compared

with say that of MJenwra or Corvus, where, it will be found, the

basitemporal plate fails to conceal the brain-case when the skull is

seen from below. ‘The edge of this plate is free only at its apex.

Not even vestiges of the basipterygoid processes remain.

The parasphenoidal rostrum is long and slender.

The occipital condyle is spherical and depends from the roof of

a shallow pre-condylar fossa.

The Lateral Aspect of the Craniwm. (Pl. I. fig. 2.)

The tympanic cavity is small, shallow, and has little or no floor.

The constriction of the skull-wall in the temporal region, to form

the ‘temporal fossz,” gives the tympanic cavity the appearance of

the aperture of a tube, the cylinder of which is formed by the

“‘ squamosal prominence” and lateral occipital wing.

The roof of this cavity is formed by the under surface of the

processus zygomaticus squamosi. Its floor in part by the lateral

occipital wing and in part by the ossification of tissue extending

between this wing and the external angles of the basitemporal

plate; but this region is much cut away.

Within the cavity three apertures will be found in the dried

skull after the removal of the tympanic membrane. The largest

of these is the mouth of the vrecessus tympanicus anterior.

Immediately outside this, and below the otic articular surface for

the quadrate, is the fenestral recess : this is very small, and neither

the fenestra ovale nor the rotunda can be distinguished within it,

though the columella is in position above; and behind the fenestral

recess a cluster of minute pneumatic apertures will be found,

corresponding to a similar group commonly found in the higher

1905. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYLEMID. 33

Passeres. In shape and position, however, this group of foramina

more nearly resembles its counterpart in the Bucconide. These

foramina form a sort of cribriform plate guarding the mouth of

the recessus ty ympanieus posterior, which is much. reduced. The

recessus tympanicus superior is of small size, and opens externally

into the tympanic cavity by a small aperture lying between the

squamosal and otic heads of the quadrate. The aperture is

bounded externally by a short, pointed processus articularis

SqUamost.

The Squamosal Prominence.—It has already been pointed out

(p. 82) that the constriction of the temporal region of the

cranium has given the tympanic region a sort of individuality not

met with in the skulls of the higher Passeres, but common among

the lower types, and among the Coraciiformes.

In the Hurylemide the free edge of this prominence projects

shelf-like beyond the head of the quadrate. It is continued

forwards into a hastate processus zygomaticus squamosi directed

downwards and outwards. From the base of the inferior surface

of this process projects a short pointed processus articularis

sguamosi; between these two processes the head of the quadrate

is firmly grasped.

The temporal fosse are especially deep in Corydon. As in other

genera, they are linguiform in shape and do not extend inwards

beyond the outer border of the supraoccipital fossa.

The trigeminal foramen pierces the skull-wall at about the level

of the otic articular process for the squamosal, but some con-

siderable distance mesiad thereof.

The orbito-sphenoid does not ossify. The inéerorbital septum 1s

largely fenestrated.

The interorbital region of the frontals is generally very narrow

so that the orbits are only very partially roofed. In front the

orbit is bounded by a f--shaped antorbital plate. In Calyptomena

the interorbital region is wide.

The lachrymal, in Calyptomena (PI. II. fig. 2, 7.), has the form

of a sigmoid rod more or less clubbed at each end. The upper end

would perhaps more correctly be described as hammer-shaped, and

is completely overshadowed by wide expansions of the frontal.

The whole ossicle is embedded in a groove carved out of a very

much swollen antorbital plate. The close resemblance between

the lachrymal of Calyptomena and that of Chasmorhynchus is

most remarkable. Both are embedded in the antorbital plate, and

both have the same sigmoid flexure. Only in the larger size of the

orbital end can the lachrymal of Chasmorhynchus be distinguished

from that of the Kurylemid Calyptomena.

In all the other EKurylemide, however, the lachrymal appears

to have been lost; further, the antorbital plate has been reduced

to a thin -shaped plate.

The Hthmoidal Region.—The mesethmoid is greatly reduced by

the fenestration of the interorbital septum. The anétorbital plate

which bounds the orbit in front is F-shaped and attached to

Proc, Zoou, Soc.—1905, Vou, II. No. ILI. 3

34 MR, W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [May 2,

the mesethmoid by a horizontal plate of bone, almost rod-like

in some species. ‘The vertical, hamulate portion of the plate, by

its upper limb, considerably adds to the width across the fr ontal,

the lower, descending, process turns outwards to reach the

quadrato- jugal bar. In the extraordinarily wide-mouthed genus

Corydon, however, the quadrato-jugal bar stands far from. this

descending process.

The olfactory chamber, owing to the extremely reduced con-

dition of the maxillo-palatines, in the macerated skull is without

a floor, in the majority of the genera of this group; but in two

skulls, Hurylemus and Cymbirhynchus, in the British Museum Col-

lection, this is more or less filled up by the ossification of a pair of

turbinals, one on either side of the septum nasi, which apparently

answer to the concha media. Pyriform in shape, each extends

from the narial aperture backwards to the anterior horn of the

vomer, where it becomes attached. Above and behind this is an

oat- shaped and laterally compressed turbinal answering to the

concha, posterior.

The nasal septum, in Calyptomena, is formed by a thin sheet of

bone running along the whole length of the under surface of the

nasal process of the premaxille. In Hurylemus, Cymbirhynchus,

and especially in Corydon, this septum becomes greatly swollen

and grooved on its under surface.

The Cranial Cavite y.—The mesencephalic fossa is capacious.

Its floor sweeps rapidly upwards to form a strongly marked basin-

shaped cavity. This upward rising of the floor is much more

conspicuous than in some other genera, e. g. Menura or Corvus.

The internal auditory meatus is represented only by a shallow

depression. Immediately above and somewhat in front of this

lies the trigeminal foramen. 'This, opening under a strong ridge,

leads immediately into a deep groove across the floor of the

mesencephalic fossa and thence through the under wall of the

skull. All the branches of v leave by this foramen. There is no

separate foramen for the ophthalmic (v') (orbito-nasal); and in

this respect the Eurylemide appear to agree with all the other

Passeriformes. The vagus foramen lies at the bottom of a deep

fossa.

The cerebellar fossa is small, relatively to the cerebral, sharply

defined, and has the supra-occipital region marked with prominent

horizontal ridges. The floccwlar fossa forms a conspicuous

moderately deep and more or less pyriform depression, sharply

bounded caudad by the anterior semicircular canal.

The mesencephalic fossa is of considerable size and, as in other

Passeriformes, extremely well defined by a strong vertical ridge

above, and an equally prominent ridge formed by the pro-otic

below.

The pituitary fossa takes the form of a narrow tube rising

vertically from the floor of the skull. The dorswm sell is reduecd

to a knife-like edge. The pre-pituitary region is produced into a

moderately well- defined optic platform, triangular in shape.

1905. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYLHMID®, 35

The cerebral fosse are relatively of considerable size, though

relatively smaller than in Corvus for example. Thus, in the

Kurylemide the cerebral fossa is only distinguishable from the

mesencephalic fossa by reason of the boundary-line of the

tentorial ridge. In Corvus the mesencephalic fossa forms a

totally distinct basin-shaped cavity, lying as it were within the

cerebral fossa, which dips down to the outer side and below the

level of the fossa in question in the form of a deep pocket.

Menura represents a half-way stage between the Corvide and

Kurylemide. In Menura, moreover, the roof of the cerebral

fossa is marked by a low ridge roughly dividing the fossa into

two equal parts.

There is a well-developed bony fala.

The olfactory fosse are reduced toa pair of small pits. But

there are strong impressions of an olfactory tube to be found in

the fore part of the cerebral fossa of the Eurylemide,

The Premaxilla.

The premaxilla in the Kurylemide forms the major part of the

upper half of the beak. Hooked at the tip, and of extreme

breadth, it recalls in many respects that of many of the Coraciidee,

e. g. Hurystomus, on the one hand, and of some Caprimulgi,

e. g. Podargus, on the other. When these several types come to

be compared, however, these resemblances will be found to be but

slight.

More significant is the close resemblance to the Cotingide,

This is well brought out in the skull of Calyptomena, which, as

will be shown presently, presents many features in common with

Chasmorhynchus. 'The number of other skeleton characters which

these two forms possess in common suggest affinity between the

two groups, rather than homoplasy.

In Calyptomena, which I propose to take as the typical

Eurylemid for the purpose of comparison, the body of the pre-

maxilla is moderately large. The nasal process, fusing with the

nasals, is sharply truncated caudad, and articulates with the

frontals by a hinge. In this respect the Hurylemid skull re-

sembles that of the Podargide, and not of the Coraciide.

The low position of the skull of Calyptomena is indicated by a

comparison of the narial aperture with that of the skulls of other

EKuryleemid genera.

In Calyptomena the nasals are of the typical holorhinal shape

with an obliquely sloping descending process. The nasal fossa,

in the dried skull, is a long oval aperture showing, within the

cavity, a narrow ridge of bone continued from the palatal border

forwards to meet a low septum hanging from the middle line of

the nasal process of the premaxilla. The septum represents the

ossified remains of the septwm nasi; the small plate of bone

running inwards from the level of the tip of the palatine is =

portion of the alinasal cartilage which has become ossified.,

36 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [May 2,

Corydon, Eurylemus, and Cymbirhynchus differ conspicuously

from Calyptomena in this matter of the narial aperture, as may be

seen by a comparison of figs. 26, 3a, 4, Pl. IT.

Tn all three genera the nasal is reduced to its smallest possible

limits, little more than an arcuate bar being left. Of this, one

half represents the descending process of the nasal, the other the

body of the bone,—now merely a rod joined at its inner end to

the nasal process of the premaxilla, and affording the means of

articulation with the frontals. This, as I have remarked, takes

the form of a nasal hinge. In Hwrylemus and Corydon the nasal

fossa, as in Calyptomena, is open in the dried skull, the actual

position of the nasal orifice in the living bird being indicated by

semicircular grooves in the anterior border of the nasal fossa.

The circle completing the rest of the fossa in the living bird

was roofed by the alinasal wall. In Cymbirhynchus this wall

almost completely ossifies, leaving an oval narial aperture, and

a small semilunar space immediately in front of the nasal (fig. 3,

1p IE)

In the Euryleemidee the floor of the olfactory chamber is open

behind, revealing in Calyptomena an ossified sheet-like nasal

septum, which in Corydon becomes immensely swollen.

In the Coracie, certain Caprimulgi and Pici the floor of the

olfactory chamber is more or less ossified. In Hurystomus and

the Bucconide there is a long palatal fissure, which at first sight

appears to correspond to the huge palatal cavity of Hurylemus.

An examination shows, however, that this vacuity leads into a

spacious cavity underlying the olfactory chamber and formed by

the inflation and absorption of tissue of the nasal septum. In

Podargus the palatal surface of the premaxilla is completely

ossified, and the olfactory chamber is reduced to the smallest

possible limits.

In Corydon the nasal process of the premaxilla is immensely

swollen and rises far above the level of the nasal hinge. The

frontal is similarly swollen immediately above this hinge. The

intermediate stages between this condition and that found in

Calyptomena can be studied in Cymbirhynchus. Corydon, indeed,

would appear to have reached the high-water mark of speciali-

sation in the matter of the jaws, among the Hurylemide.

The Maxillo-jugal Arch.

The mawilla, as usual, is in the adult completely fused with the

premaxilla, In Corydon the maxillary region of the jaw is highly

developed and forms a large semicircular plate, the convexity

forming its free edge and projecting downwards far beyond the

level of the quadrato-jugal bar.

The mawillo-palatine processes in Calyptomena take the form of

a pair of delicate rods projecting backwards at a very marked

angle from the body of the maxilla, which, at this point, is

perforated by small pneumatic apertures, These rods, on each

1905. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYLHMIDA. 37

side of the skull, terminate immediately beneath the free end of

the vomer.

That these processes are degenerate there can be no doubt.

They have probably been derived from a condition precisely

similar to what obtains in Chasmorhynchus. In the latter, these

processes are swollen and spongy in character. Arising from the

maxilla at a point almost immediately below the descending

process of the nasal (in Calyptomena they arise distad of this

point), they extend backwards so as to run on either side of and

beneath the vomer for nearly one-fourth of its length.

In Corydon and Cymbirhynchus these processes are more

slender than in Calyptomena. In Cymbirhynchus they are hook-

shaped.

Probably, as I have remarked, the maxillo-palatines of

Calyptomena at an earlier stage closely resembled those of

Chasmorhynchus. It seems also highly probable that these, in

turn, were derived from yet more primitive and much more

extensive triangular plates such as have been retained by the

Tyrannide. The palate of Zityra, indeed, shows how easily the

Kurylemiform palate could have obtained its peculiar maxillo-

palatines.

The quadrato-jugal bar in Calyptomena as in Chasmorhynchus

is sigmoidally curved, as much so as in some Spheniscide. In

Corydon and Cymbirhynchus it is straight. There are no separate

elements distinguishable in this bar.

The Vomer, Palatines, and Pterygoids.

The vomer (Pl. Il. fig. 2a), in Calyptomena, is roughly oar-

shaped in front and terminates caudad in a pair of long, slender

limbs, bowed outwardly so as to enclose a space through which the

parasphenoidal rostrum may be seen, and fused completely with

the palatines. The free end of the blade is truncated, and has the

angles produced into minute processes, thus showing that the

vomer was earlier of a more pronounced Aigithognathous type.

In Corydon the vomer is much reduced, being represented by a

short, broad, oblong body produced caudad into a pair of widely

separated and slender rods which articulate with the palatines.

The free end of the vomer is squarely truncate with prominently

produced angles. The dorsal aspect of the vomer is closely applied

to the base of the septum nasi.

Cymbirhynchus resembles Corydon in the shape of the vomer,

but differs therefrom in that it is slightly constricted between the

free end and the origin of the posterior cornue, which fuse com-

pletely with the palatines, forcing the parasphenoidal plates thereof

away from their normal relationship to the parasphenoid.

In the Coraciide the vomer is either wanting or reduced to a

mere spicule, e. g. Hurystomus.

In Chasmorhynchus the vomer is larger than in the Eurylemide.

AXgithognathous anteriorly, it terminates posteriorly in a pair of

38 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [May 2,

broad limbs indistinguishably welded with the palatines, agreeing

in this with Calyptomena and Cymbirhynchus.

The palatine (Pl. LI. fig. 2a) in Calyptomena is a long bone:

anteriorly rod-shaped, it extends backwards as far as the

under surface of the antorbital plate, when, after sending out-

wards a prominent, rounded elbow—“ transverse bone’”-—it turns

abruptly inwards, ultimately forming a roughly spatulate plate,

bent upon itself so as to form a long linear surface running along

the parasphenoid rostrum, and fusing mesiad with the vomer and

a free downwardly hanging curtain to form a cavernous space 1n

the roof of which is the base of the vomer.

The palatine of Chasmorhynchus differs from that of Calypto-

mend in the greater width of the hinder laminated portion and the

more extensive development of the inferior free edge, forming the

cavernous space beneath the vomer. This edge now appears

rather as a shelf-like projection developed from the inner border

of the shaft of the palatine.

In Cymbirhynchus the palatine shaft is broader than in

Calyptomena, and this increased breadth is especially noticeable

at its junction with the body of the premaxilla. The latter, as

has already been pointed out, is much more conspicuous than in

Calyptomena and terminates in a doubly crescentic free edge

synchronously with the palatines. ‘Thus a relatively enormous

oblong space is enclosed. In Corydon these features are still

more exaggerated, the “ elbow” is also more strongly marked.

In broadness and the truncated form of the shaft of the

palatines, the more specialised Kurylemidz recall the Podargide,

wherein the body of the premaxilla is still more developed and the

truncation of the palatine distally more marked. Both in the

specialised Kurylemide and the Podargide the truncation of the

vomer appears to have been brought about to facilitate the move-

ments of the nasal hinge, which in both types lies immediately

above the anterior ends of the palatines, while in the more

generalised Calyptomena, which lacks a nasal hinge, the palatines

run far forwards.

The pterygoid in Calyptomena (Pl. II. fig. 2a) is a long,

slender, rod-shaped bone, laterally compressed, and perforated by

a pneumatic foramen at its articulation with the quadrate. At

its anterior end it meets its fellow of the opposite side in the

middle line ; and immediately sends upwards and forwards a sub-

crescentic plate which, embracing the parasphenoidal rostrum by its

plane surface, affords attachment along its inferior border to the

vomer. Late in hfe the articulation with the vomer is succeeded

by anchylosis. Certain points concerning the morphology of the

end of the pterygoid will be discussed in the section dealing with

the nestling skull (p. 438).

In Chasmorhynchus the anterior ends of the pterygoids do

not meet in the middle line but impinge instead directly against

the parasphenoidal rostrum, forming therewith a pedate articu-

lation, which is largely augmented by “ hemipterygoid” elements

1905. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYLEMID&. 39

corresponding to the sub-crescentic plates of Calyptomena. ‘These

hemipterygoids, in both the Eurylemid and Cotingid forms,

articulate with the palatines, in the adult, by means of an oblique

suture,

Corydon and Cymbirhynchus differ in no essential features from

Calyptomena.

The guadrate is peculiar in that, in common with the Tyrannidee

and some other Passerine forms, it sends out a strong spur for the

articulation of the quadrato-jugal bar. This spur projects like a

buttress laterad of the outer condyle for the lower jaw. The

squamosal and otic heads are closely approximated. The former

is wedged in between a prominent processus articularis squamose

behind, and an equally well-developed processus articularis zygo-

maticus in front. In Corydon these processes are expanded

laterally so as to overhang the head of the quadvate, but at the

same time they afford thiselement a greater freedom of movement

than in Calyptomena. Cymbirhynchus and Kurylemus are inter-

mediate in character in this respect.

The Mandible.

The mandible, in the Eurylemide, is much bowed outwards

to a very considerable extent. In Calyptomena it has only a

relatively small symphysis: is truncated posteriorly, and shows

little or no trace of the separate elements of which it is composed.

The internal angular process is moderately well developed, and is

perforated by a small pneumatic foramen. The rami, in their

general shape, are rod-like, and slightly compressed laterally.

In Corydon and Cymbirhynchus, however, there is an abrupt

transition between the malar region of the mandible and that

portion covered by the rhamphotheca, which is most markedly

thicker and broader than the hinder region. The symphysial

region is very broad and spoon-shaped. The internal angular

process is more spine-like than in Calyptomena, and there is a

feebly-developed posterior angular process.

The Hyord.

The hyoid of the Eurylemide resembles that of the higher

Passeres. The basihyal (os entoglossum) is made up of a pair of

boomerang-shaped ossifications placed dos d dos, so that a long

free process is produced backward beyond the articulation with

the basibranchial 1. Basibranchials 1-2 are fused; the latter,

however, is a long cartilaginous style. The ceratobranchial and

epibranchials are of moderate length; the latter are cartilaginous

at the free ends.

In Corvus, for example, among the higher Passeres, the basi-

hyals are long and straight, and run parallel with one another,

yet so as to leave a median space between them.

40 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [May 2,

iii. THE SKULL or THE Nustiine. (PI. II. figs. 1 & 1a.)

It is a matter for regret that the British Museum Collection of

nestling skulls of Hurylemide is limited to half-grown specimens

of Hurylemus ochromelas, and these have suffered somewhat

severely as a consequence of having been preserved in formol.

a. Cartilage-bones.

The basioccipital cannot, in these skulls, be more than imper-

fectly traced, having become fused with the lateral occipitals.

The exoccipital, or lateral occipital, is a large, more or less

linguiform plate presenting a broad convex external border, the

inferior segment of which forms the tympanic cavity, while the

superior are of the curve is applied in part to the base of the

squamosal and in part to the parietal. It is bounded mesiad

by the supraoccipital and the occipital foramen, which excavate

a considerable moiety from its internal border. Inasmuch as the

exoccipital comes into contact with the parietal, it resembles that

of the Cuculidee.

The swpraoccipital is short antero-posteriorly, and is not yet

ossified ; its superior margin being W-shaped and leaving a large

fontanelle between itself and the parietals. Laterad it has fused

with the lateral occipitals, leaving only a faint tell-tale notch to

indicate the junction.

The pro-, epi-, and opisthotic bones are now completely concealed

when the skull is viewed externally.

The basisphenoid is also concealed, being underfloored by the

basitemporal plate.

The alisphenoid appears as an oblong plate, having its long

axis horizontal.

The orbito-sphenoid is still membranous, while the presphenoid

has fused with the basisphenoid.

The mesethmoid has only just commenced to ossify, and is

represented by a small linguiform plate supporting the yet carti-

laginous antorbital plate, and bounded in front by the cranio-

facial fissure. The interorbital septum formed by the backward

extension of the plate is as yet only outlined in cartilage.

The olfactory cavities occupy less than half of the so-called

anterior narial apertures as seen in the dried skull. The actual

anterior nares, in Hurylemus ochromelas for example, are small

and round, and placed at the extreme anterior angle formed by the

divarication of the nasal and maxillary processes of the premaxilla.

The superior segment of this circle is formed by membrane, and

this extends backwards and inwards as a subtubular sheet to be

attached to the antorbital plate. Mesially this tube is shut in by

the nasal septum, and inferiorly by membrane forming the roof

of the palate. Within the chamber thus formed lies a long,

somewhat spatulate cartilaginous turbinal extending backwards,

by a short stalk, to the anterior end of the vomer. ‘The free end

1905. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYLEMIDH. 41

of the spatulate process lies on a level with, but mesiad of, the

external aperture. Without this chamber is a large sinus roofed

by the rhamphotheca, floored by membrane supported by the

maxillo-palatine process, and closed posteriorly by the antorbital

plate lying external to the nasal chamber. In the dried skull

this sinus is included as part of the external narial aperture.

The guadrate, though not yet completely ossified, differs in no

material particular from that of the adult.

b. The Membrane-bones.

The parietal is roughly quadrangular in shape; its superior

external angle is drawn upwards into a point, its inferior external

angle forms a sweeping curve. -Its mesial border is not yet

ossified in the skull now described. A small portion of its inferior

border, lying between the supraoccipital and squamosal, comes into

actual contact with the exoccipital.

The frontal along its posterior border follows the curve of the

parietal: anter iorly, i in the mid-orbital region, it becomes reduced

to a narrow band, and finally terminates in a strap-shaped process

underlying the nasals. Before leaving the cranial cavity its free

edge passes downwards and inwards to join the alisphenoid

inferiorly. The rim of this inturned plate is overlapped by a long

tongue-shaped process of the squamosal (Pl. IT. fig. 1 @).

The squamosal is a somewhat remarkable bone. Roughly

i-shaped, the horizontal region overlaps, mesiad, the lateral

occipital and extends so as nearly to reach the supraoccipital ;

laterad it overhangs the tympanic cavity and terminates in

a pointed processus zygomaticus squamost. ‘The vertical shaft

arising from this base is roughly sword- ‘shaped, with a slightly

decurved pointed tip. About one-third of this blade arises above

the level of the parietal to overlap the frontal as already described.

Immediately above the level of the superior border of the ali-

sphenoid this blade develops a barely perceptible prominence,

which supports a small cartilaginous nodule—the anlage of the

postorbital process.

Another most noteworthy feature of the squamosa] in this

skull is the fact that the greater part thereof appears on the

inside of the skull: only, indeed, the extremities of the horizontal

and vertical portions being excluded. Compare figs. 1, 1@ (PI. I.).

In the most primitive types of Avian skull, it will be re-

membered, the squamosal is either entirely excluded from any

participation in the formation of the brain-case, or only a very

small area is admitted. Originally a quite superficial bone, it has

gradually absorbed the underlying osseous tissue, till eventually

it has forced itself into the very walls of the cranial cavity, and

this is especially the case in the skull of Hurylemus ochromelas.

I am unfortuately unable at the present time to make any

extensive series of comparisons between the form of the squa-

mosal in the Wurylemide and that of the Coraciiformes, or the

42 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ May 2,

Menurid and other Passeriform types, owing to lack of material.

Such a comparison I believe would be valuable.

So far, the peculiar squamosal of the Eurylemide resembles

most nearly, among the Coraciiformes, that of the Capitonide.

But the likeness is but general, and seems to point to the Capi-

toniform type as being the more primitive. Herein, this element

is roughly quadrangular in type, but has the antero-dorsal angle

produced into a point, which, however, does not extend on to the

frontal. Its mesial border is, indeed, exactly coterminous with the

external lateral border of the parietal. The alisphenoid in this

skull is prominent and forms a large triangular block fitting into

the deeply concave anterior border of the squamosal on the one

hand, and overhung by the postorbital region of the frontal on

the other. The postorbital process appears to be formed in part

by the alisphenoid, and in part by the frontal. The squamosal

takes no part whatever in its formation. These relations can be

seen in the skull of Calorhamphus.

The resemblance to the squamosal of the Passeriformes is close,

but is of a kind such as to leave little doubt but that this element

in the Kurylemidz is much the more specialised: a fact which is

somewhat surprising, and is at the same time not without

significance,

Comparing the squamosal of Hurylemus ochromelas with that

of the Rook (Corvus frugilegus), it will be found that in the latter

this element is of considerable size, conical in form, and rises

superiorly to overlap the frontal as in Hurylemus. The base of

this cone is broad, and its postero-internal angle is produced

backwards and inwards to form a wedge between ‘the parietal and

lateral occipital.

It is from a squamosal of this type that the squamosal of Hury-

Lemus has been derived. This evolution has resulted in a much

greater extension of the base mesiad, between the parietal and

exoccipital, and in the lateral reduction of the body of the bone so

as to transform the sometime cone into a xiphoid shaft springing

from a broad base. ‘These changes will become the more apparent

by a reference to fig. 1 a, Pl. II.

The nasal varies considerably in form in this group. Unfor-

tunately, I have not material at my command which will enable

me to make a comparison of the early stages of growth of these

several varieties.

The lachrymal is not yet ossified.

The premaailla apparently lacks palatine processes. What appear

to be vestiges of these seem rather to be ossifications of the mem-

brane forming the floor of the anterior region of the nasal chamber.

This point can only be solved by a further examination of well-

preserved material.

The maxilla appears to be unusually large in the skull, but the

decalcification caused by the formalin in which this specimen was

preserved has almost obliterated the premaxillary and quadrato-

jugal sutures,

1905. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYLEMIDA. 43

The quadrato-jugal is long, extending to beyond the middle of

the orbit.

The vomer is not yet ossified.

The palatines difter from those of the adult in that the trans-

palatine elements (?) are as yet membranous.

The pterygoid is rod-shaped, bent at its posterior extremity at

an obtuse angle, so as to fit closely to the parasphenoidal rostrum.

The free end of this rod is pointed, and bears a small pointed

piece of cartilage. Whether this represents the hemipterygoid,

or, as seems more likely, the unossified extremity of the shaft, is

a point which can only be determined by the examination of

somewhat older skulls.

The palatine extends backwards beneath these bent limbs of the

pterygoid.

The apparent absence of the hemipterygoid is a point of con-

siderable interest. The interpretation to be placed upon this fact

is, I think, not that the pterygoid shaft retains its primitive

integrity, but that the hemipterygoid element has been lost, just

as it has in many other groups of birds. My reason for this view

is that the vomer, which shows various grades of reduction in the

Eurylemide, is supported entirely by the palatines, as in all other

cases where the hemipterygoid has been greatly reduced or is

wanting.

There is nothing remarkable in the absence of this element,

because, as has been shown, the skull in this group is highly

specialised in many ways.

The elements of the mandible are as yet distinct.

iv. THE VERTEBRAL CoLUMN.

All the presynsacral vertebree are heterocelous and free.

The cervical vertebrae are characterised by the deeply incised

neural plates of the 6th—-10th vertebre, where the posterior

zygapophyses are borne upon the under surface of the free ends

of long beams.

The atlas has the odontoid ligament perforated.

The axis bears a large tooth-like neural spine and a large pair

of hyperapophyses. ‘The second and third have large quadrangular

neural plates, the hinder angles of which in the third vertebra are

produced upwards into strong hyperapophyses. The outer borders

of these plates are pierced, on each side, bya smallforamen. The

hyperapophyses of the 5th to 8th vertebre are placed about

midway between the neural spine and the posterior zygapophysis.

From the 5th to 11th vertebre the neural plates are deeply incised

both before and behind the neural spine. The neural spines

gradually decrease in size from before backwards, so that from the

9th to the 12th they are represented only by the merest tubercle.

Hypapophyses are borne by the 2nd, 38rd, 4th, and 5th vertebre ;

the 7th to 10th bear catapophyses, feebly developed ; hypapo-

44 MR, W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [May 2,

physes again succeed from the 11th vertebra and are continued

backwards to the thoracic.

The cervical vertebre are 12 in number. There are three

cervico-thoracic; that is to say, there are three vertebrae bearing

free cervical ribs. The Ist pair are reduced to the merest vestiges ;

the 2nd pair are long, bear vestigial uncinates, but no sternal

segment; the 3rd pair bear large uncinates and a long styliform

sternal segment, which does not, however, reach the sternum.

Thus, it is obvious that, at no distant date, these three vertebrae

formed part of the thoracic series and articulated with the

sternum. They differ, moreover, in form from the true cervicals,

and resemble the thoracic series in having broad outstanding

diapophyses.

The cervical and cervico-thoracics of the Hurylemide differ

conspicuously from those of the Menuride and of the Coracii-

formes, and resemble rather those of the higher Passeres.

The thoracic vertebre, six in number, have moderately developed,

quadrangular, neural spines. Only the Ist thoracic bears a small

hypapophysis. The centra are pierced by pneumatic foramina.

The last thoracic has been incorporated with the synsacrum.

Twelve vertebrie enter into the composition of the synsacrum in

Calyptomenaand Cymbirhynchus; 13in Corydon. The numerical

differences are as follows :-—

Calyptomena. Cymbirhynchus. Corydon.

ihoracier.. 0. Ih 1 iL

amma eee ee 2 3

Lumbo-sacral 3 2 2

Sacraleeeo ree 2 2 2

@audalt cs. 44+ 8freecaudal 54+ 8free caud. 5+48freecaud.

otal cers ee: 12+8 x 1248 o 13+8

Thus Calyptomena appears to have lost 1 post-sacral and

Cymbirhynchus | pre-sacral. Corydon would appear to express the

primitive number of these segments.

The 2nd lumbar in Calyptomena bears a large pair of ventri-

lateral processes abutting against the pre-ilia. The Ist sacral

vertebra lies immediately caudad of the hinder margin of the

acetabulum. The dorsi-lateral processes of the sacral and caudal

vertebrae are long, and, by the ossification of the tendinous tissue

overlying them, form a broad bony plate dividing the innominates.

There are 8 free caudals, including the pygostyle. The diapophyses

of those immediately following the synsacral series are not

embraced by the innominate, owing to the fact that these are kept

apart by the outstanding dorsi-lateral processes of the synsacral

series.

Corydon and Cymbirhynchus differ from Calyptomena chiefly

in that the dorsi-lateral processes of the sacral and post-sacral

1905. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYLEMID®. 45

components of the synsacral vertebree are shorter, so that the

diapophyses of the first precaudal are overlapped by the hinder

ends of the innominate.

Well-marked intercentra appear on caudals 5-7, in each of the

three genera here described.

v. THe Riss.

The cervical ribs extend from the 4th to the 12th vertebre.

The Ist and 2nd, 10th and 12th, are represented by little more

than broad pleurapophysial lamelle; in the remaining vertebree,

however, these lamelle are narrow and band-like, and the ribs

slender and styliform, extending the whole length of the centrum.

There are 3 cervico-thoracic ribs. The first is reduced, only the

capitulum and tuberculum remaining connected by a common base.

The second is long, but bears no uncinate ; the third bears a short

sternal segment, which, however, does not reach the sternum.

There are 5 thoracic ribs, of. which 4 only reach the sternum.

The uncinates are long and extend backwards to reach the 5rd rib

from their base of attachment.

In Corydon the sternal segment of the 5th rib articulates by a

special facet with the sternal segment of the rib next in front.

THE STERNUM AND SHOULDER-GIRDLE.

(Text-figs. 18, 14, pp. 46, 47.)

The sternum of the EKurylemide is typically Passeriform, and

presents no very close resemblances to that of any other group. In

some features it recalls that of the Cuckoos, in others of the

Caprimulgi, but these are not of a nature likely to cause difficulty

in confounding the sterna of either of these groups with Passerine

sterna.

Tn the Eurylemide the corpus sterni is short and broad—the

breadth nearly equal to the length. The posterior lateral processes

are long, extending forwards to a point corresponding to a trans-

verse line thr ough - the middle of the corpus sterni; the free ends

of these processes are spatulate. The metasternum has its free

border squarely truncate, so as to form a continuous line with the

free ends of the posterior lateral processes; broken only by the

notch enclosed by this process. The anterior lateral processes in

Calyptomena have their free ends truncated and curved slightly

backwards. In Corydon these processes are long, pointed and

directed forwards. Cymbirhynchus is intermediate in this respect,

the process being long, truncate, and directed forwards. The

articular surfaces for tl he sternal ribs are confined entirely to these

processes.

There is no spina interna. The spina externa shows only the

faintest indication of the bifurcate free end which prevails among

the Passeriformes (text-fig. 13, s.e.). In Cymbirhynchus and

Corydon this spine is triangular in section; in Calyptomena it

46 MR, W. P, PYCRAFT ON THE [May 2,

should rather be described as blade-shaped, the dorsal edge of the

blade being much thickened ; in other words, the ventrally placed

keel of the triangle seen in Corydon has in this genus extended

downwards, The median line of the dorsal surface of the corpus

sterni is deeply grooved, and pierced anteriorly by a large

pneumatic foramen. In Cymbirhynchus, and toa less extent in

‘alyptomena, the groove is laced across by narrow, irregular bars

of bone.

The carina is deep, and has the free (ventral) edge produced

forwards. The anterior (vertical) border bears a hollow groove for

the reception of the hypocleideum.

The coracoid grooves look directly forwards, and do not meet in

the middle line. The dorsal lips are prominent and thickened ;

the ventral lips are well-defined, but have knife-like edges con-

tinued inwards on to the spina eaterna.

Text-fig. 13.

Sternum of Calyptomena, showing the simple (unbifurcated) spina externa, s.¢.

a.l.p., anterior lateral process; ¢., carina; p.l.p., posterior lateral process.

The coracoids are long; as long as, or longer than, the corpus

sterni. ‘The procoracoid process, though reduced, is still moderately

large, and forms a narrow flange of bone, arising beyond the

middle of the coracoid shaft and having its free edge directed

downwards. Cephalad it articulates with the scapula, and with

the clavicle forms the foramen triossewm. The procoracoid of the

Eurylemide is larger than in the Cotingide. In the Picide the

procoracoid appears to be wanting, and in the higher Passeres it

is reduced to the merest vestige, e.g. Corvus. The breadth of the

base of the coracoid is increased by narrow phalanges of bone, one

on either side extending forwards, for about one-fourth the length

of the shaft. On the dorsal aspect of the shaft a prominent

tongue of bone is sent up to abut against the dorsal lip of the

coracoid groove. This at least obtains in Calyptomena; in

Corydon and Cymbirhynchus it is less marked,

The scapula is long, narrow, and scimitar-shaped. The fureala

1905.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYLEMIDS, AT

is long, slender, gently arched, and bears a large hypocleideum,

roughly quadrangular in form, and articulating with the anterior

edge of the carina. The free ends of the furcula are expanded to

form flat plates articulating with the acrocoracoid, procoracoid, and

acromion process of the scapula (text-fig. 14), thus enclosing the

Soramen triosseum.

In the form of the sternum and shoulder-girdle the Kurylemide

closely resemble the Cotingidee, especially in the form of the spina

externa, which is simple, and thereby differs from the typical

Passerine form wherein it is forked. In the Kurylemide this

process is more or less spike-shaped, whereas in the Cotingidee it

appears to be generally flabellate. In Chasmorhynchus the

posterior sternal notches are not so deep as in the Kurylemide.

The hypocleideum articulates nearer the antero-ventral angle of

the carina; and the coracoids do not develop the internal basal

flange found in the Eurylemide.

Text-fig. 14.

Portion of the shoulder-girdle of Calyptomena, to show the meeting-point of the

scapula, coracoid, and clavicle, forming the inner wall of the foramen triosseum.

se., scapula; ac., acrocoracoid ; f., furcula.

In the relations of the articulations between the procoracoid,

furcula, and scapula, where these unite to form the foramen

triosseum, the Kurylemide are distinctly Passerine, though this

arrangement also obtains among the Picide—a fact of some

significance.

“In Calr yptomenc, for instance, the acromion process of the scapula

extends downwards along the anterior border of the free edge of

the procoracoid, and Raords an articular surface cephalad, for the

posterior angle of the expanded free end of the furcula. In

Thasmorha ynchus this articulation for the furcula is markedly

increased ; and this increase apparently reaches its maximum in

the Corvide, where the acromion forms a long beam-like roof

to the foramen triosseum, and a very extensive ” articular surface

for the furcula,

48 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [May 2,

vil. THe Pretyic GIRDLE.

Outside the Passerine series the pelvic girdle of the Kurylemidee

resembles most nearly that of the Capitonide ; from which, however,

it may be distinguished by the fact that whereas in the Hurylemidee

the post-acetabular ilium is produced caudad into a spine, in the

Capitonidee this backward extension is broad and bifurcate.

Among the Passeres it approximates most closely perhaps to that

of Chasmorhynchus. Cymbirhynchus only, among the Kurylemide,

appears to possess even a vestige of the pectineal process. In

Calyptomena the pre-acetabular ilium is broad throughout its whole

length, and sharply truncated anteriorly. The inferior border

thereof is markedly sinuous. The pre-acetabule of the right and

left sides are widely separated one from another ; and rise seas to lie

nearly level with the ridge of the neural crest of the synsacrum,

thus forming a large, open, canalis ileo-lumbalis. The post-

acetabular region of the ilium is expanded to form a broad dorsal

plane, and passing backwards terminates in a long spine, which, in

Cymbirhynchus and Corydon, is closely applied to the free ends of

the transverse processes of the post-synsacral caudal vertebree.

The ischiwm in Calyptomena is long, produced backwards consi-

derably beyond the level of the post-acetabular region of the ium,

and terminates in adownwardly-directed hook-shaped process which

fuses with the pubis. Cymbirhynchus differs but slightly from

Calyptomena is this respect. In Corydon the ischium is shorter

antero-posteriorly, and deeper, than in the two genera just described,

and does not project beyond the level of the free end of the post-

acetabular ilium. Further, the dorsal border of the pre-ilium is

much cut away anteriorly so as to expose a great portion of the

synsacral neural crest.

The ischio-pubic fissure is closed in all three genera here

described ; the obturator foramen is shut off therefrom by a bony

bar.

The pubis is long and straight, and projects beyond the level

of the ischium, especially so in Calyptomena.

The close approximation of the post-acetabular ilium to the

transverse processes of the free caudal vertebrze is due to the

shortness of the transverse processes of the synsacral vertebre

already referred to.

The fovea lumbalis is small; and the fovea ischiadica and

pudendalis are confluent.

vill. Tun PecroraL Lime.

The pectoral limb of the genera here described presents no

marked differences by which they can be distinguished one from

another,

It resembles that of the Coliidee and Capitonide in that

metacarpal IT. sends backwards from its proximal end a small

triangular bony spur (intermetacarpal process) to abut against

1905. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYLEMID®. 49

metacarpal ITT. In the Eurylemidee this spur is, however, much

larger than in the Coraciiform genera referred to.

The humerus only is pneumatic ; and is subequal to, or shorter

than, the manus. The forearm isthe longest segment of the limb.

The suleus transversum or coraco-humeral groove is shallow. The

crista superior is triangular in form.

The incisura capitis is fairly sharply defined; the fossa

subtrochanterica is large. There is a small ectepicondylar process,

which, it is to be noted, is not forked as in the higher Passeres ;

the entepicondylar process is still smaller. Ventrad of the

tuberculum ulnare is a prominent spur-like blunt-pointed tubercle

directed backwards and outwards so as to interlock with the

olecranon process of the ulna in the extended wing.

On the palmar surface immediately above the radial condyle is

a small tubercle for the attachment of the inner head of the

extensor metacarpi ulnaris.

The ulna has a prominent, pointed, olecranon process, and bears

a row of small tubercles, for the attachment of the secondary

remiges, along its postaxial border.

The radius is slender and slightly bowed. The forearm is the

longest segment of the wing.

The manus is well developed. As in the Capitonidee and the

normal Passeres, the base of Me. Il. sends backwards a bony

plate to overlap and fuse with the base of Mc. III. In the

Eurylemide this plate (intermetacarpal plate) is of considerable

size, its base extending down the shaft-for some distance.

Tn some Coraciz, e. g. Hurystonus, there is also an intermeta-

carpal plate, but feebly developed, and not fused with Me. ITT.

ix. THe Petvic Limes.

The pelvie limb, in the Eurylemide, has, in common with the

Cotingide, a syndactyle pes ; and in this respect these two families

resemble many of the Coraciiformes. None of the bones are

pneumatic; in which respect the KEurylemide differ from the

Cotingidxe, which have a pneumatic femur, and resemble many of

the Coracidee.

The femur islongand slender. The popliteal fossa is represented

only by a shallow depression.

The tibio-tarsus has moderately well-developed ecto- and ento-

cnemial crests and a long fibular crest. The shaft is curved first

forwards, then inwards, so that the distal end thereof is markedly

inflected. The extensor bridge is ossified. The intercondylar

gorge is deep. The fibula extends to below the level of the middle

of the shaft of the tibio-tarsus.

The tarso-metatarsus is moderately long. The hypotarsus is

complex. The distal end of the shaft is flattened from before

backwards, and laterally expanded to form the condyle for digits

Il-IV. These condyles all extend forwards to practically the

same level, the middle condyle scarcely projecting beyond the level

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. Il. No. IV 4

50 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [May 2,

of those on either side. In section the shaft is subeylindrical.

Me. I. is long, as in the Passeres.

The pelvic limbs of the Hurylemide and Cotingide can be

distinguished from the limbs of the syndactyle members of the

Coraciiformes by the fact that, in the latter, the tarso-metatarsus

is either broad and flat, or deeply grooved anteriorly, and is more

or less triangular in section. Further, the cnemial crests of the

tibio-tarsus are, in the Coraciiformes having this type of feet, but

feebly developed.

xX, SUMMARY.

Regarded, by common consent, as the most lowly of the

Passeriformes, the Eurylemide are at the same time an extremely

specialised group; much more so than has been hitherto recognised.

Such a condition might have been expected indeed, inasmuch as

this is a common feature among primitive groups.

Nowhere is this specialisation more conspicuous than in the

skull. The basipterygoid processes have entirely disappeared ;

the maxillo-palatines have been reduced from broad triangular

plates to rod-like splints; and a singularly perfect fronto-nasal

hinge has been developed. In some genera, as in Corydon, the

beak has vastly increased in size, and has acquired a markedly

hooked shape, as well as a great increase in breadth. Nor is this

all. The vomer presents a number of gradations in the direction

of reduction and degeneracy ; and this is true also of the nasals,

whereby the anterior narial fossa—which, by the way, is only in

fact a narial fossa in so far as its extreme anterior end is concerned-—

is enormously enlarged. The lachrymal has been reduced to a

mere vestige embedded, though still free, in the anterior face of

the antorbital plate as in Calyptomena, or it is wanting as in

Corydon. The palato-pterygoid articulation is also specialised ;

so too is the nature of the vomerine support, this having been

transferred from the pterygoids to that of the palatines. The

hemipterygoid element appears to be wanting, but traces of this

may turn up in the nestlings of Calyptomena.

Evidence of yet further specialisation is obtained from a study of

the nestling skull. Besides the disappearance of the hemipterygoid

just referred to, the squamosal gives unquestionable proof in this

direction ; yet, at the same time, having preserved the essential

characters of its shape, this element, more than any other bone

in the skull, affords testimony of no uncertain kind as to the truly

Passerine character of the group. Roughly L-shaped, there can

nevertheless be no doubt, from the general contowrs of the bone,

that it has been derived from a larger and more conical plate

resembling that which obtains in the Corvide for example.

Further, as im all the Passeres, the long axis of this bone is

continued upwards and forwards beyond the parietal so as, in short,

to overlap the frontal. So far as I have yet been able to ascertain,

such an extension does not obtain anywhere among the Coracil-

1995. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYLEMID®. ball

formes. A further indication of specialisation is the fact that

the squamosal, in all the Passeriformes and most of the Coracii-

formes, has absorbed the underlying bones so that it now

appears, almost in its entirety, within the cranial cavity. The

remarkable variations which obtain in the Class Aves, in the form

and arrangement of the membrane-bones are of considerable

interest. These changes seem to follow along certain definite

lines, and are the move remarkable because, save for the first few

weeks of the bird’s life (the nestling period in short), these bones,

as separate entities, cease to exist, being fused to form one

homogeneous tissue. Yet progressive evolution is as obvious as in,

say, the sternum or pelvis; though they cannot be individually

influenced by the strains and stresses incident to the struggle for

existence in the same way as if they maintained their individuality

throughout life, or for at least some considerable time after leaving

the nest. This is a point to which I propose to return later.

So far we have described only the specialised features of the

skull; what of the primitive? It is difficult to speak with any

degree of certainty on this point. The small size of the

anterior, posterior, and superior tympanic recesses, and of the

tympanic cavity, may be reckoned in this category; and so too,

probably, should the long narrow vomer as seen in Calyptomena.

The close approximation of the otic and squamosal heads of the

quadrate is an undoubtedly primitive character. These, in the

Kurylemide, are barely separated ; in the Corvide, for example,

they are comparatively wide apart. These few points seem to sum

up all the evidence that is obtainable on this question.

How far specialisation has gone in the skulls within this group

may be seen at a glance by comparing the skull of Calyptomena

with, say, thatof Corydon. In the latter the antorbital plate is

greatly reduced in size and thickness, and the lachrymal is

wanting. The beak is markedly wider, more hooked, and

articulates with the frontal by a more pronounced nasal hinge,

while the nasal septum is obliterated by the inflation of the nasal

processes of the premaxilla.

The simple, unforked condition of the spina externa of the

sternum is undoubtedly a primitive character; and in the form

of the pelvic girdle this group is less advanced than in the

remaining Passeres.

Before proceeding to discuss the relationship of the Kurylemide

to the remaining Passeres, it would be well to say afew words as to

the wider question, of the probable allies of the Hurylemidee

outside the Passeres. This is a matter on which it is impossible

to dogmatise ; at most, one can but throw out suggestions, of a

very nebulous char: acter.

It will be found, probably, that Fiirbringer (3) has come nearest

to the solution of this problem. He points to a relationship

between the EKuryleemide and the Cypseli, and a yet closer alliance

with the Pici. Affinities to the Coraciidse he regards as remote

indeed.

52 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [May 2,

My own work most certainly tends to support Fiirbringer’s

conclusions. it 1s possible that the HEurylemide will prove to

be related both to the Caprimulgi and Cypseli. As regards the

connection with the Pici, it is significant to note that the squamosal,

in the nestling, closely resembles that of the Passerine type, inas-

much as it overlaps the frontal, an arrangement which does not

appear to occur elsewhere among the Coraciiformes.

Coming now to the question of the relationship of the Hury-

lemide to the remaining Passeres, I would remark, at the

outset, that there seems scarcely sufficient ground for separating

the former so widely from the latter as has been done by many

during recent years. This separation foreshadowed by Garrod,

and consummated by Forbes, has been widened even further than

either of these distinguished workers would have considered

justified.

Forbes, just twenty-five years ago (2), summarised the main

features of the Eurylemidz, from the systematic point of view,

as follows:—“.... They are not Tracheophone; and in that

they possess the sciatic instead of the femoral artery, they differ

from the Pipride and Cotingide, with which they have so often

been associated. From these, too, they differ, as they do from

the Tyrannide, Pittide, and Rupicola, in the details * of the syrinx

as well as in the simple manubrium sterni and other points. As

has already been stated, they differ from all the other Passeres in

the retention of a vinculum in the deep plantars of the foot... .”

In a second contribution to this subject during the same month

these views were repeated. After referring again to the syrinx

and syndactyle foot, he goes on to remark :—‘‘ The peculiarities

of the Eurylemide, and especially their oft-spoken-of retention

of the plantar vinculum, are sufficient, | think, to justify their

forming a main division of Passeres by themselves, as suggested by

Prof, Garrod, which may be termed Desmodactyli, in distinction

from the others, Eleutherodactyl .. .”

It seems to me open to question whether so wide a separation

is justified.

After all, the existence, or rather we may say the survival, of

the plantar vinculum is not so very surprising, not more so than

the persistence of basipterygoid processes for example—which

crop up sporadically among groups which have, as a whole, long

since lost them. In Calyptomena, according to Beddard, this

vinculum is wanting. Some importance has been given to the

statement made by Forbes, that in Hurylemus ochromelas there

is a second vinculum : the additional slip ‘‘beig given off lower

down, from the hallux tendon, which joins the tendon of the

digital flexor at the point where the latter, splitting into three,

receives the main vinculum.” Gadow (4), commenting on this

statement, remarks that this arrangement closely agrees with what

obtains in Upupa and Jrrisor, a fact which suggests the origin of

the Passerine plantars from this type.

* Ttalics mine.—W. P. P.

1905. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYLEMID. 53

Though I looked carefully for this slip, I failed to find it, yet I

examined three or four specimens.

Forbes showed that, in the matter of the syrinx, the Eurylemide

agree most nearly with the Philepittide of the Old World; and,

after that, with the Cotingide, Pipridee, and Tyrannidee of the New

World. This organ is of the ‘* Mesomyodian,” ‘ tracheo-bronchial ”

type, or, to adopt Gadow’s term, the syrinx is tracheo-bronchial

and ‘* Anisomyodean.”

Had the syrinx instead of the plantar tendons been adopted as

the basis of classification for this group, then the Cotimgidee

would have been regarded as the more primitive group, inasmuch

as In Lipaugus cineraceus the intrinsic muscle, according to

Beddard, is of great width, ‘“‘ which seems to foreshadow its

division in the Oscines into a complex of muscles... .”

The many characters which the Eurylemide and Cotingide

share in common—skeletal, muscular, syringeal, pterylological,

&e.—are surely proofs that these two groups are much more nearly

allied than is generally supposed to-day: the likenesses are too

many and distinct to be put down to convergence or correlated

variation.

The fact that the spina externa of the sternum is simple is

generally bracketed together with the plantar tendons, and other

characters, so as to emphasise the primitive character of the

Eurylemide. But this same peculiarity of the sternum occurs

again in the Cotingide. The pterylosis of the EKurylemide is

generally regarded as peculiar : as a matter of fact, it is hard to

distinguish from that of the Cotingide. The syndactyle foot

again turns up—in the Cotingide. We have already described

the close resemblances which obtain in the skulls of these two

groups.

Turning now to the muscular system. The syringeal muscles

we have already referred to. They offer no striking peculiarities

of structure. Indeed, the only muscles which seem to call for

comment in this summary are the brevis and longus divisions of

the deltoideus. The separation of this muscle into two distinct

parts is nowhere so complete as in the Passeres.

-In its primitive (archicentric) condition, this muscle arises, in

part from the acromion and inner face of the expanded free

end of the clavicle and in part from the os humero-scapulare and

crista lateralis of the humerus. It is inserted by a common

tendon into the base of the ectepicondyloid process; the tendon

forming the terminal of a practically homogeneous muscle.

IT have not yet had time to study the apocentricities of this

muscle, but 1t would appear that as specialisation proceeds it

breaks up into two more or less equal and perfectly distinct

muscles terminating in a common tendon: later the brevis

portion becomes suppressed and the longus much shortened, each

receding farther and farther up the shaft of the humerus.

I have only just realised the potentialities of this muscle as a

factor in systematic work, and therefore have no large series of

54 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [May 2,

data to support this interpretation. But the facts, in so faras they

are relevant to the present paper, seem to show that the primitive

(archicentric) condition is represented fairly well in, say, Paradisea.

In Corvus corax the longus portion is degenerate and fuses with

the brevis just below the middle of the shaft of the humerus, the

brevis portion then running downwards, ultimately becoming

tendinous and passing to its msertion at the base of the ectepi-

Text-fig. 15.

Dissection of arm, dorsal aspect, of Hurylemus ochromelas, to show the deltoideus

major longus aud brevis. The longus portion has been cut through the middle,

and the two halves drawn in opposite directions. The brevis portion has now

beeome very degenerate and quite functiouless.

d.m.b., deltoideus major brevis; dn.l., deltoideus major longus;

a., anconeus ; h., humerus: xz., nervus radialis.

condylar process. In Sturnus both portions are extremely well

developed, and perfectly separate until the distal end is attained,

where they fuse in a fleshy insertion in which may be traced two

distinct incipient tendons. ‘

1905. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYL-EMID.&. 55

In the Eurylemide and Cotingide—at least in so far as

Rupicola is concerned—the major portion is well developed, but

the brevis portion has now receded, not extending beyond the

middle of the humerus, and having an entirely fleshy insertion ;

the longus portion, on the other hand, is slender and terminates

in a long tendon.

This interpretation of the transformations of the deltoides

major et minor, it will be noticed, runs directly counter to that of

Dr. Chalmers Mitchell, who, in a paper “On the Anatomy of

Gruiform Birds” (6), contended that apocentricity in this muscle

was shown by the gradual extension down the shaft of the major

portion. It would seem, rather, as if the archicentric condition

were represented by the maximum downward extension, and that

apocentricity 1s represented by the gradual reduction of muscular

tissue.

That this reduction and inevitable suppression of the brevis

portion represents an extremely specialised condition there can be

no doubt; and the fact that it is shared also by the Cotingide

seems to me, coupled with the numerous other points which these

two groups share in common, to show conclusively that the

Eurylemide and Cotingide must henceforth be regarded as very

closely related forms.

These two groups differ in some other myological characters, as

might be expected. The most noticeable is the fact that the

latissimus dorst posterior in the Cotingide appears to be wanting,

though it must be remarked I have only been able to examine a

single specimen of Rupicola in this connection. In the Euryle-

midee both muscles are present, strap-shaped in form, and widely

separated ; therein differing from the Corvidee, in which they are

of considerable size and slightly overlap one another. But this

feature is one of many primitive characters which the Corvide

have retained.

The peculiar myological resemblances which these birds share

do not necessarily imply relationship ; but, as I have just remarked,

there are so many structures in which these two groups agree,

that it is impossible to entertain any notion of convergent

resemblance between the two. The points of likeness are so

peculiar, and affect such different, independent systems, that

correlated variation and convergence cannot be regarded as a

satisfactory explanation of the case. When two o apparently con-

vergent forms come to be particularised, each new point of

resemblance which is brought to light is to be regarded as an

additional link in the chain of evidence, establishing the common

origin of the two forms in question.

Thus, then, I contend there is no evidence which will justify

the present isolated position which has been almost universally

assigned to this group during the last few years. It is quite

possible that further investigation will show that tine Euryleemidee

are entitled to rank no higher than a subfamily of the Cotingide.

56 ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE EURYLEMIDA. [May 2,

But this point, as well as the status of the ‘‘ Passeres Clamatores,”

I , ’

I propose to deal with in a further communication at no distant

date.

List or LirkRATURE REFERRED TO.

(1) Bepparp, F. E.—The Structure and Classification of Birds.

(2) Forpes, W. A.—<*< Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine

Birdstambarts ie sae Za Ss hsS0:

(3) Furprincer, M.—“ Zur vergleich. Anat. des Brustschultes-

apparates.” Jenaisch. Zeitschr. f. Naturwiss. xxxvi. 1902.

(4) Gapow, H.—Bronn’s Thier-Reich. Systemat. Theil, Band vi.

Vogel. 1893:

) Garrop, A. H.—“ On some Anatomical Characters which bear

upon the Major Divisions of the Passerine Birds.” Part I.

PAS. 1sio:

(6) Mircneti, P. C.—“ On the Anatomy of Gruiform Birds.”

125 Aes); IO wOle my jo, OAK),

(7) Suarre, R. B.—A Review of Recent Attempts to Classify

IBidsa: Soils

xu. EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Fig. 1. Inner aspect of skull of nestling Huryle@mus showing the large area occupied

by the squamosal.

1a. Outer view of same skull showing the peculiar form of the squamosal.

2. Side view of Calyptomena viridis showing the peculiar lachrymal, large

narial aperture, and large and spongy antorbital process.

2a. Ventral view of same skull to show the vomer, maxillo-palatine processes,

and wide-set palatines.

2b. Dorsal aspect of same skull to show the large size of the nasal fossa and

the nasal hinge.

3. Ventral aspect of skull of C% ymbirhynchus showing the slender maxillo-

palatine processes, short vomer, and sharply bent palatines. Note the

difference between the palatal surface of this species and that of

Calyptomena.

3a. Dorsal aspect of same skull to show the closing in of the nasal fossa and

the formation of pseudo-nasal apertures.

4. Dorsal aspect of the skull of Corydon to show the large size of the narial

apertures and nasal hinge.

Explanation of Letters.

a.0.p, = antorbital process. na. = nasal.

als. = alisphenoid. nh. = nasal hinge.

a.p.v. = anterior palatine vacuity. p. = parietal.

b.oc. = basi-occipital. pa. = palatine.

b.s. = basisphenoid. pana. = posterior nares.

ex. = exoccipital. p.0.p. = postorbital process.

Sv. = frontal. pro. = prootic.

hpt. = hemipterygoid. pt. = pterygoid.

= lachrymal. sn. = septum nasi.

mes. = mesethmoid. sq. = squamosal.

mev.p. = maxillo-palatine. v. = vomer.

1905. | MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW GOLDEN MOLE.

May 16, 1905.

G. A. Boutencer, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chai,

The Secretary read the following report on the additions that

had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1905 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of April were 205 in number. Of these 67 were acquired

by presentation and 19 by purchase, 104 were received on deposit,

9 by exchange, and 6 were born in the Gardens. The total

number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 126.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to >

A young female Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus tr Gilet

deposited on April 8th.

A young female Giraffe from Northern Nigeria, probably

belonging to the race known as Giraffa camelopar dali per alta,

purchased on April 7th.

A young male Huanaco (Lama huanacos), from Punta Arenas,

Tierra del Fuego, presented by Mr. Moritz Braun and Capt. R.

Crawshay on Apr il 10th.

A pair of Concave-casqued Hornbills (Pichoceros bicornis) from

India, purchased on April 4th.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., exhibited examples of a new

Golden Mole from Knysna, Cape Colony, which had been obtained

by Mr. Grant in connection with Mr. C. D. Rudd’s exploration

of South Africa, and which he proposed to name in honour of

Mrs. Rudd, Ano had taken much interest in the results of the

exploration.

AMBLYSOMUS CoRRIZ Thos.*, Abstr. P. Z.8. No. 20, p. 5,

May 23, 1905.

Rather smaller than A. hottentottws. General colour dark

smoky blackish, darker than in 4. iris, with a beautiful iridescent

sheen, greenish to coppery violet, over the whole upper surface.

Sides and belly not or scarcely lighter, a shght brownish tone

~ occasionally present along the centre of the abdomen. Hairs of

back 8-9 mm. in length, “aare bases dark slaty grey, their ends

lighter and more brownish erey subterminally and their tips

iridescent blackish brown. Crown and forehead like back. Cheeks

paler, greyish or yellowish, but not conspicuously contrasted.

Limbs and upper surface of hind feet smoke-grey,

Skull (Pl. XVI. + fig. 3) in its general characters like that of

* (The complete account of the new species described in this communication

appears here; but since the name and preliminary diagnosis were published in the

‘ Abstract,’ ‘the species is distinguished by the name being underlined.—Eprror. |

+ P.Z.S. 1905, vol. i. p. 254.

58 MR. H. B. FANTHAM ON A NEW SPOROZOON. | May 16,

A. hottentottus, bat markedly narrower across the brain-case ;

and the zygomata less thickened at their posterior base. As a

result, the two skulls being of about the same length, the general

outline was much less broadly triangular. Muzzle and inter-

orbital region narrow and delicate.

Outer edge of permanent teeth narrow antero-posteriorly, and

of milk-teeth broad with conspicuous cusps, as Shown in the Plate.

The anterior premolar triangular, not extended transversely as

in A. obtusirostris and chrysillus.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—Head and

body 129 mm.; hind foot 13.

Skull—er eatest length 28, basal length 22°6; greatest breadth

across brain-case 16°6 ;- gr eatect height “12:6 ; interorbital breadth

8; front of i’ to back of m* 10°5; palate, breadth across

premolars 8-1.

An adult female had a head and body length of 118 mm. ;

eveatest skull length 25:7.

~ Hab. Knysna, S. Cape Colony. ‘In Forest.”

Type. Old male. Original number 1021. Collected 25 January,

1908, low Ch Jats 18%, Grant, and presented to the British Museum by

Mr. ©. D. Rudd. Ten specimens examined.

This handsome little species was. not only a very interesting

discovery in itself, but the fine series of it obtained by

Mr. Grant, of both sexes and different ages, had enabled

Mr. Thomas to identify with confidence the milk and permanent

dentitions of the specimen figured in the plate illustrating his

paper on the Zululand Mammals collected by Mr. Grant. No

proper knowledge of the respective characters of the two den-

titions had hitherto existed.

Mr. H. B. Fantham, B.Sc., F.Z.8., exhibited microscopic

slides of and made remarks upon Lankesterella tritonis, n. sp., a

Hemogregarine parasitic in the red blood-corpuscles of a Newt,

Triton cristatus (Molge cristata). Blackboard sketches were made

illustrating the life-history of the parasite so far as was known.

This parasite was found some time ago by the exhibitor while

working in the Zoological Laboratory, University College, London.

Afterwards his observations were independently confirmed by

Dr, A. C. Stevenson. Up to the present the trophozoite and

schizogonous stages only had been seen, and the sporogony

probably took place in an intermediate Thoste Schaudinn’s and

Siegel’s recent observations on the sporogony of allied parasites

in the lizard and water-tortoise were quoted in support of this

view, and mention was made of the i inaccuracy of Hintze’s account

of the sporogony of Z. ranarum in the intestine of the frog,

the cysts therein mentioned probably being Eimerian stages of a

Coccidian.

The trophozoites, vermiform in shape, were apparently 5 « to

6 » in length, and slightly over 1 » broad. They became U-shaped

1905.] oN THE ENCEPHALIC ARTERIAL SYSTEM IN SAUROPSIDA. 99

and gave rise to ‘ rosette-stages,” about 2°5 pw to 3°D jz in diameter.

A “rosette” consisted of a schizont dividing up into merozoites.

This parasite was probably the smallest Heemogregarine yet

described, and it occurred in large red blood-corpuscles, those

of Triton cristatus being about 30, in long diameter. The

research on this parasite and allied forms was being continued.

The following papers were read :—

1. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Hnceephalic

Arterial System in Sauropsida. By Frank E. Bepparp,

M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[ Received March 29, 19035. |

(Text-figures 16-21.)

The following pages contain some facts relating to the principal

vessels of the arterial system of the brain in a number of Lizards,

in a Python, and in the giant Tortoise, Testudo vicina. Some of

these have not been hitherto studied; some have been examined

by Rathke and others, and references to these anatomists will be

found in the proper place. Most of the brains which I describe

are now in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. My

principal object has been, next to the recording of new facts, to

ascertain how far the characters offered by the distribution of

these vessels, which are undoubtedly of use in the systematic

arrangement of mammals, are also of use in the remaining

Vertebrata for a like purpose.

$ Brain of Varanus exanthematicus.

Although the cerebral arterial system of Varanus griseus has

been described by Corti*, 1 have a few notes to add to his

description and comparisons to make with the other genera treated

of in the present communication.

The two vertebral veins are strong and mark the posterior end

of the medulla, precisely as is the case with Jguana. The

posterior pair of cerebellar arteries arise, as in /guana, from the

basilar artery at the middle of the medulla, and are larger than

the anterior pair, which arise from the fork of the basilar in front.

This fork is not quite so symmetrical as in Jguana. The left side

and the left carotid are rather thicker than the right, and there

is thus a suggestion of the marked inequality of these arteries in

Python. The branches to the corpora bigemina and to the rest of

the brain are quite as in Jguwana; but the large size of the

ophthalmic arteries is a point of likeness to Python.

* De systemate vasorum Psainmosauri grisei. 1853.

60 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE ENCEPHALIC [ May 16,

§ Brain of Iguana tuberculata.

The plan of the cerebral arteries in this Lizard differs in a

number of particulars from that which will be shortly described.

The anterior spinal artery, though of considerable size, is yet

of less calibre than the basilar, with which it is nevertheless im

perfect continuity. The exit of the posterior pair of cerebellar

arteries marks the middle of the medulla. These arteries are

slightly asymmetrical, the left being a little in advance of the

right. ‘They arise behind the point of origin of the 6th pair of

cranial nerves. The anterior pair of cerebellar arteries arise just

after the division of the basilar artery to form the carotids on each

side; they are distinctly smaller than the posterior pair.

The two branches of the basilar are approximately equal in size,

as are the carotids which join them very shortly after the bifur-

cation of the basilar. The point of junction is just at the point

of origin of the anterior cerebellar arteries. In this, it will be

observed, is a slight difference from the figure of the cerebral

arterial system of this Lizard given by Rathke*. The next artery

arising from the circle of Willis is in front of the third nerve

(to the inside of which nerve passes the forward continuation of

the carotid, as in other vertebrates) and supplies chiefly the corpus

bigeminum of its side ; but it also gives off a branch each to the

cerebellum and to the cerebral hemisphere. A little way anterior

to this is a much more slender vessel which is absolutely

symmetrical.on both sides of the body and which almost at once

divides into two branches; one of these ends upon the in-

fundibulum, the other reaches the optic nerve of its side. Beyond

this again arises the posterior cerebral artery. This artery reaches

the hemisphere just at the furrow which divides it from the

corpus bigeminum and runs parallel to the cerebral branch of the

bigeminal artery.

A little further forward the carotid finally divides into two

arteries. The outer and stronger branch may be ‘termed the

middle cerebral; it runs forwards, curving outwards in the middle

so as to be crescent-shaped, to the long and slender olfactory bulbs,

giving off numerous slender branches to the hemisphere on its way.

The inner branch very soon again divides into two: the mnermost

of them is the ophthalmic artery; the outer runs forward along

the median ventral line of the brain in close contact with its fellow

of the opposite side.

* “ Untersuchungen tiber die Aortenwiirzeln &c. der Saurier,’ Denkschr. k. Akad.

Wiss. Wien, xiii. 1857, p. 51.

[Since this paper was read Mr. R. H. Burne has kindly directed my attention to a

paper by Dr. Hofmann in Zeitschv. f. Morph. u. Anthr. ii. 1900, in which the arterial

system of the brain is described in a number of Fishes, Amphibia, Birds, and

Mammals, and in the following Reptiles, viz. Iguana, Tropidonotus natrix, Croco-

dile, and Testudo greca. That of the last alone (among Reptiles) is figured. This

paper has been apparently overlooked by the recorders of the Mammalia, Aves, and

Reptilia in the ‘Zoological Record’ for 1900; but it is catalogued by the recorder of

* General Subjects.” —July 6th. | j

1905. ] ARTERIAL SYSTEM IN SAUROPSIDA. 61

§ Brain of Tropidurus hispidus.

In comparing the arterial system of the brain of this Iguanoid

with those of the other species of Lacertilia with which I have

dealt, I am unable to say anything about the cerebellar arteries,

which were not visible in the specimen examined by me. The

bifurcation of the basilar artery in front at rather an acute angle

consisted of equally-sized vessels, and the carotids which joined

these arteries behind the third pair of nerves were also equal.

The arteries to the corpora bigemina disappear at once in the

groove separating each corpus bigeminum from the hind brain.

The other arteries of the brain seem to be as in other Lacertilia.

$ Lrain of Eumeces algeriensis.

The arrangement of the arteries of the brain in this Skink,

which, so far as I am aware, has not been described, shows

certain differences from that of both Varanus and Iguana.

These features are illustrated in the accompanying drawing

(text-fig. 16, p. 62). The fusion of the vertebral arteries with

the basilar marks, as 1s usual, the end of the medulla. From the

basilar artery arise a number of branches of which the posterior

cerebellar arteries are the most important ; of these the left artery

arises in advance of the right and it is shortly reinforced by

another branch. The bifurcation of the basilar anteriorly begins

further back than in both Varanus and Jguana; and another

difference from the conditions observable in these two genera is

to be noted. In these Saurians the carotids join the circle of

Willis behind the origin of the third pair of nerves; in Hwmeces

these arteries join the circle of Willis well in front of the third

nerves, and therefore also in front of the slender anterior

cerebellar arteries, and of the artery supplying the corpus

bigeminum on each side. This artery not only supplies the

corpus bigeminum but also the cerebellum, and it sends a branch

forward which runs parallel to the posterior cerebral artery, and

like it is lost in the groove separating the fore brain from the

mid brain. Between this artery and the middle cerebral or

Sylvian is a slender twig like that of Zgwana which runs to the

base of the optic nerves. The anterior cerebral, which gives off

the ophthalmic artery, is considerably thicker than the middle

cerebral artery.

§ Brain of Gerrhosaurus.

As is the case with Hwmeces, the basilar artery in Gerrhosaurus

(see text-fig. 17, p. 62) divides rather further back than it does in

either Jguana or Varanus. There is, moreover, a very distinct in-

equality of calibre in the two arteries ; the right is in fact consider-

ably larger than the left. This equality does not, however, extend

to the two carotids, which are equal in size. These join the circle

of Willis only just in front of the point of origin of the anterior

62 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ENCEPHALIC [May 16,

. 0 5 ete 4

cerebellar arteries, which latter, as in other Lizards, are smaller

than the posterior pair. The place at which the carotids join

the circle of Willis is only just behind the third pair of cerebral

Text-fig. 16. Text-fig, 17.

Text-fig. 16.—Humeces algeriensis. Ventral aspect of brain, showing chief arteries.

ca. Carotids ; op. Optic nerves; opth. Ophthalmic arteries; 3, third nerves.

Text-fig. 17.—Gerrhosaurus flavigularis. Ventral aspect of brain, showing chief

arteries. Lettermg as in text-fig. 16.

nerves. The order in which the remaining arteries of the brain

arise is quite similar to that of the other Lizards described here,

and there are no particular comments to be made upon them.

§ Brain of Tupinambis nigropunctatus.

The most important branches arising on either side from the

1905. } ARTERIAL SYSTEM IN SAUROPSIDA. 63

basilar artery are the posterior cerebellar, and these arise a little

behind the middle of the medulla. The two arteries are perfectly

symmetrical with each other as to their point of origin. They

are, however, different in thet branching. The right artery

gives off, shortly after its origin from the basilar, a strong artery

running backwards along the side of the spinal cord. This

branch exists and pursues the same course on the left side; but

on that side of the brain it arises separately from the basilar

artery. Between the origin of the posterior cerebellar arteries and

the bifurcation of the basilar anteriorly are three pairs of small

arteries supplying adjacent regions of the medulla. A slightly

larger artery, which is the anterior cerebellar, arises from the

fork of the basilar. This fork is U-shaped in the Teguexin (text-

fig. 18, p. 65), and not V-shaped as in the other Lizards described

here. The U-shape is due to the fact that the two carotids run

parallel to and almost in contact with each other for some distance

before they join the circle of Willis. The carotids, moreover, lie

within the area bounded by the third nerves very close to and about

ona level with those nerves. The artery formed by the junction of

the basilar and carotid on each side, often spoken of merely as the

carotid, passes outwards and slightly backwards at first, when it is

practically at right angles with the basilar. In this region the

artery shows different relations on the two sides of the body. On

the left side it runs in front of the third nerve; on the right side

it lies behind that nerve. The first branch arising after the

carotid is at the bend of the artery, where it turns forward ; this

very stout artery supplies the cerebellum and optic lobe; im-

mediately in front of this is the artery of the optic lobe. This

state of affairs occurred on the left side of the body; on the right side

the two arteries arose by a common trunk. On both sides the

artery of the corpus bigeminum gives off an artery to the cerebral

hemisphere which buries itself in the furrow between the hemi-

sphere and the optic lobe. From the inner side of the circle of

Willis, just opposite to the bigeminal artery on the left side and to

the conjoined arteries just mentioned on the right side, arises an

artery which runs to the optic chiasma. This artery is precisely

like that of other Lacertilia. The next artery to be given off is

the posterior cerebral, which plunges at once into the furrow lying

between the optic lobe and the cerebral hemisphere. The middle

cerebral artery, which is the largest of the cerebral arteries, runs

in the usual way along the Sylvian depression, and just in front

of the point of origin of this the circle of Willis practically ends

in the strong ophthalmic arteries which follow the optic nerves.

There are therefore no differences of importance between the

arterial system of the brain of Zupinambis and of the other

genera of Lizards reported upon in the present communication.

S$ Cerebral Arteries in the Lacertilia.

We may deduce from the facts just described the chief

64 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE ENCEPHALIC | May 16,

characters of the encephalic arterial system in the Lacertilia for

purposes of comparison with those of other Vertebrates *.

(1) The entrance of the vertebral arteries into the anterior

spinal marks the end of the medulla oblongata.

(2) The posterior cerebellar arteries afe the only conspicuous

arteries arising from the basilar ; they arise at about the middle

of the medulla oblongata and behind the 6th pair of cranial

nerves; they are occasionally asymmetrical with each other.

(3) The anterior bifurcation of the basilar is at a more or less

acute angle according to its position; the slender anterior

cerebellar arteries are invariably given off from the bifurcated

basilar behind the point of origin of the third nerves; the two

branches of the basilar produced by the bifurcation may be

inequisized.

(4) The point of entrance of the carotids is not invariably the

same; 1t is sometimes in front of and sometimes behind the third

pair of nerves.

(5) The artery on each side to the corpus bigeminum sends

branches to the cerebellum and to the cerebral hemispheres. It

arises in front of the entrance of the carotids.

(6) In front of this artery is one which runs towards the optic

chiasma.

(7) There are three cerebral or hemispheral arteries: the

posterior reaches each hemisphere just at its junction with the

corpus bigeminum ; the middle one is Sylvian in position; the

anterior cerebral gives off the ophthalmic; there is no distinct

completion of the circle of Willis anteriorly.

(8) There is no strongly marked asymmetry in the cerebral

arterial system of the Lacertilia.

$ Brain of Python molurus *.

I have been able to study two injected brains of this serpent, of

which one is more completely injected than the other. The most

obvious and plain difference from the brains of other Sauropsida is

the marked asymmetry in the arterial system (text-fig. 19, p. 65),

which agrees of course with the vascular asymmetry shown else-

where among the Ophidia. This asymmetry, however, only concerns

the carotids. The other arteries of the brain, so far as I have been

able to study them, do not show anything of the kind, but indeed

a perfect regularity quite comparable to that shown in other

Sauropsida, Of the two carotids the left is very much the larger.

The basilar artery is single where it runs along the ventral surface

of the cord and brain, until of course it bifurcates anteriorly at

the commencement of the circle of Willis. The entrance of the

vertebral arteries marks the end of the medulla. These arteries,

which le exactly opposite to each other, are very much stouter

than the basilar, which they combine with the anterior spinal to

* See below, pp. 66, 67, and 69, for comparison with Ophidia and Testudinata.

+ Rathke describes but does not figure brain-arteries of Ophidia in Denkschr.

Akad. Wiss. Wien, xi. 1855.

1905. ] ARTERIAL SYSTEM IN SAUROPSIDA. 65

form. In one of the two specimens at my disposal, I could not

see very well the actual mode of junction of the vertebral arteries

with the basilar. In the other it was plain and very complicated.

The basilar artery itself divides and immediately reunites, thus

forming a circle; the two vertebrals join below this circle, and

from the lower surface of this transversely running trunk two

Text-fig. 18. Text-fig. 19.

Gen

é ee

Text-fig. 18.—Tupinainbis nigropunctatus. Ventral aspect of brain, showing chief

arteries. Lettering as in text-fig. 16.

Text-fig. 19.—Python molurus. Ventral aspect of brain, showing chief arteries.

v. Vertebral arteries. Other letters as in text-fig. 16.

To the right of the figure is an enlarged representation of the junction

of the vertebral arteries with the basilar.

branches are given off, each of which joins one side of the circle

already referred to. I should not like to lay undue stress upon

the fact as absolutely characteristic of Python, since the arrange-

ment was not obvious In one specimen through deficiency of

injection.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. II. No. V. 5

66 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ENCEPHALIC [May 16,

A noteworthy difference exists between the two specimens in

relation to the course of the large left carotid. In the one

brain this artery les outside of the dura mater for a large part

of its course, and gives off at least one branch to the brain which

perforated that membrane ; thus giving additional proof of the

fact that the carotid itself lies outside of the dura mater. In the

other brain I did not observe this state of affairs. It follows

that the left carotid exhibits an aloofness from the brain which

is remarkable, and that the branches therefrom do not run on

the same plane with it.

The arteries to the optic lobes arise from the basilar artery after

its bifurcation, between this point and the entrance of the carotids,

and further back still there is a smaller cerebellar artery. The

posterior cerebral artery is small and arises just in front of entrance

of the carotids. The next important artery is a cerebral, which

arises in front of the inflow of the carotids. This artery is the

middle cerebral or Sylvian of other animals, since it runs along the

rudimentary Sylvian fissure. The posterior ¢ cerebral is also partly

represented by several small branches of the artery to the optic

lobe. In front of the middle cerebral artery is a smaller anterior

cerebral artery.

Anteriorly to this the circle of Willis is completed in the

following way : the large left carotid bifurcates to form the two

nearly equally stout ophthalmic arteries which of course accom-

pany the optic nerves. Just before this bifurcation the slender

right carotid effects a junction with the common trunk.

Immediately in front of this a single trunk arises from the point

of bifurcation of the left carotid, which at once divides into two.

These vessels run closely side by side in the furrow which separates

the two hemispheres and rejoin at the extreme anterior end of the

brain, their course in fact recalling that of the callosal arteries

in mammals. The arteries are by no means inconspicuous, as is

shown in the annexed figure (text- -fig. 19, p. 65).

I now draw, of course quite in a preliminary and tentative way,

a series of comparisons between the Ophidian and Lacertilian

brain arteries, enumerating the characters of the former in the

same order as already given (on p. 64) for the latter.

§ Cerebral Arteries in the Ophidia.

(1) The entrance of the vertebral arteries into the anterior

spinal marks the end of the medulla oblongata. These arteries

seem to be stouter than in the Lacertilia.

(2) There is no markedly large pair of cerebellar arteries arising

from the basilar artery, but a number of more or less equisized

arteries supplying the cerebellum and adjacent region.

(3) The two branches produced by the bifurcation of the basilar

are equisized. The anterior cerebellar arteries arise from the

bifurcated region.

(4) The point of entrance of the carotids appears to be rather

1905.] ARTERIAL SYSTEM IN SAUROPSIDA. 67

far forward as compared with the Lacertilia; but this appearance

is at least partly due to the great length of the bifurcate region

of the basilar artery in Python as compared with that of any

Lacertilian.

(5) The artery to the corpus bigeminum on each side arises

behind the entrance of the carotid mstead of in front as in

Lacertilia. It gives off branches to the cerebrum and also to the

cerebellum.

(6) In front of this artery and also in front of the carotid is an

artery which runs towards the optic chiasma.

(7) There is a very marked completion of the circle of Willis

anteriorly.

(8) There is a strongly marked asymmetry in the arterial

system of the brain due to the greater size of the left carotid.

§ Brain of Testudo vicina.

The most salient characteristic of the arterial system in this

Reptile is the double basilar artery (text-fig. 20, p.68). The artery

is double for the whole of its course beneath the medulla oblongata.

The anterior spinal artery in fact divides into two well behind

the medulla. The right-hand one of the two branches is not

larger than the left; the two arteries do not run close side by

side, but are separated by a considerable distance. They are

joined each of them by the carotid in front of the origin of the

third nerve. Behind the origin of the third nerve a large number

of arteries arise from the basilar on each side; there are certainly

eight or nine of them on each side, and they supply the cerebellum,

the medulla, and the cranial nerves of this region of the brain.

The fifth artery (on the right side at any rate), which arises from

the basilar behind the third nerve, 1s par excellence the cerebellar

artery ; it fuses with its fellow of the opposite side at the end

of the cerebellum. In front of the third nerve arise two arteries

rather close together, of which the anterior has several branches

and is the larger artery: it partly supplies the cerebral hemi-

spheres and corresponds, as I imagine, to that artery in the

Lacertilia which supplies the corpus bigeminum on each side.

Asinthe Lacertilia, there are two cerebral arteries on each side.

The first and largest of these (text-fig. 21, p. 68) may be termed the

Sylvian, as it runs along the lateral groove upon the hemisphere

which has been compared to the Sylvian fissure of mammals The

branches of this artery are not altogether symmetrical on tne two

sides of the body; it is possible, however, to distinguish the main

trunk which runs towards the top of the brain, where it divides

into a forwardly running and a backwardly running branch, several

branches from the main stem which pass backwards over the

temporal region of the hemisphere, and a strong branch running

forwards to the olfactory lobe. Moreover, there is plain on one

side a branch arising immediately after the origin of the Sylvian

artery, which plunges at once beneath the hemisphere. A second

68 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ENCEPHALIC | May 16,

cerebral artery arises from the circle of Willis a very short way in

front of the Sylvian artery. This vessel runs forwards parallel

. Text-fig. 20. Text-fig. 21.

Text-fig. 20.—Testudo vicina. Ventral aspect of brain, showing chief arteries.

w. Junction of two halves of the circle of Willis anteriorly.

Other lettering as in text-fig. 16.

Text-fig. 21.—Testudo vicina. Lateral aspect of brain, showing chief arteries.

S. Sylvian. zw. Junction of two halves of the circle of Willis anteriorly.

Other lettering as in text-fig. 16.

with and close to the olfactory branch of the Sylvian, and finally

ends in an anastomosis with the main stem, from which the

1905. ] ARTERIAL SYSTEM IN SAUROPSIDA. 69

olfactory branch arises beneath the olfactory lobe at the junction

of the latter with the cerebral hemisphere ; before this point of

junction a branch is given off to the olfactory lobe.

The circle of Willis is completed anteriorly ; it also ends in two

strong branches which run along the under surface of the brain,

anteriorly, giving off numerous branches at the junction of the

hemispheres with the olfactory lobes. One or more of these bend

downwards (as the brain is viewed from beneath) and pass through

the gap between the hemispheres running to the dorsal side of the

brain in a way which suggests the callosal artery of the mammals.

I could not detect anything more than a very small branch arising

where the ophthalmic arteries arise in the Lacertilia. I cannot

think that this artery is absent, but it is clearly not so conspicuous

as in the Lizards.

It is evident that the encephalic arterial system differs quite as

much from that of either Lizards or Snakes as do the encephalic

arterial systems in the two last mentioned groups.

It is thus plainly possible to distinguish between several types

of distribution of the cerebral arteries among the different divisions

of the Sauropsida, and there is, as is well known, another type

characteristic of mammals. It will be interesting to ascertain

how far these several types confirm views as to the relative

positions of the groups of Sauropsida under consideration. It will

not be held by anyone, I presume, that the class Aves represents

a primitive Sauropsidan type; and in agreement with this

presumption we find clear evidence of modification in the

encephalic arteries*, in the abortion of one or other of the

normal two branches of the basilar. On the other hand, the

arteries in question of birds are, as I think, undoubtedly primitive

in that there is no completion of the circle of Willis anteriorly.

A completed circle of Willis appears to me to be a secondary

modification mainly for the reason that in mammals, where it

occurs universally, it is there brought about in more than one way,

and is moreover associated with strong arteries in the anterior

region of the brain in close communication, or rather in close

apposition, and there is apt to be confluence between closely

apposed spaces and vessels. If this view be correct, we can set

aside the brain of the Python and that of Zestudo as showing

primitive characters by virtue of the fact that they have a closed

circle of Willis. And in addition to this, it may be pointed out

that the asymmetry of the arterial system in the Snake indicated

by the carotids, and the changes in the disposition of the vessels

due to the prevalence of the left carotid, can be fairly regarded as

being secondary. This conclusion is obviously in accord with the

current views of the relations of the Ophidia to other reptiles.

There only remains the Lacertilia.

It is, im my opinion, probable that in this group (and in

Hatteria) the whole question lies of the antiquity of existing

* P.Z.S. 1905, vol. i. p. 102.

70 SIR HARRY H. JOHNSTON ON THE [May 16,

reptiles. And it must be admitted at onee that the facts dealt

with in the present communication do not conform with any

certainty to one view or to the other. On the whole, however,

they seem to point to the Lacertilian; since from that type

the remaining schemes of encephalic arterial arrangement can

be derived, while the extraordinary modification of the basilar

artery in Testudo, found nowhere else, would seem for that very

reason to be a divergence from the original condition.

2. On the Nomenclature of the Anthropoid Apes as proposed

by the Hon. Walter Rothschild. By Sir H. H.

JounsTon, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., F.Z.S.

[Received May 5, 1908. |

I should like to make a few remarks on the admirable paper

written on this subject by Mr. Walter Rothschild, which has just

appeared in the ‘ Proceedings’ (1904, vol. ii. p. 413). | Unfortu-

nately, I did not know that this paper was going to be read

in December 1904, or I should have endeavoured to be present.

ft am disposed in a general way to agree with Mr. Rothschild’s

classification of the great Apes of Africa. I have only one

criticism to offer with respect to the nomenclature of the

Chimpanzees. Since Mr. Rothschild has done so much to revise,

revive, and establish the nomenclature of these Apes, I should like

to see him introduce a more rational spelling into the third of his

species of Chimpanzees—the Bald Chimpanzee, which he gives,

following Du Chaillu, as Simia koolookamba. Du Chaillu was

very inaccurate in his transcription of African words, and he used

the cumbrous system of English transliteration which prevailed

until the rational spelling was introduced thirty or forty years

ago by various scientific societies and departments of the Govern-

ment, Koolookamba is really two words, which are pronounced

nkulu-nkamba. JI think that this spelling might stand in

preference to Koolookamba [Simia nkulunkamba}.

A much more serious point, however, is the generic name which

Mr. Rothschild gives to the Orangs—Pongo. Mr. Rothschild is

undoubtedly right in reviving Simia as the most appropriate and

the earliest name for the Chimpanzee genus, to which it was

applied in the first instance by Linneus. Linneus evidently

thought that the differences between the Chimpanzee and the

Orang, which animal was later brought to his notice, were not more

than specific, so that he included the Orang in the Chimpanzee

genus. Much later, in 1799, Lacépéde applied the generic name

Pongo to the Orangs; and although in the same year the Orang

genus was named Satyrus, Mr. Rothschild prefers Pongo to this

very appropriate designation, and wishes to establish Pongo as the

generic name for the Orangs. I would certainly protest against

this. There is much to connect the Satyr of the Classical world

and Medieval mummeries with traditions of a red-haired man-of-

1905. | NOMENCLATURE OF THE ANTHROPOID APES. 71

the-woods—the Orang—which had filtered to Europe through

India and the Levant, and the Arab sea-borne trade from Sumatra;

but Pongo is an African word originally applied to the Chimpanzee,

and in all probability derived from the Bantu dialects of Angola,

south of the Congo. The proper spelling of this word is Mpongo,

and it is a root which, in varying forms, is found in a number of

Bantu dialects and languages in Wicstonn and Equatorial Africa,

and used to indicate either a chimpanzee or a big baboon*. I have

not got access to various old books at the time of writing, but I

think Iam correct in saying that English and Dutch travellers on

the West Coast of Africa in the 16th, 17th, and 18th centuries

referred to the Chimpanzee as ‘‘ Pongo.” I also fancy that the

same allusion and the same name are made use of by Buffon. As

in zoological nomenclature the preference is for the adoption of a

Latin or Greek name, it isa pity to introduce into our lists a

barbarous word in preference to one derived from either of the

classical languages. But when in addition an African word is

taken as the name of an Hast Asiatic genus, then the choice is

singularly inappropriate.

* It may be of interest to add the names for “Chimpanzee” in a number of

African languages, mostly collected by myself :—

LANGUAGE. District. WorpD FOR CHIMPANZEE.

RENE Ate enna ocean ye Sela WeONe) emcee ee se me a-tulkay kasisise7gs

prefix).

AGO: sob 805 40 ROO ODE OO ORO CG AED. CNA ESOS DADE oireetae saeire eevee anid Loymlaos

BUS Um eR Eee eee NOLL = Western li beriamns-peen ates: Guru.

Mandingo ................... North of Sierra Leone, Liberia, Iburu.

and Ivory Coast.

EK WESt nn criss meen Ocutral, niberiayeyc cn: Ibulu.

CHORD: scoagabosneneesccopbannd titan Jetollisy dayne, West Central Onyi.

Liberia. Mi

EBasaan WD) estrus Coast of Central Liberia ............ Ibe. |

Koy and G7ebOe ssi... Southern Iitberia <..................... Luawe

IAOPRING csodoasaddnsscaecesAb 2) UOMO ROC IDACOS. Sabocaasosonoonnentan 9 C10OK

Ijo languages............... Brass, Bonny, “Niger Deltate st ele:

TEED Sasonopccoaosodono seacopees. AVONVER INET Joseanosogceoobnooosnoanune Ovzohbralogy

SE PUI amen enn nce. OlaCaltar (eee wan! aiol:

ee Tkun, and Lower Cross River ................... Enop or Enowi.

Akuna-kuna ............

UNUGUs Fe anies aieaeneceee ese Extreme Upper Cross Rivers =... Boki.

Moudikun Sources of Cross River, N.E. of Apu or Epfu.

Cameroons.

Barondo and Isubu...... North Cameroons Coast ............ Ewaka.

WONG WUE! an cceeae seuenctens | GADOOM) stews titres teleeeescea ewan | Nityeseand! Nichego;

also Nkulu.

Kongo .........12.......... Lower Congo and Congo Coast ~.. _Mpongi.

Kimbundw .......0......... Angola (south of Lower Congo) .. _ pongo.

[w*, The origin of

the name ‘“ Pongo,”

of Bufton and others. ]

Kiwemba [or Bemba}... South-west of ae Sa atestey Koroe.

IKGTTUOG soo0g copaancbaG00 250 West Tanganyika .. WA Basted eLOLUCS

Kabwart .................. North-west Tanganyika ih S6ko.

Manyema .................. West of Tanganyika and extreme Soko.

Upper Congo.

Ruanda .................65. North of Tanganyika ...............--Enjangwe.

Kafipa ....0......ci.) Hast Coast, Tanganyika ©. Isike.

DU-Ganda@ viocccee. West and North Coast of Victoria Edzike or Izike.

Nyanza,

72 SIR HARRY H. JOHNSTON ON THE [ May 16,

T do not suppose much deference will be shown to my own

suggestions; but it seems to me that the best generic name for

the Orangs would be Satyrus; or, if that is strongly objected to

because it may be confused with the specific name oF one or two

Chimpanzees, then possibly Pithecus.

IT cannot help thinking that in this case, as in many other

instances, when we ave settling for good and for all our biological

nomenclature, we carry too far the passion for asserting the prior

rights of the first invented name, which is occasionally a singularly

inappropriate one.

I will conclude my paper with a few remarks on the definite

knowledge of the different species of Anthropoid Apes from the

dawn of zoological science in Greece to the end of the 18th

Century of the present era, by which time European zoologists had

begun to discriminate pretty clearly between the Gibbons, the

Orang, and the Chimpanzee. Knowledge of the Gorilla of course

was not clearly defined till about 1848 or even later. It is

possible, however, that a living specimen of the Gorilla was

brought over to Holland in the latter part of the 17th Century.

A figure of this creature (which was a female) is given in

Dr. Tyson’s work on the Chimpauzee, published in London in 1699,

Aristotle, writing in about 330 B.c., divided the mammals that

were nearest to man into three closely allied groups: the Pithekoi

or Apes, the Keboi or Monkeys, and the Kunokephaloi or dog-

faced Baboons. In the Latin translations of Aristotle these

designations are rendered Simia, Cebi, and Canicipes. Aristotle's

LANGUAGE. | DISTRICT. Worpd For CHIMPANZEE.

Nyoroand Hima dialects. Unyoro, Toro, Ankole, and south- Isike, Yisiki,

west of Victoria Nyanza. Echikuya,

Empundu, Witera.

LEQH OO.” barsoogaccs ssagooans | Wilt, IRNWENVAOIH oo cc Hkitera.

Dthuhu vce... Forest, north-west ‘ot Semliki Neule.

River (Mboga Country).

Wibira ccc... Congo Forest between Semliki R. Kika.

and Upper Congo (Aruwimi

basin).

Mangala and allied Upper Congo, between Aruwimi (Mu) Kumbuso

languages. and confluence of Mubangi Welle, (Mu- is only the

and between course of Congo and singular pr efix).

vicinity of Welle River.

TAU aoe oo sues. West of Albert Nyanza ............. Ngrrr (2’s trilled).

Bambute pygmnies cae Semliki-Aruwimi Forest ............ U'u.

Moni fi Hee wo... North-east Borderlands (Congo- Tato.

Nile water parting) of Congo

Forest, west of Lendu.

PALAU ies tacetians aeeneoee) DNOLthyOrPAllbertyNwanzay uncer: Bim.

Madi... cccccces.. (Western dialects of) West of Arugu.

Mountain Nile, north-east of

Congo Forest.

Makarka (Nyamnyam). Southern and Western parts of Baham or Bamu;

Bahr-el-Ghazal province of also Irangba and

Egyptian Sudan. Nderuma.

Mandy vecevcsecsss-csssssc. North-east of Makarka.. eee PAN SOs

JEN OGTON. ganabddan bososesnanse North-west of Makar ane ene Dedda.

[Perhaps other travellers and philologists can fill up the gaps in this series of

names. |

1905. | NOMENCLATURE OF THE ANTHROPOID APES, 73

general description of the Pithekoi delineates very distinctly an

Anthropoid Ape, and reads as though it was derived from a

generalised knowledge of the Chimpanzee, a knowledge obtained

no doubt from specimens which had been brought down the Nile

from the Egyptian Sudan (in the southern parts of which the

animal still exists) to Lower Egypt. A good summary of

Aristotle’s description of the Pithekoi is given in Dr. Tyson’s

celebrated book ‘“‘On the Anatomy of a Pygmie, sive Homo

sylvestris,” which, as before stated, was published in 1699, and of

which there are copies in two or three of the principal libraries

of London.

I think I am correct in saying that in an Egyptian fresco or

papyrus which is exhibited in the Egyptian collection of the

Museum at Naples, a Chimpanzee is depicted amongst other strange

animals brought to Egypt from the Sudan. TI believe also there

is a representation of the Chimpanzee on one of the Roman

mosaics recently brought to light at or near Carthage, and now

preserved in one of the Museums, either at Carthage or Tunis.

The Byzantine Greeks, who, after Alexander’s conquests, ex-

tended their trade to India, and the Arabs of west, south, and

east Arabia, who maintained commercial relations with Sumatra,

the Malay Peninsula, North-west Borneo, and the ports of the

Persian Gulf and the Red Sea, may have introduced some

knowledge of the Orang utan to Constantinople, to Egypt, and

to the Mediterranean world between 100 B.c. and the fall of the

Byzantine Empire.

Sir Walter Scott in his novel ‘Count Robert of Paris’ introduced

somewhat fantastically a captive Orang utan into the story. Iam

not aware what foundation he had for this incident ; and [ think

it somewhat improbable that an Orang utan could at that period

have survived the overland journey from the Persian Gulf to the

Mediterranean, or the transit through Egypt.

Marco Polo, the Venetian, in 1296 or thereabouts, travelled

overland from Asia Minor to China and the Malay Peninsula, and

reached Sumatra and possibly Borneo, bringing back with him

stories of man-like apes, some of which certainly referred to the

Gibbons, while one or two may be attributed to the Orang utan.

Odoric, a friar of the Order of St. Francis, travelled overland

from Constantinople to India during the first half of the

14th Century, and from India reached Sumatra by sea. He-

brought back distinct accounts of both Gibbons and Orangs.

Ibn Batuta, a Morocco Arab, also journeyed to those parts about

the same time, and described the Orang utan in his records.

Friar Giovanni dei Marignolli, a Franciscan like Odoric, also

travelled overland from France to China and thence to the Maiay

Archipelago during the first half of the 14th Century, and brought

back from Sumatra, or more likely Nerth Borneo, very distinct

accounts of the Orang utan.

At the commencement of the 16th Century the Portuguese

conquistadores reached Malacea and Sumatra in their ships, and

74 ON THE NOMENCLATURE OF THE ANTHROPOID APES. | May 16,

by 1521 had placed more or less roughly on the map all the big

islands of the Malay Archipelago. They were followed a few years

later by Spanish, Dutch, and French adventurers. During the

17th Century many British ships visited Sumatra and Borneo, and

the Malay name Orang utan was in current use in scientific Europe

during the second half of the 17th Century, having been originally

definitely applied to the man-like apes of Sumatra and Borneo*

But towards the close of the 15th Century the Portuguese had

already become acquainted with the West Coast of Africa and

the Chimpanzee. They first noticed this creature in the southern

part of what is now the colony of Sierra Leone. They called it

in their earlier writings ‘‘Selvage” (savage), and later “ Barri.”

Later still they came to know more of the Chimpanzee in dealing

with the Lower Congo and Northern Angolay. It there went

under the name of Pongo, which as already explained is the

Angola name Mpongo. Andrew Battel, of the 16th Century, was

an Essex fisherman. Through being shipwrecked off Brazil he got

conveyed into Portuguese captivity in Angola. Escaping, he

travelled into the northern part of Angola towards the Congo.

He returned to England and brought back with him stories of the

‘“‘Pongos,” which obviously referred to the Chimpanzee. The

name “Chimpanzee” does not seem to have come into vogue till

the latter part of the 18th Century, or to have been much used

until the 19th Century. I have no certain clue as to its origin ;

but I have been told that it is a Loango word of which the root

would be -mpanzi or -mpangi (possibly, therefore, cognate with the

Congo name for Chimpanzee, mpongi), with the well-known Bantu

pr efix chi (Ki) added. This prefix is sometimes an augmentative,

so that chimpangi or chimpanzi might merely mean a big ape.

At the close of the 18th Century, Buffon, Linneeus, Lacépéde,

and other zoologists had finally discriminated between the Gibbons,

the Orang utan, and the African Chimpanzee; and to this list was

added in the period between 1847 and 1860 the definitely

established genus (afterwards species, then again genus) of the

Gorilla. The discovery of the Gorilla was “really due to the

American Evangelical missionaries, who established themselves in

the early part of the 19th Century in the Gaboon; but complete

specimens of this Ape and a far more extended knowledge of it

were brought to the civilised world by Du Chaillu. ‘Stanley

asserted the existence of the true Gorilla as far east as the forest

between the Upper Congo and the Nile watershed; and this

statement has seemingly been confirmed by the specimens received

from that region by Dr. Matschie, and described and figured by

Mr. Rothschild.

* Though often misapplied to the African Chimpanzee in the 17th and 18th

Centuries by English and Dutch sea-captains, who, having first made acquaintance

with the Orang in the Malay Archipelago, saw Chimpanzees at the West African

ports on their return voyage.

+ When I visited Angola i in 1882 Chimpanzees were still found in forested regions

inland south of the Congo and north of the Quanza River, especially in the old

kingdom of Congo.

IP, 4. SIC S, vel I, Pl, Wi,

A.J. Engel Terzi, del.

Bale & Damelsson, L‘4.

SKULLS OF REINOLOPHT, ‘

I A SMCS, rroL ULEL, 1

Ia¢

face st =

fbvcoat’®s

A.J. Engel Terai, del. Bale & Danielsson, Lt.

SKULES OF RHINOLOPHT

a |

1905. ] ON BATS OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS.

On some Bats of the Genus Rhinolophus, with Remarks

on their Mutual Affinities, and Descriptions of Twenty-

six new Forms. By KNup ANDERSEN”.

[Received May 12, 1905. ]

(Plates ILI. & IV.+ and Text-figure 22

The present paper is, chiefly, an attempt to disentangle some of

the more complicated groups of Eastern Rhinolophi, to make out

the probable interrelations of the species, and to describe the

many new, imperfectly known, or hitherto confused forms. I

have appended some general remarks on the affinities of the

Ethiopian and Western Palearctic species.

The material placed at my disposal has been more extensive than

that of previous writers on these Bats, namely, Prof. Peters (1871)

and Dr. Dobson (1878); and I have approached the subject from a

different point of view, basing the diagnoses of the primary groups,

and, where possible, of the. species “and subspecies too, not on

external and dental characters alone, but also on important

differences in the skulls. This may Recount! partly at least, for

the essentially different conclusions on many points at which |

have arrived. On the other hand, the following pages afford

ample proof that my material has not been complete enough to

enable we to venture an answer on all the difficult questions,

taxonomic or phylogenetic, that occurred to me during my work.

T shall feel satisfied if my paper is considered of some use as a

basis for further investigations.

T owe my sincere thanks to Mr. Oldfield Thomas for entrusting

me with a revision of these Bats, for giving me unlimited access

to the recently acquired, still unregistered specimens in the British

Museum, especially those of the large and important “Tomes

Collection,” and also for having favoured me with much valuable

information during the progress of my work.

I also have to acknowledge the kind assistance of Mr. Gerrit

S. Miller, Jr., who sent me for inspection almost all the Indo-

Malayan Rhinolophi preserved in the United States National

Museum, including many new and interesting forms, part of which

will be dealt with below.

For the loan of specimens for comparison, or for information on

examples preserved in Continental Museums, I am indebted to

Geheimrath Prof. Dr. Ehlers, Gottingen ; Prof. Matschie, Berlin ;

Prof. Dr. Kurt Lampert, Stuttgart; M. Ch. Mottaz, Geneva;

M. A. Ménégaux, Paris; and Prof. A. Cabrera Latorre, Madrid.

I. THe RAINOLOPHUS SIMPLEX GROUP.

Diagnosis. Basioccipital, between cochleze, not wnusually nar-

rowed. Posterior connecting process low and rounded off (text-

fig. 22a, on p. 121).

* Communicated by OLpFIELD THomas, F.Z.S.

+ For explanation of the Plates, see p. 145.

76 MR, K, ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

T include in this group 40 different forms (22 species), correspond-

ing to Rh. megaphyllus, affinis, capensis, clivosus, and ferrum-

equinwm in Dobson’s ‘ Catalogue of the Chiroptera in the British

Museum. Only the Austro-Malayan, Oriental, and Palearctic

forms will be described below, and only the first species in some

detail, the description of the other forms being, as a rule, confined

to the points in which they differ from the fundamental type.

The Ethiopian species will be briefly mentioned in the “‘ General

Remarks” on the group (p. 117).

1. RHINOLOPHUS SIMPLEX, sp. n. (Plate IIT. fig. 1.)

Diagnosis. Cranial character : supraorbital crests meeting at a

point behind the middle of the orbit. External: sella distinctly

constricted at middle. Forearm 44:2 mm.

Details. Nose-leaves large, as compared with those of the other

Austro-Malayan species (20h. truncatus, nanus). A supplementary

leaflet distinctly visible in front of, and on the anterior part of the

sides of, the horseshoe ; a character common to all the members of

the present group, but ‘becoming gradually less pronounced in the

more highly developed species (affinis, JSerrum-equinum, and their

allies) ; 1t seems to point back to the much more primitive genus

TTipposiderus. Horseshoe so broad as to completely cover the

upper lip; a sight indication of a tooth-like projection on either

side of the median notch. Sella decidedly broader at base than at

summit, and distinctly constricted at middle ; summit rounded ;

height of sella, from angle between vertical portion and nasal lobe,

about 4°8 mm., width at base 2°3, at constriction 1:9, at summit

18 mm. ; ; front of sella densely covered with exceedingly short

white hairs (scarcely observable without a lens). Posterior con-

necting process low and broadly rounded off. Lancet long, almost

cuneate ; length, from posterior transverse bridge, about 4°7 mm.

Three mental grooves, as in all forms of this group, except the

highest-differentiated species (ferrwm-equinwm and its nearest

relations).

Kars, compared with those of the closely allied Austro-Malayan

species, rather large, almost reaching the tip of the muzzle when

laid forwards. Upper part of outer margin somewhat concave ;

tip blunt ; no constriction below the tip.

Wing-structure very primitive: 4th and 5th metacarpals sub-

equal in length (the 5th, if anything, a little shorter), and both of

them but very slightly longer than 3rd; III.’* less than 12 the

length of III.'; IV.* and, ‘especially, Vv very short, being only a

trifle longer than IV." and V.' This structure of the wing is

characteristic of a// the primitive members of this group (simplex,

megaphyllus, truncatus, nanus, celebensis, borneensis, malayanus,

rout, &c.); it is first in so highly-developed forms as affinis and

its various modifications (ferrum-equinum, &e.) that we find an

important progress: prolongation of IITT.”; shortening of the 3rd

* Vor brevity’s sake I call the proximal phalanges of the 8rd, 4th, and 5th fingers

TIT}, IV.!, and V.!, the distal phalanges of the same fingers III.2, 1V.*, and V2

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHAUS, Ug

metacarpal, as compared with the 4th and 5th; the 5th meta-

carpal decidedly longer than the 4th; &e.

Tail a little longer than the lower leg. Plagiopatagium inserted

on tarsus.

Colour (of a spirit-specimen, unfaded). Fur of upper side a very

dark shade of ‘“ drab,” approaching ‘“ Prout’s brown”; base of

hairs rather more distinctly drab; under side somewhat darker

than drab.

Skull. Four anterior nasal swellings and two posterior. The

four anterior arranged in a transverse row, forming the upper and

lateral borders of the nasal opening. Externally these anterior

swellings are separated only by extremely faint linear depressions ;

internally by three bony lamelle, also easily observable through

the thin, transparent outer wall of the swellings. The posterior

nasal swellings, situated immediately behind the anterior ones, at

the front corner of the orbital cavity, are much lower, slightly

concave at summit; three very faint lines divide them, rather

indistinctly, into an upper, middle, and lower swelling.—The

shape and arrangement of the nasal swellings, as here described,

are, roughly speaking, the same in almost all the members of the

simplex-group; there is some variation in the size of the swellings

in the different species; but the more noteworthy deviations from

the general scheme are two only: Rh. malayanus and Rh, stheno.

Postnasal depression triangular in shape, rather long; the

supraorbital crests, which constitute the lateral border of this

depression, meeting (and joining the sagittal crest) at a point more

or less behind the middle of the orbital cavity. “ Supraorbital

length ” of skull (@. e. distance between the point of junction of

supraorbital crests and median anterior point of nasal swellings)

greater than extreme width of nasal swellings.—The shape of

this part of the skull, as here described, is characteristic of only

the four most primitive members of the group (simplex, mega-

phyllus, truncatus, nanus).

Palatal bridge comparatively long (in antero-posterior direction);

measured in the median line equal to about one-third the length

of the upper tooth-row ; median anterior point opposite the front

of m*, median posterior point opposite the middle of m?,

Dentition. As a general guidance : in all existing species of the

genus the upper p’ * is completely lost ; in all the more primitive

* T write the dental formula (exel. of incisors and CERES) of a Bh inolophus with the

ee (cf. Herluf Winge,

Po P3 Py M, My Ms

“ Jordfundne oz nulevende Flagermus fra Lagoa Santa; med Udsigt over Flager-

musenes indbyrdes Slegtskab” ; E Museo Lundii, vol. ii. pt. 1 (1892), p. 56). As

already mentioned by Winge, we have no positive proof whether the upper premolar

lost in all known species is p? or p?._ For two reasons I regard the former alternative

to be the more probable :—(1) In all Rhinolophi, also the most primitive forms, the

lower p, is ow the point of being veduced, in the more highly-developed species

pushed definitely out to the external side of the tooth-row, in the still higher forms

completely lost; it is but reasonable to suppose that the premolar quite lost

in the upper jaw of alZ species corresponds to the premolar which is ow the point

of being lost in the lower jaw of all species, in consonance with the general rule

that the teeth of the upper jaw show a more advanced stage of evolution than those

most complete known dentition as follows :

78 _ MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

species of the simplea-group also the lower p, is very much reduced

in size and on the point of being driven out of the tooth-row, to

the external side; in all the more primitive species of the group

also the upper p* is reduced in size, but still, invariably, in the

tooth-row.

The following remarks apply to Rh. simplex and Rh. megaphyllus,

the dentition of these two species, the most primitive within

the present group, being practically exactly alike :—p, very small,

but decidedly less reduced than in the other species of the group.

The position of this tooth, in relation to p, and p,, varies

individually (in the same geographical race, and in examples

from the same locality and of apparently the same age):

completely in the tooth-row (one specimen), or slightly towards

the external side (two), or half external (one), or almost quite

external (one), or completely external (one). This “ vacillation ”

in the position of p, is of some interest as being the first indication

of a tendency towards driving this premolar out of the tooth-row,

a tendency gradually increasing in a long series of more highly

developed species, and culminating’ in the forms in which the

tooth is quite lost, even in young individuals (2h. acrotis).—p?* is

comparatively large, with a well-developed, pointed cusp. From

its base to its tip this cusp is directed obliquely inwards, under an

angle of about 25° to 45° with the vertical line; also in those

species of the present group in which the cusp is so much reduced

as to be scarcely perceptible without a lens, it is invariably point-

ing obliquely inwards, only to a still higher degree. The upper

canine and p' always widely separated. In some individuals there

is a very narrow interspace between p’ and p’, on either side of the

jaw, or on one side, no doubt a remnant of the place where p’,

lost in all existing species, was situated (see footnote on p. 77).

Measurements*. On p. 80.

of the lower jaw. (2) When the lower ps; is external in position, or even when it is

completely lost, we still, rather often, find p, and p, separated by a narrow inter-

space, reminiscent of the time when p, had its normal position in the tooth-row; if

we can find, sometimes at least, a similar “atavism”’ in the upper jaw, our sup-

position will be strengthened; and such cases are, in fact, not very rare :—in some

individuals, and just those of the most primitive species of the genus (simplex,

megaphyllus, borneensis, refulgens, philippinensis), I find an arrangement of the

upper teeth which can be graphically expressed as follows: cp pm!m?m3, 7. e. the

anterior of the upper premolars in contact with the canine, the posterior in contact

with the first molar, but between the two “p” still a narrow interspace, apparently

a remnant of the place where the lost premolar was situated; if so, however, the

lost p is, of course, p*, those present p? and p+.

* Only the following measurements require some explanation :—Hars, length from

base of inner margin to tip. Forearm, from posterior point of radius to front curve

of carpus (wing bent), therefore somewhat greater than the length of radius measured

on skeletons. IMJetacarpais, as far as possible the true length of the bones. 2nd

phalanx, always exclusive of the cartilaginous “3rd phalanx” (this restriction being

of especial importance in measurements of the 3rd finger, the terminal cartilaginous

rod of which is comparatively large). Hind foot, with claws. Skull, total length,

to front of canines (not to front of premaxilla). JWidth of brain-case, above root of

zygomata. Supraorbital length, distance between point of junction of supraorbital

crests with sagittal crest and median anterior point of nasal swellings. Jandible,

condylus to front of incisors. Upper and lower teeth, exclusive of incisors.

1905.] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 79

Type. 9 ad. (in alcohol), Lombok, 2500 ft., June 1896. Col-

lected by A. Everett, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. 97.4.18.4.

2. RHINOLOPHUS MEGAPHYLLUS Gray. (Plate ITT. fig. 2 a, b,c.)

Diagnosis. Allied to kh. sinplex, but considerably larger. Fore-

arm 46-50 mm.

Details. This is a large continental representative of the simplea-

type. The evidences of its close connection with the Lombok

species are clear enough: the general shape of the facial portion

of the skull; the wide interspace between the upper canine and

p'; the presence, individually at least, of an extremely narrow

interspace between p- and p*; the distinctly constricted sella; the

strong development of the nose-leaves; the large ears. On the

other hand, it has in several respects taken its own course of

development: the sella is, also proportionately, broader than in

simplex, the constriction at the middle is more abrupt; the nasal

swellings are, also proportionately, considerably broader ; the size

of the animal is markedly increased: as regards this latter,

kh. megaphyllus bears quite the same relation to &h. simplex as

Lh. rowxi does to Rh. borneensis.

Distribution *, Kastern Australia. Louisiade Archipelago.

reographical races. There are two apparently well-marked forms

of Lh. megaphyllus, differing in size and in geographical habitat.

2a. RHINOLOPHUS MEGAPHYLLUS Gray, TYPICUS.

Rhinolophus megaphylius J. K. Gray, P.Z.S8. 1834, p. 52.

Rhinolophus megaphyllus (partim) Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin,

1871, p. 306 7; Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 110.

Diagnosis. Larger: forearm 46°5-50 mm.

Sella. In one, out of eleven specimens, the summit of the sella

is completely square-cut ; in all the others (some of them from

the same locality) it is broadly rounded off. Conf. with this

Rh. borneensis.

Colour. (1) Dark phase (two skins, one adult and one full-

grown, but young): Like AA. simplex.

(2) Russet phase (one skin, full-grown individual, but

young): Uniform “russet” above and below; base of hairs of

upper side ‘“ clay.”

Measurements. On p. 80.

Distribution. Hastern Australia: Queensland, New South

Wales.

Technical name. The type of Rh. megaphyllus is in the British

Museum.

* The information on the “ distribution ” of the species and subspecies reviewed in

this paper is based eaclusively on the material examined by myself.

* [ amunacquainted with Peters’s hypothetical Rh. keyensis, based on an example

in the Leiden Museum, and characterised as “eine vielleicht nur etwas kleinere

Varietat [of megaphyllus| oder Art” (1. s. c. p. 307). No further information has

been published, and nine years later Peters records “ Rh. megaphyllus” from the

Key Islands without any reference to Rh. keyensis (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xvi.

(1880) p. 32). It is not very likely that the typical Rh. megaphyllus should occur

in the Key Islands.

80 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [| May 16,

26. RHINOLOPHUS MEGAPHYLLUS MONACHUS, subsp. n.

Diagnosis. On an average smaller than the typical form : fore-

arm 46 mm.

Details. Sella a trifle broader at base than in the typical form ;

summit completely square-cut ; front face a little more distinctly

haired. Length of forearm almost as in the smallest individuals

of the typical form, but metacarpals distinctly shorter. Tail also

comparatively somewhat shorter. Brain-case decidedly more

slender. Tooth-rows somewhat shorter. In colour scarcely

different from the dark phase of the typical form.

Measurements. Below.

Type. 2 ad. (in aleohol). St. Aignan’s Island (Misima),

Louisiade Archipelago. Collected by Albert 8. Meek, Esq. Brit.

Mus. no. 98.4.1.1.

Measurements of Rh. simplex and megaphyllus.

| Rh. simplex. | Rh. megaphyllus.

ns ‘i )

f. typica. | monachus.

f ads i| 12 ipeciinens | ® ad.

| yPe || & skulls. Type.

| Min. Max.

| mm. | mm. mm. mm.

Ears, length ......... Gee tanascsseeoe ss 18 HSS) Is 19°8

3 oveatest Dreadth ater: Sa 13°5 | 13% 15 15

Nose- leaves, total length .....:......... 145 15 386162 14°8

| - breadth of horseshoe ...... 85 | 88 98 | 88

Blorearmiie ty akon nas supe heen hentia 44:2 || 4675 50 | 46

3rd metacarpal .. PARE eRe eaoan ted we 318 | 338 36 32°7

ANOTUT SS ey Oeste lee ce at aca Oem 13 | 138 146 13°2

TO GES SR aoa MaRS procter a aM An ae 17°8 175 20 178

4th metacarpal — Medan dee aedarch dot Akt 32 || 343 368 33°5

LEAR top eee re cecmennE earnte Uanore eadoe: 92 i| 98 11:2 | 97

JI HES PR Ua aaah a aie ena 11 | Ils 13°3 10

5th metacarpal Pa UBUD ast Nee AO raat 318 || 343 865 | 32°7

Oe ee mena > at) | 104 19-7 10°2

V2 eth Mees (eas aD 11:2 | 117 14 117

Dats sors apes mace kes ae oO 245 22°2 268 20°5

Troweerslec iad. nai iae een ence asia 19°7 185 22 19

Foot ....... BUNCE SLRs ORE 88 O02, 8'7

Skull, total length So een PN ON Maree 187 || 199 205 | 19°3

+» mastoid ‘width Li SUN PLLC ME 9 98 9:8 95

» width of brain-case ............... 78 85 86 8

» zygomatic width .................. 94 | joo. ato) 96

» supraorbital length ............... 6 6 68 | 59

width of nasal swellings Benes 52 RS. 1. O | 57

| Mandible, Ier¥ene) (Wh Oe asenagasaanridapsbsoeel 12°8 | 133 14 13:2

Upper ict eae Ui eaHA ses oase| 72 et eee feral 73

78 Shy eR7/ 8

ibtfomerstocthasents: elite scum een un

3. RurNoLoputus TRUNCATUS Peters.

Rhinolophus truncatus Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, 1871, p. 307.

Rhinolophus megaphyllus (non Gray), var. a, Dobson, Cat. Chir.

Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 111.

Diagnosis. Allied to kh, simplex. Sella more slightly constricted

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 81

at middle. Summit of sella square-cut, or even concave. Base

of fur almost blackish. Forearm 44°7—46°8 mm.

Details. In this species the sella* is not of the shape charac-

teristic of Rh. simplex and megaphyllus. It is narrower, not

considerably broader at the base than at the summit, and the

constriction at the middle is less distinct. This points decidedly

away from simplex, and towards nanus, celebensis, and borneensis.

The square-cut (or concave) summit of the sella seems to be a

rather common feature in those forms of the present section of

the group which are inhabitants of small islands (cf. Rh. megaphyllus

monachus, Rh. nanus, Rh. borneensis spadix). Lancet long and

cuneate. Wing-structure and proportionate length of tail as in

simplex. Plagiopatagium inserted on tarsus.

Colour (six skins; adult individuals, but teeth quite, or almost,

unworn). Very peculiar. Generalimpression: avery dark brown.

Details: hairs of upper side ‘“ broccoli-brown” at tip; below the

tip, for a broad space, almost ‘‘clove-brown” (more exactly: an

exceedingly dark shade of ‘“ hair-brown,” very much approaching

clove-brown); the extreme base of the hairs, immediately at the

skin, again somewhat lighter. Individual hairs of the under side

much of the same colour, but the tips more brightly broccoli-

brown, giving the under side a somewhat lighter appearance.

All the specimens are exactly alike in colour.

Skull. Essential characters as in 2h. simplex. Nasal swellings

narrow.

Dentition. p, is, if anything, a little more reduced than in

simplec. In two skulls I find it placed in the tooth-row, but

slightly towards the external side; in a third, on the one side

half external, on the other external; in a fourth, external on both

sides, and the interspace between p, and p, therefore very narrow.

p is always in the tooth-row; its cusp rather well developed,

though somewhat smaller than in simplex. No interspace

between p’ and p’.

Measurements. On p. 84.

Distribution. Batchian.

Technical name. One of the two typical specimens (in the Berlin.

Museum) was collected on Batchian by A. R. Wallace and for-

warded to Prof. Peters by Tomes. The whole series in the British

Museum is from the same island and the same collector, and four

of the examples belong to the recently acquired Tomes Collection ;

they are therefore practically (though not technically) co-types.

Remarks. The dentition of Rh. truncatus proves it to be on a

slightly higher level than simplex; the interspace between the

upper canine and p* is a little narrower, p* a little more reduced.

The vacillation in the position of p, gives evidence of the same ten-

dency as in simplex: towards the more advanced members of the

group. In the shape of the nose-leaves it has taken a course point-

ing towards borneensis. In its coloration it seems to stand alone.

%* A good series of skins, but no spirit-specimens, are at my disposal. This

description is from the resoftened nose-leaves of three examples.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. IT. No. V1. 6

82 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS | May 16,

4. RHINOLOPHUS NANUS, sp. n. (Plate IIT. fig. 3.)

Rhinolophus megaphyllus (non Gray), var. (3 (partim), Dobson,

Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 111 (Goram).

Diagnosis. Essential cranial characters as in Rh. truncatus, but

brain-case remarkably slender. Sella so slightly constricted as to

be practically parallel-margined. Small: forearm 43°3 mm.

Details. This species marks a further step towards the celebensis-

borneensis type. Externally 2h. nanus is exceedingly like these

two species, but the skull is of the simplex type.

The sella (compared with that of the foregoing three species) 1s

considerably reduced in breadth ; its width at the base is but very

little greater than at the summit; the constriction at the middle

is much reduced (it requires some attention not to be overlooked);

and the whole of the sella therefore might very well be called

almost parallel-margined; summit completely square-cut (there

will probably, in a large series, be some individual variation

in this respect). ‘The horseshoe, too, is a little narrower. Lancet

almost cuneate, the lateral margins being but very slghtly

coneave. The size of the ears, both length and breadth, is reduced ;

the tip slightly more attenuated (less blunt than in Rh. simplex).

In the structure of the wings it stands exactly on the same level

as the foregoing species.

Colour (one skin; adult; teeth almost quite unworn).—Fur

of the upper side uniform dull “ mars-brown”; base of hairs

shghtly lighter; under side very much of the same colour as the

upper side, but with a slight tinge of ‘“ drab.”

Skull. Postnasal depression and supraorbital crests as in

Rh, simplex. Nasal swellings very narrow (4.9 mm.). Chief

character (compared with the three foregoing species): the very

narrow brain-case (7 mim.).

Dentition. p, quite external, and cingula of p, and p, in contact

(a sufficiently large series will presumably show some vacillation

in the position of p,). p* in the tooth-row ; its cusp very small.

Measurements. On p. 84.

Type. Ad. (skin). Goram Island. Collected by Dr. A. R.

Wallace. Brit. Mus. no. 61.12.11.10.

Remarks, This species is readily distinguished from Rh. celebensis

and Fh. borneensis by the different shape of the facial portion of

the skull.

Dobson regarded the specimen here described, together with

two others from N. Celebes (Menado), as a variety (“8”) of

Rh. megaphyllus, characterised chiefly by having “the summit of

the vertical process of the sella broadly rounded off, much

broader than the base.” But, firstly, it should be remembered

that a sella, much broader at summit than at base, would be

exactly the reverse of what is found in megaphyllus; it would

even be unique in the whole genus. Secondly, on resoftening

the nose-leaves I found the sella, in all the three specimens, quite

of the same general shape as in Rh. borneensis, i.e. practically

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 83

parallel-margined. It would evidently have been much more to

the point if Dobson had called these Bats Rh. borneensis, not

Rh. megaphyllus. But Rh. borneensis, again, was confused with

Rh. minor, which, however, not only is a distinct species, but

belongs to a different group of the genus.

5. RHINOLOPHUS CELEBENSIS, sp. n. (Plate IIT. fig. 4 a, 5.)

Rhinolophus megaphyllus (non Gray), var. (3 (partim), Dobson,

Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 111 (Menado),

Diagnosis. Supraorbital crests meeting at a point more or less

in front of the middle of the orbit. Nasal swellings narrow.

Nose-leaves as in 2h. nanus and Rh. borneensis. Small: forearm

43-44°7 mm.

Details. In the foregoing species (2h. simplex, megaphyllus,

truncatus, nanus), all of which are Australian or Austro- Malayan,

the supraorbital crests join the sagittal crest at a point more or

less behind the middle of the orbit. In Rh. celebensis, as in all

the other species of the present group, which are all Oriental,

Palearctic, or Ethiopian, the supraorbital crests meet at a point

more or less tz front of the middle of the orbit. This makes

a comparatively shorter postnasal depression, the supraorbital

crests being the lateral borders of this depression. In this point

therefore Rh. celebensis agrees with the Western forms of the

group, differing from the Eastern.

The mechanical reason for this modification is evidently the

following: a slight increase in the size of the temporal muscle

has pushed the sagittal crest more forwards; this involves a

shortening of the supraorbital crests; this again a reduction in

the length of the postnasal depression.

The nasal swellings are narrow (4°8 mm.), as in the closely

related Eastern forms (xaius, truncatus). In the more Western

Rh. borneensis they are, at least somewhat, and as « rule con-

siderably, broader. Compare figs. 4 and 5 on PI. IT.

It is worth noticing that the cranial characters of this species

are, so to say, “in accordance with” its geographical habitat :

Celebes is, geographically, intermediate between the Austro-

Malayan and Indo-Malayan subregions, and in its more im-

portant cranial characters 2h. celebensis points partly westwards

(shortening of supraorbital crests), partly eastwards (narrow nasal

swellings).

The nose-leaves, ears, wings, and the general size are as in

Rh, nanus and Rh. borneensis.

Colour. (1) Makassar specimen | (2 ad.; in alcohol; unfaded ;

teeth unworn).—General impression of upper side : brown; the

true colour is a deep brown shade of “drab”; base of thes a

little hghter than drab ; under side drab with a tinge of “ broccoli-

brown.”

(2) Menado specimens ve skins; ad.; teeth almost un-

worn).—Above uniform dull ‘mars-brown,” base of hairs but

84 , _ MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

slightly lighter ; colour of the fur of the under side very much as

on the upper side.

The Makassar specimen seems to represent the true “dark

phase” ; the mars-brown tinge of the Menado skins may indicate

a tendency towards a “russet phase.” Similar differences in

colour are very common in this section of the group.

Dentition. As in Rh. nanus.

Measurements. Below.

Type. 2 ad. (in alcohol). Makassar, 8. Celebes, November

1895. Collected by A. Everett, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. 97.1.3.19.

Distribution. Celebes : Makassar, Menado.

Measurements of Rh. truncatus, nanus, ard celebensis.

l l

| Rh. truncatus.) Rh. nanus.| Rh. celebensis.

| |

6 specimens, Ad. | 3 specimens,

4 skulls. Type. | 3 skulls.

Min. Max. Min. Max.

mm. mm. mm, mm. mm.

Kars, length .. FOE eatin a a3 xa 16

a areatest breadth.. Meavanstsee: ei: a bee 12°5

Nose- leaves, total length — Cain tae aN) a ae 12°3

% breadth of horseshoe... ne rs niSo 8 Ba

Forearm ...... Sau ne uanenasneeonanenca ba Cer AI GR} 43°3 43 44:7

3rd metacarpal... Basle osparonedsddace|| Li aul) Ger} 30 | 30° 31-4

10 0 es saa ruEn Rea OS een er Mea Re 132 14 11:2 122 13

III? . sa Se aaa cae ee ee Bee Al meg Seo) all Oe! eS} GMS}

4th metacarpal... palddestmoscasusandeanli ye paral mee 311 313 32

EAE LICE a 30 REN nD are I Rae 98 10°6 8:8 9 9°7

V2 sae eure Sisk race 12 12% ae 10°83 11

5th metacarpal... Haeieen dastina uetradel {y's Sale. 4 eater 3l1 31-325

Wel. Heine aa Ne eer oan ae ee NOP ners 9 95 10

NCSA er dena Mea a FUN Bl ea tan ZA abn Sy PULLS) 9°8 11

Hl Bea ee sae) est eR ame RAL Mn gant ele atalsalhby O28} ae sik 20 a

Wowerleo niece inns Mii meee aL rh 60) . 178 183

Foot ....... RAE EAL nana au Oe 3h ie BAR SiO miiaee

Skull, total Jength . BS ee nn sae He te 181

» mastoid ‘width . Eom Mea hs 92 oe 9

>» width of brain-case ............... Ul 8

| zygomatic width). esl. ene. Aas an a 9 nat

» supraorbital length ............ 55 57 5°8 48 48

width of nasal swellings teens Bal Bl 49 48 4:8

Mandible, length 128 sul: 13 12;2 19°7,

Upper teeth . ley tee aero teats Tig dies 72 a 72

Mower beet hws anne sc cer tereen US FY) 78 ey ARS

6. RHINOLOPHUS BORNEENSIS Peters. (Plate III. fig. 5 a, 6, c.)

Diagnosis. Similar to Rh. celebensis, but with broader nasal

swellings. Small: forearm 41'2-46°3 mm.

Details. Sella so slightly constricted as to be almost parallel-

margined from base to summit; in some individuals the con-

striction is completely obsolete; height of sella about 3 mm. ;

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 85

width at base, at middle, and at summit: 2, 1°8, and 1:7 mm.

Lancet almost cuneate, or the lateral margins but slightly concave,

never abruptly narrowed at the middle (as in 2h. roux); length

of lancet about 4°2mm. Ears and wings quite as in 2h. celebensis.

Plagiopatagium inserted on tarsus, or as much as 1°5 mm. above

the tarsal joint.

Colour. There is an extreme dark phase and an extreme red

phase, connected by several intermediate stages.

(1) Dark phase.— 9, Banguey Isl. (Brit. Mus.); two ¢, Pulo

Sarutu (Un. St. Nat. Mus.); all of them full-grown, but with

unworn teeth; distal epiphyses of metacarpals in two of them

ossified, in one not completely so; in alcohol, unfaded. General

inpression of upper side: brown. The true colour isa deep brown

shade of “drab”; base of hairs next to “ broccoli-brown.”

Under side between ‘ wood-brown ” and ‘“ broccoli-brown.” The

individuals are not precisely, but almost, alike in tinge.

(2) Intermediate stage, nearer to “ dark phase.”— giad., Qad.,

Labuan (B.M.); ¢ ad., N.W. Borneo (B.M.); teeth either quite

wrworn, or almost unworn; distal epiphyses of metacarpals ossified ;

in alcohol, unfaded. Upper side “russet,” base of hairs but

slightly lighter. Under side ‘* wood-brown.”

(3) Intermediate stage, nearer to “red phase.” — 9 ad., Sirhassen

(U.N.S.M.); dad., 2 ad., Karimata(U.N.S. M.); teeth either

quite wnworn, or very slightly worn; distal epiphyses of meta-

carpals ossified ; in alcohol, unfaded. Much like the foregoing,

but also the under side of the body ‘ russet.”

(4) Extreme red phase.— ¢ ad., Sirhassen (B.M.); teeth wn-

worn; epiphyses ossified; in alcohol, unfaded. Much like the

extreme red phase of Rh. rowxi: not far from “ cadmium orange ”

above; “ orange” beneath.

As proved by the above, these differences in colour are inde-

pendent of the geographical habitat and of the sex of the

individuals, seemingly also of the age. So far as the present

material goes, the only “phase” in which a quite young, though

full-grown, individual occurs (epiphyses not quite ossified) is the

dark phase; but it may be accidental: the individual which

represents the extreme red phase is, at all events, only a few

months older (teeth unworn).

Skull. As in Rh. eelebensis, but with broader nasal swellings

(5-4 mm., on an avenge).

Dentition. p, almost always completely external, but im one

skull (out of eleven) half in row. Cingula of p, and p, in contact

(six), or very slightly separated (four), or distinctly separated

(one). p always in the tooth-row; cusp very small. In four

individuals there is an extremely narrow interspace between p*

and p* (the former place of p’).

Distribution. N. Borneo; 8. Natunas; Karimata Group.

Technical name. The type of Rh. borneensis, in the Berlin

Museum, is from Labuan. There are two specimens from the

86 MR, K. ANDERSEN ON BATS | | May 16,

same island in the British Museum*. As, however, 7th. borneensis

has for many years been completely confused not only with several

more or less closely related species, but also with the widely

different Rh. minor, the following remarks may not be out of place

here

The ent point in the original description of Lh, borneensis,

as given by Prof. Peters (loc. infra cit. as! thisi; “SSattellyes am

dem vordern obern Ende abgerundet, die hintere, zusammenge-

driickte Spitze [7. ¢. the posterior connecting process] hawm hoher,

abgerundet.” (have emphasised the last three words, because they

clearly prove that Rh. borneensis belongs to what here is called the

simplex group (connecting process low and rounded off), and has

nothing to do with 2h. minor or its allies (connecting process pro-

jecting and pointed). But ten years later (MB. Akad. Berlin,

1871, p. 306), Peters himself believed /. borneensis to be identical

with Rh. minor, described by Horsfield so long ago as 1824.

The reason was, beyond all doubt, this: to identify Horsfield’s

Bats without an examination of the types is, in most cases,

impossible ; and Peters had not seen the type of 2h. minor (then

in the Indian Museum, London, now in the British Museum),

but only the bad figure in the ‘ Researches in Java’; as, further-

more, the two species in many respects (size, wings, sella, ears,

&e.) are, externally, puzzling alike, the mistake is easily explained.

Thus, according to Peters, there were two small Indo-Malayan

Rhinolophi: the one, with a low and rounded connecting process,

he called 2h. minor, Horsf. (synonym: Lh. borneensis, Peters) ;

the other, with a projecting and pointed connecting process, he

identified with Temminck’s A. pusillus, stated to be from Java.

Under these circumstances, a quite reasonable conclusion: we

had a name for either ‘“ species,” and perfectly clear diagnoses.

Dobson, who examined the type of AA. minor, states, quite

correctly, that the connecting process is projecting and pointed ;

when, nevertheless, he put Rh. borneensis down in the list of

“synonyms” to Lh. minor, he must have overlooked the most

important point in Peters’s description of borneensis, the shape of

the connecting process. Dobson, therefore, called the small Indo-

Malayan Rhinolophus with pointed process Rh. minor (synonym :

Rh. borneensis): thus, the names were the same as employed by

Peters, but the diagnosis exactly the reverse; Temminck’s “eh.

pusillus he identified with Rh. hipposiderus (sic); and as to the

small Indo-Malayan Rhinolophus with rownded process (the true

borneensis) he put it down under Lh. affinis, Horsf. (!), with

which species he alsc united the very different 2h. rows, Temm.,

at the same time keeping a genuine RA. rouxi separate as

Rh. petersi. This accumulation of errors and wrong identifications

* On one point there is a discrepancy between Peters’s description of Rh. borneensis

and the series before me: according to Peters the length of the forearm is 37. mm.;

in the smallest (adult) specimen I have seen, it measures 41°2 mm. I am informed

by Prof. Matschie, who kindly re-examined the type for me, that Peters’s statement

must be a misprint or a shp of the pen; the forearm of the type specimen (a rather

young, but apparently full-grown individual) measures 41 mm.

1905. ] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 87

is the true reason of the exceedingly confused state in which this

group of Bats has remained, making a safe determination of

specimens procured almost impossible.

Geographical races. There seems to be two forms of Lh. bor-

neensis, differing, slightly, in the size of the ears, and in geogra-

phical habitat.

6 «@. RHINOLOPHUS BORNEENSIS Peters, TYPICUS.

Rhinolophus Borneensis Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, June 25th,

1861, p. 709.

Rhinolophus minor (partim, nec Horsf.), Peters, MB. Akad.

Berlin, 1871, p. 306; Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 114.

Rhinolophus affinis (partim, nee Horsf.), Dobson. op. cit. (1878)

p- 112.

Diagnosis. Ears slightly shorter: 16-17 mm., and narrower :

12°2-12°8 mm. Forearm 41:2—43°7 mm.

Details. In one specimen (from Banguey Isl.) the summit of

the sella is completely square-cut; in the others (Labuan, N.W.

Borneo) it is broadly rounded off. This is, no doubt, an individual

variation, but, it would seem, of more frequent occurrence in indi-

viduals inhabiting smaller islands (cf. Rh. megaphyllus monachus,

Rh. nanus, Rh. truncatus, Rh. borneensis spadix).

Measurements. On p. 88.

Distribution. N.W. Borneo; Labuan; Banguey.

6 5. RHINOLOPHUS BORNEENSIS SPADIX Miller.

Rhinolophus affinis rouzi (non Temm.) Thomas, Nov. Zool. i.

(1894) p. 656.

Rhinolophus spadix Gerrit 8. Miller, Jr., Proc. Wash. Ac.

Sci. 11. (March 26th, 1901) p. 136.

Diagnosis. Kars slightly longer: 17-19°5 mm., and broader :

12°5-14:°2 mm. Forearm 42°5—46°3 mm.

Details. In one specimen (Sirhassen Isl.) the summit of the

sella is completely square-cut ; in all the others (one of them from

the same island) it is broadly rounded off.

Measurements. On p. 88.

Distribution. 8. Natunas (Sirhassen); Karimata Group (Kari-

mata and Pulo Sarutu).

Technical name. The type of “ kh. spadi«v,” in the Washington

Museum, is from Sirhassen. There is a specimen from the same

island in the British Museum. I am indebted to Mr. Miller for

the loan of a paratype, also from Sirhassen, and of the series from

the Karimata Group, collected by Dr. Abbott.

Remarks. I should not have separated these two forms (if they

be so) of borneensis, if the latter of them had not, accidentally *,

got aname. There is no tangible difference in the skulls, not even

* When describing Rh. spadix as a new species, Mr. Miller compared it with

Rh. affinis. He could not, very well, compare it with Rh. borneensis, which was

regarded as identical with Rh. minor.

88 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BA'TS [May 16,

(as might perhaps be expected) in the measurements of them. It

may well be that the few examples from N.W. Borneo, Labuan,

and Banguey (four only) happen to be rather short-eared (and

short-armed), and therefore do not show the true limits of indi-

vidual variation in these respects. I prefer to keep them separate,

provisionally at least, to call attention to the possible existence of

two very slightly differing forms of the species.

7. RHINOLOPHUS VIRGO, sp. n.

Diagnosis. Similar to borneensis, but much smaller. Forearm

37°5-38°8 mm.

Details. This is decidedly the smallest species of the present

group. ‘The horseshoe is markedly narrower than in any other

form of the borneensis type; the sella considerably smaller than

in borneensis, but of the same shape; the ears much shorter and

narrower.

Colour. Probably not far from being the same as in the dark

phase of borneensis (the two specimens examined are evidently

somewhat faded in alcohol).

Measurements of Rh. borneensis and virgo.

Rh. borneensis. || Rh. virgo. |

| ——SSS SSS | = ||

f. typica. spadix. || |

4 specimens, | 6 specimens, 2 specimens,

4. skulls. | 7 skulls. | 2 skulls.

Min. Max. | Min. Max. || Min. Max.

mm. mm. | mm. mm. || mm. mm.

DENIS JENIN Bie ctseasneccnssccgebencse| 1G WL || abe TORR Wl. Tey ED

» greatest breadth ..................) 122 128 | 195 142 10°7 108

Nose-leaves, total length ...............) 125 13°7 12-7 14:2 10:7 11:2

Ms breadth of horseshoe ._./ 8 Sysiem 8 9 | Ca PQ

Hovearmi epee ea 4 ere ee oe AT OMIA Sr | 42°35 46:3 37°55 88'8

3rd metacarpal 2... | 28:7 B12 288 32:7 2772 282

Boe choscasap ucnatetssaanddtbonosmedouasenal|. Lee TENS oj joey de) 102 10°7

10) LaPeer Pe ee Sagaubenoneeeanounson||. Jared INSP) ls IRE TG) 15:2 15:2

4th metacarpal ..........................| 29°7 39°2 | 30:7 34:5 28 286

Pe ebro aeee ce aA I Ue Oren th G8) OF 7 8

(MiG esas ietauctan ie < moe en ane mee ial 10 NES 98 12 9 9

| Sth metacarpal oes] 6298 32:2 | 30:7 33:8 || 27 98:9

Mies crersanoaiostenouagcrmonsantuabeeerodnerch | Cian WOR Ul MO) 2 1G 81 88

| Ales GhecnboneramcnenconrmoncscocaecanGsenousiel| OO) AUS. jo OO ID ip 62, 98

Tail BODOON un den ade Lab Semana eE Maun U dims. 18 19°2 IS REIS OD AL7A) OXO RH)

Lowerles ta 4 ne ch Sait MMe i wale Qala 172 19 | 142 16:2

lOc agaiceraadcoetecns aa NU cn UNE SLRS G@) SOR aR! ee ens

skull Stotalensth si.) tinier: poo LGR le ER 2) 162 169

3) mastoid width 2.) ee ! OO} | 88 95 8 8:2

| 5, . Width of brain-case.............. me 8 78 82 TPL, ee

SEZ SOMALIChWaACth nes ee cule nla 98 | 9 99 81 82

» Supraorbital length .. soioadveoede| GPL BY Hua oil = dle B

» __width of nasal swellings.........| 53 67 | 52 655 ie AS marti

Mandible, length .......................| 129% 181 | 192 13-7 10°8 11:5

Wippergteethy at ener ily Weis 7 nly rales 8 61 62

THe et at ea (olenaS T4 8 | 65 68

1905. ] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 89

Skull. As in borneensis, but considerably smaller; the nasal

swellings are, also proportionately, narrower than in the Bornean

species (perhaps as a consequence of the much smaller nose-

leaves).

Dentition (two skulls). ps half in row (one skull), or external

(the other). p, and p, in the former skull, of course, separated ;

in the latter almost in contact. p> in the tooth-row. Upper

canine and p' widely separated.

Type. Qad. (in aleohol). 8. Camarinas, Luzon, Philippine

Islands. Collected by L. M. McCormick, Esq. Un. St. Nat. Mus.

no. 101966.

Remarks. This species is readily distinguished from any other

form of the simplea group by its small size, narrow horseshoe,

and short ears. The shape of the connecting process ought to

prevent a confusion with the equally small species of the menor

group, to which it, in other respects, bears a very striking

external resemblance.

8. RHINOLOPHUS MALAYANUS Bonhote. (Plate III. fig. 6.)

Rhinolophus malayanus Bonhote, Fase. Malayenses, Zool., 1.

(Oct. 1903) p. 15.

Diagnosis. Closely allied to 2h. borneensis, but median anterior

nasal swellings somewhat more differentiated. Small: forearm

4]:2-42°8 mm.

Details. Externally this Bat is exceedingly like Rh. borneensis,

but the shape of the anterior nasal swellings is somewhat different.

The colour, too, seems to be constantly different.

The sella is, in vertical direction, a trifle shorter, but the

difference is scarcely appreciable without actual comparison with

borneensis. The lateral margins of the sella are, practically,

parallel from base to summit; an extremely faint constriction

can be traced, at least under a lens; summit of sella rounded.

Plagiopatagium inserted on tarsus, or very nearly so.

Colour. (1) Biserat specimens; two 9 ad.; August and Sep-

tember ; teeth slightly worn; in alcohol; unfaded.—Upper side a

rather dark brown shade of “drab”; this colour is confined to

the tips of the hairs; the much broader base of the hairs so light

“ ecru-drab” as to approach whitish; under side whitish “ ecru-

drab,” somewhat darker on the sides of the body.

(2) Laos specimen; ad.; teeth slightly worn; skin.—Very

much lghter. Upper side bright ‘‘ cinnamon,” base of fur

“cream buff”; horseshoe patch * on back dark brown ; under side

buff.

* A dark-coloured patch on the upper side of the body, horseshoe-shaped, or like

a V, the branches starting on each shoulder, convexity (or angle-point) directed

backwards. It is curiously characteristic of many species of the families Rhino-

lophide and Phyllostomatide, but often (quite individually) more or less, or even

completely, obliterated, especially, of course, when the fur also is dark-coloured.

Being, as a rule, more common and more distinct in young or immature individuals,

it is, probably, an inheritance from some remote ancestors of the two families.

Rhinolophide and Phyllostomatide lave, probably, had a common origin.

90 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

It looks like a dark and a light “phase.” The dark phase

differs from that of Rh. borneensis, chiefly, in having the under

side of the body much lighter, in strong contrast to the colour of

the upper side, and in having also the base of the hairs of the

upper side much lighter. The light phase is, as will be seen from

this description, totally different from the ‘cadmium orange ”

phase of horneensis (and more approaching the light phase of

Lh. affinis himalayanus).

Skull. Kssential characters as in Rh. borneensis, but the median

anterior nasal swellings somewhat more distinctly marked off

from the lateral anterior swellings.

Dentition. p, external; p, and p, almost in contact; p* in row,

cusp extremely small.

Measurements. On p. 92.

Distribution. Biserat (Jalor, Malay Peninsula). Laos Mts.

(Siam).

Technical name. The type is in the British Museum.

Remarks. From the Laos Mountains, Siam, I have seen one

dried skin only (Tomes Collection); it looks like a light-coloured

phase of 2h. malayanus ; the nasal swellings of the (fragmentary)

skull have the shape characteristic of this species. But fresh

material from that region is desirable.

RHINOLOPHUS NEREIS, sp. n. (Plate IIT. fig. 7 a, 6, c.)

“ Rhinolophus roweii?” (non Temm.) Gerrit 8. Miller, Jr.,

Proc. Wash. Ac. Sei. 11. (Aug. 20th, 1900) p. 234.

Diagnosis. Alhed to Rh. borneensis, and of about the same size,

but with much larger-skull and teeth. Lower leg considerably

longer: 21 mm. Tail comparatively very short: 17 mm. Fore-

arm about 45 mm.

Details. In addition to the above :-—The second phalanx of the

third finger is more than 13 the length of III.'; this is the first

time we have to note a decisive lengthening of IIT. . in Rh. bor-

neensis, as in all the foregoing species, ITI.’ (always, in this paper,

measured without the terminal cartilaginous rod) is invariably

less than 13 the length of III.'; compare with this 2h. stheno,

thomasi, affinis, ferrwn-equinum. IV.' is comparatively shorter

than in kh. borneensis, only about z the length of the meta-

carpal of the same finger ; ; compare with this Rh. stheno.

Colour. Q ad. (type) ; September ; teeth almost quite unworn ;

first preserved in formalin, now in alcohol; probably unfaded.—

“* Mais-brown ” above; base of hairs “ ecru-drab”; of a peculiar

yellowish “ dvab” beneath (¢the yellow due to the influence of

formalin),

Skull. Of the same general shape as in Rh. borneensis, but

much larger, with considerably larger teeth, and therefore longer

tooth-row ; orbital constriction very narrow. The following

measurements, in millimetres, will give a more precise idea of the

differences (the ciphers in brackets are the measurements of

eleven skulls of 2. borneensis) :—total length, inion to front

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 91

of canine 21-2 [18°2-20]; length of brain-case, inion to anterior

point of proencephalon 13-7 [11°3-12°5); width of brain-case above

zygomata 9:5 [7-°9-8°2]; zygomatic width 10-8 [9-9-9]; maxillar

width, across antero-exterior corners of m’ 8°5 [6°8-7:2]; inter-

orbital constriction 2°2 [2°4-2°8]; palatal bridge, median length

2°6 [1:8-2°3]; mavxillar tooth-row 8°7 [7-7°6]; extreme width of

m?! 2°2 [1:5-1°9].

Dentition. I have not seen the mandible of this Bat. p* in

row; cusp almost imperceptible.

Measurements *. On p. 92.

Type. 2 ad. (in alcohol), Pulo Siantan, Anambas Group ;

September, 1899. Collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Un. St. Nat.

Mus. no. 101714.

Remarks. As alveady pointed out above, the Bats of the

borneensis type inhabiting the 8. Natuna and Karimata groups,

rather close to the north-western and western coasts of Borneo,

are so extremely like the typical borneensis as to be, perhaps,

searcely separable. But farther westwards, on the much more

isolated Anambas Islands, the borneensis type has developed into

the present, peculiarly modified species. In the lengthening of

I11.*, the shortening of IV.!, and the shortening of the tail (com-

pared with the tibia), RA. nereis has taken the same course as the

still more western Rh. stheno (described below). But the shape

of its skull sufficiently proves it to be an- offshoot, not of that

species, but of Rh. borneensis. Compare with this the “remarks”

under Lh. stheno.

10. RutNoLoPHus sTHENO, sp. n. (Plate IIT. fig. 8, a, 6.)

Diagnosis. Allied to Rh. borneensis, but anterior nasal swellings

much more projecting. Lower leg long: 19°8-20°3 mm. Tail

extremely short: 15°5-17°8 mm. Slightly larger than borneensis >

forearm 45°2—48 mm.

Details. This is a third modification of the borieensis type, 10

several respects recalling 2h. nereis, in others quite peculiar.

The shape of the facial portion of the skull is unique within the

present group. As in Rh. nereis, III2 is lengthened, IV.’

shortened; the tail is extremely short. The general size of the

animal is slightly increased.

Plagiopatagium inserted 1-3 mm. above the ankle-joint.

Colour. G ad., Penang; teeth unworn ; skin.—General 1mn-

pression: reddish brown above; under side much lighter, con-

trasting with the upper side. ‘ Mars-brown” above; base of

hairs light “drab”; under side almost ‘“ broccoli-brown.”—

Three spirit-specimens (Selangor; teeth unworn) apparently

agree in colour with the skin.

Skull (three individuals). Owing to the much more projecting

anterior nasals wellings, the skull of Rh. stheno, in side view, is

strikingly different from that of Rh. borneensis. This peculiarity

* The tip of the ears and the posterior nose-leaf are damaged ; forearms broken.

92 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

in its outline is produced, not by a heightening of the anterior

swellings, but by a reduction of the posterior pair; these latter,

which in all the allied species form a sort of transition between

the anterior swellings and the adjacent part of the supra-

orbital crests and cmperonbieell constriction, are in stheno so much

reduced as to leave the anterior swellings more isolated, 7. e., more

abruptly projecting.

Dentition. p, external; p, and p, in contact; p* in row, cusp

extremely small.

Measurements. Below.

Type. 3 ad. (in alcohol). Selangor, Malay Peninsula. Pre-

sented by H. N. Ridley, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. 98.3.13.1.

Distribution. Selangor ; Penang.

Remarks. Rh. stheno differs from Rh, borineensis in the series of

characters pointed out above. From &h. nereis, in the shape

of the facial portion of the skull, the much slenderer brain-case,

and the shorter tooth-rows. From 2h. rowai, in the shape of the

facial portion of the skull; the much shorter metacarpals (al-

though the forearm is of the same length as in smaller individuals

of roux); the long HT.* (compared with ITT.'); the short IV.

Measurements of Rhinolophus malayanus, nereis, wd stheno.

les imnalayanus. Rh. nereis.| Rh. stheno.

| | | |

| dspecimens, - Qad. | 4 specimens, |

2skulls. | Type. 3 skulls.

a ta | eS ee Ee eT | REED — ee |

| Min. Max. | Min. Max.

; mm. mm | mm. mn. mm. |

TDEDRS, HOMGHAT Bs ponvks oavodseocsedeodcasoobece| IMG “IUGR «| fe 17 WPS |

.. greatest breadth ye HaB ane staces Mesh WIL) a OR aalliallbe SIGHTE 1 IBZ). |

Nose- leaves, totalilenc: thieeeecey see: 13°2 132 at 138 142 |

Ks breadth of horseshoe... 78 8 | 9 as Se |

IMOIRSEHATA, Sanna cdendaeba das onaccadooseaodsensnoe). Hail) CS}. ho DANS |} 45:2 48

3rd metacarpal — Pasetn Seer eae ely OO metCe | PES) oy) BRS) Ser7/

IIT. doo Stangaqdodbtidabeueh Gas adddabaudbvsaacd acl SA ED, | 13°2 12°6 13

Te ih RIC Ue A RED ee TS Sms 21 2071 21:7

4th metacarpal Ui cob audeei en deat odeanaaeal| su aOrey VSM Ey Cay i BEN 33 -33°8

ie els Cena ba Heat ee Sialic ISB, 87 SQ BS. |

ATV 2 aR ie ER SEN er Ne ONS Ro RR Ra ST 105 | 12°8 11 12°5

sth metacarpal oon sganddbeodoansccobopoonsl|, GU) Gila By 33°5 34:2

Ve b calcein an ec ce aetna aes 957 = 958 10°8 9 10°4

V2. sobddbUnorhnbactiodaanaonoddadpoeonbeasdadso|| 97 10 | 10°2 105 115

Pail OE DENS aed asain aol @119;0) 90-5 eral leat, 155 178 |

WNW Ieee Co segucucaccdosneavscedouvoogeouuel| HS. IAS) 21 19°8 208 |

Boater. dia edema eegee al MARS eee EE ON be (GS OB |

Skull, total length | ie deen eeralhes Ulketgh 21:2 197 202 |

+ mastoid Rd EH ue. oe wee 88 102 «| 93 10

Pa widthvofibrain=casers. eyes aiecd| 8 ; 9°5 85 $87

eae ZY COMAti Chwychn eee ee eee OO ers 10:85) 101

3, Supraorbital lenethi 9. Ol Seo 5°6 5 51 |

width of nasal sw ellings ies 52 656 58 #4: Som

Mandible, length .. Wiamaostaen seats: diehllen ad ery) | Se anoeeenn |

Upper Rect re dl ore MI NN 68 7 8-7 T4 79 |

Lower teeth pos sapeases verbo nol stot UES Tiss | Gal tha |

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 93

(compared with the fourth metacarpal); the excessively short

tail; and the smaller hind foot.

Phylogenetically, Rh. stheno is evidently more closely connected

with Rh. nereis than with any other hitherto known Bat. To call

the resemblance between these two species (in ITT.*, 1V.', the tail)

“ convergence,’ would be a phrase only, not anexplanation. There

can scarcely be any doubt that the type of Rhinolophus to which

the now existing 2h. borneensis belongs, sent off a branch west-

wards ; a part of this branch, isolated on the Anambas Islands,

developed into Rh. nereis ; another part, in the Malay Peninsula,

into Fh. stheno (cf. the diagram on p. 120).

11. RuinoLorpnus Rouxt Temm. (Plate III. fig. 9 a, , ¢, d.)

Diagnosis. Allied to Kh. borneensis, but larger, and with con-

siderably longer metacarpals. Third metacarpal 34-38 mm.

Forearm 46—-51°5 mm.

Details. This is a large, continental representative of the

borneensis type, characterised chiefly by the much longer meta-

carpals and the shape of the lancet. In general size, the

continental Rh. rouxi bears the same relation to the insular

Rh. borneensis as the continental Rh. megaphyllus does to the

insular Leh. simplex.

The sella is practically parallel-margined from base to summit ;

not rarely some faint indication of a constriction at the middle

can be traved ; summit broadly rounded off. In simples and its

closest allies the lancet is long and quite (or almost) cuneate ;

in borneensis there is some tendency towards a slight emargination

of the lateral margins of the lancet ; this tendency has been carried

almost to an extreme in rows: the lancet is hastate, i. e., abruptly

narrowed in the middle, the tip well developed and slender (not

abnormally shortened, as in thomasi); but still, individually

(though, as it seems, rather rarely), in row«i, the lancet is less

abruptly narrowed, as an atavism towards a passed stage. The

ears are as in borneensis.

Wing-structure almost on the simpleax-borneensis stage, 7. e.,

ITT? almost always less than 14 the length of III! The rare

individual exception, that III. is equal to (or a mere trifle

more than) 13 the length of III.’, is of some interest as fore-

shadowing the next important step to be taken in the series of

evolution, viz., from rowai to affinis, in which species III.’ is

always considerably more than 14 the length of III."

Plagiopatagium inserted on, or 1-4 mm. above, the tarsus, 7. e.,

there is evidently some tendency to draw the insertion of this

membrane away from the ankle-joint, a little higher up on the

tibia; compare with this Rh. affinis. The proportionate length

of the tail is as in borneensis.

Skull. The skull of Rh. rouxi is larger than that of borneensis,

but I fail to find any appreciable difference in the shape—a

strong evidence of the very close relationship between the two

species. The individual variation in the size of the skull, in

94 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

roux, is vather considerable (as is also the variation in the ex-

ternal dimensions of this Bat); but among 18 skulls of the typical

form of vowei, from localities so many and so distant inter se

as to represent practically the whole area covered by this form,

ft do not find any so small as the largest among 11 skulls of

borneensis (and 6. spadia:); in so far there is no difficulty in

discriminating them. The tooth-rows, too, in rowai, are longer.

As to the small 8. Chinese race of vowaxi (described below), the

skull has the same length as the largest of borneensis, but the

brain-ease is decidedly broader, the zygomatic and maxillar width

greater.

Dentition (19 skulls). p,, most often, quite external (12 skulls) ;

not rarely half in row, or # in row (6 skulls); in one aged

individual (teeth much worn) p, is wanting, on both sides of the

mandible, and the alveoli have disappeared. Cingula of p, and p,,

most often, in contact or separated by a very narrow, sometimes

almost hairfine, interspace (13 skulls); in the remaining (6)

individuals, distinctly separated, but the width of the interspace

is not always quite the same on both sides of the mandible.

The upper canine and p' are, with rare exceptions, distinctly

separated, p* completely in the tooth-row (17 skulls, out of 19),

as in all the foregoing species. The size of p* and, therefore, the

width of the mterspace between c and p‘ vary, however, to a

certain extent; but in #o instance is the width of the interspace

as broad as (p* as well developed as) in stmplea: this is a thing of

the past. As to the remaining two skulls (Ceylon, Nepal), the

interspace is very narrow, p> half external. This is the first time

we have to note instances of p° not being completely in the

tooth-row.

As a general conclusion :—(1) In Rh. rouxi p, has arrived

so far on its way towards disappearance as to be, generally,

external ; but still, not rarely, the individual variation falls back

to a former stage: p, partly in the tooth-row; and in some aged

individuals the dentition (p, disappeared) points forwards to sub-

sequent stages in the series of evolution: 2h. ferrum-equinum

(p, vather often lost) and Ah. acrotis (p, always lost). (2) As to

p’ in rouwi, it is generally in the row, rarely half external ; this

latter, again, points forwards towards subsequent stages: thomas?,

ferrum-equinum, and acrotis (p° always external, ox lost).

Distribution. From $8. China through the Himalayas to the

Indian Peninsula and Ceylon.

Technical name. As Rh. rouxi has for many years been com-

pletely confused with Ah. affinis, some remarks are necessary to

prove that the name rouai belongs to the species here under

consideration. The type locality of Ah. rowxi is “ Caleutta”* ;

the types (in the Leiden Museum) were collected by the French

naturalist, M. Roux. There is in the Tomes Collection (British

Museum) a skin also collected by Roux. The essential points

* Temminck, loc. infra cit. p. 30 ¢; .Jentink, ‘Catalogue systématique des

Mammiféres,’ Mus, Vhist. nat. Pays-Bas, xii. (1888) p. 161 (under Rh. affinis).

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 95

in the original description as given by Temminck are the

following :—

(1) In ‘taille, forme du corps, des oreilles et des follicules

accessoires du nez” very much like Java specimens of Lh. affinis

Horsf. It may be said so; the difference in the shape of the

sella is not easily ascertained in dried skins.

(2) “* Des proportions moins grandes,” as compared with affinis.

As measurements Temminck gives :—Of rowai: forearm “1 pouce

10 lignes” (49°5 mim.), expanse of wings ‘10 pouces.” Of affinis:

forearm “1 pouce 10 lignes,” expanse “11 a 12) pouces.”

49-5 mm. is one of the commonest measurements of the forearm

in the series before me. It looks a little contradictory that

Temminck, having stated that rowai is smaller than afinis (which

is quite correct), gives precisely the same measurement of their

forearms, though, at the same time, a considerably larger

“expanse” of the latter species. But just that is the salient

point. Asa matter of fact, the two species can have the forearm

of exactly the same length (very large rouwai, and small affinis) ;

but also in that case, the expanse of Rh. aftinis is always markedly

larger than that of Rh. rouxi, for the obvious reason that in the

former species the second phalanx of the third (longest) finger is

always absolutely longer than in the latter.

(3) A red, a dark, and an intermediate phase of roa were

known to Temminck. J have the same phases before me. That

similar phases occur in Lh. borneensis has no bearing on the

present technical question; borneensis lives far away from

“* Calcutta.” The “phases” of Rh. affinis are different.

(4) “Les molaires de la machoire supérieure sont en méme

nombre que dans lafinis, celles de Vinférieure en compte cing, ou

une de moins, parle manque total de la petite dent dont Vaffinis

est pourvu, et qui forme la sixiéme molaire.” Since Temminck

emphasises the “‘ manque total” of p,, I suppose that he has not

overlooked this small tooth, but has examined a (probably aged)

individual in which it was wanting (cf. the specimen mentioned

above). The word “ sixiéme” is, of course, a lapsus for “ cinquiéme”

(Lemminck counted the “ molars” from behind forwards).

To sum up :—There can be no doubt that Temminck’s Rh. rouni

is the Bat here under consideration, being a species (1) bearing

much resemblance to Lh. affinis ; (2) of almost the same size, but

with a markedly smaller expanse of wings ; (3) with a red, a dar Ix,

and an intermediate phase; and (4) inhabiting the Continent of

India.

“Rh, peterst.” —The original description of Rh. petersi is meagre

and vague ; the figures of “the head and nose-leaves published four

years later are badly drawn ; the type specimen (in the Calcutta

Museum) has no indication of locality. This may sufficiently

account for the fact that no technical name in the genus has been

the source of more confusion. I therefore think it jot some use to

give a brief sketch of its rather complicated history in literature :—

(a) As to the identification of “Rh. peters,” in the original

96 MR. K, ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

sense of the term*, there are only two alternatives: it is either

Rh. rouwi ov a species of the Lh. acuminatus section. I have

not the slightest hesitation in referring the name as a synonym

to the former species. As, however, Dobson himself later on

applied the name to two Bats of the aewminatus section, it will

only be necessary to give evidence, from his own description, that

he was mistaken. The only important points in the description

of “ Rh. petersi” as given by Dobson in 1872 and 1876, ¢. e. at the

time when he had access to the type specimen, are the following

(the italics are mine)—(1) The nose-leaves are “as in Lh.

acuminatus, except the upper border of the posterior connecting

process, which is much less acute.” This statement alone would

be sufficient. In acwminatus the shape of the sella and lancet is

very much as in rouwi, but the connecting process, both in

acuminatus and in all its allies (swmatranus, calypso, audax), is

projecting and pointed; there is, in this respect, no difference

between the species of the acwminatus section, and there is also no

appreciable individual variation. When, therefore, Dobson in this

decisive point (the chief character of the whole group to which

acuminatus belongs) declares his 2h. petersi to be very different

from acuminatus, it may safely be said that it has nothing to do

with that group. Dobson had evidently before him an example

of Rh. rouxi with a slightly raised connecting process (‘ much less

acute” than in aewminatus); such individuals are by no means

rare ; there are severalin the British Museum, and the peculiarity

is purely individual. Dobson found, quite naturally, that this

peculiarity recalled that shape of the connecting process which had

been described, one year earlier, by Peters in a species called by

him RA. acuminatus tT, and, consequently, he compared it, in his

paper, with this latter species, at the same time emphasising that

there was a considerable difference. (2) The figure (side view) in

Dobson’s ‘ Monograph,’ however bad it is, can scarcely represent

the shape of the connecting process in acuwminaius. Dobson has,

no doubt, called the attention of his artist to the connecting

rocess of the specimen to be figured as Ah. petersi, and the artist,

in due obedience, has made his best to “emphasise” that point :

this may account, I think, for the process being somewhat more

exaggerated than in ordinary individuals of rowaz; but it is still

not the process of an acwminatus. (3) The measurements of

petersi ave, without any exception, perfectly like those of several

unquestionable specimens of rowat measured by myself ; there is not

the slightest indication of a difference. (4) The type of petersi is

from “India, precise locality unknown.” The acuminatus section

is distributed over Sumatra, Engano, Java, and Lombok. When

Dobson wrote his ‘Monograph,’ there was not, in the Calcutta

Museum, any specimen of any species of Ahinolophus from

those islands; so that, if Rh. petersi were a member of the

acuminatus section, the type, without locality, would have been

* Dobson, J. A. S. B. xli. pt. ii. (Dece 22, 1872) p. 837; id., Monogr. Asiat. Chir.

(1876) p. 49, text-figs. a, b.

+ Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, 1871, p. 802.

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS 97

the only Rhinolophus in the museum from any of those islands.

This is, of course, not beyond the limits of possibility ; but it is

certainly much more likely that Rh. petersi, as also the vast

majority of the Bats in the Calcutta Museum at Dobson’s time,

came from some part of the Indian Peninsula or the Himalayas,

the habitat of 2h. rowwi, and far from the home of Rh. acuminatus

and its allies.

To describe a new species which subsequently proves to be an

old one is no rare occurrence, and, as a rule, it does no very serious

harm. But the strong emphasising of a purely individual

peculiarity, combined with the circumstance that the type had no

“locality,” caused in this case a series of confusions: th. petersr

emerged, like a ghost, very unexpectedly at such different places

as the Gold Coast, Sumatra, the Himalayas, and 8S. India. And,

curiously enough, the author of the “species” imaugurated the

mistakes. When he had returned to London and was working

out his ‘Catalogue,’ Dobson had no longer access to the type of

fh. petersi; he had his own short description only, and perhaps some

private note. It is quite evident that, in these circumstances and

occupied with the study of many other Bats, he lost the precise

idea of the type specimen; he only kept in his memory, as its most

important character, its ‘ projecting” connecting process. So it

came that he referred a specimen labelled ‘‘ Gold Coast” to

Rh. petersi*; for it is a genuine acuminatus, beyond all doubt

from Java, and Dobson himself would scarcely have been able

to tell why he called it petersi instead of acuminatus. Two

years later, Dobson had for determination a collection of Bats

belonging to the Gottingen Museum; among these he again

believed he found a Fh. petersit. I have had this example for

inspection £; it is neither “ Rh. petersi” nor Rh. acuminatus, but

Rh. sumatranus.

(6) In a paper on some Himalayan Bats, Capt. Hutton $ records

Rh. petersi from Masuri. All the Bats mentioned by Hutton

were presented to the “ Indian Museum,” and are now in the

British Museum. The two specimens labelled ‘“ Rh. petersi” are

Rh. monticola, a species closely allied to Rh. lepidus |).

* Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 114.

+ Dobson, “On some new or rare Species of Chiroptera in the Collection of the

Gottingen Museum,” P. Z.S. 1880, p. 462.

t~ I am indebted to Geheimrat, Professor Dr. Ehlers, Géttingen, for the loan of

this specimen.

§ Hutton, “On the Bats of the North-western Himalayas; with Notes and Correc-

tions in Nomenclature by Prof. W. Peters,” P. Z.S. 1872, p. 700.

|| As Hutton’s article is one of the very few papers which give information respecting

the habits of Himalayan Bats, and therefore has been frequently quoted by subsequent

writers, I think it advisable to correct the following errors in the identifications of

the four species of Rhinolophus dealt with in that paper:—“ Rh. affinis”’ (p. 696)

is Rh. pearsoni; “ Rh. rouwi” (p. 697) is Rh. affinis; “ Rh. minor” (p. 698) is Rh.

rouxi; and, as pointed out above, “ Rh. petersi” (p. 700) is Rh. monticola. Hutton’s

Bats were (as also stated in his paper) determined, not by himself, but by Prof.

Peters in Berlin. But the mistakes are so strange that they cannot, certainly, be

due to Prof. Peters; an extensive confusion of labels must have occurred (I can

rather easily, from Peters’s point of view, as laid down in his papers, guess the

original arrangement of the labels), but the confusion had at all events taken place

before the specimens were returned to Hutton.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vor. II. No. VII. (f

98 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

Rh. petersi is recorded from Masuri and from Nilghiri. The

former statement is borrowed from Hutton’s paper. The latter is

based on an example collected by W. Davison in Coonoor, Nilghiri*.

‘This specimen is now in the British Museu. It is a Ah. rouse.

In short:—(1) For reasons given above I regard Dobson's

Rh, petersi (1872 and 1876) as a synonym of Fh. rout; (2)

Dobson’s Rh. petersi (1878) is Rh. acuminatus; (3) Dobson’s

Rh. petersi (1880) is Rh. sumatranus; (4) Hutton’s hh, petersi

is Rh. monticola; (5) Blanford’s Rh. petersi is partly Rh. monticola

(Masuri), partly 2h. rowxi (Nilghiri).

Geographical races. There are, at least, two forms of Rh. rout,

differing in size and geographical habitat.

lla. RHINOLOPHUS ROUXI SINICUS, subsp. n.

Diagnosis. Skull smaller, tooth-rows shorter. Forearm 46 min.

Details. The general size is as in the very smallest examples I

have seen of the typical form. Skull still a little smaller, with

slenderer brain-case and shorter tooth-rows; nasal swellings,

front view, slightly lower. Colour as in the dark phase of

Himalayan specimens of the typical form (see below).

Measurements. On p. 100.

Type. § ad. (skin). Chin Tah, Anhwei, Lower Yangtse 7.

Presented by W. Styan, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. 99.3.1.6.

116. RuryoLorpnus Roux Temm., TyPiIcus.

Rhinolophus Rowxit Temminck, Mon. Mamm. 1. 8° monogr.

(1835) p. 306.

Rhinolophus rubidus, cinerascens, rammanika Kelaart, Prody.

Faune Zeylanice (1852), pp. 13, 14.

Rhinolophus Rouxii (partim) Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, 1871,

p. 308.

Rhinolophus petersti Dobson, J. A. 8. B. xli. pt. ii. (1872)

p. 337 (nee Dobson, 1878, 1880); Blanford, Fauna Brit. India,

Mamm. pt. 11. (1891) p. 275 (partim).

Rhinolophus minor (non Horsf.) Hutton, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 698.

Rhinolophus affinis (partim, nec Horsf.) Dobson, Cat. Chir.

Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 113.

Diagnosis. Skull larger, tooth-rowslonger. Forearm 46—51:5mm.

Colour.—(1) Specimens from Nepal and Darjeeling. (a) Dark

phase: onead.; Nepal; teeth unworn ; skin :—Upper side ‘* mars-

brown ” ; horse-shoe patch on back distinguishable, though some-

what obliterated ; base of hairs light “ drab,” almost “‘ ecru-drab ” ;

under side “drab,” with a tinge of “russet” ; sides of body some-

what darker. With this skin agree in colour another adult

specimen from Nepal (teeth somewhat worn; skin) and a 9 ad.

from Darjeeling (in alcohol).

* Blanford, J. A.S. B. lvii. pt. ii. no. 3 (1888) p. 261.

+ For the exact position of this locality, see ‘Ibis,’ 1899, p. 289.

1905.) |: OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. , 99

(>) Light phase: one ad.; Darjeeling; teeth slightly worn;

skin :—Above inclining to “ clay” sa strongly marked, deep brown

horse-shoe patch ; base of hairs and fur of under side almost

“ eream-buft.”

(2) Specimens from Ceylon and S. India.—{a) Dark phase:

three adult individuals; Ceylon; teeth rather slightly worn ;

SUS :—Upper side a shade of brown, darker and duller than

“mars-brown ”; horse-shoe patch more or less effaced; base of

hairs “ drab,” with a tinge of “ ecru-drab”; under side ‘‘ wood-

brown” or light “ drab.”—This is Kelaart’s Rh. cinerascens.

A skin (ad., January, teeth unworn) from Sirzi, Kanara, comes

Cee near to the last-mentioned specimen, being only a little

darker. A spirit-specimen from Nilghiri seems to be of very

much the same colour.

(6) Intermediate stage: S ad.; January; Sirzi, Kanara; teeth

unworn. Upper side between ‘“russet” and “ mars-brown ”; base

of hairs ‘ ecru-drab” ; under side almost “ clay.” —This is Kelaart’s

Lh. rammanika.

light “hazel” with a tinge of “ orange-rufous”; horse-shoe patch

almost obliterated ; base of hairs and under side of body light

“ orange-rufous.”—This is Kelaart’s Ph. rubidus.

A Jen (¢ ad., February, teeth unworn) from Jellapur, Kanara,

represents the extreme of light colour: upper side next to “ tawny-

ochraceous”; base of hairs ‘and fur of under side almost “ orange-

ochraceous.”

Conclusions :—The dark phase in specimens from the Himalayas

(Nepal, Darjeeling) is of a richer brown, more tinged with russet,

than in specimens from Ceylon and 8, ‘India (Kanara, Nilghiri).

The light phase, in specimens from the Himalayas, seems to be

more inclining to ‘‘ clay”; in specimens from Ceylon and 8. India

more ‘ hazel” or “ tawny-ochraceous.” I do not think the series

examined affords evidence conclusive enough to justify the sepa-

ration of a Himalayan “race” and a southern (Ceylonese and

S. Indian) “race.” In all the other characters (external, cranial,

dental; variation in general size) there is no appreciable dif-

ference. If they were to be separated subspecifically, the southern

form would have to stand as ‘“ Rh. rowwi rubidus Kelaart,” the

Himalayan as “ Lh. rouxi typicus.”

Measurements. On p. 100.

Distribution. Himalayas (Darjeeling, Nepal, Masuri). 8S. India

(Nilghiri, Kanara) and Ceylon.

Remarks. Of the two forms here recognised, 2h. rowat sinicus

and. Rh. rouwi typicus, the former, as coming nearest to Lh.

borneensis, 1s no doubt the more primitive. The rowai-type,

therefore, has spread from an eastern point of the continent

westwards, through the Himalayas, down the Indian Peninsula,

to Ceylon.

100 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS © | May 16,

12. RuiNoLopHus THOMASI, sp. n. (Plate III. fig. 10.)

Rhinolophus affinis rouxi? (non Temm.), Thomas, Ann. Mus.

Civ. Genova (2) x. (1892) p. 15, pl. x1. fig. 3.

Diagnosis. Allied to RA, rowaxt, but p* external to the tooth-row.

Smaller than rowxi, with considerably shorter metacarpals, and

the tip of the lancet excessively shortened. Third metacarpal

304-31 mm. Forearm 44°8-45-7 mm.

Details. While being similar to Rh. rowai in the shape of the

sella and the ears, and the proportionate length of the tail,

Rh. thomasi differs, externally, from that species in the following

particulars :—

The horse-shoe is considerably narrower ; it 1s even narrower

than in the smaller dorneensis and in the much smaller malayanus.

The tip of the lancet is exceedingly short, almost rudimentary ; it

is the hastate lancet of rowat carried to an extreme.

The general size is smaller, as seen by the measurements of the

forearm. But the metacarpals are propor tionately much shorter,

as short as inthe much smaller malayanus. ITI." is comparatively

Measurements of Rhinolophus rowxi ard thomasi.

Rh. rouxi. | Rh. thomasi.

sinicus. éypicus. | |

gad. 30 specimens, || 2 specimens,

Type. 18 skulls. || 1 skull. |

Min. Max. || Min. Max.

mm, mm. mm. mm. mm,

Ears, length .. Piet th Ha ee 166 19 168 168 |

» greatest breadth. . iaeaaiteer lca tapas DE |) ole 1D. |

Nose-leaves, total length — sae ae st 13°5 16:2 117 118

4 breadth of horse-shoe ee 8 8 9:2) ais G2 ome

Forearm .,......... Bat 46 46 515 || 448 45°7

| ord metacarpal. Muses omen eeaac aude yen 34 34-338 30°4 31

TTT Ae Set RE Rol eh a oh A er Roe rane feo al ema Aa 13°7 15°8 1g} shal

JAN 2 Sees OPE ca dat ocamen Wer teste 20°8 185 235 20°2 20°2

| 4th metacarpal. seeded emnauaeelln Cae FC 345 389 313 319

IV.1 CARH eiee epi sae R cree seme iaie uae UL, Sip | 10 102

Neeiee EA OEE AEA al lta WELD ep 7 145 122 12°7

| 5th metacarpal. De AHA Hnenemuanene aielilit, Gate 35°4 389 || 32:3 32:7

BASU ee saasnuseentooencsseaucadenacoovosden coal cUEE yn MOR. USI) WL ails

bE line na Neo nena an aien gemeccanadcucanesants 11°2 oe AUIS ee} 9 97

[TRAD S20 Sk SA AE Schnee ce 21 21 26°5 19 19

ower! leg: 2 sae care cot eecesen cas teteseceal| Wane OnS 19-235 18 18

Foot . Pe openesonees aes die On ahs) 8 88 |

Skull, total length . Arete la ce hea eertannecrans Ceol OLS, 203 23 S20 ees

» mastoid Width .. Hele 9°5 97 10°8 9:2

» width of prain-case ....0.ccse.. 87 87 98 87

» zygomatic width.................) 103 10°4 11°8 10

» supraorbital length ............... 4'8 48 58 44,

width of nasal swellings He Nae 5'8 65 59 53

Mandible, length .. Ba eres in 13°5 13 «164 12°8

| Upper Rect Leo aep ine v7 82 92 71

Toweriteet hyeresscete crane cece: 81 85 103 ail |

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 101

longer than in vouxi, 7.e. more than 13 the length of III.’

(cf. nereis and stheno). V.? is extremely short.

Colour. To judge from specimens preserved in alcohol, probably

not far from being the same as in the dark phase of Nepal examples

of Rh. rouxt.

Skull. The essential characters are as in vowxi, thus proving

Rh. thomasi to be an oftshoot from that type of Bat, not (as might

very well be supposed, in view of the short metacarpals) from

borneensis. The skull of Rh. thomasi agrees with that of rowat in

the broad brain-ease ; it differs from roux? in the much smaller

size. Compared with borneensis, the skull of Rh. thomasi is as

small as in the smallest individuals I have seen of borneensis (even

as small as in malayanus), but the brain-case is markedly broader,

even broader than in the largest borneensis, and the supraorbital

length is exceedingly short (cf. measurements, p. 100).

Dentition. p, external; p, and p, in contact; p° external.

Upper canine and p' in contact. Both of the specimens examined

are identical in dentition.

Measurements. On p. 100.

Type. 2 ad. (inaleohol), Karin Hills, Burma, 1888. Collected

by Signor Leonardo Fea. Presented by Marquis G. Doria. Brit.

Mus. no. 90.4.7.10.

I venture to connect with this fine species the name of

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, who already thirteen years ago (J. s. ¢.)

pointed out that it could scarcely be identified with any hitherto

known form, but refrained from describing it as new, owing to

the general confused state of this group of Bats.

13. RurNoLornts AFFINIS Horsf. (Plate IIT. figs. 11-13.)

Diagnosis. Sella pandurate. p* in the tooth-row. Forearm

50-56 mim.

Details. This species marks an important progress in develop-

ment as compared with 2h. rowxi. It is the base of the ferrwm-

equinum section.

The chief modifications are four: in the shape of the sella; in

the structure of the wings; in the size of the animal; in the

shortening of the palatal bridge.

In the borneensis-rowxi type the sella is practically parallel-

margined; in affinis it is pandurate, 7. e. the lateral margins

concave, as in ferrum-equinum, though generally to a slightly

less degree. In simplex and its closest relations the lancet

is almost cuneate; in borneensis there is a tendency towards

emargination of the lateral margins; in rowa? this tendency is

carried to an extreme ; in affiiis the lancet falls back to the former

stage : it is almost cuneate.

Throughout the whole series of forms reviewed above, with the

exception of the somewhat aberrant 7h. nereis, stheno, and thomasi,

the wings have remained at the same primitive stage: no length-

ening of the second phalanx of the third finger. In affinis this

phalanx has considerably increased in length, being always more

102 MR. K, ANDERSEN ON BATS ? [May 16,

than, and with very rave exceptions considerably more than, 13 the

length of the first ‘phalanx, a peculiarity which is pr eserved i in the

subsequent stage of evolution: ferrwm-equinum. The aberrant

species just alluded to, viz. Rh. nereis, stheno, and thomasi, are,

from this point of view, of especial interest, as being Bats of the,

rouxt type which already show the wing-structure characteristic

of the more highly developed affinis.

Rh. affinis is larger than roux: ; but small afinis have the same

length of the forearm as ver y large rowxi. In such cases,

Rh, affinis, provided the specimens examined are fresh or preserved

in spirit, can, of course, easily be discriminated by the shape of

the sella and the length of III.*; if preserved as dried skins (in

which the shape of the sella is often difficult to recognise), still

the latter character remains unchanged.

Colour. The many forms in which this species 1s differentiated

seem to agree, 1 rather closely, in colour :—

(1) Darker individuals: gad., Darjeeling (2h. a. himalayanus) ;

Oct. 22nd; teeth unworn; skin :—Upper side “ mars-brown ”

with a rather strong hue of “drab”; no horse-shoe patch; base

of hairs ‘‘ ecru-drab”; under side ‘“ broccoli-brown.”

Still darker isa ¢ ad. from Lombok (Rh. a. princeps); teeth

somewhat worn; in aleohol; unfaded :—‘ Prout’s brown ” above,

base of hairs “‘wood-brown”; under side almost “ tawny-olive.”

(2) Light-coloured individuals: ¢ ad., Nanking (2A. a. hima-

layanus); July 5th; teeth somewhat worn; skin :—Extremely

light. Above light “clay,” almost “ ochraceous-buff,” hinder

back somewhat darker; a rather distinct, ‘‘ mars-brown ” horse-

shoe patch; base of hairs “ cream-buff”; under side very light,

almost ‘ cream-buff.”—A spirit specimen (¢ ad.) from the same

locality (June 15th) is quite of the same colour.

Skull. The essential characters as in rouai, proving that:

Rh. affinis originated from a Bat of that type. The skull is

generally larger, and the gap in front between the maxillary

bones wider. Chief character: the exceedingly short palatal

bridge, as a rule only z the length of the maxillar tooth-row, or

even IES 5 In rouse, with welyn tae exceptions, decidedly more

than +, sometimes almost 3. The teeth, too, are slightly larger.

Dentition. p, external and extremely small; but, as a rare

exception, this premolar may still, in this comparatively highly-

developed species, show some tendency towards the tooth-row

(one skull, out of 19), or be halfway in row (one). p, and p,

generally quite, or almost, in contact (14 skulls); in the remaining

somewhat more distinctly separated. p> always in the tooth-row;

extremely small, and the interspace between the canine and p*

rather narrow. In no less than five skulls there is an exceedingly

narrow, in most cases almost hair-fine, interspace between p* and

p' (the former place of p’).

Distribution. From the N.W. Himalayas to 8. China; through

Indo-China, the Malay Peninsula, and N. Natunas, to Sumatra,

Java, and Lombok:

1905. ] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 103

Technical name. The type of Rh. affinis is in the British

Museum. From the original description it would have been

quite impossible to identify the species.

Remarks. Of all the races of Rh. affinis, the Himalayan form

(Rh. a. himalayanus) is the most ordinary-looking: in the

horse-shoe, the ears, the nasal swellings, the brain-case. There

can hardly be any doubt that the affinis type originated in the

Himalayas, and from there spread eastwards to 8. China, south-

eastwards through Indo-China, as far as Lombok.

Geographical races. There are, at least, seven forms of Rh. affinis,

differing in certain cranial characters, in the size of the ears and

horse-shoe, in the length of the tail and tibia, in general size, and

in geographical habitat. Some of these forms may be called

distinct species by other authors.

134. RAHINOLOPHUS AFFINIS HIMALAYANUS, Subsp.n. (Plate ITT.

fio. 11 a@, 6.)

Rhinolophus affinis (partim) Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus.

(1878) p. 112.

Diagnosis *, External characters :—Size largest; ears small ;

horse-shoe narrow ; tail short ; lower leg short. Cranial: length

of skull, width of brain-case, length of tooth-rows, moderate ;

nasal swellings narrow.

Type. 2 ad. (in alcohol). Masuri. Collected and presented

by Capt. Hutton. Brit. Mus. no. 79.11.21.148.

Distribution. Himalayas (Masuri, Nepal, Darjeeling) ; 8. China

(Nanking).

13 6. RAINOLOPHUS AFFINIS TENER, Subsp.n. (Plate ITT. fig. 12.)

Diagnosis. External characters: Size small; ears small;

horse-shoe broader; tail short; lower leg rather long. Cranial :

skull short; nasal swellings and brain-case narrow; tooth-rows

short.

Type. 3 ad. (in alcohol). Pegu. Collected and presented by

W. Theobald, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. 87.3.4.11.

13c. RHINOLOPHUS AFFINIS MACRURUS, subsp. n.

Rhinolophus affinis Thomas, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova (2) x.

(1892) p. 922.

Diagnosis. External characters: Size moderate; ears larger ;

horse-shoe broader; tail long; lowerleg longer. Cranial: length

of skull, width of brain-case, length of tooth-rows, moderate ;

width of nasal swellings moderate.

Type. Sad. (inalcohol). Taho, Karennee, Burma; Febr. 1888.

Collected by Signor Leonardo Fea. Presented by Marquis G.

Doria. Brit. Mus. no. 90.4.4.7.

* As the characters of the different forms of Rh. affinis are sufficiently clearly

expressed in the table of measurements, p. 105, they will not be reviewed tn detail,

but only rendered in general terms, inthe “ diagnoses ”’ of the subspecies.

104 MR. K, ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

13 d. RHINOLOPHUS AFFINIS SUPERANS, subsp. n.

Rhinolophus affinis (partim) Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, 1871,

p- 306 ; Dobson, 1. s. c.

Diagnosis. Fixternal characters : As macrurus, but with short

tail. Cranial: skull rather long; nasal swellings still broader

than in macrurus ; brain-case broad ; tooth-rows rather long.

Type. @ ad. (in alcohol). Pahang, Malay Peninsula. Pre-

sented by the Selangor Museum. Brit. Mus. no. 0.7.3.2.

Distribution. Lower Siam (‘Trong) ; Malay Peninsula (Pahang) ;

Sumatra.

Remarks. A specimen from Sumatra is in every respect, cranial,

dental, and external, indistinguishable from those from Pahan

and Trong (the latter sent for identification by the United States

National Museum).

13¢. RHINOLOPHUS AFFINIS NESITES, subsp. n.

Rhinolophus afinis Gerrit 8. Miller, Jv., Proc. Wash. Ac. Sci.

iii. (1901) p. 135.

Diagnosis. External characters: As superans, but smaller, and

with shorter tibia. Cranial characters unknown.

Type. Qad.(inalcohol). Bunguran Isl., N. Natunas, Aug. 24th,

1900. Collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Un. St. Nat. Mus.

no. 104753.

Remarks. This is evidently an offshoot of the Malacca form,

Rh. a. superans, isolated on the outlying N. Natunas, and

developed into a well-marked race (or species). It still shows

some of the chief characters of superans: the large ears, broad

horse-shoe, and short tail; but, to judge from the metacarpals

(the forearms are broken), it 1s decidedly smaller, 1t would seem

still a little smaller than 2h. a. tener, and the tibia is very short.

The skull is so much damaged that I have only been able to

examine the teeth and the lower jaw.

13,f. Rurvotopyvs AFFINIS Horsf., rypicus.

Rhinolophus affinis Horst., Zool. Res. Java (1824), pl. [7],

figs. A, B.

Rhinolophus affinis (partim) Peters, 1. s. ¢. (1871); Dobson,

NS, @s (WSIS)

J am unable to give a definite diagnosis of this, the “ typical,”

form of Lh. affinis, having seen only one very old skin (the type)

and a fragment of the skull, representing the facial portion and

the tooth-rows. But these are sufficient to show, first of all, of

course, the specific characters (pandurate sella, lengthened IIT.’,

dentition, &c.); secondly, that this form is quite different from

any of its next neighbours, on Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula

(superans), on the N. Natunas (nesites), or on Lombok (princeps).

The horse-shoe seems, allowing for some shrinkage, to be quite

as narrow as in kh. a. himalayanus ; the nasal swellings, too, are

as narrow as in himalayanus and tener. But, although the

105

OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS.

(em)

TO OO 19

SAMSON AS

&.16

“UU

"Ss

“ad AT,

. eB 2

laud

“UUL

“ad AT,

PY.

‘snaidhy

| G-OL

| 8.26

| 6G

GGL

| S.IL

| 8.96

| 8-PL

6-01

| 9€

| VG

€-PL

ieee

| 403

| mbadeie

‘ad AT,

‘peg

*sagisaw

TOL «4.6

16 6

€9L 8ST

19 69

G9 LG

T-6l ¢.11

GOL 8-6

GILT 6.0L

8-66 “6G

ot LIT

8.26 GG

GWG &.16

GET &6L

611 GIL

G.6g 2.18

€.ST las

6.0L or

8-88 8.9€

96 8.86

6ST = 9.FT

G-8E 9€

eo G18

OL 8.6

21 8-F1

4ST 8.F1

6.06 6.06

“ULUT “UU

“XBTAL “UAL

“sT[MYS G

‘suoutoads ¢@

‘supsadus

4.06

“UU

1910 CO GI GO I~ DO

BO IS BH 1919 19

AeA

6-66

¢.FL

6.01

8¢

8-16

8-FL

L.LE

I¢

8-T1

6-ST

“UL

“UTA

“ST[NYS

‘suaaioads ¢

"SMULLIDU

Lael

QDAMMWnA

> o> © 1 9 10 GO OD

Loma

8.81

“UU

‘pe

away

ad AT, |

BOL 2-6

6 «6

G.9T 8.91

9 9.¢

gigh= 2.

Ebi hl

OL 36

6.01 3.0L

6.83 4.86

igi SUL

8.23 8.36

GB 8.12

L#l 1ST

BET &.C1

Poh 3.68

Si = or

ZIl VOL

GIP 8.88

O€ 96

OP LLE

9g 9

98 6 ues

w 6ST

G41 8.81

GSI BLT

“ULUL “cau

MUL UL

‘sTTNyS /

‘sueutoeds 9

“snUphv Uy

“ Yqoo} JaMory |

g0000 43904 wedd gq

Yysuel ‘O1qrpuEW

“eh OG [eseu Jo Yyprn

me “Yysue] Teqiqiovidns =

pened 9pm oryeutoséz <<

ASvO-UIvIG JO YZpIM =“

Apt proyseur =

Pe sae Ysa] Te}0y TUS

sei actuate cee ere 1004

Say LAMOTT

_qed THORJOU IEG

vceeaee AT

UAL

[Spann AN pie cd St eae pedavonjou ip

ee es Til

| vi

ier ee ee (wi1va0

lees Soys-esi04 Jo YIpHerq s

a Yy sual [Roy SAUTE 980 NT

ibe ever seoorsC ne _ Yapresq qsaqyrais

ygsuay ‘sawn

‘savoadsqns pup STULY®B snydopouryyy fo STUIUMIINS DIT"

106 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS | [May 16,

specinen is slightly smaller than the smallest example of hima-

layanus I have seen, the tibia is fully as long as (if anything, a

trifle longer) than in the very largest of these latter. On the

whole, I have but very little doubt that Bh. «. t ypicus will prove

to be much more closely related to the Burmese and Himalayan

forms than to any of ‘the others. This would be an additional

evidence of the closer connection between the fauna of Java and

that of Indo-China and the Himalayas—closer than between Java

and the geographically nearer Sumatra, Malacca, and Borneo,

Distribution. Java.

13g. RHINOLOPHUS AFFINIS PRINCEPS, subsp. n. (Plate ITI.

fig. 13.)

Diagnosis. External characters: General size moderate; tail

short; but largest in the size of the horse-shoe and ears, and

the Jength of the tibia. Skull, nasal swellings, tooth-rows: the

extreme.

Type. & ad. (in alcohol). Lombok, July 1896. Collected by

A. Everett, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. 97.4.18. 13.

Remarks. Placed side by side with 2h. a. himalayanus, this form

is strikingly different; the horse-shoe is no less than } broader

than the broadest in himalayanus, and the skull is distinguishable

at a glance by its excessive width and the very broad nasal

swellings. But it must be remembered that superans leads, not

up to, but decidedly in the direction of, princeps, and we do not

yet know the extreme limits of individual variation, either in

sUperans OV In pr inceps.

When considering the geographical races * of Rh. affinis from a

more general point of view—and excluding “ typicus,” owing to the

peculiar geological history of Java, as well as nesites, owing to its

having, probably, been influenced by somewhat exceptional con-

ditions: far away on the small isolated N. Natunas,—the following

rule will be observed : the more southern or south-eastern the

habitat, the longer the ears, the broader the horse-shoe, the longer

the tibia, the lar ger the skull, the broader the naa swellings ,

and the longer the tooth-rows.

14, RaINOLOPHUS FERRUM-EQUINUM Schreb. (Plate IV. figs.

14, 15.)

Diagnosis. Sella pandurate. p° completely external or wanting.

Kars more than 20 mm. Width of horse-shoe less than 10 mm.

Forearm 52°8-63 mm.?

Details. The ferrum-equinum type originated from a Bat in all

* T am unacquainted with Dobson’s Rh. andamanensis (J. A.S. B. xli. pt. it.

(1872) p. 337). The only specimen known is in the Caleutta Museum. It seems to

be a local representative of the affinis type.

y The first and second characters, combined, are sufficient to distinguish ferrwm-

Aan from all Oriental species of this group. The others are added to prevent

confusion with those Ethiopian species of the present group which also have the

sella pandurate and p? external or wanting (clivosus, darlingi, acrotis; augur and

deckent).

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 107

essential points similar to AA. afinis. It agrees with the now

existing afinis in the pandurate sella and the prolongation of

Ili. But it is considerably higher-developed, chiefly in the

following respects: (1) the dentition; (2) the wing-structure ;

(3) the length of the tail; (4) the beginning, or complete, reduction

of the lateral mental grooves; (5) the general size.

The peculiar prolongation of the second phalanx of the third

finger, described above under 2h. affinis, is preserved in Fh, ferrum-

equinum: IIT.? is more than (or, extremely rarely, at least equal

to) 14 the length of III.". Also IV.* is lengthened, 7.e. more than

14 of IV.’; it is an interesting fact that, in this particular point,

Rh, ferrum-equinwm (all races) agrees with Rh. affinis himalayanus,

but not with any of the other races of affinis. Besides these

two characters, which are simply inherited from an affinis-like

ancestor, there is an important modification in another part of

the wing, to which we have no parallel in any of the foregoing

forms*, viz. @ change in the proportionate length of the third,

fourth, and fifth metacarpals, as shown in the subjoined table :—

3rd meta- 4th meta- Sth meta-

Forearm. carpal. carpal, carpal.

All the foregoing species

(Q4rexamples)) 2.25. as... 22.2 1000 715 739 740

Rh. fervwum-equinwuin

(all races; 121 examples) ...... 1000 644 724 743

This table shows:—(1) In all the foregoing 21 forms of this

group the fourth metacarpal is but very little longer than the

third (24 mm., for a supposed length of forearm of 1000 mm.),

and the fifth metacarpal is practically of the same length as the

fourth t. (2) In ferrum-equinum a considerable shortening of the

third metacarpal has taken place; at the same time a much smaller

reduction of the fourth metacarpal has occurred, so as to make

the fifth metacarpal, slightly but decidedly, the longest of all.

The tail is proportionately longer than in the foregoing species,

being, on an average, in the eastern races of ferrum-equinum

(nippon, tragatus, regulus) exactly 14, in the typical form 13,

the length of the lower leg, whereas proximus, in this point (as

well as geographically), is intermediate between the eastern and

western races ft.

In all the foregoing forms, without exception, there are three

* But there is an exact parallel in an Ethiopian species, of the affinis type, viz.

Rh. darlingi (see the “ General Remarks,” below, p. 118).

+ It would only have made the table more complicated if I had given separate

ciphers for all the foregoing species. The only difference (and an exceedingly small

one) is that in simplex, megaphyllus, truncatus, nanus, celebensis, borneensis, virgo,

and malayanus the fourth metacarpal is, almost always, a mere trifle Jonger than the

fifth; in wereis, stheno, rouai, thomasi, and affinis a mere trifle shorter than the

fifth. However small this difference is, it is evidently the first faint trace of the

modification definitely carried out in ferrum-equinum : the fourth metacarpal always

shorter than the fifth. ne

£ It is hardly necessary to say that a short tail cannot be a primitive character in

the order Chiroptera, taken as a whole. But, for some reason or other, we find in the

most primitive species of the genus Rhinolophus a very short tail; in the higher

forms of the present group we see, again, a lengthening of the tail.

108 MR. K, ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

vertical grooves on the front of the lower lip. In the eastern races

of ferrum-equinum (nippon, tragatus, regulus) sometimes exactly

the same, but very often the lateral grooves are more or less

reduced ; in the western races (proximus, typicus, obscurus) they

have, as a rule, almost or quite disappeared *.

As to the general size, the eastern races are, as it seems, always

larger than any form of affinis; proximus and typicus at least on

an average so; while obscwrws is nearly of the same size as affinis

himalayanus.

The remaining external characters need only a brief record :—

The supplementary leaflet is slightly more reduced than in

efinis, and more closely united to the upper lip; this latter it is

(more than the reduction) which makes it less distinctly visible.

The posterior connecting process is more lengthened in antero-

posterior direction, also a little more projecting, but quite rounded

off at the summit. But, curiously enough, in one specimen (from

Transcaspia) I find the process quite as in @finis (in all other

specimens from W. Asia it is normal). The lancet has a marked

tendency towards assuming a hastate shape, rather than a cuneate,

the extreme tip being, generally, long and slender ; but sometimes,

and both in the eastern and western races (though more often in

the former), individuals are found in which the lancet is almost

cuneate, as in affinis.—These two individual variations are worth

noticing, as, both of them, pointing back to affinis.

The ears are somewhat modified: more attenuated below the

tip, and more pointed.

The plagiopatagium is inserted on the tarsus, on the base of the

metatarsus, or about 1 mm. above the ankle-joint. But in one

individual (from Cyprus) it is inserted no less than 6 mm. in

front of the ankle-joint. It, again, recalls Rh. affinis.

Colour. A small series of skins from Tessin, Switzerland, affords

some information as to the difference in colour dependent on the

age of the individuals; all the specimens are of the same sex, from

the same locality, and the same month :—

(1) Two full-grown, but younger individuals (females,

December); distal epiphyses of metacarpals ossified, but teeth

unworn; they are probably about six months old :—Upper side

* According to Blanford (J. A. S. B. lvii. pt. ii. no. 3 (1888) p. 263), Rh. tragatus

Hodgs., regarded by him asa distinct species, and corresponding to what is here

called the eastern races of ferran-equinum, has three mental grooves, ferrum-equinum

one only. If this were so, I should have no objection to separating Rh. tragatus

specifically from ferrum-equinum. But there is, in this as in other respects, a

complete intergradation. The details are these:—(1) “Rh. tragatus” (10 spirit-

specimens): in three individuals (Kashmir, Almora, Darjeeling) the three grooves

are perfectly distinct ; in three (Masuri, Nepal) the lateral grooves are less distinct

than the central one; in two (Nepal) they are so far on the way towards obliteration

that it requires close examination to discover them ; in the two remaining (Shanghai)

they are still more reduced. (2) Rh. ferrum-equinum (s. str.): rather often traces

of the lateral grooves are easily observable; a number of individuals before me, from

various places in Europe and W. Asia, have either a slight depression or a short

linear groove on either side of the central one; ina specimen from Tiibingen (one

mstance only, among several) they are at least not move obliterated than in two

“tragatus” trom Nepal.and two.“ nippor” from Shanghai,

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 109

greyish “drab,” lighter on the head and neck ; base of hairs ‘“ ecru-

drab”; astrongly marked, dark brown horse-shoe patch; under side

almost “ ecru-drab” on throat and breast, very light ‘ drab” on

belly.

(2) One (female, December) ; teeth almost unworn; must be very

nearly of the same age as (1):—Intermediate in colour between

(1) and (3), but nearer to (3).

(3) Three aged individuals (females, December); teeth worn ;

two of them are at least 13 years old, the third (teeth very much

worn) still older :—Upper side, a shade of brown which mitt be

described as “ mars-brown” with a pronounced tinge of “ drab” ;

base of hairs light ‘“ ecru-drab”; scarcely any indication of a

horse-shoe patch; under side light ‘ wood-brown” with a tinge of

* eeru-drab.”

In a series from the Hautes-Pyrénées (January) I find the

same differences in colour, but have not been able to verify the

comparative age of the individuals by means of the skulls.

Three skins from Minorca (spring) are like the aged Swiss

individuals or, if anything, a trifle lighter. The teeth are worn,

showing the animals to be, probably, at least about two years old.

Skins of aged individuals from England are indistinguishable

from Swiss specimens of a like age. A very young (not full-

grown) example from Somerset is quite like the younger (gr ops

drab) individuals from Switzerland.

As a general conclusion: young individuals are, broadly

speaking, dark grey, old individuals brown ; the colour of the

young animal is retained, at least in some individuals, till

December, beyond the time when the epiphyses of the metacarpals

have become ossified. For those who have an opportunity to

watch these Bats in the caves during the winter, it would be an

object of some interest to ascertain how the colour-change is

effected, by a moult or by a recolouring of the hairs.

Skull. The essential characters as in Lh. affinis, the general

shape hardly different, but as a rule, of course, the skull is larger.

The four anterior swellings are slightly more differentiated ; ‘the

median ones almost circular in outline, the lateral ones oblong.

Chief character: the much longer palatal bridge: very nearly 3

the length of the maxillar tooth-row, a little more or less, but

never so short as the tooth-row (as in affinis).

Dentition. p, external and exceedingly small, or, very often, lost,

also in younger individuals. p, and p,in contact. p”* completely

external, extremely small, not rarely lost, also in younger

individuals. Upper canine and p* not only in contact, but their

cingula, as a rule, considerably overlapping each other (the cingula

of p* being external to that of the canine).

Measurements. On p. 115.

Distribution. From 8. China and Japan, through the Himalayas,

the Mediterranean Subregion (exclusive of Eeypt), and Central

Europe to 8. England.

Geographical races. There are, at least, six forms of Rh. ferrum-

110 “MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

eguinum, thiee eastern (nippon, tragatus, regulus), and three

western (proximus, the typical form, and obscurus). They are

sufficiently differ entiated to need technical names, but im no

respect—in the external characters, in the skull, in the dentition—

is there a sharp ‘‘hard-and-fast ” line between them :—

Tn the extreme east (8. China and Japan) we find a Bat (stppon)

of moderate size and with rather small teeth; the dentition, too,

has remained on a rather primitive stage of development; but the

horse-shoe and nasal swellings are very broad. Some of these

peculiarities, viz. the broad horse- shoe and nasal swellings, are

preserved in the Central Himalayan tragatus, but the general size

of the animal is increased, the skull and teeth very large, the

dentition more highly developed. This latter character reaches a

climax in the next form, regulus, from the N.W. Himalayas, but

at the same time the horse-shoe and nasal swellings are mar kedly

narrower; in this respect regulus evidently shows tendencies

towards the western races, as also might be expected from its

habitat.—These three Bats constitute what I call the “ eastern”

races of ferrwm-equinum. The geographical line separating them

from the western races must be drawn somewhere between Masuri

and Gilgit, at the border between the Oriental and Palearctic

Regions. East of that line the individuals are generally ly larger,

with broader horse-shoe; the lateral mental grooves not rar rely

fully developed; the tail on an average only 13 the length of the

lower leg.

Passing from Masuri (still regulus) to Gilgit, on the extreme

north-western, ‘“‘ Palearctic” side of the Himalayas, we find a

form (pr occimius) with small and slender skull, narrower horse-

shoe and nasal-swellings ; which give it a decidedly ‘“western ”

aspect, and contrast 1¢ with ites eastern neighbour, regulus ;

but it has retained the somewhat shorter tail characteristic

of the eastern races. ‘The typical form has got rid also of this

reminiscence, but, as a matter of fact, also in this race now

and then, though rarely, individuals occur which “fall back” to

the shorter-tailed eastern stage. The typical form leads to the

generally smaller, extreme south-western race (obscurus: Spain,

Algeria).

A closer study of these races, as compared with the Ethiopian

Rh. augur and Lh. deckent, will throw some light on the past

history of the ferrwm-equinunr type (see the “ ¢ Zeneral Remarks”

on the simplex group, below, p. 118).

14 4@. RHINOLOPHUS FERRUM-EQUINUM NIPPON 'Temim.

Rhinolophus nippor 'Temminck, Mon. Mamm. 11. 8° monogr.

(1835) p. 30a; Temminck & Schlegel, Fauna Japonica (1842),

p. 14, pl. 1. figs. 1, 2; Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, 1871, p. 312

Rhinolophus Serrum-equinum (partim) Dobson, Cat. Chir.

Brit.. Mus. (1878) p. 119.

Diagnosis. Size moderate, horse-shoe very broad. Skull small,

but with rather broad nasal swellings; tooth-rows very short.

905. OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUsS.

1905 F 'THE GENUS R lil

Details —(1) Compared with tragatius: On an average (as a

rule also absolutely) markedly smaller: forearm 57:2-59°3 mm.

(tragatus: 59-63); but the horse-shoe is, nevertheless, of

the same excessive breadth: 9-9-5 mm. (tragatus: 8-8- : 7).

Skull considerably smaller and narrower, but (in conformance

with the broad horse-shoe) with rather broad nasal swellings:

comparatively as broad as in tragatus, but, owing to the smaller

size of the skull, not absolutely so. Teeth markedly smaller, the

tooth-rows shorter.

(2) Compared with regulus: Of approximately the same size

(or nippon rather smaller), but horse-shoe considerably broader :

9-9-5 mm. (regulus: 8:2-8°8). Skull generally smaller and

narrower, but nasal swellings, nevertheless, quite as broad as

in regulus (comparatively, therefore, decidedly broader). Tooth-

rows markedly shorter.

(3) Compared with the western races: The broad horse-shoe

prevents it from being confused with any of the western forms.

Colour. AS in ne elts individuals of Serrum-equinum from

Europe*. No quite young specimens examined.

Dentition (5 skulls). In two skulls p, is present on both sides;

in two (teeth unworn) on one side only; in one (teeth very

slightly worn) lost, but the alveoli not quite obliterated. pe 1s

ouesens in all skulls examined. The cingula of the upper canine

and p* not only less completely overlap than is generally the

ase in the other races, but in one skull the two teeth are very

slightly, in one quite distinctly, separated. his dentition is

decidedly more primitive than in the western neighbours of this

race, tragatus and regulus.

Distribution. 8. China (Shanghai). Pt. Hamilton. Japan.

vtemarks. 1 find the examples from Shanghai and Pt. Hamilton

(S. of Korea) indistinguishable from those from Japan.

146, RHINOLOPHUS FERRUM-EQUINUM TRAGATUS Hodgs. (Plate

IV. fig. 144, 6, ¢, d.)

Rhinolophus tragatus Hodgson, J. A. 8. B. iv. no. 48 (Dec, 1835)

p. 699; Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin (1871), p. 312.

Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum (partim) Dobson, 1. s. ¢.

Diagnosis. Size largest, horse-shoe very broad. Skull and

tooth-rows : the extreme.

Details.—(1) Compared with nippon: see this form, supra.

(2) Compared with regulus: On an average larger, with markedly

broader horse-shoe (but no sharp line of “separation, the maxima

* According to Temminck the fur of nippon is “plus long, plus abondamment

feutré, plus soyeux et moins lustré” than in ferrum-equinum from Europe, and the

colours “différent également.” In the length and abundance of the fur I am unable

to find any tangible. difference between nippon, tragatus, and fermwin-equinum. As

to the colours “(two well-preserved skins: Fuji and Nikko), it is quite the same

as in darker individuals of tragatus, and this again as in fully adult individuals of

oe typical ferrum-equinum ; laid side by side these Bats are indistinguishable in

colour.

112 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

of regulus being equal to minima of tragatus). Skull generally

larger, and with broader nasal swellings.

(3) Compared with the western races: The large size, broad

horse-shoe, shorter tail, large skull, broader nasal swellings, and

longer tooth-rows prevent it, in most cases, from being confused

with any of the western forms.

Dentition. In one only, out of six pairs of mandibles, p, is

present on both sides; in two (teeth unworn, or very slightly

worn) on one side (alveolus disappeared on the other side); in

no less than three completely wanting, although the teeth are

either quite or almost unworn. A similar high development of

the upper teeth (eight skulls): p° present in five; completely

wanting, and alveoli disappeared, in three (teeth unworn or

slightly worn). Cingula of the upper canine and p* always over-

lapping. This is unquestionably a higher stage than in nippon.

Distribution. Darjeeling. Nepal.

Technical name. Hodgson’s cotypes of Rh. tragatus (three

examples; Nepal) are in the British Museum.

14¢. RHINOLOPHUS FERRUM-EQUINUM REGULUS, subsp. n.

Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum Hutton, P.Z.8. 1872, p. 698.

Diagnosis. Size rather large, but width of horse-shoe moderate

only. Skull large and broad, with long tooth-rows, but narrow

nasal swellings.

Details. Compared with the western races: The large size,

combined with the short tail, will, in most cases, make it readily

distinguishable. The skull is, almost invariably, larger, the tooth-

rows longer.

Dentition (4 skulls). In none of the skulls examined could I find

any trace of the lower p,, although they all have the teeth unworn.

In two skulls p* is present, in two completely wanting. Cingula

of the upper canine and p* always overlapping. This is the

highest stage of dentition in any race of ferrum-equinum (in the

present group it is surpassed only by /h. acrotis, but this species

is an Ethiopian modification not of the ferrwm-equinum type, but

of the affinis type).

Type. Sad. (in alcohol). Masuri. Collected and presented by

Capt. Hutton. Brit. Mus. no. 79.11.21.153.

Distribution. Almora. Masuri.

14d. RHINOLOPHUS FERRUM-EQUINUM PROXIMUS, subsp. n. (Plate

IV. fig. 15.)

Diagnosis. Size moderate, horse-shoe very narrow, tail short,

Skull small and slender, with very narrow nasal swellings and

short tooth-rows.

Details.—(1) Compared with the typical form: Although being

of the same size as the larger and medium-sized individuals of the

typical form, prowimus has a very short tail; in so far, it might,

very properly, be characterised as a “typical” ferrum-equinum

1905.] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 113

which has preserved the tail of the eastern races (¢f. also its

geographical habitat); the horse-shoe is remarkably narrow.

The skull very small and slender; the nasal swellings narrow.

(2) Compared with obscurus: Larger, but proportionately with

narrower horse-shoe. The skull is even smaller and more slender

than in any individual of obscurus I have seen.

(3) Compared with the eastern races: The small size, conrbined

with the very small horse-shoe, distinguishes it sufticiently. The

skull is smaller and, especially, more slender, the nasal swellings

narrower, than in any of the eastern forms.

Dentition (one skull), p, and p* present. Cingula of the upper

canine and p* overlapping. This dentition is more in accordance

with that of the typical ferrwm-equinwm than that of regulus,

showing the “western” character of proximus (notwithstanding

the short tail), a conclusion borne out by the general external

aspect of this Bat, and the size of the skull and the tooth-rows.

Type. 2 ad. (in alcohol). Gilgit. Presented by Dr. J. Scully.

Brit. Mus. no. 81.3.1.10.

14 ¢. RHINOLOPHUS FERRUM-EQUINUM Schreb., TYPICUS.

le fer-a-cheval Daubenton, Mém. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belg. 1759,

pp. 377, 382, pl. 15. fig. 4.

Vespertilio Ferrum equinum (partim) Schreber, Siiugthiere, .

(1775) pp. 174, 188, pl. 62 (the two upper figures).

Vespertilio equinus (partim) P. L. 8. Miiller, Natursyst., Suppl.

(1776) p. 20.

Vespertilio Ungula (partim) Boddaert, Elenchus animalium, i.

(1785) p. 71.

Vespertilio Ferrum equinum, a. major Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat.

1. (1788) p. 50.

Vespertilio Hippocrepis (partim) Schrank, Fauna Boica, i. (1798)

p. 64.

Rhinolophus uni-hastatus Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Descr. de

VEgypte, ii. (1812) p. 132; id., Ann. Mus, d’Hist. Nat. xx. (1813)

js 2 Ol De

Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum var. germanicus et var. téalicus

Koch, Jahrb. Ver. Naturk. Nassau, 1862-63, pp. 522, 523 *.

Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum (partim) Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin,

1871, p. 310; Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 119.

Rhinolophus libanoticus, conchifer, et rufescens ‘* Khrbg. et

Lichtst. Mspt.” Peters, loc. cit. (1871) (nomina nuda).

Diagnosis. Size moderate, horse-shoe rather narrow, tail long.

Skull rather small and slender, with narrow nasal swellings and

short tooth-rows.

** Koch’s two “varieties ” of feriwm-equinum must have been based on too small

a material, or there must be some mistake in his statements. That individuals

from 8. Europe, i. e., Europe 8. of the Alps (his “ var. italicus”), should, generally

speaking, be larger than those from Europe N. of the Alps (his “var. germanicus ”),

is at all events not correct. The statement that var. germanicus is “tiber den

Riicken mehr braungrau oder aschgrau gefarbt,’ whereas var. italicus “stets in das

Rothliche neigt,” raises the suspicion whether Koch has not compared immature

individuals from Germany with fully adults from Italy.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1905, Vou. Il. No. VIII. 8

114 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

Details.—(1) Compared with obscwrus : the subjoined particulars

will make the difference evident :—

59 specimens of the typical form have been examined from the

following localities :—Transcaspia (1); Huphrates Valley (3) ;

Syria (2); Galilee (2); Cyprus (2); N. Bulgaria (1); Trans-

sylvania (31); Hungary (1); Moravia (2); Dalmatia (2); Turin

(1); Genoa (1); Sicily (2); Switzerland (Tessin and Geneva * 7) ;

Tiibingen (1).

Forearm, in these specimens, on an average 57-5 mm. In no

less than 44, ¢. e. 75 per cent., the forearm measures 57 mm. or

more (up to 60°3 mm.); in the remaining (and quite independent

of the locality) Jess than 57 mm. (down to 53°5 mm.).

Of obscurus 31 specimens have been examined from :—Troubate,

Hautes-Pyrénées (8); Cintra, Portugal (1); Madrid (3); Valencia t

(12); Minorca (5); Algeria (2).

Forearm, in these specimens, on an average 55°D im. In no

less than 25, 7. e. 81 per cent., the forearm measures less than

57 mm. (down to 52°8 mm.); in the remaining between 57 and

58mm. Although the series is smaller than that of the typical

form, the facts here pointed out cannot be due to mere chance ;

the contrast is too well marked.

As a conclusion: in the typical form the forearm measures

generally 57 mm. or more; in obscwrus almost always less than

57 mm.; maximum of obscurus is but a trifle larger than the

average size of the typical form.

(2) Compared with the eastern races: the proportionately

longer tail prevents, in almost all cases, its confusion with any of

these races. The skull is rather easily discriminated from that

of tragatus and regulus (cf. measurements, p. 115), but I fail to find

any point by which to distinguish it from the Japanese nippon.

British specimens. 13 specimens have been examined. orearm

on an average 5d'4 mm., i.e., British specimens of ferrwm-equinum

are on an average of the same size as the extreme south-western

(Spanish) race, Rh. f. obscurus =. Of the 13 specimens, 2 only

have the forearm 57 mm. long or more (up to 58 mm., quite as in

obscurus) ; all the others between 53°8 and 56:2 mm. ‘These indi-

cations require, of course, verification by a much larger series $.

Dentition (11 skulls). In seven skulls p, is present on both sides

(teeth in very different stages of wear); in one, on one side only

(teeth worn); in three (teeth almost unworn, or much worn

completely wanting (no alveoli). p* is present in all the skulls

examined, two of which are of very aged individuals. Cingula of

the upper canine and p* generally more or less overlapping, but

in two skulls separated by an extremely small interspace. ‘This

dentition is almost exactly as in n7ppor.

* For the loan of some Bats from the neighbourhood of Geneva I am indebted to

M. Ch. Mottaz.

+ A very elaborate table of measurements of fourteen Spanish specimens was

kindly sent to me by Prof. A. Cabrera Latorre, Madrid. These are the only examples,

dealt with in this paper, not examined by myself.

+ Compare with this Rh. hipposiderus minutus, below, p. 142.

§ To keep the typical form uninfluenced by the smaller British individuals, I

exclude these latter from the table of measurements on p. 115.

115

OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS.

1905.]

G6 6-6

1-8 $.8

6-ST &.ST

g.9 6-9

G.g g

GGL &-IT

6-6 6

9-0T OT

GEG -&-BS

6.16 &@

LE LG

12) etext

GPL GGL

Cb OG.BE

06 91

LIT OL

g.1P LE

GE GLB

61 ST

8& VE

8S -8.6S

g.8 LL

GST LET

cI &T

GG 8I

“WU TH

“XB CULTAL

“STDS P

‘suauttoeds Te

*snnasqo

OL 66

6 ¢.8

LT 9-ST

L9, 6&9

9 8-7

460 -6L

6.6 ¢.6

IL 601

8-66 £1.86

&€T Il

G16 8-86

Iv VE

LT &-8T

ST &.6T

LUV V-68

606 GLT

§6L €&.0L

L-80 8&

GGE GLE

6-06 81

GOP 8-VE

€.09 .€g

8.8 8.2

8.91 VL

8.91 ST

8-86 16

“UU “UU

“STDS IT

‘suoutoeds 6g

“snoidh}

£.6

8-8

GILL

8:8

GIl §.0L

GGG 6.GG

rS = =G.1E

Zt 8.ST

T-6T 1-1

Ip 8.07

S.6L 9.81

L111 4.01

G.OP 8-68

G.66 G.86

0G «T-6L

18 6.98

8g 8.9

8 Leh

GPL PL

GST SI

GIG 8.06

‘UU = "UU

“XBT CUTIAT

“TOYS T

‘suauttoeds Z

sacra

L0T 6.0L

1-6 6-6

GAL 4-91

49 19

9 1.9

61 T-6L

SOT 4.6

GIT 4.01

LVG 1.86

GPL 8-61

8-86 9-86

ggé 1

ZT 8.91

LVL G81

STP G.CP

606 4-81

Gel GIT

Gp 8-17

GE G.0E

16 €.6T

G8E ELE

09 «4.89

8-8 6.8

4-91 ST

TLL GST

8-66 GG

“UIUL = “WU

XE “ULI

‘suouoads ip

“sinha

400 6.0OT

6-6 6.6

8t 8-LZT

GL ' £9

LS G-S

6&L 8-61

It &.OT

g.1T IL

L196 6-06

&-PL €L

916 9-96

LE -8.FE

6I 81

8-ST TL

€.1p G.8P

G6 G06

8-e€I 9-11

L-SP GP

o.PE GE

6G -g.06

€.0F &LE

€9 6g

1-6 8-8

8241 &9T

8:8L 8-91

oP 8-16

“UU "ULL

“XBL CUTTAL

“ST[MAS 8

‘suautoads ¢

‘sngohvsy

86 86

6 28

8.91 8.ST

89 8.9

9 69

aa Lam

OL 9.6

6.01 %.0T

LECe 6.26

GPL 4-31

£9 3.16

g.9¢ 18

GAT LST

Srl Let

GSh L&P

G.6I 3-81

ie UE

b 8.17

ee ea

1g €.61

8.88 3.LE

69 3.19

G6 26

8S 3.91

Ut 3.91

883 F-36

Ulu “UU

SUP UAL

*S] [MAIS G

‘suoueds y

‘uoddvu

Se aan OMT,

> Sipcccopccocnocec doo rcorad 44094 woddq

Yg.suay ‘oTqrpue AL

edurjjems [esvu Jo [pA

Yysuel yeqyiqiovadns =“

PSE PSO TI HYUN BL GU LUCO AWA =

asvo-ulvig Jo YyprIm =

ake eS Ma pEaN progseur

4g sup] [e404 TNyAS

= qo0m

COCO aia i iii ii ac ai array Fst) | TaMO'T

Pore ie te Pte enc cs

— | ——————-

_[edwowjeur ats)

“ sAl

vAI

_Ied Lroejaut UIP

zIil

vITI

Tedaeoejour page

WILT

-S0ls-O810Y JO WApwoaq ha

Yysusy [e404 BOAGOE 880 NT

_Mspeorq peoruens se

“Tp suel ‘sareq

‘sowadsqns pun wunutnbe-umnatey snydopouryy fo speawamsnayyr

116 MR, K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

Distribution. From Transcaspia and the Euphrates Valley

through Southern and Central Europe, exclusive of the Spanish

Peninsula,

14f, RHINOLOPHUS FERRUM-EQUINUM OBSCURUS Cabrera.

Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum obscurus Cabrera Latorre, Mem.

Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat. ii. (1904) p. 257.

Diagnosis. Smaller than the typical form.

Details—(1) Compared with the typical form: see above, p. 114.

(2) Compared with the Eastern races : the small size, combined

with the narrow horse-shoe, make it readily distinguishable. The

skull is apparently slightly smaller than in nzppon.

Dentition (4 skulls). As in the typical form.

Distribution. Spanish Peninsula, with the Balearic Islands.

Algeria *.

General Remarks on the Rhinolophus simplex Group.

The place of origin.—Of all the existing forms, the Australian

Rh. megaphyllus is one of the most primitive in dentition. But

it is very unlikely that the Australian Continent has been the

place of origin of the group. &h. megaphyllus is the only

Australian species of the whole genus; this might suggest

the assumption that it is an immigrant into the country,

rather than an ancient inhabitant: secondly, Australia is the

extreme eastern border for the group (as well as for the genus),

no species being known from the islands to the east of the

Continent; it would probably not be so, if Australia had been

a centre of dispersal for the group: thirdly, megaphyllus has at

least two characters which certainly are not primitive—the large

nose-leaves, and (probably as a consequence of that) the rather

broad nasal swellings: fourthly, megaphyllus looks extremely like

an enlarged, continental representative of the Lombok species,

Rh. simplex (just as Rh. roux is the larger, continental repre-

sentative of Ah. borneensis). These arguments seem to support

the conjecture that, not the Australian Continent, but the “ Indo-

Australian Transitional Tract,” now broken up into numerous

larger and smaller islands, and still inhabited by such very primi-

tive forms as simplex, truncatus, nanus, celebensis, and borneensis,

has been the centre from which the group spread eastwards and

westwards.

Differentiation +.—The ancestral species seems to have divided

into two branches, an eastern and a western. In the eastern,

more primitive branch the sagittal crest does not reach quite so

far forwards as a point corresponding to the middle of the orbit ;

in the western the temporal fossa is comparatively a little wider,

and the sagittal crest produced forwards more or less beyond that

* The type of Rh. f. cbscurus, in the Madrid Museum, is from Valencia, Spain.

As will be seen, I take the name in a wider sense. Valencia specimens were

separated by Prof. Cabrera, as a distinct subspecies, mainly on account of a difference

in the ratio between the length and breadth of the horse-shoe. In a large series of

ferrum-equinum from Europe and W, Asia there is, however, no small, and quite

ndividual, variation in this respect. + Compare the diagram on p. 120.

1905. ] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. ALG

point. The geographical line separating the two branches coin-

cides with the line separating the “‘ Austro-Malayan” from the

“TIndo-Malayan” subregion (Celebes being a part of the latter).

The eastern branch is, as yet, represented by four known species

Lh. simplex, megaphyllus, truncatus, and nanus. The western by

all the others.

The further evolution, from borneensis to ferrum-equinum, has

been discussed above, and is summed up, in the briefest possible

form, in the subjoined diagram (p. 120). But the sketch of this

group would be deprived of some of its most instructive features

if the Ethiopian species were left quite out of consideration. They

belong to three closely related types :—

(1) Ethiopian species of the borneensis-stheno-rouxi type.—

Far south in Africa, in Bechuanaland and Mashonaland, we find

two small species, Rh. denti and simulator, described quite

recently *. They are the Ethiopian representatives of the borneen-

sis type: the same general shape of the skull; essentially the same

dentition; the same parallel-margined sella, with a faint or

almost imperceptible constriction at the middle; the same style

of connecting process; the same proportionate length of the

fourth and fifth metacarpals ; even the same length of the tail, &c.

But there are, in these species, three characters of especial in-

terest, because they enable us to determine still more precisely

their phylogenetic place: the nasal swellings (side view) are more

projecting than in borneensis, but less than in stheno; III.* is

lengthened, and IV.’ somewhat shortened, as in this species,—

proving that they have originated from a Bat which had already

traversed a part of the distance separating borneensis and

stheno. The dentition is on a slightly higher level than in

borneensis and stheno, the only difference being that p’, although

still in the tooth-row (as in the Oriental species), shows a distinct

tendency towards the external side.

In the extreme south of Africa (Cape Colony) we yaad a species,

Rh. capensis, which, quite superficially, looks like an enlarged

Bh. simulator. It is an African representative of Rh. roux: the

skull is to such a degree that of rowai that it would be hard to find

any tangible difference, even the measurements being practically

the same (on an average smaller than in rowai); the nose-leaves

(sella, process, lancet) are the same; proportionate length of

fourth and fifth metacarpals, of tail and tibia, the same. But

the dentition is somewhat more advanced: p* is generally ex-

ternal, but still, very often, a quite distinct interspace between

the canine and p* indicates its former place; III. is somewhat

lengthened. In short: Rh. capensis isa “ Rh. rouxi ” which in

the wing-structure has taken a course towards, in the dentition

very slightly beyond, the affinis-stage.

(2) Ethiopian species of the attinis-type.—On the coasts of the

Red Sea we find a species, Rh. clivosus, first made known by

Cretzschmar from Mohila in Arabia; I have seen examples from

* Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii. (1904) p. 386; Andersen, op. cit. (7)

xiv. (1904) p. 384.

118 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

the African coast of the Gulf of Aden. Jt is the closest existing

relative of the Himalayan Rh. affinis: the same shape of the

skull; the same shape of the sella, of the connecting process, of

the ears; the same structure of the wings (also the same lengthening

of TII."); the same proportionate length of the tail. But it is

more advanced in dentition : p, is not only external (as in affinis),

but very often lost ; p*, which in a@ffinis is still in the tooth-row,

is In clivosus external and very small. In short: 2h. clivosus is

a“ Rh. affinis” with ferrwm-equinwm dentition.

The clivosus type has found its way very far into the Ethio-

pian Region. &h. darlingi*, from Mazoe to Angola, is a

modification of this type (as proved by the skull), differing from

clivosus in the more pronouncedly pandurate sella, the much

broader horse-shoe, the much smaller ears, and, by far the most

interesting, im the shortening of the third metacarpal. This

last peculiarity is the same as that pointed out above, under

Rh. ferrum-equinum: in the wing-structure Rh. dar lingi differs

from Rh. clivosus quite in the same way as Lh. ferrum-equinum

from Rh. affinis. It is a suggestive fact to find this peculiarity so

exactly copied by the South-African species.

Rh. acrotis t+, from Egypt and Erythrea, is, externally, very

similar to Rh. clivosus; also the wing-structure is the same. But

the tendency, in clivosus, towards an obliteration of p, and p* has

been further developed by acrotis: it has completely lost both of

these teeth, thus being, in this particular respect, the highest

member of the whole group. 2h. acrotis is a “ Rh. affinis” with

a dentition still more advanced than in ferrwm-equinum regulus.

(3) Ethiopian species of the ferrum-equinum type.—Kh. augur =

is widely distributed, im several geographical races, over the

southern part of the Ethiopian Region: the Orange River tract,

Natal, the Lower Zambesi. Jé is the closest existing relative of

Rh. ferrum-equinum ; the skull, the nose-leaves, the wing-structure

are the same; but the dentition is a trifle less advanced, and the

ears are smaller.

We find the ferrwm-equinum type also further northwards in

Tropical Africa (Mombasa): Rh. deckeni; the skull and dentition,

and all external characters of any importance, are as in augur;

but the horse-shoe is broader.

The area occupied by these two Ethiopian representatives of

the ferrum-equinum type extends, broadly speaking, from the

Orange River to Mombasa. It is completely cut off from any

other. region inhabited by that type of Bat; it forms a large

enclave bordered to the north and west by vast tracts where no

representative of ferrwm-equinum occurs; we must go so far

away from South and Equatorial Africa as the Euphrates Valley,

Syria, and Algeria before meeting with the closest relatives of

those Ethiopian species. Thus the question suggests itself, by

which way the ferrum-equinum type reached Tropical Africa,

and why its range there is now so peculiarly insulate. W hen

* Andersen, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xv. (1905) p. 70.

i Andersen, op. cit. (7) xiv. (1904) p. 454; (7) xv. (1905) p. 73.

+ Andersen, op. cit. (7) xiv. (1904) p. 380.

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 119

trying to answer this question, the following facts must be borne

in mind :—Firstly, that all paleontological evidence is wanting,

which detracts from what we know about the affinities and

distribution of the now existing representatives of these Bats.

Secondly, that the ferrum-equinum type is unknown in Egypt,

as well as in the whole region of the continent north of British

Hast Africa, and that we have no reason, of any kind, to believe

that it ever existed there. Thirdly, that we have to account not

only for the distribution of Rh. augur and deckeni as compared

with the other members of the same section of the genus, but

also for the presence in Tropical Africa of representatives of the

borneensis and rowxt types, and, be it noticed, representatives

which, without exception, are more highly differentiated than

their Oriental allies. These facts, so far as they go, seem to

allow of no other satisfactory explanation than this: the im-

migration of these Bats, as of so many other Oriental types in the

_ Kthiopian fauna, has taken place by way of the broad tract of

land which, as commonly supposed, in a geologically late period

connected Southern Asia with the African continent. In the

case of the ferrum-equinum type this explanation would make

it evident, why it, though vastly distributed in South and

Equatorial Africa, is absent from the whole north of the con-

tinent with the exception of the extreme noith-western (Medi-

terranean) coast-region, which it, no doubt, has reached from

South-western Europe, since the Algerian race is subspecifically

indistinguishable from the Spanish form (Zh. jf. obscurus).

In the case of the borneensis and roux types 1t would account

for the fact that they are common to the Oriental and Ethiopian

Regions, but absent from the whole of the Palearctic Region.

And it would also account for the presence of the genus Rhino-

lophus in the Ethiopian Region, for, as I shall have to show later

on in this paper, all the Ethiopian representatives of the genus

are undoubtedly of Oriental origin.

Such being the case, | am able to draw up the following

rough sketch of the history of Rh. wugur, deckeni, and their

Oriental and Palearctic relatives :—

The ferrum-equinwm type has originated somewhere in South

Asia; we find there the long series of more primitive forms

which lead up to that type, whereas in the whole of the Ethiopian

Region there is not any species with which it can be brought in

genetic connection. The ancestral “ ferrwin-equinum” broke up

into three branches: a south-western, a western, and an eastern.

The south-western branch, which had spread directly from South

Asia into the Ethiopian Region, was cut off from the main stem

by the submergence of the connecting tract of land, and is now

differentiated into two species—the southern Rh. augur and the

northern Fh. deckent. Both of them have retained at least two

“ancient” characters: a slightly more primitive dentition (the

upper canine and p* often more or less separated; p* sometimes

half in row*) and a short tail. To the external difference

* 35 skulls of Rh. augur (all races) have been examined :—In 17 the upper canine

and p* are more or less separated, in 7 in contact, in 11 more or less overlapping

120 MR. K, ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

between these two Ethiopian species, viz. a broad horse-shoe in

deckewi and a narrow one in augur, we have a parallel in ferrwm-

equinum: a broad horse-shoe in nippon and tragatus, a narvew one

in the other races. The western branch spread over South and

Central Europe: the dentition slightly more advanced, the tail

lengthened. The third branch is now represented by what I

have called the Eastern races of ferrwm-equinum; all of them

have retained the short tail; mippon (which, so far as the

dentition is concerned, has remained on a relatively less advanced

stage) leads through tragatus to regulus, in which the dentition

has reached the highest stage of development found in any race

of ferrum-equinum.

According to this the mutual affinities of the species of the

simplex group might be expressed as followsT (the Ethiopian

Species are marked with an asterisk) :—

CGR *deckeni.

\ ferrum-equinun.— “acrotis.

| *darlingi. yA

| | v

| . *elivosus.

a ae s oa

| thomast.

i WA

*eapensis. | /

De Zo stheno.

& we J *denti.

POUeE. Wi |

| nereis, —__-_____ * simulator.

}

malayanus. | ye

: y

virgo. borneensis. Yin

celebensis.

UENUS.

truncatus.

megaphyllus.

Re |

ae ee

(lepidus-group.)<———_—_——_____— —©

each other at base; in 4 p? is half in row. To this latter I find no parallel in any

specimen of ferrum-equinum (all races) I have seen, and in 4 skulls only, out of 33,

there is a more or less distinct remnant of the interspace between the canine and pt

Of Rh. deckeni I have seen one skull only; the dentition is as in many specimens

of Rh. augur: ¢ and p4 separated, p? external.

f I give the diagram the form of a genealogical tree, only because it is convenient to

1905. ] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 121

Il, THe RAINOLOPHUS LEPIDUS GROUP.

Diagnosis. Basioccipital, between cochlee, not unusually

narrowed. Posterior connecting process projecting and pointed.

I include in this group :—(1) All the forms with projecting

connecting process comprised by Dobson under the technical name

“kh. minor”; their close relationship is unquestionable ; their

ditferences will be pointed out below ; (2) Rh. aeuminatus and its

allies, which are scarcely more than giant forms of the lepidus-

type; (3) the Rh. blasii and (4) RA. ewryale sections, peculiarly

modified Ethiopian and W. Palearctic representatives of the

subbadius-type. ‘The two former sections only will be reviewed

below ; the two latter will be briefly mentioned in the “ General

Remarks” on the group (p. 135).

Text-fig. 22.

Ce d

Side views of nose-leaves, showing the principal forms of the connecting process

in the Rh. simplex group (a) and the Rh. lepidus group (3, ¢, d).

a. Rh. borneensis typicus; b. Rh. cornutus pumilus ;

c. Rh. monoceros ; d. Rh. empusa.

As this is a first attempt to disentangle the many different

Pp 8

forms hitherto confounded with Horsfield’s Rh. minor, the

following preliminary remarks are necessary, as a general

guidance :—

The first of the above-named sections (the “ lepidus-section ”),

viz., all the small Oriental and E. Palearctic Rhinolophi which

have the connecting process projecting and pointed, fall into three

SI I s )

show, at a glance, the probable interrelations of the species. As sufficiently emphasised

in the foregoing pages, I am far from being of opinion that ferrwm-equinum is derived

from the now-existing affinis (or capensis from rouai, or stheno from borneensis, &c.).

But ferrum-equinum has originated from a Bat which had the more essentiul

characters of affinis (besides several others, unknown to us). The technical names

in the diagram are, in other words, to be taken, not in their strict specific sense, but

as names of the sections (“ types,” “ branches”) of which the species, as we now see

them, are the surviving representatives.

122 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS | May 16,

natural groups (sub-sections): the lepidus-type, the minor-type,

and the subbadius-type.

I propose to characterise these types at once. It will enable

me to confine the diagnoses of the various species to the points in

which they differ from the subjoined general characteristic.

(1) The lepidus-type.—Chief characters: skull larger, width of

brain-case about 7°7-7°8 mm.; connecting process (in side view)

projecting as a small, erect triangle (not curved forwards as a

sharply pointed “ horn ”

Description, based on “Rh. lepidus (Wynaad, Mysore, Indian

Peninsula).—Supplementary leaflet as in simplex and its allies.

Horse-shoe not completely covering the upper lip; a small tooth-

like projection on either side of the median notch ; front border

sometimes, not always, slightly crenulate (individual variation).

Sella decidedly broader at base than at summit, slightly, but quite

distinctly, constricted at middle, narrow at summit: there is a

tendency towards producing an almost subacute summit to the

sella (compare with this the borneensis-type : sella broadly rounded

off, or even truncated, at summit); height of sella 3°2 mm. ;

width at base, at constriction, andat summit: 2, 1°8, and 1:2 mm.

Connecting process projecting as an acute, sometimes only sub-

acute, triangle beyond the summit of the sella. Lancet strongly

hastate, about 3 mm. long, Three mental grooves.

Ears much as in the celebensis-borneensis type, but somewhat

more blunt-tipped.

Wing-structure quite primitive, 7. e. no lengthening of IIT’,

this phalanx being always less, and very often much less, than 14

the length of ITTI.'; no shortening of the third metacarpal ; fourth

metacarpal slightly the longest (individually it may fall short of

the fifth by a fraction of a millimetre). This wing-structure is

perfectly like that of Rh. simplex and its allies.

Tail slightly longer than (individually equal to, or a tvrifle

shorter than) the lower leg. Plagiopatagium inserted on the

ankle, slightly above or below.

Skull, General shape: the simplex-borneensis type, but consider-

ably smaller, with smatler teeth, and shorter tooth-rows. The

orbital cavities (the confluent orbital and temporal fossee) are

shorter and narrower than in borneensis, the zygomatic arches,

therefore, less projecting laterally, making the zygomatic width of

the skull, as a rule, only equal to, or even a trifle smaller than,

the mastoid width. ‘These peculiarities combined make, as a rule,

the skulls of the species of the depidus-type rather easily distin-

guishable from those of the borneensis-type.— Arrangement of the

nasal swellings, essentially, as in borneensis. Palatal bridge,

on an average, somewhat less than 4+, but more than + the length

of the maxillar tooth-row.

Dentition. Position of p, (in, or external to, the tooth-row)

‘“vacillating.” _p® invariably in the tooth-row. This dentition is

precisely as in simplea-borneensis.

Species. Rh. lepidus, monticola, refulgens.

1905.] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 123

(2) The minor-type——Chief characters: skull, also propor-

tionately, very small; width of brain-case about 6°8-7:2 mm. ;

connecting process of the lepidus-type (text-fig. 22, 6, p. 121).

Description, based on Rh. cornutus pumilus (Loo-choo Islands).—

Nose-leaves as in the lepidus-type, but: sella narrower; height

about 2:8mm.; width at base, at constriction, and at summit:

1:7,1:5, and 11mm. Connecting process slightly higher, slightly

more acute, but of the same general shape.

The other external characters as in the lepidus-type.

Skull. Considerably smaller; nasal swellings narrower. Teeth

smaller.

Dentition. As in lepidus.

Species. Rh. minor, cornutus, “minutus” (Miller, nec Montagu),

gracilis.

(3) The subbadius-type.—Chief character: connecting process

long, slender, very sharply pointed, curved forwards, projecting

like a small, curved “ horn ” (text-fig. 22, c, p. 121).

Nose-leaves, and other external characters, much as in mzn07r,

but connecting process as described above; lancet more or less

approaching the shape of an equilateral triangle; length of sella

about 2°4 mm.; width at base, at constriction, and at summit:

Ie, 1-3; and! 0:9 mm.

Skull. To judge from fragments, and the skull of a quite young

individual, much of the minor-type.

Dentition. As in lepidus and minor.

Species. Rh. subbadius, monoceros.

15. Ruainonopnus Lepipus Blyth.

Rhinolophus lepidus Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xiii. pt. i. (June 1844)

p. 486.

Rhinolophus minor (partim, nec Horsf.) Dobson, Cat. Chir.

Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 114.

Diagnosis. Skulland external characters: lepidus-type. Larger:

forearm 41°8-42 mm.

Details. This species differs from Lh. monticola in its broader

nasal swellings, larger size, and considerably longer metacarpals.

Colour. Ad., skin: Ganges Valley; teeth almost unworn; two

6 ad., in alcohol: Wynaad ; teeth unworn. General colour above

between “ wood-brown” and “ cinnamon,” lighter on the anterior

part of the back; base of hairs very light “ ecru-drab”; under side

‘“‘ wood-brown ” or tending to “ ecru-drab.”

Dentition (three skulls). p, external. p, and p, separated, or

almost or quite in contact. p° in the tooth-row, with a well-

developed cusp, pointing inwards.

Measurements. On p. 125.

Distribution. Indian Peninsula: Wynaad (Mysore); Ganges

Valley.

Technical name. I identify this Bat with Blyth’s 2h. lepidus

(to which I find no reference in Dobson’s ‘ Catalogue’), for the

following reasons :—(1) lepidus belongs to this group of the genus,

124 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

as proved by Blyth’s description of the connecting process, “ still

more developed [than in his Rh. subbadius| and obtusely angulated

behind”; the words “still more developed” mean, evidently,

“bigger,” not extremely slender as in subbadius. (2) The types

were “ probably obtained in the vicinity of Calcutta”; one of the

specimens in the British Museum is from the Ganges Valley,

therefore in all probability from the very same locality as the types.

(3) The colour, as described by Blyth, agrees very well with that

of the specimens before me. (4) The forearm was stated to be

“13 inches” (41°5 mm.); the longest finger “21 inches”

(57°2 mm.); the tibia “above 2 inch” (above 16 mm.); all

these measurements are as in the British Museum examples:

forearm 41:8-42 mm.; third finger 58°3-59:1 mm.; lower leg

16-17 mm. These facts leave no room for doubt as to the

identification of Rh, lepidus.

16. RHINOLOPHUS MONTICOLA, sp. n.

Lhinolophus petersi (evrore*) Hutton, P. Z.S8. 1872, p. 700.

Lhinolophus minor (partim, nee Horsf.) Dobson, wé supra.

Lhinolophus subbadius (non Hodgs., nec Blyth) Scully, J.A.S. B.

lvi. pt. 11. (1887) p. 244.

Diagnosis. Skull and external characters: lepidus-type. Smaller:

forearm about 37°5 mm.

Details. This species difters from Rh. lepidus in its narrower

nasal swellings, somewhat smaller size, and considerably shorter

metacarpals. The horse-shoe seems to be narrower.

Colour. Unknown (faded in alcohol).

Skull. As in Rh, lepidus, but somewhat smaller, and with

narrower nasal swellings.

Dentition (two skulls, one belonging to a quite young individual).

p, in row (skull of an adult), or external (young). p, and p, well

separated, or almost in contact. p* in row; a distinct cusp,

pointing inwards.

Measurements. On p. 125.

Type. 3 ad. (in alcohol). Masuri, Collected and presented by

Capt. Hutton. Brit. Mus. no. 79.11.21.151.

17. RHINOLOPHUS REFULGENS, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 16a, 6, c.)

Diagnosis. Skull and external characters, essentially of the

lepidus-type. But brain-case somewhat higher i in front, making

the anterior slope of the sagittal crest, towards the postnasal

depression, somewhat more abrupt. Forearm 40°6—41°5 mm.

Details. "Very nearly of the same size as 2h. lepidus, but meta-

carpals, also proportionately, somewhat shorter; tibia shorter.

The horse-shoe is, if anything, slightly broader.

* There is no doubt that this is anaccidentalerror. Prof. Peters (who determined

Huitton’s Bats) cannot, possibly, have identified the specimen here under considera-

tion (forearm 37°5 mm.) with “ Rh. petersi”’ (forearm of type 51. mm.). As already

pointed out above (p. 97, footnote), the labels must have been confused; the name

“ Rh. petersi” was, probably, intended for Hutton’s examples of Rh. rows.

1905. ] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 11925)

Colour. Q ad., skin; Perak; March; teeth almost unworn.

Very different from Fh. lepidus. General effect of the colour of

the upper side: a dark shade of “ Prout’s brown” with a tinge of

‘“‘hair-brown.” On closer examination the fur of the upper side

proves to be composed of two kinds of hair : longer, thinner, straight

hairs, quite black; and somewhat shorter, crinkled hairs of a

‘‘hair-brown” colour; the mixture of the colours of these two

kinds of hair produces the general effect. Base of hairs of upper

side not lighter colowred, The fur of the upper side has a silvery

reflection (iridescence). Under side between ‘ broccoli-brown ”

and “hair-brown.” <A spirit-specimen from Selangor (¢ ad.,

apparently the same age) is of the same colour.

Skull. In addition to the characteristic in the diagnosis: the

“maxillar width,” across the antero-external corner of m’ (a

character subject to exceedingly small individual variation in the

species of the lepidus-section) is somewhat larger, giving this part

of the skull a somewhat broader aspect: 6°5-6°7 mm.; in lepidas

62mm. Gap in front between the maxillary bones somewhat

larger.

Dentition (two skulls). p, external. p, and p, almost or quite

Measurements of Rh. lepidus, monticola, and refulgens.

| |

Rh. lepidus, | Rh. monticola.| Rh. vefulgens. |

| |

| | |

3 specimens, | 3 ad. | 2 specimens,

3 skulls. | Type. 2 skulls. |

| Min. Max, | Min. Max.

eels ae mm a: mm. | mm. mm.

tars, leng bees bia) 5s wha | erallovs:

me greatest breadth... sdonnel| | cls Tipe a 12 me

_ Nose- leaves, total length... aS ihe 115 12 a M2 I ee ed |

es breadth of horse-shoe 7 72 26:2 AB a een

| terse Farol) « Gapbob dae copes nadrespeheaaocen| [uae ulete) 217) 375 406 415 |

3rd d metacarpal... ppavedodapanaaéall Ore) ay 28°7 28'3 29°2

4th metsear pal.. sraigubbocnopeatl| A weil | Se | 28°'8 29'°2 30:2

ge nar SUCRE Co cGar Merona ene A re | ae Be ee

bth metacarpal........0.0...........| 807 316 | 28 288 29-7

TMI Oe ik ie Ulan aka ae 9°8 10) 102

| Tail Ag LU ar ee SIG a ea eS a Oe LY 183 Bas LG eld) |

| IUCN EIR IBS Me sedaporsgocuonsekdnuncenesonoll mad GHS <= az/ 15°3 15:9) 16

Foot . EUS ae ey Sis Seem OG Sista |

Skull, total length . ne teerempnar eli udaiem 154 tell 16°8 ee e721 7ic Oe

» Mastoid width .. 60 81 eo SA)

» width of brain-case ......... PUL | Oa eS |

ye. Zygomatic width... Sil ne 82 Co Feshela aah ed

» supraorbital length ......... 45 6 | 4°4, | 48 5 |

| width of nasal swellings.. 5 5 | 45 Vr ArSn acon a

| NUGTGIASTS soul scaathase lace nebmieyand| a Sass u 14 118 |

Wippertteethia eee pons GON Gus 63 BS GS) |

jeuowersveet a et reer a a a 6°8 GD) = Al |

126 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS | May 16,

in contact. p?in row; a small cusp, pointing inwards. In one

specimen there is an extremely narrow space between p? and p*

(the former place of p’).

Measurements. On p. 125.

Type. @ ad. (skin). Gunong Igar, Perak, 2000 ft.; March

1898. Presented by A. L. Butler, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. 98.11.29.2.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula: Perak; Selangor.

18. RarnoLtorHus Minor Horsf.

Rhinolophus minor Horsfield, Zool. Res. Java (1824), pl. [7],

figs. C, D.

Rhinolophus pusillus Temminck, Mon. Mamm. i. 8° monogr.

(1835) p. 36, pl. 29. fig. 8, pl. 32. figs. 22, 23; Peters, MB. Akad.

Berlin, 1871, p. 309.

Rhinolophus brevitarsus Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Asiat. Soc.

(1863) p. 24 (nomen nudum) (“ vicinity of Darjeeling ”).

Rhinolophus minor (partim) Dobson, wt supra.

Diagnosis. Skull and external characters: minor-type. Ears,

tail, and tibia shorter. Forearm 37-38 mm.

Details. This species differs from Fh. cornutus by the shorter

ears, tail, and tibia (cf. measurements). The forearm is, at least

on an average, shorter.

Colour. g ad., skin; Darjeeling; November; teeth unworn.

General effect of the colour of the upper side very much as in

Rh. refulgens, though perhaps not quite as dark; base of hairs

light, “ecru-drab”; under side ‘ ecru-drab,” darker on the hinder

belly and flanks.

Dentition (three skulls). p, in row, almost in row, or external.

p, and p, well separated, or almost in contact. p” in row; a

small cusp, pointing inwards.

Measurements. On p. 128.

Distribution. Darjeeling. Siam. Java (cf. remarks below).

Technical name. Horsfield’s type of RA. nvinor is in the British

Museum.

Rh. pusillus* —The figure of the head of Rh. pusillus, as given

by Temminck, proves that he had before him one of the small

species of what is here called the lepidus group (shape of connect-

ing process, of sella, &c.). The only question is, therefore, to

which species the name pusillus belongs. It would seem to be

settled, beyond doubt, by Temminck’s statement that the types

were brought from Java. But Dobson, who examined these types

in the Leiden Museum, gave the rather astounding information

that they are “ undoubtedly specimens of Rh. hipposiderus” !

There is only one answer: if so, an interchange of labels has

* Temminck, ut supra; Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 117; id. Rep.

Brit. Assoc. 1880, p. 175; Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, 1880, p. 23.

+ This is the source of the statement that Rh. hipposiderus should occur in Java;

there is no other foundation. The range of Rh. hipposiderus has its extreme eastern

limit in Gilgit (N.W. Himalayas); there is not a single reliable record of that Bat

from the whole of the Oriental Region; and the species therefore cannot possibly

turn up again in Java.

1905.] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. PAY

taken place in that Museum; for the Bat figured and described

by Temminck as pusillws was certainly no hipposiderus ; among

all the small Rhinolophi existing it would be difficult to find a

stronger contrast to Rh. pusillus, in the shape of the connecting

process, than Rh, hipposiderus.

Remarks. From Java I have seen one old skin only (the type)

and a fragment of the skull, representing the nasal swellings and

the teeth. It is, of course, not sufficient to prove that the Java

Bat is in all particulars identical with that from Darjeeling ; but

the nasal swellings, the teeth, the connecting process, the horse-

shoe, as well as the measurements of the wings and tibia, are the

same. If not identical, they are, at all events, extremely closely

related.

19. RHINOLOPHUS CoRNUTUS Temm.

Diagnosis. Skull and external characters essentially as in

Rh. minor. Ears, tail, and tibia longer. Forearm 38°8-41 mm.

Details. Ci. Rh. minor.

Distribution. Loo-choo Islands, and Japan proper.

Geographical races. There are two races of Rh. cornutus, slightly

differing in the general size, in the length of the tail and tibia,

and in geographical habitat. .

19a. RHINOLOPHUS CORNUTUS PUMILUS, subsp.n. (Plate IV.

fig, 17 @, 6, c.)

Rhinolophus minor (non Horsf.) Bonhote, Noy. Zool. ix. (1902)

p. 626.

Diagnosis. On an average smaller: forearm 38°3-39°7 mm.

Details. See table of measurements, p. 128.

Colour. S$ ad., 9 ad., skins; March; teeth unworn. Fur

strongly bicoloured, 7. ¢. base of hairs strongly contrasting with

the tip. General effect very much asin the adult Rh. hipposiderus.

Upper side, anteriorly almost ‘“ broccoli-brown,” posteriorly next

to “ Prout’s brown”; base of hairs extremely light, almost white

with a tinge of “ ecru-drab.” Under side ‘“ ecru-drab,” darker on

the flanks.

Skull. Quite of the minor-type. The teeth seem to be a mere

trifle smaller.

Dentition (three individuals). p, external; p, and p, completely

in contact. p’ in row, but the space between the upper canine

and p* narrower than in the lepidus-type and Rh. minor; cusp

of p* so extremely minute as to be scarcely observable (teeth

unworn), and the tooth itself a little reduced in size.

Type. Q ad. (in alcohol). Okinawa, Loo-choo Islands, March

16th, 1902. Presented by the Hon. N. C. Rothschild. Brit.

Mus. no. 2.10.7.18.

Distribution. A. skin (skull very incomplete) from Foo-chow

(Swinhoe leg.; Tomes Collection) seems to be referable to this

form.

128 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

196. RuinoLornvus cornutus Temm., TYPICUS.

Rhinolophus cornutus Temminck, Monogr. Mamm. il. 8° monogr.

(1835) p. 37; Temminck & Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, p. 14

(1842) pl. 3. figs. 8, 4; Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, 1871, p. 309.

Rhinolophus minor (partim, nec Horsf.) Dobson, wé supra.

Diagnosis. On an average larger: forearm 39:2-41 mm.

Details. See table of measurements, below. To judge from

three spirit-specimens, the plagiopatagium is inserted a ‘little

higher up on the tibia (1-3 mm. above the ankle) than in the

foregoing forms of this group.

Colour. (1) Tsu-sima: ¢ ad., in alcohol, unfaded ; September ;

teeth unworn. As Fh. c. pumilus. A young individual, from

‘Tsu-sima, is still considerably darker.

(2) Japan proper: one skin, three spirit-specimens; teeth un-

worn. Very different; extremely like Rh. lepidus, if anything

still a trifle lighter.

Skull. Quite of the minor type; measurements slightly larger.

Dentition (five skulls). p, almost in row (two), or external

(three). p, and p, well separated (two), or almost in contact

Measurements of Rh. minor and cornutus.

}

Rh. minor. Rh. cornutus.

| pumilus. f. typica.

| 3 specimens, 3 specimens, | 6 specimens,

3skulls. | 2 skulls. 5 skulls.

Min. Max. |) Min. Max. | Min. Max.

| / mm. mm. | mm. mm. !/ mm. mm.

IDEHES, Novara d nl yaa ate cdowenacammnasssmonmnooacell IU ee eelG a 16 175

sr exeatesti breadth mn ak.cn econ lst Soa) lif LUERS} te 12 13

| Nose-leaves, total length ............... ae she, eal eer a OR: 112 «86125

se breadth of horse-shoe .... ?7 soo Mt OR aor 64 67

Moreen Were muerte tor hee ann eam nS 38 = || 88:8) = 39°7 39°2 41

3rd metacarpal Bb a¢-bosaocbAbenapidsiond dan| 268 275 || 27:7 28:7 282 29°8

108 (aa dee uaa ehee Pana bOeHAGaN AumeneR MEA ale LO) 108 || 107 11:4 111 86116

TIO ORs Sah PL cater ci crea ere Doria eae Ite 15S} 145 || 12°77 132 14 148

Athymebacanpall spaces: coastal moO DO ee tO? O65) 28:3 30°7

JIBS ce siccdesogorecorecaddeneadeoseasccemyece| IS 87 8151 09

LO ee REAR SER UAE SOB CREE CECB N Cy US Mu dag CSS) DST ae WSF 92 99 103

othimetacanpalla ne eee ete GiS) OS Ta tlt 7a 7d nO; 6 29 30°9

ASS eae ote nd sc Ueda a 8'8 9 liegene, 95 o1 97

[Mei EG AD A AA AAA aOR 88 O87 85 9:2 102 113

| Tail BE AcobHonaB ean oeiaannoeadébo ak eeu || eos) bE i 18 nt 21 22

f LONE EER ooh saatdoabodes cdooosts | 152 15:5 || 162 17-2 178 184

LOO Lines Sten cuNan cuore man ane Ream meine 2 ke 8B ee 83 9

Skull} totallencthiys).. 0 Se 57 bay Rea 16 16 17

ety oe eMDAStOIG Ryd then ee meen anna 78 ph tant 78 8 82

),, width of brain-case 090) i eee 7-2 7 7-2

eZ cOMAticEwidt hie ee ES SAA AOR ae 79 7'8 8

pe psupraoxbitalleng tld 3 hs seen Al 41 | 3°8 4 4°5 4:7

| ,, width of nasal swellings......... 4 42 nee 4-1 4 4:2

WHAM roco deeanbobucoupoSpadeonasnauouleucel|) IO)» NORA | 102 104 105 11:2

Wroperitecthia earch rae teenie 59 6 57 5°7 6 63

Wowersteethign tas pn scune aad wey 62 63 je. @ 61 62 6°8

| |

1905. ] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 129

(three); in none, completely in contact. p* in row; a well-

developed cusp, pointing inwards. Upper canine and Y ‘widely

separated ; in one skull there is a small interspace between p and

p' (the former place of p’).

Distribution, Japan proper.

Remarks. In general size, as well as in the skull and dentition,

the T'su-sima Bat agrees with the typical form; but the colour is

that of Fh. c. pumilus ®.

20. RHINOLOPHUS GRACILIS, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 184, }, c.)

Rhinolophus minor (partim, nec Horsf.) Dobson, ué supra.

Diagnosis. Skull: the mwnor-type. Sella parallel-margined ;

tail extremely short. Very small: forearm 36:2 mm.

Details. This is an aberrant species of the minor-type. ‘The

connecting process is quite of the same shape as in the foregoing

species (very different from that of swbbadius). But the sella is

parallel-margined, as broad at the summit as at the base; by

means of a lens (probably not without) an exceedingly faint trace

of a constriction can be observed; the summit of the sella is

broadly rounded off, as in borneensis, not witha tendency towards

a subacute shape, as in the foregoing forms of this group; length

of sella 2°83 mm.; width at base 1°8 mm., at summit 1:7 mm.

The lancet is, considering the small size of the Bat, remarkably

long (4mm.), with the lateral margins almost straightly converging

towards the tip; it recalls the lancet of Rh. midas and hippo-

siderus (with which species Ah. gracilis has no very close

affinity)

The tail is extremely short (13°5 mm.), shorter than the lower

leg. Plagiopatagium inserted a trifle above the ankle.

The colour (a little faded in alcohol) has probably been rather

like that of Rh. lepidus.

Skull. Quite of the minor-type.

Dentition (one skull). p, external. p, and p, distinctly separated.

p in row; cusp extremely minute (unworn).

Measurements. On p. 132.

Type. 9 ad. (in alcohol). Malabar Coast. Purchased. Brit.

Mus. no. 73.4.16.2.

21. RuinoLopHus suBpBapius Blyth.

Rhinolophus subbadius Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xiii. pt. i, no. 150

(June 1844) p. 486.

Rhinolophus garoénsis Dobson, J. A. 8. B. xli. pt. ii. no. 4

(Dec. 22, 1872) p. 337; id., Mon. Asiat. Chir. (1876) p. 48, text-

figs. a—c; id., Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 115.

* T have examined a paratype of Gerrit 8. Miller’s Rh. minutus (Proc. Wash.

Acad. Sci. 1900, p. 235), the type of which is from the Anambas Islands. It is an

offshoot of the minor. -type, but undoubtedly a distinct species, differmg from

Rh. minor (from Darjeeling) in having the brain-case decidedly higher in front,

giving the skull, in side view, a very characteristic outline. The name “minutus”

is, however, preoccupied by Montagu’s “ Vespertilio minutus,’ which is the British

form of Rh. hipposiderus. Myr. Miller will rename the Anambas species.

Proc. Zoou, Soc,—1905, Vou. Il. No. LX. 9

130 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

Diagnosis. Subbadius-type (cf. p. 123). The smallest species in

the genus: forearm 34°2 mm.

Details. ‘The very characteristic shape of the connecting process,

formed as a long, sharply pointed, slightly curved “ horn,” pre-

vents the confusion of this (and the next-following) species with

any of the foregoing forms. Also the shape of the lancet is

peculiar : short, broad, almost as an equilateral triangle; but I

doubt that this character, in a large series, will prove to be quite

as safea guide for the discrimination of the species as the shape of

the connecting process ; there is, in all species of Rhinolophus, a

little more individual variation in the lancet than in other parts

of the nose-leaves. The sella is, essentially, of the minor-type

(not as in gracilis), much broader at base than at summit ; below

the constriction the margins are almost parallel, above the con-

striction slightly converging ; the swmmit somewhat more subacute *

than in any of the foregoing species; tip of sella bent forwards.

Plagiopatagium inserted a trifle above the ankle.

The colour (a little faded) is probably not very different from

that of Rh. lepidus.

Skull. Unknown. I have seen a small fragment only; 1t seems

to be of the minor-type.

Dentition (one example). p, external. p, and p, in contact. p”

in row; cusp small, but distinct.

Measurements. On p. 132.

Distribution. Nepal (type locality). Garo Hillst. (The only

example of this species in the British Museum is without exact

indication of locality.)

Technical name. Hodgson’s “ Vespertilio subbadia” (J. A. 8. B.

x. pt. i. (Nov. 1841) p. 908), from the “Central Region of the

Himalayas,” is a nomen nudum (no word of description). The

head of this Bat is figured in his unpublished drawings (pl. 8.

fig. 3); it is not a Rhinolophus, but a Hipposiderus, probably

H., bicolor or an allied form.

* T emphasise this peculiarity (and, on the whole, enter into a detailed description

of the sella), because it is this “pattern” of sella which has been carried to an

extreme insome of the Ethiopian and W. Palearctic representatives of the subbadius-

type (Rh. empusa and blasii; cf. the ‘General Remarks,” pp. 136-87).

y+ In Dobson’s ‘ Monograph’ and ‘ Catalogue’ (1. s.c.) Rh. garoénsis (= subbadius)

is recorded from Masuri. The species is very likely to occur there, only it must

be said that till now there is no proof. Its alleged occurrence in Masuri can be

traced back to two examples in the British Museum (Capt. Hutton) identified by

Dobson with Rh. garoénsis. They are, however, Rh. monticola, differing in all im-

portant points (process, lancet, size) from his own original description of garoénsis.

Quite as in the case of Rh. petersi: as Dobson had no longer access to the type, he

lost the precise idea of it. Still later (Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1880, pp. 175-76) he gave up

the separation of Rh. garoénsis as a distinct species, and then we arrive at the stage

when all small Indian and E. Palearctic Rhinolophi with a projecting process were

called Rh. minor, irrespective of differences in the skull, the process, the sella, lancet,

general size, and geographical habitat. What led Dobson to this conclusion was

the fact that the position of the lower p, varies in individuals from the same locality

(which, however, also is the case in all the more primitive species of the simplea: group,

as high up in the series as Rh. affinis), and he was quite right in arguing that, from an

exclusively taxonomic point of view, this character had no value; but he overlooked

the other and more important characters by which the members of his composite

species differ from each other,

1905. ] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 131

Blyth’s Rh. subbadius (1844) from Nepal, erroneously believed

by himself to be the same as Hodgson’s V. subbadia, is a genuine

Rhinolophus. The following analysis of the original description

will make it evident that it is the species here under consideration :

(1) The connecting process is stated to be ‘‘ conspicuously deve-

loped, and pointed ” ; one of the chief characters of swbbadius.

(2) The lancet is but “slightly emarginated towards the point” ;

also one of its principal characters; for the salient point in fs

sentence is the word “slightly,” as proved by a comparison with the

immediately subsequent description of lepidus, in which the lancet is

called “‘ considerably emarginated towards the tip.” (3) Forearm

“(13 inches” (34:8 mm.); third finger “17 inches” (47°6 mm.);

these measurements, as being smaller than in any other species,

and like those of the individual before me (forearm 34:2, third

finger 46-4 mm.), settle the identification beyond all doubt.

Rh. garoénsis—Dobson’s Rh. garoénsis (1872) is evidently the

same species as Blyth’s Rh. subbadius* (to which there is no

reference in Dobson’s ‘Monograph’ or ‘ Catalogue’). The two

authors emphasise the same points :—(1) The connecting process

is described by Dobson as ‘“ forming an acutely pointed elevation. ee

(2) The lancet is a “broad, triangular, pointed process,” or, as he

says In his ‘ Monograph,’ “ almost an equilateral triangle” : both of

these features are the same as already pointed out by Blyth. (3) The

Bat is said to be “probably the smallest known species of the

genus,” the forearm measuring only 1°3 in. (33mm.). (4) Width

of horse-shoe 0-2 in. (5'1 mm.); a very narrow horse-shoe is also

characteristic of the species (5°5mm., as measured by myself).

In the type of garotnsis Ps is, according to Dobson, in the tooth-

row; this is of no importance for the identification ; the position

of this tooth is “v acillating ” in the whole lepidus section,

22. RHINOLOPHUS MONOCEROS, sp. n.

Diagnosis. Subbadius-type. Larger: forearm, in a not full-

grown example, 38°2 mm.

Details. Connecting process (text-fig. 22 ¢, on p. 121) and lancet

as in swbbadius. Horse-shoe markedly broader. General size

considerably larger. Tail proportionately longer.

The type, and only specimen known to me, is not full-grown

(supraorbital crests still separated posteriorly ; no saggital crest ;

metacarpals far from having acquired their full length). In the

table p. 132 I give only those measurements which may be of

some use for comparison with Rh. subbadius.

Dentition. p, external. p, and p, in contact. p* in row; cusp

very minute.

Type. @ jav. (in alcohol). Baksa, Formosa; June 5th, 1893.

Collected by Mr. P. A. Holst. Presented by Henry Seebohm,

Esq. Brit: Mus. no. 94.2.4.1.

* This view was held by the late Dr. Blanford, who, however, put ie names

: dows as synonyms of Rh. minor (J. A. 8. B. lvii. pt. i. no. 3 (1888) p. 262; Fauna

Brit. Ind., Mamm. pt. ti. (1891) p. 277).

132 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

Measurements of Rh. gracilis, subbadius, and monoceros.

Rh. gracilis. | Rh. subbadius. | Rh. monoceros.

@ ad. gad. @ juv.

Type. Type.

mm. mm. mm.

Ears, length ......... Rene oodaon stones 15'7 14°5

» greatest breadth eee 11 | 11°2

Nose-leaves, total length.. sane a 11°2 10 ae

55 breadth of horse-shoe 6:2 Bro 65

IKOWEEH BOT Aaaus an weauoesedonensusan aan tovoue oes 36'2 34°2 38°2

3rd metacarpal . PHESR ORE ce babermnnnanan 25 24°8 pe

IT.t 9°7 9°8 11:2

UI2 3 12 11°8

4th metacarpal ... 265 25 oe

Wat i ial 7-2 88

TaWie2 ae te 88 8:7

oth h metacarpal... 26°5 25 Be

Tail Hepa Re hd ME Ce naan in ame ect 13°5 14 17°38

THO Werle ey eis c dr ak sien Scten auRI alee dueaeates 148 14-8 16°5

Hoot eee. MOU bats sialic rd 8 78

Skull, total length | Hatin am taut ASHE 15°7

» mastoid eT Che vet hae ees hal |

wid thiol, braim=case: ane nea: Uf |

Ry zy comatic widitl sere cenn 77 |

» supraorbital length ............... 42 sch

width of nasal swellings .. 4-2 4,

Mandible, length . 10 10:2

Upper teeth . Mab aassconenenneian: 6 6

Thower/bee thn. Bec Mien os neuen 6:3 62

23, RHINOLOPHUS ACUMINATUS Peters.

Diagnosis. Connecting process of the Jlepidus-type. Sella

parallel-margined, Forearm 47-51 mm.

Details. This species, together with AA. sumatranus and calypso

described below, form a small, well-marked section of the lepidus

group, which might conveniently be termed the acuwminatus

section, confined to Java, Lombok, Sumatra, and Engano,

and differing from all the foregoing species :—(1) in being

very much larger; 2h. lepidus is in size like a Rh. hipposiderus ;

Rh. sumatranus like a small Rh. ferrum-equinum ; (2) in being

a trifle more advanced in dentition: there seems to be no

“ vacillation” in the position of p,.

Sella in RA. acumimatus practically parallel-margined ; on very

close examination an extremely faint indication of an expansion

below the middle can be traced. Lancet strongly hastate.

The rest of the nose-leaves, the mental grooves, the ears, the

wing-structure, the length of the tail, and the insertion of the

plagiopatagium (on the ankle, or slightly above or below) as in

Rh, lepidus,

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 133

Skull. Very much larger than in lepidws. There is no essential

difference in the shape *.

Dentition (two skulls). p, external. p, and p, quite, or

almost, in contact. p*? in row; a minute cusp, pointing

inwards.

Measurements. On p, 134.

Geographical races. here are two forms of Rh. acuminatus,

differing in size and in geographical habitat.

23 a. RHINOLOPHUS ACUMINATUS Peters, TYPICUS.

Rhinolophus acuminatus Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, 1871,

p- 808; Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 113.

Rhinolophus petersi (partim, nec Dobson 1872 et 1880) Dobson,

op. cit. (1878) p. 114.

Diagnosis. Larger: forearm 50°0—-51 mm.

Colour.—(1) Dark phase: ¢ ad., skin; teeth unworn. As

Rh. refulgens.

(2) Russet phase: 2 ad., in alcohol, unfaded; teeth unworn.

‘¢Cinnamon-rufous” above; base of hairs of the same colour ;

under side lighter.

Distribution. Java.

23 6. RHINOLOPHUS ACUMINATUS AUDAX, subsp. n.

Diagnosis. Smaller: forearm 47—49°5 mm.

Colour. Two adult females, in alcohol, unfaded; teeth unworn,

or worn. an Lh. refulgeis.

Type. ad, (in alcohol). Lombok. Collected by A. Everett,

Ksq. ee Mus. no. 97.4.18.16.

Remarks. This form ought perhaps to be separated specifically

from Rh. acuminatus. The mandible is markedly shorter, the

teeth a trifle smaller, the nasal swellings slightly narrower, the

geographical habitat quite isolated from that of Rh. aewminatus.

But the Bali form, still unknown, may perhaps connect them

together.

24, RHINOLOPHUS SUMATRANUS, Sp. n.

Rhinolophus peterst (non Dobson 1872 et 1878) Dobson, P. Z.8,

1880, p. 462 (specimen examined).

Diagnosis. Acwminatus section, but sella very distinctly

expanded below the middle. Widtl h of horse-shoe 8°3 mm.

Forearm 51—51:2 mm.

Details. Chief characters :—(1) compared with acwminatus : the

very different shape of the sella, as described above ; width at base,

at expansion, and at summit : 2, 2:4, and 1:7 mm.; (2) compared

with calypso : the much narrower horse-shoe.

Colour. $ ad., in alcohol, unfaded; teeth unworn. Upper

* The skull of the species of the acwminatus section is much like that of Rh. vous.

It can, however, always be discriminated by the broader nasal swellings. The

mandible is, proportionately, longer.

134 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS | May

side darker than “ mars-brown,”

base of hairs scarcely differing in colour ;

This looks like an intermediate stage between a ‘dark phase ”

a “russet phase.” A second specimen (Gottingen Museum)

however, quite of the same colour.

Skull. As in Rh. acuminatus.

Dentition (one skull). p, external.

p’ in row; a minute cusp, pointing inwards.

16,

lighter than ‘“ burnt-umber ”

under side “russet.”

and

18,

p, and p, quite in contact.

The interspace

between aN upper canine and p’ is narrower than in acuminatus.

Measurements. Below.

Type.

Presented by Herr Gustav Schneider.

25. RHINOLOPHUS CALYPSO, Sp. Nn.

(2) xiv. (1894) p. 108.

Diagnosis.

broader: 10°2 mm.;

52-52°3 mm.

g ad. (in alcohol). Lower Langkat, Sumatva ;

Brit. Mus. no. 4.4.1.1.

1898.

(Plate IV. fig. 19 a, 6, c.)

Rhinolophus affinis (non Horsf.) Thomas, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova

Similar to Rh. swmatranus, but horse-shoe much

ears longer and much broader. Forearm

Measurements of Rh. acuminatus, sumatranus, and calypso.

Rh. calypso.

Rh. acuminatus. ils SUELEE

tranus.

f. typica. audax.

2 specimens, | 2 specimens, 2 specimens,

1 skull. 1 skull. 1 skull.

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.

Ears, length .. 185 ig} 118) 187 19

| EAR eatest breadth. 14 14 W405 14:3 14:3

Nose- leaves, total leng Anh omnia telat ik ST 14 148 14 16

S breadth of horse-shoe ... 8:2 81 82 S22 sis

| Forearm 50° 51 47 49°5 51 61'2

| 8rd metacarpal. 85'8 365 33°7 35:2 35:2 36:8

US ee ca i anna 162 16:2 15 15 152 163

110 GA aU 19°8 20°7 175 20 20 21

4th metacar pal... 387'4 38°7 385°'1 38°3 3872 38

JO YFeE anaes cscs ane de vaesiiy an tet bea ASTIN You Leos LES 97 10 ih IS 7/

LG ane 13 as 12 13 13 13°6

5th metacarpal... 877 388°7 386-3388 37°5 388°3

BLE aka Neate iia gt eee al 1276 12°8 1s e ALR} 1D il e7)

aA a al fore hua, NBO) G00 gy IBY IBY) TAS

Tail dbrob BoE SoSObo GSE AY GoD BooOSEUaEaCol| ye) 21°7 23°5 25°2 26°5

IDONELE WEE Aor ono pinenoauosed edaceobeseonooacos|| ; CePA 2B 21 21°7 22°56 22°5

INGO onadooe 118 10°8 11 10:8 11

Skull, total length LN HOA Sl Soaobe

» mastoid width . REESE CITT Tee ae OA CP hanes

» width of brain-case . pea ucae reba celle PR EeE Ro Fai elle vise mee ay

pe zygomabicnwidbthy scans sets 11°4 La LS NS cal ace

» Supraorbital length . 5 53 5

width of nasal swellings ... : 62 6 62

Mandible, ae, a yee Aun Aciudl Ne a 16 148 15'8

Upper teeth . Se RUE aaron reece 88 8:2 88

owersteethy sa aera enced el 95 9 9°5

1 skull.

2 specimens,

Max.

mm.

21°5

16°8

16 =168

102) |

5S} |

37 88:3

15 158

215

39°3

10:8 |

13:8 |

39°3

118

13'8

26°5

23'2

10°3. 11 |

—

1905. | OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 135

Colour. gS ad. and ? ad., in alcohol, unfaded; teeth unworn.

As kh, refulgens.

Skull. As in Rh. swmatranus, but maxillar width, across the

antero-external corners of m*, narrower (8'l mm., as against 8°6

in Lh. swumatranus).

Dentition. Essentially as in Rh. sumatranus, but the interspace

between the upper canine and p* broader; p, and p, not quite in

contact.

Type. 3 ad. (in alcohol). Kifa Juc, Engano. Collected by

Dr. E. Modigliani. Presented by Marquis G. Doria. Brit. Mus.

no. 94.1.7.3.

General Remarks on the Rhinolophus lepidus G'rowp.

The ancestral species.—The ancestors of the simplex and lepidus

groups were very closely related. The latter had a projecting

connecting process, a slightly smaller skull and teeth. But the

general shape of the skull, the dentition, the nose-leaves, apart

from the process and a very slight difference in the shape of the

sella, the ears, the wing-structure, the length of the tail, and, we

might even say, probably the size, were either identical or ex-

tremely similar in both of these extinct Bats.

The place of origin.—There can scarcely be any doubt that

the lepidus group originated much farther westwards than the

simplex group. If we regard Japan as a continental group of

islands, and put aside Java, on account of its peculiar geological

history, we still find, not only the most primitive, but in fact all

the species of the lepidus section on the Continent. It is only

the acuminatus section which has spread over the adjacent larger

islands, one of which (Sumatra) has comparatively recently been con-

tinental, while another (Java), probably in a more remote period,

seems to have been connected with some part or other of Indo-

China; and only one form, still so closely related to the Java

species as hardly to be specifically different, has found its way so

far eastwards as Lombok. The hypothesis, therefore, cannot be

called unfounded, that of the two ancestral species, the ancient

“simplex” and the ancient “lepidus,” the former was Hastern in

range (Austro-Indo-Malayan), the latter Western (Oriental).

Differentiation * —From a systematic point of view I found it

convenient to divide the lepidus section into three “types”; I

think that, phylogenetically speaking, there are two only: the

lepidus and the minor type. ‘The former, as coming nearest to

simplex in the proportionate size of the skull and teeth, is,

probably, the more primitive; it is now distributed over the

Indian Peninsula (lepidus), the Himalayas (monticola), and Malacca

(refulgens). The latter, the minor-type, has spread from the

Himalayas (minor) eastwards through 8. China to Japan (cornutus);

it is represented on the now quite isolated Anambas Islands

(“minutus”); its occurrence in Java is not surprising, considering

* Compare the diagram on p. 138.

136 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS | May 16,

the faunistic attinities of that island; and it has established itself

on the western coast of the Indian Peninsula (gracilis). I have

but very little doubt that now, when attention has been called to

the differences of all these forms of the ménor-type, it will be

found also in other parts of the Indian Peninsula.

Tf any inference can be drawn from fragments of a skull and

the external characters, the subbadius-type would appear to be

an offshoot of the minor-type: already in minor and cornawius

the process is a little sharper-pointed than in lepidus; in subbadius

and monoceros this tendency is carried much further.

The skull of the species of the aewmninatus section (Java—

Lombok, Sumatra—Engano) is of the lepidus-type; the process

too; the colour remarkably lke that of refulgens. This leads me

to suppose that acwminatus and its allies (sewmatranus, calypso)

are scarcely more than giant representatives of the lepidus- type.

It is the subbadius- type which, from a zoogeographical point

of view, is by far the most interesting : : 1t has spread southwest-

wards over a vast part of the Ethiopian Region, and westwards

over the Mediterranean countries :—

(1) The empusa-type.— Rh. empusa™ and blasii have progressed

further on the way already indicated by Lh. subbadius. They

have the small skuil and the small teeth characteristic of nwnor-

subbadius ; in the shape of the skull there is no essential difference ;

the dentition is identically the same; the process is that of a sewb-

badius; the sella is deltoid, that is: the tendency, in the swbhbadius-

sella (as emphasised above), towards assuming a subacute summit

has been further developed; and we still see the constriction at

the middle of the sella. But empusa and blasti are (as always the

Ethiopian and W. Palearctic species) in several points more highly

developed: III.’ is lengthened (about, or more than, 14 the length

of III’.); also IV.* is very much longer (not far from twice the

length of IV".). 2h. empusa is, however, an inhabitant of Nyasa-

land, far 8. of the Equator, 2h. blasii of the Mediterranean

Subregion; thus, the two extremely closely allied species are

now separated by an enormous tract, where no relative appears

to occur. As we now know that they are descendants of the

Oriental swbbadius-type, the explanation seems to be quite clear :

one branch spread southwestwards, into the Ethiopian Region,

and developed into 2h. enpusa (slightly more primitive dentition ;

shorter ears, broader horse-shoe); another westwards into the

Mediterranean countries, Rh. blasii. There is an instructive fact

connected with these two Bats: I believe them to be compara-

tively recent intruders into their areas; Ah. empusa is known

from one specimen only, from the very Hast of Tropical Africa ;

th. blasit is much more common in the Hastern Mediterranean

tract, and still it does not seem to have reached Spain +

* Andersen, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiv. (1904) p. 878 (there is a misprint on

p. 880: the length of the mandible is 1271, not 13°1 mm.).

+ Not recorded i in Cabrera Latorre’s “ Quirépter os de Espafia,” Mem. Soc. Espan.

Hist. Nat. ii. (1904). Iam also not satisfied that there is any reliable record from

the African coast of the Mediterranean.

1905. ] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 137

(2) The landeri-ewryale type—The Ethiopian Lh. landeri

(Fernando Po, Gaboon), 2h. lobatws (Lower Zambesi to Mombasa),

and Rh. dobsoni* (Kordofan) have the small skull and the small

teeth characteristic of minor-subbadius; the same shape of the

skull; the same dentition (no vacillation in the position of p,);

the process is that of a swbhbadius. In so far there is no difference

at all between this section and the former (empusa-blasii). But

in the shape of the sella and in a certain peculiarity in the wing-

structure they have taken a course of their own :—We have seen,

in the simplex group, a progressive development from a sella

constricted at the middle, through a parallel-margined stage, to

a pandurate sella; we have seen in the lepidus group, too, the

constricted sella (menor) modified into the parallel-margined

(gracilis); the Hthiopian species here under consideration represent

the third and final stage, the pandurate sella. In addition to this:

in all of them IV.’ is peculiarly shortened: less than (extremely

rarely, as a slight individual atavism, equal to) half the length

of IV*. Asin Rh. empusa and blasii, LI.’ is lengthened.

Lh, ewryale, from the Mediterranean Subregion, is so extremely

closely allied to the above-named Ethiopian species that it shares

with them all essential characters (even the highly peculiar

shortening of LV.’), with one exception: it has retained the parallel-

margined sella.

Summary. When discussing the affinities of the Ethiopian

species of the Ah. simplex group (above, pp. 117-20), I arrived

at the conclusion that they are undoubtedly derived from

Oriental types, and that, most probably, the ancestral species

have spread directly from South Asia into the Ethiopian Region.

As will be observed from this, a study of the Ethiopian repre-

sentatives of the Lh. lepidus group leads to quite the same

result: they have their closest known allies in the Oriental

Region, but they are, without exception, considerably more

highly developed than any of their Oriental relatives. Bats of

the subbadius-type have evidently spread from some part of

South Asia southwestwards into the Ethiopian Region (empusa ;

londert, lobatus, dobsoni), and westwards over the Mediterranean

countries (blasit; ewryale). Of all the species of the 2h. lepidus

group only one has found its way to Lower Egypt, Rh. ewryale.

Tt is a species exclusively Mediterranean in range, and unusually

liable to differentiation into slightly differing local forms?.

Its presence in Lower Egypt is easily explained by invasion

from the adjacent Asiatic coast of the Mediterranean, where it

is very common (specimens from Lower Egypt are indistinguish-

able from the Palestine form, Rh. e. judaicus) f.

* Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiv. (1904) p. 156.

y Andersen and Matschie, “ Ueber einige geographische Formen der Untergattung

Huryalus” (SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1904, pp. 71-83).

{ Although it is beyond the strict limits of the present paper, I propose to insert

a few words on the remaining Ethiopian species of the genus :—The ethiops section

(Rh. ethiops, hildebrandti, and fumigatus) are very closely related to the Hima-

layan Rh. macrotis, but much more highly developed in the dentition, the wing-

138 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS | May 16,

The probable affinities and phylogeny of the principal forms of

the “th. lepidus group are expressed in the subjoined diagram

(Ethiopian types marked with an asterisk) :—

euryale.

* landeri-type.

* empusa-ty pe. 7 (midas group.)

Zor

subbadius-ty pe. net

. u — ae

minor-type.—

acuminatus-ty pe.

lepidus-ty pe. SAS

O eae a >(simplex group.)

Til. Tat RaiwwoLopaus uipas Group.

MNagnosis, Cochlee large, making the basioccipital, between

them, extremely narrow (linear). Posterior connecting process

very low and rounded off.

26. RHINOLOPHUS MIDAS, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 20a, 6, ¢, d.)

Diagnosis. Sella almost deltoid, summit rounded. Forearm

37°7 mm.

Details. Horse-shoe as broad as the upper lip; no “tooth” on

the sides of the median notch; no crenulation of the border.

Lateral margins of sella converging from base to tip; breadth

at base (2°3 mm.) much more than half the vertical height of the

sella (3°5 mm.); a very slight (rather easily overlooked) constriction

at the middle; summit rounded (breadth 1:6 mm.). Connecting

process very low, and broadly rounded off. Lancet long (4 mm.)

and cuneate. One mental groove only.

Ears a little longer than in minor, outer margin immediately

below the tip somewhat more emarginate; tip more distinctly

pointed.

Wing-structure, compared with that of minor, considerably

structure, and the mental grooves (Andersen, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. Sept.

1905, pp. 291-92). Rh. maclaudi is an Ethiopian representative of the Rh. philip-

pinensis group, but on a considerably higher stage of development in the same

respects as the species just named (Id., tom. cit. Aug. 1905, pp. 254-55).

This completes the account, showing that all the Hthiopian Rhinolophi, without

exception, are of Oriental origin.

1905.] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 139

modified, chiefly in two respects:—(1) the third metacarpal is

shortened : but at the same time the fourth metacarpal has

vemained the longest (as i in all primitive species of Khinolophus) ;

(2A)) aL El Ded WA and V., that is all the distal phalanges, are

lengthened. Compare the table of measurements of Rh. midas

and hipposiderus on the one side, with those of minor, lepidus,

and all their allies on the other (see p. 143).

Tail rather long, 14 the length of the leg. Plagiopatagium

inserted on the ankle- -joint.

Colour (somewhat faded in alcohol) probably as light as in

Lh. blast.

Skull. In all species of Lhinolophus the cochlee are large,

making a narrow basioccipital (compare the genus Hipposiderus) ;

but in AA. midas and hipposiderus the peculiarity is carried

to an extreme: the cochlew are so much increased in size as to

reduce the basioccipital to a linear bridge of bone; in some

individuals (of Lh. hipposiderus) the cochlee are almost in

contact. This character alone makes the skull of these two

species easily distinguishable, at a glance. But in every other

respect, in the shape, the size, and the teeth, the skull is so

exceedingly like that of Ah. minor, that there can scarcely be any

doubt as to the very close relationship of the minor and midas

types.

Dentition. On the minor stage :—p, external. A very narrow

interspace between p, and p,. ioe cue in row; a small cusp,

pointing inwards. Upper canine and p* well separated.

Type. 9 ad. (in alcohol). Jask, Persian Gulf. Presented by

A. Butcher, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. 94.11.16.1.

Remarks. The discovery of this highly interesting species seems to

remove all doubt as to the close affinities of minor and hipposiderus.

The sella of midas is intermediate between that of minor and

hipposiderus ; it recalls that of empusa and blasii, which also

are modifications of the minor-type; to the peculiarly long and

cuneate lancet we have a parallel in one of the modifications

of the minor-type described in this paper, viz. Rh. gracilis.

The geographical habitat of midas is, too, rather intermediate

between the Oriental minor and the W. Palearctic hipposiderus.

Rh. midas is, of course, readily distinguishable from Lh.

hipposiderus by the shape of the sella. In the width of the

brain-case, as well as in external dimensions, it is like the

southern, more primitive form of hipposiderus (Kh. h. minimus).

27. RHINOLCPHUS HIPPOSIDERUS Bechst.

Magnosis. Sella cuneate; summit pointed. Forearm 34:7—

41-7 mm.

Details. Breadth of sella at base never more, but generally less

than half its vertical height.

Colour. (1) Younger, but quite full-grown individuals ; skins ;

Cyprus, 8. Carpathians, Switzerland. Very nearly ‘ mouse-grey ”

above; horse-shoe patch faintly, or not at all, indicated; base

140 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

of hairs of the upper side and the whole of the under side “ drab-

grey.”

(2) Aged individuals; skins; Cyprus, Malta, Balearic Islands,

Switzerland, Germany. Much browner. General colour above

brownish ‘ drab,” with some individual variation in the shade of

the colour: sometimes alimost “ wood-brown” (lightest extreme),

sometimes with a tinge of ‘ Prout’s brown” (darkest extreme) ;

horse-shoe patch indicated, or quite obliterated ; base of hairs

“ecru-drab”; under side “ ecru-drab,” sometimes with a tendency

towards ‘ drab-grey.”

Skull. As in Rh. midas.

Dentition. AS in minor and midas. In the series of skulls

examined (20; of all races) there is, of course, some variation in

the position of p,; the general rule is: p, external, p, and p,

almost or quite in contact; one extreme: p, almost in row

(one skull), and p, and p,, therefore, well separated; the other

extreme: p, not only external, but hair-fine (four skulls; teeth

unworn), or disappeared and the alveoli obliterated (two skulls;

teeth unworn).

Distribution. From Gilgit to Ireland; from the Baltic to

Sennar.

Geographical races. The series examined—95 examples, from

almost the whole area occupied by the species—enables me to

recognise three races of Rh. hipposiderus. ‘The first two of these

would probably be called distinct species by other zoologists.

27a. RuINOLOPHUS HIPPOSIDERUS MINIMUS Heugl.

Rhinolophus minimus Heuglin, N. Act. Acad. Cees. Leop.-Car.

xxix. (1861) p. 6.

Rhinolophus hipposiderus minimus Andersen, Ann, & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (7) xiv. (1904) p. 455.

Diagnosis. Small: forearm 34°7-38 mm.

Details. As lately pointed out by me elsewhere (J. s. c.),

v. Heuglin’s kh. minimus, first described from Keren in Hrythrea

(type in the Stuttgart Museum), is a well-marked geographical

race of Rh. hipposiderus, differing from the Central European

form by its considerably smaller size. At the same time I

mentioned that the British Museum possesses an example from

Sennar indistinguishable from the type specimen of minimus.

A subsequent examination of the whole series of Rh. hipposiderus

preserved in the British Museum has revealed the rather surprising

fact that Rh. h. minimus is by no means confined to Keren and

Sennar, but generally distributed over the Mediterranean Subregion.

It differs from the Central Huropean form in being in every respect

smaller ; in some respects, as it seems, absolutely smaller, in others

at least on an average. I find the length of the forearm to be

the best means for a ready discrimination: in ménimus,

347-38 mm.; in the typical form, 39-41‘7 mm. For other

details, cf. the measurements on p. 143.

1905. } OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS., 141

The skull is markedly smaller, the nasal swellings a trifle

narrower, the teeth slightly smaller.

Distribution. 32 specimens examined. As it is of some interest

to have the range of this hitherto overlooked form exactly

determined, I subjoin a list of the localities from which I have seen

examples, together with measurements of the forearm; it might

perhaps lead to further investigation :—

Keren (1, the type*): forearm 36:3. Sennar (1): 36°5. Cyprus

(6): 34:7-37-7, Smyrna (1): 37:5. Malta (8): 36-37. Middle

italy (Ostia 2): 35°7-36°8. Corsica (1): 37:7. Haute Savoie and

Geneva (2): 37:7-38. Balearic Islands (7): 36°2-37°6. Seville?

(1): 37-7. Morocco (Tangiers 1): 37:7. _ Portugal (Cintra 1):

36:2.

Summary of Distribution :—The Mediterranean Subregion,

southeastwards to Sennar and Keren. Je it noted: there is no

record from Egypt (and, very likely, it does not occur there: ¢f.

remarks on p. 143).

Remarks. In the whole series of Rh. hipposiderus examined

(apart from the British specimens, of course) I have not found

any individual which I could not easily refer either to the

southern or the northern form. I have some reason to believe

that in certain border districts (e.g. 8.W. Switzerland ; perhaps also

Cyprus) the two forms ocewr together, perhaps side by side, but

intermediate examples I have never seen. ‘They will probably be

found.

276, RHINOLOPHUS HIPPOSIDERUS Bechst., TYPICUS.

Vespertilio Ferrum equinum (partim) Schreber, Siugthiere, i.

(1775) pp. 174, 188, pl. 62 (lower fig. only).

Vespertilio equinus (partim) P. L. 8. Miiller, Natursyst., Suppl.

(1776) p. 20.

Vespertilio Ferrum equinum, 6. minor, Gmelin, Linn. Syst.

Nat. i. (1788) p. 50.

Vespertilio Hippocrepis (partim) Schrank, Fauna Boica, i. (1798)

p. 64.

Vespertilio Hipposideros Bechstein, in Pennant’s Allg. Uebers.

vierfiiss. Thiere, 11. (1800) p. 629, footnote (compare also pp. 615

and 736).

Vespertilio hippocrepis Hermann, Obs. Zool. (1804) p. 18.

Rhinolophus bi-hastatus Geoftroy St.-Hilaire, Descr. de Egypte,

ii, (1812) p. 182; id., Ann. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. xx. (1813) p. 259,

pl. 5.

* For the loan of this specimen I am indebted to Prof. Dr. Kurt Lampert, Director

of the Royal Natural History Cabinet, Stuttgart. The type is a young, but apparently

fullgrown, individual. 4// other examples of hipposiderus, of allraces, of which I give

the measurements, are fully adult (distal epiphyses of metacarpals ossified). .

+ As I have seen only one example frem Spain, I may mention that of the whole

series examined by Cabrera Latorre, for his “ Quirépteros de Espafia,” no Spanish

specimen had the forearm more than 37'5 mim. (Mem. Soc. Espa. Hist. Nat. ii.

(1904) p. 252). IT am unacquainted with the Rh. phasma (allied to hipposiderus)

described by Cabrera in the same paper.

142 MR. K. ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

Rhinolophus Hipposideros var. typus, alpinus, et pallidus

(partim) Koch, Jahrb. Ver. Naturk. Nassau (1862-63) pp. 530—

oles

Rhinolophus hipposideros (partim) Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin,

1871, p. 310; Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 117.

Rhinolophus bihastatus var. Kisnyiresiensis Daday, Orvos-Term.

Ertes. x. pt. 3 (1885) p. 274.

Rhinolophus hipposideros vax. troglophilus Daday, Magy. tud.

Akad. Ertekez. xvi. pt. 7 (1886) p. 8, figs. 1, 2.

Rhinolophus euryale helvetica Bretscher, Vierteljahrsschr.

naturf. Ges. Ztirich, xlix. (1904) p. 256 7.

Diagnosis. Large: forearm 39—41:°7 mm.

Distribution. 33 specimens have been examined, from the

following localities :—

Gilgit (1): forearm 39°8. Urmi, N.W. Persia(1): 39:8. Van,

Armenia (2): 39:2-39°3. Cyprus (1): 39°6%. N. Bulgaria (1): 39.

Roumania (13): 389-41:2. Tramssylvania (2): 40-41. 8. Car-

pathians (1): 39:3. Hungary (1): 41:7. Schlangenbad (2):

40-40:1. Strassbourg (3): 39-4071. Thurgau and Vallais (5):

40-2-41°7.

Summary of Distribution :— From the extreme N.W. Himalayas,

through N.W. Persia and Armenia, over the whole of Central

Europe N. of the Balkans and the Alps.

27¢, RHINOLOPHUS HIPPOSIDERUS MINUTUS Montagu.

Vespertilio minutus Montagu, Trans. Linn. Soc. ix, (1808)

p- 162, pl. 18. figs. 7-8.

Diagnosis. Forearm 36°3--39 mm.

Details. English and Irish individuals of 7h. hipposiderus differ

from the Central European form in being on an average (and

nearly always also absolutely) smaller. The length of the forearm

vavies, in 30 adult specimens from Hngland, Wales and Ireland,

between 36°3 and 39 mm., the average being 37:6. In other

words: the average size of the British race is considerably below

the minimum of the typical form, and almost exactly like maximum

of Rh. h. minimus.

Distribution. England, Wales, Ireland §.

Technical name. Till the close of the 18th century, the two

Bats now called Rh. ferrwm-equinum and kh. hipposiderus were

** Koch’s “varieties” are scarcely determinable, his descriptions being utterly vague

and based upon such characters as are subject to individual variation or dependent

on age: var. typus and alpinus belong, probably, to the Central Kuropean form ;

var. pallidus seems to be a mixture of this and the southern race.

+ A glance at the measurements in Bretscher’s paper is sufficient to show that

what he takes to be “cine ausgesprochene Lokalform ” of Rh. ewryale is an ordinary,

typical Rh. hipposiderus }

+ Lought perhaps to mention that this example, the only typical hipposiderus I have

seen from Cyprus, is a dealer’s specimen; a Cyprus series collected and presented by

Miss Dorothy M. A. Bate (cf P. Z.S. 1908, il. p. 842) are unquestionably of the

Mediterranean form.

§ For details, cf. J. E. Kelsall, “The Distribution in Great Britain of the Lesser

Horse-shoe Bat,” The Zoologist, xlv. (1887) p. 89.

1905. ] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 143

regarded as a large and a small variety of one species. In 1808,

Montagu pointed out some of their distinctive characters, and

proposed for the smaller species the name Vespertilio minutus,

being evidently unaware that the two Bats had already twice been

specifically separated—by Bechstein in 1800, and by Hermann in

1804. Montagu’s name, as being antedated by “ hipposiderus,”

was soon almost completely forgotten (it is not recorded in

Dobson’s Catalogue). The original description of V. minutus

being, however, based on English specimens, the name is now

available for the British race of hipposiderus.

Remarks. We are now able to form a much clearer idea of the

past history of Rh. hipposiderus. It originated from a Bat

allied to Rh. minor, somewhere in Asia, most probably near the

western border of (if not within) what is now called the Oriental

Region. From there it spread southwestwards into Africa, west-

wards through the Mediterranean countries to Central Kurope

and the British Islands. There is, to my knowledge, no record

of Rh. hipposiderus from Egypt; if this is evidence that it does

not occur, and has not occurred, there, it is at the same time a

Measurements of Kh. midas and hipposiderus.

| Rh. midas. Rh. hipposiderus.

3S ad || minimus. | f. typica. minutus.

| Ty a 32 specimens, 33 specimens,| 30 specimens,

| ~JPe& || 12 skulls. | 6 skulls. 2 skulls.

| Min. Max. | Min. Max. | Min. Max.

mm. | mm. mm./} mm. mm.}] mm. mm.

Ears, length . SHoaehaacenanant nas 17 | 14 TG aes 16°5 14:2 15°5

. greatest breadth Sodoneecaaenunr eed 13 | 1O 12 11:3 12°8 Tale aol}

Nose-leaves, total length .........0..... PSS I) TOS) aie abe) 10) NaS

s breadth of horse-shoe ... 73 6 ORS GR 7 6 67

IDOI OTTY. Waa aleo sonad sabe anand SoRanES aaRECRE 377 || 847 «6388 | 89) 4°7 «| «863 «89

3rd metacarpal Bore eaci a a Be an ae ee 242, 22:2 25:7 | 24:8 27:3 | 22°38 24:9

TOT etre sores area din, tte Raich ban bah arse) 11°8 Veet L2:8e |e ASD bE Gleigli3 2

Ill2 . SOR Ree Poe Te UE | 188 loy7a 9 fee lOai 163 187

4th metacarpal Nasu tebe aan sauatelee Cebl un eT LBS AS I AS KORA | Ar Step

INYO} cob bedlanapssdaubapeuaeesoosanaesmUboanyees| Talk 58 78 7 8 Gia 8

OGRE NENT APR eyecare eu oeaseey Nal 12 | 10:9 13:2 12 141 Ile? 1892)

5th metacarpal — Mae meee hee ee coo aca ONS | 23:5 27°7 272 29°77 | B47 98:9

Bre cine rinc ead elnered wale a ta seieels 89 eS) OE DAO 72 9:8

WE cb ssdchaied acabloloeereniel ah heeaomalay aOR) UI able) BY. TE) sey ||, lon ace

DREN eae ne cain ten eran paneer aac etere cites Sete teal 24°5 | 235 27°7 | 26:2 30:3 Past) |) SA

Lower leg ... a re UGA i ay 2 NAS aA) IG RS) | SUGS} STS

JOOS seoesue BMT ee oe 76 Wf eh (3 1D HS Ta 87

Skull, total length natin srecah eae an PSO) LASS Wos5) aCe G2 ese Ges walG

» mastoid meideht sReees Hob ae asas BOO i Asa eee Zi es Td Uftyf AR Va: i)

3, width’ of braim-case’............... 64 GA NGioy |) N6j8n oe 6:8 6S 68

ny |) PAEROMDENNIG QACUON, Shoede acu vasode ser 76 OOM MN L TcS ennS 8 8

5 MOSS ENE ICAO oboe cob saoGenune-cod| 58 Sey | GF} | Diol yor BOD. 5e7/

,, supraorbital length . mec Aes i ah 455) | iQ 5 4:3 Ar

width of nasal sw ellings .. nora AM BP BS |) BXB)-7 4 4.

Mandible, length .. Wee eae 10°8 OS 1) | 10. a0 sas) lH

Upper Lech eR MPS EE hes BS ll GR BRA Ih) aR 7 BE) 7

Wowertce thine meee anata rie diets 62 | | BE nae GC 59 6

{

144 MR. K, ANDERSEN ON BATS [May 16,

proof that it did not reach Krythrea and Sennar from the Mediter-

ranean, by way of the Nile Valley, but via the formerly existing

broad land-connection between 8.W. Asia and NE. Africa, The

individuals which established themselves in Central Hurope, N.

of the Balkans and the Alps, gradually making their way as far

north as the Baltic, developed into a distinct, larger race (2h. h.

typicus). The British colony, originally the extreme western off-

shoot of the larger form, but soon cut off from communication

with the Continental main stem, also developed into a distinct

race (2h. h. minutus); it got the not unusual stamp of an island

form: the smaller size; and so it came to occupy, seemingly,

but neither phylogenetically nor geographically, a somewhat

intermediate position between the northern and southern

races of hipposiderus, between its immediate and its more remote

progenitors,

It is worth noticing that Rh. hipposiderus is distributed over the

whole of England, occurring also in several places in Ireland,

whereas 2h. ferrwm-equinum is confined to the extreme south

of England, apparently not farther north than Hssex, Gloucester,

and Pembroke, and has never reached Iveland.. It may indicate

that of these two comparatively recent immigrants into the

British Islands, Rh. hipposiderus was the earlier comer. This

assumption seems strengthened by another fact. On the Continent

Rh. hipposiderus goes farther northwards and considerably higher

up on the mountains than ferrum-equinum. It is but reasonable

to suppose that the more hardy species was also the first to make

its way to England.

TV. SumMaAry,

1. A progressive evolution is pointed out from the Austro-

Malayan Rh. simplex, through a long series of Oriental forms, to

the Western Palearctic Rh. ferrum-equinum (pp. 76-120 ; résumé

pp. 116-120).

2. A similar chain from the Oriental Rh. lepidus to the

Western Palearctic Fh.. blasii and Rh. euryale (pp. 123-138 ;

résumé pp. 185-138).

3. The Western Palearctic Rh. hipposiderus has no closer

known relative than Rh. midas from the coast of the Persian

tulf, which again can be traced back to the Oriental RA. minor

(pp. 138-144).

4. All the Ethiopian representatives of the genus Rhinolophus

are of Oriental origin (pp. 117-120, 136-138).

The following 26 forms (14 species and 12 subspecies) are

described as new, all of them Austro-Malayan, Oriental, or

Asiatic-Palearctic :—h, simplex, p. 76; megaphyllus monachus,

p. 80; nans, p. 82 ; celebensis, p. 83; virgo, p. 88; nereis, p. 90;

stheno, p. 91; rouxi simicus, p. 98; thomasi, p. 100; affinis hima-

layanus, p. 103; a. tener, p. 103; a. macrurus, p. 103; a. supe-

rans, p. 104; «a. nesites, p. 104; a. princeps, p. 106; jferrwm-

1905. ] OF THE GENUS RHINOLOPHUS. 145

equinum regulus, p. 112; f. provimus, p. 112; monticola, p. 124;

refulgens, p. 124; cornutus pumilus, p. 127; gracilis, p. 129;

monoceros, p. 131; acuminatus audax, p. 133; swmatranus,

p- 1383; calypso, p. 134; midas, p. 138.

6. The following 10 forms, hitherto usually regarded as iden-

tical with other species, are shown to be distinct species or

subspecies :—h. truncatus Peters, p. 80; borneensis Peters,

p. 84; rouat Temm., p. 938; (ferrum-equinum) nippon Temm.,

p. 110; (f) tragatus Hodgs., p. 111; lepidus Blyth, p. 123;

cornutus Temm., p. 127; subbadius Blyth, p. 129; (hipposiderus)

minimus Heugl., p. 140; (2.) minutus Mont., p. 142.

7. The following names, hitherto usually regarded as indicative

of distinct species, are referred to the lists of synonyms :—

Rh. peterst Dobson, p. 95; garodéisis Dobson, p. 131.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats III.

Rhinolophus sinplex group; skulls; front views 2, all other figures +.

P. 5 3 > 1 fo) 1

Fig. 1. Rh. simplex (p. 76); Lombok; type of the species. Front view.

2a, b,c. Rh. megaphyllus tf. typica (p. 79); Cooktown; B.M. no. 3.8.3.3.

Upper, lateral, and front views.

3. Rh. nanus (p. 82); Goram; type. Front view.

4a, b. Rh. celebensis (p. 83); Makassar; type. Upper and front views.

5a, b, ¢. Rh. borneensis ft. typica (p. 84); Labuan; topotype; B.M.

no. 65.5.9.15. Upper, lateral, and front views.

6. Rh. nalayanus (p. 89); Biserat ; topotype; B.M. no. 3.2.6.84. Front view.

7a, b,c. Rh. nereis (p. 90) ; Siantan, Anambas; type. Upper, lateral, and

tr ont views.

8a, 6. Rh. stheno (p. 91) ; Selangor ; topotype; B.M. no. 98.3.13.2. Lateral

and front views.

Ga, b, e,d. Rh. rouxi f. typica (p. 93); Ceylon. Upper, lower, lateral, and

front views.

10. Rh. thomasi (p. 100); Taho, Karin Hills; topotype; B.M. no. 90.4.7.9.

Upper view.

lla, b. Rh. affinis himalayanus (p. 103); Nepal. Lower and front views.

12. Rh. a. tener (p. 103); Pegu; type. Upper view.

13. Rh. a. princeps (p. 106); Lombok; type. Upper view.

Pruate LV.

Rhinolophus simplex, lepidus, and midas groups; skulls; front views 2,

all other figures +.

Fig. dda, 6, c,d. Rh. ferrum-equinum tragatus (p. 111); Nepal; one of the

cotypes. Upper, lower, lateral, and front views.

15. Rh. f. proximus (p. 112); Gilgit ; type. Upper view.

16a, b,c. Rh. refulgens (p. 124) ; Perak ; type. Upper, lateral, and front

views.

17a, b,c. Rh. cornutus pwnilus (p. 127); Loo-choo Isl.; topotype; B.M.

no. 2.10.7.2._ Upper, lateral, and front views.

18 a, b,c. Rh. gracilis (p. 129); Malabar coast; type. Upper, lateral, and

front views.

19 a, b,c. Rh. calypso (p. 134); Engano; type. Upper, lateral, and front

views.

20a, b,c, d. RA. midas (p. 138); Jask, Persia; type. Upper, lower, lateral,

and front views.

Proc, Zoou, Soc.—1905, Vou. Il. No. X. 10

146 DR. E. BERGROTH ON STRIDULATING [May 16,

4. On Stridulating Hemiptera of the Subfamily Halyina,

with Descriptions of new Genera and new Species. By

Dr. E. Bercrotn, C.M.Z.8., Tammerfors, Finland.

[Received April 1, 1905. ]

In his paper “Zur Kenntniss der Stridulationsorgane bei den

Rhynchoten,” Handlirsch * has described three different kinds of

stridulatory organs in the Rhynchota: the prosternal furrow of the

Reduviide ; the strigose ventral patches of the Division Tetyraria

of the Scutelleride ; and the, at that time, still incompletely known

stridulating apparatus of the Corixide, of which Kirkaldy 7 has

since given us a complete description and a probably correct

interpretation. There is, however, one group of Rhynchota in

which these organs have remained unknown to Handlirsch and

all other zoologists, except the distinguished systematist Stal, who

knew them without recognising their function. In his important

paper “ Bidrag till Hemipterernas systematik” { he states that

the Pentatomid genera Platycoris, Niarius, Alphenor, and On-

cocoris have the following character in common: ‘‘segmentis ventris

secundo et tertio latera versus vitta longitudinali nonnihil curvata,

opaca, vix elevata, transversim densissime subtilissimeque strigosa,

instructis.” Although Gilippus is described in the same paper,

Stal seems to have overlooked the fact that this genus possesses

the same structure, and in the systematic arrangement he places

Oncocoris far apart from the other genera above mentioned.

In a subsequent memoir§$ he ascribes the same character to

Mecidea, the species of which are mostly African, though it is also

represented in India and the temperate parts of ‘America. In a

third work|, finally, he gives “ventre anterius vitta laterali

transversim ‘strigosa vel rugosa instructo” to a group of genera

comprising Mecidea Dall., Plat ycoris Gueér., Viarius Stal, Oncocoris

Mayr, Gilippus Stal, Alphenor Stal, and Caridophthalmus Assm.

(Aliocotus Mayr, preoce.). Mayr 4 has also seen these organs in

his Oncocoris punctatus, but simply mentions them as a “ schwache

Erhohung,” without having observed that they are strigose.

That they were not quite unknown to Dallas and Walker, will

be shown below. Distant** has lately removed Jecidea from the

Halyine, placing it together with a part of the genus Viphe Stal

(Aenaria Dist. nec Stal) in a division which he names Mecidaria,

without mentioning the transversely striolated ventral patches of

Mecidea at all. This is, however, no systematic improvement,

these two genera scarcely having anything in common except the

* Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien, xv. (1900) pp. 127-141.

+ Entomologist, 1901, p. 9; Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, (2) viii. pp. 33-46 (1901).

t Gfv. Vet. “Ak. Forh. 1867, pp. 491-560.

§ nae Hem. i. p. 17 (1872).

|| Enum. Hem. v. p. 34 (1876).

@ Reise d. Novara, Hem. p. 46 (1866).

** Rhynch. Brit. India, 1. p. 140 (1902).

1905. ] HEMIPTERA OF THE SUBFAMILY HALYINAE, 147

more or less ‘‘elongated body.” Berg* has described two new

genera from the southern parts of South America, Proczelicus

and Lobepomis, which he says are allied to the genera Amaurochrous

Stal and Oncocoris Mayr; but judging from the descriptions it

seems very doubtful whether they belong here, the more so as

Amaurochrous does not appertain tothe Halyineatall. Distant +

has also described an African genus, Crolliuvs, which he places

near Platycoris, but as nothing is said in the description as to the

presence or absence of the strigose ventral patches, its position is

uncertain. It is said to have the “rostrum about reaching the

anterior cox”; if this be correct, it scarcely belongs to the

Halyine. Besides the seven genera referred to this group by Stal,

there is one described genus which appertains to the same group,

viz. Commius Stal. Stal overlooked the striolated ventral patches

of this genus and therefore incorrectly placed it among the

Pentatomine s. str., near Chalcocoris Dall. For this division of

the Halyine I propose the name Platycoraria; all its genera,

except JMJecidea, are Australian, two of them (Oncocoris and

Caridophthalmus) extending to the Austro-Malayan region (New

Britain, New Guinea, Timor, Flores, Ceram).

As Stali calls the strigose ventral patches of the Tetyraria

“ macule stridulatorie,” but only speaks of “ vitée strigose” in the

Platycoraria, it is evident that he did not recognise their true nature

in the latter division. A close examination of the ventral patches

of the Platycoraria shows, however, that they are perfectly

homologous to the strigose areas of the Tetyraria. As described

by Handlirsch, the stridulatory organs of the Tetyraria are made

up of two different parts—(1) the passive element, consisting of the

strigose ventral patches ; and (2) the active element, consisting of

a series of minute wart-shaped tubercles, bearing a subapical

tooth or bristle and placed on the inner side of the tibie. The

ventral patches are straight and situate on each side of the

median line of the fourth and fifth segments, sometimes extending

to the third or sixth segment; they converge behind and the

striz are arranged longitudinally, being nearly parallel to the

axis of the body. When the insect bends the tibia against the

femur and again stretches it, the spinous tubercles of the tibia

pass across the strigose surface of the venter, thus enabling the

insect, by rapidly repeating these movements, to produce an

audible sound. In the Platycoraria both the active and the

passive parts of the stridulatory organ show the same structure

as in the Tetyraria, but the ventral patches are usually comma-

shaped, a little elevated and placed near the base of the venter,

beginning with a rather broad base at the anterior margin of the

second segment and proceeding, gradually tapering and curved

inwardly, to the posterior margin of the third (rarely second)

segment, where they end not fan from the median line. The

* An. Soc. Cient. Arg. xxxii. pp. 234 & 236 (1891).

t Aun. & Mag. Nat. “Hist. (7) vil. p. 21 (1901).

{~ Enum. Hem. iii. p. 3 (1878).

10*

148 DR. E. BERGROTH ON STRIDULATING [May 16,

patches are transversely strigose in the basal part, but the strize

gradually become more oblique and are often practically longi-

tudinal at the narrow end. From the position of the patches it

is clear that the tibie cannot come in contact with them, and the

active part of the stridulatory organ must be sought for elsewhere.

IT have found it on the inner side of the hind femur, where it

consists of a number of very small spinous knobs arranged either

in a single regular row or in two or three irregular ones. ‘They

are visible under a common pocket-lens, but under a compound

microscope they present exactly the same structure as the tibial

spinules of the Tetyraria. I propose to call them “ spicua

stridulatoria.” The movements of the femur exactly correspond

to the different direction of the striz of the ventral patches, these

strie being always crossed at a right angle by the “ spzceula.”. By

rubbing the inner side of the femur over the ventral patch I have

experimentally produced a stridulating noise. Stal seems to have

observed the ‘“‘spicula stridulatoria” in Platycoris and Niarwus,

for in his above-quoted paper of 1867 he says they have the

“‘femoribus posticis intus granulatis.” In his larger work of

1876 he has omitted to mention it.

Tn his revision of the Hemiptera Heteroptera of the British

Museum, Distant was apparently not satisfied with the state in

which he left the genus Dictyotus. He says* : ‘ Dictyotus requires

revision; all the species which Dallas included in his genus do

not appear to be congeneric.” Without having seen Dallas’s types

T had myself, in determining some species of this genus, come to

the same conclusion. In some of his specific descriptions Dallas

speaks of ‘‘a curved raised line on each side of the second and

third segments” of the venter. Walker has also described his

Mormidea detersa as having the ‘‘abdomen beneath with a short

curved smooth line on each side near the base.” I therefore

suspected that these particular species belong to the genus

Oncocoris, and this supposition has proved to be correct, my

friend Mr. Distant having at my request kindly re-examined the

types of the British authors previously referred by him to

Dictyotus. It is therefore necessary to give a complete revised

list of the species of Oncocoris, which follows here, and which is

essentially founded upon the communications received from

Mr. Distant.

Oncocoris Mayr.

Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. p. 362 (1866); Reise d.

Novara, Hem. p. 44 (1866).

Dictyotus Dall. List Hem. Brit. Mus. 1. p. 139 (pro parte).

Tarba Walk. Cat. Het. Hem. Brit. Mus. i. p. 236 (1867).

1. Oncocoris APICALIS Dall. West Australia.

Dictyotus apicalis Dall. List, 1. p. 141 (1851).

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 388 (1900).

1905. | HEMIPTERA OF THE SUBFAMILY HALYINE. 149

2. OnNcocorRIS Ca@LEBS Fabr. Australia *.

Cimex celebs Fabr. Wnt. Syst. iv. p. 111 (1794).

Oncocoris celebs Stal, Hem. Fabr. i. p. 23.

3. ONCOCORIS CONFINIS Dall. Australia.

Dictyotus confinis Dall. List, i. p. 143.

4, Oncocoris DETERSUS Walk. Ceram.

Mormidea detersa Walk. Cat. ii. p. 554 (1868).

Dictyotus detersus Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 388

(1900).

5. Oncocoris DimrpiAtTus Mont. | Victoria.

O. dimidiatus Mont. Bull. Soc. Se. Bucarest, xii. p. 291

(1903).

6. ONCOCORIS DISCOIDEUS Dall. North Australia.

Dictyotus discoideus Dall. List, 1. p. 144.

7. ONCOCORIS FAVILLACEUS Walk. North Australia.

Tarba favillacea Walk. Cat. i. p. 237.

Dictyotus favillaceus Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iv.

p. 434 (1899).

8. ONCOCORIS GENICULATUS Dall. South Australia.

Dictyotus geniculatus Dall. List, i. p. 142; Dist. le.

Dictyotus lineatus Walk. Cat. 1. p. 181.

9, ONCOCORIS INSULANUS Bergr. New Britain.

O. insulanus Bergr. Rev. d’Ent. x. p. 202 (1891).

10. ONcocoRIS LETHTERRYI Mont. Australia.

O. lethierryi Mont. Bull. Soc. Sc. Bucarest, xii. p. 294 (1903).

11. Oncocoris MopEstus Horv. New South Wales.

O. modestus Horv. Term. Fiiz. xxv. p. 601 (1902).

12. Oncocoris ovALIS Berer., infra, p. 153. Queensland.

13. Oncocoris PuNcTatuS Mayr. New South Wales.

O. punctatus Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. p. 362

(1866); Reise d. Novara, Hem. p. 46, tab. 1. fig. 6.

14. ONCOCORIS SEMIMARGINATUS Westw. West Australia.

Pentatoma SST Westw. Cat. Hem. Coll. Hope, i.

p- 42 (1837).

Dies semimarginatus Dist. P.Z.S. 1900, p. 810.

15, Oncocoris stMILis Dall. Tasmania.

Dictyotus similis Dall. List, i. p. 143; Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (7) iv. p. 434 (1899).

Pentatoma truncatula Walk. Cat. ii. p. 311 (1867).

* Fabricius gives no nearer habitat ; I possess examples of the species from

Queensland. :

150 DR. E. BERGROTH ON STRIDULATING | May 16,

16. ONCOCcORIS SUBSIMILIS Mont. Victoria.

O. subsimilis Mont. Bull. Soc. Se. Bucarest, xii. p. 293 (1903).

17. ONCOCORIS TRANSVERSUS Carp. Murray Isl.

Dictyotus transversus Carp. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc. vi.

TO Wexel, TO sai, ae Il (USN).

18. ONCOCORIS TRUNCATELLUS Walk. Australia.

Eysarcoris truncatellus Walk. Cat. iii. p. 558. i:

Dictyotus truncatellus Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iv.

p. 434 (1899).

19. ONCOCORIS VENTRALIS Walk. North Australia.

Mormidea ventralis Walk. Cat. 111. p. 555.

Dictyotus ventralis Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iv.

p. 434 (1899).

The species of Oncocoris are very similar in facies to those of

Dictyotus, but, apart from the stridulatory patches, are easily

distinguished by having the antenniferous tubercles visible from

above and the metasternal orifice prolonged in a keel.

Before proceeding to describe some new forms of this group,

I may remark that in Oncocoris and Commius the “ spicula

stridulatoria” are arranged in a single straight row, whilst in

Platycoris and Niarius they are placed in two or three irregular

rows. The other described genera of the group are unknown

to me.

NIARIUS TRYONI, sp. n.

Ovatus, opacus, niger, subtiliter sat dense punctulatus, supra

callulis minutis flavidis conspersus, vitta superiore posteriore

et margine angusto laterali capitis, basi hujus subtus, basi

articuli primi, tertii quartique antennarum, rostro (articulo

ultimo excepto), limbo laterali prothoracis et partis basalis

corti, epipleuris, macula prope angulos basales et apice

seutelli, macula oblonga laterali intus rotundata segmentorum

abdominalium, acetabulis pedibusque (annulo anteapicali

Semorum excepto) flavo-ochraceis, ventre medio impunctato,

dilute piceo, nitido. Articulus primus antennarum apicem

capitis haud attingens, secundus duobus ultimis wnitis

cequilongus, tertius et quartus subeque longi. Pronotwm

lateribus leviter sinwatum. Scutellum apice impunctatum.

Hemelytra apicem abdominis attingentia, corio basin segmentt

sextt connexivt superante. Segmentum genitale maris medio

segmentis tribus precedentibus unitis subequilongum. (Pedes

postici desunt.)

Long. 3 10 min.

Queensland.

Allied to V. dluminatus Dist., but in Distant’s species the

1905. | HEMIPTERA OF THE SUBFAMILY HALYINA. 151

head, pronotum, and scutellum seem to be differently sculptured,

and there is no annulation to the femora.

LEVENNA, gen. nov.

Caput longitudine latius, leviter convexum, apice rotundatum,

marginibus anguste reflexis, ante oculos magnos globosos

sinuatis, tylo et jugis eque longis, illo postice elevato, his

antice valde approximatis, ocellis majusculis, in linea inter

marginem posticum oculorum ducta positis, a linea media

capitis quam ab oculis saltem duplo et dimidio longius

distantibus, bucculis humilibus, rectis ; rostro cowas posticas

attingente, articulo secundo duobus apicalibus unitis breviore,

tertio quarto longiore, twherculis antenniferis e supero

distinguendis, extus spinula porrecta armatis ; antennis

quadri-articulatis, articulo primo apicem capitis paullum

superante, secundo longissimo. Pronotum medio capite

parum longius, marginibus lateralibus anticis acutis, leviter

explanatis et refleais, angulis lateralibus haud prominulis,

anguste rotundatis, angulis basalibus latissime rotundatis,

margine basalirecto. Scutellum pone medium leviter sinwatum.

Mesosternum carinatum. Orificia metasternalia m rugam

mediocrem continuata. Hemelytra apicem abdominis longe

superantia, corio apicem abdominis subattingente (3 ) vel hoc

puullo breviore (2), margine apicali levissime sinwato, angulo

apicali acuto, membrana venis circiter sea instructa, eaterioribus

iribus furcatis et pone medium vena transversa conjunctis.

Ale apicemabdominis superantes, sed hemelytris paullo breviores.

Abdomen hemelytris haud vel viv latius, subtus wtringue prope

basin vitta stridulatoria curvata usque ad upicem segmenti

tertii pertracta instructum, segmentis quingue primis ventralibus

in mare medio valde retractis, quam lateribus fere triplo

brevioribus, segmentosexto hujus sexus permagno, precedentibus

wiritis medio longiore, angulis apicalibus hujus segment in

mare latissime rotundatis, fere deletis, margine apicalr recto,

im femina obtusiusculis, margine apicali late arcwato-sinuato,

segmento genitali maris latissimo, angulis apicalibus productis,

margine basali sub segmento sexto ventrali subocculto, medio

processu liguliformit verticaliter recurvo instructo. Pedes

longiusculi, femoribus posticis intus spiculis stridulatorus

uiiseriatis instructis,; tibiis omnibus femoribus subequilongis,

superne sulcatis ; tarsis triarticulatis, articulo primo tarsorum

posticorum tncrassato.

This remarkable genus is to be placed near Commius Stal, but

is at once distinguished by the four-joimted antenne, the very

long hemelytira, and the enormously developed sixth ventral and

genital segments in the male. The considerable length of the

hemelytra is probably due to the necessity for preserving the

inner parts of the very wide and open male genital segment from

injury.

152 DR. E. BERGROTH ON STRIDULATING [| May 16,

LEVENNA SALAX, Sp. n.

Supra niger, sat dense et fortiter punctatus, linea lougitudinali

media plus minusve distincta verticis, vitta vel linealongitudinalr

media interdum medio late interrupta pronoti hujusque limbo

laterali ab angulis apicalibus ultra medium interdumque

etiam margine postico, macula parva ad angulos basales,

maculis duabus mediis magnitudine variabilibus fasciaque

subapicali scutelli, fascia corti ab angulo apicali interno ad

marginem costalem ducta ibique dilatata segmentisque connexivr

basi flavis, remote fusco-punctatis, venis membrane presertim

apice sepe pallescentibus. Ale fusco-violacee. Caput subtus

cum rostro et antennis violaceo-nigrum, bucculis sepeque

macula utringue adjacente flavidis. Pectus violaceo-nigrum,

limbo laterali prosterni ab apice ultra medium, carina media

et margine laterali mesosterni ac limbo postico metasterni,

interdum etiam acetabulis omnibus et prosterno medio, flavis.

Abdomen subtus flavo-testaceuwm, disco medio interdum rufo-

piceotincto vel segmento sexto medio macula fusca notato, limbo

laterali ventris violaceo, macula quadrata ad angulos basales

segmentorwm Aavida cum disco ventris interdum confluente

signato. Pedes nigro- vel fusco-violacei, femoribus posterioribus

interdum basin versus flavescentibus, Caput subtus et pectus

remote punctulata, articulo secundo antennarum tertio fere

dinidio vel saltem tertia parte longiore, tertio et quarto

subeque longis. Pronotum longitudine media fere duplo et

dimidio latius, marginibus lateralibus rectis. Abdomen subtus

impunctatum, appendicibus duabus internis (lateralibus,

Sharp) segmenti genitalis maris longe subulatis.

Long. 3 6-76 mm., cum membr. 8-9°6 mm. 2 7:8 mm., cum

membr. 9°8 mmo.

Queensland ; South Australia (Yorketown).

CoMMIUS MINOR, Sp. n.

Flavus, capite (exceptis basi subtus, macula triangulari ab hac

ad tubercula antennifera ducta bucculisque), maculis duabus

magnis transversis triangularibus anticis pronoti, macula

magna basali triangulari scutelli medium hujus attingente -

maculaque eyusdem angusta elongata marginali pone medium,

meso- et metasterno medio (carina illius excepta), macula

magna pleurarum, maculis quinque ventralibus, una utringue

sublaterali segmenti quarti et quinti et wna magna media

segmenti sexti, maculaque transversa segmenti genitalis maris

violascenti- vel viridi-eneis, maculis duabus magnis basalibus

basi contiguis pronoti fuscis, hemelytris subpurpureo- fuscis,

opacis, levissime cenescentibus, corio fascia flava inter angulum

apiculem internum et marginem costalem ornato ; antennis,

rostro pedibusque castaneis, his cenescentibus. Caput entice

medio eb pone juga remote subtilissime punctulatum, jugrs

oblique strigosis, articulo secundo antennarum primo. plus

1905. } HEMIPTERA OF THE SUBFAMILY HALYINA. 153

quan dimidio longiore, tertio secundo tertia parte longiore

(cetert desunt). Pronotum medio capiti subequilongumn,

remotissime et subtilissime punctulatum, marginibus lateralibus

anticis subrectis. Scutellum remotissime et subtilissime, pone

medium latera versus fortius punctulatum. Hemelytra

apicem abdominis attingentia, clavo et corio remote subtiliter

punctulatis, margine apicali hujus exterius levissime sinuato.

Pectus remote punctulatum, pleuris medio levibus. Abdomen

impunctatum, segmento sexto ventrali maris medio segmentis

tribus antecedentibus unitis cquilongo, segmento genital

maris margine apicali segmenti ultimi ventralis paullo latiore,

appendicibus internis (lateralibus, Sharp) falciformibus, dilute

piceis (in elegante longioribus, nigris).

Long. 3 9 mm.

Queensland.

Much smaller than C. elegans Don. and differently coloured,

with the pronotum much shorter, the hemelytra also shorter,

the apical margin of the corium much less sinuate near the

apical angle, and the genital segment of the male much broader.

ONCOCORIS OVALIS, sp. 0.

Ovalis, livido-testaceus, modice dense sat fortiter nigricanti-

punctatus, ventre medio remote punctato, limbo laterali prosterni

et ventris impunctato, articulo ultimo rostri, vitta angusta

sublaterali paullo curvata dimidvi antici plewrarum, macula

oblongula ante angulos posticos prosterni, mesosterno medio

(carina excepta), macula magna transversa basali ventris,

macula media segmenti ejus sexti maculaque parva ad angulum

basalem et apicalem seymentorum connexivi et ventris nigrinis.

Caput pronoto medio subequilongum, tylo et jugis eque longis,

rostro coxas posticas superante ; (antenne desunt). Pronotwm

longitudine media duplo et dimidio latius, marginibus

lateralibus subrectis, angulis lateralibus levissime eminilis,

obtusis. Seutellum maculis quinque minutis basalibus et

summo apice impunctatum. Hemelytra apicem abdominis

superantia, corio areolis aliquot impunctatis predito, membrana

Susca, venis albo-cinerascentibus. Abdomen hemelytris subcque

latum. Pedes maculis punctiformibus nigrinis conspersi,

femoribus posticis medium segmenti sexti ventris paullum

superantibus, spiculis stridulatoriis fusco-ferrugineis.

Long. 2 8 mm.

Queensland.

EURYNANNUS, gen. nov.

Corpus parvum, late breviter rotundato-ovale. Caput planius-

culum, dimidio basali partis anteocularis antrorsum admodum

angustato, lateribus obtusissimis, convewis, in tubercula

antennifera continuo transeuntibus, dimidio ejus apicali

parallelo, apice late rotundato et medio levissime inciso,

lateribus acutis, jugis tylo longioribus et ante hune contiguis,

154 STRIDULATING HEMIPTERA OF THE HALYINE. | May 16,

oculis minutis, brevissime stylatis, ocellis perminutis, ab oculis

ac linea media capitis subeque longe distantibus, mox pone

lineam inter marginem posteriorem oculorum fictam positis,

vertice oculo circiter septuplo latiore, tuberculis antenniferis ¢

supero distinguendis, antrorsum convergentibus, apice extus

spinuloso-productis ; antennis ab oculis et ab apice capitis

subeque longe insertis, quinque-articulatis, articulo primo

apicem capitis haud attingente, bucculis humilibus, rectis ;

rostro coxas posticas paullum superante, articulo secundo

apicalibus duobus subequilongis wnitis paullo breviore.

Pronotum medio capiti subequilongum, marginibus lateralibus

anticis leviter rotundatis, antice leviter sinwatis, margine

postico rotundato, angulis lateralibus vie eminulis, obtusis.

Scutellum subeque longum ac latum, parte apicali latiuscula,

Srenis medium scutelli paullum superantibus. Sterna medio

sulcata ; orificia in vugam longiusculam oblique antrorsum

producta. Hemelytra apicem abdominis paullum superantia, -

margine apicali corii levissime sinuato, membrana paucinervi.

Abdomen hemelytris parwmn latius, subtus prope basin utrinque

vitia stridulatoria eurvata ad apicem segmenti tertii extensa

instructum. Pedes mediocres, femoribus posticis intus spiculis

stridulatorus wniseriatis instructis, tibiis femoribus sub-

cequilongis, supra sulcatis, tarsis triarticulatis.

Easily distinguished from Oncocoris by the structure of the

head, the very small substylated eyes, and the short and broad

body.

EURYNANNUS LIPPUS, Sp. Nn.

Ochraceus, opacus, sat dense ferrugineo-punctatus (disco ventris

tamen remotissime punctato), whique maculis minutis nigris

remotissime adspersus, macula parva nigra ad angulos basales

et apicales segmentorum abdominalium notatus. Caput longi-

tudine paullo latius, rostro apice nigro ; antennis ochraceis,

articulo tertio apice et duobus ultimis totis dilute ferrugineis,

articulo secundo primo duplo longiore, tertio primo dimidio

longiore, quarto secundo subequilongo, quinto quarto equilongo

vel paullo longiore. Pronotwm capite duplo latius. Scutellaam

mox pone medium levissime sinuatwm. Membrana cinerea,

maculis minutis nigris remote conspersa. Abdomen (¢)

dorso apice arcuato-sinuatum, segmento ventrali sexto apice

medio subrecto, latera versus levissime sinwato, medio segmento

quinto duplo longiore, segmento genitali perpendicular, ultra

segmentum ultimum abdominale haud producto. Pedes

maculis punctiformibus nigris remotissime conspersi, femoribus

posticis apicem abdominis attingentibus, spiculis stridulatoriis

Serrugineis.

Long. 3 5°6 mm., lat. 4°3 mi.

(ueensland.

1905. | ON THE ANATOMY OF LIMICOLINE BIRDS. 155

5. On the Anatomy of - Limicoline Birds; with special

Reference to the Correlation of Modifications. By

P. Cuatmers Mrrcaert, M.A., D.Sc. (Oxon.),

Secretary to the Society.

[Received May 16, 1908. |

(Text-figures 23-28.)

In this memoir I use the term Limicole in the sense of

Gadow (3) as a major subdivision of the Order Charadriiformes.

I have dissected examples of the following forms, and where, in

this paper, I refer to family-characters, I ‘must be understood as

limiting my remarks to the birds I ewe myself dissected, unless I

definitely state otherwise :—

Suborder Limicoue.

Family Charadriide ...... Charadrius pluvialis.

Himantopus migricollis.

Vanellus vulgaris.

Gallinago celestis.

Rhynchea capensis.

Scolopax rusticola.

@hionidseses.2..255.. Chionis alba.

Glareolide ......... Glareola pratincola.

Mnivocoradees oa. Thinocorus species ¢

(Edicnemide ...... (Edicnemus scolopax.

Parvidaer antes ae Hydrophasianus chirurgus.

The greater part of the actual dissection was completed in

1902, in continuation of my work on Gruiform Birds (7) ; pressure

of other duties has made it impossible to finish it sooner. J am

indebted to the facilities afforded by this Society in the prosectorium

at the Gardens for the material, and to my friend Mr. F. E.

Beddard, F.R.S., the Society’s Prosector, for much kindly interest.

DIASTATAXY IN THE LIMICOLE.

In the arrangement of the feathers on the wing, all Limicoline

birds are closely similar. They are diastataxic in the most typical

form. The condition in Chionis alba (text-fig. 23, p. 156) may

serve as an example. Along the edge of the ulna, from the wrist

towards the elbow, the great quills with their associated coverts

are arranged in an orderly series, but after four of these rows, each

headed by a quill, there is a row from which the quill is missing,

forming the diastataxic gap (text-fig. 23, 7, p. 156). The carpal

remex and covert are present (C.R., CC. ), the covert, in most cases

(although not in Chionis), being ‘conspicuously larger than the

remex. These two feathers lie closer to the most proximal primary-

156 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE | | May 16,

quill than to the most distal secondary-quill in most Limicole,

but the position varies, and that shown in the diagram is more

primitive. As evidence of their association with the secondary

series, there is to be taken into account first the fact that the

covert crosses the remex as in the secondary rows, not lying distal

to it as in the primaries, and, secondly, that a plica (pl.), to

which I have called attention in other groups (4 and 5), unites the

carpal remex with the most distal secondary remex.

Text-fig. 25.

ITT TTY

Wing-structure of Chionis alba.

Diagram of the distal secondary quills and coverts,

showing the diastatavie arrangement.

S.. First secondary. P. First primary. «x. Diastataxic gap. C.R. Carpal remex.

C.C. Carpal covert. Pl. Plica, binding carpal covert to first secondary.

The condition of the wing in the Limicole is similar to that

found in the greater number of the Columbe, but whereas in some

Columb (4) the eutaxic condition is found—or, as I have tried

to show, has been attained,—it has not been attained by any of

the Limicole. In the Gruiformes, a somewhat incoherent group

certainly closely related to the Charadriiformes, both conditions

of the wing are present (7).

*UT-PATTERNS IN THE LIMICOLA,

T have already shown (6) that the pattern of the gut in Limicole

is of considerable interest. It displays a configuration which

differs from the pattern which is archecentric for all birds in a

fashion similar to the divergence shown by the Gruiform birds,

1905. ] ANATOMY OF LIMICOLINE BIRDS. 157

and notably different from that of the Columbe, or, indeed, of any

other group except the Lari. The duodenal loop is simple and

definite (text-figs. 24 and 25, A-B); the portion of Meckel’s tract

proximal to Meckel’s diverticulum (Div.) tends to be enlarged in

such a way that the diverticulum is not at the apex of a loop as

in Columbe or Passeres, but on the distal limb of a loop, which

is short in the forms which are less specialised in this respect,

such as the Chionide, Glareolide, Thinocoridze, Cidicnemide,

and the simpler Charadriide (such as Vwmenius and Vanellus),

Text-fig. 24.

Diagram of intestinal pattern of Rhynchea capensis.

A. Cut proximal end of duodenal loop. B. Distal end of duodenal loop.

Div. Meckel’s diverticulum. C. Origin of ceca. R. Cut end of rectum at cloaca.

but which in other Charadriide and Parride (such as Scolopax,

Himantopus, and Hydrophasianus) is elongated and_ spirally

twisted. The portion of Meckel’s tract between this and the

duodenal loop is ill-defined in the simpler forms, but in others

tends to be thrown into a definite narrow loop. The portion pos-

terior to the diverticulum is in close relation to the colic cxca,

which are long in the simpler forms (text-fig. 24, C.), but become

158 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [May 16,

almost atrophied in the more specialised types of gut-pattern—

as, for instance, in Hydrophasianus (text-fig. 25, C.).

With regard to these two features of their structure, the con-

ditions of which in Birds generally are pretty well known, the

position of the Limicole is easy to define. In wing-structure they

are diastataxic, like all but the most specialised Columbe, and like

many of the Grniformes! In the gut-pattern they are not much

modified from the archecentric condition, but the modification is

definite, characteristic, and progressive, and, i in its simpler form,

Text-fig. 25.

Diagram of intestinal pattern of Hydrophasianus chirurgus.

Lettering as in text-fig. 24.

similar to that shown by the Gruiformes. In the more specialised

types the elongation and spiral twisting of a portion of Meckel’s

diverticulum brings about a superficial resemblance with the

arrangement in the long-gutted Columbe and Passeres, but the

morphological condition is different, as a different portion of

the intestinal tract is affected. I shall now endeavour to set

out the chief modifications in muscular anatomy that T have found

to be of interest in these birds.

Muscutar ANATOMY.

Latissimus dorsi anterior et posterior.—The anterior division in all

these birds is a broad flat muscular strap, without any peculiarities.

1905. ] ANATOMY OF LIMICOLINE BIRDS. 159

Its insertion is muscular, and just below that of the posterior

division (text-fig. 26, L.A. and 3). The posterior division is absent

in Scolopax, present in the others, and its proximal edge touches

the distal edge of the anterior division in Wdicnemus (text-fig. 26,

L.P. and 4) and Hydrophasianus, but not inthe others. In Hydro-

phasianus and Gdienemus the two muscles are almost continuous,

although they cross before insertion, at which point they are closely in

contact ; whilst in the others the tendon of the posterior division is

separated by a short gap from the muscular and more distal insertion

to the humerus of the anterior division; this tendon is always

in close association with the humeral anchor of the anconzeus.

Text-fig. 26.

er,

Shoulder-muscles of Gidicnemus scolopax.

Left shoulder ; external view.

2. Tendon of supra-coracoideus. A.S. Anconeus scapularis, the reference lines

pointing respectively to the humeral origin and the scapular anchor. S.A.

Scapuli-humeralis anterior. S.P. Scapuli-humeralis posterior. S. Expansor

secundariorum. L.A. Latissimus dorsi anterior. L.P. Latissimus dorsi

posterior. 3. Insertion of lat.'dors. ant. 4. Common insertion of lat. dors.

post. and humeral anchor of ancon. scapularis.

The posterior division, where present, tends to spread backwards

to reach the ilium and part of the ribs. In Chionis its origin is

limited to the vertical anterior edge of the ilium, whilst the gap

between it and the anterior muscle is wider than in any of the

other birds.

The archecentric, or most generalised, condition of these muscles

in Birds appears to be the existence of an anterior and posterior

division, fairly well separated at their origins and close together

160 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE | May 16,

at their insertions. Any well-marked deviation from this condition

may be regarded as derivative. I have shown that in the more

specialised Columbide the posterior division of the muscle tends

to disappear (4); in the Kingfishers the anterior division similarly

is In progressive diminution (5); in most of the Gruiform birds

the anterior division is less strongly marked, whilst the posterior

division tends to increase greatly in size and strength, whilst in

the Crane and Bustard it is the posterior division which dis-

appears (7). In the Limicoline birds generally the anterior

division remains in the primitive condition, whilst the posterior

tends to enlarge as it does in the Rails, the enlargement being

specially a backward and downward extension of the origin. On

the other hand, in the Woodcock, as an exception, there is a

disappearance of the posterior division.

Latissimus dorsi metapatagialis. —This muscle is probably

present in all these birds, but it is very slightly developed and apt

to be removed in the pr ocess of skinning.

Rhomboideus superficialis et profundus.—Of these two muscles,

the superficial is phylogenetically older. In all these birds it is

the thinner of the two muscles, but is longer, being longest in

Edienemus and Chionis, whilst it shows a general tendency to die

away posteriorly, In Chionis it is nearly divided into a proximal

and distal portion by a thin central area, a secondary cleavage which

is well marked in the deep muscle of the eutaxi¢c Kingfishers.

The deep muscle in Hydrophasianus is almost of the same length

as the superficial muscle and it is difficult to separate the two. sin

the others it is well separated by its greater thickness and by the

slope of its fibres upwards and forwar rds from the scapula to the

vertebree. Its origin begins at the extreme posterior end of the

scapula and extends forw ards under the origin of the superficial

muscle, but never reaching so far forwards.

In the condition of these muscles, then, the Limicole are fairly

homogeneous; the older supert ficial muscle is well developed,

extending in front of the deep muscle, but, except in Scolopazx,

leaving a portion of it exposed behind. The deep muscle has made

comparatively little progress in forward extension along the line

of the scapula and clavicle.

Biceps brachialis——This muscle displays in WMdicnemus the

condition normal in the majority of birds; it arises by a narrow

tendon from the acrocoracoid, and by a broad tendon from the

proximal end of the humerus ; the rounded belly runs down the

arm and ends in a forked tendon, the thicker fork being inserted

to the radius, the thinner to the ulna. No doubt, fleshy origins

must have preceded tendinous origins, and there is considerable

variation as to the relative size of the two origins and insertions in

different birds; but the @dicnemus condition is a fairly central one,

and it is interesting to notice that in this respect @dicnemus stands

apart from other Limicoline birdsand might be associated with many

other groups. In Hydrophasianus there is a comparatively slight

deviation from the normal, consisting in the complete disappearance

1905. | ANATOMY OF LIMICOLINE BIRDS. 161

of the humeral head. This has already been noted by Fiirbringer

and Beddard (1 and 2), and the latter author states that he found

a similar reduction in RKhynchea. In the example of Rhynchea

that I dissected, however, I found a very different condition, the

well-marked occurrence of a peculiar Limicoline deviation which

occurs in a more or less modified form in all the other birds which

form the subject of this paper.

The Limicoline peculiarity of the biceps brachialis is well

marked in Chionis (see text-fig. 27). The main mass of the

Ae.

Text-fig.

Biceps of Chionis alba.

AC. Coracoid head. BI.P. Biceps patagialis. BI. 1. Chief portion of biceps.

BI. 2. Accessory biceps. R. Radial insertion. U. Ulnar insertions.

muscle arises by a tendon from the acrocoracoid (AC.) and by a

large and fleshy head from the humerus (BI. 1); this tapers

towards the lower end of the humerus and then divides into a

Proc, Zoo. Soc.—1905, Vou. Il. No. XI. eh

162 DR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE | May 16,

large tendon inserted to the radius (R.) and a very small tendon

to the ulna (U.). There is also a second belly, smaller and rounder,

arising almost wholly from the coracoid tendon of origin (BI. 2), and

towards the lower end of the humerus passing into a round tendon

which is inserted to the ulna only (U.), distal to the insertion

of the ulnar branch of the tendinous fork of Biceps 1. This

doubled condition of the biceps is practically repeated in Scolopax,

except that Bi. 1 appears to supply only the tendon to the radius,

and the same state of affairs is present in Gallinago, Charadrius,

Himantopus, Vanellus, and Rhynchea. Tt occurs also in Glareola

and in Thinocorus, but in the latter the humeral head is

degenerate although present.

This complication of the biceps shows a link between the

Charadriidee, through Chionis, with a more exaggerated peculiarity

in some of the Gulls. The condition in Scolopax differs from that

in Ohionis practically only in the tendon of Bi. 1 in the latter

being forked so as to be inserted both to the radius and ulna. If

we suppose this fork in Chionis to be split up into the body of the

muscle so as to separate the portion of the belly arising from the

acrocoracoid tendon from the portion coming from the humerus,

the Gull condition would be reached. In Larus, for instance, the

tendon of origin arising from the acrocoracoid divides into two

fleshy bellies, the one representing Bi, 2 in text-fig. and running

to the ulna, the other, fused with Bi. 1 in the figure, running

independently to the radius. As there is very strong evidence of

other kinds for supposing that the Gulls are modified from a

Charadriiform stock, it would seem natural to suppose that here

we have to deal with a case of progressive complexity, starting

from the Scolopax condition and leading through Chionis to the

Gull condition. But it is important to remember that, in cases

of muscles and tendons of birds, the general morphological course

is from the more complex to the simpler, and, to my mind, it is

more probable that the Scolopax and general Limicoline condition

isa simplification from the Gull condition, Chionis showing how

the simplification may have come about.

Deltoidis patagialis—This muscle is of moderate width in all

these birds, and gives off the longus and brevis tendons from its

relatively broad distal extremity, with not more than the slightest

indication of division into peaks for the different tendons, and so

far remaining in a primitive or archecentric condition, With

regard to the tendons, Hdicnemus displays a condition markedly

different from that found in all the others. The longus tendon is

simple and slender; it has an anchor to the humerus, and, after

being joined by the biceps slip, gives off one or two very weak

slips of fascia to the patagium, and then takes the usual course

towards the wrist. The brevis tendon is simple, flat, and well

marked ; it runs an undivided course towards the elbow, parallel

with the biceps, and, close to its insertion, broadens out into a

fan-shaped termination, which displays in a reduced condition the

three slips named respectively a, 3, y by Ftirbringer. In all the

1905. ] ANATOMY OF LIMICOLINE BIRDS. 163

other birds on my list the condition is much more complex, but

as the complexity is similar in all, it is unnecessary to add to the

figures given on plate xxi. of Fiirbringer’s great monograph (2).

The longus tendon has an anchor to the humerus in all: it is

broad and partly doubled in Chionis, Scolopax, Vanellus, and

Himantopus ; it is single in Glareola, Thinocorus, Hydrophasianus,

Charadrius, Rhynchea, and Gallinago, although in these a greater

width in the elastic portion shows a tendency to duplication. In

all, from just below the middle of its course, it sends a tendinous

anchor inwards and downwards to join with the a portion of the

brevis tendon ; the width of this anchor and the exact point and

mode of junction with the brevis tendon differ, but the details do

not appear sufficiently important for individual description. The

brevis tendon is doubled in all, the duplication being complete

from origin to insertion. A well-defined tendon nearest to the

biceps runs towards the elbow, where it is practically free from

the second portion of the brevis; its extremity corresponds

with y of Fiirbringer and it occasionally turns in towards the elbow,

or may run a straight course towards the ulnar margin of the arm.

The second iision of the brevis is stronger and wider; it runs

parallel with the latter, and nearer the longus tendon, At its

distal extremity it divides into two well-marked slips—the proximal,

being the 6 of Furbringer and spreading out into a fan running

towards the ulnar margin of the arm, whilst the more distal,

the a of Fiirbringer, receives the anchor from the longus.

Pectoralis propatagialis.—This slip is present in all the birds

on my list. Leaving the pectoralis major it jos the deltoides

patagialis before the muscular part of that muscle has given off

the longus and brevis tendons, but its fibres run towards the

longus rather than to the brevis. It is weakest in Glareola and

Thinocorus.

Biceps patagialis.—This muscular slip, to the presence or absence

of which Garrod attached so much importance, is present in all

these birds and joins the longus. It is much weaker in Glareola

and Hydrophasianus, where it is little more than a tendon. In

“dicnemus it sends a-slip to the patagium, recalling the arrange-

ment which I have described in Heliornis (7, text-fig. 78, p. 640).

Its length varies, it being much longest in Himantopus, where its

distal end nearly reaches the radial margin of the arm—an

extremely specialised condition. Where the biceps is double, the

origin of the biceps patagialis is sometimes from both portions (text-

fig. 27, BI. P. p. 161), but in other cases it comes from the acro-

coracoid head only, and in others again from the humeral head.

The condition of these alar muscles and tendons is of con-

siderable interest. The first salient point is that Wdicnemas

stands markedly apart from the others, showing in these

structures, as in the biceps, an arrangement much more resembling

that found in the Gruiformes, and, indeed, in many other birds,

than the typical Limicoline condition. On the other hand, just

as the complexity of the biceps in the Limicole recalls the similar

164 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [May 16,

complexity in Gulls, so Gulls exhibit the doubling of the brevis

tendon and the anchor from the longus to Firbringer’s a, which

are the conspicuous features of the Limicoline alar complex.

The general trend of change in the formation of the alar tendons

seems to have been, first, the formation of distinct tendons from a

series of scattered fasciz and cutaneous slips, and next a reduction

of the complex tendons to a more and more simple form. The

most ready interpretation of the facts appears to me to be that

in the ancestors of the Laride and Limicole a complex and

specialised alar series of tendons had been elaborated; this

condition has been retained by the Gulls and by most of the

Limicolous birds, whereas in the Gruiformes and in Wdicnemus

it has more or less completely disappeared, leaving traces such as

the separation of the distal fan of the brevis into the small

divisions which can be recognised as the «a, 3, y of Ftirbringer.

Deltoides major et minor.—In all these birds both muscles are

present and display little divergence. The minor is extremely

small in Chionis, Gallinago, and Hydrophasianus; in the others

itis normal. The major isa muscle which in many birds displays

a progressive tendency to creep down the humerus. It is shortest

in Hydrophasianus, not reaching more than three-eighths of the

proximal end of the humerus, and is without the usual scapular

anchor. In Gallinago it reaches rather less than halfway down

the humerus, in Zhinocorus rather more; in the others nearly

an exact half, the scapular anchor being well marked in all but

Hydrophasianus.

Scapuli-humerales anterior et posterior (text-fig. 26, p. 159).—

The posterior muscle (8.P.) is present in all these birds and is

large and important, converging from an extensive origin

occupying the greater part of the scapula toa rounded tendon

inserted to the median process of the humerus. The anterior

muscle (S8.A.) is small and occupies the usual position across the

angle between the scapula and the humerus. It is normal in

“dicnemus and Hydrophasianus, very small, merely a few fibres,

in Glareola and Thinocorus. In Charadrius it is small but quite

distinct, whilst in Himantopus it is represented by a narrow

band of fibres. In Chionis, Vanellus, Rhynchea, Gallinago, and

Scolopax it is absent.

There seems little doubt but that the normal, or archecentric,

condition in Birds is for both divisions of the muscle to be present,

whilst the anterior division is frequently absent. The Limicole

obviously form a group with a marked tendency to the disap-

pearance of this muscle, but there is no special correlation between

specialisation in other directions and the degree of reduction of

the muscle.

Hapansor secundariorum.—The «specialised division of the

anconeeus to which Garrod gave the name of ‘“expansor

secundariorum ”’ is a muscle in obvious course of disappearance in

this group. It is present in a well-marked condition in

Gdienemus (text-fig. 26, S., p. 159) and Hydrophasianus. Its

1905. | ANATOMY OF LIMICOLINE BIRDS. 165

proximal portion is well marked in Scolopax, Himaniopus,

Gallinago, Rhynchea, Vanellus, Charadrius, Thinocorus, and

Glareola, but it disappears before reaching the elbow. It is

absent in Chionis.

llio-tibialis internus sew sartorius.—This muscle is practically

identical in all the birds on my list. It arises from the anterior

edge and a narrow portion of the anterior dorsal extremity of

the ilium, and has the usual insertion to the fasciz over the

knee-capsule. In most cases, it shows little sign of fusion with

the anterior edge of the ilio-tibialis.

Ltio-tibialis.—In all these birds this muscle is large, the post-

acetabular portion having a strong fleshy origin, whereas the

anterior portion is more membranous.

Llio-trochantericit posterior, anterior ct medius.—These muscles

are all present in typical form in these birds, except that in

Thinocorus, Edicnemus, and Hydrophasianus the anterior and

medius are nearly fused, showing only a trace of separation at

their tendon of insertion to the femur.

Itio-trochantericus externus.—This variable muscle is present

in all these birds, but is extremely small in Zhinocorus.

Ambiens.—This important muscle is present in all the birds

on iny list, and, in the normal fashion, ends in a tendon which

passes through the capsule of the knee-joint and is reinforced

(except in Chionis) by a ligament from the head of the fibula,

finally forming one of the heads of origin of the muscle complex

which gives rise to the perforated flexors of the second, third, and

fourth digits.

Femori-tibiales sew Crureus and Vastws.—These muscles are

alike in all the birds on my list, corresponding almost exactly

with the condition I found in Gruiform birds (7), with the

exception that in Zhinocorws the femoro-tibialis externus is not

developed as a separate slip.

Caud-ilio-femoralis (Femoro-caudal and accessory F.-c.) (text-

fig. 28, p. 166).—The condition of these muscles, to which the

researches of Garrod, Forbes, and Beddard have given special

importance, differs in @dicnemus from that found in the others.

In @dienemus, as in Otis and many Gruiform birds, the portion

with a caudal origin (“‘ femoro-caudal ” of Garrod) is totally absent ;

the portion arising from the ilium (“accessory femoro-caudal” of

Garrod) is present and has the usual relations, but displays a

considerable tendinous area in the middle of its muscular belly—

an obvious sign of degeneration, to which I have already called

attention (7).

The condition in Chionis (text-fig. 28, p. 166) is more generalised.

Both muscles are present, the caudal portion (CAUD. IL. F. 2)

displaying a fairly large rounded belly, which tapers to the tendon

of origin which is inserted to the femur just distad of the in-

sertion of the iliac portion. The iliac portion (CAUD. IL. F. 1)

has a fan-shaped origin from the ilium, displaying on its proximal

border a well-marked area of tendinous degeneration (X), and is

166 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [May 16,

inserted to the femur along a narrow vertical line. In Vanellus

the caudal portion is very large, whilst the accessory portion is

present, but minute and with a tendinous degeneration similar

to that just described. In Zhinocorus, Hy yar ophasianus, and

Rhynchea both portions are present and large. In Glareola,

Charadrius, and Himantopus the caudal por tion is large, and the

iliac is extremely minute, represented by not more than a few

fibres. In Gaillinago and Scolopax the caudal portion is of

moderate size, the iliac portion completely absent.

Text-fig. 28.

ILTRE IL.FIB (1)

Ze Ih

CAUDILEL

avid Le

YY habs y

PATA i ey

Te CAUD.IL.FL

= Wy

fi Cae

eo )1 F/B (2)

Thigh-muscles of Chionis alba. Right thigh, external view.

IL.TR.E., P., M., A. Ilo-trochanterici externus, pesterior, medius et anterior.

IL.FIB. (1). Origin of ilio-fibularis seu biceps, cut and reflected. IL.FIB. (2).

Insertion of biceps, cut and reflected. I.F. Ischio-femoralis, seu obdurator

externus. CAUD.IL.F.1,2. Insertions of caud-ilio-femoralis (accessory femoro- *

caudal (1) and femoro-caudal (2)). CAUD.IL.FL. Caud-ilio-flexorius, cut, and

origin reflected. IS.FL. Ischio-flexorius. P.I.F. Pub-ischio-femorales, seu

adductores longus et magnus. The tendinous areas are dotted. X. Tendinous

area on accessory femoro-caudal. F.T.E. Femoro-tibialis externus.

Hdicnemus in this respect, as in others, shows its wide diver-

gence from the typical Limicoline condition. Of the others,

Thinocorus, Hydrophasianus, and Rhynchea show what is probably

the archecentric or generalised condition for birds, the presence

of both muscles in a well-marked form. The remaining birds of

the list show that the tendency of modification in the group is for

the disappearance of the iliac portion (the ‘accessory ” of Garrod) ;

and complete disappearance has been reached by Gallinago

and Scolopax, two birds in other respects relatively highly

specialised.

Caud-ilioflenorius (Senritendinosus and Accessory senitendi-

nosus), Ischio-Hexorius (text-fig. 28).—In all these birds the three

1905. ] ANATOMY OF LIMICOLINE BIRDS. 167

muscles are present, and, save that in Hydrophasianus and

Himantopus the semitendinosus and its accessory or femoral head

were very small, the conditions I did not find to differ from the

generalised state found in Gruiform birds.

Insertions of Caud-ilio-lexorius, [schio-flexorius, and middle or

posterior femoral head of Gastrocnemius—In a former

communication to this Society (7) I described the differences

that exist amongst Gruiform birds in this respect, and

I grouped these divergences round four central types. The

conditions in the Limicole are more uniform, and may be

explained by comparison with the figure of the Otis type (7, text-

fig. 83, p. 651). In all the birds the internal adductor muscle

(Pub-ischio-femoralis internus) sends a strong slip to the middle

head (internal femoral) of the gastrocnemius, or may be actually

fused with it. The internal femoral head of the gastrocnemius

at its insertion to the femur is parallel with and distad of the

accessory or femoral attachment of the caud-ilio-flexorius ; in

Vanellus and Himantopus the edges of the two are in close contact,

although they are not actually fused asin the Rallide. In all

the other birds on my list they are quite asin Otis. From the

raphe between the accessory and main portion of the caud-ilio-

flexorius a strong fibrous band runs downwards fusing with the

middle head of the gastrocnemius, whilst another band from

the same point of origin runs across to be inserted into the

tibia, under the tibial portion of the gastrocnemius, generally in

association with the similar insertion of the ischio-flexorius.

Gastrocnemius, external femoral head.—This is double in

Vanellus, Himantopus, and Charadrius, single in all the others.

The two heads unite before the muscle joins with the conjoined

tibial and inner femoral portions. This recalls the similar

doubling in Cariama, the three heads in Otis and Hurypyga, and

the enormous undivided head in Heliornis. I have not in-

formation as to the occurrence of a similar variation of the external

head of the gastrocnemius in other groups.

Tlio-jibularis (text-fig. 28, IL.FIB. (1) & (2)).—This muscle,

with its sling and connections, exhibits practically identical

conditions, and these not differing from the state in the Grui-

formes generally in all the birds on my list. The fleshy origin

is unusually large.

Pub-ischio-femorales (adductors).—These are both present in

all the birds on the list. As I have mentioned above, the internal

adductor has usually a strong connection with the middle head of

the gastrocnemius. it is wider than the external adductor and

shows traces of tendinous degeneration.

Tibialis anticus and Solews.—TVhese are present and normal in

all the birds on the list, the tibialis anticus passing through a

ligamentous ridge.

Extensor digitorum communis.—This has the normal arrange-

ment and relations in all. Its tendon of insertion breaks up into

two central slips for digit 3 and a single lateral slip at each

168 ON THE ANATOMY OF LIMICOLINE BIRDS. [May 16,

side for digits 2 and 4 respectively, except in Glareola and

Thinocorus, where it is a fan-shaped slip of fascie common to

the three digits, with the slightest trace of specialisation into

tendons on the edges of the fan.

Peroneus superficialis (with slip to perforated tendon of digit 3),

Peroneus profundus.—These muscles are present, with one

exception, in the normal or archecentric condition in all the birds

on the list. The exception is the peroneus profundus in

(dicnemus, in which bird it is practically absent, the absence

being another point in which W@dicnemus differs from the

Limicole and recalls many of the Gruiformes, such as Ofis.

FPlexores perforantes et perforati.rThese muscles and tendons,

including the slip connecting the tendon of digit 3 with the

corresponding tendon of the perforated flexor, all present a

practically identical condition, which does not differ in any

important respect from the condition in the majority of the

Gruiformes.

Flexores perforati.—These muscles in all the birds on my list

have the usual inter-relations and divide into tendons for the

three digits in customary fashion. The muscular mass has three

heads: of these I have already described the ambiens head, which

is similar throughout, except that there is no accessory ligament

from the head of the fibula in Chionis. The external head is

fleshy in Himantopus; it is small and tendinous in Chionis,

Glareola, Thinocorus, Hydrophasianus, Charadrius, Rhynchea,

and Gallinago. Itis absent in @dicnemus and Scolopax.

Fleaor profundus and Flexor longus hallucis—In my communi-

cation on the Gruiform birds I described various ways in which

the tendons of these two muscles (which are similar in their

origin in all the birds on my list) are united with one another

and distributed to the toes. J suggested that probably the

most primitive condition was such as is to be found in Lurypyga

(7, text-fig. 85, VII), where the longus hallucis sends a slip to the

hallux, and distad of this blends so completely with the profundus

tendon that each tendon supplies each of the three digits. The

condition in Chionis resembles this closely, except that, as in

vhinochetus, the hallucis tendon, after giving off its slip to the

toe, is not so markedly spread out for the other toes. dienemus

shows a state practically identical with that of Otis; there is no

great toe, and therefore no slip to it; the spreading out of the

junction of the hallucis tendon with the profundus tendon has

become obliterated.

In Hydrophasianus the condition is exactly as in Lurypyga,

except that, although there is a long great toe, there is no slip to

it. In Rhynchea the condition is also the primitive one, except

that the shp to the great toe comes off a considerable distance

above the branching of the conjoined main tendons for the three

other digits. In Scolopax the condition is similar to that in

Rhynchea, but although there is a small great toe there is no

slip to it, and the long junction of the two tendons is ossified.

val

1D Aisi LIOS, VOL ML IE.W,

West, Newman ad nat.chromo-lith.

BATES HAINANUS.

1905.] MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A HAINAN GIBBON. 169

Glareola and Thinocorus are like Scolopax, but have a slip to the

great toe. Vanellus and Gallinago are exactly like Scolopax ;

Charadrius and Himantopus are also identical with it, except

that there is no great toe.

The conditions of these tendons in Limicole are similar and

much alike, being not far removed from the condition that I

take to be archecentric or primitive for Birds. But in the group

there is a tendency to lose or reduce the great toe, and that

loss or reduction has produced modifications which are similar

in character and very easy to derive from the primitive type.

SUMMARY.

With the exception of Wdicnemus, the Limicoline birds

examined, so far as relates to the characters dealt with, show a

definite and coherent series of modifications. The group is

moving, or has moved, along the same anatomical lines. The

limits of its variations overlap in a special way the variations

displayed by Gulls, and in a general way those exhibited by

Gruiform birds.

REFERENCES.

(1) Bepparp, F. E.—The Structure and Classification of Birds.

1898.

(2) Foursprincer, M.—Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und

Systematik der Vogel. 1888.

(3) Gapow, H.—‘‘ Aves” in Bronn’s Thierreich.

(4) Mrrcneit, P. CoatmMEerRs.—“‘ Quintocubitalism in the Wing of

Birds.” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvil. p. 237.

(5) Mrrcnentt, P. Coatmers.—‘‘ Anatomy of Kinefishers.” The

Ibis, 1901, p. 97.

(6) Mircnety, P, CHatmers.—‘ On the Intestinal Tract of Birds.”

Trans. Linn. Soe. ser. 2, Zool. vol. viii. p. 173.

(7) Mrrcnett, P. Coatmers.—“ On the Anatomy of Gruiform

Birds.” Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1901, vol. ii. p. 629.

6. Observations upon a Female Specimen of the Hainan

Gibbon (Hylobates hainanus), now living in the Society’s

Gardens. By R. I. Pococr, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Super-

intendent of the Gardens.

[Received May 16, 1905. ]

(Plate V.*)

Age at Maturity.

On Jan. 26, 1904, the Society received on deposit a female

specimen of the Hainan Gibbon, the property of Mr. E. H. de

* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 180.

170 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A HAINAN GIBBON. [May 16,

St. Croix, who procured her in the island of Hainan on July 11th,

1897. She had thus been in captivity nearly six years and seven

months. On the testimony of natives, her owner believed her to

be about six weeks old at the time of capture; but since, as he

affirms, she was already weaned and capable of fending for

herself in the matter of food, it is probable that she was very

much older than was supposed. On the assumption that she was

at least six months old, it may be inferred that the beginning of

1897 was the approximate date of her birth.

Menstruation set in at the end of the first week of December

1903; and taking this as the sign of maturity, coupled with

the fact that she has not increased appreciably in size since

her arrival in the Gardens, it may be assumed that she became

adult when about seven years old. And in view of the close

affinity between the various species of Gibbons and the subequality

in size of full-grown individuals, it may be further inferred that

about seven years are required on an average for these animals to

reach maturity *.

Menstruation.

Very little appears to be known about the menstruation of

Gibbons. In Chimpanzees, according to Dr, Keith (P.Z.8. 1899,

p. 297), the discharge is sanguineous in colour, profuse, monthly in

occurrence, and three days i in duration. In our Hainan Gibbon

it 1s also sanguineous, stains the floor of the cage, and, according

to her keeper, Mansbridge, who also looked after the Society’s

historic Chimpanzee “Sally,” is about the same in quantity

relatively to the size of the animals as in that ape. The pudendal

organs are always conspicuous by reason of their turgescence,

and no very conspicuous change in their condition precedes the

menstrual discharge. In this particular the Gibbon differs

markedly from certain Cercopithecide (such as Baboons, Macaques,

and Mangabeys), and also, to judge from published and verbal

accounts, considerably, though to a lesser degree, from Chimpanzees.

With the help of Mansbridge and Robertson, the two keepers of our

Anthropoid Apes, I recorded the dates of the appearance of the

discharge during the autumn, winter, and spring. The first noted

was from Sept. 12 to 14, the second from Oct. 14 to 16, and the

third from Nov. 19 to 21. During December the animal had a

severe illness, beginning with an influenza cold and ending with

diarrhea, which was accompanied by extreme wasting and weak-

ness. This illness extended over the time for menstruation, which

did not appear in December. In January also there was no sign

of it observable, although by the middle of that month she had

apparently recovered her normal health. It is probable, I think,

that the cessation for these two midwinter months was due to

the illness. But it is by no means impossible that cessation

during that time of the year is normal. The question can only be

* Perhaps the Siamang (Symphalangus), which exceeds the other Gibbons in

dimensions and differs from them in other respects, will be found to be an exception.

1905. | MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A HAINAN GIBBON. ilysa

decided by observing what happens in the ensuing winter, should

the animal still be in the Gardens. Menstruation reappeared on

Feb. 6 to 8, and has continued at tolerably regular monthly

intervals since. Hence it may, I think, be laid down as an

established fact that in Gibbons the interval between the men-

strual discharges is a little over the calendar month and that the

discharge continues for from two to three days.

Determination of the Sex.

When Mr. de St. Croix brought the specimen to the Gardens

he informed me that she was a castrated male; and in support of

his opinion drew my attention to the large size of the clitoris,

which he most naturally mistook for the penis. The naked and

turgid labia of the vulva he regarded as the unhealed wound

caused by castration; and the menstrual discharge which first

appeared in December of 1903, when the Ape was on her way to

England, he attributed to normal bleeding induced by enforced

sitting on the hard floor of her travelling-box. He also told me

that it is commonly believed in Hainan that female specimens

of the Gibbon are never brought to the coast and are practically

unobtainable.

There can be no doubt that this belief, coupled with the peniform

clitoris of the Gibbon, misled Mr. de St. Croix as to the true

sex of his animal, the castration of which, he admitted, he had

not himself witnessed. And it seems probable that the belief

itself is traceable to repeated mistakes on the part of Europeans

in determining females as castrated males on account of the unusual

length of the clitoris in these Apes as compared with the same

organ in the Monkeys of the Old World generally. In this con-

nection it is interesting to recall the fact that Dr. Harlan *, after

dissection of the generative organs, described his specimen of /ylo-

bates concolor as ‘an hermaphrodite Orang Outan.” It appears to

me, however, that Lesson’s criticism of this opinion was perfectly

justifiable and his decision that the specimen was an immature

female undoubtedly correct. Pousargues, also, who evidently did

not know Lesson’s paper, came independently to the same con-

clusion, and stated that in the type of Hylobates nasutus, a young

female, the clitoris was well developed and grooved below; and that

the animal resembled in every particular, so far as the generative

organs were concerned, the Gibbon determined as an hermaphrodite

by Harlan. And since Harlan and two other doctors, presumably

acquainted with human anatomy, who assisted at the dissection,

were deceived as to the true sex of the specimen, in spite of the

best possible opportunities for investigation, it is no wonder that

the Europeans living in Hainan fall into a similar mistake.

So far as can be seen, the clitoris of our Hainan Gibbon is

like that of the specimen figured and described by Harlan, which

resembled the penis of a Primate in a state of hypospadias. A

* For Bibliography, see infira pp. 174-175.

172 MR. R. I. POUOCK ON A HAINAN GIBBON, [May 16,

comparatively slight structural modification would convert such

an organ into a * dlaseil tube for the passage of the urine—a fact

perhaps of some significance in connection “with the low position

of the Gibbons in the Anthropomorphous series, seeing that in

the Lemurs, the lowest of existing Primates, the clitoris is

traversed by the urethral canal.

Change of Colour.

I am informed by Mr. de St. Croix that the young of both

sexes of this species are alleged by the natives to be lighter-

coloured at birth and for a short time afterwards than their

parents. His animal, when first purchased, was a dark smoky

grey, which, however, soon turned to black; and perfectly black

she remained all the years she was in his possession. But within

a few weeks of being brought to the Gardens she began to go

grey, Mr. de St. Croix himself noticing a decided alteration in

this respect when he visited her on March 8th, about six weeks

after her arrival in London. During the spring and early

summer the greyness progressed rapidly, but not quite uniformly

all over the body. In midsummer, according to my notes, the

head was black with a grey band extending on each side from

the eyebrow over the ear; the beard was whitish and the nape

of the neck blackish; the greater part of the body was blackish

grey, with a considerable quantity of blacker hair on the sides of

the belly close to the thigh and a broad triangular black patch,

narrower posteriorly, extending from the collar-bones on to. the

fore part of the belly and bordered on each side by a grey area

paler in tone than the back; the thigh and upper arm were

paler than the distal portion of the limbs. By this time she

was not recognisable as the animal that reached the Gardens

in January. Still the greyness continued to spread, the black

pigment died out from the areas mentioned above, lasting longest

upon the chest and the crown of the head. At this period she

presented a decided similarity to the left-hand figure on the

plate depicting HH. pileatus Gray (P.Z.8. 1861, p. 136, pl. xx1.),

although the black pectoral area was smaller and the patch on

the crown less sharply defined at the edges. In the early autumn

she was a stone or silvery grey practically all over except for a

black median band, fading away laterally and posteriorly, down

the middle line of the head.

At the present time (May 1905) she is brownish grey or silvery

grey in colour, the tint varying according to the light. The black

cap is still retained as a patch broadest and blackest between the

ears, fading into brown upon the forehead and narrowing towards

the nape of the neck. The hair on the chest has grown pale and

thin, showing the blackish-grey tint of the underlying skin as

a dark triangular shield. On the penultimate phalanges of the

hands and feet the blackness of the hairs persists. The long hairs

on the brows are also black.

1905. | MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A HAINAN GIBBON. 173

It is known that in some species of Gibbons, e. g. H. leuciscus,

according to Mr. Hose, the individual variation in colour is con-

siderable, like unto that which obtains indeed in some Squirrels

and Lemurs. But, so far as I am aware, 1t was not previously

known that a given individual after reaching maturity may change

in colour in the way exemplified by Mr. de St. Croix’s specimen.

This change may be compared to that which takes place in the

hair of the human head concomitantly as a rule with senescence

or to that exhibited by some specimens of the Arctic Fox upon

the approach of winter*. It is not accompanied by any replace-

ment of coat, nor is it directly attributable to any change in the

environment or to external agencies. The cause, whatever it may

be, lies within the organism itself ; it is constitutional or subjective,

and as such may be distinguished by the term ‘“ canescence,”

from the decoloration or fading which is caused by exposure to

sunlight or other bleaching agencies.

In the case of the Hainan Gibbon it is important to note the

coincidence between the appearance of menstruation and that of

the colour-change. The former phenomenon began in December

1903, the latter about February 1904.

Of the two specimens of this species in the British Museum (both

of which are jet-black), one is only about two-thirds grown; the

other, the type, as Mr. Oldfield Thomas states, not quite adult ;

and since Mr. de St. Croix’s specimen is, on the contrary, full-

grown, it might be inferred that it is characteristic of the species to

change from black to grey upon reaching maturity. This, however,

is not the case; for Mr. de St. Croix informs me that he was

acquainted in the island of Haiman with another specimen,

alleged to be a male, which was jet-black, like his own before

coming to the Zoological Gardens, and had been in captivity

sufficiently long to justify the belief that it was about twelve

years old when he last saw it.

Is the canescence, then, a matter of sex and exhibited only by

mature females? The balance of evidence seems to be on the

whole in favour of an affirmative reply to this question. For,

apart from the change here recorded of the only adult female

known, it must be remembered that Mr. Swinhoe, in his published

account of all the information respecting the Hainan Gibbon he

was able to gather, quotes from the Chinese gazetteer of the

Kiung Shan district of the island a passage stating that the

male is black and the female white (P.Z.8. 1870, p. 244, &e.).

* There are two Arctic Foxes living in the Zoological Gardens at the present time.

One remains dark-coated throughout the year; the other turns snow-white towards

the winter. In both the winter coat, whether “white” or “blue,” is replaced

in the summer by a darkish brown clothing of new hair, which is at its best in

August, but becomes paler and loses to a large extent its richness of tint as it

grows. In neither is there an autumn moult comparable in extent to that of the

spring; and there is no doubt that in the animal which turns white the meta-

morphosis is effected by the destruction of the pigment in the hairs themselves. This

bears out Major Barrett-Hamilton’s statement as to what occurs in the Arctic Hare.

174 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A HAINAN GIBBON. [May 16,

The Name of the Species.

The correct name for this species is still unsettled. The

specimen now living in the Gardens is specifically identical with

the type of H. hainanus Thos., and with the specimen previously

exhibited in the Menagerie * and now in the British Museum,

with both of which I have compared it. According to

Matschie 7, however, hainanus is a synonym of concolor Harlan f.

This opinion was based apparently upon the similarity in colour

between the types of concolor and hainanus ; but it unfortunately

invelves the assumption that the locality given for concolor,

namely Borneo, is erroneous. It is also objectionable on the

grounds that the hair of concolor was described as “thick,

woolly, and frizzled.” The last two epithets are in no sense

applicable to the hair of either of the three specimens of hainanus,

comprising young and adult animals, available for examination.

In these the hair, although thick, is smooth, depressed, relatively

coarse, and quite unlike the hair of a young specimen of H. lar

from Pahang, now in the Gardens, which is essentially rough and

woolly ; and also equally unlike that of examples of HZ. agilis in

the British Museum, which is beautifully silky and woolly.

Furthermore, Trouessart $ adopts for the species the name harlani,

unlawfully proposed by Lesson || as a substitute for concolor Harl.,

alleging that concolor was first applied by Harlan in 1825 toa

young specimen of H. (Symphalangus) syndactylus. Concolor,

therefore, falls as a synonym of syndactylus, and harlani comes

in for the species described by Harlan in 1827, which Trouessart

follows Matschie in identifying with hainanus. Trouessart,

however, gives no reference to Harlan’s paper of 1825, and since

t have failed to find it in the Royal Society’s Catalogue, and

there is no suggestion in Harlan’s paper of 1827 (contained in

a volume dated 1825), or in Lesson’s almost contemporaneous

criticism of it, that the name concolor had been previously

published, I must conclude that Trouessart has fallen into some

error. But in any case, since the specimen described by Harlan

in 1827 as concolor and renamed harlani by Lesson in the same

year and erroneously quoted as niger by Ogilby (P. Z. 8. 1840,

p. 20) was definitely stated to have come from Borneo and to have

had thick woolly frizzled hair, and since it is only known to have

resembled the type of hainanus in the matter of coloration, an

admittedly variable feature in the genus and one in which it also

resembles 7. syndactylus 4, it is, in my opinion, premature to state

without qualification that hainanus is a synonym of concolor.

* Sclater, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 541.

+ SB. Ges. nat. Freunde Berlin, 1893, p. 211.

t Jr. Acad. Sci. Philad. v. pt. 2, p. 231 (1827).

§ Cat. Mamm. Suppl. 1904, p. 6.

{| Bull. Sci. Nat. xiii. p. 111 (1827).

“| Since Harlan states (Joc. cit. p. 231) that concolor differs from H. syndactylus

and other species in being of a universal black colour, it is assumable that he did not

know H. syndactylus. I do not, however, suggest that concolor is a synonym of

syndactylus, because Harlan states that his specimen had no guttural sacs.

1905. | MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A HAINAN GIBBON. 175

Again, Pousargues * believed hainanus to be established upon a

specimen of the same species as the type of H. nasutus, from

Tonkin. This belief was also based upon resemblance in colour.

Nothing else is known of the characters of nasutus except the

alleged presence of a “fine and delicate little nose,” whence the

name was derived. But since havnanus is not distinguishable from

other Gibbons by the fineness and delicacy of its nose, judgment

on the synonymy suggested by Pousargues must be suspended

until the type of nasutus has been re-examined and described.

Trouessart, who may have seen the type, gives nasutus the rank

of a subspecies of the Hainan form.

No further justification need, I think, be sought for retaining

the name hainanus for the subject-matter of these remarks.

Description of the Species.

Face, ears, palms of hands, soles of feet, and skin black, the

face with a slightly brownish tinge; iris and exposed portion

of eyeball blackish. Colour of hair either uniformly black, with

shining tips, or grey, the roots of the hair being tinged with fawn or

washed-out brown, their exposed portion shining with silver-erey

lustre in reflected light, but of a more stone-grey in direct light.

During the change from black to grey, the coloration is a mixture

of the two, the black or the grey predominating according to the

nearness of the time of observation to the incipience or com-

pletion of the change.

On the crown of the head a median longitudinal black patch

with ill-defined edges and extending posteriorly as a narrow

evanescent stripe persists. A few scanty hairs upon the penul-

timate phalanx of the fingers and toes and the long hair on the

brow also remain black. The hair on the body and limbs is

longish, soft, and thick, but depressed and smooth. I¢ is not

woolly in the sense that the hair of our young Lar Gibbon is

woolly, 7. e. much resembling a Sheep’s fleece ; nor does it exhibit

the fine and silky woolliness of the skin of H. agilis in the British

Museum. On the forehead and crown of the head the hair is

shorter, fine, and close, and in the living specimen grows some-

what @ la Pompadour, being erect on the crown and almost

porrect on the forehead, so that the head has the appearance of

being very much higher than in our living example of the Hoolock

(Hf. hoolock) and in adult skins of H. lar, H. pileatus, and

#, leuciscus in the British Museum, in which the hair lies smoothly

backwards. The difference may be briefly expressed by saying

that in our Hainan Gibbon the hair looks as if it had been

brushed up, whereas in the others it looks as if it had been

* Bull. Mus. Paris, 1900, p. 272. Pousargues gave A. Milne-Edwards the credit of

naming nxasutus. Muilne-Edwards, however, published no description of the species

when the name was quoted (Le Naturaliste, 1884, p. 497). Hence it seems that

Kunckel d’ Herculais, who first associated the name with definite characters, must be

regarded as the author (Science et Nat. ii. no. 33, p. 86, 1884).

176 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A HAINAN GIBBON. {May 16,

brushed down. In the two. skins of H. hainanus in the British

Museum, however, the hair on the crown is not so markedly up-

standing, nor so long, as in the living example. On the cheeks

the direction of the hairs is, generally speaking, upwards. On

the upper surface or back of the hand and on the corresponding

surface of the forearm the points of the hairs lie towards the ulnar

side of the limb, assuming a more and more elbowward direction

as that joint is approached. On the palmar and radial side of the

forearm, on the contrary, the hairs point for the most part towards

the wrist. The palmar surface, however, is marked by a crest

formed by the meeting of the two opposing streams of hair, the

crest extending obliquely from the radial side of the elbow to the

ulnar side of the wrist, the hairs on the ulnar side of it being

directed proximally, those on the radial side distally. On the

body the hairs lie backwards, except on the belly, where they

incline towards the middle line and form a median longitudinal

crest where the two streams meet. This is the area against

which the inner sides of the thighs are pressed when the Gibbon is

in a sitting posture. On the outer side of the thigh the direction

of the hair is upwards (proximad) and backwards, below the

knee it is downwards (distad).

Additional Notes.

The voice of our Hainan Gibbon is quite different from that of

the Hoolock. It is a high-pitched trill all on the same note,

and shriller even than the high note of the Hoolock’s ery. It

consists of from about three to six distinct cries repeated in very

rapid succession, suggesting almost production by vibration of the

tongue, although, as a matter of fact, I believe the lips alone are

instrumental in producing the effect. There is then a momentary

pause, after which the cry is repeated. It may perhaps be

represented in the following way :—hoo hoo hoo hoo-—hoo hoo

hoo—hoo hoo hoo hoo hoo—«&e. The Hoolock, on the contrary,

eries as follows:—hah, hoo, hah, hoo, hah, hah, hoo, hah. The

“hoo” is on a lower note than the “hah,” with which the ery

frequently ends.

The ordinary expression of anger or remonstrance in the

Hainan Gibbon is a prolonged and guttural grunt, which is

repeated rapidly and often, and frequently interspersed with a

kind of warble when the excitement rises.

Both the Hoolock and the Lar Gibbon in the Gardens drink

habitually by dipping the back of the hand and knuckles into the

dish and licking the water off. They do not scoop it up, in the

strict sense of the word, at all. Hence Col. Tickell’s generalisation

to the effect that in its habit of scooping up water in its hands the

Lar Gibbon differs from the Hoolock, which applies its lips directly

to the fluid, is contradicted on both counts by our specimens of

these species. The Hainan Gibbon, on the contrary, almost

invariably drinks direct with her mouth, only very rarely using

her left hand for the purpose. It is possible she may have

1905. | MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A HAINAN GIBBON. 177

abandoned the habit of employing the hand at the time when an

injury deprived her of the use of her right arm. And since the

left is frequently occupied in supporting herself upon the bars or

perches in the cage, she has no hand available for the purpose of

drinking without quitting her hold.

This method of hand-drinking, probably common to all Gibbons,

may have arisen in connection with their arboreal life. To avoid

descending to the ground, they would naturally lick the rain-drops

off the leaves near by, and their great stretch of arm would

enable them to wipe the water off foliage hanging beyond reach

of the mouth, the hairy back of the hand being clearly more fitted

for the purpose than the smooth palm. In connection with this

habit, it is interesting to recall the story told by Duvaucel. of

female Gibbons carrying their young to the waterside and washing

their faces with their hands. This alleged proceeding, presumably

witnessed in the jungle, can hardly, I think, be accepted without

confirmation, on account of the absence of any obvious reason for

the ablutions. If the young Gibbons of which the tale is told

were hanging, as is their wont, to the breasts of the mothers, the

action of hand-drinking by the latter might very easily be mistaken

at a distance for the face-washing.

Amongst ‘“ quadrumanous” Primates the Gibbons have no

equals in proficiency in the use of the arms for arboreal and the

legs for terrestrial progression. Moreover, within the limits of

the entire order, they are only surpassed in bipedal activity by the

specialised biped Man.

Although able to stand and walk to a very limited extent,

Monkeys are essentially quadrupedal and employ their arms and

legs to an approximately equal extent in traversing the level

ground, scaling rocks, or climbing trees. Generally speaking, the

most active climbersare long non-prehensile tailed species, such as

the Mangabeys*, in which the tail acts as a balancer, like the pole

of a tight-rope dancer. Monkeys of this kind leap with great pre-

cision and strength, and pass with speed from branch to branch in

virtue of the great propelling power in their hind-quarters. They

are specialised for that manner of progression, which only differs

in degree of perfection from that of other Monkeys and Lemurs

as a whole. The method, however, is entirely distinct from that

practised by the Gibbons, which swing from branch to branch, with

the legs tucked up out of harm’s way against the body, the motor

power lying exclusively in the arms. Both groups have been

specialised for arboreal progression, but along totally different lines;

and it is as difficult to believe that the Gibbons, expert gymnasts’

though they be, have been derived from active long-tailed climbers,

like the Mangabeys or Langurs for instance, as it is to believe

that the tail-swimming Cetaceans have been derived from forms

like the flipper-swimming Seals.

_* I have never yet seen the Baboon or Macaque that could catch a Mangabey-

single-handed, given equal conditions as to health and age, in a large-sized cage.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1905, Vou. II. No. XII. 12

178 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A HAINAN GIBBON. [May 16,

This conclusion respecting the descent of the Gibbons may be

inferred from their habits alone, quite apart from structure.

if the Anthropoid Apes be ranged in series according to

proficiency in bipedal locomotion, the order will be (1) Gibbons,

(2) Gorillas, (3) Chimpanzees, (4) Orangs. Gibbons not only stand

erect and habitually walk without putting the hands to the

ground; they can even run with astonishing speed, a speed indeed

comparable to that of Man, allowance being made for difference in

size. Like Man they race away when scared; and, unlike the

other Anthropoid Apes, they do not use their arms as crutches.

Sometimes also, but rarely, they leap over the ground with both

feet together *.

Gorillas can stand and walk upright, but not with the ease

of Gibbons, and it may be doubted if they ever run erect or leap,

i.e. progress with both feet off the ground at one time; and

they probably never run from danger, standing upright, as Man

and Gibbons do. Their usual walk is quadrupedal.

Chimpanzees, too, are essentially quadrupedal; and under

ordinary conditions, and when in perfect health, almost always get

over the ground on “all fours,” like a Baboon or Rhesus. In this

respect, indeed, they more resemble the Cercopithecoid Monkeys

than does any other Anthropoid Ape; and they are able to cover

the ground with much greater speed than either Gorillas or Orang-

Utans; but I am unable to say if their quadrupedal method is so

fast as the bipedal method of Gibbons. Like Baboons, they can

stand erect and walk to a certain extent, but not with the facility

of Gorillas.

The gait of young Orang-Utans may be described as a clumsy

quadrupedal shuffle. JI never saw one stand unsupported by the

arms. Weakness of leg and weight of body make exclusively

bipedal action, if not an impossibility, at least so great an effort

that it may be doubted if it is ever resorted to. Their whole

organisation suggests unfitness for terrestrial locomotion.

Thus, if the Apes be classified according to their quadrupedal

activity on the ground, they will stand:—(1) Chimpanzees,

(2) Gorillas, (3) Orangs, (4) Gibbons.

It is interesting to compare this series with one based upon

dexterity in climbing and addiction to arboreal life. It is:

(1) Gibbons, (2) Orangs, (3) Chimpanzees, (4) Gorillas. The

Gibbons stand quite alone both in method and expertness ; the

others differ infer se merely in degree.

The foregoing results may be briefly serormnontied as follows :—

‘The Gibbons are the most expert climbers and bipedal walkers,

the least expert quadrupedal walkers. The Orangs rank second

in climbing, third in quadrupedal and fourth and last in bipedal

activity. The Gorillas take fourth place in climbing, second in

bipedal and second in quadrupedal activity. The Chimpanzees

* These and the following statements and refiections are based upon my own

observations of the Anthropoid Apes that have come under my notice in the Society’s

Gardens.

1905. | MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A HAINAN GIBBON, 179

stand third in climbing, third in bipedal and first in quadrupedal

powers.

Since, therefore, the action of Monkeys, whether Cercopithecide,

Cebidz, or Hapalide, and of Lemurs is essentially quadrupedal,

the fore and hind limbs being used to an approximately equal

extent, both in terrestrial and arboreal locomotion, it may be

inferred that the Chimpanzees have departed least in these

respects from the primitive Primate stock; the Gorillas a little

more in the line of bipedal erection and, concomitantly, loss of

climbing power; the Orangs still more in the direction of loss

of terrestrial activity and increase of arboreal expertness; the

Gibbons most of all in the line of bipedal activity, dexterity in

hand-climbing, and loss of quadrupedal power.

This serial arrangement of the Apes is the exact opposite

of the one prevalent in text-books, where the order adopted is

based upon structure with Man placed first as the standard for

comparison. It suggests that for the origin of Gibbons we must

look not to forms resembling any known Cercopithecoid type, but

to forms which had already acquired the Simiine or Anthropo-

morphine characteristics and had either lost or never learnt the

method and skill in climbing found in the former group. They may

have started from a type somewhat on a level with the Chimpanzees

with respect to terrestrial and arboreal activity ; and to swing with

greater facility from tree to tree and to obviate the risk of injury

in case of a fall, it is highly probable that they have become

dwarfed in stature and grown lighter in build. Their muscularity

and length of arm, slightness of body and strength of leg, all factors

of importance in enabling them to traverse the jungle and, in

case of a miss or a breaking branch, to drop lightly to the ground

and run to the nearest tree for safety, were probably perfected

concomitantly. That Gibbons are able to drop with safety a

considerable distance is substantiated by the fact that Mr. de

St. Croix has seen his specimen come to the ground without

injury from a height of about 20 feet. When leaping to the

ground Gibbons swiftly draw up the knees as the feet touch,

exactly as a man does under similar circumstances, to break the

shock.

Another interesting feature connected with the habits of the

Anthropoid Apes is the size of their ears. I have already suggested

that the difference in size between the ears of the Orang and

those of the Chimpanzee may be connected with the difference of

habits of the two animals. ‘The Orang lives a more arboreal and.

therefore a safer life than the Chimpanzee, which requires quick

hearing to enable it to escape to the trees when feeding on the

ground*, Gibbons also, which have relatively large ears, need

auditory acuteness for the same purpose as Chimpanzees. This

explanation, however, is not complete and appears at first sight to

be contradicted by the case of the Gorillas, which have small ears

* ‘Nature,’ Oct. 11th, p. 585 (1900).

180 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [June 6,

and yet are less arboreal in habit than other Anthropoids. It

must be remembered, however, that they are far more capable of

self-defence and much less liable to attack and therefore need less

keenness of ear as an aid in avoiding enemies. In this connection

it is important to note that of the two Apes inhabiting W. Africa,

namely the Chimpanzee and the Gorilla, and of the two inhabiting

the East Indies, namely, the Orang and the Gibbon, the larger

and stronger has in each case small insignificant ears and the

smaller and weaker large ears.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Hainan Gibbon (Hylobates hainanus), from the female specimen now living in the

Society’s Menagerie. ‘The lower figure, taken from an obscure photograph by

Mr. W. P. Dando, F.Z.S, represents the Ape when she first came to the Gardens.

The upper figure, modified from a photograph of another Gibbon, shows her as

she has been since the change of colour took place.

June 6, 1905.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions that

had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in May 1905 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of May were 367 in number. Of these 174 were acquired

by presentation and 27 by purchase, 129 were received on deposit,

25 by exchange, and 12 were born in the Gardens. The total

number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 185.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—

A Crowned Duiker (Cephalophus coronatus) from West Africa :

deposited on May Ist. ;

A Maxwell’s Duiker (Cephalophus maazelli) from W. Africa :

presented by Lieut.-Col. Bartlett, R.A.M.C., on May 16th.

A Nepalese Hornbill (Aceros nepalensis) from the Himalayas :

received in exchange on May 18th.

Two Sulphur-breasted Toucans (Ahamphastos carinatus) :

purchased on May 13th and May 23rd respectively.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., exhibited a specimen of a Bush-

buck which had been obtained by Mr. C. W. Haywood in British

East Africa and which appeared to represent a new species of

the group. It was described as follows :—

1905. ] A NEW BUSH-BUCK. 181

TRAGELAPHUS HAYWOOD! Thos.*

Thos. Abstr. P. Z. S. No. 21, p. 9, June 13, 1905.

A large heavily-built member of the group of small species

without a definite short-haired collar. Under surface darker

than upper.

Fur comparatively coarse and long throughout, the hairs of the

back 35-40 mm. in length. General colour very dark, the nape

black; the fore-quarters blackish brown (near “‘seal-brown”), passing

into dark reddish brown (‘* vandyke-brown ”) on the middle back

and deeper rufous (dark “ tawny”) on therump. Sides gradually

darkening downwards to the wholly black belly. Dorsal crest black

as far as the withers, then whitish mixed with some black hairs.

Three inconspicuous transverse whitish stripes on each side. No

longitudinal bands, but a few white spots on the sides of the rump.

Shoulders and proximal part of limbs deep black, succeeded by tawny

below. (Feet unfortunately lost in the type.) Top of muzzle nearly

black, with prominent interorbital whitish streaks nearly touching

each other in the middle line. Forehead and crown deep

ferruginous. Cheeks tawny ochraceous. Two white spots on

each side behind and below the eyes. Ears thinly haired, dull

tawny brown with blackish edges; hairs of inner surface white.

Chin and interramia white and a large throat-spot duller white;

between this and the white chest-band the throat was glossy

blackish, mixed with some tawny hairs. White axillary and

inguinal patches present. Tail dark tawny, white below.

Skull very large and heavy for one of the smaller members of

the genus, much larger than in 7’. scriptus or sylvaticus. Median

palatal notch rather farther forward than the lateral ones.

Palatal foramina comparatively long.

Horns also very powerful, thick and strongly ridged, much

finer than those of any of the allied forms.

Skull dimensions of type :—

Greatest length 265 mm.; basal length 247 ; greatest breadth

112; muzzle to orbit 134; muzzle to front of p 77; length of

palatal foramina 36. Length of upper tooth-series 7 2, of three

upper premolars 31.

Horns: length in straight line 400; on anterior ridge 470;

greatest basal diameter 59; basal circumference 171.

Hab. Nyevi, Kenya District, British East Africa, Altitude

6000 feet.

Type. Full-grown male. B.M. No. 5.5.16.3. Collected and

presented by C. W. Haywood, Esq.

Mr. Oscar Neumann t had sorted the smaller species of

Tragelaphus into two groups, characterised by the presence or

absence of the peculiar collar of short hairs which had been so

* (The complete account of the new species described in this communication

appears here; but since the name and preliminary diagnosis were published in the

« Abstract,’ the species is distinguished by the name being underlined.—Ep1ror. |

+ SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1902, p. 98.

182 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [June 6,

often noticed in Bushbucks, and which was evidently of definite

systematic value. But, as Dr. Kinar Lonnberg had shown, several

of Mr. Neumann’s allocations were incorrect—certainly the Cape

sylvaticus had a short-haired collar, and fell into the scriptus

group, while the Nilotic bor had a well-haired neck.

My. Neumann had also stated that the forms with well-haired

necks known to him did not have a darker underside, but since

his paper was written Lonnberg’s knutsoni and the present animal

had both proved to present the combination of a hairy neck and

a black belly. This combination therefore distinguished haywoodi

from any of My. Neumann’s species, while from the Cameroon

knutsond it was separated by its whitish dorsal crest, less numerous

spotting, and other detailed characteristics.

In company with this handsome animal, which My. Thomas

had much pleasure in naming after its discoverer, Mr. Haywood

had sent home to the National Museum two immature skins,

with skeletons, of the recently described Forest-Pig (Hylochwrus

meinertzhageni). It was hoped that an adult specimen

suitable for mounting would soon be obtained, and this

Mr. Thomas looked forward to exhibiting to the Society in due

course.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas also exhibited a series of Mammals and

Birds from Japan as the first-fruits of an exploration of the islands

of Eastern Asia conducted for the furtherance of science by the

President, the Duke of Bedford, K.G., in order to show his

Grace’s sympathy with the technical side of the Society’s work.

The specimens obtained during this exploration would be laid

before the Society from time to time, and papers would be read

on them by various specialists, after which his Grace proposed

to present them to the National Museum.

Mr. Thomas commented on the immense value such a

systematic exploration would be to science if it were carried on

for some time, and instanced the revolution in our knowledge of

the mammals of South Africa—a region supposed to be well-

known—which had been effected by the similar exploration

conducted by Mr. C. D. Rudd.

The Japanese collection had been made by Mr. Malcolm P;:

Anderson, who had already proved his powers both during the

Stone Expedition to Alaska and by the collections he had made

in California.

Of the specimens now laid before the meeting Mr. Thomas

drew attention toa fine Marten, which appeared to be different

from the ordinary Japanese Marten (Justela melampus) and

which, as the first new mammal discovered on the expedition, he

proposed to name in honour of the President :—.

* Arkiv for Zoologi, Stockholm, ii. 15 ( 905).

1905. | MAMMALS AND BIRDS FROM JAPAN, 183

MustELA MELAMPUS BEDFORD! Thos.*

Thos. Abstr. P. Z. 8. No. 21, p. 10, June 13, 1905.

Size as in true melampus, or slightly larger. General colour

above, in winter pelage, near “isabella,” but rather darker and with

an olivaceous tone, nearer to the yellowish brown of J. m.

tsuensis t than to the golden yellow of melampus. Wool-hairs

of back brown at base, then dark yellowish. Long hairs brown.

Muzzle dark chocolate-brown, passing backwards, on the crown,

into silvery greyish. Ears whitish both externally and internally.

Nape more yellow than back. Sides of neck brilliantly yellow

(‘deep chrome ”), sharply contrasted with the upper colour along

a line halfway up the neck, and in continuation with the deep

orange ochraceous of the chest-patch. Lips pale brown, lighter

than the top of the muzzle; sharply defined from the whitish

interramia, which in turn passes without line of demarcation

into the orange of the throat and chest. Belly brown, not unlike

back, the throat-patch extending to the sternum and continued in

some specimens as an irregular line of spots to the inguinal region.

Limbs deep brownish black from halfway down the forearms and

on the hind feet. ‘Tail pale brown for the greater part of its

length, the underfur dull yellowish as on the body; tip sharply

contrasted yellowish or cream-colour, forming a conspicuous

terminal tuft.

Skull as in ésuensis, slightly larger than in melampus so far as

material for comparison existed.

_ Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—Head and body

425 mm.; tail 220; hind foot 87; ear 40.

Skull—ereatest length 84; basal length 75; zygomatic breadth

48; interorbital breadth 20; mastoid breadth 37°5; palatal length

42; length of upper p* on outer edge 9°5.

Hab. Washikaguchi, Nara District, E. of Osaka, Southern

Central Hondo, Japan.

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 5.5.30.5. Original number 123.

Collected 13 January 1905 by Malcolm P. Anderson, and pre-

sented by the Duke of Bedford. Four specimens.

This very handsome Marten is conspicuously different from

the yellowish J/. melampus, and is curiously more similar in

general colour to the WM. m. tswensis of the Tsu-shima Islands.

From both, however, it is readily distinguished by its brilliant

yellowish throat and neck patches and its contrasted tail-tip.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.L.S., the Superintendent of the Gardens,

exhibited a female specimen of the Jamaican Scorpion, Centrurus

* [The complete account of the new species described in this communication

appears here; but since the name and preliminary diagnosis were published in the

‘ Abstract,’ the species is distinguished by the name being underlined.—Ep17Tor. |

y Thos. Ann, Mag. N. H. (6) xix. p. 161 (1897).

184 LT.-COL. ©, DELME-RADCLIFFE ON THE NATURAL [June 6,

insulanus, carrying its young on its back. ‘The specimen had

been presented to the Society by Mr. Henry Munt, F.Z.8.

Dr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, the Secretary to the Society, read a

paper, illustrated by lantern-slides, entitled ‘“‘On the Intestinal

Tract of Mammals.”

This paper will be published entire in the ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. Rough Notes on the Natural History of the Country

West of Lake Victoria Nyanza. By Lt.-Col. C. DELME-

Ravc.irFe, M.V.O., F.Z.S8.

| Received June 6, 1905. |

These notes contain the general results of my observations on

the Natural History of the region traversed by the Anglo-German

Boundary Commission in the years 1902-4. Memoirs dealing

more exactly with the collections that were made have already

appeared in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Zoological Society (P.Z.58.

1904, vol. i. pp. 371, 459) and ‘ The Ibis’ (1905, p. 199.).

MAMMALS.

Beginning with the larger mammals in the country under

discussion, it may be stated that Elephants appear periodically in

the swamps and forest near the mouth of the Kagera River on

the northern side. These elephants stray in this direction,

probably, at a time when it is dry in the interior. They come,

no doubt, from the herds in northern Ankole and Toru. At no

other point were traces of elephants seen except one single track

going from north to south from the Koki hills towards the

Busenya forest. In the west, a few elephants were noticed near

the shores of Lake Albert Edward, also probably stragglers from

the herds further north. There was no evidence of elephants

crossing from south to north, or vice versd, along the Ist parailel

south latitude.

it may perhaps be assumed that the herds of elephants reported

by KM. 8. Grogan and other travellers in the Mfumbiro district

belong to the forest-regions of the west. The herds of elephants

on the east of Lake Albert Edward and Ruwenzori probably do

not wander into the Congo forests. It has been noticed that the

elephants to the west of the great line indicated by Lake

Tanganyika, Lake Kivu, Lake Albert Edward, Lake Albert, &c.,

and the Nile differ in many particulars from those lying to the

east of this me. At the same time, it must be remembered that

large herds of elephants are in the habit of crossing the Nile to

1905.] HISTORY OF THE UGANDA ANGLO-GERMAN BOUNDARY. 185

the north of Lake Albert, and there seems no reason why they

should not extend their wanderings into the Congo forests,

although so far observation tends to show that these herds find

their way back again, as a rule, to the countries east of the Nile.

Hippopotami are not very numerous in the Victoria Nyanza

near the mouth of the Kagera. The locality does not seem very

well suited to them. In the Kagera River itself there are more,

and parts of the river are infested by a number of very savage

brutes that make navigation in canoes or small boats extremely

dangerous. Lt. Weiss, of the German Commission, was repeatedly

attacked when in a very large canoe. He was almost upset—one

man was dragged out by the arm, but escaped. Finally his crew

refused to go on and ran away with their paddles. The actual

number of hippopotami cannot be considered large in comparison

with the huge herds in the Nile north of Lake Albert. Probably

in the great swamps of the Kagera, considerably to the south of

the area traversed by the Boundary Commission, the hippopotami

are much more numerous. The specimens secured in the Kagera

were decidedly inferior in size and in development of ivory to

those of the Nile.

Rhinoceroses are extremely numerous on the right bank of the

Kagera, especially in Karagwe. The number of these animals is

quite remarkable, and, according to accounts received, they are to

be met with in even greater numbers a little further south. Jt

is a curious fact that no rhinoceroses are to be found on the left

bank of the Kagera. All those seen belonged to the common

black African type. Stories were current of the existence of the

White Rhinoceros on the right bank of the Kagera, but these

rumours require confirmation. The rhinoceroses appear to have

no hesitation in frequenting the extremely steep and difficult hills

of Karagwe. Their tracks and signs were seen up and down hills

and on ridges which appeared more adapted to the habits of

klipspringers or goats than of such bulky animals as rhinoceroses,

In the virgin forest west of the lake near the mouth of the

Kagera, in the swampy and open forest east of Koki, and in the

Busenyi forest west of the Gambaizi group of hills, several herds

of Buffaloes are to be found. These buffaloes are of a very

interesting, new, large variety. They are, perhaps, the largest

buffaloes in existence. Jn all, in the district referred to, there

may be 400 or 500 buffaloes, and as their numbers are not likely

to be interfered with, except by men armed with rifles, they may

be considered to be firmly established again after the devastation

caused by the great cattle-plague of some ten years back.

In Bukanga the buffaloes wander in search of young grass,

atter the fires, as far as the hills of Ankole and Koki, from the

forests which form their strongholds, There is one disadvantage,

however, connected with the presence of the Buffaloes, of the

Eland, and perhaps of other Antelopes. This is the tsetse-fly,

and it.is to be feared that as long as large herds of buffaloes and

the greater antelopes exist, so long will the tsetse-fly make it

186 LT.-COL, C, DELM£-RADCLIFFE ON THE NATURAL [June 6,

impossible for domestic cattle and horses to live in the same part

of the country. I myself lost an Arab horse I had had for six

years in Africa and was very fond of. He was bitten by tsetse-

fly in Bukanga.

Eland were met with at two points in Bukanga—near the

Nyakafunzo swamp, and in the districts known as Mpororo and

Rushenyi. In Bukanga there were herds amounting to, perhaps,

200 animals, and the uninhabited country surrounding the

Nyakafunzo swamp seemed admirably suited to their needs.

They were considerably preyed upon, unfortunately, by natives,

who organised hunting-parties into this district both from the

British and the German side. Still more unfortunately, the

natives are sometimes armed with rifles. The result could be

seen in many wounded animals observed from time to time, and

in dead bodies found with bullets in them. Lions also take toll

of the elands, but the natural decrease due to this cause is nothing

compared to the damage inflicted by natives with ewonnein,

Further west a herd ot “considerably over 300 elands was seen,

and this, probably, is only an outlier of still greater herds in the

open country further south. It seems, therefore, that this country

is abundantly supplied at present with Sigel of this

magnificent antelope, which, I believe, might be made of great

economic value. The meat is equal to the best English beef, and

a bull eland weighs about 17 ewt.

Zebras occurred coincidentally with the Hland in Bukanga, and

they number, perhaps, 400 individuals. In Rushenyi another

very large herd of zebras was seen ; and it may be remarked that

in the Rushenyi herd a single zebra was seen almost entirely

pure white in colour, a few stripes only appeared on the neck

and hind-quarters. Another small herd of zebras, amounting,

perhaps, to 150 individuals, was seen in the plains in southern

Ruampara, on the left bank of the Kagera, just north of the

point where the river turns from the south to east.

Roan Antelope were encountered, a few at a time, in Bukanga,

in the narrow valley of the Kagera, and in south-west Ruampara

north of the bend of the Kagera just referred to. They were

occasionally met with in Rushenyi and Mpororo, and appeared

more numerous in Karagwe, where for some reason there

appeared to be no Eland, no Zebras, and no Damaliscus. These

last were the common hartebeeste throughout the area west of

the lake. In Bukanga, Damaliscus were very numerous. The

number in this part may be estimated at 1000 individuals. No

other variety of hartebeeste made its appearance: 200 or 300

individuals were found with the herd of zebras in south-western

tuampara, and in Rushenyi and Mpororo the Damaliscus

hartebeestes are very numerous.

The Nile Valley variety of Water-buck (Kobus defassa) is

common in Bukanga, and may be met with in herds up to a dozen

or fifteen individuals. They also appear fairly plentiful through-

out the valley of the Kagera and in western Ruampara, but

1905.] HISTORY OF THE UGANDA ANGLO-GERMAN BOUNDARY. 187

apparently not further west. These water-buck have fine heads,

as a rule considerably larger than X. ellipsiprymnus in Kast Africa,

although the heads are not nearly so big as are found in the

Semliki Valley.

In the swamps near the mouth of the Kagera, on the shores of

the lake, and on the islands of the Sesse group, Limnotragus

spekei was fairly common. This animal, owing to its nocturnal

and swamp-loving habits, is of course seen extremely rarely, but

it is frequently hunted by natives with nets and packs of dogs.

The horns are often to be met with in possession of natives.

There is at present a doubt whether more than one species of this

antelope is not found in the same distvict.

In Bukanga, especially about the Nyakafunzo swamp and to

the south of it, large herds of Mpala (dp yceros melampus) may

be met with. These beautiful antelopes are to be seen in herds

of 200 or 300, and in the district referred to perhaps 1500

individuals exist at the present time. They were met with

at no other point throughout the country traversed.

Very common, although occurring only i in ones and twos at a

time, was a species of Reed-Buck (Cervicapra? sp.). This antelope

was chiefly confined to the low-lying grassy country in Bukanga,

along the banks of the Kagera, and in Ruampavra.

Another ver y common antelope was the Oribi (Owrebia montan ai).

This little antelope appeared almost everywhere on the low

evound in the mountains, except in the highly cultivated parts of

Ankole and the mountains in the west. In general, it may be

said that no antelopes or game animals of any description were

seen in the Ruchigga mountains and their northern and eastern

extensions. Bush-buck and Harnessed Antelope were seen at

rare intervals in the valley of the Kagera. The latter appeared

occasionally at the edges of the dense “forests near the mouth of

the Kagera, and in one or two places in the narrow valley of the

Kagera. between the mountains.

Bush-buck were occasionally seen in the Koki hills and the

mountains of Ruampara, where the deep gullies choked with

vegetation afforded them shelter, and the open grassy hillsides

excellent feeding-grounds. 5

On the steep hills of Ankole and Karagwe, Klipspringers weve

common wherever the ground suited them. The form in this

country shows some differences when compared with the klip-

springers of other parts of Africa, and may prove to be an

intermediate variety.

Of Monkeys, Colobus guereza was seen in the forests near the lake.

The common grey African monkey was also observed in many

places, and an interesting species, Cercocebus aterrimus, was also

seen in the dense forests near the lake and in the dense forests

round Minziro. The last-named monkey looks almost black and

is very shy. Its ery is very loud and peculiar, reminding one

slightly of the cry of the Chimpanzee. Baboons are common,

especially in the mountains in Ankole and Karagwe.

188 LY.-COL. C. DELME-RADCLIFFE ON THE NATURAL [June 6,

Wart-Hogs (Phacocherus aethiopicus) were occasionally to be

met with all along the valley of the Kagera, though nowhere very

numerous. \orailnerik were present, “though of course never

seen unless dug for. Their holes, however, were found in all

directions in the low- lying country, and they are probably fairly

common.

Of beasts of prey Lions are fairly common in Bukanga, in the

neighbourhood of the Nyakafunzo swamp. They also appear in

western Ruampara and in Rushenyi and Mpororo. In general

terms, it may be said that they are to be found wherever large

herds of zebras and antelopes exist. In Bukanga, however, it

appears that they have taken to man-eating fairly extensively.

The natives in this part of the world have a wholesome dread of

them, and during the short time the Boundary Commission was

at work in Bukanga repeated instances occurred of lions attacking

human beings.

Leopards are also found throughout the whole area under

discussion except the extreme western portion. Although they

live principally on the small antelopes, monkeys, suinea-fowl,

&e., they also take toll of the natives’ goats, &e., and thus become

sometimes a great nuisance. At Mulema camp, for instance,

a leopard took goats from one hut or the other almost every

night for a month, and when Captain Laughlin, Dr. Bagshawe,

sine Mr. Doggett endevoured to kill him at the natives’ request,

he wounded, more or less seriously, no less than thirteen men

before being finally despatched. Cheetahs apparently do not

exist in this part of the country west of the lake. Serval Cats

were occasionally met with, and a smaller grey, rather long-tailed

Wild Cat. Hyzenas appeared occasionally, but may be said to be

rare. They were of the usual spotted variety.

Otters are common in the lake. Two forms were met with,

one very large, the other smaller. These two are stated also

to be common in Lake Kivu.

Among smaller mammals, interesting species were a Pacilogale

doggetti, an extremely handsome, large, striped Stoat; Tatera

fallax; Procavia bettoni: these three being new species. Another

extremely interesting animal was Herpestes galera robustus, a

fish-eating Mongoose.

In all ‘about 180 specimens of mammals were collected, and a

large number have been described in the ‘ Proceedings’ ‘of the

Zoological Society of London, the most interesting being the new

Bufialo (Bubalus caffer radeli fei), Pecilogale doggetti, Tatera Sallax

and Procavia bettont. There is no doubt that a scientific inves-

tigation would disclose a much larger number of small mammals

than were secured for the collections of the Boundary Com-

mission. All the region west of the lake abounds with species

of great scientific interest, the interest increasing the further

west one goes, and it is a matter for the greatest regret that

a collection could not be made in the neighbourhood of the

Mfumbiro Mountains.

1905. ] HISTORY OF THE UGANDA ANGLO-GERMAN BOUNDARY, 189

Binns.

Lake Victoria is a disappointing sheet of water in bird-life as

in fishes. Birds are of course present, but not in the vast

numbers so extended a sheet of water in the heart of Africa

might lead a naturalist to expect. The reason is probably to be

found in the fact that the food-supply in the lake is very deficient

for birds and fishes alike—for many species of birds in consequence

of the poverty in fish.

The White-headed Fish-Eagle (Haliaétus albicilla) is fairly

common all round the lake-shore and up the Kagera River. This

bird is invariably found in pairs, and appears to divide the districts

into beats, each containing its pair of fish-eagles in possession.

Their cheerful squalling, as described by Sir Harry Johnston, is

one of the most familiar sounds near African river and lake.

An Osprey may also occasionally be seen on Lake Victoria

seizing fish on the surface of the water ina manner peculiar to its

kind

A species of Plotus is fairly common, and may be seen in small

congregations at certain points where the ambatch or rocks afford a

convenient spot for perching and hanging their wings out to dry.

With them may also be seen the large Cormorants, which here

and there form communities numbering several hundreds. The

northern end of the island Usuwgwe and the small rocky

Mwasambwa Islands and Dumo Point are favourite haunts of all

these birds.

A large Gull, resembling the black-backed gull at home when on

wing, is also not uncommon close in-shore and especially in the

rivers.

The Pied Kingfisher is fairly commoninland. The two varieties

of brilliant-hued Kingfishers appear to forsake their occupation of

fishing to devote themselves entirely to the capture of insects.

Herons are fairly plentiful in the swamps and at the edge of

the lake. The most conspicuous amongst these is the Goliath

Heron, a bird whose immense span of wing can be fully appreciated

when, disturbed by a canoe, he flaps slowly across the Kagera

River. The common Grey Heron is also a familiar sight, and at

times flocks of the White Egret. Night-Heronsare fairly common

along the Kagera River.

In the lake, Egyptian Geese and Spur-winged Geese may be seen

in small numbers; Pigmy Geese are not uncommon near the lake-

shore, where the open reeds afford them shelter.

Yellow-billed Ducks are perhaps the commonest of the ducks on

Lake Victoria. Throughout the course of the Kagera River no

ducks and geese were observed until reaching the Rufua River, and

especially the Karenge Lake. The latter seems a favourite haunt

of wild-fowl, and for this region of Africa is very well supplied

with water-birds of all descriptions.

Huge flocks of Pelicans are to be seen, and large numbers of

Pochards and Yellow-billed Duck ; also Egyptian Geese.

190 NATURAL HISTORY OF UGANDA ANGLO-GERMAN BOUNDARY. | June 6,

A few Pin-tailed Ducks were also seen, but no Mallard at any

time.

Teal are not uncommon; and in the Rufusa Stream and the

swampy streams draining the Karenge Lake the Snipe were fairly

numerous in December and January.

Along the lake-shore, especially among the ambatch trees, were

vast communities of Weaver-birds. No less than seventeen

forms are represented in the collection of these, many belonging

to the brilliant species found inland.

Tbises are not uncommon near the water. ‘The Glossy Ibis is a

common bird, and most travellers are familiar with its exasperating

ery when disturbed. The Sacred Ibis, on the other hand, is much

shyer, and confined to larger and remote sheets of water.

Crowned Cranes are common, especially in the west.

Bustards are not uncommon, especially in the open cattle-

country in the west, about December. Denham’s Bustard, the

large red-necked species, was frequently seen.

Pigeons are not often seen, but the Doves in places were very

numerous indeed, especially in Bukanga.

Parrots were scarce, except the one small species collected.

Grey Parrots, so common in Uganda, were never seen near the

Kagera.

Birds of Prey were represented by the Bateleur Hagle and

another species which was frequently observed pursuing guinea-

fowl.

Vultures were rarely seen except in Bukanga, where the lions

provided them with frequent meals.

it is worth noting that in April a migration of Hobbies appears

to pass through the country. Enormous numbers of this

handsome little faleon were seen at the same time busily

engaged in pursuing locusts, large clouds of which appear to

make their appearance at the same time.

In the neighbourhood of the lake Hornbills of two species

are common, and Touracoes of two species make their appearance

in the dense forests.

An interesting bird was the Honey-guide, which in Bukanga

and the narrow valley of the Kagera River very frequently

provided us with honey by leading to Y the nests of wild bees.

Goatsuckers are common, and in March, Apr il, and May the

pennant-winged species became very conspicuous, as when the

long feathers are developed the bird has the appearance, when

on the wing, of a toy Japanese kite.

Three species of Bee-eaters were seen, but the Roseate Bee-eater

of East Africa and the Nile countries did not make an appearance.

The birds belonging to the scrub and open forest country, the

Barbets, Woodpeckers, Pittas, Swallows, Flycatchers, Thrushes,

Shrikes, Tits, and Finches, were never to be seen in large numbers,

though appearing in isolated parties sufficiently often to preserve

the district from the appearance of lifelessness, which is a

disappointing feature in other parts.

1905. ] ON MEXICAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 191

The Larks and Pipits were, on the whole, very scarce. An

extremely handsome Glossy Starling was a very conspicuous bird,

which seemed to like the neighbourhood of camps. The White-

necked Crow and the fine Razor-billed Raven were especially

common in the west; and it was in the cattle country and on

the Ruchigga Mountains that the Tick-birds (Buphaga) were

observed, although some were seen following large herds of

elands in Bukanga and Mpororo, and the rhinoceros in Karagwe.

Perhaps the most noticeable feature in the bird-life was the

extraordinary number of Francolins of every species to be seen in

Bukanga. Every valley and almost every patch of dry grass

appeared to contain a large number of these birds. In the

evenings, when the grass had been burnt in patches, numbers of

Francolins could be observed feeding in the open like pheasants

outside a cover in September at home. It would have been easy

to have shot forty or fifty brace a-day if time and cartridges had

been available.

2. The Distribution of Mexican Amphibians and Reptiles.

By Hans Gavow, F.R.S., F.Z.8S.

[ Received May 17, 1905. }

(Text-figures 29-32.)

g CoNTENTS.

Introduction, p. 191.

List of Species collected by H. G., p. 193.

Physical Features of the Localities, p. 196.

Review of the Distribution of Cecilia, p. 199.

Ps i Urodela, p. 200. Summary, p. 204.

5 Ee Anura, p. 205. es p. 208.

-e Crocodilia, p. 209. 3 p. 209.

ue - Chelonia, p. 209. oh p. 210.

5 s Lacertilia, p. 211. 5 p. 220.

Ophidia, p. 222. 53 p. 226.

39 39

Distribution according to Altitude, p. 227.

List of Species occurring in High Altitudes, p. 282.

General Conclusions :—Evolution of Middle America, p. 234.

Immigration and Spreading, p. 238.

Northern and Southern Immigrants, p. 241.

INTRODUCTION.

These investigations are based upon a considerable material

which it is convenient to enumerate :—

_ 1. The volume on Reptilia and Batrachia, by Dr. Giinther, of

the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ with its thousands of references

to localities.

2. Cope’s posthumous work, ‘The Crocodilia, Lizards, and

Snakes of North America,’ Rep. U.S. National Museum for 1898.

3. Boulenger’s Catalogue, with the lists of ever-increasing

additions, of the Collection in the British Museum of Natural

History.

4. Collections made by Dr. Meek during his ichthyological

192 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

tours through many States of Mexico. These, and others, [ have

been able to examine owing to the courtesy of the officials of the

Field Columbia Museum, Chicago. Dr. Meek has, moreover,

given me much verbal information about the physical aspects

of the places visited by him.

5. There is a fair number of native specimens in the Govern-

mental Museums and other Institutions of various towns in

Mexico; for instance, in Mexico City, Orizaba, and Oaxaca, but

the labels vouchsafe at best no further trustworthy information

than ‘“‘ Mexico” or “ La Reptblica.”

6. Lastly, the material which I have collected myself, or noted

down, during two journeys in Mexico, notably in the Valley of

Mexico, the States of Vera Cruz, Oaxaca, Guerrero, Morelos, and

Puebla, and in the neighbourhood of Zapotian s. Guzman in

Jalisco, especially the Nevado de Colima. The features of the

Central and Northern plateau, except the vicinity of El Paso,

T know only from several rapid transits, quite enough, however,

to gather the main aspects of this enormous stretch of country.

Moreover, here Dr. Meek’s information has been especially

welcome. Valuable for comparison, but of too short a time

for serious collecting, were a few days passed in New Mexico,

the Grand Canon of Arizona, the Californian Desert, and the

neighbourhood of San Francisco.

A few words are necessary as to the way in which [ have

marshalled the thousands of data. The reputed localities were

marked down on an outlined map of the Republic, a separate

map for each species. In this way alone generalisations could be

formed, often at a glance, concerning the distribution of the

species and genera. Many localities, at first suspicious, revealed

themselves as very doubtful or as obviously erroneous on further

reference to the original papers.

Tt was also found that the number of different localities is

astonishingly small, less than 100, although they now cover a

fair portion of the whole country. With the exception of 20, all

these localities lie south of the line Guadalajara, Guanajuato,

Tampico. The whole State of Michoacan and the western half

of Guerrero are still an almost absolute terra incognita, but to

judge from what I have found in Middle Guerrero and what is

known from Colima, the fauna seems to be rather continuous.

However, the basin of the Lower Balsas and thence to Colima

will in all probability yield much of interest to whoever will brave

these inhospitable and positively unknown regions.

Both Godman (introduction to the volume on Rhopalocera) and

Giinther, in their statistical tables, have divided Mexico simply

into Northern and Southern by an absolutely arbitrary line which

runs from Mazatlan to Tampico right across the country! They

have done this in spite of their correct statements about the

main physical features of Mexico, the unmistakable continuation

of North American forms over the Plateau, and the extension of

1905. ] AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 193

Southern or Central American forms northwards into the Pacific

and the Atlantic borderlands embracing this Plateau. The two

columns in these tables are of no use, they are even misleading.

Giinther has properly taken off Yucatan as a separate district.

Cope’s division (op. cit. p. 1206) into a Sonoran, Austroriparian,

Text-fig. 29.

Chihuahua

a x

scl

Mazatlan

o Oo

Tres Marias °

Map of Mexico.

and Toltecan subregion of Blanford’s Medi-Columbian region, and

the Atlantic+ Pacific Tierra Caliente as belonging to the Neo-

tropical region, is excellent when taken broadly; but his sub-

division of the Toltecan into an Oriental, Central, and Occidental

province is a failure.

List of Species collected by myself during the months of June

to October 1902 and during 1904.

Dermophis mexicanus. San Juan Evangelista.

Amblystoma tigrinum. Lake Xochimilco.

A altamirani. Dos Rios. Contreras, Sierra de Ajusco.

Thorius pennatulus. Citlaltepetl, 9000’; Cerro de S. Felipe, Oaxaca,

8250".

Spelerpes orizabensis. Citlaltepet], 8000-12,500’.

Pe leprosus. os 8000-11,500’.

sf chiropterus. “ 9000-10,000’.

5 variegatus. Orizaba, Presidio S. of Cordoba, Tetela, 8. Juan

Evangelista.

¥ belli. Omilteme.

Batrachoseps attenuatus. Nevado de Colima, 7000’,

Scaphiopus dugesi. Totolapan, 8. Oaxaca.

Rhinophryne dorsalis. Presidio; Agua fria.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. II. No. XITI. 13

194

Bufo valliceps.

3 marinus.

+ inarmoreus.

5, intermedius.

Hyla baudini.

» eximid.

» staufferi.

pC Opens

Phyllomedusa dacnicolor.

Hylodes rhodopis.

» beate.

Hupemphix gadovii.

Leptodactylus albilabris.

Rs caliginosus.

Borborocetes mexicanus.

Syrrhopus verruculatus.

Paludicola mexicana.

Engystoma ustum.

Rana montezume.

> Aalecina,

» palmipes.

Crocodilus americans.

Caiman sclerops.

Cinosternum integrum.

3 effeldti.

55 leucostomum.

3 pennsylvanicun.

Dermatemys mawi.

Nicoria rubida.

Chrysemys grayi.

1 ornata.

Chelone viridis.

Spherodactylus glaucus.

Phyllodactylus tuberculosus.

Coleonyx elegans.

Holbrookia texana.

Uta elegans.

5, bicarinata.

» iregularis.

Phrynosoma asio.

3 modestum.

Sceloporus torquatus.

5 spinosus.

PH acanthinus.

>» formosus.

% pyrrhocephalus.

5 eneus.

DR. H, GADOW ON MEXICAN

[June 6,

Orizaba, Presidio, Motzorongo, Tetela, Agua fria.

Tetela, San Mateo del Mar, ‘Tehuantepec; Iguala,

Tierra Colorada; San Luis Allende.

Salina Cruz; Cocoyul, Tierra Colorada, Cajones

3000’, Chilpancingo, Rio Balsas, Iguala.

Tetela, Totolapan, Oaxaca; Omilteme, Chilpancingo,

Presidio, Motzorongo, La Raya; Tierra Colorada.

San Luis Allende.

Tacubaya near M. C., Buena Vista.

Motzorongo.

Chilpancingo, Mazatlan, Cajones.

Rio Balsas; San Luis Allende.

Citlaltepetl, S000-12,500' ; Motzorongo, Agua fria ;

Nevado de Colima, 8000’.

Ta Perla, North of Orizaba.

San Mateo del Mar.

Agua fria, Salina Cruz, Cocoyul.

8. Juan Evangelista; S. Mateo del Mar, Salina

Cruz, Tequesixtlan ; Cocoyul, Pacific Camp, San

Luis, Tierra Colorada.

Omilteme, 7500’; Nevado de Colima, 8000’.

Buena Vista, S. Guerrero.

Chilpancingo.

Presidio and Motzorongo.

Xochimilco, Chalco, Zapotlan.

Mexico, Orizaba, Motzorongo, La Raya, Agua fria,

Salina Cruz, Tequesixtlan, near Totolapan ;

Cajones, Buena Vista, Tierra Colorada, Limon ;

Omilteme.

Motzorongo, Tequesixtlan ; Cuernavaca.

La Raya, Agua fria, Rio Balsas, Pacific Camp.

Agua fria.

San Mateo del Mar; 8. Dionisio, Zapotlan.

San Mateo.

San Luis Allende.

Tetela.

Tetela, Agua fria, San Mateo del Mar.

San Mateo.

San Mateo; Pacific Camp.

Salina Cruz.

Totolapan ;

Colorada.

Cocoyul.

Juarez, El Paso.

Juarez ;San Marcial, N.M.; Grand Canyon, Arizona,

Salina Cruz, Tequesixtlan, San Bartolo, Totolapan,

Rio Balsas, Iguala, Mesquititlan, Chilpancingo,

Tierra Colorada, Cocoyul.

Cocoyul, San Luis Allende.

Salina Cruz, Tequesixtlan ; Rio Balsas.

Juarez, El Paso; San Marcial, N.M..

Xochimilco; Chilpancingo; Zapotlan, Nevado de

Colima.

Totolapan.

Cuernavaca, Iguala, Rio Balsas, Tierra Colorada,

Ayutla.

Oaxaca, Cerro 8. Felipe, 6000'; Omilteme.

Oaxaca; Chilpancingo ; Nevado de Colima, 7000-

6000'.

Tguala, Rio Balsas.

Citlaltepetl, up to 13,700° ; Contreras,

Pacific Camp, San Luis, Tierra

1905. ]

Sceloporus scalaris.

3 variabilis.

3 siniferus.

PA melanorhinis.

Ks microlepidotus.

gadovia.

Corythophanes hernandezi.

Basiliscus vittatus.

Iguana rhinolophus.

Ctenosaura acanthura.

¥ quinquecarinata.

Ameiva undulata.

Cnemidophorus gularis.

3 mexicanus.

i bocourti.

ts deppei.

55 striatus.

% guttatus.

Anolis sallei.

5 tropidonotus.

> nebulosus.

>» gadovit.

» liogaster.

Gerrhonotus gramineus.

35 an tauges.

5 deppei.

a imbricatus.

5 liocephalus.

Humeces fuscirostris.

5 lynxe.

Mabuia agilis.

Lygosoma laterale.

Anelytropsis papillosus.

Chirotes canaliculatus.

Glauconia albifrons.

$5 dulcis.

Boa imperator.

Tropidonotus melanogaster.

FA sealiger.

“A ordinatus,

var. eques.

var.marcianus.

w sealaris.

chrysocephalus.

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES,

195

Contreras.

Chilpancingo, Tierra Colorada, Rio Balsas.

Orizaba, La Perla; Mexico, Presidio, Motzorongo,

La Raya, Tetela, Agua fria. Chilpancingo ;

Nevado de Colima, 7000-8000’.

San Mateo del Mar, Tequesixtlan, San Carlos

Yautepec. From Pacific Camp to 8. Luis, Tierra

Colorada, Buena Vista, up to southern slope of

Los Cajones.

Tierra Colorada, Cocoyul, San Luis.

Citlaltepetl, up to 13,500’. Xochimilco, Contreras.

Tguala; Omilteme, Nevado de Colima.

Mesquititlan between Mescala and Chilpancingo.

Motzorongo.

Motzorongo, Agua fria,

Tierra Colorada, Ayutla.

Tetela, Agua fria ; Tequesixtlan, Totolapan.

Tetela, Agua fria; Tequesixtlan; Cuernavaca,

Tguala, Tehuantepec, Salina Cruz, San Mateo.

Rio Balsas, Tierra Colorado, Cocoyul, Pacific

Camp.

Salina Cruz, Tequesixtlan.

Presidio, Agua fria; Cocoyul forest ; North and

South below Los Cajones.

Huile; Tequesixtlan

Puente de Ixtla. Rio Balsas. Chilpancingo.

Cuernavaca.

Oaxaca.

San Juan Evangelista. Tehuantepec; Salina

Cruz; Tequesixtlan; Totolapan; San Carlos.

Rio Balsas. Tierra Colorada ; Cocoyul; Pacific

Camp; San Luis Allende. Ayutla.

Salma Cruz; Totolapan; ‘Tierra Colorada;

Ayutla; San Luis; Cocoyul.

Agua fria.

La Perla near Orizaba.

Motzorongo, La Raya.

Cuernavaca. Tierra Colorada; Cocoyul, San Luis

Allende, El Coquillo ; Nevado de Colima up to

7000’.

Tierra Colorada.

Omilteme, 7600’.

Citlaltepetl, 8000-9000’.

i 12,000’.

ms 8000-10,000’.

8000-10, 000’ ; La Perla; near Mexico,

7800’; Nevado de Colima up to UL, 000’,

Omilteme, 8000’.

Nevado de Colima.

Omilteme 8000’.

Salina Cruz, Tequesixtlan ; Tierra Colorada, Cum-

bre del Coquillo, Buena Vista, Cocoyul.

La Perla.

Motzorongo.

Rio Balsas.

La Raya; Chilpancingo.

Rio Balsas ; Chilpancingo.

Motzorongo. North of Rio Balsas; Coquillo.

Xochimilco. Nevado de Colima.

Xochimilco.

Xochimilco. San Mateo del Mar.

Rincon, N.M.

Citlaltepetl, 8000-12,000’,

Omilteme.

13*

196 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

Contia nasus. Contreras.

Zamenis mentovarius. San Mateo, Tequesixtlan.

es mexicans. Rio Balsas, Cocoyul.

53 pulcherrimus. Salina Cruz.

ie lineatus. Iguala.

Coluber corais. La Raya; Tequesixtlan; Ayutla.

Coronella micropholis, var. B. Chilpancingo, San Luis Allende.

Urotheca elapoides. lia Raya.

Drymnobius margaritiferus. Motzorongo, Agua fria, San Juan Hvangelista.

5 boddaerti. Motzorongo, La Raya.

Leptophis mexicana. Motzorongo, La Raya.

Ss diplotropis. San Mateo del Mar.

Rhadinea decorata. Presidio.

P clavata. Tetela.

35 vittata. La Raya, Salina Cruz, Tequesixtlan, Totolapan ;

Omilteme, Chilpancingo.

Streptophorus atratus. Presidio, Motzorongo, La Raya.

Geophis semidoliatus. Orizaba.

Geagras redimitus. San Mateo del Mar.

Trimorphodon upsilon. Cuernavaca, Rio Balsas.

Ss biscutatus. Tierra Colorada.

Himantodes cenchoa. La Raya.

Leptodira personata. Rio Balsas, Ayutla.

in albofusca. Cocoyul, San Luis ; Nevado de Colina.

3 guilleni. Rio Balsas.

Conophis vittata. Salina Cruz, Tequesixtlan.

Homalocranium miniatum. Tezonapan, N. of Ayutla.

Manolepis putnami. Los Cajones.

Petalognathus nebulatus. La Raya.

Dryophis acuminatus. Motzorongo.

Llaps fulvius. La Raya, San Juan Evangelista.

Lachesis lanceolatus. Motzorongo, La Raya.

en nabnon. Motzorongo.

Crotalus terrificus. Tequesixtlan.

os triseriatus. Citlaltepetl, 9000-12,500’ ; Nevado de Colima.

PuysicAL FEATURES.

A list of the names of the localities where collections have

been made should be supplemented by a@ short description of

the chief physical features; without these it is of no more use

than the bare mentioning of the name of the political country.

The “altitude” is supposed to be all-sufficient; but this is a

great mistake, since it conveys nothing without further informa-

tion. For instance, 2000 feet on the Atlantic slope means typical

tropical hot-country vegetation, while on the Pacific side (e.9.

Oaxaca and Guerrero) the same elevation implies pine- and oak-

forests, with a character devoid of tropical fauna and flora.

Mexicans divide their country into the Tierra Caliente, Templada,

and Fria, with a hot, temperate, and cool climate respectively ; the

Tierra Templada corresponding on an average with an elevation

of 3000 to 5000 feet. But the natives of the State of Vera Cruz

draw the imaginary line at a level very different from that used

by the citizens of Puebla. Chilpancingo, 4100 feet, in Guerrero,

has a much cooler climate, with nothing tropical about its

vegetation, than Oaxaca, 5060 feet, or even Orizaba at 4027 feet,

which is in many respects subtropical.

Valley of Mexico, 7600 feet. Alluvial; swampy meadows to

west and south, Lake Texcoco brackish. Lakes Chalco and

1905. | AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 197

Xochimilco freshwater, surrounded by meadows, wooded hills

with streams.

Sierra de Ajusco, volcanic, well-wooded mountains. Contreras,

8090'; Dos Rios, 8800’, pines. Orizaba, 4027’; on the east side

of the slope of the plateau; valley with streams, pastures, and

rich vegetation, on alluvial and hard-limestone terrain. ‘Thence

gradual ascent to the voleano Citlaltepetl; dense mixed forest,

oak, arbutus, and pines, about 9000’; giving way entirely to pines.

Tree-line about 13,500’; then tussocks of grass. Snow-line about

14,500’.

Cordoba, 2700’. Dense tropical vegetation. Thence south-

wards, through limestone terrain, along the foot of the slopes,

which are covered up to the edge with luxurious forests ; east-

wards bordered by savannahs. Permanent rivers with high

banks ; lagoons in the forests and savannahs.

Motzorongo, Presidio, and La Raya, about 1500’, in forest land.

Tetela, about 900', near the edge of the savannah.

Agua fria, 100-200'; lagoons, swamps, and low forest; flat

country, subject to inundations. The Rio Papaloapan, with its

many tributaries, carries an enormous volume of thick, yellow

water; much of the lower basin is for months under water, only

island-like parts standing out, used as refuges, although by no

means sanctuaries, by the game and other creatures.

Then follows low, undulating, rolling, cattle-grazing land, with

sandy subsoil.

San Juan Evangelista, 100’. Tropical river-bed through

savannahs, bordered by dense lowland forest.

Isthmus of Tehuantepec. Eastern slope, dense humid ever-

green forest; on the ridge, less than 1000’, open country with

temporary stagnant lagoons; on the western slope prevails the dry

Pacific type without continuous forests, but with more scattered

patches of mostly deciduous trees.

Tehuantepec, 120'. Sandy, varied terrain.

San Mateo del Mar. Sandy, lagoons connected with the sea.

Flat, scanty vegetation except in occasional swamps or near the

lagoons, some of which are fringed with dense low brushwood

and small trees.

Salina Cruz. Porphyritic terrain; hilly, steep coast-range, varied

by promontories and fresh- and salt-water lagoons.

From Salina Cruz and Tehuantepec northwestwards to Oaxaca.

The coast-range, averaging 2000-3000 feet, is covered with

pines down to 2000 feet. Tequesixtlan, 560’, in a river-valley, shut

off by the coast-range; varied, rather low vegetation, volcanic

alluvial. Thence through mountainous country, across parallel

ridges. Hills at first with tropical vegetation; oak-forests from

3000" upwards, then pines prevailing, but nowhere continuous

forests. General character of the country dry, most of the smaller

rivers run dry except in the rainy reason, An intricate system of

198 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN (June 6,

hills, deep gorges with sandy river-beds and patches of xerophile

vegetation, especially cactus.

San Bartolo, 2800'; San Carlos, 2460', in more open country.

Totolapan, 2800’, in broad, sandy river-valley. Thence steep

ascent on to the plateau, the edge of which is 5300’. Looking

back, southwards, over the many ridges of mountains and _ hills,

the Tierra Caliente appears to be densely covered with wood,

while towards the north stretches the flat, almost treeless

Southern Plateau, here and there with outcropping low ridges

which are barren when of voleanic, wooded when of Paleozoic

formation.

San Dionisioand Tacolula, 5160’; Oaxaca, 5060’. The Paleeo-

zoic terrain stretches from Oaxaca westwards. There is the

forest-clad Cerro de San Felipe, 9000 feet high, with semialpine

meadows on its slopes.

From Cuernavaca southwards to the coast.

Cuernavaca, 5000’. Fertile valleys of voleanic and limestone

terrain, with little streams. Shut off from the Valley of Mexico

by the high, voleanic, densely wooded Sierra de Ajusco, &c.,

averaging 10,000 feet.

Puente de Ixtla to Tetecala. Pleasant, fertile, varied open country;

limestone terrain, in which are the huge Caves of Cacahuimilpa.

Teuala, 2400', in a wide plain, surrounded by limestone hills,

with scanty vegetation.

Rio Balsas Station, 1500’; in the valley of the Balsas or

Mescala River. Very mountainous ; tropical vegetation. High

and low forest, interspersed with much brushwood. The

river, during the rainy season, brings down floods of yellow or

brown water with rather little sand, but much comminuted

vegetable matter. The bed is rocky, limestone, the banks

mostly steep, but there are many sandy shelves above the high-

water mark. Mescala, 1700’.

The Balsas basin is bordered on the southern side by a long and

high range of mountains, parallel with the Pacific coast, attaining

heights of 10,000 feet, densely wooded, intersected by very deep,

steep, and long gorges, and the river-beds are the only available

roads; here and there these river-beds broaden out into meadows.

Mesquititlan, 2800’. Narrow, luxuriant gorges.

Zumpango, 3400’. Open, sandy, meadows.

Chilpancingo, 4100’. In a windswept, shallow depression of

Cretaceous terrain, surrounded by sparsely wooded hills, and

meadows on the top of the ridge.

To the west, in the mountains the hamlet of Omilteme, 7100’,

luxurious forests; at first oak, dwarf palms and pines; then

oak, pine, and arbutus; then oak and pine; and lastly pines up to

the highest summits, forming dense high forests, with the

most luxurious underwood in the gorges, especially within the

cloudbelt.

Mazatlan, 4200’. Meadows and fields.

1905. ] - AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 199

Cumbre de los Cajones; the pass at 3500! over a ridge which,

on the south flank of the main range, marks the beginning of

voleanic terrain. Oak and pines and columnar cactus.

Buena Vista, 2300’. Wide meadows, with pools in the rainy

season ; low hills with oak and pines.

Typical Tierra Caliente, with an essentially tropical aspect of

flora and fauna, begins on the southern slopes of the main ridge,

coinciding with what is officially and locally known as La Costa.

Its upper limit may be put at not higher than 1000 feet. In the

depressions between the successive parallel ranges of hills the type

is absolutely tropical and southern, but the countr ‘y loses this

character at once on the ridges which rise higher than 1500 feet.

Tierra Colorada, 990'; river valley, voleanic. Andesite overlaid

with red rubble.

Valley of the Omitlan River, 500’. Limestone, densest vege-

tation on the slope which culminates in a ridge of 1600’,

called El Cumbre de Coquillo.

Coquillo to Chacalapan, about 700'; tropical life.—From here,

across several smoothed down ridges and to the coast, the

subsoil consists of gneiss and granite in rapid decompo-

sition, fairly well wooded in clumps or large patches, often

interrupted by meadows and natural stretches of pasture.

Numerous small rivers, carrying much sand, but nearly always

with clear water, but most of them are lable to run dry in the

winter. Near the granite-bound coast are numerous lagoons,

mostly of fresh water, and there is a broad belt of almost impene-

trable high forest, which in many places touches the sea. The

mangrove-swamps of course are permanent, but during the rainy

season many parts of these forests are inundated.

Limon, 1800’. Open, dry grass country.

Teconapan, 1500’. Broad meadows.

Ayutla, 1200’. Permanent river; rich vegetation.

Cocoyul, 160’. Near the coast forest.

Pacific Camp. Near the shore, 99° W., 16° 36’ N. Close to the

forest; large lagoons and swamps; granitic rocks and mangroves.

San Luis Allende, 930’. Broad river-valley, with well-

wooded hills which are covered with various kinds of oak, and

from 1900! upwards chiefly with pines.

Nearly the whole Coastal District is, during and after the rainy

season, covered with a dense mass of tall herbs, which between

the trees especially take the place of underwood.

CACILLA,

Dermophis mexicanus.—This is the only Cecilian which extends

into the Mexican Tierra Caliente. Previously known to range

from “Tehuantepec” to Panama, I found it in the low woods

near San Juan Evangelista. The American ancestral home of

this circum-tropical family is South America, and none are known

to occur on the Antilles or on the Galapagos. It is therefore

200 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

interesting that these burrowing, slowly moving worm-like

creatures have managed to travel over at least 1500 miles of

ground, covered with humus, since the close of the Miocene epoch,

i.e. since the separation of the Antilles (cf p. 237). A not

unreasonable computation of one million years carries us back into

the Miocene epoch. The rate of spreading could in this case —

have been extremely slow, only about one mile in 700 years, and

this works out at three yards a year. Of course this is mere

speculation, but it may be as well to give even such an imaginary

instance of slow spreading. The fact remains that Dermophis

has done it, and whether we double or treble the rate of progress,

or increase the time two- or three-fold, the result remains within

very reasonable possibility.

URODELA.

The Amblystomatine are a pre-eminently Eastern Palearctic

group; only two out of eight genera occur in North America:

Dicamptodon ensatus in California, and Amblystoma, with some 16

species, on the North-American Continent, and one, A. persimile

in Siam. In Mexico only two species occur.

Amblystoma tigrinwm, the larval form of which, when per-

manent, is the famous Axolotl. This species has an enormous

range, from the State of New York to Dakota and Colorado, whence,

apparently now with wide gaps between, it extends through

Mexico, as far south as the valley of Mexico City. But its dis-

tribution in Mexico is, at least now, restricted to the western

Sierra Madre and the southern part of the Mexican plateau.

Well-ascertained localities of this species are the following :—

West of Chihuahua Town; West of the town of Durango;

Cumbre de los Arrastrados in Jalisco; somewhere N.W. of Guada-

lajara ; district of Autlan in Jalisco ; Lake Patzcuaro in Michoacan,

Valley of Mexico, notably Lakes Xochimilco and Z Zaumpango

(but not Lake Texcoco, to which alone Weismann’s dismal dream

to account for the permanent Axolotl stage could apply !).

Possibly there are Amblystoma, either metamorphosing or as

Axolotls, in or near some of the other lakes of Michoacan and

Jalisco, but they haveas yet not been recorded from Lake Chapala ;

and I found none in the Lakes of Zapotlan; nor were such

creatures, or even the name Axolotl, known to the natives.

A. aliamirani.—This species, which metamorphoses regularly into

a gill-less Newt, is known only from the streams of the mountains

which border the western and south-western side of the Valley of

Mexico. It was discovered in the Montes de las Cruzes, about 15

miles to the west of Mexico City, at an altitude of 8800 feet. In

1902 I found it also above Contreras, in the Sierra de Ajusco,

some 12 miles south-southwest of the city, at an altitude from

8500 feet upwards to 8800 feet. Further up the rivulets are

apparently too small. I stated in ‘Nature,’ Feb. 5, 1903, that

searching in the streams only a little above the City of Mexico,

1905. | AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 201

which lies at an altitude of about 7600 feet, was fruitless. In the

~ month of September 1904, however, when we revisited this

district, I was able to ascertain that these Newts live regularly in

the stream below Contreras (altitude 8090 feet) down to about

7900 feet, where the stream leaves the hills, and runs, still

swiftly, in its stony bed through the Pedregal, or recent field of

lava, then through rich evergreen meadows into Lake Xochimilco.

Moreover, I can now add with certainty that A. altamirani is

absolutely aquatic throughout its life. The natives (millers, field-

labourers, and boys) knew the creatures well. They called them

‘““axolotes sordos” (deaf, having no ears), and described them as

axolotes sin aletas (without winglets, meaning gills); when I

searched for them on land, on the bordering meadows, under

stones, or amongst the trees, the people laughed at my ignorance

of expecting to find “fishes” on dry land. There are no fishes in

that stream. But this, their “ fish,” they pronounced as no good,

because these axolotes de cerro (Mountain Axolotl) are not eaten

like the ‘“ axolotes del lago.”

During our last visit the mountain-streams were transformed

into turbid roaring torrents, and it was only at a few spots that

the Newts were visible, generally in some stiller water, in the

shelter of some great boulder. There they stood, or rather were

lying, on little patches of sandy bottom, the larvee working their

gills vigorously, the adult motionless except for the undulating

tail, and never rising to the surface to breathe. They were all

extremely shy, quickly hiding beneath or between the stones.

In the Montes de las Cruzes, close to the railway-station Dos

Rios, the streams form here and there little swamps or ditches,

with much watercress in the slowly-flowing water; there we

found plenty of larve; the adult only in the running water.

Not one of these mountain-streams runs dry.

The lungs are well developed.

The only specimen, a larya 100 mm. long, which I succeeded in

bringing home alive in 1902, metamorphosed within 8 weeks,

losing the fins and gills, and closing the gill-openings completely,

but it died before losing the yellow and black piebald coloration.

The distribution of Amblystoma in Mexico coincides absolutely

with the large central and western portion of the country, which

has been covered with volcanic masses, repeatedly or successively,

since the Eocene epoch ; and the last outburst, which produced the

Pedregal near Mexico, is known to have occurred after this part of

the country was already inhabited by man. It was impossible for

Amphibia to live on such a terrain until it was weathered enough

to sustain a permanent and moisture-loving vegetation. In fact

every locality where A. tigrinwm is known to occur is on the

Quaternary, mostly sandy, patches formed by the disintegrating

debris of the voleanic masses; or it is found in the lakes, all of

which are partially filled-up mountain valleys.

We have to conclude that the Amblystomas are recent

immigrants from the North. Where they have met such lakes,

202 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

these have become, or are becoming, too attractive for them, with

the result that 4. tagrinum has sunk, or is sinking, into a more or

less perennibranchiate state, the Axolotl. Typical Axolotl are those

of Lake Xochimilco, the condition of which I have described in

‘Nature, Feb. 5, 1903, and Lake Patzeuaro, which, with its

rushes, weeds, and other abundance of vegetation, is very similar

to the Mexican lake. Sexually ripe Axolotl are also known from

Jalisco mountain tarns or lakes, and lastly from St. Mary’s Lake,

Kstes Park, Colorado. It is therefore the combination of certain

favourable circumstances (permanence of water, abundance of food,

shelter, equable temperature) which produces the ‘“ Axolotl.”

Whoever has seen the very different conditions prevailing in Lake

Zumpango, to the north of Mexico City, will easily credit Velasco’s

statement that dA. tigrinwm metamorphoses into the normal gill-

less Newt, as it does in the United States, and probably in various

other parts of Mexico.

All the more interesting is the fact that the other species, A.

altamirani, the only one which lives in the streams of recent

voleanic mountains, has been modified into a gill-less but

permanently aquatic form.

DrsmocNnatuiIn%.—The three species of Desmognathus inhabit

the Eastern United States.

Typhlotriton speleus is restricted to subterranean caves in

Missouri. Thorius pennatulus, the only remaining member of

this small group, and its sole representative in Mexico, points

therefore unmistakably to the Eastern half of North America as

the original home of the group, not of Zhorius itself.

This tiny Newt, less than two inches in length and thinner

than a match, with weak limbs and reduced digits, shows a peculiar

dimorphism of the size of the nostrils. They are very large and

open in the males, much smaller in the females. The lungs are

quite aborted as in Desmognathus and Spelerpes.

Thorius has a very limited distribution. It was discovered

on the south-western slope of the Pic of Orizaba. I found

Thorius 11 abundance on the south slope, 9000—10,000 feet, im

high, mixed forest, either on the ground beneath flat pieces of

fallen bark, or on decaying logs of pine between the bark and

the wood amongst the ‘worm- meal” of boring beetles and maggots.

Again I met them under exactly the same conditions on the

Cerro de San Felipe, 8250 feet, near Oaxaca. These are the only

two localities so far as we know at present. It is doubtful

whether their distribution is now continuous; the watershed

between the Atlantic and Pacific, to the west of a line drawn from

Orizaba to Oaxaca, averages about 8000 feet in height, and it is well-

wooded, but there are several deep transverse depressions in it.

PLEerHoDONTINaZ.—This group, consisting of 5 genera with

about 40 species, is entirely American, with the sole exception of

Spelerpes fuscus in Kurope.

1905. | AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 203

Spelerpes.—This large genus, composed of about 20 species,

ranges from Massachusetts into North-western South America.

At least 10 species live in Mexico, 9 of them south of a line drawn

from Guadalajara to Tuxpan on the Atlantic; some of them

extend into Guatemala and Costa Rica. S. yucatanicus in Yucatan.

A few occur as far south as Peru; one, S. infuscatus, inhabits

Hayti, and S. fuseus lives in Sardinia and Northern Italy.

The distribution of the Mexican species is important. The

Aztec name is “ Tlaconéte” = little land creature.

SS. cephalicus, described by Cope from ‘‘ North-eastern Mexico.”

No Spelerpes seem to occur in Texas ; the nearest American species,

S. multiplicatus, lives in Arkansas; S. orizabensis and S. lineolus,

the latter with tiny, reduced limbs, are known only from the

mountain of Orizaba, S. orizabensis ranging between 8000 to 12,000

feet.

S. leprosus, of which gibbicaudus Blatchley is a not unfrequent

individual variation, is common in the mixed and pine forests of

the mountain of Orizaba, up to 12,000 feet. It has also been

recorded from the north slope of Popocatepetl, 9000 feet, and from

the mountains of Jalapa.

S. morio from “ Jalapa,” and from Tlalpam, which lies between

Mexico City and Lake Xochimilco, in flat, sandy, moist terrain,

with meadows and willows. It appears again far in the south, in

Guatemala and Costa Rica.

S, chiropterus. Mountain of Orizaba, from the town, 4000 feet

up to near 10,000 feet; ‘ Jalapa,” and Cuernavaca which has an

elevation of 5000 feet. ‘“ Vera Cruz” must be left as a doubtful

locality.

S. rufescens is recorded from “ Orizaba,” Cordoba, Vera Cruz,

Tehuantepec, Chiapas, and Tabasco; all in the Tierra Caliente,

except the first locality.

S. variegatus ranges from the Valley of Mexico, Orizaba (from

9000 feet downwards), Jalapa, Cordoba, right through the forest of

the Tierra Caliente and through the whole of Central America tc

Costa Rica. I found it on Orizaba mountain, as well as at San Juan

Evangelista, which lies scarcely higher than 100 feet above the

sea, in the same ground with Dermophis.

S. wniformis, with reduced limbs like S. lineolws, described from

Costa Rica, elevation of 5000 feet, is said also to have come from

“Vera Cruz.”

Lastly, S. belli: mountains of Jalapa, Orizaba, Mexico,

Zacualtipan, Guanajuato, Guadalajara, Sierra de Nayarit; and

at Omilteme, west of Chilpancingo, This species alone has found

its way across the plateau, following the belt of alluvial deposits

described elsewhere (p. 237). With the exception of this transverse

belt, the distribution of Mexican Newts coincides closely with the

broad band of Cretaceous limestone which extends from Nuevo

Leon to the Isthmus, with intricate but almost continuous

patches verging from Cordoba and Orizaba south-westwards to

Chilpancingo. This limestone terrain was the only one available

204 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

for Newts during most of the Tertiary period: on the west the

plateau suffering from the volcanic revolutions; on the east

the sea still covering the present Atlantic Tierra Caliente. The

Cretaceous parts formed so many oases where alone Newts could

exist or survive. Later, when the volcanic ranges, even the

volcanoes themselves, became covered with forests, the Newts

spread onto them, just as they have spread into the moist hot-

lands of the State of Vera Cruz. It may appear strange that the

limestone should have been the means of their preservation, con-

sidering that lime-water is, as a rule, not favourable to their

development ; but here comes in the significant fact that most, if

not all, the Mexican Spelerpes are viviparous, unless they deposit

their eggs, like Batrachoseps, in hollow trees. Some of them, for

instance S. orizabensis, lead a partially arboreal life. We found

many on the pine-trees of Citlaltepetl, favourite hunting and

hiding places being the epiphytic plants, especially the large

Tillandsias, Orchids, and Philodendron in the hot country forests.

The humus and moisture collecting in these growths, often many

feet above the ground, swarm with insect life and with little

Scolopendras, which seem to be the staple food of these Spelerpes.

The apparent absence of Newts on the Northern plateau is most

likely due to the dearth of permanent moisture, long-continued

periods of. drought, and dust. A more difficult question is the

apparent absence of Newts on the terrain of gneiss and granite

which covers so large a portion of Southern Guerrero and Oaxaca,

and on the well-wooded mountains of the Sierra Madre. For

months have we searched Guerrero during the rainy season (there

ave thousands of places which, if they were on the Hastern slope,

would yield an abundance of Newts), but it was in vain. A few

specimens of S. belli, from the mountain forest of Omilteme, are

the only exception.

Batrachoseps.—B. scutatus ranges from Ulinois to Rhode Island

and to the Gulf of Mexico; the other species live in the Pacific

States, from California to Oregon. Quite unexpected was there-

fore the occurrence of the Californian &. attenwatus on the Nevado

de Colima. I found a single, young specimen on the northern

slope, at about 7000 feet elevation, in the stump of a decayed pine-

tree. There are some patches of granite and of limestone in that

district, but then comes an unbroken stretch of originally

volcanic formation, for about 200 miles, until the gneiss is

reached to the north-east of Mazatlan. We cannot well imagine

that this species is an ancient survival; it must be a comparatively

recent immigrant from the north-west, from California. Probably

it occurs all through the slopes of the western Sierra Madre, which

is mostly clad with pine-forests.

hesumé of the Distribution of Mexican Urodela.

All the American Urodela are of Nearctic origin, with their

earliest centre in Old Sonoraland. At least the Amblysto-

1905. | _ AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 205

matin point to the long-continued land-connection with Eastern

Asia. A later centre of dispersal lies in the Eastern half

of North America, the old Appalachia, the Alleghany moun-

tains, &e., whence Urodeles have spread, as Plethodontinze and

Desmognathinx, over most of the Eastern and Southern States,

also into and through Mexico’s eastern half. This spreading

dates back to Miocene times, witness the existence of Selerpes in

Hayti, while others have reached even South America, and, lastly,

the occurrence of a Plethodon somewhere in the La Plata basin.

Much later immigrants, directly from the old north-western home,

are Amblystoma and Batrachoseps: A. tigrinwm and B. attenwatus

being identical species in the States and in Mexico, only 4. alta-

mirant being a new modification ; while Spelerpes has developed

many species, different in the north, centre, south, and in Hayti.

ANURA.

PELOBATIDE.—Scaphiopus, the Spadefoot, closely allied to the

European Pelobates, is the only American genus of this family,

with about 7 or 8 species, two of which are restricted to the United

States. The zone of sandy terrain of Texas, New Mexico, and

California is richest in Spadefeet, whence they have extended over

the Mexican plateau down to the Pacific and Atlantic coasts,

S. dugesi s. hammond has the widest distribution : from Missouri

and California through New Mexico and Texas, the mountains

west of Chihuahua, in Guanajuato, and again on the southern slope

of Oaxaca, where I found it at Totolapan, its most southern locality.

The retiring habits of the Spadefoot no doubt account for the

few scattered records. ‘The well-wooded mountain ranges which

form the south-eastern, southern, and western borders of the

Mexican plateau are a natural obstacle to a further southward

spreading of this genus.

BuFronip#,—Central America and Mexico are one of the centres

of Bufonide. Concerning Mexicans, they can be grouped as

follows :—

1, Indigenous: Lhinophryne dorsalis, the only species of the

genus, a toad specialised as an eater of Termites ; it is restricted to

the moist Atlantic Tierra Caliente, from Tuxpan, north of Vera

Cruz, through the Isthmus to Campeche and Guatemala. The

light-coloured spots on the bluish-slaty black skin are either yellow

or orange to red, varying in individuals from the same locality.

They are very sluggish, rather nocturnal, and retire beneath a

rotten stump or into a small self-dug hole in the moist humus.

Aztec name “ Péche.”

2. Southerners : Hngystomops, the few species of which range

from Venezuela and Ecuador northwards, but only 7. pustulosus

reaches the Isthmus of Tehuantepec.

Several of the 13 species of Swfo found in Mexico are southern

forms: in their spread northwards they either stop short at the

206 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

Isthmus, B. coccifer and B, sternosignatus ; or they extend into

the Atlantic hot-lands, canaliferus; or along the Western Sierra

Madre into Jalisco, intermedius, with marmoreus peculiar to

South-western Mexico; or they go as typical hot-country Toads

into both the eastern and western Tierra Caliente, marinus,

valliceps on the Atlantic side from Nicaragua to Texas, not on the

plateau, but recorded from Jalisco and Presidio near Mazatlan ;

lastly, B. simus from Panama on to and over most of the Mexican

plateau.

3. Northerners, chiefly at home in the South-western United

States and in the northern half of Mexico, eventuallly extending

south over the Central plateau: B. punctatus, debilis, compactilis.

Of the Bufonide which are found in the Greater Antilles all

are now separate, insular species, except B. marinus, which has

probably been introduced.

Hyiip#.—tThe creative centre of this family is decidedly South

America. Every one of the 14 genera of Hylide is found in

America, and it is only by the large genus Hyla (incl. the slightly

modified Hylella) that this family has attained its world-wide

range with the remarkable exception of the whole Palo-tropical

region. From North-western South America they have spread

through Central America into the Antilles (about 7 or 8 species,

mostly peculiar), and through Mexico into North America.

Concerning Mexico they fall into the following groups :—

1. Genera peculiar to Mexico: Péternohyla, P. fodiens of

Presidio near Mazatlan ; 7riprion, 7. petasatus of Yucatan ; but

Diaglena jordani of Ecuador and Corythomantis greeningi of

Brazil poimt to the south as the old centre of these peculiar

Mexicans.

2. Genera with preponderating numbers of species in Central

and South America, while comparatively few have reached, or have

been developed in, Mexico: Phyllomedusa with only P. dacnicolor

on the Pacific side, Agalychnis callidryas and Nototrema oviferwm

in the Atlantic Tierra Caliente.

P, dacnicolor is saturated green, often with the same white

temporary patches or spots as happen so frequently in the

Austrahan Hyla cwrulea. 'They were pairing at Rio Balsas in the

month of June. During the nightly thunderstorms the males

kept up an incessant noise like the snarling bark of little dogs.

The couples were sitting in low shrubs or amongst herbs, a foot

above the ground, overhanging little ditches which led into a dirty

stagnant pool. During the daytime the ditches were absolutely

dry. The eggs are very small, very numerous, and of a light

grass-green olen

3. Hyla. About 15 species are recorded from Mexico, to which

no less than 11 seem to be peculiar, but at least 8 of these have

hitherto been found in single localities only. Our knowledge of

the distribution of 'Tree-frogs is still very defective. Most of them

inhabit the forest-regions of the Atlantic slope. They are dis-

1905. | AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES, 207

covered and caught by mere accident. For instance, I found one

single specimen of //. staufferi at Motzorongo, a species until then

known only from Guatemala, H. boweourti of the same country

has been recorded once from Tepic, none from the enormous

intervening stretch. HH. miotympanwm seems to range from the

Isthmus through the mountainous parts of Vera Cruz, going up

towards Puebla. H. venulosa is an eastern form, from South

America to Tampico, decidedly Atlantic, but once recorded from

near Mazatlan, 7. baudini, the commonest Tree-frog, ranges from

Heuador right through Central America, and then spreads east and

west through the hot countries of Mexico, absolutely avoiding the

plateau, but reaching Texas.

On July 4, 1902, when the rains were very irregular, we found

H, baudini spawning, south of Cordoba. On a piece of inundated

woodland meadow, about the size of a suburban lawn, were 45,000

frogs at a low computation, two-thirds of them in amplexus, the

other maies making a deafening din. Next day the pool was dried

up completely, the grass glazed with the spawn, and there was not

a single frog to be heard or seen in the neighbourhood.

HT, copei, known as “ Sapo blanco” or white toad, is a hill form.

Known alveady from Texas, Chihuahua, Guanajuato, and Jalisco,

1 found it plentiful on the whitish calcareous terrain south of

Chilpancingo, not in the trees but sometimes on rather barren

and dry fields. Decidedly typical of the western and southern

plateau and its Pacific slope, and very abundant, is 7. eximia.

Result.— Mexico has many Hylide in common with Central and

even South America ; but the majority are now peculiar to Mexico,

and only two, H. copet and H. baudini, extend northwards into

Texas.

CysTIGNATHID#, like the Hylidae, of decidedly South- American

origin, Of the 15 or 16 genera of this family only Leptodactylus *,

Paludicola, Syrrhopus, Hylodes*, and Borborocetes oceur also in

Mexico, altogether with some 23 species. Those marked * are also

Antillean. Not one reaches the United States; in fact the most

northern record is made by H. calcitrans at Zacatecas. B, mexi-

canus is peculiar to the Central plateau and the high mountains of

Jalisco, Colima, and Guerrero, Of the 9 or 10 species of Hylodes

6 are restricted to Mexico, but their recorded localities are still

too few and scattered. The same applies to the six species of

Syrrhopus ; the others range far south to Nicaragua and Costa

Rica: H. palmatus is Pacific, 1, melanostictus Atlantic Mexican ;

H, rhodopis on either side. The last is the commonest species and

seems to be an instance of a southerner which, although not going

on to the plateau itself, ascends the high mountains on its eastern,

southern, and western borders, e. g. Citlaltepetl wp to 10,000 feet,

Cerro de Oaxaca, Nevado de Colima; it also inhabits the hot low-

lands of Agua fria in the State of Vera Cruz. Mostly of dark

brown and reddish tints and living on or near the ground; how-

ever, Some specimens in the epiphytic Tillandsias, or on green

208 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

shrubs at the edge of a forest, were quite green, but they soon

changed to reddish yellow and ultimately assumed the normal

reddish colour.

Of the 5 species of Leptodactylus, 3 are too little known,

L. microtis from ‘“‘ Guanajuato ” would be the only instance of the

occurrence of a Leptodactylus on the plateau instead of in the

lowlands. Only two species have a wide distribution : L. albilabris

of South Guerrero, Oaxaca, and of Vera Cruz, also Antillean ;

L. caliginosus from Paraguay northwards, in Mexico in the

Pacific Tierra Caliente as far as Mazatlan.

ENGYSTOMATID, with an obviously South-American centre of

dispersal; not Antillean. The small genus Hngystoma reaches

through Mexico into the South-eastern United States (Z. ustwm).

Ranip#.—This family is essentially Paleeo-tropical. Scarcely

more than a dozen species, all belonging to Rana, occur in North

America, only 6 in Mexico, and fewer still further south, in

the north-western portion of South America. There, however,

the Ranide have found a new congenial home, which has stimulated

them into the development of 5 new genera, with about one dozen

species, all arboreal, besides Dendrobates. The Ranide have not

found their way into the Antilles.

Of the six Mexican species, 2. forreri is restricted to the district

between Durango and Mazatlan; 2. pustulosa to same district

and Western Jalisco; &. omiltemana to Guerrero mountains:

these three are peculiar to Mexico. &. halecina is the common

river-frog of the country, both in the hot parts and on the plateau,

extending from the United States through the whole of Mexico

down to Costa Rica. & palmipes ranges from southern tropical

Mexico to South America. Lastly, 2. montezwme, the largest of

all, is a lake-dweller, e. g. lakes of Jalisco, near Mexico City,

Tehuantepec, extending south into Tabasco and Guatemala,

héswmé of the Distribution of Mexican Anura.

We can easily distinguish between northern and southern

immigrants.

1. Northern, decidedly of Nearctic origin. Scaphiopus, scarcely

reaching the Isthmus of Tehuantepec; and a few Rana, all water-

frogs. Both genera are comparatively recent immigrants, non-

Antillean, although Rana extends through and beyond Central

America.

2. Southern, of obvious South-American origin.—a. With

related, or identical, species in the Greater Antilles. Cysti-

gnathide, not reaching the United States. Hylidw and Bufonide,

each, especially the Hylide, with genera peculiar to Mexico,

indicating ancient residence.—b. Non-Antillean, a few Hngysto-

matine, scattered through Mexico,

1905. | AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 209

CROCODILIA.

Crocodilus americanus is the commonest tropical American

Crocodile, from Florida to Northern South America. In Mexico

it is strictly confined to the Tierra Caliente, with Mazatlan as its

north-western limit. It ascends the Rio Balsas at least up to

Meseala, but this is not much more than 1700 feet above sea-level.

Common in the lagoons on the coast of Guerrero and Oaxaca,

except where it has recently been well-nigh exterminated by

American skin-hunters. More exist in the river-systems of the

State of Vera Cruz, ascending occasionally up to Motzorongo,

i. e. 1500 feet. During the rainy season they often forsake the

then turbid rivers, and roam at night through the forests in

search of lagoons.

C. moreleti inhabits the Tierra Caliente from Tampico to

Honduras.

Caiman sclerops s. punctulatus has its centre in South America.

In America it occurs only in the Atlantic hot-lands. I met with

very large specimens (length of skull 20 inches) at Agua fria in

the same lagoons and rivers as the Crocodile. Whilst the latter,

anyhow not averse to brackish water, inhabits the Greater Antilles,

the Caiman has found its way only into Trinidad and, if report

is true, to Martinique. The Alligator of the southern United

States does not seem to cross the Rio Grande.

CHELONTA.

It seems almost incredible that Chelydra has never been re-

corded from Mexico, considering the wide range of Ch. serpentina

in the United States and the existence of the other species,

Ch. rossignoni, from Guatemala to Ecuador. The Papaloapan

and 8. Juan Rivers of the State of Vera Cruz are certainly large

enough, with pools and backwaters, but I could not ascertain the

presence of a large, snappy species.

DERMATEMYDID&.—The few species of this family are peculiar to

Central America. Dermatemys mawi extends from Honduras

into Yucatan and Vera Cruz; it occurs, for instance, in the pools

of the forests and savannahs near Tetela, where it is known as

the “Tortuga blanca.” Stawrotypus seems to have a similar

range: S. triporcatus going up to Vera Cruz; S. biporeatus only

up to the Isthmus.

CINOSTERNIDA, with the sole genus Cinoséernwm. About 10

species in North and Central America, one extending to Guiana.

Well represented in Mexico by 6 species. Of these, C. pennsyl-

vanicum, previously recorded from the Valley of Mexico, was

found by myself in South Guerrero, at San Luis Allende.

C. hirtipes ranges from Arizona and New Mexico along the

Pacific side into Jalisco, and includes the Tres Marias Islands.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. Il. No. XIV. 14

210 DR. H, GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

C’. sonoriense in Sonora. C. wtegrum (a variety of C. scorpioides)

is likewise Pacific, from Jalisco, e. g. Lake Chapala, to which I

can now add Zapotlan and the small rivers on the plateau south

of Oaxaca and the swamps of San Mateo near Tehuantepec.

C’. leucostomum extends from New Orleans along the Atlantic side

of Mexico through and beyond Central America. C. effeldti is

known from the State of Vera Cruz, San Mateo del Mar, and

Guatemala,

'TESTUDINIDH.— Cistudo with two species in North America and

one in Yucatan, strictly terrestrial. C. mexicana of Texas and

New Mexico, e. g. San Marcial. How far it extends into Mexico

isnot known ; Tampico is quite possible, but I very much doubt

“Mexico City” and neighbourhood.

Nicoria rutila 1 have met in swampy bush-land of the State of

Vera Cruz and near Tehuantepec, and this seems to be its range ;

allied species occur in Central America.

Chrysemys extends from Canada to Argentina, but with a

preponderance of northern forms. In Mexico restricted to the

hot countries, and even there common only about the Isthmus,

whence C.. grayi=umbra and C. incisa go further south. C. ornata,

from Panama to Tehuantepec, has been found by Forrer also

near Mazatlan, with O. pulcherrima. I do not. know of a single

locality for Chrysemys on the plateau, or to the east of it, except

for C. mobiliensis, which goes from 'Texas into the lowland of

Nuevo Leon.

This scarcity of Water-Tortoises in Mexico is rather puzzling.

On the plateau Cinosternwm alone is found, and these thick-shelled

box-like creatures are, moreover, the only kind which can with-

stand the buffeting to which they are subjected in the torrents

into which the rivers of the slopes of the plateau are converted in

the rainy season. The Tortoises hide then under the boulders in

the stream. Chrysemys shuns such waters, and neither it nor

Cinosternum occurs in those rivers which carry much sand.

Chelone viridis was laying during July and August on the

coast of Guerrero and Oaxaca.

Résumé of the Distribution of Mexican Chelonia.

The Cinosternide, taken with the closely-allied Dermatemydide

and Chelydride, are autochthonous Americans; the first a

Sonoran, the second obviously a southern group so far as the present

distribution is concerned. Both Chelydrids and Dermatemyds

are known from the Cretaceous of North America. The three

together may well be regarded as originally northern and ancient.

The same applies to the Testudinide, the only family which has,

recently, sent a United States Chrysemys into the Antilles and a

South American into the Windward Islands. The Testudinide,

plentiful in North America, scarce in Central, and with still

fewer species in South America, have clearly come from the

1905.] AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES, 21).

Northern continent. The eazliest, probably all of the genus

Testudo, have been found in the mid-Hocene of Wyoming and

New Mexico; since Oligocene in Europe, still later in India.

With this remote occurrence in ancient Sonoraland I couple the

most important fact of the Galapagos Tortoises. They are a

strong indication of the former, let us say Oligocene, extension

of land considerably to the west and south of the present Central

America, We shall find this idea supported by Iguanide. Now

North America possesses but the single 7. polyphemus in the

South-eastern States, and South America has only 7’. tabulata.

Something has gone wrong with this genus, which has flourished

in the Miocene of Dakota, Nebraska, and Oregon, as has been the

case with so many mammals which started and flourished in the

States and are now restricted to the Old World,

LACERTILIA,

GrcKkonip#.—-The distribution of American Geckos is almost

entirely tropical. The greatest number and diversity of species

occur in the Antilles, in Northern South America and the

adjoining Central America, whence few have spread into the

warmer parts of Mexico, avoiding the plateau. North America

has received only Spherodactylus notatus from the Antilles

through the Bahamas into Florida, and Phyllodactylus tuberculosus

into California; this species is the commonest Gecko in Mexico,

ranging strictly along the Pacific slope to the Isthmus of Tehu-

antepec and thence to Nicaragua. Spherodactylus sends only

three species into Mexico: S. glaweus to Salina Cruz and into the

State of Vera Cruz; the Central American S. torquatus and

the Antillean S. anthracinus are recorded from the same State,

and S. torguatus has been described from Mazatlan. Gymno-

dactylus sumichrasti reaches the Isthmus, and TVhecadactylus

rapicauda, of Yucatan, Antilles, and southwards, is said by Cope

to have been recorded from Guadalajara, a very doubtful locality.

Phyllodactylus tuberculosus is common in the villages of Southern

Oaxaca and Guerrero, where it is known as “ Pata de bueye,”

i, e. ox-foot, because of its peculiar digits. The general name for

Geckos is ‘‘Salamanqueza” or ‘“Salamanquezca,” which name, how-

ever, also applies to the slippery Wabuia and Humeces. I found

the same Gecko on the trees of dense forests near the coast of

Guerrero. Spherodactylus glaucus is.typically xerophile. As in

Spain and Portugal, all Geckos are considered extremely poisonous.

EvusLEPHARIDE.—This small and very scattered family (in

West Africa, Somaliland, India, Transcaspia, and Persia) 1s

represented by three species in Mexico, a few others occurring in

Panama and Ecuador, Hublepharis variegatus is the northern

offshoot, from El Paso to the Gila River and California, probably

also in Sinaloa. . fasciatus is known from Ventanas, north-west

of Mazatlan. These are apparently typically xerophile, like the

14*

212 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

two Asiatics of the same genus. But Coleonya elegans is distinctly

a forest form. J found it a few miles from the coast of Guerrero

in a moist patch of thick lowland forest on the ground under

stones and rotten stumps. A typical Central American, ranging

through the Pacific and Atlantic Tierra Caliente of Mexico, from

which country it had hitherto been recorded only by Sumichrast

from near Orizaba; extending south to Costa Rica.

Iauanip& 7.—It is not profitable to speculate upon the original

home of this family. The overwhelming majority of genera and

species is American, from Mexico to Brazil. It is well known that

the Galapagos possess the semimarine Amblyrhynchus and Cono-

lophus, that a few species occur in Madagascar, and Brachylophus

fasciatus in the Viti and Tonga Islands; further, that an Iguanid

allied to the genus Zgwana existed in the Eocene or Oligocene of

Europe, and that therefore attempts have been made to explain

the present scattered distribution of the family by a formerly

subuniversal range; in other words, they are a very ancient

group.

Concerning America, it is significant that only a few species of

Sceloporus and Phrynosoma extend into the United States,

although far northwards. Of the large genus Anolis, only

A. carolinensis enters Texas to Carolina, but it is also found in

Cuba.

Mexico itself, Central America, and the Antilles are rich in

genera and species. These Iguanide can be divided into two

groups :—

A Sonoran set, comprising genera which are essentially xero-

phile and humivagous, with depressed bodies and short tails.

None of these reaches far into Central America, and none has

entered the Antilles. Crotaphytus, Holbrookia, Uta, Phrynosoma,

Sceloporus, which, in the order mentioned, extend from California

and Arizona southwards, with decidedly Pacific or Western pre-

dilection ; only a few Sceloporws, those which have spread into

the Atlantic Tierra Caliente, continue further into Central

America. Nearly all these southern Sceloporus are fitted for

arboreal life, less depressed in body, and suited to a moist climate,

be this hot or cool. They lead thereby to the second set, which

are essentially arboreal, mostly inhabitants of forests or of rocky

bush-land; all southerners, with their centre in Central and

South America, extending into the Mexican Tierra Caliente, with

prevalence on the Atlantic side, and two* have allied genera or

species in the Antilles : Anolis*, Jguana*, Basiliscus, Lemanctus,

Corythophanes, and Ctenosawra.

Of course there are transitional forms, for instance the genus

+ Iguana, or Guana, is a native word applied to the Iguana; but where this does

not occur, the name is given to Ctenosaura, for instance at Cuernavaca. The

Zapotec name of Ctenosawra is Tileampo; Basiliscus and Corythophanes are called

Teteréte. At Rio Balsas, scaly lizards, e.g. Sceloporus, are distinguished as

Chintéte.

1905. | AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 213

Cienosaura, and we will not discuss the question which of the two

groups is the more primitive; apparently the latter, but this can

be contested.

Crotaphytus, a typical old Northern Sonoran genus with several

species in Western United States. C. wislizent ranging from

Oregon and Nevada into Sonora and Chihuahua; C. collaris also

into Nuevo Leon.

Holbrookia, from Texas and California into the dry parts of

Northern Mexico. H. maculata into North Sonora, H. texana to

Monterey and Lerdo near Torreon. I found it running about

swiftly on the almost barren shaly ground near El Paso. HH. pro-

pingua from Texas to Presidio near Mazatlan.

Uta, with most species in South-western United States and in

Lower California. U. elegans from Utah to Texas and Sonora;

U. stansburiana from Utah to Torreon. U. lateralis from Presidio

and Tres Marias Islands and JU. bicarinata are Mexican, from

Presidio to Tehuantepec, and everywhere between these places.

Otherwise strictly confined to the western side of the plateau and

the coast, it has entered the plateau at Cuernavaca and Puebla.

T have almost invariably found it on the stems and branches of

low trees, upon which they flatten themselves like arboreal

Sceloporus; rather remarkable, since the other species are so

decidedly dwellers on the sandy or stony ground. Very important

is the occurrence of a species, U. auriculata, on the Revilla

Gigedo Islands, 280 miles south of Cape Lucas, Lower Cali-

fornia, and nearly 350 miles from the coast of Jalisco. This

genus is typically Sonoran, with its centre around the Gulf of

California.

Phrynosoma, “ Animal rey,” or ‘ Camaleén,” or “ Escorpién.”

The original centre of this genus is undoubtedly Sonoraland,

whence it extends now over most of the Central, South-western,

and Western States of North America and over the whole of

Mexico as far as Guatemala. Ph. cornutwm, modestum, and

orbiculare are, in Mexico, scattered over the plateau. Ph. asio

is the most southern and at the same time the largest and most

handsome species, ranging from Colima to Guatemala. Stejneger

and Cope have already remarked on the ‘metachrosis” of

Ph. douglasi. I have found Ph. modestum near El Paso of

exactly the same delicate French-grey colour as the little slabs

of Cretaceous limestone with which the hills are strewn; the

same species at San Marcial and at Rincon in Mexico, on the red

and sandy volcanic rubble of that hilly desert region, were of the

same pronounced red tint. Examination with a magnifying-

glass showed the spirit-specimens to be covered with the iron-

stained red sand, but those which I have brought home alive

show this same red colour also to be that of their genuine skin.

Sceloporus may well be called the most characteristic genus of

Mexican Lizards. Of the 34 species recognised by Boulenger,

28 occur in Mexico, between El Paso and Tehuantepec. Only

4 live in the United States, and only 3 or 4 are found south of

214 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, and are restricted to Central

America.

Some species have a very wide, others a very. limited dis-

tribution. The majority combine humivagous with climbing

habits, and show great adaptiveness to the nature of their

surroundings ; for instance, S. scalaris and S. eneus do not climb

the trees beneath which they live, but prefer the grassy ground,

and they are equally at home in the moist, clouded pine-forests

and on the more barren, grassy and lava-strewn slopes up to the

snow-line. S. variabilis prefers the wooded lowlands of the

Atlantic side, and likewise does not climb, loving the banks of

rivulets and well-herbed ravines. Others, e. g. S. torquatus, are

found only on rocks, stone walls, and buildings; they are swift.

Some—and these are the most depressed in body—are rather

sluggish, e.g. S. spinosus, and spend most of their time on the

ground between spiny growth of hedges and low trees, which

they ascend a little way, in short rapid jerks, when alarmed.

Lastly, S. microlepidotus is truly arboreal, ascending the trees in

the morning, with the sun, right into the green tops, where they

hunt for insects. ‘This species has the greatest possible alti-

tudinal range ; from the hot country of Southern Oaxaca, only a

few hundred feet above the level of the sea, to the upper tree-line

of Citlaltepetl, about 13,500 feet elevation.

Many species are viviparous. According to my own observa-

tions, the following: acanthinus, eneus, formosus, microlepidotus,

scalaris—all eray id in the months of July to September.

Iguana rhinolophus is interesting for various reasons. It is

the largest Lizard in Mexico, attaining a total length of about

5 feet. Always arboreal and aquatic and truly tropical, it occurs

in the whole of Central America, but in Mexico, north of the

Isthmus, only in the States of Vera Cruz and Southern Oaxaca,

everywhere strictly below the Plateau, and on the Pacific side it

has been recorded only from Manzanillo near Colima and near

Mazatlan; undoubtedly also near San Blas and in the lower

reaches of the Balsas, but this information I have only from

hearsay. I never found it in Guerrero. The creature requires

permanent, rather sluggish rivers, or deep pools in the savannahs.

They climb about in the trees, eating the succulent. leaves, which

they bolt without much chewing, for instance those of the guava

tree. Favourite places for resting are the branches which over-

hang the water, into which they plump with a loud splash,

sinking at once and remaining at the bottom for many minutes.

Whilst the adult are dusky, the young are grass-green and are

frequently found in the tall grass at the edge of a pool. They at

once take to the water and swim to the bottom, with their legs

laid back and propelling themselves, like newts, by rapid undu-

lating motions of the tail. The eggs are buried in the soft soil,

among the roots of a tree, always near the water, in the month

of May; by the end of July they are already hatched. They are

known as Guanas or Iguanas.

Ctenosaura acanthura is acommon Lizard of the hot and warm

1905. | AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 215

countries, from Yucatan to Tampico and on the Pacific side

as far as Southern California. It does not take to the water,

preferring rocky bush-land or savannahs. According to the

locality, it makes its home in a hollow tree, in the roof of a house,

or on the ground, where, among rocks or trees, it digs out a

permanent burrow, heaping up the soil above and around it.

This “Iguana,” or “ Tileampo” of the Zapotecs, is very fierce,

bites, and lashes out furiously with its tail. Its food is varied,

from all kinds of lizards, snakes, and insects to grass and flowers ;

in turn the Tilcampo itself is much prized as an article of food,

and in the markets fetches more than two fowls.

The young are entirely vivid green ; in their second and third

years the back and sides develop blackish patches upon the grecn

ground, and in this stage they are often very beautiful. With

approaching maturity the green colour disappears, being en-

eroached upon and then entirely suppressed by the spreading

black and brown pigment. But in certain localities, where these

lizards live amongst luscious growth of evergreen trees, many

individuals retain their green livery throughout life. I caught a

young Tileampo, which belonged to a green family, as shown by

the parents, at San Juan Evangelista, on the eastern side of the

Isthmus, where the green colour was normal; within less than

18 months my captive had lost all the green, and had assumed the

dusky brownish and patchy garb.

Ctenosaura quinquecarinata.—This much smaller, brownish-

yellow species is not arboreal, ranging from Honduras into the

southern hot parts of Oaxaca. It becomes very tame, takes a

varied diet, and defends itself in its burrow by sideward strokes

of its spiny tail, much like the Indian Uromastix, which it greatly

resembles in habits and outward appearance.

Basiliscus vittatus.—Closely allied to the Central American

BL. americanus, ranges from HKeuador into the Tierra Caliente of

Mexico, where it is, however, restricted to the southern part, not

going further north than Cordoba. Until I found it at Teque-

sixtlan and Tierra Colorada in the centre of Guerrero, it was not

known from the Pacific side. The locality ‘ Orizaba” in the

‘ Biol. Centr.-Am.’ is erroneous; Sumichrast states clearly, and

correctly, that this species extends only up to 3300 feet. The

‘* Pasarios,” its universal Spanish name, lives always on the banks

of rivers or pools. I generally found them busy on the ground

close to the water’s edge, or upon a low overhanging branch. On

the slightest alarm, they plunge or rush into the water, rapidly

running over the surface in a slightly erect position, splashing

the water with their long-toed hind limbs and the long wriggling

tail, whilst the arms are adpressed to the body. They do not

dive; arrived on the other side, they climb up the bank and hide

in the tangled vegetation. The usual statement that they propel

themselves by rapid strokes of the fore-limbs is erroneous, and

the notion that the high dorsal and caudal crests, which adorn

the male only, serve as a sail is a fable.

Corythophanes hernandexi, ‘“ Teteréte.”—From Chiapas and

216 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

Yucatan to the State of Vera Cruz, absolutely confined to the

Atlantic Tierra Caliente, in forest-land ; arboreal, or rather amongst

shrub-like trees, the brown bark of which this curious-looking

gentle lizard looks to for protection. [t feeds upon insects.

Lemanctus.—The two Mexican species are excessively rare,

perhaps because they live higher up in the trees, where it is then

next to impossible to discover them. JZ. serratus is known from

Campeche and the States of Vera Cruz and Oaxaca without localities.

LL. longipes, hitherto known from Jalapa only; all the more re-

markable is the solitary specimen which I found amongst a

collection sent to the Field Columbian Museum from the State of

Colima.

Anolis, with at least a dozen species in the Eastern or Western

Tierra Caliente. A. nebulosus has the widest range in Mexico,

from Tehuantepec to Jalapa, and to Ventanas on the west; I

found it not only on the coast of Guerrero, but also on the

Nevado de Colima, up to at least 7600 feet, together with A. lio-

gaster. A. gadovu at Tierra Colorada, in bush-land. The Anolis

seem to spend most of their time on the lower branches of shrubs

and trees or amongst the rank herbaceous vegetation, waiting for

insects, and trusting to not being seen when basking. Especially

when they have become excited by being pursued, the males

stretch out their mostly beautifully-coloured gular sac. None

of the Mexican species which I have observed displays any marked

change of colour like the A. carolinensis, the “Chameleon” of the

Americans.

Tesip&* are clearly a Neotropical family, with several dozen

genera in South America, Of all these, only Ameiva and the

closely-allied Cnemidophorus extend through and beyond Central

America: Ameiwa into the Kastern and Western hot-lands of

Mexico and into the Antilles; Cnemidophorus through Mexico

into the United States, where C’, sealineatus has spread over nearly

the whole Union. This genus is entirely terrestrial, preferring

sandy districts with bush-land; only C. guttatus is a typical

inhabitant of the lowland forests of Vera Cruz. The Mexican

species avoid the high plateau, 5000 feet being about the upper

limit. The only exception is made by C. guluris, which has

been credibly recorded from Guanajuato, and of which I have

examined specimens collected by Dr. Meek close to the town of

Puebla, which lies at an altitude of more than 7600 feet, higher

than the Valley of Mexico, where Cnemidophorus does not occur.

Concerning distribution and variation, ¢f. my paper, “ Evolution

of the Colour-pattern and Orthogenetic Variation in certain

Mexican Species of Lizards, with adaptation to their surroundings,”

Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. Ixxii. p. 109 (1903).

Amewa undulata, the only species in Mexico, is an inhabitant

* From the Aztec “teco-ixin,’ z. e. Rock-lizard, the name of Sceloporus torquatus,

A : ; bes t

misspelt and misapplied. The Zapotecs and Mazatecs call Cnemidophorus and

Ameiva Zumbichi and Cachumbo.

1905. ] AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 217

of the hot, well-wooded parts of Guerrero, Oaxaca, and Vera Cruz,

whence it ‘extends far into Central America. It is far less quick

than Cnemidophorus, and I have found it invariably in the

vicinity of water.

Aneuip#.—Anguis, with its sole species fragilis, and two species

of Ophisaurus s. Pseudopus (Morocco to Burma) are the only

members of this family which are not American, and even the

third species of Ophisaurus, O. ventralis, lives in the United

States. The countries now richest in Anguide are Mexico,

Central America, and the Antilles; a few extend into South, and

a few, Gerrhonotus with the Ophisaurus, into North America,

where the latter is widely distributed (also recorded from Jalapa).

Diploglossus is peculiar to the mountainous regions of Mexico ;

D. steindachnert from Orizaba, Jalapa, and Guatemala. The

related genus Celestus in Antilles and Central America.

Gerrhonotus is the main genus, eight species of which occur in

Mexico, entirely in mountainous districts or on the plateau; they

are consequently absent in the hot lowland forests, and references

to Vera Cruz and Tehuantepec do not apply to such towns but

to unknown places in the state or district.

G. ceruleus has the widest range, from British Columbia and

Colorado along the Pacific side of Mexico to Costa Rica. Most of

the species live on the ground, in the oak- and pine-forests,

preferring clearly a moist and by no means warm climate.

G. antauges ascends Citlaltepetl to an altitude of more than

12,000 feet, in the pine-forests, or in the grass near little streams,

and higher up amongst the fuccoeks of grass, basking on the top

of such a tussock and making its home among the roots or in

the mass of last year’s rotting blades. In such a place they

disappear easily, although they are not quick. The same applies

to G. imbricatus. G. gramineus, delicately light green above and

yellow below, is arboreal, ascending the highest trees in search of

insects and making its lair in hollow trees of oak, pines, and

arbutus. They all are viviparous, live on insects and worms,

and lose their shyness a few hours after having been caught and

handled.

XENOSAURIDE.— Xenosaurus grandis alone is recorded only

from the mountains near Orizaba, Cordoba, and Oaxaca,

HELODERMATID£.—The sole genus Heloderma, unless we include

Lanthanotus of Borneo. H. suspectum of Arizona and New

Mexico, and H, horridwm of Mexico. The notion that Heloderma

is a dweller on arid mountains is quite erroneous. It is restricted

to hot lowlands with sandy ground. Most of Arizona is high

and dry tableland, and there is quite a trade in ‘“ Gila monsters,”

but, so far as I could find out, they all came from such terribly hot

and low sandy places as Yuma, on the lower reaches of the Gila

river, and from similar localities in Sonora. WH. horridum is

218 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

stated by Gunther to have probably a wide distribution in Mexico.

The fact is that it has hitherto been recorded only from the

following localities :—near Tehuantepec, and near Presidio by

Forrer; and in the museum at Mexico is a specimen from

Apatzingan in Michoacan. It is very local. In Guerrero and

Oaxaca, Colima and Jalisco everybody speaks of the “ Escorpién.”

“He is ‘unkillable unless you crush him with a big stone. When

at last secured in a cleft stick, his poison dropping to the ground

causes all vegetation to w ither for yards around. There are two

kinds in Giceo one brown, the other black and yellow;

nocturnal, hidden in the daytime beneath the stump of a tree or

under a boulder; estivating during the dry season.” Hundreds

of times have I offered much money, even for being taken to its

lair, but all in vain. The only place where I personally know it

to occur is Juchitan, not far to the north-east of Tehuantepec ;

in the museum at Oaxaca is a stuffed specimen, a monster about

24 feet in length. At last I thought I had run the beast down,

when at Zapotlan in Jalisco. The 1 poison, the sluggish flerceness,

difficulty in killing it, all this sounded favourable. We found the

Escorpion, but it was the harmless, gentle Gerrhonotus, which for

some unaccountable reason is feared as very poisonous! The

Zapotecan name of Heloderma is “ Talachini”; the Aztecs called it

“ Acaltetepon.” Hernandez states that “it is found in Cuernavaca

and other hot districts.” But it does not occur anywhere near

the State of Morelos, unless the huge figure of a lizard carved out

of a rock near Cuernavaca is evidence !

The last three families taken together form a very ancient

group, which seems to have its original centre in the old

Sonoraland, or let us say in the old Sonoran + Central American

+ Antillean landmass. The absence of Anguide in Eastern

Asia suggests the spread from North America into Europe and

Asia across the polar region, unless we prefer the problematic

bridge across the Northern Atlantic from the Antilles (which

possess their own genus Celestus with several species) towards the

Mediterranean.

Scrncipz.—Of this large and almost cosmopolitan family

America possesses the smallest number, and it is significant that

the number of forms decreases from North to South. Mexico has

about 10 species. They may perhaps be divided into a Northern

lot, Humeces, which ranges from the middle of North America over

the Mexican plateau and its bordering mountains; and into a

Southern set, Jabuia and Lygosoma s. Mocoa, which love the hot

country, extending far into tropical South America, with species

in the Antilles, in Mexico restricted to the Southern States east

and west.

Mabuia agilis is fond of basking on shrubs and it even climbs

trees, hiding under the bark. iiilee Lygosoma laterale it hunts in

the dusk. “Eumeces, of which I have observed only lynae and

fuscirostris, prefer mountain forests, where they live on the

1905. | AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 219

ground, basking on the fallen leaves, between which, and in the

soft humus, they wriggle away with perplexing agility.

ANELYTROPSIDA, an artificial assembly of a few degraded

Scincoids in Madagascar, Tropical Africa, and <Anelytropsis

papillosus in Mexico. Of this only the two type specimens,

described by Cope, “from near Jalapa,” were known, until I found

another in the humus of a dense forest near Motzorongo, south of

Cordoba.

Xantusip#.—The range of Xantusia extends from the desert

tracts of Nevada, California with its impressive Mojave desert,

into Lower California. There is little doubt that some species

of Xantusia will be found in the desert-like country between

Chihuahua and New Mexico, which has all the characteristic

features of the home of XYantusia, not the least being the Yucca-

trees, the bunches of spiky leaves of which give them shelter.

The only other Mexican, Lepidophyma flavomaculatum, ranges

from Panama to the Isthmus of Tehuantepec. The few other

members of the family are likewise Central American, and one is

found in the Antilles. This little strictly American family shows

consequently division into a Northern or Sonoran, and a Southern

or Central American Antillean group.

ANIELLIDA, with Aniella pulchra in California, and A. texana,

of which the only specimen known came from El Paso.

AMPHISBANIDZ.—The distribution of numerous Amphisbeenide

throughout Africa and several Mediterranean countries, as well as

in South and Central America, Mexico, Lower California, Florida,

and the Greater Antilles, seems to favour a former transatlantic

connection.

Curiously enough, Mexico possesses only one genus, but this is

the most interesting of all :—

Chirotes.—Discovered many years ago somewhere in Mexico,

Chirotes s. Bipes canaliculatus remained almost mythical. Then

Dugés received a single specimen from near Tecpan in Southern

Guerrero, which he named Hemichirotes tridactylus. Next, some

twenty years ago, the creature was discovered in Lower California

in considerable numbers, they are Cope’s Huchirotes biporus. 1

myself found Chirotes at last on the banks of the Balsas River, in

the centre of Guerrero. It lives there in the fields of alluvial

sand, well out of reach of possible floods. Our only chance of

getting these pink, worm-like creatures was the offering of rewards

to the Indians who were ploughing the fields of young Indian

corn in the month of July. They live at a depth of at least one

foot, burrowing little tunnels which lead a long way in any

direction in the moist sand, but in the drier parts collapse at

once behind the digging animal. When kept in a tin with

sand, they dug into it with their heads first and then with their

mole-like hands. They never appeared on the surface. Like

220 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

the Portuguese Llanuws cinereus they soon became flabby from

evaporation, but they soon swelled up again when the sand was

moistened.

To split these creatures into three genera is ridiculous. But it

is very interesting that the specimens from the only three localities

known differ in the number of femoral pores, the length of the

tail, and in the reduction of the number of the fingers and claws.

C. canaliculatus.— Fifth finger very small, clawless; three pores

on either side in front of the enlarged preanal scales; tail twice

as long as the head. Nasal plates widely separated.

Specimen in Berlin Museum...... Right hand 1.2.3.4.0; Left 1.2.3.4.0.

British Museum) Te). hscnecceee a AW eb Parse Crs OG dene ada fo ahe 29.5 0}

es 5 Il. i“ mo Woes o4ho Og oF eo 4.

J IBIAS JIS cob cecssoode bocaou seo 0eg 3 pol oAos othe Og op ne ho SoS oGs

MR GE en (ATT Si Ve, UI RONS| AN ne. ieee Deol aatarartas

fe Oh tion CNT A eer Sal GON Seek o EO o Boal

(Fifth finger on both fangs well-developed in Balsas It. ‘and III.)

C. biporus (Huchii specimens in Smith-

sonian Institute, from La Paz in Lower California; said also to

be common at Cape Lucas.

According to Cope, with tail twice as long as the head, five

digits all clawed, with only one pore on either side, nasal plates

nearly in contact in front.

C. tridactylus (Hemichirotes tridactylus Dugés). One specimen

from Tecpan, near Acapulco. ‘Tail shghtly longer than the head ;

only three digits, all with claws; a pair of pores on either side ;

nasal plates widely separated.

It is remarkable that Chirotes, the least reduced member of the

family, is the only Mexican representative of this presumably

ancient group. Rhinewra of Florida has been found in the

Oligocene of South Dakota, whereby the former range is extended

considerably to the north. It is very difficult to imagine how

Chirotes, a helpless digger, without any chance of travelling, bound

to sandy soil, has managed to survive, unless we assume that it is

really a coast-form. Living in dunes, as it does at Cape Lucas,

Lower California, it may have ascended the Basin of the Balsas,

which river, from its mouth far into Guerrero, is bordered by

many sand-covered ledges.

The arenicolous Chirotes has retained its fore-limbs, which,

although short, are rather well-developed, while those genera

which live in humus and rich soil have lost the limbs as usual.

The natives had no proper name for these little creatures, but

described them as ‘ culebritas con manitas.”

Réswiné of the Distribution of Mexican Lacertilia.

Geckonide.—Chiefly Antilles, North-western South America

and adjoining Central America.

Hublepharide.—North-western Mexico and Mexican Tierra

Caliente.

1905. ] AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 2

Igquanide :

1. Xerophile, humivagous; Sonoran, non-Antillean.

2. Arboreal; Central and South American and Antillean.

Tejide.—Neotropical, with Ameiva into Tierra Caliente and

Antilles, Cnemidophorus fav into United States.

Anguide.— Mexican, Central American and Antillean, reaching

far North and South.

NXenosauride,

Helodermatide.

Scincide :

1. Northern America and plateau of Mexico, non-Antillean.

2. Central American into Mexico and Antilles.

NXantusvide :

1. Sonoran, non-Antillean.

2. Central American and Antillean. -

Amphisbenide.—Mexico, Central America, and Antilles;

formerly much farther north in the United States; extending

far into South America.

} Mexican, non-Antillean.

These statements are intended, in their reduced form, to

indicate the probable centres of dispersal of the various families.

It is important that of these 10 families no less than 7 have

representatives in the Greater Antilles, and that these Insular

members belong, in not a few cases, to Insular, peculiar genera,

e.g. Cyclura and Metopoceros of the Iguanide, Celestus of the

Anguide, Cricoswura s. Cricolepis of the Xantusiidee ; and it is also

worth noting that Amphisbena itself occurs in Puerto Rico, on

the Virginia Islands, and South and Central America, but not in

Mexico. Xenoswurus and Heloderma, each the sole member of a

family, are restricted to Mexico in a slightly wider sense. Most

of the Anguide and Iguanide, and all the Xantusiide, are centred

in tropical and semitropical America. We may fairly conclude

that at least the Amphisbeenide, Anguide, Iguanide, Xantusiide,

are very old inhabitants of the ancient Sonoran-Central American

and Antillean mass of land. Of these families the Amphisbeenidee

may well be autochthonous. The Tejide alone are unmistakable

Southern immigrants from an original centre, probably Brazilian,

not N.W. South America; otherwise it would not be obvious why

only so few Tejidee have extended beyond the present South-

American continent. They (Anolis and Ameiva) were the latest

immigrants into the Central Land Complex just before the

Antillean separation, after which these genera and Cnenidophorus

could continue their continental progress northwards.

It is suggestive that so many of these families fall into a north-

western, typically Sonoran and Pacific, xerophile, and a southern,

more Atlantic group with predominant hygrophile characters ;

the Antillean forms naturally siding with the latter. The

Mexican plateau, instead of connecting, rather severs these two,

mainly cecological groups, the connection passing round to the south

of the plateau. It must remain a moot question which of the

222 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

two groups is the older. Not unlikely both are, in America, the

divergent result of more generalised features; the one with the

desert, the other with the typical forest as the leading motive, or

rather the ultimate theme or goal for adaptation. We do not

know the physical features of ancient Sonoraland. There need

have been no deserts or semiarid tracts and rather barren plateaus,

The ‘petrified forest” of Arizona; the fact that many of the

present desert-like stretches from Northern Mexico, through New

Mexico to Utah and beyond, are the basins of former lakes (many

of them still rapidly receding); nay, even the prehistoric towns

in the now inhospitable parts of Arizona and New Mexico—all

these circumstances indicate that much of Old Sonoraland is still

further tending towards the formation of deserts, just as clearly

as enormous parts of Central Asia.

Sonoraland had originally a much wider extent. It 1s obvious

that the Tres Marias Islands were part of Tepic; there is also

little doubt that the peninsula of Lower California was continued

to the Revilla Gigedo Islands. That was at an epoch when the

Gulf of California did not yet exist, the peninsula as such dating

from the end of the Miocene.

OPHIDIA.

TyPHLopipz.—Only two species are known from Mexico,

Typhlops tenuis from the State of Vera Cruz, ranging south to

Guatemala; and Anomalepis mexicana from Nuevo Leon. The

present centre of this family is South and Central America,

whence they have extended into the Antilles (Puerto Rico).

GLAUCONIIDE.—Glauconia, the main genus, ranges from New

Mexico, Texas, and Florida, far into South America, whence only

the Lesser Antilles have been entered. Mexican localities are

still very scattered. The northern species, e.g. G. hwmilis, ranges

over the plateau and the Pacific slope; G. dulcis from New

Mexico to Chilpancingo; while G. albifrons is a Central American,

entering the Eastern and Western States of Mexico but avoiding

the plateau.

Borp#.—In Mexico only the Pythonine Zoxocemus bicolor,

recorded from Colima, Tehuantepec, and Guatemala; and the Boa

imperator (incl. mexicana), ‘“ Masacoatl,” which ranges from

Keuador through Central America into the Mexican Pacific and

Atlantic Tierra Cahente, keeping strictly to the forest and bush

lands. The Boi continue northwards as the arenicolous

Lichanura of Lower California and of similar hot desert-like

districts of Arizona; and the likewise arenicolous Charina, which

extends from California to Washington. Another set of Boas,

typical dwellers of luxurious tropical countries, occurs in the

Antilles; all these, Hpicrates, Corallus, and Ungalia, have allied

species in Central and South America.

Consequently this archaic family is clearly divided into a

1905. ] AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES, 223

Pacific, terrestrial xerophile, and a more Atlantic and southern

rather hygrophile stock. The former is almost typically Sonoran,

except that it does not enter the plateau. Since Charina shows

that it can endure a cold climate, the absence of similar forms on

the Mexican plateau may possibly date back to the barrier of

voleanic terrain.

CoLuBRID#.—Of the bewildering number of these snakes in

Mexico only those have been selected for discussion which seem

to yield some tangible results, while such as are too widely

scattered or rather imperfectly known in their distribution have

been mostly left out.

C. acLyPH#®,—Tropidonotus, decidedly a Nearctic genus, ex-

tending through the whole of Mexico, with greatly diminishing

numbers of species into Central, but not into South America or

into the Antilles. 7. ordinatus (incl. varieties) is the commonest

species in the whole of Mexico. 7 validus is a western form,

from Utah to Colima. 7’. sipedon s. fasciatus is eastern, from

east of the Rocky Mountains to Costa Rica. Others are confined

to the southern half of Mexico.

Ischnognathus is Nearctic, extending over the plateau, re-

occurring in Guatemala.

Contia, clearly Nearctic, through Mexico, with preference for

the plateau and its western slope, into South America.

Ficimia is Sonoran, scattered through Mexico,

Zamenis.—Sonoran. Of the 9 American species, 8 occur in

Mexico, 3 of which are confined to the southern half or extend

into Central America, but not into the Antilles. 7. constrictor,

widely spread over the States, enters North Mexico. Z. ornatus,

semilineatus, and teniatus are typical of New Mexico, Arizona to

Sinaloa, continuing as Z, mentovarius as a western form from

Sinaloa, Colima, 8. Oaxaca to Guatemala. 7. grahami is a

central and eastern form from the Southern States right over the

plateau and the East to Tehuantepec. 7. pulcherrimus is southern,

from Salina Cruz to West Nicaragua; lastly, 7. mexicanus has

been recorded from Colima, Central and South Guerrero, Guana-

juato, and from Cape Corrientes in Jalisco *.

Coluber with Spilotes and Pityophis are clearly Nearctic, with

some species in almost every State of Mexico; none is Antillean,

although some extend far into South America. C. corais, the most

powerful Colubrine Snake of Mexico, inhabits the warm and hot

countries, with the wide range from the South-eastern States of

North America to Brazil.

Coronella.—Nearctic. C. regalis from Kansas, over the plateau

to Mexico City; C. levis in Nuevo Leon; C. annulata =

micropholis from Texas to Para, in Mexico certainly all over the

* Bocourt (Mission Scient. Mex.) states emphatically “au cap Corrientes sur le

Pacifique’; it is therefore rather perplexing that Giinther (Biol. Centrali- Americ.)

adds “ Cuba, Mus. Paris,” as a locality of this species. There happens to be a Cape

Corrientes at the western end of Cuba.

224 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

southern half; coloured and behaving exactly like Hlaps, it is

often mistaken for a true ‘“ Coralillo.”

Urotheca, Dromicus, Drymobius, and Leptophis are mainly

Central and South American with species in the Antilles, extend-

ing northwards into the Atlantic and Pacific Tierra Caliente, on

the east side even into Texas. Drymobius margaritiferus is the

commonest tree-snake. D. boddaerti ranges from South America,

Trinidad and §. Vincent, and on the Pacific side it has been

brought from Tres Marias Islands.

Rhadinea is South and Central American, going into Mexico

east and west and onto the slopes of the Southern plateau.

Urotheca likewise Central and South American and Cuban ;

U. elapoides from Costa Rica along the Atlantic side to Orizaba.

Streptophorus typically Central American, extending into the

Atlantic Tierra Caliente. S. diadematus from Tabasco through

Oaxaca to Jalapa and Orizaba. WS. atratws from HKcuador and

Venezuela to Jalapa. None is Antillean.

Hypsiglena torquata from Venezuela to California, in Mexico on

the plateau and the Pacific side.

Atractes, Tropidodipsas, Dirosema, and Geophis are Southern

genera, extending into the Atlantic and Pacific Tierra Caliente,

the last genus with more western range. G. (Geagras) ridimita

I have found in the sand-dunes of the lagoons near Tehuantepec.

OpiIstTHOGLYPHA.—T7rimorphodon, a Mexican genus with western

preference. 7’. upsilon extending northwards into Arizona, south-

wards to Panama ; 7’. biscutatus distinctly Pacific from Mazatlan

to Panama; 7’. taw on the Isthmus of Tehuantepec.

Himantodes, a typical Neotropical forest genus, of which ZH.

cenchoa has spread into the Atlantic, H. gemmistrata and

H. tenuissima into the Pacific Tierra Caliente. Cope’s statement

that H. gemmistrata has been found at Toluca seems to be

erroneous.

These Tree-snakes are called “‘Stchil” in Oaxaca and on the

Isthmus, are feared as poisonous, and are said to attain a very

great length. Every snake, when in motion, appears to be mucli

longer than it is, and these active creatures gliding rapidly through

the dense canopy of a tropical forest seem indeed to give one the

impression of prodigious length. Another name for Tree-snakes

is ‘ Bejuquillo,” in allusion to lianas, which are called bejuco.

Leptodira, Neotropical, into the eastern and western Tierra

Caliente, remaining outside the plateau, although ZL. albofusca,

which extends to Parva and Ecuador, ascends outlying mountains,

like the Nevado de Colima, up to 7000 feet. Z. septentrionalis, as

the most northern offshoot, occurs in Texas and New Mexico.

Oxyrhopus, essentially South and Central American; O. cloelia

and O. plumbeus stop at the Isthmus of Tehuantepec ; O. petiolarius

goes into Guerrero. This genus is of special interest since it

contains the only Opisthoglyph which has reached the Antilles,

but only the Lesser.

1905. ] AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 225

Erythrolamprus and Oxybelis are likewise South and Central

American genera, entering the Tierra Caliente; e. g. O. acwininatus

from South America to Motzorongo in Vera Cruz, and through

Guerrero to Mazatlan; it is also on the Tres Marias Islands.

E. fissidens extends from Costa Rica along the Atlantic side of

Mexico to Tamaulipas and thence into Texas.

Conophis, South and Central American, with C. vittatus on the

Isthmus and in Guerrero.

Scolecophis.—The few species live in rather high altitudes.

S. enue in the mountains of Chihuahua; S. michoacensis ;

S, atrocinctus at Toluca (fide Cope) and in Guatemala.

Homalocranium, with two dozen species, mostly in South and

Central America, whence 8 Mexicans, chiefly on either side of the

plateau, and north-eastwards, through Nuevo Leon into Texas,

These last two genera are not arboreal.

Stenorhina degenhardti from Ecuador into the Atlantic hot

country.

Manolepis putnami, hitherto known only from Jalisco, e. g.

Cumbre de los Arrastrados, 8000 feet; I have found it on the

Cumbre de los Cajones, south of Chilpancingo, in pine and oak

forest, altitude 3000 feet.

Petalognathus nebulatus. Of this South and Central American

species I found one specimen in the forest of La Raya, south of

Cordoba.

AMBLYCEPHALID&.— With a few forms in South-eastern Asia,

but many in South and Central America, Of the 20 species of

Leptognathus, only L. elegans reaches the Isthmus of Tehuan-

tepec.

Evarrn®.—Of the many species of the Neotropical genus laps

only 2 or 3 occur in Mexico. ‘The commonest, 1. fulvius, ranges

from South Brazil far into the Eastern United States. In Mexico

it seems to live in the whole southern half, including the plateau,

e. g. Mexico and Guanajuato; it is curious that it has not yet

been recorded from anywhere north of a line drawn from Mazatlan

to Guanajuato and Tuxpan, but Cope mentions 1. euryxanthus of

Arizona from “ Chihuahua” and “Sonora.” #. elegans seems to

range from Guatemala into the Atlantic Tierra Caliente near

Jalapa. No Elapine snakes occur in the Antilles. These

“ Coralillos,” although well-known to be poisonous, are not feared

because they do not bite unless handled clumsily ; when they bite

they do not strike, but chew deliberately like our European

Coronella. Although occasionally found basking, they lead a very

retired life, preferring vegetation, hiding under rotten stumps,

with a predilection for ants’ nests. They are practically nocturnal

like nearly all the non-poisonous snakes which possess the same

beautiful coloration ; the combination of black and red rings has

a most effacing effect in the dusk.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1905, Vou, Il. No. XV. 15

226 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

VIPERIDE.—CRrOTALIN®, taken together, occur all over Mexico,as

is to be expected of a group which ranges from Massachusetts and

British Columbia to Argentina, but they fall into two lots :—

I. Northerners, with their archaic centre in Sonoraland.

Ancistrodon is chiefly Nearctic; but of the terrestrial forms

A, bilineatus extends along the Pacific side of Mexico, including

Tres Marias Islands, to Yucatan and Guatemala. Of Sistrurus, east

of the Rocky Mountains, S. ravus has been described by Cope

from Vera Cruz. Crotalus, the main genus, radiates out from the

tablelands of Arizona; C. terrificus (horridus of some authors) is

the only species which extends right through Mexico to the

Isthmus, and thence right into Argentina, avoiding, however, the

moist and wooded Tierra Caliente. It is the only Rattlesnake in

South America. C. triseriatus is confined to Mexico’s mountains,

ranging from the Nevado de Colima right across to Citlaltepetl,

where I have found it at an altitude of 12,500 feet.

IT. Southerners.—Lachesis, an essentially Neotropical genus,

a few species of which extend into the Eastern and Western

States below the plateau. JL. lansbergi has the widest distribution,

and it is the only Pit-viper which has entered the Lesser Antilles,

the larger and older islands being free from poisonous snakes.

The Rattlers, or ‘‘ Viboras de cascabél,” are not much feared,

being ‘manzitos” (rather tame), meaning sluggish and not

inclined to strike unless provoked; moreover, they always try to

give fair warning with the rattle, which they sound only when

coiled up and prepared to strike, but not when crawling away as

they generally attempt doing. The Lachesis lanceolatus, the “ Fer

de lance” of Martinique, &e., ‘“‘ Rabo de hueso” or Bone-tail of the

Mexicans, on account of the curiously coloured and spike-like tip

of the tail, behaves quite differently. It is very quick, highly

irascible, and even known to make for its pursuer, therefore much

dreaded. In fact the few cases of snake-bite which I could

ascertain, mostly fatal, were due to this species.

Résumé of the Distribution of Ophidia.

Typhlopide.—Central and South American, Atlantic Mexican

and Antillean *,

Glauconiide.— Remnants of Sonoran to Neotropical distribution ;

they may reasonably be expected to be found in the Antilles.

Boide.

1. Xerophile Sonoran, not Antillean.

2. Hygrophile Central South American, Mexican Tierra

Caliente, and Antillean.

_ ™ For the present purpose only those Snakes are considered Antillean which occur

in the Greater Antilles. The Lesser Antilles, entirely voleanic and of much younger

date, have received the Lachesis, Oxyrhopus, and Glauconia directly from the opposite

part of Venezuela.

1905. ] AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 227

Aglyphous Colubrine.—Obviously with an archaic Nearctic

centre. There is a gradual change from North to South.

1. Northerners which send a few species only into Central

and still fewer into South America *, while none reaches

the Antilles: Zropidonotus, Ischnognathus, Contia*,

Ficimia, Coluber, Spilotes, Pituophis, Coronella*, Here

also Zamenis.

Central Americans, from the Mexican Tierra Caliente into

South America em inte the Antilles ** : Urotheca**,

Streptophorus.

Hssentially Southerners with their present centre in South

America, extending northwards into Mexico, but not

into the Antilles: e.g. Atractes, Tropidodipsas, Dirosema,

Geophis, Xenodon.

SU)

Opisthoglyphous Colubrine.—Kssentially South and Central

American, with many mostly arboreal forms in the hot countries

of Mexico, whilst a few terrestrials extend also over the plateau

and into the neighbouring United States. None Antillean.

Hlapine.—Neotropical, non-Antillean; but a few species of

Hlaps range through Mexico, and one far into the United

States.

Crotaline.

1. Nearctic, especially Sonoran, xerophile, non-Antillean.

Only one of them extending far into South America.

2. Neotropical, northwards into the Mexican Tierra Caliente,

and into the Lesser Antilles.

All this means that the Greater Antilles possess only the ancient

Typhlopide and perhaps Glaucontiide and have received those

Boas and Aglyphous Colubrines which have near relations in

Central and North-western South America, whilst Crotaline,

Elapine, and Opisthoglyphe ave excluded. Further, this indicates

that all these latter groups are post-Antillean, that they have

extended southwards after the Antillean s separation, have developed

into the present tropical genera and species in Central and South

America, and have then, eventually , most recently extended north-

wards into or even beyond Mexico, just as some obviously

Nearctic species are still extending southwards.

DISTRIBUTION OF MEXICAN SPECIES ACCORDING To ALTITUDE.

Our knowledge of the fauna of North-western, Northern, and

North-eastern Mexico is too imperfect. The calculations are

therefore restricted to those parts of Mexico which lie within the

following lines: Mazatlan—Guanajuato— Mizantla, north of

Jalapa in the State of Vera Cruz; and Coatzacoalcos, across the

15*

228 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

Isthmus to San Mateo del Mar near Tehuantepec. These lines

enclose all the most varied and characteristic physical features :

the highest mountains, part of the Central high plateau with

gradual slopes into the lowlands, abrupt boundaries, the hot low-

lands, the principal rivers, lakes, swamps, forests, and savannahs ;

Central or inland, Atlantic and Pacific climate.

All the species, with available records, were sorted into six

groups :—Those which occur only in the cold and cool regions ;

those which are found in these and in the temperate zones ; in the

cool, temperate, and hot zones; temperate zone only; temperate and

hot ; and, lastly, hot or tropical only.

Of course the lines of demarcation are quite arbitrary, but the

132 species collected by myself, represented by about 1000

specimens, with my knowledge of the country, gave me a lead.

Hot-lands extend from the sea-level to about 3000 feet, the

temperate zone to 5000 or 6000 according to the district. Hvery-

thing beyond 7000 feet can safely be considered within the cool

zone, and all stations above 9000 feet are decidedly cold. Lastly,

there is some safety in numbers.

I. My own Collections : 131 species employed.

No. of

Climate. species. Per cent

1. Cold or cool only...... 22 7 a)

2. Cold and temperate... 6 5p within cool zone 38 sp.= 30 per cent.

3. Cold tohot ........... 18 10 |

4. Temperate only ...... 12 9 within temperate zone 42 = 32 per cent.

5. Temperate and hot... 11 9 J within hot zone 91 = 70 per cent.

GieHlotionly, eee ce anGu 51 (groups 6+5+3).

131 101

II. My own and previous Collections and records : 247 species,

then rounded up to 250.

No. of

Climate. species. Per cent.

1. Cold or cool oniy...... 42 Ty

2. Cold and temperate... 20 8 within cool zone 86 sp.= 84 per cent.

3\Coldttovhotus. eee 96 ) |

4, Temperate only ...... 15 6 > within temperate zone 99 = 40 per cent.

nd n |

5. Temperate and hot... 40 16 J within hot zone 173 = 69 per cent.

6) Hotionly a.) ee. 109 43°6 y (groups 6+5+3).

250 100°2

These two calculations agree remarkably well: species restricted

to cool regions 17 per cent. in both cases; species oceurrin g

within the cool regions 30 or 34 per cent. respectively ; and species

1905. } AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 229

recorded from the hot-lands 70 or 69 per cent.! TJ have left the

two lists as they are, for fear that a revision would not be free

from bias and might thus prove too much *.

Fairly established is the fact that the Tierra Fria is inhabited

by about 34 per cent., one third of the total number of species, of

which one half, i.e. 17 per cent., are restricted to the cool and

cold zone.

Equally safe is the conclusion that in the Tierra Caliente occur

69 or 70 per cent., about 50 of which (51 or 43) are restricted to it.

This shows the richness of tropical life, especially if we consider

the small extent of the hot-lands in Mexico in comparison with

the rest of the country.

Text-fig. 50.

14:0 © ORREE ecu Baigent cu cmersie toler Seca laine aoe

VAUD oss ce Ree eS SSS See meee Lqesees Soe Sa OS eee Suess

QO) ties aese Soe Stoo aoe awe oe.a) Se ee Soe ae amas

TIERRA FRIA.

Y eX of OX 0 Fee amc ee SO ae aed a, yt Re me wal 7/7777 SHEESH DEE SE See ene ea

Tj TEMPI .

3000 eae aaa

IERRA CALIENTE.

SEA LEVEL. bovis aie Ss SZ SSS SSS

Diagram of the distribution of 250 Mexican species according to Altitude.

; Per cent.

( Restricted to the Tierra Caliente ............ 44

Southern or

hot-country { 1I14)| Ascending into temperate zone ................ 16

species. |

N Wa Ascending into cool zone ............0..0.0... 6

Species restricted to the temperate zone ... 6

Restricted to cool and cold zone............... ily/

Northern or

cool-country ¢ He Descending into temperate zone................ 8

species,, |

Descending into hot zone .................... 4

100

Further, the whole fauna is practically composed of these two

groups, whilst the species restricted to the temperate zone form a

very small minority, 6 per cent., at the utmost 10 per cent. if we

allow for the difficulty of classifying.

This shows that the original stocks were either cool or tropical,

* Probably all the numbers of species, as put down for the six groups, have been

understated, but this would not much alter the proportions. For instance, on p. 228,

the species given as occurring in cool to hot zones amount to about 24, but even

half a dozen more might be added according to the interpretation of such

records as “Amula” and *‘Omilteme,” which may mean anything from 5000 to

8000 feet.

230 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

in other words either Northerners, as natives of Old Sonoraland,

dwellers of mountains and high plateaus, or Southerners, which

were and are mostly tropical species. The temperate zone is in

the present case rather no-man’s-land than the happy medium

favourable to the majority.

The configuration of the whole country lends every support to

this result; broadly speaking, a high, mountainous plateau,

abruptly falling off into tropical lowlands. |

The species which have such a considerable range of altitude

that they occur in the cool, temperate and hot zones, are of further

interest. The same kind which is bound to hibernate on the high

mountains is active throughout the year in the moist and hot

lands, and possibly there are some which also estivate during

prolonged drought. The species can be grouped as follows :—

I, Undoubted Northerners, or originally at home in a cool

climate, as indicated by their main distribution, or by that of allied

species of the same genus. These have descended into the hot

lands.

Scaphiopus dugest. Tropidonotus melanogaster.

Rana halecina. “a ordinatus.

» montezwne. validus .

¥ ; 0 Y ay v

Sceloporus scalaris. Coluber triaspis.

i microlepidotus. | Crotalus horridus.

Uta bicarinata.

Gerrhonotus ceruleus.

Cinosternum pennsylvanicum.

Il. Essentially hot-country species which have ascended; and

it is remarkable that most of these are not found on the plateau

proper, although they ascend the surrounding mountains, up to an

altitude equal - to or surpassing that of the plateau. This fact

seems to indicate that the respective species are still continuing

their upward spreading, or that they have conquered these

mountains comparatively recently. This fits well with the

suggestion expressed on p. 244 that the Southern or tropical

fauna of Mexico represents for the greater part the most recent

immigrants. The Sierra Madre del Sur affords a good illustration.

It is separated from the plateau by the depression of the basin of

the Rio Balsas. Tropical species coming from the south can surge

up to the Sierra, and they have ascended its higher mountains

(ce. g. those of Omilteme, Amula, Cerro de 8, Felipe near Oaxaca),

and the backbone itself is of no mean height; but then comes the

descent into the hot basin, then again the ascent of the plateau.

A tropical species, which has succeeded in acclimatising itself to

life on the Sierra, will have to “undo” this hardening, become

tropical again, and lastly once more ascend and accommodate itself

to a cool climate. Of course all this can be done, but it takes

time. The same applies to the fauna of the rather isolated Volcan

and Nevado de Colima. The ranges of mountains which border

1905. ] AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 231

the great plateau are rather abrupt and in many parts are even

higher than the plateau itself, so that to gain the latter would

imply a descent. There are, as mentioned elsewhere, p. 240,

regions which offer a gradual, easy entry, and they have facilitated

the exchange of many species, but not of all, and of course not in

other districts.

Species found in the hot country and on high mountains ; those

excluded from the plateau are marked * :—

* Hylodes rhodopis. * Leptodira albofusca.

* Anolis nebulosus. _* Xenodon rhabdocephalus (2).

* Zamenis mentovarius. | Geophis chalybea.

* Rhadinea vittata. | Trimorphodon upsilon.

* Leptophis mexicana. | Hlaps fulvius.

%* » diplotropis. |

Ili. Lastly there are some species which are difficult to group,

whether they have descended or ascended. For instance, most

kinds of Hylodes live rather high up; they want permanent

moisture, and this H. rhodopis gets on the high mountains and

in the hos forests of the DGlentate side; only a very few returns

have been made from the truly temperate zone, and it is not known

from the plateau.

Hyla eximia. * Sceloporus formosus.

* Bufo intermedius. Ves a acanthinus.

* Hylodes palmatus. 55 spinosus (?).

Sceloporus variabilis. _ Coronella micropholis.

The list (infra, pp. 232-233) contains 70 species, of which 8

(Diploglossus, Xenosaurus, 1 Zamenis, 3 Leptophis, 1 Drymobius,

and 1 Sceloporus) may be deducted as probably not ascending

- beyond 6000 feet. The remaining 62 species, out of a probable

total of 250 for Mexico from between the Isthmus of Tenuantepee

and the line Mizantla to Mazatlan, represent about 25 per cent.

Of these, again, 30-32 (13 per cent.) seem to be restricted to levels

above 7000 feet. These have been marked with an asterisk (*).

If we add to them the following 10 species, which seem to be

restricted to the high plateau, 6000-8000 feet :—

Spelerpes morro (also from | Tropidonotus variabilis,

“ Jalapa ”), i scaliger,

Scaphiopus multiplicatus, Homalocranium bocourti,

Bufo compactus, | Crotalus miliarius,

Hyla miotympanum (¢), 4, salvini,

Phrynosoma orbiculare, |

we get a total of about 42 species, equalling 17 per cent.,

restricted to the cold and cool zones (cf. p. 228).

[June 6,

DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN

3008

“OOLXO TY

Ivau ‘oosnly

ap BLIIG

| 00¢8

00¢8-O8FE

00S8-O0TP

| 0008 “Uey

| -yeheD op B.LIaIg

0088-0062

00g8

“SOpRlySvILy

SOT ap orquing

0064

068-0469

0068-0099

“BUAOYD)

ap OpBAadNy

‘osulourdiiyg

JO 4S AQ

‘AIPVI BAIOIY

‘aUlad [ITO

‘osuloued [iy

pue vorxeg

uaa yjoq “Ing

PP %xpPIAL

BILOLG “VNU

“BOBXBO)

Irou ‘adryaq

"g ap O.La—d

000°F1-000°0T

00s*eT-0088

000‘0T-0006

009°61-0008

00¢‘Z1-0008

0006

“Pedezyepqy

Hees gavatans

: szqugpeutpa

Pol connaeana naar enter: GBD

sadajouagay

snjoprdajosovus

dadsp

Bou AoneoD "98 snewaygupoD

Lno0LLvhe

ote oe ae ang

* sngonb.oy snwodojaa

Sees so pug] UULO

see spay BUDE

nunca nih

ee DINUD SIKJIDPOWOT,

oe SnUMAWAUL $29090109.L0T

gers ds snunuazjimo snrdoysthg

DOO COUDOU DOU COOODOGUC snqoujod

merreseess-= sadopoyt sapojhy

EY 17

snropausajqur ofirg

poops WDAZ) D ——

unurthy nuojsh) qui

apaee snzonuagyn sdasoyonwyvg

cei ene ee yagi

Pe ee ee eee eee ee snsagdouya

pocRny cophecn snsouday

Ses sesuaqnz1.40 saduajadgy

snpngnuuad SnIwoy

[-popnypour you st ‘svooyeoez pur efqeng ‘oorxepy jo Aoy[eA °4 ‘a ‘neeye[g oy],

‘QU0Y 100) 24) Mynm siMyUNOTE UMOwaTy WoLf papsoze4 savvady fo svT

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 233

1905.]

“BONO T,

0098 ‘Bonzo T,

0088

00¢8

0004-0099

000L

000£-0089

OOOTT

0008

0084-0009

0006-0088

00¢8

SNYDINPUN sSisayooT

releeisietsieloves snayfidtag

eae pens ooy SNIDUNASILZ SNIDZOL/)

_ UNZOULIONZD WY WLIO) DUO TT

DIDIZUA waUrpoyaTy

ss wopisdn UopoydLoulrsZ,

<5 pasnfog)y vurpogdarT

sntofindmbavur snigowhag

“puporwaut

Heese: snapannig

Coa sungsaud

Sse sidougojdip srydojydaT

Rete radoo snyzmubouyast

yunugnd srdapoun yr

peecoonanne: DUWOSOLO]YI LaqnjoQ

Tapa AL ULAIILULO

sreeereesascseeses Masao StYd0ac)

; _ShypesnD) snovuotg

pypaur) YINIOT,

SUSU DQUOO

Seat sn] apilons VY UOPOUI

apsene snitpaojuau

dha gaa ob pS0 ad quuny na SIUaUne

upupob

Heeeeeeeecsesese gina papdo

messes baagphounjaut ——

snpoydaso0shaya

SCHOO Ssutpppoas snzouoprdo.t7,

es sinUpLb Snunpsoua yr

“ wauyonpurags snssopboydiqg

“ snsopngau

sreeseereeetecssesees qaonpb SYyOUr

esses gn 19 80.U00BLG

Bsn aouh) saoauingr

“ snpoydas0n

sngpoutquer

snaumposb ——

Ts SOANDIUD SNIOWOY LAD

SNLNDZ DULOSOULLY T

234 _ DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

GENERAL CONCLUSIONS.

1. Hvolution of Middle America.

We have seen in the review of the Amphibian and Reptilian

fauna of Mexico that it is composed of Northern and Southern

immigrants; that a considerable number of the northern group

can claim to be old, autochthonous Nearctics ; that some families,

genera, or species have also representatives in the Antilles, and

that most of these forms point unmistakably to Central America,

or even further south, as their original home; lastly, that but few

Antilleans belong to a northern stock.

The explanation lies in the geological history of this part of the

world. I restrict myself on purpose to this part, lest such an

inquiry should lead to a discussion of the whole globe since the

first dawn of Amphibian life in some Paleozoic country.

Our present task limits itself to the Tertiary period. It is

doubtful whether any of the genera in question are older than the

Eocene, but not a few can be proved to have existed in our region

in the mid-Miocene epoch; and it is surprising that they should

date so far back. Lastly, there was no Central America in the

Cretaceous period.

The building up of Mexico and neighbouring countries seems

to have taken place as follows, so far as I can gather from the

writings of A. Agassiz, Suess, Lapparent, R. T. Hill, J. W.

Spencer, J. W. Gregory, C. Sapper, and José G. Aguilera *.

The accompanying consecutive series of maps ilustrate my

abstract conclusions, and only in this abstracted sense can claim

originality.

Mexico came into existence during the Lower Cretaceous epoch.

To a nucleus of land, Sierra Nevada and California, were added

the Rocky Mountains and the bulk of the Mexican. Plateau.

This large complex I call the Old Sonoraland, It is important to

remember that it was separated, during the Upper Cretaceous

epoch, by a broad belt of sea from the eastern and northern parts

of North America. A third mass of land existed as Brazilialand.

In the meantime appeared Antillean lands, and, possibly in

sympathy with the east to west trending mountains of Honduras

* SuxEss.—Das Antlitz der Erde. Dr LApparEnt.—Traité de Géologie.

Rk. T. Hirt.—‘‘ The Geology and Physical Geography of Jamaica: Study of atype

of Antillean development.” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, xxiv. (1899) pp. 1-226.

See also other papers in same Bulletin, xvi. (1895), and in Amer. Journ. Sci.

vol. xlviii. (1894).

J. W. Spencer.— Reconstruction of the Antillean Continent.” Bull. Geol. Soc.

America, vol. vi, 1895 ; and Geolog. Mag. 1894, pp. 448-451.

A. Acass1z.—Reports of the Results of Dredging ...... by the‘ Blake.’ Mem.

Mus. Comp. Zool. x. (1883) no. 1, p. 79.

J. W. Grecory.— Contributions to the Paleontology and Physical Geography

of the West Indies.” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. li. (1895) pp. 255-312.

J. G. AGUILERA.—* Bosquejo Geoldgico de Mexico.” Instituto Geolég. de Mexico,

pt. 4 (1895) pp. 1-270, with maps.

C. SAppER.—“ Sobre la Geografia fisica y la geologia de la peninsulade Yucatan.”

Inst. Geol. Mexico, pt. 3 (1896).

1905. | AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 235

and Guatemala, also the Mexican Sierra Madre del Sur. These

parts were in time annexed by Sonoraland.

By the late Eocene, conditions were so far consolidated that

there existed the present North American Continent, eastern and

LAND DURING

EARLY CRETACEOUS EPOCH.

EE Yy /

CZ PP yn

OR EARLY EOCENE “Zs yp

Diagrams to illustrate the contours of Mexico at different geological ages.

western halves joined, and the latter extending southwards as the

present Mexico and part of Central America. Brazilia had grown

into South America, but the two continents were still separated,

the Atlantic and Pacific communicating across the present

Isthmus of Panama and probably further north.

236 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

Late Eocene, or early Oligocene, times mark a period of

considerable local subsidence which drowned the Antillean land,

or islands, except their summits. Late Oligocene, or early Miocene,

mark a period of considerable elevation with most important

Text-fig. 32.

DURING MIOCENE

j jt:

c Sy e LD @°

END OF MIOCENE

VI ttjpjy

Diagrams to illustrate the contours of Mexico at different geological ages.

results :—Hstablishment of the continuity of North and Central

with South America, and a continuous mass of land from Central

America, north and eastwards, comprising the Greater Antilles

and the southern end of Florida, For this Central Land (Antilles

+ Central America proper, and adjoining parts of South

1905. | AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 237

America, viz. Colombia and Venezuela) I use the name of Great

Antillia, the term Antillia having already been used by others.

The present Gulf of Mexico remained below the sea, and was

larger than it 1s now, covering the Atlantic Tierra Caliente of

Mexico, Yucatan, and, according to Hill, the main part of Florida.

If correct, the latter point is important.

It seems also probable that the Mexican-Central American land,

during the Miocene epoch, extended considerably further west-

wards than the present Pacific coast, taking in with almost

certainty the Revilla Gigedo Islands.

Late Miocene, or early Pliocene, comprise a time of subsidence,

resulting in the present features. Severance of the Antilles into

the present islands, which since have undergone comparatively

unimportant changes of shape and extent ; separation of Florida.

Lower California became a peninsula, owing to the formation

of the Gulf of California. The Revilla Gigedo Islands, still later

the Tres Marias, are remnants of the subsiding land. Yucatan

appears at the beginning of the Pliocene epoch*. The Isthmus

of Panama is limited to its present narrow dimensions.

A few words remain to be said about the volcanic activity and

other changes affecting the configuration of the Mexican Plateau.

A tremendous dislocation, at the latest in Eocene times, produced

the Eastern Sierra Madre, composed entirely of Cretaceous lime-

stones, raised up high, forming the elevated eastern rim of the

plateau, and falling off abruptly towards the Atlantic lowlands,

In the Eocene epoch began also the enormous outburst of

voleanism, raising the Western Sierra Madre, piling up gigantic

masses of igneous rocks, mostly andesite, and lavas, which con-

tinued to spread over a vast part of the country during most of

the Miocene epoch, and, more locally, even in historic times,

Most of the plateau is now covered with the Quaternary debris,

sand, d&e., which overlie the eruptive masses and the older

calcareous or limestone formations. These accumulations of more

or less sandy soil form plains, mostly treeless. They are of great

extent, in the northern half, from Texas to Zacatecas. In the

middle, say from Guadalajara to Puebla, exist a great number

of smaller plains or “valles,” that is to say fertile plains,

interrupted or partly surrounded by the outcropping hills of

voleanic formation, and they contain a fair number of lakes. In

the south of Mexico, in the States of Oaxaca and Guerrero,

such plains are rare or absent. Trees are scarce or absent on the

plateau ; it isan idle fable that 1t was well-wooded in historic

times. The bordering high Sierras and their slopes are well-

wooded, densest on the moist, Atlantic side. The eastern,

southern, and western Tierra Caliente is covered with luxurious

growth, either forming continuous forests or showing the features

of savannahs.

The plateau is dry, verging towards prolonged droughts,

interrupted by few, occasionally torrential, rains. The Atlantic

* See footnote to p. 242,

238 DR, H, GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

hot-lands and the eastern slopes of the States of Vera Cruz and

Chiapas are very wet, with a very long and abundant rainy season,

interrupted by ashort dry time in the winter. The Pacific side is

much drier; the actual amount of annual rainfall is considerably

less and the dry winter period is much longer.

The plateau rises from less than 1000 feet near Laredo, and

3800 at Kl Paso, gradually to about 6000 at Aguas Calientes and

Querétaro, and aiane 7000 at Mexico City and Puebla. The

hichest masses of mountains, bordering the plateau, le in the

south-east, south and west, culminating in the snow-capped peaks

of Citlaltepetl or Volean de Orizaba, Popocatepetl, Nevado de

Toluca, and Nevado de Colima.

2. Immigration and Spreading.

Obviously these physical conditions influence the fauna now ;

what they were like in bygone ages we can only surmise. Ranges

of mountains are by no means alw ays barriers; on the contrary,

they help the dispersal along the lines of their long axes. Regions

covered by the sea are of course not available. The same applies

to districts which are subject to volcanic eruptions. This is very

important for Mexico. Not only the Western Sierva Madre with

its continuations to Colima and thence towards Puebla, but also

almost the whole of the plateau became covered with eruptive

masses, and, considering the immense extent of this terrain, a long

time must have elapsed before 1t became available for plants and

animals, Wemay well ask, what remained of the country as suit-

able for hfe. Of course, probably, there were archaic tracts

standing out, not affected by these revolutions, but these gneisses,

schists, and granites form scattered enclaves. I think it was the

Pacific strip—Sonora, Sinaloa, Tepic, and part of Jaliseo—which

was not affected ; in fact, the Pacific slopes, together with the land

which has since sunk below the Gulf of California. On the eastern

side, part of the plateau did not suffer from eruptions, but the

land was still narrowed; there was no Atlantic lowland, this

being during the whole Miocene epoch, and even later, still below

the sea, Consequently we have as available land the western strip

as the least altered remnant of Old Sonoraland, and the present

eastern limestone belt, beginning with a broad basis in Texas, and

extending through Coahuila and Nuevo Leon southwards, narrow-

ing down Raa Oaxaca. These were the two belts of land

available for spreading southwards. Obviously the Pacific belt is

the older of the two, the north-east of Mexico, with Texas, being

late Cretaceous terrain. Once arrived in the south of the plateau,

there was the essentially granitic, gneissic, and older Cretaceous

terrain of Guerrero and Oaxaca, not so much overlaid by volcanic

masses. Thence the Great Antillia afforded easy access into the

present Antilles. But it was. a long way round from the North.

The spreading from South America into this same Antillia was

easier In this respect.

Later immigrants from the North into Mexico are those of the

1905. ] AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 239

plateau, which by climate and every other physical feature is a

direct continuation of the more northern countries. Hence the

imperceptible change from Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas

southwards. The political frontier between Mexico and the

United States is no boundary whatever for our purposes.

For northern animals and plants the drier climate, not so much

the annual mean temperature, of the plateau suggests this as a

natural limit, but not a few northern forms, even the same species,

have adapted themselves to life in the hot lowlands and have

extended their range far south, even into South America, With

the original natives of the latter continent, conditions are different.

They could spread easily through Central America, but arrived in

South Mexico the wedge of the plateau divides them into an

Atlantic and a Pacific mass. They can go a long way north, and

are still in Tierra Caliente, like the countries whence they came.

But a sifting takes place. The Atlantic lowlands are hot and

moist, whilst the Pacific slopes and much narrower lowlands are

hot and rather dry, the dryness increasing rapidly towards the

north. ‘To people such divergent countries implies a severe sifting

of the immigrants, or the necessity of changing, by adaptation to,

or by, the new surroundings.

This is well illustrated by the gradual change, from species to

species, of essentially northern into slightly less northern, into

almost tropical forms of the same genus; or, since a genus is in

most cases an imaginary abstract, of the same group of closely

allied creatures. Still further south that particular genus comes

in most cases toan end, There may be a species or two which

form outposts, straggling on, perhaps in actual process of successful

adaptation ; however, after all the genus has found its limit. But

it is there not met by the outposts of the southerners; they in

their turn stand much further north. If it were otherwise, there

would be a real boundary line, with a kind of neutral zone between

North and South, and this neutral zone should contain compara-

tively few species and genera. Emphatically this is not the case.

The two faunas overlap broadly ; they commingle, except on the

plateau, which seems to be a much more effective barrier to the

southerners than is the descent from the plateau into the hot

lowlands to the northern creatures. It seems to be easier for

xerophile northern genera, and even species, to go south and to

adapt themselves to life in a more equably hot and decidedly

moister country with luxurious vegetation, than for hygrophile

southerners to do the reverse.

Be it noted, however, that this applies only to those terrestrial

northerners which can adapt themselves to arboreal life; rattle-

snakes cannot doit. Speaking broadly, xerophiles are essentially

humivagous; hygrophiles either live on the ground which is

rich in humus, grass, or herbaceous tangle and underwood, or

they are arboreal.

A favourite way of adaptation is arboreal life, whereby the

xerophiles escape inundations, accumulation of humus, debris,

240 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

and the gloom of the underwood. In a desert or semidesert

the amount and character of the scarce and precarious vegetation

remain practically stabile; not so in the Pacificlowlands. During

the rainy season grows up a dense mass of herbaceous plants

covering the ground with a tangle of weeds, tall Salvias and

Composites, stinging herbs and spiny creepers ; all this disappears,

is burnt up, scattered during the dry season, and for months the

ground may be bare, whilst many of the trees are leafless. In

this Pacific type of Tierra Caliente we have periodical extremes,

Different again is the moist Atlantic Tierra Caliente, and also

the ranges of mountain forests of the Southern and South- eastern

Tierra Templada. There are no extremes; the very opposite to

arid tracts ; there is plenty of high and low vegetation all the year

round,

The important factor is not the temperature, nor the altitude

as such, but the amount, or rather the distribution, of annual

moisture. Temperature: more than the northern half of the

Mexican plateau belongs to one of the hottest regions of the world,

the centre of heat being the State of Sonora. From May to July

the mean temperature for Sonora is 36° C.=96°8° F.; for the

rest of the northern plateau 30° C.=86° F., which is more than the

summer average of South Mexico and Central America, But in

the winter the North averages 16° C,=60°8° F., while the Tierra

Caliente enjoys 25° C. In short, the Hot-land temperature

averages from 25° to 28° C.=75° to 82° E.; the Northern plateau

from 60° to 96° F., with additional extremes from frost and snow

to unbearable broiling heat and drought.

The overlapping, mentioned above, is much more generic than

specific. There are, indeed, very few species which, although having

a wide geographical range, are well established in stations of de-

cidedly very different physical aspect. For instance, species on the

higher mountains, or plateaux, and also in the Tierra Caliente: see

p. 231. But of all these only very few, e.g. Hylodes rhodopis,

Sceloporus scalaris, a Rattlesnake, and Tropidonotus ordinatus,

can, in their indifference to physical conditions, be compared with

the Puma, the Armadillo, Opossum, the Raven, and Turkey-

Buzzard.

Some species, natives of the plateau, descend from it down

to the neighbouring coast (Bufo simus, Hypsiglena torquata,

Zamenis grahami); others ascend from the hot countries on

to the plateau, especially from the west by way of Guadalajara,

and thence to Guanajuato and further east, the means being the

alluvial plains spoken of before; or the ascent can be traced

through the Balsas depression towards Iguala and Cuernavaca ;

another opportunity seems to lead from the east side to Zacual-

tipan in the State of Hidalgo. Such ascending species are Bufo

marinus, B. valliceps, Hyla miotympanum, Engystoma ustum,

Phyllodactylus tuberculosus, Uta bicarinata, Zamenis mexicana.

To another category belong those species which have a wide,

but very scattered, discontinuous distribution, especially those

1905. } AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 241

which, like most Gerrhonotus, are now restricted to the higher

mountains.

Lastly, a considerable number of Southern species ascend from

the hot lowlands high up onto mountains which rise isolated, or

which fringe the plateau.

Of course it is difficult, perhaps premature, to generalise in this

respect, and sharp lines cannot be drawn between these categories.

Not the least cause is the vagueness or doubtful nature of many

of the reported localities. For instance, Cope had various corre-

spondents in Mexico, and some of the alleged localities are quite

impossible. Peters had a good correspondent resident in Puebla

City, but the specimens which now figure as ‘ Puebla” came

from anywhere in that State, which has the most perplexing,

intricate boundaries, and contains altitudes from 3500 to less

than 100 metres! ‘“ Vera Cruz” is another snare to the unwary.

Others have bought specimens, even collections, in Mexico City.

I myself found in a shop at Orizaba several large glass vessels full

of well-preserved snakes for sale, but I left them alone since

nobody knew where they came from. Sumichrast lived for many

years in Tehuantepec and he travelled widely, all over the

Isthmus and beyond. The town is situated on a plain, about

100 feet above the not distant sea; within a few hours’ ride are

mountains, covered with pines, well above the Tierra Caliente, as

typical of which every specimen labelled ‘‘ Tehuantepec” is put

down.

T shall not, at least in this paper, go into the detail of the

generic overlapping, a very important question. Suffice it to say,

that in many cases the species of a genus are so distributed that

some are decidedly northern, living on the plateau, typical

inhabitants of the Tierra Fria; another species lives in the ad-

joining Tierra Templada, more often on the western than on the

eastern slopes and descending more or less far into the lowlands ;

while a third kind is confined to the typical tropical Tierra Caliente.

Such cases are clearly illustrative of the evolution of species due

to the prevailing physical conditions, especially when none of

these species has a wide geographical range.

Are we justified in calling a certain species ancient because it

has a wide continuous range? For instance, Zropidonotus ordi-

natus, Crotalus terrificus. It is rather doubtful, because these

creatures are so indifferent to climatic conditions. With more

right we consider those as ancient which have to be very par-

ticular about their terrain, and which are now scattered, without

the least chance of communication—as, for instance, Thorius,

Chirotes, Heloderma, and other slow, or digging, creatures.

3. Northern and Southern Immigration.

In the following table the Mexican Amphibia and Reptiles are

divided into a Northern or Nearctic and a Southern or Neotropical

mass, according to their presumable ancestral home or centre of

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. II. No. XVI. 16

242 DR. H. GADOW ON MEXICAN [June 6,

Nearcric, extending into: NEOTROPICAL.

Not beyond Mexico. Central America. Antilles.

Pelobatidee

Desmognathinee

Amblystomatinze

Plethodontine

Heloderma__ _

Xenosaurus__ _

Xantusiide : a. Sonoran

db. Southern

Aneuidee

Amphisheenidee

Touanidee: a. Xerophile

6. Hygrophile

Glauconiide

Boidee

Crotalinee

‘ nS Ao

Colubrine Aglypha ¥

_ | Colubrine

| Opisthoglypha.

SSE SO OS Se SS SS

_Elapine.

es ee ee

Typhlopidee.

— % Geckonidee.

Or a ee Pain eee com Loney StOmauldces

EE Se a ee oa Cystignathide.

8, Hylidee.

x Bufonide.

Chelonia: Testudinidee

Cinosternidee

Dermatemydidee__

dispersal so far as America is concerned. Those which have sent

forms into the Greater Antilles are also indicated.

The Greater Antilles have received their fauna* from Nearctic

(Aan Oe SEO Y3 FOL at sa 5) r .

_* Gregory thinks it is “almost certain” that Yucatan was connected with Cuba.

Other zoogeographers have likewise assumed this connection, and it looks very

plausible on the map. If it ever existed, it must have been very transitory. Amphibia

1905. | AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. 243

and from Neotropical groups, of both Amphibia and Reptilia, but

no northern group has contributed, unless it had spread well into

Central or even into South America (witness the Plethodonta,

Anguide, Amphisbenide, Scincide, Xantusiide, Aglyphous

Colubrine, Iguanide).

All these Nearctic, or Old-Sonoran, groups must have been there

in Miocene times. The same age must be assigned to the

outhern immigrants—the Cystignathide, Hylide, Bufonide,

Tejidee, Typhlopidee.

On the other hand, the following must be considered as

decidedly post-Miocene so far as their existence in the present

Central America is concerned: from the North the Pelobatide,

Desmognathinze, and Amblystomatine, none of which extend,

southwards, beyond Mexico proper; from the South the Engy-

stomatinee, Opisthoglypha, Elapinze, none or few of which go

beyond Mexico into the United States. Lastly, the latest arrivals

in South America are the Crotaline, of which only Lachesis

lanceolatus has entered the Lesser Antilles.

Ancient Sonorans are Heloderma and Chirotes.

The Testudinide are also Old Sonorans. Still with fair

numbers in Mexico, but ever decreasing southwards through

Central into South America. Zestwdo has arrived in Central and

South America too late for the Antilles, but in time for the

Galapagos. This indicates that the Caribbean Sea and Gulf of

Mexico connection was established before the disappearance of

the western extent of Central American land. It is another hint

that the Isthmus of Panama is but the last vestige of a former

much broader land-connection between the two Continents.

Concerning the Colubrine Snakes, they remind us in their

dispersal southwards of the Iguanide, Anguide, and Boide.

They have gone in detachments. The earliest migrants, when

arrived in South America, have developed there, and since, into

Opisthoglypha and the Aglypha part 3; and these are now

surging back, northwards, post-Antillean. A second lot are the

Aglypha part 2, many of which have entered the Antilles.

Lastly, the last detachment of northerners passing through

Mexico and Central America, too late for the Antilles, but

still continuing their southward migration.

If I am right in the conclusion that American Colubrinz

gave vise to Opisthoglypha in South America, it follows that

Opisthoglypha are not a natural group, those of the Old World,

chiefly paleeotropical, being an instance of collateral development,

convergent, homoplastic, or whatever term may be preferred.

and Reptiles do not support it; on the contrary, their present distribution is

opposed to it.

About 70 species are known from Yucatan. Its fauna is essentially that of the

Atlantic Tierra Caliente; it differs from that of the Antilles apparently by the

absence of Xantusiide, Glauconiide, and Anguide. On the other hand, it is incon-

ceivable why Tortoises, Pit-vipers, Opisthoglypha, and Cnemidophorus, all of which

are plentiful in Yucatan, should not have crossed over into Cuba if a direct land-

bridge had been available.

16*

244 ON MEXICAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. [June 6,

Unless this conclusion be accepted, we have to resort to violent

interpretations. Hither complete extinction all over North

America, a measure which receives no support from actual

distribution; or we must be prepared to assign to the

Opisthoglypha a Cretaceous age, as a family not descended from

North-American Colubrine ; or, lastly, if we should insist upon

the Opisthoglypha as a natural group, the only explanation

would be a land-connection across the Equatorial Atlantic, which

with shifting modifications is supposed to have existed from

_ Lower or Mid-Cretaceous into at least the Oligocene epoch.

This bridging of the Atlantic is somewhat problematic. For

our purposes we can discard the Cretaceous Brazil—Africa con-

nection. Of more concern to periarctic distribution is the Europe—

Greenland—North America continuity, which is supposed to have

persisted well into the Tertiary period. But there was a third, more

direct bridge, although one of a curious and mysterious structure,

which by its several advocates is dimly described as composed of

a shallow sea interspersed with many islands; or as a solid land-

belt ; or, lastly, as a long archipelago with a continuous coast.

This mysterious structure is supposed to account for the

unmistakable similarity between the now extinct Antillean and

Mediterranean coral-fauna, Old- World and Antillean land-mollusca,

&e. Obviously the corals require sea, the mollusca land. The

apparent contradiction may be solved by the suggestion that

there existed between Central America and the Mediterranean

a sea (part of the Tethys of Suess and Ortmann, later their “ Great

Mediterranean”), shallow during the Oligocene epoch, studded

with islands, bordered by continuous land in the South (Brazilia

to West Africa, or later between N. South America and West

Africa, part of the Mesozonia of Ortmann) and in the North

(Western Europe to Appalachia). Subsequently the Tethys

increased to a big “bay” in Mid-Atlantic, this bay extending,

spreading south and north, drowning first the southern land-belt,

driving the northern land farther and farther north, with the

ultimate result of a junction of the South with the North

Atlantic; in other words, establishment of the whole Atlantic.

Now these land-bridges, provided they existed long enough and

at the right time and place, the Southern until at least the

beginning of the Eocene, the Northern at least through the Oligocene

-epoch, would explain many a puzzle in geographical distribution ;

for instance, that of the Aglossa, Boas, Podocnemis, Amphis-

beenidee, Solenodon. The Northern bridge would throw hight

upon the Anguide and upon Spelerpes, a large American genus

with a solitary species in Sardinia and Italy.

But this is at present a land of dreams. With more claim to

reality, we can conclude that Central America, although genetically

part of the North-American continent, has received its dominant, most

characteristic fauna from South America, and this southern fauna

has surged northwards chiefly to the east and west of the

Mexican plateau.

(eh SLES WOM SI UGINW UNOS) SIO UND 1

com 571 POssyaruedy @ Ieq tary qe TSP wees) f

Wiel HAE SOSIES: Zl

UO ya

ete

PZ S1905 voll Fl vil

J.Green del.et lith Bale & Damelsson Tt isp

1, SCE LOPORUS GADOVIZ.. 2. LEPTODIRA GUILLENIL.

1905. ] ON NEW MEXICAN REPTILES. 245

3. Descriptions of new Reptiles discovered in Mexico by

Dr. H. Gadow, F.R.S. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.,

WHleydSe

| Received May 17, 1905.]

(Plates VI. & VII.*)

ANOLIS GADoviI. (Plate VI. fig. 1.)

Head once and two-thirds as long as broad, slightly longer than

the tibia; forehead concave; frontal ridges distinct, divergent ;

upper head-scales rugose, not keeled; scales on frontal ridges and

supraorbital semicircles large, the latter in contact on the inter-

orbital region; three large supraoculars, forming together a disk

separated from the supraorbital semicircle by two series of small

scales; occipital large, a little larger than the ear-opening,

separated from the supraorbital semicircles by two series of small

scales; canthal scales four, loreal rows six; six or seven upper

labials to below centre of eye; ear-opening large, vertically oval.

Gular appendage very large, extending far back on the breast ;

gular scales smooth. Body compressed; no dorso-nuchal fold.

Dorsal scales small, smooth or faintly keeled, irregular, juxtaposed ;

lateral scales minute, granular; ventral scales larger than dorsals,

smooth, juxtaposed. The adpressed hind limb reaches the eye;

tibia as long as the distance between the end of the snout and

the ear; digits moderately dilated; 20 lamelle under phalanges

TI and ITI of the fourth toe. Tail feebly compressed, not crested,

once and three-fourths length of head and body. No enlarged

postanal scales. Greyish above, with black wavy and vermicular

lines; two parallel black lines on each side from shoulder to hip ;

belly white; gular appendage bright red.

Total length ...... 225 millim. Fore limb....... 37 millim.

NeHe ade icy ces te BOP As Eland limba) Os as

Width of head... 12 __,, 1D eee 2 TAG ee

BORN eels ea issni. bi GO aps

This very distinct and handsomely marked Anolis is represented

by a single male specimen, from Tierra Colorada, South Guerrero,

ANOLIS LIOGASTER. (Plate VI. fig. 2.

Head once and a half as long as broad, longer than the tibia ;

forehead deeply concave ; frontal ridges strong, short, divergent ,

upper head-scales smooth or feebly keeled; scales of the frontal

ridges and supraorbital semicircles large, the latter in contact on the

interorbital region or separated by one series of small scales ; three

large, smooth or faintly keeled, transverse supraocular scales

forming a single longitudinal series, in contact with the supraorbitals

ov separated from them by one series of small scales; occipital

larger than the ear-opening, separated from the supraorbitals by

one or two series of scales; canthus rostralis sharp; canthal scales

* Foy explanation of the Plates, see p 247.

246 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON [June 6,

three; loreal rows five; six upper labials to below the centre of

the eye; ear-opening rather small, vertically oval. Gular appendage

very large, extending far back on the breast, in the male, absent

in thefemale; gular scales feebly keeled. Body feebly compressed ;

no dorso-nuchal fold. Dorsal scales subrhomboidal, subimbricate,

strongly keeled, passing gradually into the minute, granular

scales of the sides; ventrals much larger than dorsals, rounded,

imbricate, smooth. The adpressed hind limb reaches the eye

or a litte beyond; digits moderately dilated; 16 lamelle under

phalanges IJ and ITT of the fourth toe. Tail scarcely compressed,

twice as long as head and body. Male with enlarged postanal

scales. Reddish brown above, with a paler broad vertebral

stripe, widening on the nape; this stripe edged with dark brown

in the female; lower parts golden, the gular appendage bright red.

Total length ...... 150 millim. Fore limb...... 23 millim.

TIGA) ssceccconsouooe Gres Jaya! Ikan) o55 Bea oy

Wiadthrotheades. 07) RE as Mee art WOO “oe

Bothy eee etal fcr Bb og

Two specimens, male and female, from Omilteme, Guerrero,

7600 ft.

The male is remarkable in the absence of the inner digit on the

four limbs.

Allied to A. nebulosus Wiegm. Distinguished principally by

the smooth ventral scales.

ScELOPORUS GADOVIH. (Plate VII. fig. 1.)

Head-shields smooth; frontal transversely divided, separated

from the interparietal by a pair of frontoparietals; interparietal

as long as broad ; parietals small, one pair on each side ; two canthal

scales ; five or six large transverse supraoculars, bordered inwards

by one series of scales, outwards by one or two; five long pointed

scales form a strong denticulation in front of the ear. Dorsal

scales larger than. ventralis, strongly keeled, pointed or shortly

mucr onate, forming oblique series converging towards the median

line, passing gradually into the smaller scales of the sides; 73 to

77 scales between the interparietal shield and the base of the tail ;

19 or 20 scales, taken in the middle of the back, correspond to ne

length of the shielded part of the head. oun scales small,

smooth, bicuspid. 75 to 80 scales round the middle of the body.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the ear; tibia as long as the

distance between the end of the snout and the ear; the distance

between the base of the fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth

exceeds the distance between the end of the snout and the posterior

border of the ear. 28 to 33 femoral pores on each side, the two

series narrowly separated on the preanalregion. Tail compressed ;

caudal scales a little larger than dorsals, strongly keeled, the two

median upper series more strongly mucronate and forming a pair

of serrated ridges. Male with slightly enlarged postanal scales.

Greyish olive above, reddish on the sides, dotted with bluish

1905. ] NEW MEXICAN REPTILES. 247

green ; limbs with rather indistinct dark bars; throat and belly

dark blue; a narrow whitish median ventral streak.

Total length ...... 147 millim. ‘Fore limb...... 32 millim.

pleads, cavers Me <2 Jabyayal Ibsen) ae ee)

Waidthvottheadicy, lly. . Pan lliy ire ie srnee SO

BO dye eneh es A

Two male specimens from a ravine near Mesquititlan, north of

Chilpancingo, Guerrero.

This very remarkable species, which I take the liberty of naming

after Mrs. Gadow, agrees with S. pyrrhocephalus Cope, in its

distinctly compressed tail, but differs from it in having much

smaller scales and more numerous femoral pores. No species of

Sceloporus was hitherto known to have more than 25 femoral pores

on each side.

LEpropIRA GUILLENI. (Plate VII. fig. 2.)

Rostral twice and a half as broad as deep, scarcely visible from

above; internasals a little longer than broad, little shorter than

the prefrontals; frontal once and two-thirds as long as broad, a

little longer than its distance from the end of the snout, a little

shorter than the parietals; loreal as long as deep; one preeocular,

well separated from the frontal; two postoculars; a subocular

below the preeocular and another below the postoculars ; temporals

142; eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye; five

lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are

much shorter than the posterior. Scales in 23 rows. Ventrals

189; anal divided; subcaudals 71. Above with eleven dark

brown areas separated by narrow greyish-white bands; snout,

interocular region, and temples brown, back of head and nape

bright red with a dark brown median line; a light, dark-edged

streak along the upper lip; lower parts white, the ventrals with

a brown spot on each side; subcaudals brown, edged with whitish.

Total length 530 millim. ; tail 110.

A single female specimen ‘from the Rio Balsas, Guerrero.

This species which, on the whole, is intermediate between

L. nigrofasciata Gthr. and L. personata Cope, is named after

Seftor Don Manuel Guillen, Governer of the State of Guerrero, in

recognition of valuable assistance rendered to Dr. Gadow.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PratEe VI.

Fig. 1. Anolis gadovii, sp. u., p. 245.

We gp : Upper view of head, x2.

2. » liogaster, sp. n., p. 245.

DOs ep FS Upper view of head, X23.

Prate VII.

Hig.1. Sceloporus gadovia, sp. n., p. 246. Upper and lower views.

la. 5 aS Upper view of head, x 23.

16. : Side view of head, x 23.

2. Leptodira guilleni, sp. n., p. 247. Upper and side views of head and

anterior part of body.

248 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SOUTH-AFRICAN [June 6,

4, On a Collection of Batrachians and Reptiles made in

South Africa by Mr. C. H. B. Grant, and presented to

the British Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd. By G. A.

BouLENGER, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

[ Received May 29, 1905.]

The collections made within the last two years in South Africa

by Mr. C. H. B. Grant and presented to the British Museum by

Mr. C. D. Rudd, the Mammals of which have already afforded

matter for two papers by Messrs. O. Thomas and H. Schwann,

published in these ‘ Proceedings,’ included a good series of

Batrachians and Reptiles, a list of which is here given. No new

species were discovered, but the series is interesting for the sake

of the localities, our knowledge of the exact distribution of these

animals in South Africa being still very imperfect.

A list of the localities is here given :—

I. Cape.

Durban Road, near Cape Town. This “‘ Durban” is a town

about 15 miles N.E. of Cape Town.

Il. British Namaqualand.

Port Nolloth, at mouth of Orange River.

Klipfontein, a station on the railway between Port Nolloth

and O’okiep, 54 miles from Port Nolloth. Altitude

3104 ft.

Il. Zululand.

Hluhluwe Stream, flows west into False Bay.

Umfolosi Station, on the railway, about 5 miles north of

Umfolosi River.

Eshowe, about 30 miles inland from Coast and Umhalazi

River. Altitude 1800 ft.

Ngoye Hills, 15 miles E. of Eshowe, and 8 miles inland from

Coast. Altitude 600-1000 ft.

Sibudeni, about 60 miles inland from coast, at source of

Umhlatuzi River. Altitude 3500-5500 ft.

Jususie River, close to Sibudeni.

IV. Transvaal.

Wakkerstroom, on the Natal border and at southern end of

Drakenberg Range.

Zuurbron, 20 miles East of Wakkerstroom.

BATRACHIA.

AGLOSSA.

1. Xenopus tévis Daud.

Durban Road, Umfolosi Station, Wakkerstroom,

The largest specimen (@ ) measures 100 millim. from snout to

vent.

1905. ] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES. 249

In the present uncertainty as to the distinction of species in

this genus, the distribution of _Y. /evis is difficult to trace. This

species appears to be found all over South Africa where there is

water, and it extends as far north as Angola to the West and

Abyssinia to the East, the British Museum possessing specimens,

which I cannot separate from the typical form, from Lake Mweru,

Uganda, and Senafe.

Angola specimens (1. petersit Bocage), which have been referred

either to X. levis or to X. muelleri by Giinther, by Peters, and

by myself, cannot be separated, by any character that I can

detect, from X. levis. I have examined eight specimens, one

from Benguella, received from Prof. Barboza du Bocage himself,

five from Pongo Andongo, obtained by Dr. Ansorge, and two from

Dr. Welwitsch’s Angola collection. Bocage gives the length of

the Angola specimens as not exceeding 65 millim. from snout to

vent, but one of Welwitsch’s specimens measures 80.

In the typical _Y. /evis from South Africa the subocular

tentacle measures less than one-third the diameter of the eye, and

is sometimes reduced to a mere tubercle, the inner metatarsal

tubercle is very blunt and feebly prominent, never conical, and

vomerine teeth are constantly absent.

The true Y. muelleri, as described and figured by Peters in his

‘Reise nach Mossambique,’ vol. iii. (1882), has the tentacle more

than half as long as the eye, the metatarsal tubercle more

prominent, more conical than in _Y. /evis, and vomerine teeth,

first noticed by Tornier, are often present. In addition to

Mozambique, whence it was first described, this species is found

in Nyasaland and on Zanzibar and the opposite coast.

To distinguish between Y. muelleri and X. levis is, however,

not so easy as one might at first think, for the British Museum

has received from Mr. C. 8. Betton three specimens from hot

springs near Lake Nakuro, British East Africa, which agree with

the former in the prominent, conical metatarsal tubercle, and

with the latter in the short tentacle and the absence of vomerine

teeth. ;

X. clivia described from Erythrea by Peracca, and obtained in

numerous examples at Addis Ababa and Ashoofi, Abyssinia,

by Mr. E. Degen, agrees with Y. levis in the proportions, in the

short tentacle, and in the absence of vomerine teeth, but is easily

distinguished by the inner metatarsal tubercle being armed with

a black claw, as in Y. calearatus, which inhabits Liberia, Lagos,

Nigeria, Cameroon, the Gaboon, and the Congo. In the males of

Y. clivii the brown nuptial asperities, instead of being restricted

to the inner side of the fore limbs, as in _Y. levis, extend as

a large patch on each side of the breast.

Two specimens from ‘“ West Africa,” collected by Mr. Fraser,

therefore probably from Nigeria or Fernando Po, which have been

referred by Dr. Giinther and by myself to Y. muellerit in the

British Museum Catalogue, agree with that species in the size of

the eye, the length of the tentacle, and the presence of vomerine

250 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SOUTH-AFRICAN [June 6,

teeth (five in number)*, with XY, clivii and X. calearatus in the

presence of a metatarsal “claw.” These specimens, the larger of

which measures only 39 millim., no doubt imdicate a distinct

species, for which I propose the name LX. fraser.

PHANEROGLOSSA.

2. Buro REGULARIS Reuss.

Umfolosi Station, Hluhluwe Stream, Ngoye Hills, Wakker-

stroom.

3. Buro Grant Bler.

Durban Road, Klipfontein.

Since this species was described, in 1903, from numerous

specimens obtained by Mr. Grant at Deelfontein, it has been

rediscovered at Matjesfontem by Dr. W. F. Purcell, of the South

African Museum. The male specimen which the British Museum

has received from that institution measures 60 millim. from snout

to vent and strikingly resembles a Lufo viridis. The interorbital

space is as broad as the upper eyelid, the tympanum measures

three-fifths the diameter of the eye, the first finger extends a little

beyond the second, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the

tympanum, and the subarticular tubercles under the toes are all

single. The single male specimen found by Mr. Grant in a

garden on Durban Road, near Cape Town, agrees very closely with

the Matjesfontein Toad, but some of the subarticular tubercles

under the toes are double. Another male, from Klipfontein, also

has double subarticular tubercles.

4, Buro aAnecusticers A, Smith.

Durban Road.

Several specimens, the largest measuring 46 millim. from snout

to vent. The first finger never extends beyond the second, the

fold along the inner side of the tarsus is more or less distinct, and

the subarticular tubercles of the toes are usually single, although

there are occasionally two between the last phalanges of the

fourth toe.

Bufo dombensis, from Dombe, Benguella, described by Barboza

du Bocage in 1895 as a close ally of B. angusticeps, is more nearly

related to Smith’s Bufo vertebralis, which, following Gunther, I

have erroneously regarded as the young of &. carens. The

examination of a small Toad found at Vredefort Road, Orange

River Colony, by Major Barrett-Hamilton, and of which four

specimens have been presented by him to the British Museum,

has convinced me of my error. The breeding male, with large

gular vocal sac, measures only 27 millim. from snout to vent, the

female 35. In these specimens, the tympanum is close to the eye,

* The vomer is single in A. levis, muelleri, and clivii, absent in X. calearatus,

Hymenochirus, and Pipa.

1905. ] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES. 251

and may measure three-fourths its diameter; the parotoids are

flat and very indistinct, broken up into several glands; the

subarticular tubercles are double, and there is no trace of a tarsal

fold. The limbs are shorter than in. B. carens and the white

rhomboidal spot on the vertebral line, which does not exist in

B. carens, appears to be constant; black spots are always present

on the belly.

5, RANA DELALANDI D. & B.

Durban Road.

6. RANA FUSCIGULA D. & B.

Klipfontein.

7. RANA ANGOLENSIS Bocage.

Eshowe, Sibudeni, Wakkerstroom.

The vocal sacs of the males form longitudinal folds on the sides

of the throat.

8. RANA MASCARENIENSIS D. & B.

Sibudeni.

This species had not previously been recorded from South Africa.

In the five specimens from Sibudeni the tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches beyond the tip of the snout; a light vertebral stripe and

a light line along the tibia are present.

9. Rana crayi A, Smith.

Durban Road, Klipfontein, Sibudeni, Ngoye Hills.

10. Rana Fascrata Tsch.

Sibudeni.

The longitudinal folds and the dark stripes on the back are

absent in the single specimen.

11. PHRYNOBATRACHUS NATALENSIS A. Smith.

Sibudeni.

12. ARTHROLEPTIS WAHLBERGII A. Smith.

Sibudeni and Hluhluwe Stream. ‘he British Museum has

also received a specimen from Pietermaritzburg, through Mr.

Quekett.

REPTILIA.

CHELONIA.

1. STERNOTHZRUS stnuATUS A. Smith,

Umfulosi Station.

A single half-grown specimen, the shell measuring 110 millim.

As pointed out by me in 1896 *, this species is very variable and

* Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xvii. p. 15.

252 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SOUTH-AFRICAN [June 6,

to distinguish it from S. nigricans is not without difficulties. In

this specimen the cusps in the upper jaw are absent, the posterior

border of the carapace is very distinctly serrated, the intergular

shield is twice as long as broad, the length of the outer border of

the pectoral shield slightly exceeds that of the humeral, and the

suture between the abdominal shields is shorter than the front

lobe of the plastron. Head pale brown above, with black

vermiculations, white beneath, with blackish spots; plastron

yellowish brown, bordered with black.

2. CINIXYS BELLIANA Gray.

Ummfolosi Station.

This species had not previously been recorded from South Africa.

In the specimens collected by Mr. Grant the shields of the

carapace are marked with black radiating streaks.

3. Homopus signatus Walb.

Klipfontein.

LACERTILIA.

4. LYGODACTYLUS CAPENSIS A Smith.

Negoye Hills.

D. PACHYDACTYLUS BIBRONIT A. Smith.

Klipfontein.

6. PACHYDACTYLUS MARIQUENSIS A. Smith.

Klipfontein.

7. AGAMA BRACHYURA Bler,

Klipfontein and Port Nolloth.

This species was established on a single female specimen

labelled ‘Cape of Good Hope,” from Sir A. Smith’s collection.

I have since examined four specimens collected at Deelfontein by

Mr. Seimund,and presented tothe British Museum by Col. Sloggett,

and these, together with the six collected by Mr. Grant in British

Namaqualand, enable me to give a revised description of this

near ally of Agama hispida.

Head convex, subcordiform, as long as broad. Nostril not

tubular, lateral, pierced just below the canthus rostralis in a

convex nasal. Scales on anterior part of head smooth or rugose,

sometimes feebly keeled, often trihedral on middle of snout, on

pack of head more or less strongly keeled, some erect and spinose ;

occipital enlarged; head about the ears and neck with short

erect spines. Body strongly depressed, covered with irregular,

imbricate, strongly keeled scales intermixed with strongly

enlarged, trihedral, spinose ones; a small nuchal crest, sometimes

continued along the body ; ventral scales smooth or very feebly

1905. | BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES. 253

keeled. Limbs moderate, with scales very unequal in size; hind

limb reaching between the shoulder and the ear; tibia as

long as the skull to occiput; fingers short, third longest ;

third and fourth toes equal, or fourth very slightly the longer,

fifth not extending as far as first. Tail shorter or a little longer

than head and body, cylindrical or slightly compressed, covered

with strongly keeled scales. Male without gular pouch, with a

single row of anal pores. Olive-brown or reddish brown above,

with dark brown or blackish spots, the principal of which form a

double series along the back, each pair separated on the vertebral

line by a square or QC-shaped or f]-shaped yellowish marking ;

lower parts whitish or greyish, with a wide-marked grey or

blackish network, which may disappear in adult males ; the latter

always have a bluish throat.

é. OF

millim. wmillim.

Motallemothyeese scsceteeceeses 235 160

Ca WeX2 16 Utes eet esaeene, ol eA a ree 29 22

IWadGhyotuneaciey weinea-eecenien sce 28 22

BOG inci. Sesh eaee cates hope Meeks 81 63

More wirmilaesy seeercocens uae hier oe 53 40

1B baie Vainio men Reson se save ne 02 54

DAT BSUS ATA i Peat ol ET 25 (6)

A. brachyura differs from A. hispida principally in the fourth

toe not being shorter than the third and in the absence of strong

keels on the ventral scales.

8. AGAMA ARMATA Peters.

Hluhluwe Stream.

9, AGAMA ATRA Daud.

Klipfontein.

Both A. micropholis Matschie (Zool. Jahrb., eyes We ENO,

p- 607), and A. microterolepis Blgr. (Ann, & Mag. N. H. [6] xvii.

1896, p. 22), from the Transvaal, must be added to the synonymy

of this species.

10. Zonurus Potyzonus A. Smith.

Port Nolloth, Klipfontein,

11. PsrEUDOCORDYLUS MICROLEPIDOTUS Cuv.

Wakkerstroom.

12. CHAMESAURA ANGUINA L.,

Umfolosi Station.

13. VARANUS ALBIGULARIS Daud.

Unfolosi Station.

254 MR. @. A. BOULENGER ON SOUTH-AFRICAN [June 6,

14, Varanus nitoricus L.

Ngoye Hills, Sibudeni, Jususie Valley.

15. Nucras TESSELLATA A. Smith.

Klipfontein.

16. Nucras DELALANDID M.-Edw.

Sibudeni.

17. [CHNOTROPIS CAPENSIS A. Smith.

Umfolosi Station.

The parietal shields sometimes form a short suture separating

the interparietal from the occipital. The scales on the preanal

region are much smaller in females than in males.

18. ScAprirA KNoXxIL M.-Edw.

Port Nolloth.

19. ScAPTIRA CTENODACTYLA A. Smith.

Port Nolloth.

The femoral pores may number as many as 36 on each side.

20, MABUIA TRIVITTATA Cuv.

Wakkerstroom.

21, MABUIA VARIA Peters.

Klipfontein, Umfolosi Station.

92. MABUIA STRIATA Peters.

Hluhluwe Stream, Umfolosi Station, Sibudeni, Ngoye Hills,

Zuuarbron, Wakkerstroom.

23. MABUIA SULCATA Peters.

Klipfontein.

24. SCELOTES BIPES L.

Durban Road.

25, ACONTIAS LINEATUS Peters.

Port Nolloth, Klipfontein.

RUWIPTOGLOSSA,

26, CHAMELEON QUILENSIS Bocage.

Jususie Valley.

27, CHAMELEON VENTRALIS Gray.

Port Nolloth.

1905.j BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES. 255

OPHIDIA.

28. PyTHoN SEB Gin.

Umfolosi Station.

29, ABLABOPHIS RUFULUS Licht.

Sibudeni.

30. PsEUDASPIS CANA L.

Wakkerstroom.

31. DASYPELTIS SCABRA L.

Ngoye Hills.

Uniform brown (var. palmarum Leach). 23 scales across the

body. Ventrals 218; caudals 75.

32. AMPLORHINUS MULTIMACULATUS A. Smith.

Wakkerstroom.

Uniform green, without spots, as in the specimens presented

by Dr. Quain and mentioned in the British Museum Catalogue

(ii. p. 125). Ventrals 138; caudals 76.

33. TRIMERORHINUS RHOMBEATUS L.

Durban Road, Wakkerstroom, Klipfontein.

34. PSAMMOPHIS SIBILANS L.

Umfolosi Station.

The single specimen falls under Division F of the British

Museum Catalogue (ii. p. 163). Ventrals 165; caudals 97.

35. DispHoLIDus TtypPus A. Smith.

Sibudeni.

Green, the scales edged with black (Division D of British

Museum Catalogue, 11. p. 189). Scales in 19 rows. Ventrals

174; caudals 119,

36. ASPIDELAPS LUBRICUS Laur.

Klipfontein.

37. DENDRASPIS ANGUSTICEPS A, Smith.

Ngoye Hills.

38. Brris ARIETANS Mery.

Umfolosi Station, Hluhluwe Stream.

39. Brris cornuta Daud.

Port Nolloth, Klipfontein.

40, Brris cAuDALIS A. Smith.

Port Nolloth.

256 MR, F. E, BEDDARD ON THE ANATOMY [June 6,

Some Notes upon the Anatomy of the Yellow-throated

Lizard, Gerrhosaurus flaviquaris. By F. E. Bepparp,

F.R.S., Prosecter to the Society.

[| Received May 17, 1905.]

(Text-figures 33-38.)

Apart from osteology * and a few scattered notes, which will

be referred to in the course of the present communication, there

does not appear to be a great deal known about the internal

structure of Gerrhosaurus. Inasmuch as this Lizard is regarded,

from the point of view of external characters and osteology, as

being exactly intermediate between the Lacertide and Scincide 7,

it seemed to me interesting to attempt a criticism or confirmation

of this view, while recording any new facts which an investigation

of Gerrhosaurus favigularis might bring to light.

Jugal Ligament.

Many, but not all, of the Lacertilia possess, as is well known,

a jugal ligament, which Huxley compared to the bony lower

temporal arcade of Hatteria. The exact relationships of this

ligament have not, I believe, been described in some of the

Lizards in which I shall now proceed to detail the arrangement.

It is possible to recognise several stages in the conditions of the

jugal ligament, which may represent evolutionary stages, though

it is, of course, not implied that the genera to be mentioned are

genetically connected in the order named.

In /guana tuberculata the ligament as a distinct structure is

totally absent. On cutting through the skin covering the “ cheek,”

the muscles and bones of this region of the skull are at once

arrived at. It appeared to me, however, that the subcutaneous

connective tissue, which is dense and white in most parts of the

body, was rather denser and whiter in the region where the jugal

ligament would be were it present. It is possible, in fact, that in

this lizard an early stage is met with—that the ligament is not

yet differentiated from the general connective tissue of the skin.

On the other hand, it enmmney be denied that the same fact may be

explained on the theory that the ligament has disappeared. In

any case, Gerrhosaurus offers an intermediate condition. In this

reptile the ligament in question is anchored firmly to the quadrate

behind, but in front it is not attached to the jugal bone but to

one of the bony scales which cover the face in this region. That

is to say, the ligament has not as yet completely detached itself

from the skin. So, at any rate, the facts seem to indicate. It is

important to notice in connection with the main object of the

present communication, viz., to attempt to fix the systematic

* Siebenrock, Ann. k. nat. Hofmmus. Wien, vii. 1892.

+ Boulenger, Cat. of Lizards.

1905. ] OF THE YELLOW-THROATED LIZARD. 257

position of Gerrhosaurus, that this lizard agrees absolutely and in

every detail, so far as the jugal ligament is concerned, with the

skink Humeces.

The final stage in the arrangement of the jugal ligament is

shown in Physignathus. In this lizard the ligament is attached

firmly to the bones at either extremity, and has entirely lost

its presumably original connection with the skin. Moreover, in

the last-named lizard, the ligament is divisible into two regions.

There is, first of all, a stronger narrow ligament which occupies

exactly the position of the bony quadrato-jugal bar in Hatteria,

and above this and in part overlapped by it isa thinner but still

stout sheet of ligament which entirely fills up the temporal vacuity.

This state of affairs does not exist at all in Gerrhosaurus and

Humeces. It is distinctly suggestive of the complete obliteration

of the lower temporal vacuity in certain Vertebrates.

In view of the fact that bones in some cases can be shown to

degenerate into ligaments, it is not certain that the stages sketched

out above may not be read in the inverse order. For example,

the lower part of the fibula is ligamentous in Birds; but it is not

_to be assumed that here there is anything but a degeneration of

the bone into ligament. The facts which have been detailed above

concerning certain Lizards do not, however, appear to me to point

to a reduction from a state of affairs such as is found in Hatteria.

Tf we were only acquainted with the condition observable in

Physignathus and Iguana, such a view might indeed be held.

The bone, it would be urged, has degenerated into ligament in the

one case, and has finally disappeared in the other. But the

conditions to be seen in Gerrhosaurus and in Humeces would seem

to negative such a supposition.

Peritoneal Folds and Colom.

Although the suspension of the alimentary tract and the other

viscera contained in the ceelom is broadly like that of many other

Lacertilia, there are some differences of detail which require

attention.

In the female example the line of attachment of the oviducal

membrane, which diverges laterally on each side, marks off

sharply the posterior pigmented area of the ccelomic membrane

from the anterior non-pigmented or less pigmentedarea. This is

quite a common and well-known arrangement among the Lacertilia.

The reason why I bring the matter forward here, is that Gerrho-

saurus differs from Humeces, where there is no such differentiation

of pigmented and non-pigmented areas*, and because the pig-

* This is not, however, a distinctive mark of difference from the Scincide and of

likeness to Lacerta. Lacerta shows this sharp demarcation; but there are varying

degrees among the Scincide. In Humeces there is hardly any pigmentation ; in

Tiliqua scincoides there is a moderate amount, but evenly spread through the body-

cavity (in a male). In Macroscincus cocteaui (female), however, the oviducal

membrane marks off two areas; but the posterior area is not so deeply pigmented as

in Gerrhosaurus.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. I]. No. XVII. 17

258 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE ANATOMY [June 6,

mented area in the male Gerrhosaurus is distinctly greater than

in the female example of that lizard, and there is no conspicuous

fold of membrane continued forward from the gonad duct to serve

as a demarcation between the two areas in the latter.

The suspensory ligaments of the liver offer, as is well known,

characteristic differences of arrangement in various Lacertilia.

In both examples of Gerrhosaurus the falciform ligament of the

liver is double posteriorly for about the last 1 of the total length of

theliver. This double region of the umbilical or falciform ligament

is a tent-like structure; that is, the two separate membranes

converge ventrally to be inserted in common on to the ventral

median line of the parietes. A partial duplication of the

umbilical ligament of this kind is not uncommon in the Lacertilia.

It occurs, for example, in Lacerta ocellata. The double condition

of the umbilical ligament in the Scincide, originally discovered by

John Hunter * and subsequently more fully dealt with by myself +

and Prof. Cope {, seems to be merely an exaggeration of this, the

union of the two, posteriorly separate, umbilical ligaments being

deferred until at or near the anterior extremity of the liver.

Furthermore, all of the members of the family Scincide are not

thus characterised ; for in Macroscinus cocteaui the arrangement

of the umbilical ligament is much like that of Gerrhosaurus. In

the question of affinity, therefore, the disposition of these mesen-

teries is not decisive. There are, however, one or two other points

to be noted. In the first place, in Humeces algeriensis both the

umbilical ligaments are thickly invaded by muscular tissue,

especially the left-hand ligament. This is also noticeable in

Macroscincus, though to a much less extent; and it will be

remembered that JMJacroscincus cocteaui is a much larger lizard

than is Humeces algeriensis, so that size in this case has nothing

to do with the development of thickness and muscularity in the

umbilical ligaments. It is plainly therefore of importance to note

that in Gerrhosaurus these ligaments are not obviously muscular

at all.

In the accompanying figures (text-figs. 33, 34) of the ventral

surface of the liver in Gerrhosaurus two other facts may be

pointed out. In the first place, there are traces of a membrane

which runs obliquely forward and ends in a notch in the left

border of the liver. As this white seam (6 in text-figs. 33, 34)

is much better developed in one example than in the other, I take

it to represent a rudimentary structure, and it may represent the

original course of the umbilical vein and thus correspond to a

similar trace which Hochstetter has lately described § in the

Blind Worm (Anguis fragilis). *

%* Essays and Observations, revised by Richard Owen, London, 1861, vol. ii. p. 369.

“The liver [of Ziliqua] is attached forwards by two membranes, one to each lobe,

which unite at top.”

+ P. Z.S. 1888, p. 98.

t Proc. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia, 1896, p. 308.

§ Morph. Jahrb. xix. Taf. xvi. fig. 18; but the course of the seam is different in

the two cases.

1905. | OF THE YELLOW-THROATED LIZARD. 259

The second point concerns the relationship of the two umbilical

ligaments to veins entering the liver. A dissection of both

specimens of Gerrhosaurus shows that the anterior abdominal

vein enters the liver in the region of the left umbilical ligament

(c in text-figs. 33, 34), and that the epigastric vein is similarly

connected with the right umbilical ligament. Precisely the same

relationship holds for JJacroscincus cocteaui. Inasmuch as the

anterior abdominal vein joins the portal vein, the latter might

Text-fig. 33. Text-fig, 34.

Text-fig. 33.—Liver of Gerrhosaurus flavigularis, ventral aspect.

a. Attachment of umbilical ligament; 6. Seam indicating course of embryonic

umbilical vein (?) ; c. Lett half of umbilical ligament; Ant.Abd. Anterior

abdominal vein; Hp. Epigastric vein; g.b. Gall-bladder.

Text-fig. 34.—Liver of a second example of Gerrhosaurus flavigularis, ventral

aspect. Lettering as in text-fig. 33.

be regarded as fixing this point were it not for the conditions

observable in Macroscincus cocteaui. In that lizard the portal vein,

immediately in front of the region where it has, as have the portal

veins of other lizards, a spiral twist, divides into two branches,

which enter the liver ina line with each part of the divided

umbilical ligament. As to the relationship between the divided

260 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ANATOMY [June 6,

umbilical ligaments and blood-vessels, it is noteworthy that in

Eumeces algeriensis two hepatic arteries are associated each with

one of the two umbilical ligaments of that lizard.

Gastrosplenic Omentwm.—This mesentery is very conspicuous in

Gerrhosaurus. It stands out asa free fold with the following

-velations :—It arises from the stomach close to the pylorus and

passes obliquely downwards supporting the posterior extremity of

the spleen, the rest of which lies upon the mesogastrium ; it is

finally attached to the median dorsal line of the body-wall on a

level with the left ovary.

This arrangement is practically repeated in Macroscincus, where,

however, owing to the position of the viscera, the omentum is

shorter, but very strong and fibrous. Moreover the spleen does

not even reach, let alone hang over, the edge, as is the case with

Gerrhosaurus. In Humeces, however, the gastrosplenic omentum

is identical in its relations with that of Gerrhosaurus, save that it

is a little less pronounced asa free fold. I am not describing

here a state of affairs which is merely Lacertilian; for in Z'wpi-

nambis the course and relations of the apparently homologous

fold are different and do not involve the spleen.

Hepato-pulmonary Ligaments.—Gerrhosaurus agrees with the

majority of Lizards in that the right lung is suspended by two

mesenteries, viz., the hepato-pulmonary and dorsal pulmonary.

It is noteworthy that the latter mesentery in the case of both

lungs extends to the very tip of the organ; whereas in Humeces

the mesenteries in question do not reach the extremity of the

lungs. This is not, however, a characteristic of the Skinks as

opposed to Gerrhosaurus, for in Tiligua the membrane is co-

extensive with each lung as in Gerrhosauwrus. My. Butler *

observes that ‘certain Scincoid lizards are as to the relations of

their right lungs and liver intermediate between the Teiide and

other Lizards.” My own knowledge of the family Scincide

enables me to confirm Mr. Butler; but his accurate statement

requires expansion’. In Humeces, Macroscincus, and Tiliqua

there is, in fact, attached to the right lung a pulmo-hepatic liga-

ment which is not so extensive as in, e. g., Gerrhosaurus.

In Macroscincus cocteawi this membrane extends rather more

than halfway down the lung and ends off upon the dorsal pul-

monary ligament, necessarily running in this region in a direction

nearly at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the lung.

Whereas in Gerrhosaurus flavigularis the two pulmonary mem-

branes join behind the right lung, in both specimens which I

examined. ;

The fact that there is no ligamentous interval between the

* “On the Subdivision of the Body-cavity in Snakes,” P. Z.S. 1892, p. 481.

+ And has also been expanded by Hochstetter quoted below.

+t Hochstetter (Morph. Jahrb. xxvii. p. 292) figures the same membranes in some

other Skinks, where they appear to agree with those of the forms studied by myself.

He says, however, of Gerrhosaurus madagascariensis that the “caudal end of the

right lung commences to be isolated from the ligamentum hepato-cavo-pulmonale.”

It is not so in G. flavigularis.

1905. ] OF THE YELLOW-THROATED LIZARD. 261

prolonged right lobe of the liver and the gonad, both male and

female, does not bear upon the question of the affinities of Gerrho-

saurus. For among the Skinks these organs may be in contact or

separated by a ligamentous interval.

Muscular fibres in Mesenteries—As is the case with other

Saurians, Gerrhosaurus has bands of unstriped muscle in several

of the mesenteries. The most important of these is a bundle of

muscular fibres which accompanies the anterior abdominal vein

({text-fig. 35, m) and runs into the gastro-hepatic ligament. It

is a thick bundle of fibres, but after traversing the gastro-hepatic

ligament for about half its extent it fans out into a fine bundle,

the individual fibres of which hardly reach the stomach. This

bundle is represented in many lizards. But the conditions

observable in Gerrhosaurus throw no light upon the affinities of

Text fig. 35.

Gastro-hepatic ligament of Gerrhosaurus flavigularis, showing course of

muscular bundle.

A, Gastro-hepatic ligament; Ant.4bd. Anterior abdominal vein; G. Stomach ;

L. Left lobe of liver; i. Muscular band.

that lizard. For though it differs from the arrangement found

in the Scincide, it shows no likeness to what is found in Lacerta

ocellata. In HEumeces, Macroscincus, and Lacerta ocellata the

bundle of fibres is continued without fanning out to the stomach,

where it forms a close investment of that organ for the greater

part of its extent in MZacroscineus. Inasmuch as both specimens

of Gerrhosaurus were identical in the characters of this muscle,

it may, I think, be assumed that its condition is typical of the

species.

Pancreas.—The pancreas of Gerrhosaurus (text-fig. 36, p. 262)

differs from that of Lacerta ocellata in the comparative stoutness

of the branch which goes tothe spleen. It is, in fact, like Leydig’s

figure of the pancreas of Lacerta agilis, expanding when it reaches

the spleen. The pancreas of Gerrhosawrus furthermore differs

from that of Lacerta (at any rate ocellata) in that there is a

262 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ANATOMY [June 6,

patch of the gland on the dorsal side of the pyloric angle from

which the splenic limb arises, and which is continuous beneath

the end of the stomach with the main body of the pancreas.

In Lacerta ocellata the splenic limb arises from the main lobe of

the pancreas further towards the gall-bladder. In these points the

Text-fig. 36.

Pancreas of Lacerta ocellata (left-hand figure) and of Gerrhosaurus

flavigularis (right-hand figure).

P. Pancreas; py. Commencement of intestine; spl. Spleen; S¢. Stomach.

pancreas of Gerrhosaurus agrees with that of the Skinks, in which,

however, there is a tendency towards an enlargement of the dorsal

lobe of the pancreas and a disappearance of the splenic lobe. I

could not detect the latter in MJacroscincus, and it was very thin

in Tiliqua.

Arterial System.

As one of the two specimens of Gerrhosaurus flavigularis which

T have dissected was successfully injected, I am able to give some

account of the arterial system, dealing particularly with those

points which vary among the families of Lacertilia. The heart

has the usual, but not universal, tag tying the apex of the ventricle

to the pericardium. The pericardium extends forward beyond the

trifureation of the arteria Innominata.

A pair of arteries exist of very fair size, running one on each

side of the trachea in the position occupied by the carotids in

many Vertebrates, and they are like them quite close to the

trachea. These arteries have, however, nothing whatever to do

with the carotids. They are branches of the pulmonary arteries

(P, text-fig. 37), and the existence of these arteries in what

appears to be an unexpected place is possibly indicative of a

former forward extension of lung-tissue.

The branches of the carotid arch differ slightly from those of

1905. ] OF THE YELLOW-THROATED LIZARD. 263

some other Lizards, though they agree, as might be expected, in

their main features. The first branch given off is a hyoid (hy, -

text-fig. 37), which supplies the hyoid region generally; I have

not followed its branches minutely. In this region the carotid

is in close contact with the systemic arch. Further dorsally they

part company, and, shortly after this separation has occurred, the

Text-fig. 37.

Aortic arches and first part of dorsal aorta of Gerrhosaurus flavigularis.

Ca. Carotid; g. Gastric; I.c. Vertebral artery; hy. Hyoid artery; JZ. Muscular

twig; cs. Esophageal branches; P. Pulmonary arch; Sc7. Subclavian.

main trunk of the carotid arises. The trunks are here so twisted

that the carotid stem is given off posteriorly and dives under

the carotid arch to reappear on its anterior face. The rest of

the carotid arch is to be regarded as ductus Botalli. From this

section arise two arteries: the first is a small muscular twig; the

264 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ANATOMY [June 6,

second is an important trunk which divides into two branches.

One of these supplies the muscles of the shoulder-region (JZ); the

Text-fig. 38.

ies)

Llay

Abdominal region of aorta of Gerrhosaurus flavigularis.

g', g°» Gastric arteries; I.c. Intercostals; L.Int¢. Artery of large intestine ;

oes. Hsophageal artery ; Si. Artery of small intestine.

other has a recurrent course and dives through the ring formed

by the carotid and systemic arches to supply the cesophagus (s).

1905. | OF THE YELLOW-THROATED LIZARD. 265

The left systemic arch gives off no branches at all that I could

discover.

From the right systemic arch (which joins the left at about

the commencement of the lung) the two swdclavians (text-

fig. 37, Scl., p. 263) are given off, nearly, if not exactly, opposite

to each other. In front of this arises the vertebral artery (J.c.),

which gives off an cesophageal branch before plunging into the

thickness of the parietes. Behind the vertebral artery commences

the series of intercostals. The first intercostal artery arises just

before the junction of the two aorte. It gives off a branch to the

cesophagus. The next two intercostals have also cesophageal

branches ; but it is to be noted that in all these the right inter-

costal alone has this esophageal branch. The left has none. The

remaining intercostals have no cesophageal or gastric branches.

Their arrangement is peculiar and agrees with that of the Skinks ;

it differs from that of some other Lizards.

In Tropidurus hispidus, for example, the regularly paired

intercostals emerge from the dorsal aorta close to the articulation

of successive vertebrae, and plunge at once into the thickness of

the parietes.

In Gerrhosaurus the intercostal arteries emerge from the

aorta at about the middle of each vertebra. in many cases,

and the arrangement is roughly alternating, the intercostal of

one or both sides divides at once into two branches; one of these

plunges at once into the thickness of the parietes. The other’

passes obliquely forwards and runs superficially in close relation

toarib. This, however, only occurs in the thoracic region, not

the lumbar.

Precisely the same disposition of vessels is found in Hwmeces

and some other Skinks, and the fact isa bond of union between

the Gerrhosauridee and Scincidee.

The next artery to arise from the aorta is a gastro-cesophageal

(text-fig. 37, ws, g, p. 263, and text-fig. 38, ws, g', p. 264), which

divides at once into a thin forwardly directed cesophageal, and a

stout backwardly directed gastric. Between this and the large

gastric artery (text-fig. 38, g°) are 6 pairs of intercostals. Two pairs

intervene between this artery and that of the large intestine, and

one pair between the latter and the artery of the small intestine.

The ovarian and oviducal arteries present some features which

are worthy of note. There are three pairs of oviducal arteries

which are not symmetrical. The first of these is really mainly an

ovarian artery, which gives off a thin and slender oviducal branch

running along the anterior section of the oviduct. The two

remaining oviducal arteries arise in common with an intercostal.

They lie in front of the rectal artery.

Venous System.

Although the venous system of neither of the examples at my

disposal was injected, most of the veins were beautifully displayed

by their own turgescence.

266 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE YELLOW-THROATED LIZARD. [June 6,

There are many differences in detail between the venous system

of this lizard and that of other genera.

Vena cava posterior.—It is interesting to note that Gerrhosaurus

agrees with Zvliqua in that the left vena cava posterior is very

much thinner than the stout right vein. This is another of those

numerous though individually perhaps small points of likeness

between the genus whose anatomy is dealt with in the present

communication and the Scincide. As in TZi%liqua also *, the left

cava or vena renalis revehens lies to the left side of the mesorectum

and the right vein to the right side of that mesentery. The left

vena revehens is large where it receives the three or four veins

arranged in a fan-like fashion from the left ovary ; behind this

point it dwindles immediately but can be easily traced to the

kidney, where it becomes enlarged at its jnnction with the right

vena renalis revehens.

The left vena renalis revehens receives two intercostal veins

before the ovarian veins join it, and on the right side also I

observed two intercostals. I could only observe one, and that a

slender, oviducal vein joining the left vena renalis revehens. J

feel convinced, however, that no veins from the oviducts join the

afferent renal veins, as is often the case in Lizards. The reason

for this in the present species may be that the kidneys are

unusually far back.

Afferent Renal Veins.—'The caudal vein reaches the kidneys as

an undivided vein. It runs between them and receives a cloacal

vein before dividing. Immediately after division each half receives

another cloacal vein. The cloacal artery runs exactly at the

point of division between the two afferent renals. At about the

end of the first third of the kidney each renal afferent vein turns

at right angles and runs superficially over the kidney, giving off

a large branch to the kidney itself at about the middle of the

transverse diameter of that organ. There is no sign of any

forward continuation of the renal afferent vein beyond the

anterior border of the kidney such as occurs in Chameleon and

Pygopus *.

Where the renal afferent vein reaches the border of the hind leg

it receives three veins, two from the hind limb and one from the

median dorsal parietes. It there runs directly forwards parallel

with the kidney, and on a level with the anterior end of that gland

receives the femoral vein, and a small parietal on the opposite side

which crosses the epigastric artery. The vein then continues its

straight course forward,and before bending inwards and downwards

to follow closely the inner margin of the fat-body gives off a short

forwardly directed branch, which appears to me to be the

equivalent of the lateral abdominal vein of other Lizards. Its

shortness in Gerrhosaurus contrasts with its length in Ziliqua.

Hepatic Portal Veins.—The mode of entrance of the conjoined

intestinal portal and anterior abdominal and of the epigastric vein

* See Beddard, P. Z.S. 1904, vol. i. p. 445, fig. 93.

+ See P. Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 15, fig. 4.

1905. ] ON THE BRAIN OF LIZARDS. 267

has already been noted. The epigastric springs from the anterior

abdominal some way behind the liver (text-fig. 34, Hp., p. 259), and

running along the umbilical ligament disappears in the substance

of the liver some way behind the anterior end. It is reinforced

by the usual branches from the median ventral parietes. These

vary in number in what appears to me to be a remarkable way.

In one specimen repeated examination has only enabled me

to ascertain the presence of a single ventral parieto-hepatic

vessel, which joins the epigastric at about the middle of the liver.

In a second specimen, on the other hand, there were four of

these ventral parieto-hepatic vessels (cf. text-figs. 33 and 34,

p. 259). I am disposed to think that the fluctuation in number

of these blood-vessels is related to fluctuation in the number and

size of the dorsal parieto-hepatic veins. These differed in the two

specimens which I have dissected, though not quite to so great an

extent as the ventral parieto-hepatic veins. In the specimen with

but one ventral parieto-hepatic vein, the dorsal parieto-hepatic

veins were as follows:—a large vein accompanies the anterior edge

of a fold of membrane which in this, as in many lizards, runs

obliquely and binds the end of the right lobe of the liver to the

parietes. This vein runs superficiaily for a short distance

anteriorly alongside the aorta on the right side, and is clearly a

fragment of the right posterior cardinal. It reaches the parietes

on a level with and outside of one intercostal artery and disappears

from view to the inside of the next intercostal artery in front; it

resembles a large superficially running intercostal vein. Besides

this there are three other dorsal parieto-hepatic veins lying

behind it. In the second specimen, with numerous ventral

pavieto-hepatic veins, I could find only three dorsal ones ; and the

first of these was by no means so large as.in the first described

individual.

T could find only one gastro-hepatic portal, which was anterior

in position.

6. On two Points in the Anatomy of the Lacertilian Brain.

By F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received May 17, 1905. ]

(Text-figures 59 & 40.)

(1) Note on the Cerebellum in Varanus exanthematicus.

In the account of the Lacertilia in Bronn’s ‘ Thierreichs’ * the

following statement is made concerning the cerebellum of

Varanus :—* Das Cerebellum oder das Hinterhirn ist gewohnlich

ein unpaarer, dinner, steil und hoch aufsteigender Kérper, der

seitlich mit der Medulla oblongata fest zusammenhinet. Bei

* Bad. vi. p. 714.

268 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 6,

manchen Gattungen, z. B., bei Varanus, Iguana, ist es nach den

Angaben von Stannius zwar diinn, aber schildformig, vorne

concay, hinten convex und zeigt Andeutungen einer Sonderung

in eine mittlere und zwei seitliche Erhabenheiten, durch sehr

schwache Vorragungen, zwischen denen Spuren von Furchen

legen.”

It seems plain from the above account that the cerebellum of

Varanus is considered to be like that of Zguana, and, presumably,

of other Lacertilia.

In one of the most recent works dealing with the brain of the

Sauropsida, the Catalogue of the Museum of the College of

Surgeons *, there is a description of the brain of Varanus and

some incidental references to the brain in the Lacertilia. Of the

brain of Varanus it is remarked that ‘‘the cerebellum is of

moderate dimensions and has the plate-like form usual among

Reptiles.” Elsewhere (p. 110) it is said that “the reptilian brain

is narrow... , and, except in swimming forms, with insignificant

cerebellum.” I have examined this specimen myself and agree

with the description. None of these statements, as I think, does

justice to the cerebellum of Varanus exanthematicus, which is not

at all like that of Jgwana, has not a plate-like form, and is not

insignificant—comparatively speaking, at any rate.

The accompanying figure shows the characteristics of the

Text-fig. 39. Text-fig. 40.

EE iv

Text-fig. 39.—Lateral view of brain of Varanus exanthematicus (upper figure)

and of Tupinambis nigropunctatus (lower figure).

Text-fig. 40.—Dorsal view of brain of Varanus exanthematicus.

ec. Cerebrum ; ce. Cerebellum; op. Optic lobes.

cerebelium of the Teguexin Lizard (text-fig. 39), which appears

to me to be quite typical of the Lacertilia and to bear out the

above quoted statements. It isa plate-like disc convex posteriorly,

which as it were lies up against the optic lobes and is propped up

* Descriptive and Illustrated Catalogue of the Physiological Series contained in

the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England, vol. ii. p. 113 (2nd ed.).

1905. ] BRAIN OF LIZARDS. 269

by them. It is faintly grooved in the middle line and laterally

on each side is a flattened process extending backward rather

beyond the rest of the cerebellum. Its insignificant proportions

are shown by the fact that the transverse (antero-posterior)

diameter of this thin plate is 2 mm., while the corresponding

measurement of the optic lobe is 8 mm.

As will be seen from text-figs. 39, 40 (p. 268), the cerebellum

of Varanus exanthematicus is a much more important structure.

Not only the actual but the relative size of the cerebellum is

greater. The corresponding measurements to those given above

for Tupinambis are for Varanws—diameter of cerebellum 4:5 mm.,

diameter of optic lobes 455 mm. ‘They are thus equal.

The difference in dimensions between the cerebella of the two

Lacertilia is due to the exaggeration in Varanus of the boss-lke

eminence upon the cerebellum of Zupinambis and Iguana. Not

only is the cerebellum of Varanus eaxanthematicus much greater

in bulk than that of Tupinambis or Lguana, but it 1s more

complicated in structure owing to furrows.

The dorsal furrow, continuous with that dividing from each other

the corpora bigemina, is more deeply marked in Varanuws and more

definitely circumscribed than in Zupinambis ; in Iguana 1 did not

find any traces of it. Im the second place, the cerebellum of

Varanus exanthematicus has an equally deeply marked lateral

furrow, which runs obliquely upwards and forwards. Thirdly, the

lateral process of the cerebellum is much more sharply marked

off from the cerebellum itself than in Zupinambis, and runs

downwards rather than backwards, thus distinctly suggesting

the floceulus in the cerebellum of the higher forms. It is, indeed,

not at all unlike the cerebellar flocculus in Alligator.

It is plain therefore that the cerebellum of this Lizard is not

‘a mere transverse plate,” but an organ of some dimensions, and,

indeed, not very far, in point of relative size, from that of the

Crocodilia.

A large cerebellum has been associated in reptiles with the

swimming habit. And it is true that the Monitor Lizards are

often largely aquatic in habit. Curiously enough, however,

the present species, with its large cerebellum, is stated by

Dr. Giinther* not to take to the water.

More likely, as it appears to me, is this advance in structural

complexity of the brain to be associated with the not only isolated

but high position which the Monitors occupy among the

Lacertilia. .

(2) On the Cerebral Hemispheres in Tropidurus hispidus.

I imagine that I am right in believing that the brain of this

Iguanoid Lizard has not up to the present been submitted to

anatomical examination. I am able, therefore, to add a fact of

* “On the Anatomy of Regenia ocellata,” P. Z.S. 1861, p. 60.

270 ON THE BRAIN OF LIZARDS. [June 6,

some little interest to what isalready known about the Lacertilian

brain, as a result of the examination of two brains of this Lizard.

In the Lacertilian brain generally, so far as my own knowledge

and the inspection of published figures* enable me to state, the

optic lobes lie behind the cerebral hemispheres, the furrow between

them being practically vertical; there is, in fact, no trace of an

overlap of the corpora bigemina by the hemispheres. In the

Chelonia, on the other hand, it has been recognised that some

forms show an overlap of the corpora bigemina by the cerebral

hemispheres.

I have found this lobe very obvious in a brain of the large

Testudo vicina, the vascular system of which I have recently

described +. The overlap, however, is lateral and not dorsal. It

is quite different with Zropidurus. There isa very distinct overlap

of the corpora bigemina by the hemispheres dorsally. The

corpora bigemina are thus partly hidden when the entire brain

is viewed on the dorsal aspect.

A comparison of the measurements of the brain in this species

and in Jguana tuberculata seems to throw some light upon the

causation of this overgrowth of the cerebral hemispheres over the

corpora bigemina dorsally.

The following are the measurements to which I desire to

refer :—

Iguana. Tropidurus.

mm. mm.

Length of brain to end of cerebellum ... 16 11

Length of cerebral hemispheres ......... 2) 6

Breadth of cerebral hemispheres ......... 11:5 6:5

It will be observed, from a comparison of these figures, that the

proportions between the total length of the brain in the two

Lizards, and both the breadth and length of the cerebral hemi-

spheres, are about equal. It therefore results that the overlap of

the hemispheres in Z7'ropidurus is rendered necessary by the skull

formation and consequent lack of room for increased lateral

growth of the hemispheres. By growing over the corpora

bigemina, the hemispheres have been able to attain to the

proper size necessary to the equilibrium of their possessor.

These considerations may be regarded, perhaps, as discounting

the morphological importance of the partial covering over of the

corpora bigemina by an extension backwards of the cerebral

hemispheres.

Nevertheless, it is impossible to overlook the fact that there is

an approximation in the brain of this Lizard, to whatever cause

it may be due, to those of higher Vertebrates.

* See Bronn’s Klassen u. Ordnungen des Thierreichs, Bd. vi., and Meyer, Zeitschr.

wiss. Zool., Bd. lv. (1893).

+ Supra, p. 67.

1905. | ON SOUTH-AFRICAN COLEOPTERA. 271

7. On new Coleoptera from South Africa collected by

Dr. H. Brauns and others—Serricornia, Endomychide,

Erotylide. By H. 8. Goruam, F.Z.8.

[ Received May 19, 1905. |

This paper is a sequel to those published by me in the ‘ Annals

and Magazine of Natural History’ for 1900-1901. The material

dealt with is similar in character to that contained in the col-

lections sent to me by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, but is without

Coccinellidee or Languriidee. The publication of the paper has

unfortunately been much delayed, owing to domestic reasons.

The Cleride are particularly well represented and indicate a

very rich fauna in this subfamily as well as in the Melyride.

Hedybius represents the European J/alachius, and is evidently

(with its allied genera) as rich in species.

TELEPHORID2E.

TELEPHORUS VIRIDESCENS Fab.

Telephorus viridescens Fab. Syst. Eleuth. 1. p. 295 (Cantharis),

Hab. Willowmore, Uitenhage, Cape Colony (Brawns).

in the Munich Catalogue this species is given as a synonym of

Cantharis smaragdulus Fab. Spec. Ins. p. 259, a Brazilian insect ;

but Fabr. loc. cit. gives “Cap bon. spei” as the locality of the

Cantharis viridescens, with which my specimens agree very well.

TELEPHORUS IncisuS Wied. Zool. Mag. ii. p. 71.

Hab. Algoa Bay, Cape Colony (rawns). 2 examples.

Smaller than 7’. viridescens, with a thoracic vitta from the

front to the hind margin and without spots on the sides or at the

base ; elytra less green, of a dull grey-black.

TELEPHORUS ZoNATUS Gemm. Cat. Col. p. 1674.

Telephorus vitticollis Bohem. Ins. Caffr, 1. 2, p. 453, nec Ménétr.

Cat. Rais. p. 162.

Hab. Algoa Bay, Cape Colony (Lrawns). 1 example.

Described by Bohem. loc. cit. from ‘* Limpopo” R., Caffraria.

TELEPHORUS BIvITTAtTUS Fab.

Nec 7’. bivittatus Mars,

Hab. Algoa Bay, Cape Colony (Grauis). 1 example.

TELEPHORUS NIGRINUS Bohem. Ins. Caftyr. 1. 2, p. 457 (Cantharis) ?

Hab. Algoa Bay, Cape Colony (Lrauns). 2 examples.

In one of the two examples sent the thorax is nearly twice as

wide as long, in the other example (which, from the length of its

antenne, appears to be a male) itisquadrate. This seems to me to

agree with the insect described by me (Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1901,

272 REV. H. 8. GORHAM ON [June 6,

vii. p. 351) as 7. teter from Natal. From so few examples it is im-

possible to say whether these two pertain to one or two species ;

ox what is the sex of the specimen with transverse thorax, which

is also more shining and has shorter antenne. TI incline to the

belief that they represent two species, the latter being referable to

C. nigrina Bohem.

CLERID &.

EvoymaAtopera Schenkling.

EucymatoderaSchenkling, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1899, p. 333;

Genera Ins. fase, xili. p. 19 (1903).

EUCYMATODERA CINGULATA Klug, Cler. p. 273 (Ttllus cingulatus).

Hab. Algoa Bay.

EucyMATODERA HOTrENTOTA Knw. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 463

(1893) ; Schenk. J. ¢. p. 20.

Hab. Willowmore, Cape Colony (Lrauns).

Cyiprus Lat.

Cylidrus Schenk. Genera Ins. fase. xii. p. 5.

CYLIDRUS BALTEATUS Klug, Cler, p. 263.

Hab. Bothaville, Orange R. State (Brauns).

T had not seen this from 8. Africa before.

Gyponyx Gorham.

Gyponyx Gorham, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1883, p. 604; Schenk.

lic. p. 40.

GYPONYX CHINENSIS Fab.

Gyponyx marmoratus Klug, Cler. p. 308 (Clerus), nota p. 379.

Hab. Bothaville, Orange R. State (Brauns).

Gyponyx RErRociNcrus Chevr. Rev. Mag. Zool. p. 283 (1874).

Hab. Sunday River, Cape Colony (Brauns).

GYPONYX ALGOENSIS, sp. n.

Oblongus, subparallelus, piceo-brunneus, nitidus; elytris basi

dilutioribus, ultra medium fascia wndulata et apice albis.

Capite crebre prothorace parce punctatis, hoc pernitidoa, antice

tenwiter constricto, postice coarctato ; antennis et palpis rujo-

piceis ; elytris usque ad fasciam grosse seriatim punctatis, inde

ad apicem fere levibus ; pedibus piceis, tarsis dilutioribus,

metasterno punctato. Long. 11-14 milli.

Hab. Algoa Bay (HZ. Brawis).

The general colour of this species is dark pitchy brown, the

antenne, palpi, tarsi, and the base of the elytra nearly as far as

the white fascia are rufo-piceous, the elytra are blackish in an

1905. | SOUTH-AFRICAN COLEOPTERA. 273

indefinite way just before the very definite white fascia; this is

narrowly interrupted at the suture; the apex is white, but with

a fine blackish margin; the space between the fascia and the

apex is very obsoletely punctured, as is the fascia, almost smooth

externally. The eyes, head, legs, and body generally are clothed

with long but fine hairs.

One example of this insect received long ago from Dr. Baden is

in my collection, but bad, unfortunately, no precise locality. It

is the larger specimen.

GYPONYX BRAUNSI, sp. 1.

Elongatus, nigro-piceus; ore, anrtennis palpisque, thoracis

margine antico, corpore subtus, pedibus (geniculis tibusque

exceptis) dilutioribus, rufo-piceis. Elytris basi indeterminate,

fascia mediana (in marginem latissima postice bidentate)

maculaque apicali obliqua testaceis. Thorace elongato, antice

tenwiter, ad basin fortius constricto ; elytris ad basin punctato-

lineatis, seriebus vin ad mediwm vectis, externe deficientibus.

Long. 13 millim.

Hab. Willowmore, Cape Colony (Brauins).

This species differs from any other known to me by its elongate

thorax and its comparatively smooth and shining appearance, and

also by the clear and distinct coloration and pattern of the elytra.

The colour of the body, with the exception of the head and thorax,

of the tips of the femora, and bases of the tibiz, is a bright rusty

red. The elytra have an oblique broad fascia, much indented,

running backwards from below the callus to the suture, of a pitchy

colour ; a much broader patch before the apex of a lighter pitchy

brown, deeply indented twice on its upper edge, and once on its

lower edge, so that it is narrowest in the middle. The lines of

punctures scarcely pass the first brown fascia, only four or five

punctures being on the yellow median wide patch. The thorax

is nearly twice as long as wide, its front margin is rufous, the sides

very little widened, not deeply constricted in front, the base

coarctate and margined, the punctuation close and fine, the disk a

little flat. I have at present only seen the example described,

which I have pleasure in naming after its captor, Dr. H. Brauns.

GRAPTOCLERUS Gorh.

Graptoclerus Gorh. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. ser. 7, vii. p. 351

(1901); Schenk. /. c. p. 48, nota.

GRAPTOCLERUS QUADRIPUNCTATUS Gorh. lL. ¢. p. 353.

Hab. Grahamstown, Cape Colony (Dunkerbosh, Dr. Penther).

Deseribed by me from Natal. 1 example.

TARSOSTENUS Spinola.

'TARSOSTENUS UNIVITTATUS Rossi.

Hab. Willowmore (Brauns).

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1905, Vou. IT. No. XVIII. 18

274 REV, H. 8. GORHAM ON [June 6,

DozocouLEetus Chevr.

Dozocolletus Schenk. l. c. p. 38.

Pezoporus Klug, Clerii, p. 311.

DozocoLtLETus BRUNNEUS Hintz, Deuts. ent. Zeit. 1902, p. 397 2

Hab. Willowmore, Algoa Bay (Brauns). Bothaville, Orange

R. Colony.

I have not seen Hintz’s description, but I have little doubt that

the insect taken in some numbers by Dr. Brauns is to be referred

to it. ‘This species has a large head, the thorax as wide in front as

the head, the head and thorax deep pitchy brown, the elytra, legs,

and body light brown, the punctuation and striz are obsolete.

DOZOCOLLETUS SORDIDUS, Sp. Nn.

Saturate brunneus ; antennis palpisque rufo-brunneis, lis quam

caput et thorax brevioribus, articulis quarto ad octavum quad-

ratis, tribus ultimis transversis, apice compresso,; capite

prothoraceque creberrime confluenter, elytris fortiter striato-

punctatis, femoribus clavatis. Long. 5 millim.

Hab. Algoa Bay (Brauns).

Smaller than the species which I have assumed to be

D. brunneus Hintz, and especially to be distinguished from

it by the shorter antenne, which have much shorter joints;

the second and third joints are a little longer than wide; the

fourth to the eighth are about as long as wide, while the last

three joints form a compact club and are transverse. The eyes

are more prominent than in JD. brunneus, the femora are

strongly clavate. The thorax is as wide as the head in front,

much narrowed to its base, obconic; the elytra small in proportion,

elongate-ovate.

THrRIOCERA Gorham.

Thriocera Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 156;

Schenk. l.¢. p. 117.

THRIOCERA PECTORALIS Klug, Clerii, p. 548.

a. Hlytris wnicoloribus fascia mediana plicata.

Hab. Algoa Bay, Port Elizabeth (Drauns).

6. Hlytris basi rujis.

Hab. Algoa Bay, Port Elizabeth (Brawns).

THRIOCERA BICINCTELLA, Sp. n.

Nigra, nitida, tenwiter pubescens ; antennis, palpis pedibusque

rufo-brunneis, ulis basi dilutioribus ; prothorace brevi, antice

tenuiter constricto, postice coarctato, lateribus rotundatis, disco

inequali impresso ; elytris sublevibus, fasciis duabus elevatis,

eburatis, ad suturam interruptis, anteriore (jucta callum) intus

abbreviatis. Long. 5 millim.

Hab, Algoa Bay (Brauns).

1905. | SOUTH-AFRICAN COLEOPTERA. 275

Var., capite, antennis, palpis, elytris usque ad fascia posteriorem,

corpore subtus cum pedibus rufo-ferrugineis.

Hab, Port Elizabeth, Cape Colony (Lrauwns).

Antenne as in 7’. pectoralis, but less robust, the two basal joints

stout, the intermediate joints longer than wide, the three apical

forming a lax club. The thorax is notably shorter than in

7. pectoralis and of a different form, being much more narrowed

towards the base; its disk is also roughly punctured and uneven,

finely pubescent with long hairs, but neither it nor the elytra are

so thickly pubescent as in 7’, pectoralis. The elytra are black, or,

as in the variety, red to the second fascia. The fascize are raised

and ivory-white, not clothed with silky-white hairs (as they are

in 7’. pectoralis), but clear shining white; the anterior one is

shortened, so as to leave a space at the suture equal to its own

length, nor does it reach the margin.

There are two examples of the type form and two of the variety.

Norostenvus Spinola.

Notostenus Schenk. 1. c. p. 114.

Norosrenvs viripis Thun. Nov. Ins. vol. i. p. 9 (1784).

Hab. Algoa Bay (Brauns).

MELYRID&4.

AntHOcoMUS Hrichs.

ANTHOCOMUS CORIACEUS, Sp. nN.

Breviter oblongus, niger, obscure subviridescens, longe pubescens ;

capite prothoraceque nitidis, hoc profunde parce punctatus ;

elytris coriaceis; antennis (apice exceptis), tibiis tarsisque

Jferrugineis. Long. 4 millim.

Hab. Bothaville, Orange R. Colony (Brauns).

Black, densely clothed with long black pubescence. Head and

thorax shining, the former very closely and finely, the latter very

sparsely punctured. Clothed all over with long fine hairs. The

mouth, palpi, antennz (excepting the extreme tip), the tibiee, and

tarsi are ferruginous red. The elytra are little shining, coriaceous,

tubercles obscurely i in rows and but little elevated, being rather

uniform all over their surface. There is a slight greenish, but

hardly perceptible, tint over the whole upper surface ; the body

beneath is quite black. As there are only two specimens, and I

cannot distinguish the sexes, it is impossible to say if this is a true

Anthocomus. The lamelle of the tarsi are about as long as the claws.

Hepysius Erichson.

HeEpysBius SCULPTICEPS, Sp. Nn.

Nigro-subceruleus ; capite (basi excepta), antennis (articulis extus

et apicem versus nigro notatis), prothoracis margine, pedibus

LS*

“I

for)

REY. H. 8. GORHAM ON [June 6,

anticis et intermediis (externe nigris) testaccis ; elytris ceruleis,

purpureo vel violaceo micantibus. Long. 55-65 millim. 3 2.

Mas, capitis basi profunde excavato-eroso, erosione ima tota

migra; fronte elevata, in medio profunde sulecata. Antennis

acute serratis, articulo quinto triangulart apice nigro.

Femina, antennis brevioribus, leviter serratis.

Hab. Willowmore, Cape Colony (rawis).

The head in the male is deeply excavated ; the surrounding parts

are yellow and elevated, but very differently from either of the

Hedybii described by me in the ‘Annals and Mag.’ for Jan.

1900*. The deep notch in the front part of this elevated edge

of the crater is of itself sufficient to prevent its being confused

with them. The base of the crater in the male and the base of

the head in the female are black. The antenne are more acutely

serrate than in any other species I have seen. They vary in the

degree to which they are marked with black. Their second joint

is very short, the third as long as the basal, the fourth and fifth

triangular, the last in the male always black in its apical half

and more acutely produced inwards; the following joints are

longer, acutely serrate, and more or less dark, in the females I

have seen always dark.

The thorax is of the same shape asin //. amenus, H. anceps, &e.,

but the disk is nearly all suffused with blue-black, two dark points

project on the base, and it is sometimes indented on each side in

front.

The scutellum is black; the elytra are blue and often have a

beautiful metallic-violet reflection, they are finely coriaceous.

The legs are yellow but tinged with black, and the hind pair are

altogether dark, in which respect this insect also differs from any

of the Hedybii of this group described.

Three males and two females of this species were sent me by

Dr. H. Brauns.

HEpypius QUADRICORNIS, Sp. N.

Oblongus, nigro-ceruleus ; capite, prothorace pedibusque san-

guineis ; scutello et elytris viridibus, sericeo-pubescentibus ;

antenmis rufis, articulis singulis (maris) nigro-notatis, femince

articulis bast tribus rufis usque ad apicem infuscatis. Long.

44:5 millim. 3 QO.

Mas, capite excavato-eroso, erosionis margine basali in cornu

duplici quasi elevato, cornu anteriore apice ciliato, posteriore

hamato apice nigro, supra oculos tuberculato.

Femina, fronte deplanata, basin versus nigrescente.

Hab, Willowmore, Cape Colony (brauns).

Head, thorax, base of the antenne, margins and apex of the

abdomen yellow ; the scutellum and elytra are bluish green. The

upper side is finely clothed with a pruinose silky pubescence,

long hairs are absent.

The head in the female and the front of the thorax in the male

* Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, v. p. 81 (1900).

1905. | SOUTH-AFRICAN COLEOPTERA. 277

are sometimes faintly suffused, and the hind tarsi are blackish.

The body beneath is bluish. The extraordinary structure of the

head in the male is alone sufficient to distinguish this insect from

any species described ; it resembles in colour and size an insect

sent by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall from Salisbury, and which I

doubtfully referred to H. variicornis Bohem., but as the latter

specimen was a male I am certain that it does not belong to the

species I now describe.

Obs.—Boheman does not in describing H. superciliosus give the

diagnosis of the male head, but I have no doubt from his remarks

it is a male he describes. His express assertion, repeated, that

the scutellum is yellow precludes any of the specimens I have yet

received from being referred to this species. A considerable series

of this insect has been obtained by Dr. Brauns; four males and

four females are before me.

Hepypius AmMa@nus Gorh. Distant’s Nat. in Transvaal, p. 197;

Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, v. p. 80 (1900).

Hab. Bothaville, Orange R. Colony (brauns).

One male and three females, in all respects agreeing with the

types. They are interesting as corroborating the differences

pointed out before and as being found in quite a new locality.

PuriLHEpoNvus Gorham.

Philhedonus Gorham, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, v. p. 82 (1900).

PHILHEDONUS SERICEUS, Sp. n.

Nigro-ceruleus, pube brevi sericea vestitus ; prothorace rufo, fere

glabro, macula nigra in margine antico haud bene discreta ;

elytris creberrime subtiliter punctatis, pube brevi pruinosis ;

scutello, pedibus et corpore infra nigro-ceruleis. Long.

5 millim. 2 %

Hab. Bothaville, Orange R. Colony (Brauns).

This Philhedonus differs from the insect described by me as

P. coronatus by its smaller size, by the wholly black antenne,

and by the labrum not being red; the thorax is also differently

marked, the single black spot is placed upon the front margin, and

is wedge- shaped, pointing backwards. The head is blue-black and

shining, not punctured, very sparingly golden pubescent; antenne,

mouth, and palpi black, the former short and feebly serrate. The

thorax is wider than long, the sides and base finely margined,

the anterior margin raised, but only very finely so.

The elytra are wide, and are widest a little before the apex,

deep blue with a silky and shining pubescence ; the punctuation

is fine, close, and confluent. They do not cover the apex of the

abdomen. The body and legs are entirely blue-black ; the vesicles,

which can be protruded from the sides (and are so in the

specimens sent), are blood-red. The pygidial segments beyond

the elytra show a green tinge. ‘The examples, two in number, are

both, I think, females.

278 REY. H. 8. GORHAM ON [June 6,

PHILHEDONUS RUGULOSUS, Sp. N.

Niger, nitidus, pube erecta nigra vestitus ; prothorace rufo, plaga

magna discoidali marginem basalem haud attingente nigra,

parcius iwregulariter punctato ; elytris saturate ceruleis,

ruguloso-coriaceis ; scutello nigro; corpore infra cum pedibus

mgris; antennis nigris, acute serratis. Long. 5:5 millim. ©.

Mas, antennis longioribus, acute serratis, capite intra oculos

ineequaliter impresso.

Femina, antennis brevioribus, minus acute serratis, fronte plana.

Hab. Willowmore, Cape Colony (Brawns).

Rather like P. sericews. Head, mouth, antenne, palpi, legs, and

body beneath black. The head is uneven and impressed between

the eyes, the base is nearly smooth and shining ; the antenne have

the first three joints testaceous beneath, from the fourth to the

tenth the joints are longer than wide, acutely produced at

their inner apices. The thorax has a large black and square

patch on the disk and front margin; this is somewhat produced

behind, but does not reach the hind margin; the disk is smooth

in front, but punctured and rugose at the sides. The form is

like that of P. sericeus, transverse, rounded at the sides and base,

without angles; finely margined, and a little elevated in front.

The disk and the elytra are clothed with long upright black hairs.

The elytra are of a deep violaceous or indigo-blue, uniformly

rugulose ; the rugosities are tuberculous. They are widest a little

before their apices, the apex broadly rounded. In addition to

the black erect hairs there is a white, shining, pruinose

pubescence, arranged in fasciz (but not very evidently so).

The legs and underside are wholly jet-black.

The male has the head unevenly impressed between the eyes,

the antenne more acutely serrate, and of course the front tarsi

four-jointed. The elytra cover the abdomen in all of the four

specimens before me; in the female the segments of the abdomen

when distended appear narrowly margined with red.

HEDONISTES, gen. nov.

Labrum corneum.

Tarsi antici quinque-articulati; caput maris eroso-excisum,

Semmne fronte plana ; antenne maris articulo basali quinto

et sexto ampliatis, septimo ad undecimum simplicibus ; femince

articulis omnibus simplicibus.

Hab, Africam meridionalem.

A genus recalling by the curious sexual characters of the

antenne in the male the genera Laius from Australia and Collops

from the New World, and by its excavated and cornuted head

in the male the genus Hedybius, with which it might have

been associated; but I think although the enlarged fifth and

sixth joints of the antenne are only a sexual character, it is one

so similar to what is found in Zaiws and Collops that it will be

well to keep insects of this family possessing it in a separate

1905. ] SOUTH-AFRICAN COLEOPTERA. 279

genus. M. Fairmaire has described some species as to be

attributed to Zaius, from Madagascar, Nossi Bé. I have not seen

them, but I suspect it will be found that there are such radical

differences as to preclude such an association; and he does not

mention enlarged joints. Zaius, it may be observed, was founded

upon a female example from Australia, and ought strictly to be

suppressed for Westwood’s name JMJegadeuterus, which at least

expresses the fact that the second joint of the antennz is enlarged

in the male sex. That he included other insects in his genus is no

reason for suppressing the name, but only for confining it to the

type, and to such as can be associated with it.

HEDONISTES LATUS, Sp. fh.

Brevis, niger, pube brevi cinerea erecta vestitus, valde punctatus ¢

elytris subquadratis, grosse et confluenter punctatis, fascia lata,

ad marginem latissima, apiceque late sanguineis ; epistomate,

labro ad apicem et antennarum basi rufis. Long. 45-5

millim. 3.

Mas, capite eroso-excavato, ad antennarum basin utringue

carinato elevato, basi triangulariter elevato, elevatione in medio

suleata, antice ciliata, bicirrosa ; antennarum articulis basali

quinto et seato anrpliatis.

Femina, fronte plana, antennis simplicibus.

Hab. Willowmore, Cape Colony (Lrauns).

Head and thorax black, thickly and the latter rather coarsely

punctured; the antenne have four joints at the base red, the rest

black, the apical joint is elongate, the intermediate joints in the

male are longer than wide, in the female about as long as wide,

not serrate but rather triangular. The thorax is shining, not

wider than the head, and much narrower than the elytra at the

base, somewhat cordate, with the margins a little reflexed. The

elytra are blue-black, with a fascia which is interrupted at the

suture, but very broad on the margin, of a fine blood-red, and

their apex is rather broadly margined with the same colour; the

basal side of the fascia is produced along the margin so as to

surround the shoulder; their surface is uniformly, coarsely, and

in places confluently punctured, honeycombed. The legs are

black.

Hight examples, consisting equally of each sex, were sent me

by Dr. H. Brauns, by whom they were obtained at Willowmore

in Cape Colony.

EROTYLIDS.

AMBLYSCELIS H#MORRHOUS Gorh. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1885,

p. 326; Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, v. p. 90 (1900).

Hab. Bothaville, Orange R. Colony.

Excepting that the brownish-yellow colour is more diffused in

two examples from Bothaville, so that one is wholly brown with

darker strie, and the other has a not very well-defined yellow

vitta, formed by the humeral spot extending to meet the apical

280 MR. R. ASSHETON ON THE F@TUS AND [June 6,

yellow, there is no difference in these examples and those from

Natal.

ENDOMYCHID2.

CEpIARTHRUS Gerst.

Ediarthrus Gevst. Mon. Endom. p. 344.

CHDIARTHRUS ALGOENSIS, Sp. 0.

(H. natalensi similis et affinis. Ferrugineus, antennis, palpis

pedibusque nigris, tibtis rectis. Long. 45 millim. o.

Mas, antennarum articulo nono ampliato.

Hab. Algoa Bay (Brawis). 1 example.

Rather larger than @. natalensis, and differing from it in having

the antennz wholly black, with all the joints rather longer and

more stoutly built; the ninth joint is triangularly enlarged, as in

other species of this genus, in the males; the two terminal joints

ave formed quite as in @. natalensis, but are larger.

The legs are black and have their tibie straight, which alone is

sufficient to distinguish this species from @. natalensis. For

some general remarks on the genus I must refer to Ann. & Mag.

N. H. ser. 7, vii. p. 402 (1901).

LyYCOPERDINA SERICEA Gerst. Mon. Endom. p. 218 ¢

Hab. Algoa Bay, Cape Colony (Brauns).

There is a single specimen of a very small Lycoperdina in

Dr. Brauns’ collection which I refer to this species with some

little doubt.

8. On the Foetus and Placenta of the Spiny Mouse (Acomys

cahirinus). By Ricnarp Assueton, M.A., F.ZS.,

Lecturer in Biology in the Medical School of Guy’s

Hospital, University of London.

[Received May 23, 1905. |

(Text-figures 41—45.)

I received from My. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S., Prosector to the

Zoological Gardens, London, a bottle containing the fetus and

uterus from an individual of the Spiny Mouse (Acomys cahirinus).

The exact age of the foetus was not known, but the figure (text-

fig. 41) given here shows that it was well advanced.

In the bottle were three objects—namely, the foetus and

placenta (as shown in text-fig. 41), the uterus with Fallopian |

tubes and ovaries, and a third object which was a_ partially

absorbed feetus and placenta.

The uterus is bicornuate; each horn measures about 18-20 mm.,

and passes gradually into the Fallopian tube, a short, coiled tube

lying alongside the ovary (4 mm. x 2 mm.).

1905. | PLACENTA OF THE SPINY MOUSE. 281

Kach horn had been opened. Opposite the slit on the meso-

metric side a swelling marked the place of attachment of the

fully formed placenta and fetus in the one case, and of the

absorbed specimen in the other.

The feetus appeared devoid of amnion and was chiefly remarkable

for the long hairs or spines which rise from the dorsal walls of

the nostrils and point backwards over the head. The pits from

which these hairs arise are plainly visible (text-fig. 41).

Text-fig. 41.

The foetus of Acomys cahirinus, together with the placenta separated from the walls

of the uterus. The sac-like folds attached to the discoid placenta are the

yolk-sac and amnion membranes. An epitrichium is seen closely applied to

the body of the fetus. x 3.

A thin membrane could be seen covering certain parts of the

embryo, the face, neck, and wrist, and it could be detected by

careful search over other parts. This membrane covered the

finer hairs, but was perforated by the stout bristles, and is

probably of the nature of an epitrichium.

The foetus was attached by a long cord to the placenta, which

had been separated from the uterus.

The placenta was discoidal in shape, but with a longer diameter

of 12 mm. and a shorter of 9°5 mm. In thickness it was about

3 mm. The embryonic surface was concave, the ab-embryonic

surface convex (text-fig. 42).

Attached to the proximal (feetal) surface of the placenta was

a wide sac through which the cord passed to the centre of the

placenta.

At the point where the cord appears to penetrate the sac there

282 MR. R. ASSHETON ON THE F@TUS AND | June 6,

was a crumpled mass of membranes, consisting of the yolk-sac

and amnion, which had been detached from the feetus during the

act of preservation.

Description of the Placenta.

The proximal wall of the yolk-sac, which lies up against the

face of the placenta, is extremely qecenlen and Co ered with an

epithelium of large columnar cells. Moreover, this epithelium

is much folded; and the blood-vessels lie in the folds, and so

approach closely the surface of the placenta (text-fig. 42).

The yolk-sac wall is firmly attached to the placenta over the

peripheral area.

Text-fig. 42.

The placenta of Acomys with the proximal wall of the yolk-sac attached showing

the radiating vessels of yolk-sac circulation which are covered with a thick

epithelium. X 3.

This attachment of the yolk-sac to the placenta 1s not so

intimate as it is in the common rat, in which animal the yolk-sac

forms villi or at least folds which become embedded in the tissues

of the allantoic placenta, but remain quite easily distinguishable

therefrom (¢/. Robinson, A., “The Nutritive Importance of the

Yolk-sac,” Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. xxvi. p. 308 (1892);

Duval, M., “Le placenta des Rongeurs,” Journ. Anat. et Phys.

1889-1892). In Acomys the yolk-sac is much folded, but the

folds do not become involved in the placental tissues (text-

fig. 45, HH).

The placenta itself, which we may regard as being nearly full

term, shows only a small area of actual vascular attachment to

the wall of the uterus (text-figs. 41, 42). Here it is rough, and

marked by open blood-sinuses and shreds of tissue. Passing

outwards and extending nearly to the rim, there is a layer of

rather darkly staining material showing no particular structure

1905. | PLACENTA OF THE SPINY MOUSE. 283

and containing dead nuclei, which I must regard as cell-detritus.

This layer probably lay against, and was no doubt more or less

attached to, the uterine wall (text-fig. 45, D).

Text-fig. 43.

A section of a portion of the placenta of Acomys taken vertically near the centre of

the organ, where the fcetal capillaries are forming a network round about the

channels containing maternal blood.

F.BYV. Feetal capillary. LE. Maternal leucocyte. MCH. Maternal blood in

channels excavated in the trophoblast of the fetus. T. Trophoblast

nuclei. X 480.

From this point and passing over the edge of the placenta, and

covering the free surface of the foetal side of the placenta, a flat-

tened attenuated epithelium can be distinguished (text-fig. 45, H,

p. 285). This becomes thicker and more cubical as it nears the

point at which the yolk-sac wall is connected with the placenta,

and here it passes into the decidedly cubical or columnar epithelium

of the yolk-sac. This layer continued in the other direction

would pass at some period into the distal wall of the yolk-sac,

though whether this distal wall exists at the period under

examination I cannot say.

The rough surface of vascular attachment, so far as I can

judge from the general character of the cells, is composed entirely

of maternal tissue. This tissue is of that kind so frequently

found where trophoblastic ingrowth is about to take place, and

had been named by Hubrecht trophospongia (text-fig. 44, p. 284).

Text-fig. 45 is a diagrammatic representation of a section

passing through the centre of the placenta. The placenta, as

284 MR. R. ASSHETON ON THE FETUS AND [June 6,

stated above, had been separated from the wall of the uterus, so

although shown in siéw in the figure it must be understood that

the two parts were not together in my specimen. The line 8

marks the boundary between the two.

On the outside I have drawn in outline the muscle coats

(M) of the wall of the uterus.

Within this, and seen only near the centre, is the trophospongial

tissue alluded to above (TS), while towards the peripheral parts

the thin layer of detritus can be seen at D, composed probably of

both maternal and foetal tissues.

Text-fig. 44.

A section through the junction between trophoblast and trophospongia of Acomys.

T. Trophoblast. TS. Trophospongia. ‘ EP. Pseudoepithelium of trophoblast.

EP’, Pseudoepithelium of trophospongia. MCH. Maternal blood.

Everything within this line formed by the detritus layer on

the outside and the trophospongial layer at the centre is probably

fetal in origin, except the maternal blood, which is extravasated

and flowing in channels excavated in the foetal trophoblast. It

must of course be remembered that this description is an interpre-

tation of a single stage based upon the known facts in closely

allied forms (vef. Duval, Robinson, Jenkinson), and not upon the

study of the actual development in this genus.

1905.] PLACENTA OF THE SPINY MOUSE. 285

The advancing edge of the trophoblast is sharply defined from

the maternal tissue (text-fig. 44, T). The trophoblast is composed

of a compact mass of cells with large nuclei and generally fairly

well-marked cell-boundaries. It has, in fact, the character more

of a cytotrophoblast than a plasmodi-trophoblast (text-fig. 44).

The nuclei tend to arrange themselves in pairs.

A diagram of a section taken through the centre of the placenta of Acomys. The

maternal channels are not much exaggerated in size, but the fcetal capillaries

are considerably magnified. The trophoblast layer in the region of the foetal

capillaries is not nearly so much attenuated as it should be.

The foetal vessels are dotted, the channels containing maternal blood are white.

The deep black is trophoblast.

AA. Allantoic artery. AV. Allantoic vein. D. Layer of cell-detritus probably

foetal as well as maternal. FC. Foetal capillary. H. Hypoblast of the parietal

wall of the yolk-sac. HH. Hypoblast of the proximal wall of the yolk-sac,

very much folded. L. Lacune in trophoblast containing maternal blood.

M. Muscle-coat of uterus. MA. Maternal artery. MES. Mesoblast of foetus.

MV. Maternal vein. S. Line along which the placenta had been detached

from the uterus. SP. Splanchnopleur layer of mesoblast. TT. Trophoblast.

TS. Trophospongia. VV. Approximate portion of the main vitelline vessels.

Y. Cavity of the yolk-sac. YC. Blood-vessels of the yolk-sac circulation.

This trophoblastic tissue, which in the figure (text-fig. 45) is

shown as a thick black mass (T), is honeycombed by channels

containing maternal blood (L), which channels become more

broken and more numerous nearer to the fetal surface,

and the trophoblast consequently more attenuated. JI think

there are possibly other cavities in the trophoblast-cells which

are not blood-spaces.

This mass of tissue formed entirely of trophoblast and maternal

286 MR. R. ASSHETON ON THE F@TUS AND [J une 6,

blood makes up nearly half the thickness of the placenta, and

contains no foetal mesoblast or blood.

The half of the placenta towards the fcetal surface is made up

of trophoblast (much attenuated) forming channels filled with

maternal blood, which take a more or less sinuous course, and a

network of fine foetal, capillaries, with also the larger vessels and

larger main maternal channels. ‘This is shown diagrammatically

in text-fig. 45, FC, p. 285).

Text-fig. 43 (p. 283) is a drawing of an actual section of a piece

of this region near the maternal surface. The great bulk is made

up of the channels (MCH) excavated in the trophoblast containing

maternal blood. There are many leucocytes (LE). The walls of

these channels are thin, though the large trophoblastic nuclei (T)

are very conspicuous. The fcetal capillaries are seen at F.BY.

Nearer to the feetal surface the maternal channels become

finer and the feetal capillaries perhaps rather more numerous.

At places where the main foetal arteries penetrate the tissues of

the placenta, a considerable quantity of feetal mesoblast tissue

accompanies them.

There are a few spherical masses of tissue within this region,

which are not vascular, nor do they seem to be trophoblastic.

They resemble in some respects Duval’s ‘‘ilots vésiculeux,” which,

according to him, are pieces of the maternal sub-mucosa which

have become enveloped by the advancing trophoblast layer.

The main features of the vascular systems are fairly easily

determinable.

In this specimen the whole of the maternal arterial blood-

supply arises from a single artery in the centre (MA), which

opens into the large afferent channel which les partly in the

trophospongial tissue and partly in the trophoblast.

This, like the other main channels, is lined by a flattened

epithelium-like layer, which is probably a pseudo-epithelium of

trophoblastic origin where the wall is trophoblast, and tropho-

spongial origin where the wall is trophospongia.

Duval has described the growth inwards along the maternal

vessels of trophoblast cells to form a pseudo-epithelium. This is

denied by Jenkinson*, who derives the pseudo-epithelium from the

simple flattening of the adjacent cells. This is not a question

which can be decided by reference to a single stage; but I may

say that there is nothing in this specimen which supports in any

way Duval’s account in the mouse.

The afferent channel divides into two main branches, which

diverge and then penetrate straight to the feetal surface of the

placenta. Here they break up into channels, which take a rather

more sinuous course back again to the middle of the thickness of

the placenta, where they collect into a number of efferent channels

lying near the surface of the trophoblast and ultimately into two

* Jenkinson, J. W.., ‘ Observations on the Histology and Physiology of the Placenta

of the Mouse.” Tijdschr. d. Ned. Dierk. Vereen. DI. vii. 1902.

1905. ] PLACENTA OF THE SPINY MOUSE. 287

large efferent vessels which presumably debouch into two maternal

veins (MV).

These large efferent maternal vessels are more peripheral in

position than the afferent courses.

The foetal blood-supply is less easily followed. The allantoic

arteries, on reaching the surface of the placenta, radiate and

subdivide and give off branches which pass into the placenta at

intervals over the more central part of the surface. These pass

(as regards the main stream) straight through the foetal half of

the placenta, but give off at frequent intervals small capillaries,

which take a more sinuous and radial course, anastomosing, forming

network, and collecting together again into veins, which I believe

to run parallel with the arteries of the villus.

A considerable amount of connective tissue accompanies these

villi for the first part of their ingress into the placenta.

Comparison with other Placentas.

The placenta is clearly of the type which I have described

elsewhere as cumulate as contrasted with the plicate type

characteristic of such groups as the Ungulates.

The general shape, the arrangement of the membranes and

their character, resemble, according to the interpretation placed

upon them above, the condition that pertains in Mus musculus,

and, rather less closely, that of J/uws decumanus.

Jenkinson has recently given an account of the development of

the placenta of the Mouse, which differs in several important

particulars from that of Duval, which, until that time, had been

generally accepted.

Jenkinson agrees with Duval as regards the general arrangement

of membranes and in the main features of the development.

He differs, however, in respect to the vascular system, and my

account given above is in complete agreement with Jenkinson.

I see also nothing to suggest the appearance of an ingrowth of

the trophoblast into the maternal blood-vessels, and growth along

the inside as described by Duval (‘‘ plasmode endovasculaire ”).

Another point of disagreement is with reference to the

glycogenous tissue. Duval takes but little notice of this and does

not seem to have found the maternal glycogenous mass, which,

according to Jenkinson, degenerates, and the space occupied by it

becomes subsequently filled with a second glycogenous tissue

which is of foetal (trophoblastic) origin,

This is a matter of very considerable interest. It is not to be

expected that an isolated case in an allied genus can afford any

conclusive evidence.

Unfortunately the method of preservation (corrosive sublimate)

is not suitable to the study of glycogen.

Tested with iodine I find no trace of glycogen, but there are

certain spaces in the trophoblast cells alluded to in the foregoing

288 ON THE F@TUS AND PLACENTA OF THE SPINY MOUSE. [June 6,

which may possibly have contained glycogen—so my evidence on

this point is negative.

Along the line which marks the internal limit of the fetal

mesoblast (that is to say, the limit of the capillary system of the

foetal villi) a deposit of brown pigment occurs. This appears to

be deposited in the walls of the capillaries, by the endothelium.

It occurs nowhere else. Treated with the ferrocyanide test, it

shows no trace of blue colour.

In the detritus in the layer D (text-fig. 45, p. 285) there are

indications of the presence of free iron.

Summary.

To recapitulate my interpretation of the single specimen I

possess. The placenta of dAcomys cahirinus is a compound

structure of maternal and foetal tissues in which, excepting the

blood, the foetal tissue largely preponderates.

On the maternal side is a central area of attachment through

which the maternal blood gains access to the placenta. Here

a thin layer of maternal connective tissue surrounds the main

afferent and efferent maternal blood-channels.

Within this region comes a thick layer of tissue probably of

fcetal origin (the trophoblast, the cells of which are large, stain

deeply, and have large nuclei), containing intercellular spaces,

which are continuous with the expanded maternal vessels just

named. These spaces are lined by an endothelium, as to the

origin of which I can give no account. There is no feetal blood in

this part of the placenta.

These two regions, of which the latter is by far the larger,

make up nearly one half of the whole placenta.

The rest (that is, all towards the fcetus) is composed of channels

probably excavated in the trophoblast of the foetus and containing

maternal: blood interlacing with much branched tufts of feetal

capillaries containing feetal blood. These foetal capillaries are

in parts thickly covered with foetal mesoblastic tissue, but more

often are separated from the maternal blood by their own

endothelium and a single layer of trophoblast only.

The maternal afferent channels penetrate to the fetal surface

before undergoing much subdivision and are more central in

position.

The feetal afferent vessels tend to penetrate the deeper layers,

but begin to break up nearer to the surface of approach than is

the case with the maternal afferent vessels.

There is no such intimate connection between the yolk-sac and

allantoic placenta as there is in the Rat.

1905. } ON THE SUPPOSED CLAVICLE OF DIPLODOCUS. 289

9. Remarks on the supposed Clavicle of the Sauropodous

Dinosaur Diplodocus. By Francis, Baron Nopcsa,

Ph.D.*

[Received June 6, 1905. }

(Text-figures 46-49.)

It is still uncertain whether the extinct Dinosauria possessed

clavicles.

Considering the close relationship existing between these

reptiles, the Rhynchocephalians, Parasuchians, and Birds—this

last relationship being shown by the continuous tendency of

Dinosaurs to specialize on most different occasions in bird-like

manner—one is at first naturally induced to believe that in

Dinosaurs clavicles were present; but, as a matter of fact, bone

after bone supposed to represent this element has had to be

removed from this position.

Hitherto only the family Ornithopodide is known to possess,

in addition to scapula and coracoid, a curious further element in

the shoulder-girdle, which was called clavicula, but may quite as

well form only a part of the sternum (this double element being

in one case united in the middle by bony matter). No other

Saurischian or Orthopodous Dinosaur shows a clavicular ossi-

fication. It is true that in the Sauropoda, besides scapula and

coracoid, one or two flat bones are always present in the scapular

region of the body: these, however, do not represent clavicule,

but may with certainty be determined as ossifications of the

sternum. The discovery, therefore, of what may be called a

supernumerary bone besides the sternal plates in two of the several

Diplodocus skeletons known to science proves to be of quite

exceptional interest.

Hatcher, in his important Monographs of the Diplodocus

skeletons Nos. 84 and 662 of the Carnegie Museum, describes

this element as follows :—‘“ Throughout the greater portion of its

length it is circular in cross-section, it is bifid at one extremity

and slightly expanded at the other. It is strongly curved,

especially toward the bifid extremity. It is asymmetrical.” In

a more complete specimen (No. 662) than the former (84) it is

“somewhat expanded and spatulate; the flattened extremity

presents a slightly rugose surface, as though it had been imbedded

in cartilaginous or muscular tissue, and this together with the

bifid nature of the other extremity has suggested the possibility

that the bone might be an os penis.” After the description of

this bone, however, its asymmetry is regarded by this eminent

paleontologist as a weighty argument against its being an os

penis, and therefore its identification with the clavicula is

advocated.

* Communicated by Dr. A. SurraH Woopwarp, F.RS., F.Z.S.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. II. No. XIX. 19

290 BARON NOPCSA ON THE SUPPOSED [June 6,

According to the figures given by Hatcher and reproduced here

(text-figs. 46 & 47) the bone in question seems to present a great

deal of what might be termed individual variation.

Text-fig. 46.

Supposed clavicula of Diplodocus, No. 84.

Text-fig. 47,

Same bone of Diplodocus, No. 662.

It seems to fit fairly well into the shoulder-girdle, but still

1905. | CLAVICLE OF DIPLODOCUS. 291

there are several points to be brought forward against the theory

of its clavicular nature.

Firstly, it must be remembered that in one case this problematical

bone, like the greater part of the skeleton, was displaced and that

in the second skeleton, as pointed out by Dr. Holland, the femur

bears tooth-marks of carnivorous Dinosaurs. In consequence of

this the relative position of the bone cannot prove anything for

or against its being an os penis; for the penis would be one of the

first parts of the body to become displaced by decomposition and

the first part that would be torn away if carnivorous animals

were gnawing at the dead body.

{Text-tig. 48.

"iy ieee

? ay

s UM tay

Wry)

Diagram of penis of Struthio.

Explanation of letters :—e.c., corpus cavernosumn; ¢.f., corpus fibrosum ; c.sk., coarse

skin; g., gutter; gl., glans-like part; m., muscles.

Secondly, in each of the two pretty complete skeletons that

comprised this bone, only one example was present, and this one

appeared to belong to the same side of the body.

specimens of Diplodocus the element was altogether

In other

wanting.

292 BARON NOPCSA ON THE SUPPOSED [June 6,

This highly remarkable coincidence suggests the probability that

the bone in question represents an asymmetrical but nevertheless

unpaired organ.

So far as I am aware there is no known reptile, living or

extinct, in which the clavicle is bifurcated at one end. Moreover,

in most terrestrial and aquatic reptiles, when clavicles are present

there is also an interclavicle, which has never been found in

Sauropoda. It must also be remembered that these large

herbivorous Dinosaurs were probably descended from the carni-

vorous Theropoda, which are always destitute of a clavicular

arch,

Text-fig. 49.

Os penis of European Otter.

[ am therefore of opinion that the problematical bone of

Diplodocus in question cannot be a clavicle, and it is necessary

to consider Hatcher’s alternative suggestion that it is an os

penis.

The fact that existing birds and reptiles are destitute of an os

penis does not necessarily imply that gigantic reptiles like

Diplodocus similarly lacked the bone. Among Mammalia it is

well known that the element occurs only sporadically, being

present, for instance, in the Anthropoid Apes and absent in Man.

Among the living reptiles we know two types of genital organs.

The Squamata show what may be called a bifid penis, while the

Crocodilia and Chelonia have the penis simple exteriorly, with a

corpus fibrosum and frequently even a glans penis well developed.

1905. | - +++ CLAVICLE OF DIPLODOCUS. 293

In Chelonia the penis sometimes exhibits internally a partially

bifid structure.

For the purpose of this paper the penis of birds is of quite

exceptional interest. In its origin it is not only traceable to the

Crocodilian type, but shows a very great amount of asymmetry, and

besides in the Ratite a distal bifurcation of the corpus fibrosum

(text-fig. 48, p. 291). In Séruthio the distal part of the penis is

changed into a glans-like organ, while in Rhea the corpus fibrosum

consists of an exceedingly hard and nearly cartilaginous substance.

A bifureation like that observable in the problematical bone of

Diplodocus is also frequently to be met with at the distal end of

the mammalian os penis, which is often asymmetrical. The os penis

of mammals always shows quite remarkable variability. For

comparison with the bone of Diplodocus, side and hind views of

the os penis of the European Otter (Lutra lutra) are given (in

text-fig. 49, p. 292), and one can see at a glance the well-rounded,

smooth, condyle-like, distal ends, the proximal rugosities, and the

lateral impressions for the attachment of the corpus fibrosum. In

other mammals the corpus fibrosum is not attached laterally to the

ossified element, but ends in a deep pit situated at the proximal

end of the latter.

We have therefore to consider the following propositions :—

(1) That among the Mammalia it is the corpus fibrosum with

which the os penis comes in close contact, forming the anterior

prolongation into the glans penis, that the os penis ossifies from

fibrous matter; that a corpus fibrosum is also present among

Reptilia, and that therefore an os penis in Dinosaurs can only

have originated from the corpus fibrosum.

(2) That in Khea the corpus fibrosum is quite as hard as cartilage,

and differs from this only by not possessing cartilage-cells.

3) That in Sauropsida a glans is frequently present.

(4) That it is quite a common thing to find bird-like characters

in various parts of the Dinosaurian skeleton.

5) That among the birds the Ratites show the most primitive

and still the best-developed male genital organ.

(6) That the shape and variation of the problematical bone in

Diplodocus are well in accord with its being an os penis, while

they militate against its determination as clavicular.

(7) Lastly, that this so-called clavicula when present is always

found only as an unpaired organ showing the same direction of

curvature.

Hence I am of opinion that it is at present advisable to remove

the subject of this paper from the shoulder-girdle and determine

it as the ossified axis of the penis.

Further evidence and, especially, further discoveries are naturally

necessary before so delicate a question can be regarded as definitely

settled; but since Hatcher’s single argument against the bone in

question being an os penis (namely, its asymmetry) breaks down

on reference to Struthio or even to Lutra, the balance of the

argument is at present in favour of this newer interpretation.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1905, Vou. II. No. XX. 20

294 ON THE SUPPOSED CLAVICLE OF DIPLODOCUS. [June 6,

The existence of clavicles in Dinosauria must therefore still be

considered doubtful.

In conclusion, I wish to express my thanks to Mr. Boulenger,

Dr. Forsyth Major, Mr. Pycraft, and Dr. A. 8. Woodward at the

British Museum, and to Professor Stewart and Mr. R. H. Burne

at the Royal College of Surgeons, for their kind help in studying

so intricate a question.

Literature.

Gapbow & Sevenka.—Birds: Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen d.

Thierreiches, vol. vi. part iv.

GitBer.—‘‘ Das Os priapi der Siiugethiere.” Gegenbauer’s

Morphologisches Jahrbuch, 1891.

Hatcuer. — ‘“ Diplodocus carnegit.” Memoirs of Carnegie

Museum, Pittsburg, vol. 1.

—. “Osteology of Haplocanthosaurus, with Appendix on

Diplodocus.” Loc. cit. vol. 11.

[ Norcsa.]—Critical Review of Hatcher’s Paper on Haplocantho-

saurus. Keilhack’s Geologisches Centralblatt, 1904.

WesBeER.—Die Siugethiere. Leipzig, 1903.

WrepersHEermm.—Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie d.

Wirbelthiere. Leipzig, 1902.

ContTENTS (continwed).

May 16, 1905 (continued).

; Prey

9. On the Anatomy of Limicoline Birds; with special Reference to the Correlation of

-Modifications. By P. Cuatmers Mircuenn, M.A., D.Sc. (Oxon.), Secretary to the

DOCIeL ye i, 24 alge era Gas coca Diet Tene ae cr taee efor eese Ne whe ats wel e macy Hedandinne ac 155

6. Observations upon a Female Specimen of the Hainan Gibbon (Hylobates hainanus),

_ now living in the Society's Gardens. By R. I. Pocock, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Superintendent

Ome Gardenstcs Ge late WV. )\iicc wv alsjsilerea o cieles «scenes aie aleree ae ae ease 16%

June 6, 1905.

The Beccary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of

[UES TIS OE oes a Cd UE eR OER er ue ch Sire eet AEP OPLAUMEE only eae ch ir ll tt)

Mr, Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Description of a new Bush-buck (Tra ee haywoodt)

Peony Pits Mabast, AdriCAtes Grain Gua crass cates ecules S| ale Selew! slvate nae atere orale te ee 180

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S.. Exhibition of specimens of Mammals and Birds from

Japan and description of a new Marten (Mustela melampus bedfordi) ............ 182

Mr. R. 1. Pocock, F.L.S. Exhibition of a Jamaican Scorpion (Centrurus insulanms)

carrying young on its back ..... Nes cis cis aio wore en ele Cate Ver ae i a e 185

Dr. P. Chalmers Mitchell. Notice of a memoir entitled ‘“‘On the Intestinal Tract of

JIC Te re ir ca en ecco, Ae ED Fou 5 Sallattiat Spay ebereltoretistey ota -\c)alph et olenente hse ae enone 1st

1. Rough Notes on the Natural History of the Country West of the Victoria Nyanza.

syelite- Col. C! De~ma-Ranciirer, MlVO5 FUZ.Ss cos caus oa ness co a ele oe oon 18+

2. The Distribution of Mexican Amphibians and oe By Hans Gapow, F.BS.,

3. Descriptions of new Reptiles discovered in Mexico by Dr. H. Gadow, F.R.S. By G.A.

OUEENGERE eBheSs,! Vir. 2.8. . Cb lates. VL ae: VL) ats. ie5 ceria totaal, 4 stare nt chs pee 245

4. On a Collection of Batrachians and Reptiles made in South Africa by Mr. C. H. B.

; Grant, and presented to the British Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd. By G. A.

LB{OHERLION CIO Dad ed angel AN Gey AASIgc aes AE AS cena Se eae DR PET Eo ctroes COEAE Co 248

5. Some Notes upon the Anatomy of the Yellow-throated Lizard, Gerrhosaurus flavigularis.

‘Byek ob. BADDARD, HekoS;, -erOsector lo the SOCIELY a +: . sai she asta ree nee 256

6. On two Points in the Anatomy of the Lacertilian Brain. By F. E. Bepparp, E.RS.,

IBLOSECLOTs FO) Ute SOCEDY je ejeiarcrs alore clerel er o als sn 6 -ehcl aiolis here acatelepayel nna gaa COARSER Bio 267

7. On new Coleoptera from South Africa collected by Dr. H. Brauns and others—

Serricornia, Endomychide, Hrotylide. By H. 8. Gorwam, F.Z.8. ..............-. 271

8. On the Fetus and Placenta of the Spiny Mouse (dcomys cahirinus). By Ricuarp

Assneton, M.A., F.Z.8., Lecturer in Biology in the Medical School of Guy’s Hospital,

University of London ........ Reegclegnia's\> <i siate Reape <= aus i epainveatea utatta wtetave 2 sana 280

9, Remarks on the supposed Clavicle of the Sauropodous Dinosaur Diplodocus. By

Francis, Baron Noresa, Ph.D. ........... Behe Goer ees Vee ats seas eae 289

Pe tet, ee

LIST OF REATES.

1905.—_VOL. If.

PAR ale

Plate Page

Ly NOlathrina COntonta: oes iced: Coe ie eo late wal evcinieeet elaine nae sie we

TI. Osteology of the Eurylamidz .,....-- 0... sees ees e eee e eee 30%

in: \ Skulls of Bhinclophds seo eC SOS ee eae eae 75

IV.}

V. Hylobates haimanus 101... cence ct nce seen e ec tert cece st aess 169

VI. 1. Anolis gadovit. 2. Anolis logaster .. c+... eeee eens sveee Loss

VII. 1. Sceloporus gadovie. 2. Leptodira guillent ...-..+++e.seene

NOTICE.

‘The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, forming two volumes, 4

as follows:—

VOL. 1.

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, in June.

Il. ms BN » March and April, in August.

VOL, Il.

Part I. containing papers read in May and June, in October.

Ii. as ‘ », _ November and December, in April,

“ Proceedings,’ 1905, Vol. I. Part IT. was published on August 10th, 1906.

The Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Meetings in

May and June are contained in this Part.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

1905, vol. IE.

PART II.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

ie | NOVEMBER anv DECEMBER.

APRIL 1906. | JAN 5 =1

Ne :

: So AMATIONAL WS

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, Ni napawemike

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

| LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND Co.,

| : | PATERNOSTER-ROW.

[Price Twelve Shillings. |

AIST OF CONTENTS | —

O05 Vou ll. ye

Parr Il. Geni | ‘

November 14, 1905.

Page

_ The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Soeiety’s Menagerie during the months of 4

June, July, August, September, and October 1905 «1... 0.0... ee cece ence rece ne nes Bae AST

Col. W. EH. Broun. Exhibition of mounted heads of a White Waterbuck and two

~Rhinoceroses .........--- dene bene tence ee ete e eter en tte e cette tence ener ee eeas puss ae

The Hon, Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S. Exhibition of specimens of a rare Marsupial _

(Dactulopsila palpator) oo. en se veces ese vis ons tae oo che pee uote. cite ee nee

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.8. Exhibition of two tusks from Abyssinia ....-.---- 297

Mr. A. 8. Hirst, F.Z.S8. ‘Exhibition of microscopic preparations of a new Hxmosporidian

(Halteridium crumentum) ooo ec cece sere rece cere cee ee cere ences lspaeraco seals 297

Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.S. Exhibition of lantern-slides illustrating the Papillary Ridges

Fa IM Eanes aoe SOs Ce MIO ho HCL aE MISA Neate id acl bace: Perec as oie Sec 297

Dr. P. L. Sclater, F-R.S. Letter from Mr. W. Rodier on the Rabbit-pest in ‘Aastedee es

Mr. Henry Scherren, F.Z.8. Exhibition of lantern-slides of, and remarks upon, old pictures

of Anthropoid Apes ..-- 0.0. cece cece cette tee te tee ee ett tent tee eters 298

1. On a Collection of Mammals brought home by the Tibet Frontier Commission. By

J. Timvis Bonnowm MieAs HDS aR ZiS, ooceie sisles @/iels cies wlelnlnje cece cle ieie win ols =e Brey 0)24

2. Notes on the Geographical Distribution of the Okapi. By Dr. Ervar Loynpere,C.M.Z.8. 309

2. Notes on the Goral found im Burma. By Major G. H. Evans ..............00-- ceo eC

_ On the Mammals of Orete. By Dorotuma M. A. Bare ........... eet e eee ee eeee old

November 28, 1905.

Mr. J. 1. Cunningham, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of photographs of, and remarks upon, a

horse bearing horn-like structures ...--.. 0+ seer ee ee eee e cree re cee Rigor hen SoH o> O25

My, Frank Slade, F.Z.S. Exhibition of photographs of a Sea-Anemone in the process of

GONE SA Roo A aw aer oOo eD ScomanA nee dares Uae aaa tei srabek ee avers hese eRe eee eal cea o24

Mr. Douglas English. Exhibition of an albino Field-Vole ....+-.-++.s++-+ ss sees oe Oot

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a melanistic specimen of

TA AIAN El A NLA AM Ge ee ee hon ober emo CeCOn oe Eee EME ESS Sado SoG 324

Capt. Albert Pam, F.Z.S. Remarks upon a living specimen of the Violet-cheeked

Humming-bird 2.0... 6. cece cece ee eee ete eee ee ete ees Br Geos anehode on}: 324

Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of bird-skins from Japan........ 324

1. Colour Evolution m Guereza Monkeys. By R. LypekKER .........-+-..---e 2. sees 825

») The White-maned Serow. By R. Lyprexuer. (Plate VIII.) ......--..--..---. 00... 329

3. The Duke of Bedford’s Zoological Exploration in Eastern Asia.—I. List of Mammals

obtained by Mr. M. P. Andersonin Japan. By Onprinnp Tuomas, F.RS, (Plate TX.) 331

4. A Revision of the Fishes of the Family Galaxtide. By C. Tarn Ruesn, B.A., F.ZS.

(Plates X.-XIIL.) 0... 0. ce eee eee eet eee eet recente et eee eee ee 365 |

5. The Mammalian Fauna of China.—Part I. Murine. By J. Lewis Bonnorsr, M.A., F.L.8. 384

6. Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera of the Genera Homopheta,

Asphera, and Oedionychis. By Manin Jacosy, F.E.S. (Plates XIV. & XV.) .. 398, 591

- Some Additions to the Knowledge of the Anatomy, principally of the Vascular System,

of Hatteria, Crecodilus, and certain Tacertilia. By Frank KE. Bupparp, M.A., .R.S.,

Prosector to the Society ......- eect ce tree eter e eee e eee c tent e ee ne see etteaeee 461

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

1905. | THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 295

November 14, 1905.

G. A. BouLencEr, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions that

had been made to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of

June, July, August, September, and October, 1905 :—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of June was 321. Of these 57 were acquired

by presentation, 53 by birth, 14 by purchase, 195 were received on

deposit and 2 in exchange. The number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 178.

Among the additions special attention may be called to :—

1. An Orang-utan (Sima satyrus) from Deli, Sumatra, presented

by Dr. J. C. Graham on June 25th.

2. A Wolt’s Monkey (Cercopithecus wolf) from the Congo,

deposited on June 26th.

3. Eleven Kiwis (Apteryx mantelli) from the North Island,

New Zealand, seven being presented by the Government of New

Zealand and Mr. H.C. W ilkie, F.Z.S., on June 26th, and four

by the Earl of Ranfurly, H.M.Z.S., on the same date. The

Society is specially indebted to Mr. H. C. Wilkie, in whose eare

these Kiwis were successfully brought from New Zealand.

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of July was 274. Of these 96 were acquired by

presentation and 17 by purchase, 92 were received on deposit,

1 by exchange, and 68 were bred in the Menagerie. The number

of departures during the same period, by death and removals,

was 184.

Among the additions special attention may be called to :—

1. A female Leopard (felis pardus) from near Hong Kong,

presented by Mr. J. A. Bullin on July 26th.

2. Three Californian Sea-Lions (Otaria gillespii) from Santa

ee purchased on July 11th.

A White-tailed Gnu (Connochetes giv) born inthe Menagerie

on 5 uly 25th.

4. A male Somali Ostrich (Struthio molybdophanes) from

Somaliland, purchased on July 14th.

5. A Collection of Birds from British Guiana, including examples

of five species new to the Collection, presented by Mr. E. W.

Harper, F.Z.8., on July 31st.

The number of registered additions to the Society's Menagerie

during the month of ‘Aue ust was 348. Of these 108 were acquired

by presentation and 37 by purchase, 66 were born in the Gardens.

103 were received on deposit and 34 by exchange. The number

of departures during’ the same per iod, by denen and removals,

was 255.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. Il. No. XXI. 21

296 A WHITE WATERBUCK AND HEADS OF RHINOCEROS. [Nov. 14,

Among the additions special attention may be called to :—

1. ASilky Marmoset (Hapale chrysoleucos) from Brazil, deposited

on Aug. 30th.

2. A pair of West-African Marsh-Bucks (Limnotragus gratus)

from the Congo, purchased on Aug. 31st.

3. A Spot-billed Toucanet (Selenidera maculirostris) from Santos,

purchased on Aug. 19th.

4. A Black-and-White Cobra (Vaia melanoleuca) from West

Africa, deposited on Aug. 31st.

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of September was 313. Of these 106 were acquired

by presentation, 26 by purchase, 124 were received on deposit,

15 by exchange, and 42 were bred in the Gardens. The number

of departures during the same period, by death and removals,

was 245.

Among the additions special attention may be called to :—

1. A male Orang-utan (Simia satyrus) from Sumatra, presented

by Mr. H. N. Ridley on Sept. 7th.

2. Five Talapoin Guenons (Cercopithecus talapoin) from Ubanghi,

Upper Congo, deposited on Sept. 19th & 21st.

3. A Jaguarondi (felis jaguarondi) from 8S. America, purchased

on Sept. 11th.

4. A Binturong (Aretictis binturong) from Singapore, presented

by Mr. H. N. Ridley on Sept. 7th.

5. A White-tailed Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus albicilia) from the

Arctic, presented by the Duke of Orleans, F.Z.8., on Sept. 30th.

6. A Knob-nosed Lizard (Lyriocephalus scutatus) from Ceylon,

presented by Mr. E. Ernest Green, F.E.S., on Sept. 26th.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of October were 232 in number. Of these 74 were

acquired by presentation and 79 by purchase, 3 were born in the

Gardens, 53 were received on deposit and-23 in exchange. The

total number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 216.

Among the additions special attention may be called to :—

1. A White Oryx (Oryx leucoryx) frem Arabia, presented by

Col. R. J. Scallon, C.B., D.S8.O., on Oct. 30th.

2. A Cave-Rat (Zhryonomys swinderianus), a Bouvier’s Owl

(Scotopelia bowviert) (new to the Collection), and a Beautiful Wood-

Hawk (Dryotriorchis spectabilis), from Lagos, presented by Dr. W.

F. Macfarlane, F.Z.8., on Oct. 13th.

3. Three Antillean Boas (Boa diviniloqua) from St. Lucia,

West Indies, presented by the Hon. EK. G. Bennett, K.C., on

Oct. 28th.

Col. W. H. Broun exhibited a mounted, head and skin of a

White Waterbuck (Aobus ellipsiprymnus) and two mounted heads

1905. | DR. WALTER KIDD ON PAPILLARY RIDGES IN MAMMALS. 297

of Rhinoceros (hinoceros bicornis), and made the following

remarks :—

“The White Waterbuck was shot in July 1904 on the right

bank of the Guaso Nyiro river, about 20 miles west of the Lorian

Swamp, British Hast Africa, lat. 1° N., alt. above sea 1000 feet.

A white doe was alone with the buck. The ordinary Waterbuck

seen there were all examples of Kobus ellipsiprymnus. The eyes

of this buck were of the normal colour, not pink.

‘*Of the two Rhinoceroses, one was a female and carried two

normal and two rudimentary horns. She was shot in August

1904, in dense covert, west of the Jambeni Mountains north-east

of Mount Kenia, at an elevation of 4150 feet above the sea. It

was not seen till after death what an interesting animal she was.

One of the rudimentary horns was between the ears and the other

about 4 inches further back.

“ The other individual was a male, and was shot in September

1904 north of Aberdare range, British East Africa; height above

sea 9600 feet. The anterior horn showed abnormal growth due

either to an old injury or excessive wearing away of the outer

surface from the tip downwards.”

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S., exhibited specimens of a

very rare and interesting Marsupial, hitherto unique, in the Paris

Museum, viz. Dactylopsila palpator Milne-Edw., which differed

from D. trivirgata im possessing an extremely thin, prolonged,

second finger.

Mr. Rothschild also exhibited two tusks which had been

obtained by Baron Maurice de Rothschild during his recent

expedition to Abyssinia. They were so unlike the normal tusks

of any known animal, that My. Rothschild was of opinion that

they might belong to some new form.

My. A. 8. Hirst, F.Z.S., exhibited microscopic preparations of

anew Hemosporidian from the blood of an African Stork (Lepto-

ptilus crumeniferus). He pointed out that this parasite belonged

to the genus Halteridium, but differed from H. danilewskyi in its

greater size (stade moyen 7-10,), and also in its method of

sporulation, in which the merozoites were more numerous,

smaller, and arranged in a ball-like rounded mass. The name

Halteridium crumeniwm was proposed for the new species.

Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.S., read a paper, illustrated by lantern-

slides, “On the Papillary Ridges in Mammals, chiefly Primates.”

The arrangements of the ridges on the hand and foot of 24

species were shown and described, and their functions discussed.

Arguments were brought forward to show that their primary

function was to increase the delicacy of the sense of touch.

21*

298 MR. HW. SCHERREN ON OLD | Nov. 14,

Dr. P. L. Sclater, F.R.S., read a letter addressed to him by

Mr. William Rodier, dated Tambua Station, Cobar, New South

Wales, June 29th, 1905, in which it was stated that Mr. Rodier’s

plan for combating the Rabbit-pest (‘ N ature,’ March 21st, 1889)

was still proving a “wonderful success.” As there had been

some good rains in the district the feed at Tambua was ‘“ splendid,

right up to the boundary netting-fence,” but on the other side

there was “absolute starvation,” owing to the great numbers of

rabbits. This summer, in Mr. Rodier’s opinion, would see the

surrounding district quite ‘eaten out” by the rabbits, which

were there in millions, but were easily kept down at Tambua by

his plan.

Mr. Rodier’s plan, which was very simple, might be shortly

described as follows :—Ferrets and nets are employed to catch the

vabbits alive in the usual way, but while all the females captured

are destroyed, the males are turned out uninjured. The results

ave that the male rabbits, so soon as they begin to predominate in

numbers, persecute the females with their attentions and prevent

them from breeding. They also kill the young rabbits, and, as

My. Rodier declares, “ worry the remaining does to death.”

Mx. Henry Scherren, F.Z.8., exhibited two lantern-slides of old

pictures of Anthropoid Apes, and made the following remarks on

the Satyrus indicus of Tulpius (text-fig. 50) :—

There appeared to be in Dapper (: “Beschreibung von Afrika,’

Amsterdam, 1670, p. 393) an early reference to a Gorilla. No

figure was given, but the description, though of course mexact,

seemed to fit the Gorilla better than the Chimpanzee, especially

with regard to erect progression *, the folk-story of carrying off

and ravishing women, and the supposed human origin. The

passage is as follows :—

* Hier [Quoja, north of Fernando Po] wird auch ein Tier

gefunden, welches die Einwohner Quojas-. Vorrow oder Worow

and die Portugallier Salvage dass ist ein Waldmann nennen.

Es hat emen grossen Kopf, dicken Leib, fleischichte Arme, damit

es in Ringen sehr starek ist, aber gantz keinen Schwantz; und

gehet zuweilen mit ausgerecktem gerade Leibe auf den Hinter-

fiissen allein wie die Affen zuweilen auf allen vieren langst der

Erde. Die Schwartzen sagen dass es von Menschen entsprossen ;

aber durch das wilde Leben im Busche zum halben unverniinft-

igen Tiere sei worden. Diese Tiere leben vom wilde Honige

und die Friichten in den Biischen : auch fechten sie fort und fort

mit einander. Ja, sie diirfen nicht allein die Frauen ergreifen

und nohtziichtigen, sondern auch die gewafnete Manner selbsten

anfallen.” ;

In December 1904 the Hon. Walter Rothschild, M.P., laid

before the Society a valuable paper, entitled ‘“* Notes on Anthro-

poid Apes”, and exhibited what was undoubtedly the finest

* KR. I. Pocock, P.Z.S. 1905, vol. ii. p. 178.

7 P.Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. pp. 413-440.

1905. ] PICTURES OF ANTHROPOID APES. 299

collection of mounted specimens, skeletons, and skulls ever

brought together. In his paper Mr. Rothschild spoke of the

Satyrus indicus Tulp., and identified it with Simia satyrus Linn.,

claiming that the latter name must now be apphed to a Chim-

panzee—to quote his exact words, “the famous ‘ Tschego’ proves

to be the veritable Simia satyrus.”

Text-fig. 50.

——->

S — So eee

IUTAN aus ANGOLA, welcher demPrinzen von one o

Frieprich Hiinricn, geschenkt worden, 3!

The Satyrus indicus of Tulpius.

Mix. Scherven then quoted the following description by Tulpius

300 MR. H. SCHERREN ON OLD [| Nov. 14,

of the anthropoid presented at the end of the seventeenth century

to Prince Frederick Henry of Orange :-—

“Quamvis extra forum medicum, attexam tamen huic tele

Satyrum Indicum; nostra memoria ex Angola delatum: et

Frederico Henrico Arausionensium Principi, dono datum. Erat

autem hic Satyrus quadrupes: sed ab humana specie, quam pre

se fert, vocatur Indis orang-outang: sive homo sylvestris, uti

Africanis quoias morrou. Exprimens longitudine puerum trimum,

ut crassitie sexennem.

“Corpore erat nec obeso nec gracili, sed quadrato habilissimo

tamen, ac pernicissimo. Artubus vero tam strictis et musculis adeo

vastis: ut quidvis & auderet et posset. Anterius undique glaber :

at pone hirsutus, ac nigris crinibus obsitus. Facies mentiebatur

hominem: sed nares sime, & adunce, rugosam, et edentulam

anum.

“ Aures verd nihil discrepare, ab humana forma. Uti neque

pectus ; ornatum utrimque mamma pretumida (erat enim sexus

foemini) venter habebat umbilicum profundiorem ; et artus, cum

superiores, tum inferiores tam exactam cum homine similitudi-

nem, ut vix ovum ovo videris similius.

“Nec cubito defuit requisita commissura : nec manibus digi-

torum ordo: neque pollici figura humana: vel cruribus sure, vel

pedi calcis fulcrum. Que concinna, ac decens membrorum forma,

in caussa fuit, quod multoties incederet erectus: neque attolleret

minus gravate quam transferret facile, qualecunque gravissimi

oneris pondus.

‘“ Bibiturus prehendebat canthari ansam, manu altera ; alteram

vero vasis fundo Supponens, abstergebat deinde madorem labiis

relictum, non minus adposite ac si delicatissimum vidisses

aulicum. Quam eandem dexteritatem observabat utique cubitum

iturus. ‘Endres quippe caput in pulvinar, & corpus stragulis

convenienter operiens, velabat se haud aliter, ac si vel mollissimus

illic decubuisset homo.

“ Quin imo narravit aliquando affini nostro, Samueli Blomartio,

Rex Sambacensis, Satyros hosce, preesertim mares, in Insula

Borneo, tantam habere animi confidentiam, & tam validam

musculorum compagem: ut non semel impetum fecerint, in viros

armatos, nedum in imbellem, feeminarem, puellarumve sexum.

“Quarum interdum tam ardenti flagrant desiderio : ut raptas

non semel constuprarint. Summeé quippe in Venerem sunt pro-

clives (quod ipsis, cum libidinosis veterum Satyris commune)

immo interdum adeo protervi ac salaces: ut mulieres Indice

propterea vitent cane pejus et angue saltus ac lustra, in quibus

delitescunt impudica hee animalia.”

Mr. Scherren called attention to the discrepancy between the

Linnean diagnosis of Simia satyrus and the description of Tulpius

with respect to form and size. Linneus wrote: ‘“ Magnitudine

pueri sexennis,” which differed widely from the words of Tulpius :

‘“« Exprimens longitudine puerum trimum, ut crassitie sexennem.”

It was also suggested that the expression ‘ corpore quadrato ”

suited a Gorilla rather than a Chimpanzee, and confirmation was

1905. | PICTURES OF ANTHROPOID APES. 301

sought in the pictures by Wolf of Wombwell’s Gorilla (from a

daguerreotype) and a Chimpanzee from life which hung in the

meeting-room. Sir Harry Johnston * had seen a reproduction of

Tulpius’s figure in Tyson’s work on the Chimpanzee (London,

Text-fig. 51.

\ WK UPANESE, 21 “Lonat alt, 2 FufS und 4 Loll ys f

er um Jahre 41738 aus ANGOLA gebracht worden.

Early figure of Chimpanzee, from Astley’s ‘ Travels.’

1699), and was struck by its resemblance to a Gorilla. Another

picture (text-fig. 51) (with label, of which the following is a

translation :—‘ Chimpanzee, 21 months old, brought from Angola

b) ? fan) = ?

* P.Z.S. 1905, vol. i. p. 72.

302 MR. J. L, BONHOLE ON MAMMALS FROM TIBET. | Nov. 14,

in 1738, 2 ft. 4 in. high”) was thrown on the screen to prove that

as early as 1746 the Satyrus indicus was recognised as differing

from the Chimpanzee. This pictte was said to have been taken

from life.

It was usually said that the existence of an African anthropoid

‘other than the Chimpanzee was not known till about the middle

of the last century. This was not the opinion of J. E. Gray ; for

ata scientific meeting of this Society *, in calling attention to

Wombwell’s Gorilla, he alluded, but without quotation, to

Bowdich’s ‘ Mission to Ashantee’ (London, 1819), where the

“ African Orang (Pithecus Troglodites)” was compared with the

Ingena.

The following papers were ead :—

1. Ona Collection of Mammals brought home by the Tibet

Frontier Commission. By J. Lewis Bonnorn, M.A.,

Dabs, Jt ouserp

[ Received August 9, 1905. |

(Text-figures 52 & 53.)

The collection’ of mammals brought home by the Tibet

Mission, and collected by Capt. H. J. Walton of the Indian Medical

Service, although not large in numbers contains several specimens

of great interest, and there can be no doubt but that the region

is full of mammalian treasures, only waiting time and opportunity

for their discovery.

Of the eight species of which examples were brought back, two,

Microtus waltoni and Cricetulus lama, ave new to science, while

the large red Fox of the country is sufficiently distinct to be

entitled to subspecific rank. In addition to these, I have been

enabled for the first time to examine the skull of another Fox,

Vulpes ferrilatus, described 63 years ago, but of which the skull-

characters have hitherto remained entirely unknown. This skull

shows features of great peculiarity, and proves the validity of

Jerrilatus as a species, a matter hitherto considered doubtful by

some writers.

In addition to the specimens collected by Capt. Walton, the

British Museum is indebted to Col. Waddell fot two or three skins,

an account of which has also been incorporated in this paper.

FELIS MANUL Pall.

Felis manul Pall. Reise Russ. Reichs, iii p. 692 (1776);

Blanf. Faun. Br. Ind., Mamm. p. 83 (1891).

* P.Z.S. 1861, p. 278.

+ {The complete account of the new forms described in this communication appears

here; but since the names and preliminary diagnoses were published in the

“ Abstract,’ the former are distinguished by being underlined —Eprror. |

{ A sketch-map giving all the localities in which this collection was procured is

published in ‘ The Ibis’ (1905, p. 57, pl. ii.).

1905. | MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON MAMMALS FROM TIBET. 303

a. 6. Yamdok Lake, alt. 15,000’, 28th Sept., 1904.

This specimen, the only one procured, was brought home by

Col. Waddell.

VULPES VULPES WADDELLI.

Vulpes vulpes waddelli Bonhote, Abstr. P. Z.S. No. 22, p. 14,

Nov. 21, 1905.

a. Khamba Jong, alt. 16,400’, 8th Oct., 1903.

6. Phari Jong, Upper Chumbi Valley, 11th Jan., 1904 (coll.

Waddell).

General colour above reddish fulvous, the median dorsal area

from the occiput to the root of the tail being bright red, shading

to pale buff on the flanks and hindquarters. The head rufous ;

the ears moderately large and pointed, being clothed with long

white hairs on the inside and short black ones externally. Feet

rufous along their margins and white or grey in the centre.

Tail long, woolly, and very bushy, tipped with white; each hair

being pale fulvous at its base, with a long, black, terminal

portion. Underparts pure white.

The skull does not show any special characters by which it may

be distinguished from that of the typical form. It is stout and

well built, being short and broad in the muzzle and rather swollen

in front of the orbits, but otherwise it shows no mea bums of OES

Dimensions of type (in flesh). Head and body 25 in. ; tail 16 in.

hind foot 6in. Height at shoulder 14°75 in. W eight 8 lbs.

Skull. Greatest length 145 mm.; zygomatic br eadth 72; width

in line with ant. root of pm. 4, 37:5. (Further skull-dimensions

are given under the next species.)

Habitat. Khamba Jong, Tibet, alt. 16,400’.

Type. B.M. 5.4.6.1. Collected 8th October, 1903, by Capt.

Walton.

This race may be readily distinguished from V. v. flavescens by

its much brighter coloration throughout, and especially by the

deep red median dorsal area, In the true flavescens the back is

much more uniform in colour, the median dorsal area being but

very slightly darker than the surrounding parts and of a more

brownish yellow, the red tint being entir ely lacking.

The local name is “ Wamo.’

VULPES FERRILATUS (Hodgs.).

AS. 3.11) pai ahOuple blamtonds

Vulpes ferrilatus Hodgs.

91); Mivart, Mon. Can. p. 121

Fauna Br. Ind., Mamm. p. 155 (1

(1890).

a. Karo-La Pass, alt. 16,600’, 30 miles E. of Gyangtse.

The only specimen procured is a typical example of V. ferrilatus,

but in very bad fur. This species may always be recognised by

the underfur, which, besides being close and woolly, is fulvous to

the base. The peculiar and woolly character of the fur through-

out is quite sufficient to distinguish it from all other species.

304 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON MAMMALS FROM TIBET. [ Nov. 14,

Capt. Walton writes :—‘“ The small fox does not, I feel pretty

sure, occur near _ Khamba Jong, all the foxes seen there being of

the large species (V. v. waddelli, ante). I saw other foxes almost

certainly of this species between Karo-La and the neighbourhood

of the Yam Dok Cho (Lake Palti).”

Accompanying the skin is a very fine adult skull (text-fig. 52),

which, so far as I am aware, has never before been described.

This skull is quite unlike that of any other species of Fox, and is

characterised by the extreme slenderness and elongation of the

muzzle and the great length of the upper canines. The brain-case

A, lateral, and B, upper view of the skull of Vulpes ferrilatus. 4 nat. size.

and zygomata, on the other hand, do not show any signs of lateral

compression or elongation, but are fairly normal in their dimen-

sions and breadth. The supraorbital processes are stout and well

developed, and the brain-case gradually widens out from imme-

diately behind these processes and reaches its greatest breadth in

line with the posterior roots of the zygomata. On the under side

we may note the narrowness of the soft palate and the tendency of

the pterygoids to approach each other posteriorly. The bull are

more elongated and Jess rounded than usual. The dentition, which

1905. | MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON MAMMALS FROM TIBET. 305

is normal, except for the great length of the canines already noted,

calls for but little comment. The spaces between the premolars

are large in correlation with the length of the muzzle, and the

first upper molar is relatively small.

Dimensions :—

V. ferrilatus. V.v. waddelli.

mm. mim.

Cireatestil emote oss eten es cele eee: 155 145

Bacclblem oti y eee sce ate ccbese on 138 130

Palatal mlemo che ye gec ccc ce eee ee: 78 71

Length from post. end of palate to

basloccipibalige seca necr eee eee as 60 59

Length from last incisor to ant. root

of Ist premolar (alveolu) ....-....... Mg) 16

Wensth of premolar,series .....:...... 48 39

Breadth of brain-case immediately

behind supraorbitals.................- 26 23

Greatest breadth of braim-case......... 50°5 A9

Aysomatiesbreadth) Ve n..s. cee. 8 e+ 84 72

Breadth of muzzle at ant. root of

NeW aReMNOl Re 7 FANGS ine sanignBascadances Lg) 23

Length of upper canine along its

PNT TeTOLP IMME NG AD Anda aooRooanoncoededEob- 29 20

This comparison of dimensions will show more clearly than any

description the main features in which this skull differs from that

of the more typical “ Vulpes”; and in spite of the doubt of

Mivart * there can be no question that ferrilatus not only is a

good species, but is more differentiated than any other species in

the region.

The only other skull of ferrilatus known is a very young one

collected by Mr. Hodgson ; it is, however, too young to show any

of the specific characters enumerated above.

Purorius ALPINUS (Gebler).

Mustela alpina Gebler, Mém. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, vi. p. 213

(1823).

Putorius alpinus Blanford, Faun. Br. Ind., Mamm. p. 168

(1891).

a. 6 ad. (in spirit). Gyangtse, alt. 12,900’, 1904.

bh. 3. Khamba Jong, alt. 15,500’, 11th Sept., 1904.

CRICETULUS LAMA.

Cricetulus lama Bonhote, Abstr. P. Z. 8. No. 22, p. 14, Nov. 21,

1905.

a. ¢@ad. Lhasa (skinned from spirit).

b. gad. Lhasa (in spirit).

The Cricetulus referred to’ as ‘the little white mouse” is

*< Loe. cit. ante. + Percival Landon: Tibet,’ App. by H. J. Walton (1905).

306 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON MAMMALS FROM TIBET. | Nov. 14,

represented in the collection by two spirit-specimens, one of

which has since been skinned. It appears, although closely

related to Cricetulus pheus, to have been hitherto undescribed.

Size about that of C. phwws. General colour above pale fulvous

grey, greyer than in C. phous.

Each hair is slate-grey at its base, fulvous for about 3 of its

distal end and with a black tip. Over the head and fore part of

the body the fulvous portion of each hair is the more conspicuous,

but on the hinder part of the back the dark tips predominate and

a faint dark median dorsal line may be traced. The underparts

are pure white, the hairs being slate-grey at their base. The line

of demarcation between the upper and under parts, although

abrupt, 1S very uneven in outline. The feet are but scantily

clothed with hair and are white. The tail is moderately long

and stout, well clothed with dark brown hairs above and white

hairs below ; the tip is white.

The whiskers are for the most part black with a white tip,

some shorter ones, however, being entirely white.

The skull resembles somewhat closely that of C. pheus, but is

slightly larger and the brain-case more inflated and rounder.

The chief points of difference, when viewed from below, are the

greater width of the basioccipital and the much flatter and smaller

bullz in the new species. Above there is a slight, although very

constant, difference in the hinder margin of the parietals, which

are practically straight in outline; whereas in C. phous there is a

sharp turn backwards when about two-thirds of their length from

the middle line.

Dimensions (of type when in spirit). Head and body 87 mm. ;

tail 40; hind foot 17; ear 16.

Skull. Greatest length 28°5 mm.; basal length 24; palatal

length from henselion 12; interor ital breadth 5; “ greatest

breadth of brain-case 12°5; width of basioccipital at anterior end

of auditory bulle 3.

Habitat. Lhasa, Tibet.

Type. B.M. 5.4.6.4. Collected at Lhasa, Tibet, by Capt. H.

J. Walton, I.M.S.

The darker colour of the hinder part of the back combined

with the general much greyer coloration, and in addition the

somewhat longer and stouter tail, form characters by which this

species may be distinguished from C. pheus. The animal, ac-

cording to Capt. Walton, was extremely common, and ee

swarming in one of the shrines of the Jo Khang Cathedral a

Lhasa.

Microrus (PHAIOMYS) WALTONI.

Microtus (Phaiomys) waltont Bonhote, Abstr. P.Z.S. No. 22,

p- 14, Nov. 21, 1905.

a. 9 ad. Lhasa, Tibet.

Slightly smaller in size than Ph, blythi, to which it is by skull-

1905. | MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON MAMMALS FROM TIBET. 307

characters closely allied, though widely differing in colour.

General appearance above fulvous grey, slightly ereyer over the

anterior: part of the body; below very pale buff, Each hair is

slate-grey from its base and for the ereater part of its length,

with a fulvous subterminal por tion ane dark tip. On either side,

between the limbs, the dark tips are aes leaving a clear fulvous

patch. Inter spersed in the fur ave a few thin black bristles.

The feet are whitish, both palms and ae are 5-tuberculate. The

tail is bicolor. The ears small and sparsely covered with hairs

similar in colour to those on the rest of the body. Mammee eight

in number, four pectoral and four inguinal.

Skull. The dental characters are practically identical with those

of Ph. blythi. The skull itself is very similar in general outline,

but slightly smaller; this is especially noticea ble in the bullee,

Text-fig. 53.

po]

A, upper, and B, lower right molar series ot Wicrotus waltoni.

which do not stand out so prominently from the rest of the

cranium.

Dimensions of type (from spirit), Head and body 98 mm. ;

tail 30; hind foot 17; ear 10:5.

Skull. Greatest length 28 mm.; basilar length 24°5; zygomatic

breadth 16°5; interorbital breadth 4 ; leneth of saneele edie

stema 8°2; palatal length 15; length of molar series (text-fig. 53)

(alveoli) 7.

Habitat. Lhasa, Tibet.

Type. B.M. 5.4.6.5. 2 ad. Collected by Capt. H. J. Walton,

T.M.S.

This interesting species cannot well be confused with any other,

308 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON MAMMALS FROM TIBET. | Nov. 14,

as the skull-characters clearly prove it to belong to the subgenus

Phaiomys, and its colour is quite unlike any of “the other species

of that group.

Lepvs orostotus Hodgs.

Lepus oiostolus Hodgson, J. A. 8. B. ix. p. 1186 (1840); Blan-

ford, Faun. Br. Ind., Mamm. p. 452 (1891).

a. Khamba Jong, Oct. 1903.

Apparently the common Hare of Tibet, two more skins having

been brought home by Col. Waddell. Capt. Walton states that

this hare, which, as a rule, avoids cultivated land and frequents

bare and ‘rocky hillsides, was very common at Khamba Jong and

also at Tuna at the head of the Chumbi Valley. It was, howeren,

much scarcer, although still occurring, between Gyangtse and

Lhasa.

OCHOTONA CURZONLE (Hodgs.).

Lagomys curzonie Hodgs. (nec Stoliczka) J.A.S. B. xxvi.

p-. 207 (1858); Blanford, Faun. Br. Ind., Mamm. p. 457 (1891) ;

Bonhote, P. Z.8. 1904, vol. ii. p. 214.

a. 2. Yamdok Lake, 14,800’, 29th Sept., 1904.

b,c. No particulars.

d. Ad.in spirit. Tuna.

The specimen from the Yamdok Lake had evidently just

assumed its new winter pelage, the other two skins being in old

and worn fur. Tuna, where the spirit-specimen was procured, is

only a few miles north of the Chumbi Valley, the type locality of

the species.

Capt. Walton writes of this species :—‘ They are exceedingly

common at Khamba Jong, Tuna, and in all the open bare country

from Tuna to Gyangtse, as well as between Gyangtse and Lhasa.

They, however, become less common as one approaches Lhasa,

probably because the country is more cultivated. They avoid

cultivated fields for the most part, and were always commonest in

bare sandy country. They do not hibernate at ‘all, and on any

sunny day in the middle of winter they might be seen sunning

themselves at the entrance to their burrows. I dug up a few

burrows during the winter. The tunnel runs more or less

vertically downwards for 1 or 2 feet and then somewhat. hori-

zontally for 4 to 6 feet. The passage is dilated at ce

intervals in some two or three places. At these spots con

the end of the burrow, which is also dilated, there is a ue

amount of coarse grass collected to form a kind of nest. The

ground in many places i is honeycombed with these burrows, which

sometimes communicate with one another close to the mouth, but

as a rule they are quite distinct. I never heard the animal utter

a cry of any sort.”

1905.] ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE OKAPI. 309

2. Notes on the Geographical Distribution of the Okapi.

By Dr. Hryar Lonneere, C.M.Z.8.

[ Received August 28, 1905. |

I have had the pleasure recently of meeting my compatriot

Lieutenant Karl Eriksson, who delivered to Sir Harry Johnston

the first skull and skin of the Okapi. I took this opportunity of

asking Lieutenant Kriksson about the distribution of this remark-

able animal, and his reply was that he believed it to be distributed

practically over the whole of the ‘“ equatorial forest” of the

Congo Free State. He showed me on the map of the Congo

basin appended to Mi. Boulenger’s work, ‘ Les Poissons du Bassin

du Congo’ *, the approximate limits of this area of distribution.

If we begin at the River Ubangi in the west about midway

between Mobena and Jmese, from there the limit extends north-

east towards Businga at the River Likame or somewhat north of

that place, and then more east to the River Uele just before it

joins the River Ubangi. From that place and eastward the

River Uele is the northern limit to a point about midway

between Amadi and Suruaugo. From there it turns south-east,

passing somewhat east of Mawambi, and continuing to a point a

little west of Karimi. Not much south of this, the most eastern

point of the great forest, the boundary-line turns westward

again and crosses the great Congo River at Ponthierville, and

continues westward a little south of Tschuapa River, but bends

by-and-by a little north, so that it passes on the northern side

of Bolondo towards Coquilhatville. It is evident that this is

only a rough outline of the area of distribution of the Okapi, but

it may hold good in a general way.

Outside this boundary-line there are many forest-clad areas,

but they are not extensive, and Lieutenant Eriksson does not

believe that they are inhabited by the Okapi. It is an in-

habitant of the great forest, but does not live everywhere in it.

Its regular pasture-grounds are open glades in the forest, where

rivulets with shallow water expand and produce a rich growth of

grass. This grass and the leaves of the bushes and undergrowth

under the trees, which are especially luxuriant in such places, may

form the principal food of the Okapi. Although a shallow sheet

of water expands over the very flat ground to greater or less

extent in these glades, there are noswamps. The soil is hard and

firm ?, which explains the shape of the hoofs of the animal.

Lieutenant Eriksson has not seen the Okapi in a living state in

its natural surroundings, as probably no white man ever has or is

likely to do. But he has, while on his marches during the night,

* Bruxelles, 1901.

y+ Because gravel or hard red earth lies quite near the surface.

310 ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE OKAPI. [| Nov. 14,

many a time heard it run away when he passed such glades as

described above

The Okapi is extremely wary and shy, and nocturnal in its habits.

It lives singly or perhaps in pairs, never in herds. The negroes

know very little about it, and, as a rule, it is only the Wambutt1-

dwarfs who are able to kill it. These dwarfs are perhaps the

most perfect of all hunting tribes and steal up near the annals,

slaying them with spears.

How little the negroes (not counting the dwarfs) know about

the Okapi, may be concluded from the following ridiculous tale told

and believed by them. They have observed that the Okapi is very

cleanly, and even during the rainy season, when almost all other

animals are more or less dirty, its skin is just as clean as ever. The

negroes say then that the Okapi climbs up in the trees (!) to keep

itself clean and to avoid the dirty muddy soil.

I have used the name Okapi as that is the one known to the

zoological world, and has become the nomen triviale of this

interesting mammal. Lieutenant Eriksson informs me, however,

that it was only a mere chance that it happened so. Okapi (with

long-dvawn &) is only used by the Wambobba tribe for signifying

this animal. The Wambobba language is hardly spoken by more

than 300 persons, but it was Wambutti- dwarts, living in harmony

with Wambobbas and speaking their language * , that brought the

first remains of the Okapi, hence the name. (‘The first complete

ee were procured by another tribe of Wambuttis belonging

to Wabira negroes, which use another name mentioned below.)

But it is still worse, because the word ‘* Okapi” means simply in

the Wambobba langua ge “donkey ” or “Sass.” Strictly speaking,

therefore, the latinised « Okapia, ” which became the second and

permanent scientific generic name of this mammal, is not much

better with regard to its original meaning than the first generic

term * Hquwus,” applied before anything but a piece of skin was

known.

The name by which the Okapi is known in most of the Congo

languages is ** Dumba.”

T am glad to be able to add that the Okapi is protected by law,

so that it is forbidden to kill it without special permission.

The Wambutti-dwarfs and the leopards do not, however, respect

any laws, and therein les the danger for the existence of this

animal.

Lieutenant Eriksson has also told me that in the great forest a

kind of black wild hog is to be found, which may be the recently

deseribed Hylocharus meinertzhaygent. ‘hese hogs are called by

the negroes * n’gulube bibi,” which means ‘“ black hog,” whilst

ngulube” = bog is the name of the common Red River-Hog

(Potamocharus por "c18).

* The Wambuttis always use the language of those negro tribes with which they

live in symbiosis, and from which they obtain vegetables for meat and honey from

the forest.

1905. | ON THE GORAL FOUND IN BURMA. 311

3. Notes on the Goral found in Burma.

’ By Major G. H. Evans *

[Received September 2, 1905. |

The Himalayan range in Assam gives off a succession of spurs

southward to form a tract of mountainous and, in many parts,

almost impassable country extending into Arakan and Burma,

and inhabited by numerous wild tribes. That portion of this

tract lying between Assam and Manipur to the north, Chittagong

and Tipperah on the west, Arakan on the south, and Burma on

the east, is now. known as the Chin-Lushai Hills. These so-called

hills vary in their altitude from 1000 to 10,000 feet.

T was ‘employ ed in what was known as the Southern Chin Hills

from November till June 1889-90, and during my stay visited

several Chin villages. Like many others who have visited these

people, I came to the conclusion that Chins generally, and their

chiefs in particular, have one hobby at least, viz., collecting skulls.

Outside and inside the villages, skulls were to be seen stuck on

posts or kept in the houses. The finest collection I met with was

in the house of a Boungshé chief, whose tribe is thus called by the

Burmans, from the method in which they dress their long hair.

The whole hair is done up in a large knot placed well forward on

the top of the head, almost on the forehead, and round this ball

of hair is wound, round and round, usually a white turban with

a blue stripe through the centre. In the chief’s house was a

collection of skulls, excellent as regards the number and variety.

The heads ranged from those of elephants to palm-civets, and I

doubt if there are many museums which could excel the collection

of monkey skulls, at least numerically. The chief enjoyed the

reputation of having been a mighty Nimrod in his youth, and I

was informed that he had shot practically every head in the

collection. J noticed one splendid gaur skull, three or four fine

mythun or gayal, several sambar and serow, also some small heads

which I concluded must be goral. Game throughout the hills was

scarce, a matter not to be wondered at, inasmuch as every Chin

had a gun of some sort, and in addition was always trapping and

snaring. I was assured that the Goral heads had been obtained

in the hills, but that now the animals were very scarce. I bad

no opportunity of verifying at this time the presence of Goral in

these hills, and any attempt to do so would have been a matter

of considerable risk owing to the most unfriendly attitude of the

people. Many months later I happened to be in a Burmese

village some hundred miles distant, but on the confines of the

South Chin Hills, and there discovered in a house the skull of a

Goral identical with those above mentioned. On enquiry from the

Burmans I learned that it had been obtained from some Chinbéks,

another tribe of Chins near Loungshé in the Yaw country. As

* Communicated by R. LypEKKER, F.ZS.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. II. No. XXII.

312 MAJOR G. H. EVANS ON THE | Nov. 14,

the Burmans dare not venture into Chin-land, they could afford

no definite information beyond that the Chins had told them that

there were several of these animals on a certain high mountain

now known as Mount Victoria. Since then several Goral have

been shot there by policemen on outpost and others.

During the season of 1896-97 I visited the Arakan Hill-tracts,

which are merely a southern continuation of the Chin Hills into

the Akyab district of Arakan. Here again I came on askull and

a skin (the latter ina very bad state of preservation) of this Goral.

This animal, from the horns evidently a female, was shot in the

hills at a place not very far distant, and local informants said that

there were a fair number. Being unable to visit the place at

that time, I told a friend of the ground, and asked him to find

out if what I had heard was correct. He did so, and came

across some six animals, of which he shot a couple. One of these,

owing to the ground, it was impossible to recover. I sent a skull

for identification, and was informed that it was a Himalayan

Goral. I was unacquainted with the Indian Goral, but from the

descriptions in books I was not quite satisfied that 1t was the

same animal. Later ou, while after Serow in the Shan range of

hills to the east of the Irrawaddy, I was much surprised again

to run across these animals. I was still more convinced that

the beast was not the same as the Indian Goral, so much so,

that I asked a friend to shoot an Indian Goral and send me a

head and skin, which he very kindly did. On comparison my

suspicions were confirmed. 1 was then most desirous to procure a

specimen for the British Museum, but luck was against me, as it

was a long time before I ran across them again.

The following are the chief characteristics of these Goral :—

General form.—Goat-like with sturdy limbs. Horns are

present in both sexes: those of the female are shorter, thinner,

and not so rough as those of the male. They are generally almost

parallel, 7. e. only slightly divergent, and have a slightly backward

curve. The coat is moderately long, close, and the hair rather

coarse ; there is generally a well-marked underfur. The mamme

ave four in number.

General colour.—A dark, more or less rat-grey, with an

admixture of longish, dark, rufous-tipped hairs running through

the coat, but mostly on back and upper surface of body. In an

old buck the back, haunches, and upper portions of sides were

dark pepper-and-salt or grizzled grey. In a young specimen the

colour was generally lighter. There is no distinct dorsal stripe :

in a young animal a very faint but distinct brownish line was

traceable, extending from the nape to the dock, and in the skin

of a female also, when held in a good light, a darker brownish

median line could be discerned. The colour fades gradually on

the side to a dirty reddish white under the abdomen. The colour

about the back of the neck isa lighter grey than that of the body,

and the hair is longer. A distinct crest of longer hair of a

blackish-brown colour extends from between horns to behind the

1905. | GORAL FOUND IN BURMA. 33105}

ears. The hair surrounding base of horns is also long and of a

rufous tint.

The face is ruddy brown, passing into grey on the cheeks, and

to a fainter and almost whitish colour around the eyes and lips.

The throat is a yellowish white. The hair on the outer surface of

the ears is rufous; whitish on the inner surface. The muftle is

black in colour and naked. The tail is black or brownish black,

and has a tuft of long hair of varying length. The colour of the

iris is reddish brown.

The Limbs: Fore legs.—Outer aspect a dark brown or yellowish

red to just above the knees, and this colour is continued on the

posterior aspect of lower limb to hoofs. The anterior aspect from

below the knees, or in some cases just above the knees, is a

yellowish white.

Hind legs.—Outer aspect of thigh brownish, the poster lor aspect

of the hocks dark brown, continuing down poster ior aspect of lower

limb. The anterior aspect below the hocks is a dirty white.

Horns.—Short, black in colour, conical, irregularly ringed,

especially at the base in males. The annular markings extend

for about three quarters of the total length on the posterior aspect

of the horn; they appear to be rubbed off in front, The horns

are set close, and in some cases are almost parallel. For the first

inch or so from the base they are straight, then curved slightly

backwards, and are slightly divergent towards the tips.

Measurements Horns.

let at 2. 3. 4, 5.

| inches. inches. | inches. inches. | inches.

JeHVEAINH VOW: coocas abe buoesel| @ 4, 35 By As

Nie fish ornwest eres sil 42 4 3h 33 | 3 (broken)

Girt hee kee a ene are nos: BG) 21 OL

| | |

Between horn-cores ...| 3 3 z 3

Between points .........) 0 27 Tenet Ot ei SRD

Dimensions.

3. ON

inches. inches.

Heightiat should erie. c.5.-. eis. Sone rok 25 to 27 «=. 25 to 27

Girth) behimadeshoulder = 5... 94 sees 2923 2

ibeneth) from) nose) tostatl | cs. caesececse<e: 502 50

Tail: average of five specimens............... +i

Tuft: average of five specimens ............ 22

Wength (of ears... . 1... ... Sain A eae en Ela 32 to 44

TDeereegilin Ost 1oVeRNGl Ves nbaoavecoboounods soosuesosoped 102 10

BreadthmacrossiorbltSie-ce. seca tees 4 3; to3?

TUesavend al Ot VOTING Sacnahsadodsenadodbousoor EN 5 42

Girth of horns...... Ralinad Braun eee ath La Ne 2

ets

fo)

bo bo

bo lw

314 ON THE GORAL FOUND IN BURMA. [ Nov. 14,

Distribution.—So far as is at present known to me, in the

localities noted, and at elevations above 3500 feet. These Goral

appear to be rather localised, and I should say are uncommon. It

is reasonable to expect, however, that when a more intimate

knowledge of the higher ranges is gained, the distribution of

these animals may be found to be more extensive.

These Goral, I believe, extend into Siam and are to be found in

suitable places on the Siamese side of the Thaungyin River, and

also occur, but are more scarce, about the hills at the headwaters

of the Me-Ping.

Habits—As has been recorded in the case of the Indian

form, these Goral live in parties of four, six, or even a dozen.

They inhabit very steep ground and the more precipitous it is the

better they seem to like it. They are never to be found at any

distance from rugged, rocky ground, even though there may be

forest near by. The only time they may be found away from

dangerous ground is during the early hours of the morning and

late in the evening, when they graze on the grassy patches close

by. No doubt when the sky is overcast, as is the case during the

rains, or in the cold weather when there is a heavy mist, they feed

much later. Apparently they are inclined to remain always about

any favourite locality. Their sight seems to be extraordinarily

good, and they appear to rely more on this sense than on smell or

hearing. The day is usually passed lying on inaccessible ledges

of rock about precipices.

If a Goral is startled it jumps up and makes a short sharp

hissing or sneezing noise, very often repeated at short intervals.

It may be a note i alarm or a call to its mates, for as sure as

one calls, if there are any others about (and this is generally the

case), it is immediately answered. In Burma, at least, these Goats

are not easily followed, unless by expert cragsmen; and in this

category I do not include myself.

Goral, when standing about these crags, afford fairly easy

shots with high-velocity rifles, but the recovery of a carcase is, as

a rule, by no means an easy matter. The shikaris and followers

are generally anything but keen on a trip down one of these

precipices, and I for one do not blame them. Though they may

be adepts in woodcraft, they cannot be anything like the cragsmen

(hill-shikaris) met with in the Himalayas. Goral-flesh is not at all

bad. From December till May is the best season to hunt these

animals, and morning and evening is the best time to find them,

as they are then grazing or lying down in places more accessible.

I sent specimens of the skin &e. of this Goral to Mr. Lydekker,

by whom the animal has been named after myself, Urotragus

evanst.

I have to thank Captains Blakeway and Wood, R.EK., and

Mr. W. B. Tydd, of the Burma Civil Service, for their kindness in

helping me in this matter.

Rangoon, Ist June, 1905.

1905. | ON THE MAMMALS OF CRETE. 315

4. On the Mammals of Crete. By Dorornea M. A. BAtr*.

| Received September 6, 1908. |

The following list of the wild mammals known to inhabit Crete

is based on a small collection made in the island during a stay of

four and a half months in the earlier part of last year (1904)

This includes only sixteen species, but it is quite possible that a

species of Crocidura may have to be added to the number, for

remains of a Shrew were found in more than one Pleistocene

cave-deposit in the western part of the island, and it is not

unlikely that it may yet survive. It is probable that a Roedeer

still existed in the island during the earliest historical times.

Four species seem to be here recorded for the first time from this

locality ; these are Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum, R. hipposideros,

Micromys sylvaticus hai Yes. and Acomys dimidiatus minous.

In his work on Crete * published in 1869, M. V. Raulin gives

a list of thirteen species, amongst which is included the Polecat as

well as the Beech-Marten and Weasel; however, no specimens

appear to have been obtained, so that their occurrence may have

been admitted on insufficient evidence or as the result of some

confusion with regard to the other members of the group.

Admiral Spratt £, in describing the country between Eremopoli

and Palaikastro, mentions that Foxes occur there; but this was

doubtless a slip, for elsewhere (vol. 11. p. 157), in reference to the

safety of the flocks of sheep, he says that ‘“ Crete has no wild

animals but badger and weasels or martens.” Dr. Lorenz-

Liburnau has written at some length on the Wild Goat of Crete ;

and in 1903 Major Barrett-Hamilton described the Hare, and

noticed the Badger and Beech-Marten, at the same time remark-

ing on the paleness of the specimens from this locality. The

same may be said of the Cretan Hedgehog and Rabbit, but is not

the case with the Weasel and Spiny Mouse, which are both vichly

coloured forms.

Crete has, in all probability, been isolated as an island for a

considerable period, therefore it is not surprising to find that

there are a number of localised forms amongst the Mammalia.

Admiral Spratt, whose valuable researches were carried on in so

many parts of the Mediterranean, was of opinion $ that Crete was

connected in earlier times with Europe (including Asia Minor),

and not with the north coast of Africa as tradition would have

us suppose |}. Suess €{ would also seem to link this island rather

with the northern than the southern boundaries of the Medi-

terranean, The mammalian fauna, as well as the recent land-

* Communicated by OLDFIELD THomas, F.Z.S.

+ Description Physique de l’Ile de Créte, 2 vols., Paris, 1869.

¢ Travels and Researches in Crete, 2 vols., London, 1865 (vol. i. p. 205).

§ Op. cit. vol. ii. pp. 408-10.

|| Ibid. pp. 278-9.

" La Face de la Terre, vol. ii. p. 713.

316 MISS D. M. A. BATE ON THE [ Nov. 14,

shells, of the island shows a decided preponderance of European

types; the only suggestion of a North-African relationship bemg

found in the Wild Cat and perhaps the Spiny Mouse.

a should like to take this opportunity to express my thanks to

, Oldfield Thomas, who has again most courteously given me

every facility for wor king out my collection in his department of

the British Museum (N patel History).

List of Species.

1. RuarNoLorHus FERRUM-EQUINUM Schreb.

In the latter part of March three large Horseshoe Bats were

secured in a cave close to the sea, on the north-west coast of the

island.

RHINOLOPHUS HIPPOSIDEROS Bechst.

Only one specimen of this Bat was obtained, from a cave in the

hills south of Khania. Neither this nor the above mentioned

species appears to have been previously recorded from Crete.

3. Myoris myoris (Bechst.).

When visiting the extraordinary underground quarry known

as the Labyr inth, near Haghia Dekka in the south of the island,

one of the galleries was found to be tenanted by hundreds of

Bats belonging to this species. They were hanging from the

roof in large clusters and became very noisy when approached.

Four specimens were preserved, and these appear to be somewhat

smaller than examples from the Continent. These underground

galleries have evidently been inhabited by this species of Bat for

many hundreds of years; their occurrence in the ‘“ Labyrinth ”

was noticed by Tournefort as early as about 1700*.

4, MINIOPTERUS SCHREIBERSI (Natt.).

Two examples of this species were also procured, and several

others observed, in the so-called Labyrinth. These, however,

occurred singly, and in galleries other than those occupied by

Myotis myotis.

5, HERINACEUS EUROPHUS NESIOTES, subsp. n.

On comparing the three specimens obtained of the Cretan

Hedgehog, these were found to differ from all the forms of

E. europeus represented in the British Museum collection ;

therefore this island race may be given subspecific rank.

In external Charice it seems to most closely resemble

Li. e. italicus Barv.-Ham.t, from which it may be distinguished

by its slightly smaller size, dingy appearance, and the lighter

* See Raulin, op. eit. vol. ii. p. 1033.

+ Anu. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. vy. April 1900, p. 364.

1905. | MAMMALS OF CRETE. DIG

colour of the fur. In one specimen (No. 17) this is almost pure

white except on the face, hands, and feet. The spines are shorter

and more slender, whilst both the short and long hair of the under-

parts 1s much scantier.

The following measurements (in millims.) were taken in the

flesh :—

Head Tail. Hind Ear. Basal length

and body. foot. of skull.

ING ON(e ichype) .. 0G) 9 OB) AD 2 B15

INGORE CON es esta cjenctt: eo 34 37 28°5 48

INO oS a. NV Ue SS PES BOS

The skull differs from that of #. e. italicus, and resembles that of

E. ¢. roumanicus Barr.-Ham.* in having the frontal processes of

the premax<ille squared posteriorly, and ‘further these only extend

backward for less than half the length of the nasals.

Jn Crete, Hedgehogs are common in the low country, but were

not met with in the hills. In captivity they will eat oats freely

as well as a more natural diet of eggs &e.

6. FELIS OCREATAT AGRIUSZ, subsp. n.

This species is the chief exception to the general Huropean

appearance of the mammalian fauna of the island, being unmis-

takably African in type and belonging to the Felis ocreata group.

The two specimens obtained were bought, at different times, in

the bazaar at Khania, and therefore are unaccompanied by any

measurements taken in the flesh, though they appear to have

been large and robust. In one of these, No. 35, the type, which

is in summer coat, the average length of fur on the back is about

32 mm., while in the other, No. 36, evidently a winter specimen,

the fur is much thicker and longer, averaging 45 mm. in length

on the back, and there is at the same time a corresponding

difference in the intensity of the markings of the dorsal region.

The Cretan race may be distinguished from specimens from

Abyssinia, the type locality, and ‘Egypt, by their much more

distinctly marked stripes, both longitudinal and transverse, and

by the greater number of rings, or half-rings, on the tail, which

is short. As Mr. de Winton has mentioned §, these markings of

the dorsal region are more distinct in short-coated specimens ;

and on comparing them it is found that even the long-haired

Cretan skin is more strongly marked than short-haired ones from

Abyssinia and Egypt in the British Museum collection, The

same holds good in the case of a short-haired specimen from

Machakos (B.M. 92.12.3.2.), which otherwise somewhat closely

resembles the skin in winter pelage from Crete. It may also.

be mentioned that some specimens from Abyssinia show a

* Op. cit. p. 365.

+ For use of this specific name see Mr. H. Schwann, “On Felis ocreata and its

Subspecies,” Amn. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xii. June 1904, pp. 421-2.

+ From aypeus, a hontee

8 Zoology of Egypt (Anderson), London, 1902, p. 173.

318 MISS D. M. A. BATE ON THE | Nov. 14,

tendency towards a sandy colouring; this is especially noticeable

in a skin from Zoulla (B.M. 69.10.24.9.), in which the trans-

verse dorsal bars are much broken up, causing a somewhat

‘spotty ” appearance.

In the specimens from Crete the proximal portion of the fur is

decidedly dark over almost the entire body ; this feature is hardly

noticeable in those from Abyssinia, and is not so strongly marked

in the examples examined from Egypt. The increased richness

in colour of the Cretan race is no doubt chiefly due to climatic

influences : a still further divergence in this particular direction

is exemplified by the wild cat, F. 0. sarda Lataste, from the more

westerly island of Sardinia.

Hybrids between /’. 0. agriws and the domestic cat of the island

appear to be not uncommon, and this can easily be accounted for

by the fact that formerly small villages were often totally deserted

for a considerable time, or possibly entirely, during the insur-

rections which occur so frequently in Crete, when the cats, as

well as the villagers, are forced to take to a life in the hills.

Skins of these hybrids, which are generally of large size like the

true wild race, may often be seen hanging up in the bazaars at

Khania and Candia.

I’. 0. agriuws was recorded by Raulin* as 7. catus.

7. MELES MELES MEDITERRANEUS Barr.-Ham. ¢

Only two immature specimens of this Badger were obtained ;

these came from an earth in a rocky mound, on the crown of

which is perched one of the several monasteries of the Lassethe

Plain.

The local name for the Badger is “ Arkalos” (apxados); it is

plentiful in the island, and is killed in some numbers by the

natives, the richer of whom use the skins for saddle-cloths and

for making into purses &e.

8. MusTELA FOINA BUNITES{, subsp. n.

Five skins of the Cretan Beech-Marten were obtained, and

have been carefully compared with those of J. f. leucolachnea

Blant., from Turkestan, with which two specimens from Crete,

already in the British Museum collection, were formerly iden-

tified$. However, the examples from these two localities are

found to differ considerably and to be easily distinguishable ;

therefore it is proposed that the island form be known by the

above-given subspecific name.

In length and woolliness of coat MW. f. bunites is intermediate

between the typical M. foina and M. f. leucolachnea, though in

general appearance it most closely resembles the latter. From

this it differs in its much duller and more uniform colouring,

* Op. cit. vol. ii. p. 1033.

+ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. pp. 383-4.

£ From Bouverns,a dweller on hills.

§ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. Nov. 1899, p. 313.

1905. | MAMMALS OF CRETE. 319

which is partly caused by the slighter contrast between the upper

and under fur and by the lack of any gloss on the brown hairs,

particularly on the paws and tail. The tail is very much less

bushy and the fur shorter, in one specimen having an average

length on the back of 25-26 mm., while in a skin from Vernoé,

Turkestan (B.M. 83.4.21.2.), it is about 43 mm. The size and

shape of the throat-patch seem to be even more variable in the

Cretan-race than it is in others; in one example of the former

(No. 31) it is represented by only a few white hairs on either side

of the throat close to the fore legs. The following measurements

of the type (No. 34) were taken in the flesh :—

Head and body 403 mm., tail 255, hind foot 79, ear 39. The

basal length of the skull is 75 mm., and the zygomatic breadth

58 mm.

It is perhaps worth noting that J. f. bunites also has much

closer and shorter fur and a less bushy tail than the type of

M. f. mediterranea Bary.-Ham.*, from Andalucia, from which it

further differs in colour.

The Beech-Marten is common in the island, both in the low

ground and in the hills, where it is known to occur at Katharo,

between 3000 and 4000 feet, though probably its range extends

to a much greater height than this. It is killed in some numbers

by the peasants, who bring the skins to the larger port-towns on

the north coast, whence they are exported, chiefly to Trieste.

The Cretans call this Marten ‘ Zouridha” (Zoupiéa), by which

name it is also known in the neighbouring island of Karpathos*.

PUTORIUS NIVALIS GALINTHIAS, subsp. n.

Only two specimens, without skulls or measurements taken in

the flesh, were obtained of this Weasel, which is of large size.

These I have been unable to identify with any one of the several

races of Putorius nivalis represented in the collection of the

British Museum. Therefore it seems necessary to regard it as

a local form, which I propose to name after the mythological

character changed into a weasel by the Moere and Ilithyie at

the time of the birth of Herakles £.

It was somewhat unexpected to find that, among all the material

which I have been able to examine, this island race most closely

resembles in general appearance the type (the only specimen in

the British Museum collection) of P. n. atlas Barr.-Ham.§, from

the Atlas Mountains, Morocco. Also there seems to be no ap-

preciable difference in size between these two subspecies, which

are amongst the largest of those belonging to the group of

Weasels in which the colours of the upper and under surfaces

are sharply divided.

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. i. June 1898, p. 442.

+ “ Karpathos.” Etude géologique &e. Prof. C. de Stefani, Dr. C. I. Forsyth

Major, and W. Barbey, Lausanne, 1895, p. 70.

{ Ibid. p. 65.

§ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xiii. April 1904, p. 323.

320 MISS D. M. A. BATE ON THE [ Nov. 14,

Considering the great distance by which the habitats of these

two forms are separated, and that a number of other races occupy

the intervening and neighbouring countries, the only plausible

explanation of such a remark able likeness seems to be that in this

we have a striking case of similar characteristics independently

acquired. This does not seem so improbable when it is remem-

bered that among the Weasels variation acts only within very

narrow limits ; the chief points in which differences occur being

in size, in the line of separation between the two colours, and in

the presence and amount of white on the upper surfaces of the

paws. In connection with the Cretan form it may be suggested

that its large size is, at any rate partly, due to prolonged isolation

in a locality where food is plentiful and competition not keen,

owing to the absence of Stoats in the island.

P.n. galinthias may be distinguished from P. 7. atlas by its

richer colouring and in having only a scarcely perceptible “pencil”

of darker hairs at the tip of the tail, which in one of the dried

specimens measures 89 mm. exclusive of the terminal hairs.

P.n. sicule Barv.-Ham.*, although differmg from these species

in size and colouring, agrees with them not only in the well-

defined line of separation of the colours along the flanks, but also

in having white on the upper surfaces of the hind as well as the

fore paws.

The colour of the under side in one of the skins from Crete

(No. 33, 3) is dirty white; while in the larger of the two (No. 15),

the type, probably an old male, this colour is washed with buftish

yellow. The ‘ white” extends in a narrow line along the upper

lips to the base of the nose.

This Weasel is common and frequently abroad in the daytime,

when it may be seen running along the loosely-built stone dykes

which are a noticeable feature of many parts of the country,

being built for the purpose of ridding the ground of some of the

overwhelming number of stones with which it is cumbered. It

probably, feeds lar gely on the lizards of various kinds that

abound in the island: one day in an olive-grove at Phaestos a

weasel was seen to spring out of some thick ‘under growth at the

edge of a stream and seize a large green lizard (Lacer ta viridis

major Blgr.), which, on becoming aware of my presence, it

hurriedly carried off in its mouth.

It is known to the natives by different names in different parts

of the island: im the west it is called ‘“‘ Kalajannou,” in the east

“ Sinteknaria” (currecvapea 7), and in the Lassethe Mountains a

modification of the former term which I neglected to make a note

of at the time.

10. Mus rarrus Linn.

This Rat is found in the port-towns on the northern coast, but

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. v. Jan, 1900, p. 46.

Y “Ka\oovrytexvapta,’ according to Dr. Forsyth Major, op. cit. p. 63.

(Su)

1905. ] MAMMALS OF CRETE.

no specimens were obtained in the country, although traps were

frequently set for them in several localities. It is probably owing

to the occurrence in considerable numbers of a weasel that this

rat has not spread and increased in the interior of the island as it

has already done in Cyprus.

11. Mus muscuuus Linn.

This species like the last does not, so far as I am aware, occur

beyond the limits of the larger towns. In connection with the

restricted range of this Mouse, it is interesting to note that a form

of Micromys sylvaticus is abundant in the island.

12. Micromys syLvarrcus HAyI (Waterh.).

Of all the subspecies of J/. sylvaticus recognised by Major

Barrett-Hamilton in his paper published in 1900 *, the specimens

from Crete seem to agree most closely with J/. s. hayi, though they

are, if anything, slightly smaller. In colouring they cannot be

distinguished from the darker examples of a series from Cintra,

Portugal, in the British Museum collection. None of the Cretan

skins shows any sign of a band of colour across the white of the

throat. The following are the maximum and minimum measure-

ments of the six specimens preserved ;—

Head and body 80-88 mm., tail 86—89°5, hind foot 21-22, ear

16-17 ; total length of skull 25-26.

This Mouse, which appears not to have been previously recorded

from Crete, is plentiful in the island and easily trapped. Two

specimens, one of which (No. 11) is very dark, were caught not

far from Khania in rocky ground close to some patches of culti-

vated land; the remaining four are from Katharo, a small valley

in the Lassethe Mountains nearly 4000 feet above sea-level.

13. ACOMYS DIMIDIATUS MINOUS 7, subsp. n.

, i

The Cretan Spiny Mouse, a richly coloured form with fairly

large ears and tail equalling or exceeding in length the head and

body, is evidently closely allied to A. dimidiatus. It may be dis-

tinguished from examples of this species in the British Museum

collection from the vicinity of Aden, and one (somewhat faded)

from Sinai, the typical locality, by the very restricted area

occupied by the spines, which are exceptionally fine and have an

average length of about 10°5 mm. Further, these are pigmented

for a greater distance from the tip (about 4°5 mm.), which gives

the spinous region a more richly coloured appearance owing to

the proximal and semi-transparent portions of the spines not

showing on the surface. The colours of the upper and under

surfaces do not intergrade, the line of separation along the flanks

being very sharply defined.

* “On Mus sylvaticus and its Allies,’ P.Z.S. 1900, p. 387.

+ “ Minotis” was employed by the early poets as equivalent to Cretan.

322 ON THE MAMMALS OF CRETE. [Nov. 14,

The following measurements (in millimetres) of the three speci-

mens preserved were taken in the flesh :—

Skull.

Head Paes : ._ Extreme Zygomatic

c ; and body. Mail; ‘Hind Foot, Bal length, Heath

IN@; 63 (Q)) cosoan 93 see eps LG) 30 15

INOS 4 (CL) ccnace 112 eae 19 18 shih 15

ie A :

eG Fei 1S, fe oi8 0k N95 canals

of subspecies.) !

The threespecimens obtained were trapped in the same locality

in rocky ground close to cultivated land between Khania and

1 £ < ° i .

Suda. It was not known to any of the natives questioned on the

subject. This discovery of an dAcomys in Crete is interesting,

being an extension, in a somewhat unexpected direction, of the

recorded range of the genus.

14. Lepus ruroPpaus creticus Barr.-Ham.

This Hare was described in 1903 by Major Barrett- Hamilton*

but as no measurements accompanied the four skins received by

him, the following dimensions of a single example (a ¢), taken

in the flesh, may be of interest :—

Head and body 514 mm., hind foot 123, ear 102. The basal

length of the skull is 71 mm.

Hares are found all over the island, even near the summit of

Mount Ida, which attains a height of over 8000 feet, where

Admiral Spratt mentions? having disturbed a number out of

their “forms” in the open snow. The same author remarks that

those seen on Mount Ida ‘seemed to be a smaller species than

the Hare of the lowlands.” Unfortunately no specimens were

obtained from this locality, so that this observation still awaits

confirmation.

Of late a close season has been instituted in the island, and the

Hare is among the number of species so protected. It was

recorded by Raulin ~ under the name of Z. timidus,

15. ORYCTOLAGUS CUNICULUS CNOSSIUS §$, subsp. n.

This Rabbit is paler and decidedly more uniformly grey in

colour than the typical form; this lightness is partly caused

by the paleness of the reddish area on the back of the neck, which

more or less affects the greater part of the dorsal region, and

further by the absence of a markedly dark ring between the

smoky grey of the proximal portion of the hairs and the sub-

terminal light band.

In the one specimen preserved (a 2), which lived for some

months in the Zoological Society’s Gardens, the hind paws are

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xi. Jan. 1903, p. 126.

+ Op. cit. vol. i. ps 13.

+ Op. cit.

§ “Cnossius ” was employed by the early poets as equivalent to Cretan

1905. ] ON A HORSE BEARING HORN-LIKE SYRUCTURES. 323

almost entirely white, and its dimensions, taken in the flesh, are

as follows :—

Head and body 341 mm., tail 65, hind foot 82, ear 70; weight

2 lbs. }0z. The skull’s greatest length 75 mm., basal length 57:5.

It seems curious that this Rabbit does not occur on the main-

land of Crete, and I have found no record of its having done so

formerly. Raulin wrote* of it as being very plentiful in the

small islands off the coast, and a man who brought me three from

Dhia, off Candia, said that it is still found there in considerable

numbers.

16. CAPRA GAGRUS CRETENSIS Lorenz-Liburnau 7

The Cretan Wild Goat has been known from very early times,

and has doubtless acquired an added interest on account of the

legend of Zeus’ upbringing on Mount Ida by the goat Amalthea.

Tt is still found in the three main mountain masses of the island—

the Aspro Vouno, Mount Ida, and the Lassethe Mountains. One

skin, that of a ¢, was forwarded to me in the spring of the

present year (1905), it having been obtained during the winter

in the Sphakia district. The horns indicate an animal of eight

years old, and measure 605 mm. along the front curve, while the

circumference at the base is 175mm. The greatest length cf

horn given by Dr. Lorenz-Liburnau ¢ for this subspecies is 81 cm.

(810 mm.), this being in a seven-year old specimen preserved in

the Vienna Museum,

November 28, 1905,

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. J. T. Cunningham, M.A., F.Z.S., exhibited some photo-

eraphs of a Horse bearing structures that he interpreted as

incipient horns, and made the following remarks :—

The peculiarity of the horse represented in these photographs

was described by Dr. G. W. Eustace, of Arundel, before the

Linnean Society in 1903. The horse, the name of which is

“* Domain,” was then in the stables of Mr. Alfred Day at ‘ The

Hermitage’ near Arundel, and was still there when, by the

kindness of Mr. Day, these photographs were taken for me in

October last. A few other similar cases have been recorded, but

the pedigree of Domain contains no individuals which are known

to have possessed the peculiarity, and it appears therefore to be

a new variation, not a result of reversion or heredity.

Dr. Eustace’s paper was illustrated by plaster casts of the fore-

head of Domain which are now in the Natural History Museum,

and Dr. Ridewood has presented to the Museum the frontal

* Op. cit. vol. 1. p. 253.

t ‘Die Wildziegen der Griechischen Inseln &c.,’ 1889.

t Op. cit. p. 24.

324 MR. W. R. OGILVIE-GRANT ON BIRDS FROM JAPAN. [| Noy. 28,

portion of the skull from another case whose history is unknown.

‘Domain’ was stated to be five years old in 1903, so that he was

seven years of age when the photographs were taken.

The horns axe about # inch in length, the left slightly larger

than the right. There en be no doubt that they are outgrowths

of the frontal bone. They are covered by normal skin and hair.

Mr. Frank Slade, F.Z.8., showed three photographs of the

Sea-Anemone (Anemonia sulcata), which had been taken from

life in the Horniman Museum at Forest Hill, in the process of

division. The first photograph showed the Anemone at rest after

having made the initial tear in the body-wall. The second showed

the animal, two days later, straining to increase the tear, whilst

the third, taken after an interval of sixteen days, showed the

division completed.

Mr. Douglas English exhibited and made remarks upon a

living albino Field-Vole (JJicrotus agrestis) which had been

captured last July in Wales.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., exhibited a living Lizard, Lacerta

muralis, from Brozzi, province Florence, which he had received

from Dr. A. Banchi, through the mediation of Dr. J. de Bedriaga,

.M.Z.S. The lizard belonged to the typical form of the Wall-

Lizard, but was remarkable for its black coloration, above and

below. Melanistic forms of the Wall-Lizard were well known on

small islands in the Mediterranean, but, so far as Mr. Boulenger

was aware, no black specimen had ever been recorded from the

mainland. The scales across the body numbered 58 and the

lamellar scales under the fourth toe 25 in the specimen exhibited ;

these two numbers being sufhicient to distinguish the Brozzi

lizard from the melanistic insulars previously deser ibed.

Japt. Albert Pam, F.Z.8., made some remarks on a living

specimen of the Violet-cheeked Humming-bird (Petasophora

iolota) which he had recently brought home from Venezuela and

presented to the Society’s Menagerie. He also gave a general

account of the habits of these birds, as observed by him, Si a wild

and captive state, and notes on their management and feeding

while in confinement. sais

Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant, F.Z.8., sent for exhibition a named

set of the Birds collected in Japan by Mr. M. P. Anderson in

connection with the Duke of Bedford’s Exploration in Eastern

Asia. No new species were discovered, but several of the spe-

cimens were of special interest as illustrating stages of plumage

not represented in the British Museum.

1905. ] MR. R. LYDEKKER ON GUEREZA MONKEYS. 325

The following papers were read :—

1. Colour Evolution in Guereza Monkeys.

By R. LyDEKKER.

[Received November 7, 1905.}_

(Text-figures 54-58.)

An interesting example of the progressive evolution of

specialised features in colouring (if we may thus term com.

binations of black and white) is afforded by the black and black-

and-white African long-haired monkeys included in the genus

Colobus, and which may be collectively designated Guerezas,

although the name “ guereza” refers properly only to the north-

east African representative of the group.

Beginning at one end of the series, we have the Black Guereza

(Colobus satanas), of West Africa, which, as shown in text-fig. 54,

Black Guereza (Colobus satanas).

is wholly black with tufts of long hair on each side of the

face and throat, a pointed crest on the crown of the head, and

the long tail short-haired from base to tip. Following on this we

may take a variety of the Mantled Guereza from East Central

Africa which I have recently described as Colobus palliatus cotton,

in which the face-tufts, chin, and narrow pendent tufts of long

hair on the shoulders are white, while the terminal half of the

tail is grey with a white tip, which shows a slight tendency to

326 MR, R. LYDEKKER ON GUEREZA MONKEYS. [ Nov. 28,

expand into a brush. <A further development is exhibited by the

typical form of Colobus palliatus (text-fig. 55), from British East

Africa and the neighbouring districts, in which the two lateral

white face-tufts are connected by a white band across the brow,

while the shoulder-tufts are of considerably larger size, a small

whitish patch beneath the tail occupies the perineal region, and

the tail has its terminal third whitish, the middle third grey, and

the remainder black. A nearly allied type is found in the form

of the Mountain Guereza (C. ruwenzorit), of the Ruwenzori dis-

trict, in which the white perineal patch has assumed much larger

proportions, although the extreme tip of the tail is alone greyish ;

the latter feature placing the species, so far as the colouring of

this appendage is concerned, next to the Black Guereza.

Text-fig. 55.

Mantled Guereza (Colobus palliatus).

From the three foregoing black-and-white forms there is an easy

transition to Sharpe’s Guereza (C. sharpet), of Nyasaland, in which,

as shown in text-fig. 56, p. 327, the white brow-band, face-, throat-,

and shoulder-tufts have become very long and pronounced, the

hairs of the last hanging down the outer side of the fore-limbs.

Moreover, the white terminal third of the tail has developed a dis-

tinct tuft, not dissimilar in relative size and form to that of a

lion’s tail. A step still further in advance is taken by the typical

Guereza (C’. guereza) of Abyssinia and North-east Africa generally.

In this handsome monkey the white shoulder-tufts extend back-

wards to form a long mantle, falling down each side of the body

1905.] MR. R, LYDEKKER ON GUEREZA MONKEYS.

Text-fig. 56.

Sharpe’s Guereza (Colobus sharpei).

Text-fig. 57.

White-tailed Guereza (Colobus caudatus).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vor. It. No. XXIII,

328 MR, R, LYDEKKER ON GUEREZA MONKEYS. [ Nov. 28,

and uniting on the lower part of the back. The culmination of

this type of coloration is formed by the White-tailed Guereza

(C. caudatus, or albocaudatus as it ought to have been called) of

the Kilimanjaro district and other parts of Eastern Africa. Here,

as we see from text-fig. 57, the beautiful pendent white mantle

has become still longer, and the tail, which is wholly white except

for a very small length at the root, is clothed with long pendent hair

comparable to the “flag” of a setter ; the cheek- and throat-tufts,

however, have been completely lost, so that the head is wholly

short-haired, with the face and throat white.

The difference between the species last-named and the Black

Guereza in the matter of colouring is enormous, and yet the

transition from the one to the other in this respect is almost

complete. In the case of the white-tailed species the excessive

Text-fig. 58.

White-thighed Guereza (Colobus vellerosus).

length of the white hair forming the mantle and the tail-fringe

appears to have been evolved in order to render the creature as in-

conspicuous as possible amid the long pendent greyish-white lichens

which clothe the branches of the trees of an East African forest.

The evolution of such a type is, of course, easy to comprehend ;

but, as in so many other cases, the difficulty comes in with regard

to the purpose of the coloration in the intermediate types con-

necting this species with the Black Guereza. What purpose do

these incipient attempts at the development of a pied coat serve ?

The line of evolution culminating in the white-tailed species by

no means, however, brings us to the end of the modifications in the

colour and local development of the hair in this group of monkeys,

(SHLWHOOUADUY SACWHUONEN)

MOMSS CHNVIN- ALIEM

duo 71, Toss[arue 7g ope | Gat] 42° [ep FEUTS *

P Si

TA Tel IIe SOSL'S Z al

1905. | ON THE WHITE-MANED SEROW. 329

for the West African White-thighed Guereza (C. vellerosus), text-

fig. 58, appears to exhibit a kind of retrograde development in

these respects. The body, for instance, has entirely lost the mantle

of long white hair and the tail its white “flag,” while the white of

the perineal patch has spread on to the hinder and outer sides of

the thighs. In this case we find, indeed, a practical reversion to

the type of the Black Guereza, with the exception that the band

on the forehead, the sides of the face and throat, the thighs, and

almost the whole of the tail have become white, while the long

hair has entirely disappeared from the face.

That the colouring and special development of the long hair in

the White-tailed Guereza form a protective modification, there

seems to be little doubt. Whether, however, the colour-phases

and hair-growth in the other forms are of a protective nature, or

are merely due to what is commonly called sexual selection, must

be left for those to decide who have the opportunity of seeing

these beautiful monkeys in their native haunts.

2. The White-maned Serow. By R. LypEKKeER.

[Received November 11, 1905. |

(Plate VIII.*)

Tn 1888 the very appropriate name of Vemorhedus argyrochwtes

was bestowed by the Rev. Pére Heude yt on a large and strikingly

coloured species of Serow inhabiting the mountains of Central

China in the neighbourhood of Che-kiang in the Upper Yang-tse-

kiang district. Later, a fuller notice, with a figure of the skull,

was given by the same writer; while in 1890 Dr. A. Henry $

contributed a note on skins of the species which had come under

his notice while in China. Hitherto, however, so far as I am

aware, no coloured figure of the entire animal has appeared ;

and since the colouring is of a very remarkable and striking type,

somewhat different from that of the ordinary Serow, I think the

opportunity ought to be taken of remedying this deficiency.

This opportunity has heen afforded by the recent addition to

the Collection of the British (Natural History) Museum of a

mounted male specimen of this Serow and of the Tibetan Takin

(Budorcas taxicolor tibetana). They were acquired by Rowland

Ward, Ltd., from a French dealer, by whom they were stated to

have come from Tibet; but I should think that Sze-chuen, or

thereabouts, is more probably their place of origin, unless, indeed,

the Serow was procured still farther east. The two are, I believe,

the first representatives of their respective kinds ever received in

England, and it is quite probable that in the case of the Serow

this statement may be extended to European museums in general.

* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 331.

+ Mém. Hist. Nat. Emp. Chinois, vol. ii. p. 4, note (1888).

{ T. ec. p. 228, pl. xxxi. (1890).

§ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1890, p. 93.

23*

330: ON THE WHITE-MANED SEROW. [ Nov. 28,

In his note of 1890, Dr. Henry described the White-maned

Serow as being as tall as a cow, and employed by the natives of

Central China for riding and as a beast of burden. This, I think,

is somewhat exaggerating matters (unless a very small breed of

cattle is referred to), and a good-sized donkey would seem to be a

better standard of comparison. Although, from the circumstance

that the skull still retains the last two premolars, and therefore

indicates an animal not yet fully mature, it is possible that the

specimen in the Museum does not quite represent the full height.

attained by the species, yet it certainly cannot fall very short of

this, and, as mounted, the skin indicates an animal only about

three inches taller than the ordinary Himalayan or (as it may

well be called) Black-maned Serow.

The general build and type of coloration approximate to those

of the last-named animal, although in two respects there are

marked peculiarities in the matter of colouring. The horns are

small and very thickly ringed for more than half their length,

differing, I think, in these respects to some extent from those of

the Himalayan animal, although, on account of the immaturity

of the Museum specimen, I cannot be confident on these points.

The ears certainly appear to be larger, but here again it is difficult

to say that there may not have been shrinkage in the mounting

of the Himalayan specimens.

The general colour of the upper-parts is mingled black and

white, but the face and outer surface of the ears are blackish

brown, with an admixture of chestnut hairs on the upper part of

the forehead and the sides of the upper lips. The insides of the

ears and part of the muzzle are white, but the white area on the

latter is of much smaller extent than in the Himalayan species,

being confined to the margins of the upper lips, although wider

on the lower lips, whence it extends as a streak on the sides of the

jaws. A large patch on the throat, another on the chest, and

the whole mane are dirty white. On the other hand, the lower

portion of the buttocks, the whole hind limb (except a light

streak inside), and the middle third of the tail are bright mahogany

or ferruginous red. The fore legs from the knees downwards,

and to some extent on their inner and outer sides above the

latter, are of a hghter and more chestnut-red.

The upward extension of the red of the legs and its deeper tone

are features of this species as contrasted with the Himalayan and

Sumatran Serows, which are best regarded as varieties of one

species, the latter distinguished by the legs being chestnut in place

of wholly white. It appears, however, that in some cases the

Sumatran Serow has the mane white, as in the present animal.

The prevalence of bright red, reddish yellow, and yellow in the

colouring of mammals of the West Tibetan province, as exemplified

by Rhinopithecus roxellane, Budorcas taxicolor tibetana, and the

present species, 1s very remarkable, and stands in need of

explanation.

The skull belonging to the same individual as the skin is in a

EAN

at Lith

rene

ani

MUSTELA. MELAMPUS BEDFORDI.

1905. | f ON MAMMALS FROM JAPAN. 331

somewhat damaged condition, having a large portion of the

parieto-frontal region cut away, and also lacking the nasal and

premaxillary bones ; it still, however, serves as a basis of com-

parison between the present species and V. bubalinus. The third

and fourth milk-molars are still retained, the second premolar is

just piercing the gum, and the third molar has its summits

slightly abraded by wear. The animal may therefore be con-

sidered to have been sub-adult at the time of its death, and may

perhaps have not quite attained its full stature.

As it is, the skull is fully as large as that of an aged individual

of WV. bubalinus, but appears to have been of a relatively broader,

deeper, and shorter type, although from its imperfection I cannot

be sure on all these points. The palate is, however, evidently

wider, the interval between the bases of the second molar being

about a quarter of an inch more than in the Himalayan species.

The basioccipital and basisphenoidal rostrum is also markedly wider

and more tapering, with less prominence of the anterior tubercles

for muscular attachment, which are, however, much larger.

Perhaps the most important distinctive feature of the skull of

the white-maned species is the much greater backward extent of

the nasals on to the frontal region, in consequence of which the

fronto-nasal suture is situated only a short distance in front of the

vertical line formed by the anterior border of the orbit, instead

of very considerably in advance of the same. The pit for the

face-gland also occupies nearly the whole extent of the lachrymal

bone, instead of leaving a large flat surface along the upper

border of the same. The palatine bones likewise extend much

further forward on the palate, so that the palato-maxillary

foramina are situated on the line of the hinder lobe of the first

molar instead of opposite the cleft between the two lobes of the

second tooth of the same series.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

The White-maned Serow (Nemorhedus argyrochetes), from the specimen

in the British Museum.

3. The Duke of Bedford’s Zoological Exploration in Hastern

Asia.—I. List of Mammals obtained by Mr. M. P.

Anderson in Japan. By Otpristp THomas, F.R.S.*

| Received October 9, 19085. |

(Plate TX.)

As I announced at the last Meeting of the Society, our President,

His Grace the Duke of Bedford, K.G., has consented, in order to

* [The complete account of the new species described in this communication

appears here; but as the names and preliminary diagnoses were published in the

‘Abstract,’ such species are distinguished here by the name being underlined.—

Eprror. |

+ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 363.

332 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON _ {Nov. 28,

further the cause of zoological exploration, to bear the cost of a

collector working systematically through the islands of the Far

East, and I now have to give an account of the Mammals obtained

by that collector—Mr. Malcolm P. Anderson—in Japan, where

he has begun his labours.

The selection of Japan for the first field of Mr. Anderson’s work

was almost a necessity, for practically nothing has been done

with regard to the Mammalogy of that country since the time

of Siebold and Burger, whose collections resulted in Temminck’s

great work of 1842-45, while authentic modern specimens of the

species then described were necessary before any further progress

could be made. It is true that, by the liberality of the Leyden

Museum, typical specimens of most of Temmuinck’s species were

distributed to many European museums, our own National Museum

receiving a very complete set, but these specimens, 60 to 70 years.

old, are all naturally much deteriorated by exposure to light,

while scarcely any of them have any more exact locality recorded

than “ Japan.”

Under these circumstances no words can express the value of

the fine series of specimens obtained by Mr. Anderson, who has

proved himself a most successful collector, and one well able to do

full justice to the liberality of our President. The specimens,

which are of all classes, after being exhibited before the Society,

are to be transferred by His Grace to our National Museum,.

where they will be most gratefully appreciated.

Mr. Anderson landed at Yokohama in July 1904, and began

collecting at once in Hondo (Central and North), and made two.

trips to Hokkaido in September and November.

Later he went to the two large southern islands, Shikoku in

March 1905, and Kiushiu in April and May, the specimens from

this latter being particularly valuable, as the Dutch Factory, from

which the Leyden Museum obtained its materials, was situated at

Nagasaki, at the south-eastern corner of the island.

Lastly, Mr. Anderson visited the Oki group of islands, to the

north of Southern Hondo, and Tanegashima, south of Kiushiu,

while his brother, Mr. Robert Anderson, went to Yakushima,

still further south. The specimens from these separate island

collections | have included in an Appendix to the paper.

In all, the mammals referred to in the present communication

number about 600 examples, belonging to 50 species and sub-

species. Of these I have found it necessary to give new names

to twelve, besides describing one new Shrew discovered by

Mr. Hawker in 1903. The fine new Marten, Mustela melampus

bedfordi, now figured, but described last session, is also to be

eredited to Mr. Anderson’s collection.

As yet I am chary of making any general conclusions about

the mammal-fauna of Japan. It is, however, evident from this

collection that there is little faunistic difference between Shikoku,

Kiushiu, and the main southern portion of Hondo, but that a

number of species do not extend into the north of Hondo, where

1905. | MAMMALS FROM JAPAN, 333.

such species as occur are sometimes subspecifically different from

those of the south. Hokkaido, of course, is very different from

Hondo, and the occurrence there of such typically Japanese species

as Micromys speciosus and geisha is somewhat unexpected ; possibly

they are comparatively recent introductions, even though in each

case subspecifically separable from their Hondo relatives.

The following is a list of the species obtained in each of the

four islands referred to :—

Hokkaido :

Sciurus vulgaris orientis.

Mus norvegicus.

Micromys speciosus ainu, geisha hokkaidt.

Evotomys mikado, bedfordie.

Lepus timidus ainr.

}

* Hondo :

Pipistrellus abramus.

Sorex shinto; hawkert.

Crocidura dsi-nezwmi chisar.

Chimarrogale platycephala.

Mogera wogura

Urotrichus talpoides pilirostris.

Canis hodophylax.

Nyctereutes viverrinus.

Mustela melampus bedfordi.

Putorius ttatsr.

Petaurista leucogenys.

Sciuropterus momonga amygdalr.

Sceiurus lis.

Mus tanezumi, molossinus.

Micromys speciosus, geisha.

Microtus montebelli.

EHvotomys (Craseomys) andersoni.

is (Phaulomys) smithii.

Lepus brachyurus.

Sus leucomystax.

Nemorhedus crispus.

Cervus sika.

Shikoku :

Macacus fuscatus.

Crocidura dsi-nezum.

Mogera wogura kobee.

Urotrichus talpoides.

Putorius itatsi.

Meles anakuma.

Micromys speciosus, geisha, minutus japonicus.

Evotomys (Phaulomys) smithi.

Lepus brachyurus.

334 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Nov. 28,

Kaiushiu :

Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum nippon.

Myotis macrodactylus, natterert hombinus.

Miniopterus schreibersi gaponie.

Crocidura cerulea, dsi-nezumi.

Urotrichus talpordes.

Mustela melampus.

Putorius itatst.

Meles anakuma.

Petaurista leucogenys.

Micromys speciosus, geisha, minutus japonicus.

Microtus montebelli.

Evotomys (Phaulomys) smithii.

Lepus brachyurus.

In order to focus so far as possible the existing information

about the mammals of Japan, I have prepared the following

résumé of the literature, which, apart from Temminck’s fine work,

is of a very fragmentary character.

1824. Siebold, G. T. de. Spicilegia Faun. Japon., in Dissertatio

Hist. Nat. Japon. p. 13.

Description of “Wyoxus lineatus”—a Tamias, from Hokkaido.

1842-45. Temminck, C. J. Mammalia of P. F. de Siebold’s

‘Fauna Japonica,’ pp. 1-60, pls. 1.—xxx.

A complete account of the Fauna, as known from the col-

lections sent by Messrs. Siebold, Burger, and other Dutch

naturalists to the Leyden Museum.

One of the finest and most complete faunistic works ever

published. Up to 1904, that is, for more than sixty years, the

only valid species added to those contained in it were JMicrotus

montebelli M.-Edw., Murina hilgendorfi Peters, and Talpa

nuzura Giinth.,

The following species are first described in this great work :—

Macacus fuscatus (under the name of Jnwus speciosus), Pteropus

dasymallus, Rhinolophus nippon and cornutus, Pterygistes

molossus, Myotis macrodactylus, Pipistrellus abramus and

akakomuli, Talpa wogura, Urotrichus talpoides, Chimarrogale

platycephala, Crocidura dsi-nezumi and wmbrina, Meles ana-

kuma, Mustela melampus and brachyura, Putorius tats,

Vyctereutes viverrinus, Lepus brachyurus, Sciurus lis, Pteromys

leucogenys, Sciuropterus momonga, Mus er rythronotus, argenteus,

molossinus, tanezumi, and speciosus, Glirulus japonicus, Cervus

sika, Nemorhedus crispus, and Sus leucomystax.

1857. Schlegel, H.

Ursus japonicus, sp.n. Handl. Beoefening der Dierkunde,

i. p.425 Sclater, P.Z.S8. 1862, p. 261; Giinther, P. Z.8. 1880,

p. 442.

The U. torquatus of the ‘ Fauna Japonica,’

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM JAPAN, 335

1862. Gray, J. E.

Leopardus japonensis, sp.n. P.Z.S. 1862, p. 262, pl. xxxii.

Based on a tanned Leopard-skin without exact locality.

1865. Gray, J. E.

Martes japonica, sp. n. P.Z.S. 1865, p. 104; Cat. Carn.

B.M. p. 82 (1869).

No doubt the summer form of Mustela melampus.

1867. Gray, J. EK.

Lutronectes whiteleyi, g. & sp. nov. P.Z.S. 1867, p. 181;

Cat. Carn. B.M. p. 107 (1869).

Based on young specimens of the Japanese Otter.

1868. Gray, J. E.

Vulpes gaponicus, sp.n. P.Z.S. 1868, p. 517; Cat.. Carn.

B.M. p. 204 (1869).

“ Japan.”

1874. Milne-Edwards, A. Recherches Mammiféres. Texte, p. 285.

Description of Microtus montebelli, from Fusi-yama.

1875. Von Martens, E. Die Preussische Expedition nach Ost-

Asien. Zoologische Abtheilung. IJ. Pt. 1, pp. 75 & 362.

General account of Japanese mammal-fauna, and list of

species obtained. (Determinations by W. Peters.)

1875. Rein, J. J. -Notizen iiber die Verbreitung einiger Siiuge-

thiere auf Nippon. Zool. Gart. xvi. 1875, p. 55.

Notes on habits, native names, and distribution of thirteen of

the better-known species. In the same author's ‘Japan,’ 1881,

i. p. 201, these notes are incorporated in a general popular account

of the fauna.

1880. Giinther, A. Notes on some Japanese Mammalia. P. Z.S.

1880, p. 440.

Notes on Urotrichus talpoides (with descr iption of Veurotrichus

g.n. for the American U. gibbsz), Talpa mizura, sp. n., Ursus

arctos, U. japonicus, and Calorhinus ursinus.

The new Mole, Valpa mizura, has not since been Sol

It is closely allied to the European 7’. europea.

1880. Peters, W. Ueber die von Hrn. Dr. F. Hilgendorf in

Japan gesammelten Chiropteren. MB. Ak. Berl. 1880,

p. 23.

Records of 7 species, and description of Murina hilgendorfi

from Yedo, near 'Tokyo.

1880. Thomas, O. On the Myoxus elegans of Temminck. P.Z.S.

1880, p. 40.

See below, under Glirulus japonicus.

336 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Noy. 28,

1882. Doederlein, L. Ueber einige Japanische Siiugethiere. MT.

‘Deutsch. Ges. Ostasiens, vol. 111. Heft 25, p. 210.

(1) Existence of Fox in Shikoku. (2) A Changing Hare

(“ Lepus variabilis”) in Japan. (3) On a small musky-smelling

rodent (more likely a Shrew).

1886. True, F. W. Description of a new genus and species of

Mole (Dymecodon pilirostris) from Japan. Pr. U.S. Nat.

Mus. 1886, p. 97.

From Yenoshima, near Tokyo.

This Mole is probably an immature Urotrichus talpoides.

1900. Barrett-Hamilton, G. E. H.

Lepus timidus ainu, subsp. n. P.Z.S. 1900, p. 90.

From Hokkaido.

1904. Sasaki, C. A new Field-Mouse in Japan. Bull. Coll.

Agric. Tokyo, vi. p. 51.

Description of Arvicola hatanedzunii (= Microtus montebelli),

from Tokyo.

1904. Beard, J. C.

Nyctereutes albus, sp.n. Scientific American, 1904, p. 237.

Based on a white specimen in the New York Zoological Park,

said to be from Hokkaido.

1905, Thomas, O. On some new Japanese Mammals presented to

the British Museum by Mr. R. Gordon Smith. Ann. &

Mag. N. H. (7) xvi. p. 487.

Descriptions of Mogera wogura kobe, Petaurista leucogenys

nikkonis, oreas, and tose, Micromys geisha, and Evotomys

(Phaulomys, subg. n.) smithii.

1905. Thomas, O. Exhibition of Mammals from Japan. Abstr. .

leer Agisy UNO TO, 8) oy 12 VAg teks IOS. hie joy Wes,

Description of Mustela melampus bedfordt.

1. Macacus Fuscatus Bly.

Macacus fuscatus Bly. J. A. 8. B. xliv. extra number, p. 6 (1875).

3. 304. @. 3038, 323. Jinrio, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku.

500".

This is the /nwus speciosus of the ‘ Fauna Japonica,’ nec F. Cuv.

‘‘ Numbers of monkeys live in the forest surrounding certain

large temples at a distance from Jinrio. I did not see them, but

sent my servant in search of them, and through him secured these

specimens. They are considered difficult to hunt, for they hide

themselves very effectually in the high Cryptomeria trees. It is

said that with the help of a dog they can easily be shot, as the

monkey pays little heed to the man and his whole attention is

absorbed in exhibiting his anger towards the barking dog. The

flesh is commonly eaten by the natives, but on trying it I did not

like it.,—_M, P. A.

1905. | MAMMALS FROM JAPAN, 337

2. RHINOLOPHUS FERRUM-EQUINUM NIPPON Temm.

3. 485. Tano, Miyasaki Ken, Kiushiu.

3. PIPISTRELLUS ABRAMUS Temi.

3. 6. Takayu, near Yonezawa, Uzeu, N. Central Hondo.

Dr. Jentink* has shown that Temminck’s Vespertilio akokomuli

is the same species as his V. abramus. 'The type locality of both

is Nagasaki, Kiushiu.

“Caught, with the two, succeeding species, in caves near the

village.”— UW, P. A.

4. Myoris (Levconoge) MAcRODACTYLUS Temm.

3. 490,500. ©. 493, 494, 515, 516, 517. Tano, Miyasaki

Ken, Kiushiu. 500’.

Dimensions of an adult mate :—

Forearm 36 mm.

Head and body 44; tail 35; ear 14:5.

These specimens agree absolutely with Temmuinck’s description,

and there can be no doubt that they belong to his species, in spite

of Peters’s assertion f that macrodactylus resembled very closely

the European J/. capaccinii, to which these examples bear no

resemblance whatever. Indeed, so great is the discrepancy, that I

am tempted to suppose that Peters did not really see the specimens

described by Temminck at all. J/. macrodactylus in fact is more

closely allied to WM. daubentoni.

5. Myoris NATTERERI BOMBINUS, subsp. n.

©. 486, 487, 488, 489, 492. Tano, Miyasaki Ken, Kiushiu.

500’.

Similar in essential respects to the European J/. nattereri, which

it evidently represents in Japan. But the ear appears to be rather

longer (judging from skins only), the tragus narrower and more

boldly curved outwards, the skull is more abruptly and considerably

inflated in the frontal region, and the colour is not quite the same.

In true MW. nattereri the colour is paler and more uniform than

in the other small European species of Myotis, this being apparently

due to the fact that the pale brown ends to the hairs are longer

and therefore hide the blackish-grey of their bases. In bombinus,

however, the coloration is more normal, a darker variegated brown,

the blackish-grey bases of the hairs showing through. In a

similar way below, the light ends to the hairs are shorter and less

prominently white.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 40 mm.

Head and body 52; tail 44; ear 17.

* Notes Leyd. Mus. ii. p. 37 (1879).

+ MB. Ak. Berl. 1866, p. 681. Dobson, on this statement, actually synonymised

macrodactylus with capaccinii.

338 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Nov. 28,

Skull—greatest length 15:5; basal length in middle line 11°8 ;

front of canine to back of m* 5:9.

Type. Old female. B.M. No.6.1.4.14. Original number 487.

Collected 30 April, 1905.

It is a matter of interest to find in the Far East this repre-

sentative of I. nattereri, which has hitherto only been known from

Kurope. It is probable, also, that Mr. Miller’s JZ. thysanodes is

the corresponding Bat in the N. American fauna.

6. MINIOPTERUS SCHREIBERSI JAPONI®, Subsp. n.

3. 501, 502, 503, 505, 510, 511,512, 513,514. 9.495, 496, 497,

504, 507, 508, 518, 519, 520, 521. And two in alcohol. Tano,

Miyasaki Ken, Kiushiu. Alt. 500 feet.

Size rather large, uniformly larger than in the Liu-Kiu form,

M, fuscus Bonh.*

Colour of back between ‘“seal-brown” and dark ‘ Prout’s

brown”; head and nape rather greyer, though the difference

is perhaps due rather to the ends of the hairs being more glossy

and so catching the light, than to any essential difference in colour.

Under surface like the head.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 47 mm. (range from 46 to 48).

Head and body 57; tail 53; ear 12.

Skull—greatest length 16, median basal length 12; front of

canine to back of m?® 64.

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 6.1.4.22. Original number 512.

Collected 3 May, 1905.

As was to be expected, the Japanese JMiniopterus is clearly

different from the pale European one, nor does any form quite

agreeing with it appear to have been described. Bonhote’s

M. fuscus from the Liu-Kiu Is. is similar in colour (or slightly

darker), but is uniformly smaller, the forearm rarely reaching

44mm. Seven additional examples of fuscus recently received

from Mr. A. Owston confirm the characters derived from the three

originally examined by Mr. Bonhote.

The fine series obtained by Mr. Anderson is remarkably Hate

both in colour and size.

This Bat is of course the “ Vespertilio blepotis” of the ‘ Fauna

Japonica’; but that species was primarily described on examples ©

from Java.

7. SorEXx sHinto Thos.

Sorex shinto Thos. Abstr. P. Z.8. No. 23, p. 19, Dec. 5, 1905.

3.47. Makado, near Nohechi, Aomori Ken, N. Hondo. Alt.

400 ft.

A small species with a long tail.

Size as in S. macropygmeus Miller, though tail much longer.

Fur of back slightly over 3mm. in length. General colour above

4 * Nov. Zool. ix. p. 626 (1902).

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM JAPAN, 339

uniform brown (between “ seal-brown” and ‘‘ Prout’s brown ”),

quite similar in tone from head to rump. Sides not presenting a

contrasted light area, being scarcely lighter than the back, and

passing gradually without line of demarcation into the drab-washed

belly. Chin and throat shghtly more greyish. Hands and feet

glossy brown, the hairs at the tips of the digits silvery. Tail long,

nearly as long as the head and body, well-haired throughout,

slightly pencilled at tip, blackish brown above, dull whitish below.

Skull conspicuously larger than that of S. minutus, but of the same

light and delicate build. Upper unicuspids subequal in transverse

section, the last one not smaller than the rest or out of series. All

the teeth hberally tipped with brown.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 50 mm, ; tail 49; hind foot 11:5; ear 7.

Skull—greatest length ‘17: oO): basal length 15; breadth of

brain-case 8°5 ; length of upper ‘tooth-series 7°6.

Hab. as above.

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 6.1.4.30. Original number 47.

Collected 28 September, 1904.

This small Shrew belongs to the genus Sorex, which had not

hitherto been recorded from Japan. It appears to be a member

of the S. minutus group, but may be readily distinguished by its

size and unusually long tail. A second specimen of it is in the

Museum collection, obtained by Mr. Alan Owston near Tokyo.

[SoREX HAWKERI, sp. 0.

3. Inukawa, Yedo, Hondo.

Size very small, about as in S. minutus. Fur,in summer, about

3 a long on the back. General colour of the dorsal area brown,

near “ Prout’s brown” but considerably paler. Sides distinctly

different from back, greyish broccoli-brown ; belly like sides, but

paler. Upper surface of hands and feet pale drab. Tail short,

much shorter than head and body, well-haired and pencilled, pale

broccoli-brown above, rather lighter below.

Skull crushed in the single specimen, but apparently even smaller

than that of S. minutus, as indicated by the short tooth-row.

Anterior incisor large, not very deeply notched. Five upper uni-

cuspids broad, closely packed, in even slightly decreasing sequence

to the penultimate, the fifth again slightly larger than the fourth,

in the tooth-row, clearly visible from Srihout, Brown on teeth

about as in S. minutus.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body (measured in skin) 55 mm.; tail (measured in

flesh) 30 ; hind foot 9.

Skull—tip of anterior incisor to that of large premolar 2°8 ;

to back of m* 5:2.

Type. Male. B.M. No. 3.9.10.1. Collected 7 June, 1903, and

presented by R. McD. Hawker, Esq.

Although not collected by Mr. Anderson, I take this opportunity

to describe a tiny Shrew obtained in Japan by Mr. Hawker. It

340 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Nov. 28,

has no alliance with any of the Huropean types of Shrews, but

would seem to have relatives among some of the short-tailed Arctic

American forms, with which it will no doubt prove to be linked by

allied species from the East Siberian mainland. |

8. CROCIDURA CHRULEA Kerr.

4 in aleohol. Nagasaki; in houses.

9, CrocrpuRA (CR.) DsI-NEZUMI Temm.

3. 263, 275, 293. Jinrio, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku. 500!.

@. 321. Tanano, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku. 250’.

3. 420,423. 9. 446. Takamori, Kumamoto Ken, Kiushiu.

1850’.

3. 463. Kawachi, Miyasaki Ken, Kiushiu. 1500’.

Flesh-measurements of an adult male from Shikoku :—Head

and body 67 mm.; tail 46; hind foot 13:5; ear 9.

These specimens from the two southern islands are all of a

uniform brownish grey, very like the colour of the European

C. russula, of which this is evidently the Japanese representative.

The type locality is presumably Kiushiu.

But the corresponding Shrew found by Mr. Anderson in the

north of Hondo is not quite the same, and may be regarded as a

different subspecies.

10. CRocIDURA DSI-NEZUMI CHISAI*, subsp. n.

S. 51. @. 48. Tsunagi, near Morioka, N. Hondo.

@. 93. Morioka, N. Hondo.

Similar to dsi-nezwmi in size, but tail rather and hind feet

decidedly shorter. General colour much darker, near “seal-

brown,” but browner and less purple. Under surface “ mouse-

grey.” Tail uniformly dark brown.

Skull rather narrower, less broadly flattened than in dsi-

nezume.

Measurements (in mm.) of three specimens in the flesh :—

51. (Type.) Head and body 68; tail 43; hind foot 12.

48. D Biwe NOLS Moy Gs ie

93. » Pet ODS vepeBS 5 ae ype) elle

Skull of type—Greatest length 18, basal length 15:4; greatest

breadth 8°5; length of upper tooth-series 7:5.

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 6.1.4.43. Original number 51.

Collected 3 October, 1904.

Temminck’s “ Sorex wmbrinus” would appear to be similar to

this Shrew in colour and size, but is distinguished by its very long

tail, 54 mm. in length.

11. CHIMARROGALE PLATYCEPHALA Temm.

2. 168. Tajima, E. coast of Izu Peninsula, S.E. Hondo.

Flesh measurements :—Head and body 112 mm.; tail 90; hind

foot 25°5; ear 9.

* Chisai=small.

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM JAPAN. 341

12. Mocrra wocura Temm.

3. 56, Tsunagi, near Morioka, Iwate Ken, N. Hondo.

Flesh measurements :—Head and body 108 mm.; tail 20; hind

foot 16°5.

13. MoGERA WOGURA KOBE Thos.

$. 336. Ochi, Kochi Ken, Shikoku.

Flesh measurements :—Head and body 160mm.; tail 25; hind

foot 21.

No specimens intermediate in size between these large Moles

and the true wogura have as yet turned up. Possibly the two

forms ought to be regarded as specifically distinct.

14. UrorricHus TALPOIDES Temm.

3. 397, 398, 406, 429, 444. 9. 385, 396, 422, 430, 435.

Takamori, Kumamoto Ken, Kiushiu. 1800’,

3. 471, 472, 476. @. 447, 473, 474. Kawachi, Miyasaki

Ken, Kiushiu. 1500’.

3. 274, 290. ©. 288, 289, 310. Jimrio, Tokushima Ken,

Shikoku. 500’.

Q. 314. Fukuhara, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku. 750’,

@. 324, Ikeda, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku.

6. 339, 357. @. 337, 338, 342, 343,358. Ochi, Kochi Ken,

Shikoku. 1300’.

Q. 329. Sakawa, Kochi Ken, Shikoku.

Gi OLOMST Ss os SOO, 8 Onan Oita ocumas i himer Ken:

Shikoku. 1200’.

Specimens from Kiushiu may be regarded as typical talpoides,

for that island is the first locality mentioned in Temminck’s

original account, besides being that which contains Nagasaki,

where the factory of the early Dutch traders was situated.

A pair of well-grown Kiushiu specimens measure (in mm.) as

follows :—

©. Head and body 99; tail 34; hind foot 16.

%) » 102; ,, 34; mee N08

The Shikoku specimens appear to be quite similar to those from

Kiushiu. <A pair measure :—

3S. Head and body 96; tail 32; hind foot 15:5.

5 ¥ DORM Ear oor 5 15:5.

The general colour of the Kiushiu and Shikoku specimens is a

brown, “between vandyke and seal-brown, much browner than in

those from Northern and Central Hondo.

“These animals are undoubtedly partly herbivorous; for

examination of many stomachs showed them to be frequently

filled with vegetable matter, probably some root. Remains of

earthworms are also frequently found. I catch as many specimens

in traps baited with wheat or rice asin those baited with flesh. At

all times of the year they come frequently above ground, especially

In grassy places.

342 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Nov. 28,

“Not uncommon; usually found in the embankments that

bound the terraced paddy-fields. Often accepting bait of rice or

wheat. The stomach contents of those examined was largely of a

vegetable character, not mixed with earth as when earthworms

are the chief food.”—/. P. A.

This observation about the food of Urotrichus is of remarkable

interest, as it is quite opposed to the general rule in the Talpide.

I can find no previous statement on the subject, either as regards

this genus or its American ally Veurotrichus.

15. UrorricHus TALPOIDES PILIROSTRIS T'rue.

Dymecodon pilirostris True, P. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1886, p. 97

(juv.).

3. 53, 61, 62, 65, 73, 74,75. 92.55. Tsunagi, near Morioka,

Iwate Ken, N. Hondo. ;

-g. 94,95. Morioka, Iwate Ken, N. Hondo.

Oi 42 AA AD O62 Oe 4S 2 Gl Na kaomuenean,

Ohito, Izu, S.E. Hondo. 400’.

These specimens, from Hondo, are all of a.“ slate-black” (grey

no. 2), with a slight tinge of ‘‘mouse-grey,” and are without the

distinctly brown tone of the typical talpoides of Kiushiu and

Shikoku. They are also very slightly smaller, with shorter tails

and shorter hind feet.

The following are the measurements (in mm.) of a pair from

Tzu, near the typical locality of ‘ Dymecodon pilirostris” :—

3. Head and body 92; tail 30; hind foot 14°45,

: ‘ DOR ac 20% ai 14:5.

A study of Mr. True’s description of the genus Dymecodon

convinced me that his specimen was a young Urotrichus, and this

suggestion has been confirmed by Mr. Gerrit Miller, who tells me

that the type, now in the U.S. National Museum, ‘is young,

with the milk-dentition still in place.”

But Mr. Miller goes on to state that the molars of pilirostris

are smaller than those of talpoides, and that there are other slight

cranial differences, although, owing to the youth of the specimen,

he cannot express an opinion as to their value. ‘My surmise

would be that Dymecodon is the same as Urotrichus, but that the

species pilirostris is quite distinct from the ordinary animal.”

On geographical grounds, however, it appears to me so unlikely

that there should be a different species of Urotrichus at Yeno-

shima, a place in the Bay of Tokyo quite close to Misaki, where

we know the ordinary form occurs, and not far from the Izu

peninsula, that I do not at present feel justified in giving the

Hondo subspecies any other name than pilirostris.

16. CANIS HODOPHYLAX Temm.

¢. 255. Washikaguchi, Nara Ken, Hondo,

“The Wolf was purchased in the flesh, and I can learn but little

about it. It is rare, some say almost extinct. Japanese name

‘Okami’ or ‘ Aamainu.’”—WM. P. A.

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM JAPAN. 343

17. NycrEREUTES VIVERRINUS Temm.

3g. 251. Washikaguchi, Nara Ken, Hondo.

“* Japanese name ‘' Tanuki.’”—//, P, A.

18. MusteELA MELAMPUS T'emm.

2. Takamori, Kumamoto Ken, Kiushiu.

The beautiful golden yellow of this fresh specimen shows a

striking contrast to the dark general colour of the Hondo

subspecies.

19. MusTELA MELAMPUS BEDFORDI hos. (Plate IX.)

Mustela melampus bedfordi Thos. Abstr. P. Z. 8. No. 21, p. 10,

June) 13, 1905; P. ZS. 1905, 1. p. 183.

6. 218, 254. 2. 217, 232. Washikaguchi, Nara Ken, east

of Hiogo, Southern Hondo.

This handsome form of the Japanese Marten, the first new

mammal obtained by Mr. Anderson, has already been described,

and a figure of it is now given to show its striking ecolour-

cootrasts. It will no doubt prove to be the form found all over

Southern Hondo, the true yellow melampus being a native of

Kiushiu.

I am informed that the two forms of the Japanese Marten are

well known to the furriers, through whose hands many thousands

of skins pass every year.

“The Marten may be regarded as common in Nara Ken.

Besides the specimens sent, I saw three other individuals which

were shown me by peasants. It lives in the more remote parts

of the forest, where its burrows are to be found beside rocks or

stumps. Native name ‘Teng.’”—/, P. A.

20, Purortus rratst Temm.,

$. 185, 186. Tsushima, Aichi Ken, Hondo.

$. 224, 225, 226, 227, 233, 245. Washikaguchi, Nara Ken,

Fondo.

3. 281, 319. 9%. 508. Jinrio, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku.

DOO’.

3. 427,442. 9, 405. Takamori, Kumamoto Ken, Kiushiu.

1850’.

3. 466. Kawachi, Miyasaki Ken, Kiushiu. 1500’.

The Japanese Mink is evidently very common in Southern

Hondo and Shikoku, as every collector sends a number of speci-

mens. But in Northern Hondo Mi. Anderson does not seem to

have met with it. Im Hokkaido it is probably replaced by some

representative of the P. ermineus group.

“These animals infested the houses of the neighbourhood, pre-

sumably for the purpose of catching ratss All the specimens

secured were trapped near houses.”—J/. P. A.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1905, Vou. Il. No. XXIV. 24

344 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON | Noy. 28,

21. Mees anAkUMA Temm.

3. 312, 313. 2. 295. Jinrio, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku.

500’.

3. 403, 404. Takamori, Kumamoto, Kiushiu.

‘Not uncommon. The peasants secure them by smoking them

out of their holes.” —J/. P. A.

22, PETAURISTA LEUCOGENYS Temm.

3. 231, 234, 240. 9. 253. Washikaguchi, Nara Ken, Hondo.

3.477. 9. 479, 480, 481. Mitai, Miyasaki, Kiushiu.

The specimens from Kiushiu are nearly topotypical, but are

less similar to the Nagasaki skin which I provisionally took as

typical when recently writing on the subject, than to the form

from Shikoku which I described as P.l.tose*. Further material

from different localities will be needed before the races of this

interesting and variable animal can be satisfactorily understood.

“The large Flying Squirrel is well-known in this region

(Washikaguchi), and is probably as plentiful as anywhere in

Japan. It is found in the large Cryptomerias and other trees

which grow about some of the temples and shrines and are never

cut. The specimens were all purchased from peasants, who

brought them to me. The people say that this animal possesses

great control over its ‘ flight,’ being able to turn almost at right

angles while in mid-air. Japanese literary ‘ Musasabi,’ but called

‘ Bandari’ in this locality.,.—I/, P. A.

“At Mitai, Kiushiu, they lived in numbers in a grove of

Cryptomerias surrounding a temple. On the evening of April 21

they appeared about 7.30, when darkness was coming on. The

first I saw alighted noiselessly on a trunk near me and immediately

ascended rapidly among the branches. Another I saw ‘ fly’ from

near the top of a Cryptomeria, make almost a half-circle past a

cluster of trees, and alight some 40 ft. from the ground on another

Cryptomeria. The ‘flight’ is swift, but we had time to notice

that the tail is held nearly straight out behind.”—M/. P. A.

23. ScrUROPTERUS MOMONGA AMYGDALI 7, subsp. n.

g. 257, 259. 2. 258, 260, 261, 262. Washikaguchi, Nara

Ken, Southern Central Hondo.

The Flying Squirrel received by the British Museum in 1844

from the agent of the Leyden Museum as representing Temminck’s

“ Pteromys momonga” is so much smaller than these examples

that there is no doubt that the two should bear different names.

But it is probable that both are included in Temminck’s descrip-

tion, in which case one or other of them must be selected as

typical of his species. I would therefore propose to select the

smaller one, of which he figured the skull, even though he himself

* Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) xv. p. 488 (1905).

+ Dr. Rein states that the Japanese name for this animal, Momodori, means

* pyeach-bird.”’

1905. | MAMMALS FROM JAPAN, 345

believed that it was ‘semi-adulte.” This course, besides making

the figure fix the type, has the advantage of giving at least one of

the two forms an exact typical locality, whereas if the name

momonga were applied to the large form and a new name given

to the small one, the typical locality of neither would be definable.

We may thus treat the British Museum 1844 specimen as a

co-type, as it was one of those on which the description was based

and agrees absolutely with the typical figure. This specimen, far

from being ‘‘semi-adulte,”’ is absolutely full-grown, its teeth

showing more evidence of wear than is the case with any of

Mr. Anderson’s examples.

The new subspecies may be briefly described as similar to true

momonga, but conspicuously larger and with a much longer tail.

The co-type above referred to has a skull measuring 36 x 20 mm.,

Temminck’s figure is 35°5 x 21:5; while the smallest of the Nara

skulls is 41x 23°5, The hind foot of momonga is just 30 mm.,

that of amygdali 37-38.

In colour there is probably little difference, but direct com-

parison is not possible, as the co-type of momonga is in the brown

summer pelage. ‘The new form, in its winter pelage (January),

has its dorsal hairs blackish slaty, washed terminally with isabella,

tending sometimes towards buffy. Cheeks and under surface

white, the hairs slaty basally. Under side of membranes irregu-

larly washed with pale fawn. Upper surface of hands and feet

grizzled black and fawn, a prominent tuft of longer hairs at the

end of each hind toe clear isabella. Tail subdued wood-brown,

washed above and below with black.

Skull larger and heavier in every way than that of true momonga.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :-—

Head and body 166 mm.; tail 139; hind foot 38; ear 25.

Skull—greatest length 42:2; basilar length 31:5; ereatest

breadth 26; length of nasals 13:6; breadth of brain-case 19 ;

palatilar length 17-7; palatal foramina 4°3; length of upper tooth-

series, exclusive of p’, 6:8,

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 6.1.4.122. Original number 257.

Killed 27 January, 1905.

It is probable that the smaller form, to which I restrict the

name momonga, will prove to be an inhabitant of one of the

southern islands, while the larger one is no doubt spread widely

over Hondo.

“ Brought to me by a servant after my departure from Washi-

kaguchi. They were taken near the top of a rather high

mountain, in a forest of Chamecyparis. Regarded by the peasants

as the young of the Petaurista, and therefore called ‘ Bandari.’ ”—

MOR. A.

24, ScIURUS VULGARIS ORIENTIS, subsp. n.

3. 98,102. @. 103. Aoyama, Hokkaido.

Oe L202 136. OF 126) 128) 13h. 132) 133-138) “Nobori-

betsu, near Moruran, Hokkaido.

24*

346 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Nov. 28,

Oa Ge Me We ey Oe fey be MGS I, IS US) PAD, di @ewmlxatl,

ear Sapporo, Hokkaido.

The Noboribetsu and Aoyama specimens are in the winter, and

the Jozankei specimens in the summer pelage.

In Major Barrett-Hamilton’s paper* on the subspecies of

Seiurus vulgaris, those from the Far East, from Koreaand Hokkaido,

are assigned to S. v. calotus Hodgs.?, whose typical locality is the

high region of Central Asia. But the valuable series obtained by

Mr. Anderson indicates that they are sufficiently different to have

a subspecific name of thei: own. For while the type of calotus

and other specimens from the Altai are, in winter pelage, a clear

deep grey above without rufous suffusion, the whole of the

Hokkaido examples are strongly suffused along the head, dorsal

area, and base of the tail with a colour between ‘* Mars-brown ”

and ‘‘ vinaceous-cinnamon ” of Ridgway, though paler than either.

Sides clearer and more silvery grey, especially on two patches on

each side, behind the shoulders and in front of the hips. Throat,

chest, and belly pure sharply defined white, the hairs white to

their roots. Har-tufts, hands, and feet blackish, more or less

speckled with fulvous. ‘Tail broadly washed with black, the basal

part of the hairs more or less greyish or fulvous.

Jn summer pelage the ground-colour (apart from melanism) is

dull reddish brown, with dark red ears and feet, and perhaps

sometimes a more or less red-washed tail. But every specimen is

to a certain degree aftected with melanism, and the only one that

has the body, ears, feet, and proximal half of tail red, also has the

terminal half of the latter organ blackish, as the whole of it is in

the majority of specimens.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 244 mm.; tail 175; hind foot (s,u.) 60; ear 34,

Skull—greatest length 54; basilar length 43.

Hab. Hokkaido. Type from Aoyama.

Type. Adult male in winter pelaget. B.M. No. 6.1.4.128.

Original number 98. Collected 9 November, 1904.

Two specimens from Sdéul, Korea, presented by Mr. C. W.

Campbell, and killed in January 1889, appear to be quite similar .

to the Hokkaido Squirrel.

This Eastern form of S. vulgaris is no doubt most closely related

to S. v. calotus, but may be distinguished by the rufous suffusion

along its dorsal area. This produces, at least in the winter coat,

a considerable resemblance to the Scandinavian Squirrel, but from

that animal it is readily distinguished by its dark ear-tufts and

feet, and by the sharp definition and complete whiteness of the

colour of the under surface.

This Squirrel is of course the Sciwrus varius of the ‘ Fauna

* P.Z. 8. 1899, p. 3.

+ Mustela (?) calotus Hodgs. Cale. Journ. N. H. ii. p. 221 (1842).

The hands and feet of the type have some of the red of the summer coat still

on them, and this specimen is not, as I at first thought, an exception to the rule

that the Hokkaido Squirrel has dark feet in the winter pelage.

1905. | MAMMALS FROM JAPAN. 347

Japonica, but that name, first used by Pallas for the Siberian

Squirrel, was rendered invalid by its previous use by Kerr, as

shown in Major Barrett-Hamilton’s paper.

25. Scrurus tis Temm.,

Q.7. Takayu, near Yonezawa, Uzeu, Northern-Central

Hondo, 3000’. 13 August.

©. 208. Nara, east of Hiogo, Hondo.

6. 242. 9. 249, 250. Washikaguchi, Nara Ken, Hondo.

The Uzeu specimen is in the red-footed summer pelage, without

ear-tufts ; the othersare in the grey winter coat. By some curious

error, ernminels has described the former pelage as that of winter,

and the latter of summer, but even with only undated specimens

available, it is difficult to understand how such a mistake could

have been made, as the difference in the quality of the fur is very

considerable.

Mr. Anderson did not send any true Squirrels from Kiushiu

or Shikoku, but he tells me that they do occur there, though rare

and local.

Mr. Gordon Smith’s collection contains examples of Sciwrus lis

from Shimosa, Misaki, and the Hiogo Hills, all in Southern

Hondo.

“These Squirrels were shot in the groves of pine-trees along

the tops of ridges above the village. We found them scarce in

the neighbourhood, the three secured being the only ones seen.

Native name ‘ Kinezumi.’”—J/, P. A.

[GuIRULUS (g. n.) JAPONICUS Schinz.

Myoxus elegans 'Temm, 1844.

Although not included among Mr. Anderson’s captures, the

Japanese Dormouse needs a few remarks on its systematic

position and nomenclature, which may conveniently be made here.

Firstly in regard to its specific name. Temminck unfortunately

gave it a title which was preoccupied (Graphiurus elegans Ogilby,

1838* ; Myoxus elegans Wagn. 1843), and it was therefore renamed

first, in 1845, by Schinz, who called it yavanicus, and then in 1882,

on the ground that javanicus was invalid owing to its incorrect-

ness, by myself, with the name of lasiotis.

But the plea of incorrectness is no longer admitted, and we are

therefore forced to take Schinz’s name. We may, however, look

upon it as a misprint for japonicus, and amend it accordingly, for

the statement “ Habitat in Japonia” clearly shows that Schinz

did not suppose it came from Java, and the accidental alteration

of two letters only would make the difference. This course has

been already taken by Wallace’, and is, I think, the best way out

of the difficulty.

With regard to the generic position of this Dormouse, I think it

* References to all the names here mentioned are given in Reuvens, ‘ Myoxide ;

p. 66 (1890).

+ ‘Island Life,’ 2nd edition, p. 395 (1892).

348 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Nov. 28,

cannot be assigned to any of the existing groups and must have

a special name of its own. It is no doubt most nearly allied to

Eliomys (Dryomys, subg. n.) nitidulus* Pall., but may be readily

distinguished by the rather more complicated pattern of its teeth,

its small bulle, the absence of the angular foramen in its mandible,

and its peculiar and characteristic colour-pattern. These characters

are all brought out in Reuvens’s descriptions and figures, and do

not need further reference here. |

26. Mus norvecicus Erxl.

3. 21. Jozankei, Sapporo, Hokkaido.

3. 96,97. Shinshinotsu, Sapporo, Hokkaido.

2.99. Aoyama, Hokkaido.

Caught in forest ; extremely abundant.”

27. Mus TANEzuMI Temm.

Q. 42. Makado, near Nohechi, Aomori Ken, N. Hondo. 400’.

3g. 95. Takayu, near Yonezawa, Uzeu, Hondo. 3000’.

This is the Japanese representative of the Chinese Jus losea

Swinh.

28. Mus moxossinus Temm.

2. 66. Tsunagi, near Morioka, Iwate Ken, N. Hondo.

@. 482. Tano, Miyasaki Ken, Kiushiu. 500’.

‘* Contained 6 embryos 17 mm. in length.”

No. 66 has all the appearance of a wild-living individual,

not that of a house-mouse, and its proportions approximate to

those of the European Mus spicilegus. Head and body 92 mm. ;

tail 55; hind foot 15.

29, Micromys spEciosus Temm.

3. 28, 30, 33, 34, 36. 9. 29, 37, 40, 41. Makado, near

Nohechi, Aomori Ken, N. Hondo.

3. 52, 54, 60, 63, 77, 78. ©. 49, 59, 79, 82, 83. Tsunagi,

N. Hondo.

Ce WO eR ANS Ne Oe OA Is Ubinas, lag, S)1B.

Hondo.

$. 139, 153, 156, 164. 9. 141, 150, 154, 157. Nakaomi,

Izu, S.K. Hondo.

3. 276, 278, 279, 285, 302. 9. 264, 265, 266, 272, 277, 280,

284. Jinrio, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku. 500’.

3. 330. 2. 331, 332, Sakawa, Kochi Ken, Shikoku.

3. 334, 335, 344. ©. 340, 341, 353, 356, 369. Ochi, Kochi

Ken, Shikoku. 200’—1000'.

3. 326, 327. 9. 328. Ikeda, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku.

@. 317, 318. Fukuhara, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku. 750’.

* Better known as dryas Schr. The peculiarities of this species, which, while

essentially an Hliomys, shows certain leanings towards Gilis, demand a special sub-

generic hame, Hlius Schulze is not available, being a synonym of Glis.

1905. | MAMMALS FROM JAPAN. 349

3. 373, 374. 9. 375, 376. Kuma, Ehime Ken, Shikoku.

1200’.

3. 459, 460, 461. ©. 452. Kawachi, Miyasaki Ken, Kiu-

shiu. 1500’.

S. 390, 391, 402, 411, 412, 425, 4386, 437. 9. 393, 418, 419

426, 433. Takamori, Kumamoto Ken, Kiushiu. 1850’.

3. 483, 498, 499. ©. 484,491. Tano, Miyasaki Ken, Kiu-

shiu. 500’.

‘¢Common everywhere.”

Even with this fine series, combined with that sent by

Mr. Gordon Smith, I am unable to trace completely the relation

of the presence of spines in the fur to season and sex. Many

specimens of each sex are spinous, many spineless, and in a general

way it is clear that spines are a character of summer, while they

are rarely or never present in the winter pelage. Two examples,

however, killed in the middle of December have spines, and one

from Shikoku, killed in February, so that there are evidently

exceptions to the general rule.

Young specimens, before the development of the rufous colour,

are always spineless.

The mammary formula in this species is 2—2=8.

It appears probable that Temminck’s Mus argenteus, also

described in the ‘ Fauna Japonica,’ was based on small spineless

specimens of J/. speciosus.

The following are the dimensions (in mm.) of a pair from the

Izu peninsula :—

6. Head and body 128; tail 112; hind foot 24; ear 16.

Pets oy MMS ay MODS oy PB ey kD

30. MICROMYS SPECIOSUS AINU, subsp. n.

3.10. Jozankei, near Sapporo, Hokkaido.

@. 26. Shinshinotsu, near Sapporo, Hokkaido.

©. 108,117. Aoyama, Hokkaido.

As in true speciosus, but with rather longer feet and longer

skull.

General characters as in the J/. speciosus of Hondo, with the

same dark fulvous colour blackened along the dorsal area and the

same whitish underside. Fur similarly either spinous or spine-

less. Hands and feet greyish white. Feet longer and heavier

than in true speciosus.

Skull rather narrower and more elongate than in true speciosus ;

palatal foramina longer.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 118 mm.; tail 107; hind foot 27°5; ear 15.

Skull—ereatest length 31; basilar length 25; nasals 12:2;

interorbital breadth 4°8; breadth of brain-case 12°8; palatilar

length 14:4; diastema 9°5; palatal foramina 5:8; length of upper

molar series 4°2.

Hab. Hokkaido. Type from Aoyama.

350 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Nov. 28,

Type. Female. B.M. No. 6.1.4.219. Original no. 117. Col-

lected 15 November, 1904.

Of the large series of J/. speciosus from Hondo, enumerated

just previously, only one has a hind foot as much as 25-5 mm. in

length, the majority of the adults ranging from 23 to 25, And

of those from Shikoku and Kiushiu one only has 25°5, and

one 26. On the other hand, the four from Hokkaido are all

measured as 26 or over, and in addition their skulls are rather

more elongate, especially in the muzzle, than those of the more

southern form.

Under these circumstances, in view of the general difference

between the faunas of Hondo and Hokkaido, I have thought it

advisable to give the form from the latter island a special sub-

specific name, like as it is to its ally in all other respects.

31. Micromys GetsHa Thos.

Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) xv. p. 491 (1905).

6. 32,35. 9.31. Makado, N. Hondo.

3. 50, 57, 58, 64, 67,68. 2. 69,70,71,72. Tsunagi, Iwah

Ken, N. Hondo.

@.1,2,4. Takayu, Uzeu, Hondo.

Go MOO, WOO Wisk DS On ANG IAD, ha) Abeypimaa, Ibau,

S.E. Hondo.

6. 140, 147, 155. @. 148, 149, 158, 163. Nakoma, Izu,

S.E. Hondo.

6. 268, 292,309, 2. 273, 299, 300) 301. Jimroy Tokue

shima Ken, Shikoku. 500’.

S$. 351, 363, 364, 365, 366. ©. 352, 354, 362, 368. Ochi,

Kochi Ken, Shikoku. 1500'—2100’.

3. 381. @. 372. Kuma, Ehime Ken, Shikoku.

3. 394, 401, 416. 2. 409, 410, 417. Takamori, Kumamoto

Ken, Kiushiu. 1800’.

3. 453. Q@. 451, 454. Kawachi, Miyasaki Ken, Kiushiu.

1500’.

Two specimens of this pretty little species were obtained by

Mr. H. Pryer in the Yokohama region in 1888, but it was only

when Mr. Gordon Smith’s collection was being worked out that

it was recognised as new. It would appear to be generally dis-

tributed over Hondo, Shikoku, and Kiushiu, and is represented

in Hokkaido by a short-eared subspecies.

Its mammary formula, as previously stated with doubt, is

2—2=8.

The following are the flesh measurements (in mm.) of a pair

from the Izu peninsula :-—

3. Head and body 94; tail 99; hind foot 20; ear 14.

Ps 9 » 94; 4, 94; pe USB wap ee

32. MICROMYS GEISHA HOKKAIDI, subsp. n.

(oh eh OKO OS ETL a Ty Oe OS). WIG). EXO). Aoyama,

Hokkaido.

1905. | MAMMALS FROM JAPAN. 351

6. 122, 123, 124, 130, 134, 137. - 9. 135. Noboribetsu, near

Moruran, Hokkaido.

“Common in bamboo-grass.”

Similar to true I. geisha in all respects except that the general

colour averages slightly paler (nearly as pale as “isabella,” but

of a more rufous brown), and the ears are decidedly shorter.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 90 mm.; tail 95; hind foot 19; ear 12:5.

Skull—ereatest length 23°5 ; basilar length 18; palatilar length

10; palatal foramina 5; length of upper molar series 3°6.

Hab, Hokkaido; type from Noboribetsu.

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 6.1.4.269. Original number 123.

Collected 21 November, 1904.

The ear-measurement of J/. geisha was given in the original

description as 12°5 mm., but this was taken on a poorly-made skin,

and it is evidently below the correct dimensions. For of nine

adult Izu examples seven have been measured by Mr. Anderson as

14 mm., and two as 13°5, while of thirteen adult Hokkaido skins

two have this measurement 12, two 12°5, eight 15, and one 13:5.

Little as this difference sounds in figures it is easily recognisable

by eye.

The occurrence in Hokkaido of representatives of Jicromys

speciosus and geisha shows that there is a genuine Japanese

element in the fauna of that island, mixed with the boreal non-

Japanese fauna indicated among others by the occurrence of

Sciurus vulgaris instead of lis, and Lepus timidus instead of

brachyurus.

33. MICROMYS MINUTUS JAPONICUS, Subsp. n.

¢. 286. Jinrio, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku. 500’.

3d. 322. Tanano, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku. 250’,

@. 462. Kawachi, Miyasaki Ken, Kiushiu. 1500’.

General colour above dusky sepia, the rump only rufous, as in

the Eastern forms of minutus ;.belly sharply contrasted white,

though with slaty bases to the hairs, as in the European races.

One old specimen, however, is more or less rufous over the whole

of the upper surface ; but this would seem to be an exception.

Skull apparently thicker and heavier than in the other races,

with an unusually large brain-case and short muzzle, but material

is lacking for a satisfactory comparison with the Eastern forms

pygmeus and ussuricus*, Molars decidedly larger than in

ussuricus, Which has the tooth-row only 2°8 mm. in length.

Dimensions of the type, measured in skin :—

Head and body 66 mm.; tail 61; hind foot 14:5.

Skull—basilar length 13-7 ; interorbital breadth 3:4; breadth of

brain-case 9°3; palatilar length 8; diastema 4°5 ; palatal foramina

3; length of upper molar series 3:1.

* The type of wssuricus has ahind foot 14 mm. in ength, not 12 as given in the

original description.

352, MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [N ov. 28,

Dimensions of one of Mr. Anderson’s specimens, measured in

the flesh :—

Head and body 59 mm.; tail 55; hind foot 15; ear 7.

Hab. Southern Hondo, and the islands of Shikoku and Kiushiu.

Type from Tosa, Kochi Ken, Shikoku.

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 5.3.3.44. Collected 15 February,

1904, by R. Gordon Smith, Esq.

The occurrence of the Harvest-Mouse in Japan was recorded

by Temminck.

34. Microrus MONTEBELLI M.-Edw.

Arvicola montebelli M.-Edw. Rech. Mamm. p. 285 (1874).

(Fusiyama.)

Arvicola hatanedzuni Sasaki, Bull. Tokyo Coll. Agric. vi. p. 51

(1904). (Tokyo.)

3. 39. 9. 38, 43, 45, 46. Makado, near Nohechi, Aomori

Ken, N. Hondo.

3. 8084, 851865" (On Sk 87, 888990. Oi 92 sy Moria kar

Iwate Ken, N. Hondo.

go. 151. 2. 159. Nakaomi, nr. Ohito, Izu, 8.E. Hondo.

2. 464, 467. Kawachi, Miyasaki Ken, Kiushiu. 1500’.

The British Museum owes to the kindness of Prof. Sasaki

representative examples of the Vole described by him as Arvicola

hatanedzumi, and with these Myr. Anderson’s specimens entirely

agree. But Prof. Sasaki’s name is unfortunately antedated by

that given by Milne-Kdwards in 1874, the type of which latter is

in the Paris Museum.

This type was carefully examined by Mr. Gerrit Miller during

his recent visit to Europe, and on his later studying in London

the specimens of “ hatanedzwmi” from Tokyo, and a series from

Misaki sent home by Mr. Gordon Smith, he came to the conclusion

that all belonged to one species, a conclusion from which I see no

reason to differ.

One (No. 80) of the twenty-three specimens has a supplementary

agrestis-like lobe on m*, but does not differ from the rest in any

other respect.

This Vole is evidently rare in Shikoku and Kiushiu, for

Mr. Anderson obtained no example of it in the former island and

only two in the latter.

35. Evotomys MIKADO Thos.

Hvotomys mikado Thos. Abstr. P. Z.8. No. 23, p. 19, Dec. 5,

1905.

¢. 121. Noboribetsu, near Moruran, Hokkaido,

@. 107. Aoyama, Hokkaido. 400’. Type.

‘‘ Under moss-grown log in forest of alders and birches.”

A true Hvetomys of medium size, similar in general appearance

to Danish examples of #. glareolus.

Rufous dorsal area covering the whole top of the head and

breadth of the back fairly well defined laterally, especially on the

1905. | MAMMALS FROM JAPAN, 350

fore-quarters; its colour rather redder than in ZL. glareolus,

approaching “hazel” of Ridgway. Sides greyer. Belly washed

with pale buff, not sharply defined laterally. Ears bright rufous.

Upper surface of hands and feet pale brownish white. Tail of

medium length, well-haired and tufted, dark brown above, dull

white below, the terminal tuft black above, whitish below.

Skull rather flatter than in #. glareolus, with a low weak

muzzle and the frontal outline not so convex. Palatal foramina

longer. Choanz broad and low, their structure as usual.

Molars with the same essential pattern asin /. glareolus, but

they are peculiarly compressed from before backwards, so as to be

unusually broad in proportion to their length, this proportion also

being shown in the individual cement-spaces, which are broad

transversely, short antero-posteriorly, and with their lateral

angles (especially the outer above and the inner below) very

sharp.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 104 mm.; tail 34; hind foot 17; ear 11°5.

Skull—tip of nasals to back of frontals 15°5; nasals 6-7 x 2°9 ;

height of muzzle behind incisors 3:5; interorbital breadth 3:8;

palatilar length 10:4; diastema 7; palatal foramina 5; length of

upper molar series (crowns) 4°7.

Type. Adult female. B.M. No. 6.1.4.296. Original number

107. Collected 13 November, 1904.

The occurrence of a typical Hvotomys in Hokkaido was quite

to be expected from the general character of the fauna of that

island.

36. Evoromys (CRASEOMYS) BEDFORDIE® Thos.

Evotomys bedfordie Thos, Abstr. P. Z.8. No. 23, p. 18, Dee. 5,

1905.

6g. 22, 23, 24. 2. 25, 27. Shinshinotsu, near Sapporo,

Hokkaido. Below 100’.

Ge LOL 104, 106, 113) 14, 115, Lien 2 l0d. Aoyama,

Hokkaido. 200’.

‘On plains covered with tall grass and scattered alders.”

‘“* In bamboo-grass.”

Size about as in the Scandinavian #.(C.) rufocanus Sund. Fur

as in that species, long and loose; hairs of back about 10 mm. in

length. General colour less contrasted red and grey than in rufo-

canus, the back darker chestnut, more #. glareolus-like, and the

sides darker and less sharply contrasted grey. Under surface dull

greyish washed with buffy. Crown rufous-chestnut, like the back.

Kars inconspicuously reddish. Cheeks like sides. Upper surface

of hands and feet dull greyish, the fingers whiter. A prominent

glandular patch present in the male on each flank in front of the

hip, rather further back than in H. rufocanus. Tail considerably

longer than in rufocanus, less thickly haired, the rings of scales

not hidden ; brown above, dull white below.

Skull apparently very much as in H.rufocanus. It may be

304 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Nov. 28,

noted that in not one of the specimens are the two bridges over

the lateral grooves on the posterior palate complete, while they

appear to be always complete in true Hvotomys.

Teeth broad and powerful, their pattern much as in Z. rufo-

canus; last segment of m* simple, with scarcely any trace of a

postero-internal re-entrant angle.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 119 mm. ; tail 47 ; hind foot (s.u.) 20; ear 15.

Skull—greatest length 27:8; basilar length 24; zygomatic

breadth 16 ; length of nasals 8 ; interorbital breadth 3°7; diastema

7:9; palatilar length 13; palatal foramina 5-7; length of upper

molar series 6°4; breadth of front lamina of m? 1°3.

Hab. Hokkaido. Type from Shinshinotsu.

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 6.1.4.298. Original number 23.

Collected 10 September, 1904.

I have named this handsome Vole after Her Grace the Duchess

of Bedford, whose interest in zoology is not less than that of her

husband.

L, bedfordie agrees with the Scandinavian LZ. rufocanus, the

type of the subgenus Craseomys, in all essential particulars, but

may be readily distinguished by its more glareolus-like colour, less

contrasted back and sides, and longer, less hairy tail.

EL. (C.) latastet Allen, from Kamtchatka, is a considerably

smaller animal.

An example of this species was obtained by the late Dr. John

Anderson in Hokkaido in 1885, and presented by him to the

British Museum, but has not hitherto been identified.

37. Evoromys (CRASEOMYS) ANDERSONI Thos.

Hvotomys andersoni Thos, Abstr. P. Z.S. No. 23, p. 18, Dec. 5,

1905.

3. 76. Tsunagi, near Morioka, Iwate Ken, N. Hondo. (7'ype.)

6. 44. Makado, near Nohechi, Aomori Ken, extreme North

Hondo.

Very like Z. (Craseomys) bedfordie externally, but with longer

tail, and the teeth much less powerful.

General external appearance almost exactly the same as in

E. bedfordie, the fur of the same long loose texture, and the

colour similarly dark lined chestnut passing gradually into

greyish on the sides, without the marked contrast found in

EL. rufocanus. Under surface rather darker buff than in /. bed-

Jordi. Feet rather shorter than in the allied species; tail

longer, its dark upper less contrasted with its pale lower surface.

Skull of the same general shape as in LH. bedfordie, and with

the same long parallel-sided interorbital region, but more lightly

built throughout. Palatal foramina shorter. Hinder edge of

palate with the bridges over the lateral grooves complete.

Teeth conspicuously lighter and weaker than in LZ. bedfordie,

the incisors and all the molars much narrower. Pattern in a

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM JAPAN. 355

general way similar, but the broad bold outlines of 2. bedfordice

are replaced by a weaker and more rounded pattern, more like

that of ordinary Hvotomys, to which this species shows some

approximation. But the teeth are rootless, and with m* and m,

encapsuled as in Craseomys. Posterior section of m* more com-

plicated than in bedfordiw, forming an inturned C, there being

three re-entrant angles on each side of this tooth, the last at least

half as deep as the two anterior ones. In “. bedfordie and

E. rufocanus there is scarcely any trace of a third concavity on

either side, while the two anterior re-entrant angles are exceed-

ingly deep and bold.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 120 mm.; tail 54; hind foot (s. u.) 18°5; ear 13.

Skull—ereatest length 26°6; basilar length 22:7; zygomatic

breadth 15; length of nasals 7:8; interorbital breadth 3°3;

diastema 7; palatilar length 12-2; palatal foramina 5; length of

upper molar series 5'1 ; breadth of front lamina of m?* 0-9,

Hab. Northern Hondo. Type from near Morioka.

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 6.1.4.807. Oviginal number 76.

Collected 10 October, 1904.

The second specimen (No. 44) is younger and therefore more

greyish brown in colour, and its teeth are more angular than those

of No. 76. But I do not think that there is any doubt as to its

belonging to the same species as the type.

I have named this interesting Volein honour of Mr. Anderson,

its discoverer, who has so far carried out the Duke of Bedford’s

exploration with conspicuous success.

38. Evoromys (PHAULOMyYs) smiruit Thos,

Evotomys (Phaulomys) smithii Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) xv.

p. 493 (1905),

3. 146. 2. 160. Nakaomi, nr. Ohito, Izu Peninsula, S.E.

Hondo. 400’.

3. 345, 346, 347, 348, 359, 360. 9. 333, 349, 350, 361, 362.

Ochi, Kochi Ken, Shikoku. 1400".

Oe 200; 200; 2715 296, 297, 3m. Oe 2872291998) simrio:

Takushima Ken, Shikoku. 500’.

. 382, 383, 384. Kuma, Ehime Ken, Shikoku. 1200’.

. 315. 2.316. Fukuhara, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku. 750’.

. 325. Ikeda, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku.

. 320. Yanainidane, Tokushima Ken, Shikoku. 1600’.

. 387, 388, 399, 407, 414, 424, 431,445. 2. 386, 389, 400,

415, 439, 440, 441. Takamori, Kumamoto Ken, Kiushiu.

3. 465. 9. 448,449, 450, 455, 457, 468, 469, 470. Kawachi,

Miyasaki Ken, Kiushiu. 1500’, ,

3.478. Mitai, Miyasaki Ken. 1000’.

This fine series, numbering 53 examples, of the new form of

Red-backed Vole discovered by Mr. Gordon Smith, adds con-

siderably to our knowledge of its variation and distribution. It

Qy +O Oy Oy OY

356 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON | Nov. 28,

would seem to be widely spread over Southern Hondo, 8. of 35° N.,

and to be common in both Shikoku and Kiushiu, its distribution

thus corresponding with that of somany Japaneseanimals. There

does not appear to be any tangible difference between the speci-

mens from the Izu Peninsula, from the type locality, Kobe, or from

the two southern islands, Shikoku and Kiushiu. In each place,

however, there seems a good deal of variability, both in colour,

which ranges from a light russet-brown to a dark “ vandyke-

brown,’ Drala in tooth- patter n.

In the latter respect the following description applies to the

majority of the specimens, the type being among the minority ;

but there is every gradation between the two.

M* with the first outer and inner re-entrant angles subequal,

the latter being much deeper in the type; second and third

spaces partially, and in some cases fully, separated, not continuous

as in the type; fourth space not always separated off from the

posterior C; head and tail of the C strongly developed, with a

deep re-entrant angle between them, as deep as the one before the

head, the third internal projecting angle of the tooth ; there are,

therefore, three subequal internal re- entrant angles, while in the

type there are two deep ones only (the second deeper than is

shown in my figure and running more directly backwards), the

third being represented by a quite inconspicuous concavity.

Similarly on the outer side of the tooth the third concavity is

usually far more marked than in the type. As a result of these

variations in the depths of the re-entrant angles, the whole tooth

appears more bilaterally symmetrical than in the figured specimen.

Below, the spaces of m, are usually less uniformly coalesced with

each other, and the sight antero-internal concavity of the front

trefoil is often developed into a well-defined re-entrant angle, so

that there are four inner re-entrant angles to the tooth instead of

three.

The measurements (in mm.) in the flesh of two Kiushiu adults

are as follows :—

3. Head and body 100; tail 50; hind foot 17°53; ear 11.

oF .» . MOSS gy eX) wp SOS yy a

With regard to the number of the mamme, there appear to be

only 6, two inguinal pairs and a posterior pectoral pair, no trace

of an anterior pectoral pair being discoverable. But the exami-

nation has only been made on skins, none of them killed in the

breeding-season, and must therefore not be looked on as final.

‘“¢ Lives both in forest and on grassy hill-sides.”—M/, P. A.

39. Lepus tTrmipus AtNU Barr.-Ham.*

So. 129. Noboribetsu, near Moruran, Hokkaido.

In the white winter pelage.

Dimensions in the flesh :—

Head and body 510 mm.; tail 35; hind foot 142; ear 65.

* PZ. S. 1900, p. 90.

1905. | MAMMALS FROM JAPAN.

40. Lepus BracHyurus Temm.

3.3. Takaya, near Yonezawa, Uzeu, Hondo.

3.175. Tajinia, Izu Peninsula, S.E. Hondo. —

3. 180. Ohito, Izu Peninsula. 100’.

Ge 2305 2AQ Oe 2395 2440) Washikaguchi,, WNara) Ken,

Hondo.

3. 282, 305. ©. 283, 306, 307. Jinrio, Tokushima Ken,

Shikoku.

3. 421. 9.413. Takamori, Kumamoto Ken, Kiushiu.

Dimensions of an adult female in the flesh :—

Head and body 505 mm.; tail 40; hind foot 135; ear 78.

‘Very common ; called ‘Usangi’ by the Japanese.” —/. P. A.

4], PENTALAGUS FURNESSI Stone.

¢. 600. Oshima, Okinawa, Liu-Kiu Is.

This specimen of the interesting Liu-Kiu Hare was presented

to Mr. Anderson by Mr. Alan Owston, of Yokohama. It agrees

with the type in the possession of only five upper cheek-teeth.

Another specimen is now living in the Duke of Bedford’s

menagerie at Woburn.

42. Sus teucomystax Temm.

@. 252. Washikaguchi, Nara Ken, Hondo.

‘The Wild Boar is very common, some 500 being killed yearly

in Nara Ken alone. Japanese name ‘ Inoshishi.’”— M/. P. A.

43. NEMORH2DUS CRISPUS 'Temm.

3S. 229. 9. 230. Washikaguchi, Nara Ken, Hondo.

“The Goat-Antelope is exceedingly rare in Nara Ken, and

probably everywhere, for this is but the second place where I have

heard of its existence. JI was told that 5 to 7 are killed yearly

in Nara Ken. It inhabits dense forested heights, and when

pursued seeks the rockiest and most precipitous places where it

can find cover. Japanese name ‘ Niku.’”—W/. P. A.

44, Cervus sika Temm.

@. 228. Washikaguchi, Nara Ken, Hondo.

“Common, many hundreds being killed yearly by the natives.

Native name ‘ Shika.’”—, P. A.

APPENDIX.

On Collections from the Islands of Oki, Yakushima, and

Tanegashima.

I. Oxi Isuanps.

These islands lie about 50 miles out at sea, north of Matsuye,

towards the western end of South-west Hondo. Mr. Anderson

says :—‘ Dogo Island, the largest of the group, is a heavily-wooded,

358 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Nov. 28,

mountainous island, rising in places to over 2000 feet. Only the

broadest valleys are cultivated, and the hill-sides near the sea.

The mountains are steep, but not usually rocky. With few

exceptions dense forest clothes all the mountain-sides and tops.

It consists of oaks, elms (‘zelkova’), chestnuts, camelias, pines,

firs, and eryptomerias.

“The island is well watered. We had frequent heavy rains

during our stay, which was from June 28 to July 12. The

prevailing temperature at the little interior hamlet where we

stayed was 74° F. at noon. The nights were slightly cooler.”

Of the geology Mr. Robert Anderson says: ‘‘ Dogo seems to be

founded on a formation of very old gneiss of sedimentary origin,

which is concealed over much of the surface by recent volcanic

rocks and local Tertiary deposits.”

31 specimens were obtained in Dogo, belonging to the following

six species. Several show some slight modification as compared

with their Hondo allies.

1. MocEerA wocuRA KOBE, Thos.

3. 586, 587, 596, 602. 2. 582, 585, 588, 589, 590, 594, 595,

597, 601, 605, 607, 610. Dogo Island. 100’.

These specimens are in no way distinguishable from the large

Mole of S8.W. Hondo.

Their skulls, without exception, are all within the narrow

limits of 38 to 40 mm. in total length.

2. URoTRICHUS TALPOIDES T'emm.

$. 591. Dogo Island. 100’.

3. CROCIDURA DSI-NEZUMI Temm.

3g. 599. Dogo Island. 100’.

4, MICROMYS SPECIOSUS NAVIGATOR *, subsp. n.

3. 583, 592, 593, 603. 9. 580, 584. Interior of Dogo

Island.

General characters as in Japanese speciosus, though the colour

is a little duller than the average and the feet are more brownish

grey, not so distinctly white. ‘Tail markedly shorter than in any

specimens from elsewhere.

Skull as in true speciosus.

The following are the dimensions (in mm.) of four well-grown

specimens :—

Cun neene Head and body 112; tail 87; hind foot 24:5; ear 16.

St seeaae bs EAA Oy eens Oi: 3 DAD Bee IL G5),

3 (Type) ,, oy OES oy, CDS ie DB op LS.

FEH9O 0 ” ” 104 > 09 87 ; ” 24:5 > 15.

Skull of type—greatest length 29 mm.;_ basilar length 23;

length of upper molar series 4:2.

** Oki=out in the sea, out in the offing.

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM JAPAN. 359

Type. Young adult male. B.M. No. 6.1.4.378. Original

number 583. Collected 30 June, 1905.

This insular form of the common Japanese Field-Mouse is

readily recognisable by its much shorter tail, this organ in true

speciosus being rarely less than 100 mm. in length.

5, MICROMYS GEISHA CELATUS, subsp. n.

3. 598,611. 2. 581, 606. Interior of Dogo Isiand. 100’.

Average size distinctly smaller than in mainland geisha, and

the tail proportionally short. Fur fine and close; hairs of back

about 6-7 mm. in length. Colour as in true geisha.

Dimensions (in mm.) of three specimens, measured in the flesh :—

$ (Type) Head and body 80; tail 80; hind foot 19; ear 15.

Clee: _ inh (hives oro ue 5 1S ee eau te

Govetees %» pa SI ay (eae po UD lee

Skull of type—greatest length 24 mm., length of upper molar

series 3°6.

Type. Male. B.M. No. 6.1.4.385. Original number 611.

Collected 10 July, 1905.

These insular examples of the common geisha-mouse are 5-

15 mm. less in the head and body measurement, and 5-20 less

in the tai}, than specimens from the mainland, but are like the

latter in all other respects.

6. LEPUS BRACHYURUS OKTENS!S, subsp. n,

3. 609 (yg.). 2. 604, 608 (yg.). Dogo Island. 100".

Size and other essential characters as in true drachyurus, but

the colour heavily blackened throughout, more or less melanistic.

Of the type, the only adult, the general colour above is uniform

bistre-brown, the ordinary subterminal buffy rings on the hairs

being either absent or much reduced. Central area of face and

crown similar to back, as are the cheeks; a lighter line running

from the whiskers past the eyes to the ears. Nape brown. Ears

with the proectote* deep black, inconspicuously fringed with

buffy ; metentote blackish proximally, brownish buffy terminally,

outer fringe narrow, dull buffy, inconspicuous ; metectote brown

proximally, the terminal half-inch black. Sides little lighter than

back. Interramia dull whitish, reduced in size by the extension

of the black chin-patch. Collar deep bistre-brown. Belly dull

whitish. Limbs coloured like back, the long hairs of the feet

* Every mammalogist in describing specimens has felt the need for names to

characterise the different parts of the ear when folded, as in repose. The anterior

third and posterior two-thirds of the outer surface, and the same of the inner, make

four areas always distinguished from each other by colour or degree of hairiness, and

constantly have to be described. If, therefore, the whole outer surface of the ear be

called the ectote, we may call its anterior part the proectote and the posterior the

metectote. Similarly the inner surface would be the entote, its anterior part the

proentote and the posterior part the metentote. In ordinary specimens, with

the ears folded back, it is the proectote and the metentote which are visible and

characteristically coloured, while the metectote and proentote are commonly more

or less naked and colourless.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1905, Vou. ll. No. XXV. 25

360 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Nov. 28,

smoky blackish. Tail black above, very slightly more greyish

below.

Skull as in true brachyurus.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 506 mm.; tail 54; hind foot 138; ear 78.

Type. Adult female. B.M. No. 6.1.4.389. Original number

604. Collected 7 July, 1905.

This Hare affords an instance of the blackening so often found

in insular forms. No doubt it is a kind of melanism, but the

indications given by three specimens, even though they differ in

degree, that the darkening is not spasmodic or individual, renders

it necessary to recognise the animal by a subspecific name *,

II. YAKUSHIMA.

Yakushima was not visited by Mr. Malcolm Anderson, but by

his brother, Mr. Robert V. Anderson, who had been helping him

in his collecting work in Kiushiu, Shikoku, and the Oki Islands.

The following is an extract from the admirable notes on the

island he has given me :—

‘“Yakushima lies some forty miles south of the southernmost

headland of Kiushiu, a few miles south-west of Tanegashima, and

between 30° 15’ and 30° 25’ N. lat. It is one of the Osumi

group of small islands which are the most northerly of the

Liu-Kiu curve. It is extremely mountainous in character, the

only approximation to the level being along the coast whence a

gentle incline slopes to the steep hills a quarter of a mile to a mile

away. ‘The island is seen from the sea as a mass of densely-

forested high mountains with straight low coast-line, several

ridges that inclose basins culminating centrally in Miyanoura-

dake at an altitude of more than six thousand five hundred feet.

The island is circular, with a diameter of about fifteen miles.

The sides of the hills usually slope at an angle of forty-five

degrees, except here and there where great cliffs of granite make

a break in the forest.

‘The climate is very wet, and the island abounds in streams and

mountain-torrents. Light snow sometimes falls, even in summer,

on the highest peaks.

“There are no rabbits or martens in Yakushima, but, according

to native reports, weasels are common.” —R. V. A.

Although he heard of them from the natives, Mr. Anderson

was not able to obtain any specimens of the Yakushima monkey,

weasel, or deer; but it fortunately happens that a collection of

Mammals has just been acquired by the Museum from Mr. Alan

Owston, which contains examples of the first and third, besides a

weasel from Tanegashima, and I therefore record them here, so

as to complete the list of the Mammals known to exist in the

island.

* Mr. Anderson has since written to me expressing his conviction that the Oki

Hare is constantly different from that from Hondo,

1905. | MAMMALS FROM JAPAN. 361

1. Macacus Fuscatus, Bly.

3. Owston Collection. Nos. 1, 3,4. 9. 2, 5.

These specimens are dark in colour, but not darker than some

of the Shikoku examples.

2. MoGERA WOGURA KANAI, subsp. n.

6. 960, 561, 564, 566, 569, 571, 573, 574. 9. 562, 563.

Miyanoura, Yakushima. Sea-level.

Two specimens in the Owston Collection.

A small insular form, rather larger than the typical wogura of

Yokohama, far smaller than the large kobee of S.W. Hondo,

Shikoku, and the Oki Islands. Colour rather dark, tending towards

slaty; not so brown as in kohee.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 138 mm.; tail 14; hind foot 19.

Skull—egreatest length 35; basal length 30°3; greatest breadth

16-6; front of upper canine to back of m’ 12°8.

Lengths of six other skulls, all male—36:2, 36:5, 35:1, 34:9,

36°5, 35:4.

Type. Old male. B.M. No. 6.1.4.394. Original number 569.

Collected 13 June, 1905.

The recurrence of a small Mole at the south-west corner of the

Japanese Islands, separated from the other small one of N.E.

Hondo by the large kobew, renders it a difficult matter to know

how best to name the different forms. But as in my paper

describing kobe the original wogura is allocated to the Yokohama

animal, it seems better to maintain that reference in the absence

of direct evidence to show that wogura was given to the small

Mole now described.

The extreme uniformity in the size of the specimens is very

noteworthy.

At the instance of Mr. Robert Anderson I have used for this

Mole the name of Mr. K, Kanai, a native Japanese helper, to

whom he and his brother were much indebted for assistance.

Mr. Anderson states that the Mole is exceedingly common in

Yakushima, where the damp climate no doubt produces a plentiful

crop of earthworms.

3. CROCIDURA DSI-NEZUMI UMBRINA 'emm. (°).

@. 547. Miyanoura. 40’.

“Caught in forest of large trees and bamboo undergrowth.”—

lise Wa dele

This Shrew is rather darker and longer-tailed than the

ordinary Japanese C’, dsi-nezumi, and may represent the form

described by Temminck as Sorex wmbrinus.

4. Mus motossinus Temm.

3. Miyanoura, Yakushima, 500’.

25*

362 ON MAMMALS FROM JAPAN, [ Nov. 28,

5. Micromys specrosus Temm.

3. 556. 9. 545. Miyanoura, Yakushima. Sea-level to 400’.

These specimens are rather more heavily blackened on the

back than average mainland examples.

6. MiIcRoMYS GEISHA YAKUI, subsp. n.

3. 549, 551, 552. 9. 548, 550. Mountains of Central

Yakushima. 3500’. ;

Size and length of tail about as in typical geisha, but the feet

unusually long and heavy. Colour rather darker and fur longer

(hairs of back 7-8 mm.).

Dimensions (in mm.) of three specimens, taken in the flesh :—

Guess Head and body 88; tail 101; hind foot 21 ; ear 15.

Q (Uys) ¢. OR | COR op) CUP oy A,

One COA Wn tet O Gy: 4) PAU Re Sriaian” JLBieh),

Skull of type—greatest length 25; length of upper molar

series 4.

Type. Female. B.M. No. 6.1.4.407. Original number 548.

Collected 7 June, 1905.

The long and rather dark fur of the Yakushima geisha is

probably due to the extreme dampness of the island, where the

rain is heavy and continuous.

These Mice were obtained during a trip Mr. Anderson made

up to the mountainous centre of the island, part of the way down

into the basin which succeeds the highest ridge to be seen from

the sea. They appeared to be abundant in the forest.

7. CERVUS SIKA Temm.

¢. Owston Coll. No.1. Yakushima.

TU. TANEGASHIMA.

‘“'Tanegashima les between Yakushima and the mainland of

Kiushiu, from which it is distant about 20 miles. It is com-

paratively flat, the highest ridge attaining about 1200 feet. It

is cultivated except on the central hills, which are covered partly

with forest, partly with grass.

“Monkeys, weasels, deer, and boars were reported to us by

the natives. No hares exist here.’—WM. P. A.

Mr. Anderson only succeeded in obtaining examples of the two

usual species of Micromys. A weasel from Tanegashima is in

the Owston Collection.

1. Purortus rrarsi Temm.

@. Owston Coll. No.1. Tanegashima.

2. Micromys spectosus Temm.

3. 922, 524. 9. 523, 525. Northern Tanegashima. Sea-

level.

ZINA D2 eh SlelLIL ONE. 7) “SE MUNOUMLOI SS °“SiNiulen SIAR anys TE

ile ‘dum sy] Wossporme 9 Peg “FEL [ep w9ez6)-¢

Mla TP GOCLS Z a

Vt See

Deh llr 8%

4p IOS sel JE SC.

J. Green del. et hth Bale & Danielsson , Lt4 imp.

1. CADYADSCUNS WARDIDONIL, 2 CwArrii. Se. OLEDOSe

“oC. OC CUDIEINICALES .

)

TIXOS D6 “SOW MONE SVIDOT IS Tt

dum pul VOSsTeEte(izg sje eh qe “T?P TWEE RUS) rife

IC tel IP SOSUS Zia

SIME LMS, OL “WAS TINIE, OS SAW NAMIE) 2 Sia SIG, SiDeIneo I

‘dur. 7‘ wossyarre(] 3g aed MEME AS NOS WERE) IC?

TID Nel I Te’ SOSL SZ dl

1905. ] ON THE FISHES OF THE FAMILY GALAXIIDA. 363

3. 527, 528, 537, 538, 5389. 9. 526, 529, 531, 532, 533, 534,

540. Central Tanegashima. 300

3. 542. 9. 543,544. Nishinoomote, Tanegashima. 150’.

3. Micromys crisHa Thos.

3. 536. @. 535, 539,541. Central Tanegashima. 300’.

These specimens are intermediate, as should be the case,

between the long-footed yakui and the ordinary geisha of Japan.

Three of the specimens are measured as having the hind foot

19°35 mm.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Mustela melampus bedfordi, p. 343.

4. A Revision of the Fishes of the Family Galawiide.

By C. Tare Regan, B.A., F.Z.8.

{ Received October 26, 1905. ]

(Plates X.—XIII.*)

The Galaxiide are a family of Teleostean Fishes which are placed

by Boulenger in the Haplomi,a suborder defined by the abdominal

ventral fins, the persistent pneumatic duct, and the absence of a

mesocoracoid element in the pectoral arch.

They may be thus defined :—

Maxillary behind the premaxillary and toothless, but to a

certain extent bordering the mouth. Parietals in contact,

separating the frontals from the supraoccipital; orbitosphenoid,

basisphenoid, and opisthotic wanting; pro-otics not forming a

roof for the eye-muscle canal, which is confluent with the cranial

cavity ; mesethmoid small, unpaired. Ribs attached to auto-

genous parapophyses; epipleurals and epineurals present. Post-

temporal simple, attached to the epiotic; pectoral pterygoids

normal, 4 in number. 5 to 11 branchiostegals; gill-membranes

free from the isthmus; pseudobranchie present; four gills, a

slit behind the fourth. Body naked. No adipose fin. Pectorals

placed low; ventrals, if present, with 6 or 7 rays. Air-bladder

present. Ova falling into the abdominal cavity before extrusion.

The closely allied Haplochitonide differ in the greater develop-

ment of the premaxillaries, the presence of a roof for the eye-

muscle canal, formed by the pro-otics, and in having an adipose fin.

The Ksocide of the Northern Hemisphere resemble the

Galaxiide and Haplochitonid of the Southern in the primitive

structure of the vertebral column, also in the shape of the cranium,

the orbitosphenoid wanting and the opisthotic very small or absent.

However, the presence of well-developed paired ethmoids and the

separation of the parietals by the supraoccipital are cranial

differences of considerable importance.

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 383.

364 MR. CG, TATE REGAN ON THE FISHES [ Nov. 28,

So long as they were supposed to be a fresh-water group, the

geographical distribution of the Galaxiide was considered to be of

considerable interest, occurring as they do in the Southern half of

Australia, Tasmania, New Zealand and the neighbouring islands,

Chile, Patagonia and the Falkland Islands, and at the Cape of

Good Hope.

The occurrence of Galaxias maculatus in the sea has been

recorded by Valenciennes and by Philippi, off the Falklands and off

the coast of Chile respectively. The observations of Johnston in

Tasmania and of Hutton and Clarke in New Zealand are to the

effect that Galaxias attenuatus descends to the sea periodically to

spawn. Mr. Rupert Vallentin has seen shoals of little fishes,

which I identify with the Galaxias gracillimus of Canestrini, in

the sea at the Falkland Islands. Recently Galaxias brevipinnis

has also been found to be marine, G. bollansi, described by

Hutton from the Auckland Islands, proving to be identical with

this species.

The Galaxiide present many analogies to the Salmonide of the

Northern Hemisphere, both being circumpolar groups of marine

origin which are establishing themselves in fresh-water. In both

families we meet with non-migratory forms which appear to have

finally left the sea and with others which return to the sea

periodically; but whilst the migratory Salmonide are anadromous,

the migratory Galaxiide, on the contrary, are catadromous.

The enormous range of variation in the fresh-water Salmonidee

renders the delimitation of species a matter of great difficulty,

and so it is with the Galaxiide, with the similar result that a

large number of nominal or insufficiently defined species have

been described.

In some species numerous small biackish spots on the body and

fins, due to the presence of parasitic organisms, are almost always

present, and have been mistaken for colour-markings characteristic

of the species (e.g. G. lynx and G. olidus).

The burrowing-habits of a species of Galaxias have been recorded

by T. 8S. Hall (Vict. Nat. xviii. 1900, p. 65), who states that,

according to the observations of Mr. Russell Ritchie of Launceston,

in Tasmania Galaxias have been dug up in moist peaty soil, and

swim when placed in water. As many as twelve at a time have

been dug up in one place and lived in water in a pickle-jar for

various periods up to three days. The loss of the ventral fins and

the small eyes of the New Zealand Neochanna apoda, which

burrows in damp clay, show its special adaptation to similar habits.

The material on which the present revision is based consists of

the specimens in the British Museum, including all the types

described by Richardson and by Giinther, as well as a series of

specimens from Tasmania, sent by Mr. R. W. Johnston in 1880,

representing the species described by him, and typical examples of

G. nigothoruk Lucas and G. bollansi Hutton. A large series of

specimens has been received from the Australian Museum, in-

cluding the types of G. occidentalis, G'. waterhousei, and G. hayi.

1905. | OF THE FAMILY GALAXIIDA. 365

The author has also been permitted to examine the types of

G. scriba and G. ornatus, preserved in the Paris Museum, and

those of G. attenuatus, G. maculatus, and G. alpinus, in the

Museum of the University of Cambridge.

The author wishes to gratefully express his thanks to the

Director of the Australian Museum, to Mr. E. R. Waite, to

Professor L. Vaillant and to Dr. 8. F. Harmer. Also to Mr. J.

A. Wolftsohn, who has kindly sent him a copy of Philippi’s paper

describing the Chilian species.

27 species may be regarded as well established, but this number

will doubtless soon be augmented. Two genera may be recognised,

Galaxias and Neochanna.

GALAXTIAS.

Galaxias Cuv. Régne Anim. ii. p. 183 (1817); Cuv. & Val.

Hist. Nat. Poiss. xvii. p. 340 (1846); Giinth. Cat. Fish. vi. p. 208

1866).

Mesites (non Geoftr.) Jenyns, Voy. Beagle, Fish. p. 118 (1842).

Austrocobitis Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxiv. 1899,

p. 158.

Body more or less elongate. Teeth conical, pointed, in a single

series in the jaws and on the inner edge of each entopterygoid,

and in a double series on the tongue. Hyes small or moderate,

with a free circular lid. Dorsal fin more or less posterior in

position, with 9 to 15 rays; anal opposite or posterior to the dorsal,

with 10 to 19 rays. Ventral fins present, with 6 or 7 rays.

Vertebree 53 to 64 in number (53 in G’. olidus, 56 in G. plate,

60 to 61 in G. findlayi, 61 in G. fasciatus, 62 in G’. attenuatus and

G. maculatus, 64 in G. brevipinnis).

Synopsis of the Species.

J. South African. (Ventrals 6-rayed; dorsal and anal fins each

with 9 to 12 rays; cleft of mouth rather small.)

Caudaltizuncate-rounded te yee scree ate

Candalkemlarcinmatemenaccencerteeereces seer eneee ere ae en tte

. zebratus.

. punetifer.

II. South American.

A. 6 or7 branchiostegals; caudal emarginate ; origin of anal

opposite or slightly posterior to that of the dorsal.

1. Origin of ventral equidistant from tip of snout and

base of caudal or nearer the former.

Length of head 5 (young) to 63 (adult) in the length of the fish. 3. attenuatus.

Length of head 7 to 73 (young) i in the length of the fish ......... A. gracillimus.

2. Origin of ventral nearer to base of caudal than to

tip of snout.

Maxillary extending to below anterior margin of eye or slightly

beyond eens. boadacnd dodeanosecagwed | Be MGIOOUCHEDE,

Maxillary extending to below anterior 4 L of eye PUM EERE 6. alpinus.

B. 8 or 9 branchiostegals; caudal truncate; origin of aa

posterior to that of the dorsal.

Origin of ventral oe nearer to base of caudal than to

tip of snout.. 7. platei.

Origin of ventral slightly 1 nearer to tip of snout than to base of

Ie Gala lama. PME eye enn hnd Senate. san hres ROME OME ERE:

366 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE FISHES

III. New Zealand and neighbouring islands.

A. Anal fin, when laid back, not reaching the procurrent

caudal rays.

1. 6 or 7 branchiostegals; 9 to 11 gill-rakers on the lower

part of the anterior arch.

Pectoral extending less than 4 of the distance from its base to the

___ base of ventral; anal with 12 to 15 branched rays ............

Pectoral extending more than } of the distance from its base to

the base of ventral; anal with 10 to 12 branched rays

2. 8 or 9 branchiostegals; 12 to 14 gill-rakers on the

lower part of the anterior arch

B. Anal fin, when laid back, extending to the procurrent

caudal rays but not to the base of the caudal; 7 to 9

gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch

C, Anal fin, when laid back, extending to or beyond the

base of caudal; 10 or 11 gill-rakers on the lower part of

the anterior arch.

Length of head 4-5 in the length of the fish (in specimens of

Pry RPS Asyo cot Ny Nl enn as epaon teres Sierra) eee Mam te Mapa ga oi UNC

Length of head 33-34 in the length of the fish (in specimens of

NGS 2 Oo eras) heen. ecru trans eter ure ii cee ieee nani TU meter

IV. Australian and Tasmanian.

A. Ventrals 7-rayed.

1. Origin of anal opposite to that of the dorsal.

Amalawith l2=loubranchedivaysie. seen eee eee

AnalewithlOvbranched rayseenete emer ee

2. Origin of anal posterior to that of the dorsal, below

or in advance of the middle of the dorsal.

a. Origin of ventrals equidistant from tip of snout

and base of caudal.

Lower jaw projecting; pectoral extending less than 2 of the

distance from its base to the base of ventral.....................

Lower jaw shorter than the upper (in the adult); pectoral

extending 3-3 of the distance from its base to the base of

ACC) BE eos cer trp ae eae o uetalae aatactua SoS se age Sa aE ame amet

6. Origin of ventrals nearer to base of caudal than

to tip of snout; jaws equal anteriorly.

a. Pectoral extending much less than } of the

distance from its base to the base of

ventral SRE BUM ToAD RES aNGRE aN earnae mente

G3. Pectoral extending about } of the distance

from its base to the base of ventral.

* Maxillary extending to below anterior

x or anterior 4 of eye.

Length of head 43-4 in the length of the fish... -...............00 65.

Length of head 4 in the length of the fish ............ sad neaneeaobect

** Maxillary extending to, or nearly to,

below middle of eye.

Anal, when laid back, extending to the base of caudal ............

Anal, when laid back, not extending to the base of caudal

3. Origin of anal posterior to the middle of dorsal.

a. Pectoral extending less than } of the distance

from its base to the base of ventral.

a. Lower jaw slightly projecting ...............

3. Jaws equal anteriorly or the lower some-

what the shorter.

Caudal peduncle 12-13 as long as deep ........0.....ccecceeevseeeceeues

Caudal peduncle 13-2 as long as deep SUSE aigueciuR tine Gae acd

6. Pectoral extending more than 4 of the distance

from its base to the base of ventral

B. Ventrals 6-rayed .............

10.

11.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

23.

[ Nov. 28,

. attenuatus.

. huttoni.

Lyne.

brevipinnis.

. fasciatus.

. alepidotus.

. attenuatus.

. occidentalis.

. waitit.

weedoni.

rostratus.

truttaceus.

auratus.

covtt.

affinis.

- ornatus.

olidus.

24. findlayi.

25.

26.

schomburgkii.

dissimilis.

1905.] OF THE FAMILY GALAXIIDA. 367

1. GALAXIAS ZEBRATUS.

Cobitis zebratus Casteln. Poiss. Afrique Austr. p. 56 (1861).

Galaxias capensis Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, ciii. 1894, p. 460,

pl. 11. fig. 2.

Teeth in the jaws subequal, without distinct enlarged canines.

Depth of body 5-53 in the length, length of head 4-4}. Snout

a little shorter than eye, the diameter of which is about 4 in the

length of head, interorbital width nearly 3. Jaws equal anteriorly ;

maxillary extending to below anterior + of eye. 8 gill-rakers on

the lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal III 7-8; distance

from origin of dorsal to base of caudal 24-23 in the length of the

fish. Anal IIJ-IV 8, commencing below the middle ov anterior

part of the dorsal. Pectoral extending 4-3 of the distance from

its base to the base of ventral. Ventrals 6-rayed, originating at

a point nearly equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal,

extending 4—§ of the distance from their base to the origin of anal.

Caudal subtruncate. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep.

Irregular dark cross-bars on the back and sides of the body; head

and body covered with small dark dots.

Cape of Good Hope.

1. (54 mm.) Sir. A. Smith.

2-6. (85-55 mm.) Near Cape Town. Prof. M. Weber.

2. GALAXIAS PUNCTIFER. (Plate X. fig. 3.)

Cobitis puncirfer Casteln. Poiss. Afrique Austr. p. 56 (1861).

Teeth in the Jaws subequal, without distinct enlarged canines.

Depth of body about 53 in the length, length of head 41-44.

Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3-34 in the length

of head, interorbital width 25-3}. Jaws equal anteriorly ;

maxillary extending to below anterior margin of eye or slightly

beyond. 8 or 9 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch.

Dorsal ITI-IV 7-8; distance from origin of dorsal to base of

caudal 23-25 in the length of the fish, Anal III-IV 6-8, com-

mencing below the middle or posterior part of the dorsal.

Pectoral extending 3 the distance from its base to the base of

ventral. Ventrals 6-rayed, originating at a point nearer to tip

of snout than to base of caudal, extending 4—3 of the distance from

their base to the origin of anal. Caudal slightly emarginate.

Caudal peduncle 24-3 as long as deep. A series of obscure dark

bars or blotches on the upper part of the sides; head and body

covered with small dark dots.

Cape of Good Hope.

This species is distinguished from G. zebraéus by the shorter

head, smaller mouth, more slender caudal peduncle, &c., but

especially by the different shape of the caudal fin.

1-2. (47 and 54 mm.) Near Cape Town. 8. African Mus.

3-12. (27-30 mm.) Durban Rd., Cape Town. C. D. Rudd, Esq.

368 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE FISHES [Nov. 28,

3. GALAXIAS ATTENUATUS. (Plates XII. fig. 1, and XIII. fig. 2.)

Mesites attenwatus Jenyns, Zool. ‘ Beagle) Wish pal 2a plepxcxais

fig. 5 (1842).

* Galizaas truttaceus (non Cuv.) Valence. in Cuv. Régne Anim.,

Poiss. pl. xevii. fig. 2 (1829).

Galaxias scriba Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xvii. p. 347 (1846);

Richards. Zool. ‘ Erebus’ & ‘ Terror,’ Fish. p. 66 (1848); Giinth.

Cat. Fish. vi. p. 212 (1866).

Galaxias attenuatus Cuv. & Val.t.c. p. 348; Giinth. t.¢. p. 210;

Hutton, Fish. N. Zeal. p. 60, pl. x. fig. 96 (1872); Klunz. Sitzb.

Ak. Wien, lxxx. 1879, p. 412; Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8.

Wales, vi. 1881, p. 230; Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania,

1882, p. 130; Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst. xxvii. 1896,

p. 317; Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S! Wales, xxi/ 1896, p. 71;

Clarke, Trans. New Zealand Inst. xxxi. 1899, p. 78.

Galaxias maculatus (non Jenyns) Richards. t. ¢. p. 75, pl. xl.

figs. 14-17.

Galaxias minutus Philippi, Arch. f. Nat. 1858, vol. xxiv. i. p. 309.

Galaxias kreffti Giinth. t. ec. p. 211.

ralaxias punctatus Giinth, t. c. p. 212.

Galaxias waterhouseit Kreftt, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 943;

Klunz. 1. ¢.

Galaxias cylindricus Casteln. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, i. 1872,

p. 177; Macleay, t. c. p. 235.

Galaxias delicatulus Casteln. t. c. p. 178; Macleay, 1. ¢.

Galaxias campbelli Sauv. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iv. 1880, p. 229.

Galaxias nebulosa, Macleay, t. c. p. 234.

Galaxias alpinus (part.), Smitt, Bih. Svenska Ak. xxvi. iv.

No. 13, p. 21, pl. u. figs. 9-12 (1901).

Teeth in the jaws subequal, without distinct enlarged canines.

Depth of body 54-10 in the length, length of head 5-63. Snout

a little longer than eye (in the adult), the diameter of which is 3

(young)—5 in the length of head, interorbital width 24-25. Jaws

equal anteriorly ; maxillary extending about to the vertical from

anterior margin of eye or a little beyond. 6 or 7 branchiostegals.

9-11 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal

10-13 ({II-IV 7-9); distance from origin of dorsal to base of

caudal 33 (young)-44 in the length of the fish. Anal 16-19 (III-V

12-15), commencing below the origin of dorsal. Pectoral ex-

tending from less than 3 to more than 2 of the distance from its

base to the base of gonial Ventrals 7- -rayed, originating at a

point about equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal or

from base or anterior part of pectoral and origin of anal, extending

less than 4 of the distance from their base to the origin of anal.

Caudal slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle 14-2 as long as

deep. Golden or orange; upper parts of head and body finely

punctulated with blackish and spotted or marbled with dark

purplish ; fins immaculate.

South Australia, Victoria, New South Wales, Tasmania, New

1905. | OF THE FAMILY GALAXIIDS. 369

Zealand and neighbouring islands, Falkland Ts., Tierra del Fuego,

Patagonia, and Chile.

With the type of the species, which I have been enabled to

examine through the courtesy of Dr. 8. F. Harmer, | have com-

pared the types of G. seriba, for permission to examine which I

am indebted to Prof. L. Vaillant, of G. waterhousei, kindly lent by

the Director of the Australian Museum, and of G. kreffti and

G. punctatus, preserved in the British Museum.

The varying size of the eye in preserved specimens is sometimes

due to the method of preservation ; often the eye tends to protrude

and the circular fold surrounding it is stretched or broken, thus

apparently increasing the size of the eye. In the type of G. scriba,

which measures only 74 mm. in total length, the eye is slightly

more than + the length of head,

1. (130 mm.) } types of Murray R. A. Lloyd, Esq.

2-4. (70-90mm.)§ G. krefftii. 1 Sydney. G. Krefft, Esq.

5. (170 mm.) type of G. Eastern Creek. G. Krefft, Esq.

punctatus,

6-8. (80-95 mm.) Australia, G. Krefft, Esq.

9. (105 mm.) Mooraboul R. Mr. E. Degen.

10-19. (75-135 mm.) Tasmania. J. B. Jukes, Esq.

20. (90 mm.) Tasmania. R. W. Johnston, Esq.

21. (170 mm.) Tasmania. Sir. J. Richardson.

22-23. (78 and 110 mm.) ? New South Wales. G. Krefft, Esq.

24-26. (65-135 mm.) New Zealand. Otago Mus.

27-33. (90-120 mm.) New Zealand. New Zealand Inst.

34-35. (85 and 110 mm.) Falkland Islands. Sir J. Richardson.

36. (60 mm.) Tierra del Fuego. Marquis G. Doria.

37-44. (55-60 mm.) Magellan. Dr. Coppinger.

45-50. (63-80 mm.) ? Peru. Royal Coll. Surgeons.

The New Zealand race may usually be distinguished by the

following characters :—Head moderate (54-64 in the length in

specimens of 65-135 mm.) ; eye rather large (33-44 in the length

of head); ventrals nearly always nearer to tip of snout than to

base of caudal; dorsal and anal fins almost triangular in shape,

the rays decreasing from the first branched ray, which is the largest,

to the last, which is very short, the free edge of the fin being

straight ; caudal distinctly emarginate.

The Australian race often shows a slightly longer head (5-6 in

the length in specimens of 70-170 mm.) and a slightly larger eye ;

the ventrals are sometimes equidistant from tip of snout and base

of caudal, sometimes a little nearer to one or the other; the dorsal

and anal fins are often more rounded than in the New Zealand

form, the anterior branched rays being longer and decreasing in

length less rapidly, the last ray also being longer; the caudal is

usually not quite so distinctly emarginate.

The South American race seems perhaps to differ from the New

Zealand one in having a slightly smaller head (54-64 in the length

in specimens of 55-110 mm.) anda smaller eye (34-42 in the length

of head).

Galaxias versicolor Casteln. (Proc. Zool. Soc. Victoria, i. 1872

ee is probably allied to G. attenwatus, agreeing in the small

ead (5,8, in the total length), small mouth (the maxillary just

370 MR. CG. TATE REGAN ON THE FISHES [ Nov. 28,

reaching the vertical from the anterior margin of the eye), and in

having the dorsal and anal opposite one another and the caudal

emarginate. It appears to differ in the deeper body (depth 42 in

the total length) and the fewer fin-rays (Dorsal 9, Anal 12). It

is described from a specimen of 140 mm. from a marsh near

St. Kilda, Victoria.

4, GALAXIAS GRACILLIMUS.

Mesites gracillimus Canestrini, Arch. Zool. Anat. Fisiol. 111.

1864, p. 100, pl. iv. fig. 2.

Galacias gracillimus Giinth, Cat. Fish. vi. p. 213 (1866).

rolaxias maculatus (non Jenyns) Smitt, Bih. Svenska Ak.

xxvi. iv. No. 13, p. 21, pl. ii. figs. 5-8 (1901).

Teeth apparently as in 4. atéenwatus. Depth of body 10-12 in

the length, length of head 7-74. Snout a little shorter than eye,

the diameter of which is 34-33 inthe length of head and less than

the interorbital width. Jaws equal anteriorly; maxillary ex-

tending nearly to the vertical from the anterior margin of eye.

5 or 6 branchiostegals. 9 or 10 gill-rakers on the lower part of

the anterior arch. Dorsal 11-12 (ITI-IV 8-9); distance from

origin of dorsal to base of caudal about 3? in the length of the fish.

Anal 16-17 (III-IV 13-14), commencing below the origin of

dorsal, when laid back not extending to the caudal. Pectoral ex-

tending about 2 of the distance from its base to the base of ventral.

Ventrals 7-rayed, originating at a point nearer to tip of snout than

to base of caudal, and nearer to origin of anal than to base of

pectoral, extending about # of the distance from their base to the

origin of anal. Caudal slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle 23

as long as deep. Some small blackish spots on the head and on

the upper part of the body; a line of black dots along the middle

of the side and one at the base of each of the unpaired fins.

Chile; Falkland Is.

1-4. (53-55 mm.) Falkland Is. R. Vallentin, Esq.

Possibly this species may be based ona larval form of G. aitenuatus,

but if so it is remarkable that it has been recorded only from

South America and that larval forms of other species have not

been described.

5, GALAXIAS MACULATUS.

Mesites maculatus Jenyns, Zool. ‘ Beagle,’ Fish. p. 119, pl. xxi.

fig. 4 (1842).

Galaxias maculatus Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xviii. p. 355

(1846); Giinth. Cat. Fish. vi. p. 212 (1866).

Galaxias punctulatus Philippi, Arch. f. Nat. 1858, vol. xxiv. 1.

p. 310.

Galaxias coppingert Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 21.

Galaxias alpinus (non Jenyns) Smitt, Bih. Svenska Ak. xxiv.

iv. No. 5, p. 56, pl. v. fig. 40 (1899).

Teeth in the jaws subequal, without distinct enlarged canines.

Depth of body 6-8 in the length, length of head 43-53. Snout

1905. | OF THE FAMILY GALAXIIDA, 371

nearly as long as eye, the diameter of which is 33-43 in the length

of head, interorbital width 22-3. Jaws carve anteriorly ;

maxillary extending to below anterior margin of eye or slightly

beyond. 6 or 7 branchiostegals. 9-12 oill- rakers on the lower

part of the anterior arch. Dorsal aI 8; distance from origin

of dorsal to base of caudal 33-47 in the length of the fish. Anal

IV—V 11-14, commencing inellow the origin of dorsal, when laid

back not reaching the caudal. Pectoral extending from less

than 2 to 4 of the distance from its base to the base of ventral.

Ventrals 7-r: ayed, originating at a point a little nearer to base of

caudal than to tip of snout or equidistant from middle of pectoral

and origin of anal, extending from a little less than 2 to nearly 2

of the distance from their base to the origin of anal. Caudal

slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle 13-2 as long as deep.

Olivaceous, covered with numerous irregular blackish spots ; fins

immaculate.

Patagonia; Tierra del Fuego; Falkland Islands.

1. (73 mm.) type of G. coppingert. Alert Bay. Dr. Coppinger.

2-3. (76 and 83 mm.) Orange Bay. Paris Mus.

4-8. (82-93 mm.) Falkland Is. Commander Knocker,

9-11. (65-75 mm.) Falkland Is. R. Vallentin, Esq.

12-21. (70-120 mm.) Estero de Penco. Mons. ¥. Lataste.

6. GALAXIAS ALPINUS.

Mesites alpinus Jenyns, Zool. ‘ Beagle,’ Fish. p. 121 (1842).

Galaxias alpinus Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xviil. p. 356

(1846); Giinth. Cat..Fish. vi. p. 212 (1866).

Teeth in the jaws subequal, without distinct enlarged canines.

Depth of body about 7 in the length, length of head 42-42. Snout

shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3-3 in the length of head

and equal to the interorbital width. Lower jaw slightly projecting ;

maxillary extending to below anterior 1 of eye. 6 branchiostegals.

12 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal IIT

8-9; distance from origin of dorsal to base of caudal 33-32 in the

length of the fish. Anal IV 12-13, commencing below or slightly

behind the origin of dorsal, when laid back not reaching the

caudal. Pectoral extending 1 or nearly 4 of the distance from its

base to the base of ventral. Ventrals 7. -rayed, originating at a

point equidistant from middle or posterior part of eye and base

a caudal or from middle of pectoral and origin of anal, extending

32 of the distance from their base to the origin of anal Caudal

apparently slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle twice as long

as deep. Head and body with small blackish dots, which are

especially developed to form a mid-dorsal longitudinal band.

Alpine lakes of Hardy Peninsula, Tierra del Fuego.

1. (52 mm.) one of the types of the species. Cambridge Univ. Mus.

Through the kindness of Dr. 8. F. Harmer, F.R.S., I have been

enabled to examine the types of the species, two specimens which

measure 52 and 62 mm. respectively in total length, and to retain

one of these for the British Museum Collection.

372 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE FISHES [ Nov. 28,

7. GALAXIAS PLATEI.

Galaxias platei Steind. Zool. Jahrb. Suppl. iv. 1897, p. 329,

pl. xx. fig. 13.

Galaxias alpinus, (part.) Smitt, Bih. Svenska Ak. xxvi. iv.

Now 13) (p. 95 pla 1. (OO):

Teeth in the jaws subequal, without distinct enlarged canines.

Depth of body 5-6 in the length, length of head 47-47. Snout

longer than eye, the diameter of which is 53-73 in the length of

head, interorbital width 24-22. Jaws equalanteriorly; maxillary

extending to below the middle of eye. 8 or 9 branchiostegals.

11-13 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal

IV 8; distance from origin of dorsal to base of caudal 33-3? in

the length of the fish. Anal TV—V 10-11, commencing below the

anterior part or middle of the dorsal, when laid back extending to

the procurrent rays or base of caudal. Pectoral extending 2—3 of

the distance from its base to the base of ventral. Ventrals

7-rayed, originating at a point equidistant from cheek or pre-

operculum and base of caudal or from middle or extremity of pectoral

and origin of anal, extending 3-3 of the distance from their base

to the origin of anal. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle as long

or a little longer than deep. Head, body, and fins covered with

numerous irregular dark spots.

Patagonia.

1. (195 mm.) Rio Chico. Marquis G. Doria.

2-5. (260 and 800 mm.) Magellan. Mons. F. Lataste.

The two large fishes, undoubtedly belonging to one species, from

a lake in the province of Punta Arenas, Chile, described by

Philippi (Verh. Deust. Wiss. Ver. Sant. Chile, 11. 1895, p. 19)

under the names of Galawias grandis and G. delfini, agree with

G. plate in the form and proportions of head and body, size of the

eye, shape of the caudal, length of pectoral and ventral and size

of the dorsal fin, and also in coloration. The unpaired fins are

torn in the type of @. grandis, a fish of 330 mm., and the number

of fin-rays in G. delfini is given as Dorsal 8, Anal 18. If it were

not for this, I should have no hesitation in regarding this species

and G. platei as the same.

8. GALAXIAS SMITHII, sp. n.

Lower jaw with distinct lateral canines. Depth of body 63 in

the length, length of head 53. Snout slightly longer than eye,

the diameter of which is 4; in the length of head, interorbital

width 22. Jaws equal anteriorly; maxillary extending nearly to

below middle of eye. 8 branchiostegals. 10 gill-rakers on the

lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal L1I-IV 9; distance from

origin of dorsal to base of caudal 32 in the length of the fish.

Anal IV 10, commencing below the anterior part of the

dorsal, when laid back not extending to the caudal. Pectoral

extending more than 4 of the distance from its base to the base

of ventral. Ventrals 7-rayed, originating at a point slightly

1905.] OF THE FAMILY GALAXIIDA. 313

nearer to tip of snout than to base of caudal or equidistant from

base of pectoral and origin of anal, extending nearly 3 of the

distance from their base to the origin of anal. Caudal truncate.

Caudal peduncle 1? as long as deep. Greyish, with traces of

darker vertical stripes; a dark bar above the pectoral.

Falkland Islands.

1. (110 mm) type of the species. Falkland Is. Sir A. Smith.

9, GALAXIAS HUTTONI, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 2.)

Teeth apparently as in G. attenuatus. Depth of body

about 7 in the length, length of head nearly 5. Snout a

little shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3-34 in the

length of head, interorbital width about 23. Jaws equal an-

teriorly ; maxillary extending to beiow anterior 7 or anterior +

of eye. 7 branchiostegals. 9 gill-rakers on the lower part of

anterior arch. Dorsal II1I--IV 7-8; distance from origin of dorsal

to base of caudal 34-3 in the length af the fish. Anal TV—V 10--12,

commencing below the origin or anterior part of dorsal, when laid

back not extending to the caudal. Pectoral extending from more

than 4 to 2 of ane distance from its base to the ace of ventral.

Ventrals 7- “rayed, originating at a point equidistant from tip of

snout and base of caudal, or nearer the former, or equidistant from

base of pectoral and or igin of anal, extending from more than 4 to

2 of the distance from their base to the origin of anal. Caudal

emarginate. Caudal peduncle 12-2 as long as deep. Yellowish

with brown cross-bars; fins pale,

Lake Rainiera, New Zealand.

1-7. (39-45 mm.) types of the species. Lake Rainiera. Prof. F. W. Hutton.

Perhaps as closely allied to G. lynx as to G. attenuatus.

10. GALAxIAS Lynx. (Plate X. fig. 4.)

Galaxias olidus (non Giinth.) Hutton, Trans. N. Zealand Inst.

v. 1872, p. 270, and Fishes of N. Zeal. Suppl. p. 11 (1873).

Galaxias lynx Hutton, Trans. N. Zealand Inst. xxviii. 1896,

p. 317.

Lower jaw with distinct lateral canines. Depth of body 6-7 in

the length, length of head 43-42. Snout nee as long as or

longer han eye, the diameter a ‘which is 33-5 in the length of

head, interorbital width 23-3. Jaws equal anteriorly or the lower

slightly projecting ; maxillary extending to below middle of eye,

in the adult. 8 or 9 branchiostegals. 12-14 gill-rakers on the

lower part of the anterior arch. Dor sal lV 8 ; dist ance from origin

of dorsal to base of caudal 33-32 in the length of the fish. Anal

V 10-11, commencing below the anterior part of the dorsal, when

laid bake not nearly sien ading tothe caudal. Pectoral extending

2 or nearly 3 of the distance from its base to the base of ventral.

Ventrals veyed! originating ata point about equidistant from eye

and base of caudal or from middle or posterior part of pectoral and

origin of anal, extending 2-5 of the distance from their base to

374 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE FISHES [ Nov. 28,

the origin of anal. Caudal truncate or slightly emarginate.

Caudal peduncle nearly twice as long as deep. Traces of irregular

dark cross-bars in the young.

Lakes Coleridge and Wakatipu, New Zealand.

1-8. (58-83 mm.) Lake Coleridge. Canterbury Mus.

4, (170 mm.) Lake Wakatipu. Otago Mus.

11. GALAXIAS BREVIPINNIS*.

Galaxias brevipinnis Giinth, Cat. Fish. vi. p. 213 (1866); Hutton,

Fish. N. Zeal. p. 59 (1872), and Trans, N. Zealand Inst. xxviii.

1596, p. 317.

Galaxias grandis Haast, Trans. N. Zealand Inst. v. 1872, p. 278.

Galaxias robinsoni Clarke, Trans. N. Zealand. Inst. xxxi. 1899,

p. 89, pl. v.

Galaxias bollanst Hutton, Trans. N. Zealand Inst. xxxiv. 1902,

p- 198:

Lower jaw with distinct lateral canines. Depth of body

42-62 in the length, length of head 43-54. Snout as long

as or longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4-6 in the

length of head, interorbital width 2-23. Jaws equal anteriorly

or the lower a little shorter than the upper; maxillary

extending to below middle of eye or a little beyond. 7 branchio-

stegals. 7-9 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch.

Dorsal IV 8-9; distance from origin of dorsal to base of caudal

32-4 in the length of the fish. Anal IV—V 9-10, commencing

below the middle of the dorsal, when laid back extending to the

procurrent caudal rays. Pectoral extending from 2 to more than

4 of the distance from its base to the base of ventral, Ventrals

7-rayed, originating at a point about equidistant from angle of

mouth and base of caudal or from middle of pectoral and origin of

anal, extending 4-2 of the distance from their base to the origin

ofanal. Caudal truncate or slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle

11-12 aslong as deep. Head, body, and fins with dark brown

spots, marblings, or reticulations.

New Zealand and neighbouring islands.

1-38. (133-153 mm.) types of the species. New Zealand. Capt. Stokes.

4. Skeleton. New Zealand. Dr. Giinther.

5. (210 mm.) North Island, N.Z. H. K. Nicholl, Esq.

6. (158 mm.) Dunedin, N.Z. Otago Mus.

7-11. (73-115 mm.) Wellington Mus.

12. (105 mm.) type of G bollansi. Auckland Is. Prof. F. W. Hutton.

12, GALAXIAS FASCIATUS.

Galawias fasciatus Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 73 (1831), and in

Dieffenb. New Zealand, i. p. 221 (1842); Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat.

Poiss. xvili. p. 350 (1847); Richards. Zooi. ‘ Krebus’ & ‘ Terror,’

Fish. p. 77 (1848); Gimth. Cat. Fish. vi. p. 209 (1866); Hutton,

Fish. N. Zeal. p. 59, pl. x. fig. 94 (1872), and Trans. N. Zealand

Inst. xxviii. 1896, p. 317; Clarke, ib. xxxi. 1899, p. 90, pl. v:

* An excellent figure of this species is given in the ‘Cambridge Natural History,’

vol. vii. p. 607.

1905. | OF THE FAMILY GALAXIIDA, 37

Galaxias brocchus Richards. t. c. p. 76, pl. xlii. figs. 8-13,

Galaxias reticulatus Richards. 1. ¢. pl. xli. figs. 7-12.

Galaxias postvectis Clarke, t. ¢. p. 88, pl. v.

Lower jaw with distinct lateral canines. Depth of body

4-51 in the length, length of head 4-5. Snout as long as

or a little longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4-5

in the length of head, interorbital width 14-21. Jaws equal

anteriorly ; maxillary extending to below posterior part of eye.

8 or 9 branchiostegals. 10 or 11 gill-rakers on the lower part of

the anterior arch. Dorsal IV 7-9; distance from origin of dorsal

to base of caudal 34-42 in the length of the fish. Anal 1V—-V

10-11, commencing below or a little behind the origin of dorsal,

when laid back extending to or a little beyond the base of the

caudal. Pectoral extending from more than 4 to nearly } of the

distance from its base to the base of ventral. Ventrals 7- -rayed,

originating at a point equidistant from snout or eye and base of

caudal or from anterior part or middle of pectoral and origin of

anal, extending 2-? of the distance from their base to the origin

of anal. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle from # to as long as

deep. Brownish, with narrow light vertical stripes, which may

be undulating or irregular or may form reticulations ; often a light

vertical bar above the base of pectoral, succeeded by a dark purplish

blotch.

New Zealand and neighbouring islands.

1-3. (82-210 mm.) types of the New Zealand. Dr. Dieftenbach.

species.

4. (145 mm.) New Zealand. Dr. Sinclair.

5: (215 mm.) typeof G. brocchus. Auckland Islands. Sir J. Richardson.

6-8. (140-170 mm.) types of Auckland Islands. Sir J. Richardson.

G. reticulatus.

9-10. (150-185 mm.) New Zealand. Capt. Stokes.

11. (115 mm.) Porirua. Wellington Mus.

12. (205 mm.) Chatham Islands. Prof. F. W. Hutton.

A large female specimen, ready to spawn, measuring 265 mm.

in total length, has not been included in the above CLEGG.

The depth of the body is 2 of its length, the caudal peduncle is 2

as long as deep, the maxillary does not extend beyond the middle

of the eye, the origin of the anal fin is only a little in advance

of the middle of the dorsal. These peculiarities appear due

partly to the condition of the fish, partly to individual variation.

13. GALAXIAS ALEPIDOTUS.

Esox alepidotus Forster, Descript. Anim. p. 142 (1844);

Schneider in Bloch’s System. Ichthyol. p. 395 (1801).

Galaxias alepidotus Cuv. Régne Anim. 11. p. 283 (1829); Richards.

in Dieffenb. New Zealand, Appendix, p. 219 (1842), and Zool.

‘Erebus’ & ‘Terror,’ Fish. p.77 (1848); Giinth. Cat. Fish. vi. p.208

(1866); Hutton, Fish. N. Zeal. p. 58 (1872), and Trans. N. Zealand

Inst. xxviii. 1896, p. 317.

Galaxias forsteri Cuv. & Val. xviii. p. 351 (1847).

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1905, Vou. Il. No, XX VI, 26

376 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE FISHES [ Nov. 28,

Galaxias kokopw Clarke, Trans. N. Zealand Inst. xxxi. 1899,

1D lsh jalle inie

Lower jaw with distinct lateral canines. Depth of body 4-43

in the length, length of head 35 —34. Snout a little longer than

eye, the dlionneters 8 which is 5 in the length of head, agenge bital

width 21-23. Jaws equal anteriorly; maxillary usually extending

beyond middie of eye. 8or 9 branchiostegals. 10 or 11 gill- wlan

on the lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal IV 9-10: distance

from origin of dorsal to base of caudal 4—44 in the length of the

fish. Anal IV—V 10-11, commencing below or a little behind the

origin of dorsal, when laid back extending beyond the base of

caudal. Pectoral extending 2-2 of the distance from its base to

the base of ventral. Ventrals 7- rayed, originating at a point

equidistant from cheek or posterior mar gin of eye and base of

caudal or from middle of pectoral and origin of anal, extending

3-4 of the distance from their base to the origin of ane. Caudal

truncate. Caudal peduncle nearly 2 as long as deep. Brownish,

with rather large rounded, oblong or crescentic, light yellowish

spots ; fins dusky.

New Zealand.

1-3. (163-205 mm.) New Zealand. Capt. Stokes.

4. (196 mm.) Thomson Sound, Otago. Otago Mus.

14, GALAXIAS OCCIDENTALIS. (Plate XI. fig. 4.)

Galaxias occidentalis Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales,

KXAVe L899. LOM.

Teeth in the ce subequal, without distinct lateral canines.

Depth of body 53 in the length, length of head 53. Snout a

little longer hen eye, the diameter of which is 4} in the length

of head, interorbital width 22. Lower jaw projecting ; maxillary

extending to below anterior 3 of eye. 6 or 7 branchiostegals.

10 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal 10

(111 7); distance from origin of dorsal to base of caudal 4+ in

the length of the fish. Anal 15 (V 10), commencing below the

origin of dorsal, when laid back not nearly extending to the

as ocurrent caudal rays. Pectoral extending a little more than

1 of the distance from its base to the base of ventral. Ventrals

ie -rayed, originating at a point equidistant from tip of snout

and base of caudal or a little nearer to origin of anal than to

base of pectoral, extending a little more than 4 of the distance

from their base to the origin of anal. Caudal slightly emarginate.

Caudal peduncle 15 as long as deep. Yellowish, with narrow

dark cross-bars on the sides of the body; a pair of dark blotches

on the basal part of the caudal.

Western Australia.

1. (155 mm.) one of the types. W. Australia. Australian Mus.

15. GALAXIAS WAITI, sp. n. (Plate XI. fig. 2.)

Teeth in the jaws subequal, without distinct lateral canines.

Depth of body 6}—6 in the length, length of head 42-44. Snout

1905. ] OF THE FAMILY GALAXIIDA. Be

longer than eye, the diameter of which is 5-51 in the length of

head, interorbital width 24-22, Lower jaw sega or distinctly

projecting ; ; maxillary extending to below anterior j of eye. 6 or

7 branchiostegals. 11 or 12 eill- rakers on the lower part of the

anterior arch, Dorsal 11-13 (IV—V 7-8); distance from origin

of dorsal to base of caudal 34-41 in the length of the fish. Anal

13-14 (IV 9-10), commencing below or somewhat in advance of

the middle of dorsal, when laid back extending nearly to the

procurrent caudal rays. Pectoral extending a little more than 2

of the distance from its base to the base of the ventral. Ventrals

7-rayed, originating at a point equidistant from tip of snout and

base of caudal or from base of pectoral and origin of anal, extending

1-2 of the distance from their base to the open of anal. Caudal

slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle 14-12 as long as deep.

Brownish (in spirit); caudal fin with a more or “Tess distinet pair of

dark stripes running from the base to the posterior angles of the

fin.

Gulpa Creek, New South Wales.

1-4. (110-125 mm.) types of the species. Australian Museum.

16. GALAXIAS WEEDONI. (Plate XI. fig. 1.)

Galaxias weedont Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1881,

p. 131 (1882).

Galaxias atkinsonti Johnston, |. e.

Lower jaw with the lateral teeth slightly or distinctly enlarged

and canine-like. Depth of body 5-6} in the length, length of

head 5. Snout slightly longer than eye, the diameter of which is

43-42 in the length of head, interorbital width 21-22. Lower

jaw slightly shorter than the upper; maxillary extending to below

the middle of eye. 9 branchiostegals; 9 gill-rakers on “the lower

part of the anterior arch. Dorsal 11-12 (IV 7-8); distance

from origin of dorsal to base of caudal 32-32 in the length of the

fish. Anal 14 (IV—V 9-10), commencing below or in advance

of the middle of dorsal, when laid back neanly reaching the

procurrent caudal rays. Pectoral extending 4-2 of the distance

from its base to the base of ventral. Ventrals 7- vayed, originating

at a point equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal or

from base of pectoral and origin of anal, extending 4-2 of the

distance from their base to the origin of anal, Caudal’ shghtly

emarginate. Caudal peduncle 11 as long as deep. Brownish,

with dark brown spots and vertical bars; a dark bar above the

base of pectoral; fins with a few dark spots,

Tasmania.

1. (110 mm.) Tasmania, R. W. Johnston, Esq.

2-3. (100 and 105 mm.) Australian Mus.

The first specimen was received from Mr. Johnston in 1880,

and it appears to correspond to his Galaxias weedoni from the

River Mersey.

Five small specimens (50-68 mm.) from Lake Laura, received

26*

378 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE FISHES | Nov. 28,

from Prof. W. B.* Spencer, agree very well with Johnston’s

description of Galaxias atkinsonii from the River Pieman. They

differ from the adult fish in the more slender body (depth 6—8 in

the length, caudal peduncle 12-14 as long as deep), the smaller

mouth with the j jaws equal ° anteriorly, “and the less distinct

markings.

17, GALAXIAS ROSTRATUS.

Galaxias rostratus Klunz. Arch. f. Nat. 1872, p. 41.

Depth of body 84 in the total length, length of head 53

Snout 15 as long as eye, the diameter of ‘which is 541 in the length

of head and 14 in the interorbital width. Jaws equal anteriorly ;

maxillary extending to below middle of eye. 6 branchiostegals.

Dorsal 11. Anal 14, commencing a little behind the origin of

the dorsal. Pectoral extending much less than $ of the distance

from its base to the base of ventral. Ventrals 7-rayed,

originating at a point equidistant from anterior margin of eye

and base of caudal. A dark spot on the base of the caudal fin.

Mersey River.

Total length 130 mm.

Evidently allied to G. occidentalis and G. waitii

18. GALAXIAS TRUTTACEUS. (Plate XIII. fig. 4.)

Galaxias truttaceus Cuv. Régne Anim. ii. p. 283 (1817); Cuv.

& Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xviii. p. 344, pl. 543 (1846); Richards.

Zool. ‘ Erebus’ & ‘Terror,’ Fish. p. 75, pl. xlii. figs. 1-6; Giinth.

Cat. Fish. vi. p. 209 (1866); Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.

Wales, vi. 1881, p. 229; Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc, Tasmania,

1882, p. 130.

Galaxias ocellatus McCoy, Intern. Exhib. Ess. p. 14 (1866);

Casteln. Proc. Zool. Soc. Victoria, i. 1872,'p. 175; Macleay, t. e.

p. 235.

Lower jaw with the lateral teeth more or less distinctly enlarged

and canine-like. Depth of body 5-6 in the length, length of

of head 42-44, Snout as long as or slightly longer than eye, the

CHANGES of which is 4-42 in the length of head, interorbital

width 2}. Jaws equal anteriorly; maxillary extending to below

anter io + or anterior 3 of eye. 7-9 branchiostegals. 8 or 9 gill-

rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal 10-12

(I1I-IV 7-8); distance from origin of dorsal to base of caudal

32-34 in the length of the fish, Anal 14-16 (IV-V 10-12),

commencing below the anterior ; of the dorsal, when laid back

usually reaching the procurrent caudal rays. Pectoral extending

3 the distance “from its base to the base of ventral. Ventrals

7-rayed, originating at a point equidistant from eye and base of

caudal, extending : 2 of the distance from their base to the origin

of anal. Caudal emarginate. Caudal peduncle a litttle longer

than deep. Olivaceous, with purplish ocellated spots; upper lip

dark ; an obhque dark stripe running back from below the eye ;

1905. ] OF THE FAMILY GALAXIID, 379

sometimes 2 or 3 dark vertical bars above the base of the pectoral ;

dorsal, anal, and ventral fins sometimes blackish at the tip.

Tasmania; Victoria.

A. Forma typica, with 2 or 3 dark vertical bars above the pectoral

and with the dorsal, anal, and ventral fins blackish at the tip.

1. (105 mm.) Tasmania. Sir J. Richardson.

‘2-6. (90-130 mm.) Tasmania. Haslar Coll.

7-8. (110-160 mm.) Tasmania. J. Gould, Esq.

9-11. (107-118 mm.) Tasmania. R. W. Johnston, Esq.

B. Variety without bars above the pectoral, with fins uniformly

pale.

1-2. (112 and 128 mm.) Moorabool R., Victoria. Mr. E. Degen.

According to Johnston (/. c.) there are Tasmanian varieties of

this species without bars above the pectoral.

19. GALAxIAS AURATUS. (Plate XIII. fig. 1.)

Ffalaxias auratus Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1881,

p. 131 (1882).

Lower jaw with the lateral teeth somewhat enlarged. Depth

of body about 5 in the length, length of head about 4. Snout

scarcely longer than eye, the diameter of which is 44 in the

length of head, interorbital width 23. Jaws equal anteriorly ;

maxillary extending to below anterior 7 of eye. 7-9 branchio-

stegals. 10 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch.

Dorsal TV 8; distance from origin of dorsal to base of caudal

3% in the length of the fish. Anal IV 10, commencing below the

middle of the dorsal, when laid back extending to the procurrent

caudal rays. Pectoral extending 4 the distance from its base to

the base of ventral. Ventrals 7-rayed, originating at a point

equidistant from posterior margin of preoperculum and base of

caudal, extending nearly to the vent. Caudalemarginate. Caudal

peduncle as long asdeep. Reddish above, golden on the sides and

beneath ; upper part of head and body with numerous rather large

purplish spots ; fins pale, the dorsal, anal, and ventrals with the free

edge blackish.

Neighbourhood of the Great Lake, Tasmania.

The description above is based on a single specimen measuring

125 mm. in total length, received from Mr. R. W. Johnston in

1880. ‘The species is said by him to be confined to the neighbour-

hood of the Great Lake, at an altitude of about 4000 feet, and to

attain a larger size than any other member of the genus. He

gives the following measurements of a large specimen :—Total

length 92 inches; length, without caudal, 83 inches; length of

head [7.e. including opercular flap] 23 imches; depth of body

nearly 2 inches; length of snout # inch; interorbital width

1 inch.

The species is especially distinguished from the allied G. trut-

taceus by the larger head and the more posterior position of the

ventrals.

380 MR. C, TATE REGAN ON THE FISHES [ Nov. 28,

20. GALAxtas cox. (Plate XII. fig. 2.)

Galaxias coxit Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, v. 1880,

p. 45.

Galawias nigothoruk Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, (2) iv.

1892, p. 28.

Lower jaw with distinct lateral canines. Depth of body 5-6

in the length, length of head 44-5. Snout as long as or a

little longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4-5 in the

length of “head, interorbital width 2-24. Jaws equal anteriorly ;

maxillary extending nearly to below middle of eye. 7 or 8

branchiostegals. 8-9 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior

arch. Dorsal IV 7-9; distance from origin of dorsal to base of

caudal 37-4 in the length of the fish. Anal TV—V 8-10, com-

mencing below or in advance of the middle of dorsal, when laid

back extending to the base of caudal. Pectoral extending about

1 of the somes from its base to the base of ventral. Ventrals

ip rayed, originating at a point equidistant from eye and base of

caudal ov from middle of pectoral and origin of anal, extending

more than 2 of the distance from their base to the origin of Anal

Caudal slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle as long as or a little

longer than deep. TSonmaauiel. with numerous small dark spots or

vertical streaks; a more or less distinct dark vertical bar above the

base of pectoral; fins usually dusky.

Victoria; New South Wales.

1. (95 mm.) one of the type Nigothoruk, Victoria. Prof. A. Dendy.

of G. nigothoruk.

2-6. (145-180 mm.) Australian Mus.

The specimens receivec from the Australian Museum, without

name and without locality, evidently correspond to Macleay’s

Galaxias coxtti, from Mt. Wilson, New South Wales, and may

probably be regarded as the types of that species.

21. GALAXIAS AFFINIS, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 1.)

Lower jaw with distinct lateral canines. Depth of body 6-7 in

the length, length of head 44-437. Snout longer than eye, the

diameter of which is 43-54 in the length of head, interorbital

width 23-22. Jaws Gites anteriorly ; maxillary extending to

below middle of eye. 8 or 9 branchiostegals. 8 or 9 gill- vakers

in the lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal IV 6-8; distance

from origin of dorsal to base of caudal 32—34 in the length of the

fish. Anal IV-V 8- 9, commencing below the middle “of dorsal,

when laid back not reaching the caudal. Pectoral extending nearly

+ of the distance from its base to the base of ventral. Ventrals

‘-rayed, originating at a point about equidistant from eye and

base of caudal or from anterior part of pectoral and origin of anal,

extending 3 or nearly 3 of the distance from their base to the

origin of anal. Caudal slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle

14-14 as long as deep. Brownish, with numerous small dark

spots ; a dark vertical bar above the base of pectoral ; fins dusky.

1905.] OF THE FAMILY GALAXIID®. 381

Tasmania.

This species is very closely allied to G. cowii, but is distinguished

by the smaller eye, the somewhat shorter ventrals, less deep anal,

and more slender caudal peduncle.

1-4, (120-150 mm.) types of the Lake St. Clair. Prof. W. B. Spencer.

species,

5-6. (73 fad 78 mm.) Tasmania. Australian Mus.

22. GALAXIAS ORNATUS.

Galaxias ornatus Casteln. Proc. Zool. Soc. Victoria, u. 1873,

p. 153; Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, vi. 1881, p. 237.

Depth of body about 6 in the length, length of head 52. Snout

a little longer than eye, the diameter of which is 5 in the length

of head, interorbital width 27. Low os jaw slightly projecting :

maxillary extending to below anterior 3 of eye. 8 gill-rakers on

the lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal III 8; iictamce from

origin of dorsal to base of caudal 3+ in the length of the fish.

Anal IIT 9, commencing slightly in advance of the posterior end

of the base of dorsal, when laid back not extending to the caudal.

Pectoral extending 2 of the distance from its base to the base of

ventral. Veutrals 7-rayed, originating at a point nearly equi-

distant from tip of snout and base of caudal, extending 2 of the

distance from their base to the origin of anal. Caudal emarginate.

Caudal peduncle 15 as long as deep. Body with numerous irre-

gular dark vertical stripes ; fins immaculate.

Victoria.

The typical example, from Cardinia Creek, measures 105 mm. in

total length ; I have been permitted to examine it by the courtesy

of Prof. L. Vaillant.

23. GALAXTAS OLIDUS. - (Plate XI. fig. 3.)

Galaxias olidus Giinth. Cat. Fish. vi. p. 209 (1866).

Galaxias kayi Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales,

(2) i. 1886, p. 6.

Teeth in the jaws subequal, without distinct lateral canines.

Depth of body 4—63 in the length, length of head 5-52. Snout

as long as or slightly longer than eye, the diameter on which is

4-42 in the length of head, interorbital width 24-21. Jaws equal

anteriorly ; maxillary extending to below middle of eye. / or 8

branchiostegals. 7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower part of the

anterior arch. Dorsal 10-12 (III-IV 7—9),; distance from origin

of dorsal to base of caudal 54-32 in the length of the fish. Anal

11-13 (IV 7-9), commencing behind the middle of the dorsal,

when laid back nearly reaching the procurrent caudal rays.

Pectoral extending from + to a little more than 2 of the distance

from its base to the base of v entral. Ventrals 7- -rayed, originating

at a point equidistant from eye and base of caudal or from aml

or posterior part of pectoral and origin of anal, extending 2-2 of

the distance from their base to the origin of anal, Caudal slig ghtly

382 MR. C, TATE REGAN ON THE FISHES [ Nov. 28,

emarginate. Caudal peduncle 14-l1as long asdeep. Dark spots

or undulating vertical stripes on the sides of the body.

South Australia.

1-2. (100 and 110 mm.) types of the species. G. Krefft, Esq.

3. (112 mm.) one of the types of G. kayi. Fifth Creek. Australian Mus.

4-5. (75 and 84 mm.) Adelaide. ss,

6. (74 mm.) S. Australia. 3

24, GALAXIAS FINDLAYI. (Plate XIII. fig. 3.)

Galaxias findlayi Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vii.

1882, p. 107; Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxi. 1896, p. 66.

Teeth in the jaws subequal, without distinct lateral canines.

Depth of body 53-73 in the length, length of head 45-53. Snout

as long as or longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4—5 in the

length of head, interorbital width 23-24. Jaws equal anteriorly

or the lower somewhat the shorter; maxillary extending to below

anterior 4 of eye or beyond. 8 to 10 branchiostegals. 7 to 9 gill-

rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal 11-13

(III-IV 7-9); distance from origin of dorsal to base of caudal

34-32 in the length of the fish. Anal 13-14 (III-V 8-10), com-

mencing below the posterior 4 of the dorsal, when laid back not

extending to the caudal. Pectoral extending 2 of the distance

from its base to the base of ventral. Ventrals 7-rayed, originating

at a point equidistant from eye or cheek and base of caudal or

from posterior part of pectoral and origin of anal, extending 3 the

distance from their base to the origin of anal. Caudal slightly

emarginate. Caudal peduncle 14-2 as long as deep. Sides of

body with dark spots, blotches, or vertical bars.

Victoria ; New South Wales.

1-2. (75 and 78 mm.) Mt. Kosciusko. J. Douglas Ogilby, Esq.

3-7. (40-80 mm.) Australian Alps. Australian Mus.

8-9. (81 and 83 mm.) Richmond R. a

10-11. (42 and 57 mm.) Colo Vale. A

12-13. (66 and 68 mm.) — 2

ralaxias planiceps and G. bong-bong Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soe.

N. 8. Wales, vi. 1881, p. 233, respectively from Bathurst and

from Moss Vale and Bong-Bong, are probably not distinct from

this species.

25. GALAXIAS SCHOMBURGKII.

Galaxias schomburgkii Peters, Monatsh. Ak. Berlin, 1868,

p. 455.

Depth of body 63 in the total length, length of head 54. Eye

occupying the second fourth of the length of the head. Dorsal 9.

Anal 10, commencing scarcely before the posterior end of the

dorsal. Pectoral extending more than 3 of the distance from its

base to the base of ventral.

Adelaide.

Total length 50 mm.

Probably allied to G. olidus.

1905. | OF THE FAMILY GALAXIID®. 383

26. GALAXIAS DISSIMILIS, sp. 0.

Teeth in the jaws subequal, without distinct lateral canines.

Depth of body 6 in the length, length of head 34. Snout much

longer than eye, the diameter of nan is 5 in the length of head,

svi orbital width 33. Jaws equal anteriorly ; dies 4 extending

to below anterior 3 of eye. 8 or9 branchiostegals. 13 gill-rakers

on the lower part of the anterior arch. Wore Ihe} ¢ flisiomes from

origin of dorsal to base of caudal 24 in the length of the fish;

length of base of dorsal equal to its distance from the caudal.

Anal 9, commencing below the last 2 or 3 rays of dorsal, when

laid back not reaching the caudal. Pectoral extending § of the

distance from its base to the base of ventral. Ventrals 6-rayed,

commencing below the origin of dorsal, extending nearly to the

origin of anal. Caudal slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle

12 as long as deep. Uniform brownish (in spirit).

? New South Wales.

1. (75 mm.) type of the species. Australian Mus.

NEOCHANNA,

Neochanna Ginth. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xx. 1867, p. 305,

Differs from Galaxias in having no ventral fins, the teeth in the

jaws obtuse and somewhat compressed, and the palate toothless.

54 vertebree.

A single species from New Zealand.

NEOCHANNA APODA.

Neochanna apoda Ginth. t. c. p. 306, pl. vu.; Hutton, Fish.

N. Zeal. p. 61, pl. x. fig. 97 (1872).

Depth of body 7-8 in the length, length of head 5-53, Dia-

meter of eye 6—8 in the length of head, interorbital width 23-24.

Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary extending to below the eye.

7 branchiostegals. 8 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior

arch. Dorsal 16-19; distance from origin of dorsal to base of

caudal 32-34 in the length of the fish. Anal 16-19, opposite to

the dorsal and similar to it, both fins pubeontinuons with the

caudal. Pectoral about 2 the length of head. Caudal rounded.

Yellowish, marbled or barred niin dark brown ; fins sometimes

with small dark spots.

New Zealand.

1. (135 mm.) type of the species. New Zealand. Sir G. Grey.

2. (114 mm.) Hokatika. Otago Mus.

3-6. (67-88 mm.) “ KE. Hill, Esq.

7. Skeleton. 45 Ss

8. (127 mm.) —— Sir D. Cooper.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PratE X.

Fig. 1. Galawias affinis, p. 380.

2: s huttoni ue 2), p. 873.

3. x punctifer (X 1%), p. 367.

A. 5 lynx, p. 373.

384 MR. J. Lb. BONHOTE ON THE [ Nov. 28

PuatE XI.

Fig.1. Galavias weedoni, p. 377.

2. 33 waitii, p. 376.

3. dp olidus (type of G. kayi), p. 881.

A. 5 occidentalis, p. 376.

Prats XII.

Vig.1. Galawias attenuatus (type of Gt. punctatus), p. 868.

2. oA coxii, p. 880.

Prate XIII.

1. Galavxias auratus, p. 379.

2. 3 attenuatus (type of G. krefftii), p. 368.

3. i findlayi, p. 382.

4. AS truttaceus, var., p. 378.

5. The Mammalian Fauna of China.—Part I. Murine.

By J. Lewis Bonnorn, M.A., F.L.8.*

[ Received October 28, 1905. |

The object of a proposed series of papers, of which this 1s

the first, is to bring up to date our existing knowledge of the

Mammalian Fauna of China, at present scattered throughout

various papers, which, except Mons. Milne-Edwards’s ‘ Recherches

Mammifeéres,’ are short.

The material used has been chiefly that contained in the

British Museum, which, apart from a portion of Swinhoe’s col-

lection, contains large collections made by Messrs. Styan, Rickett,

and La Touche, as well as several smaller collections, amongst

which we may mention a small consignment very carefully

collected by Mr. EH. B. Howell.

I have to thank the late Dr. E. Oustalet for his kind courtesy

and the facilities afforded me for a careful examination of Pére

David’s types in the Paris Museum.

Many imperfections due to lack of specimens and exact data

are bound to occur, but it is hoped that these papers may prove

useful as a foundation on which future workers may build, and

with this object in view the synonymy throughout has been made

as full and accurate as possible.

List of Chinese Iurine.

Mus edwardst Thos.

Mus coxingt Swinh.

Mus confucianus A. M.-H.

Mus huang, sp. n.

Mus ling, sp. n.

Mus latouchei Thos.

Mus flavipectus A. M.-Edw.

* [The complete account of the new species described in this communicaticn

appears here; but since the names and preliminary diagnoses were published in the

‘ Abstract,’ the species is distinguished by the name being underlined.—Epriror. |

“TO OU Co bo

1905.] MAMMALS OF CHINA. 385

8. Mus losea Swinh.

9. Mus grisetpectus A. M.-H.

10. Mus norvegicus Erxl.

11. Mus humiliatus A. M.-E.

12. Mus musculus Linn.

13. Micromys sylvaticus chevriert A. M.-H.

14. Micromys sylvaticus draco Barr.-Hamulton.

15. Micromys minutus pygmeus A. M.-H.

16. Micromys agrarius manchuricus Thos.

17. Micromys agrarius ningpoensis Swinh.

Mus epwarpst Thos.

Mus edwardsi Thos. P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 587, pl. xliv.; Thos.

P. Z. S. 1898, p. 773; Bonh. Fase. Malayenses, Zool. vol. 1

pp. 33 & 36 (1903).

This species was originally described from four examples sent

to Paris by Pére David. The type is in the B.M. 82.6.16.1,

the other three examples being in Paris and dated October 1872.

This is a very large Rat bélonging to the jerdoni group, of

which it is typical of the subgroup bearing itsname. The British

Museum now possesses a fine series of these Rats from Kuatun

in N.W. Fokien. They seem to be very uniform and show

remarkably little variation.

The general colour is yellowish grey, some specimens being

much yellower than others. Each hair is slate-grey at its base

and fulvous for the distal half, and interspersed among these hairs

are long slender spines with dark tips as well as long black

bristles. On the flanks, owing to the absence of the black bristles,

the fulvous colour of the fur proper is more visible.

The under parts are pure white. The tail is equal in length to

the head and body, markedly bicolor, and covered with short

hairs, while the last two or three inches are pure white. The

feet are uniform dark brown with white margins and toes.

Whiskers very long and entirely black with the exception of a

few shorter white ones.

The skull partakes of the usual characters associated with the

jerdoni group, e. g., long, narrow, flat, and with small bulle. The

supraorbital ridges are well defined over the orbits and slightly

flattened so as to produce a comparatively broad upper surface ;

they end somewhat abruptly about halfway across the parietals.

Below, owing to the smallness of the bullee, the basioccipital

presents a broad surface and the external condyles are well

developed.

The dimensions (as given by Thomas and rendered into milli-

metres) are as follows:—Head and body 300; tail 289; hind

foot 57; ear 24.

Skull. Greatest breadth 57 mm.; basilar length 44; palatal

length 24°5; diastema 15; incisive foramina 10; length of nasals

22°5; zygomatic breadth 26; interorbital breadth 9°5; breadth

of brain-case 22; length of molar series (alveoli) 11.

386 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [ Nov. 28, |

Habitat. Only recorded from W. and N.W. Fokien.

The first specimens of these Rats were all obtained high up on

the mountains among rocky ground, in the crevices of which it

lives. Beyond this, nothing is known of its habits. It has only

been taken in W. and N.W. Fokien.

Mus coxinert Swinhoe.

Mus coninga Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1864, pp. 185, 382.

Mus coxinga Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 637; Thos. Ann, Mus.

Gen. 1892, p. 939 (footnote).

Mus coxingi Swinhoe, Bonb. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. pp. 33

& 36 (1908).

Mus coninga (under which name it was originally described by

Swinhoe) is undoubtedly a Rat of the jerdoni type (rajah sub-

group), and not the jerdoni subgroup as noted by me. The typical

form, as described by Swinhoe, has the upper parts reddish brown,

sprinkled with stiff black bristles, especially on the back, where

the fur is also often a little darker. Under parts pure white ;

feet white; tail bicolor, white at the tip.

The skulls at my disposal are too fragmentary to allow of a

description.

Dimensions (from skin). Head and body 208 mm. ; tail 180 ;

hind foot 36.

Skull, Palatallength 19 mm.; diastema 11; incisive foramina 7;

length of nasals 17; interorbital breadth 6-5; length of molar

series (alveoli) 8 mm.

‘Habitat. Formosa.

Swinhoe noted many varieties of this species as occurring in

Formosa; these doubtless represent forms belonging to the

different subgroups of the jerdoni group, but unfortunately the

only specimens I have been able to examine are a portion of

Swinhoe’s series of which the skullsare all defective. It is there-

fore impossible to distinguish any of these varieties by name; but

the true coxingi may be distinguished by its white feet, the white

tip to its tail,and the fact that the fur is thickly beset with

spines.

Mus conrucitanus A. M.-E.

Mus confucianus A, M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. du Mus. vii.

p. 93 (1871); id. Rech. Mamm. p. 286, pl. xli. fig. 2 (1874) ; Thos.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 773 (partim); Bonh. Fase. Malay., Zool. vol. i.

p- 393.

General colour above dark brown (clay, Ridgw.), shading to

pale buff or yellowish on the flanks. Fur slate-grey at the

base with pale fulvous tip, interspersed amongst which are long

black bristles. The pale tips predominate over the black so as

to give the animal the appearance noted above. Occasionally these

bristles are semi-spinous, and in one or two examples the fur is

exceedingly harsh and spiny; but as a rule it is quite soft to the

1905. | MAMMALS OF CHINA. 387

touch, as stated by M. Milne-Edwards in the original description.

Under parts pure milk-white, sharply contrasted with that of the

upper parts. Feet whitish, but the colour of the upper parts

runs down the centre of their upper surface to a varying extent.

Tail moderately long and bicoloured, clothed with short hairs; its

terminal portion is usually, but not invariably white. The skull

is that of a typical d/us of the jerdoni group, being long and

narrow, somewhat flattened and with small bulle.

Dimensions (in flesh). Head and body 164 mm.; tail 192;

hind foot 39; ear 18.

Skull (average dimensions). Greatest length 36 mm.; basilar

length 27:5; palatal length 15; diastema 9°75; incisive fora-

mina 6°6; length of nasals 13°6; zygomatic breadth 16; inter-

orbital breadth 6; greatest breadth of brain-case 14; length of

molar series (alveoli) 6.

Habitat. The type was received trom Pére David 'from the

mountains of Moupin, in the province of Szechuen, W. China.

There are also specimens in the Museum from E. Kiangsi, from

Kuatun and Ching Fen Ling in N.W. Fokien, and from Nankin,

all forming a very uniform series showing hardly any variation.

It is as a rule generally found in the mountainous country,

occasionally entering the houses in winter; and it may be easily

recognised, for its dull brown colour and pure white under parts,

sharply divided from the colour of the back, form a combination

of characters found in no other Rat from that part of the world.

Some of the spiny individuals very closely resemble Mus nivei-

venter from the Himalayas, of which it is probably the Chinese

representative.

Mus HUANG.

Mus conjucianus A.M.-K., O. Thos, P.Z.8, 1898, p. 773 (partim).

Mus huang Bonh, Abstr. P. Z.8. No. 23, p. 19, Dec. 5, 1905.

Size as in the last-mentioned species. General colour rufous

(ochraceous-rufous, Ridgw.), darker along the dorsal area. The

underfur is slate-coloured at its base with a rufous tip, thickly

intermixed, especially on the back, with black bristles or spines.

On the flanks the bristles become much less numerous and many

of them have rufous tips. The colour of the head resembles that

of the upper parts. The feet are whitish, with the rufous colour

running down the centre of their upper surface. Under parts

pure white, the line of demarcation being sharply defined. Tail

rather longer than the head and body, clothed with short hairs

and bicoloration. Hars moderately long and sparsely covered

with very close, short, dark brown hairs.

The skull very closely resembles that of If. confucianus in size

and general appearance, but may be recognised by the supra-

orbital ridges being continued right across to the posterior margin

of the parietal.

Dimensions (of type from skin), Head and body 155 mm.:;

tail 188; hind foot 30; ear (approx.) 16.

388 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE | Nov, 28,

Skull (of type). Greatest length 37 mm.; basilar length 27 ;

palatal length 15; diastema 9°5; incisive foramina 7; length of

nasals 14; interorbital breadth 6; greatest breadth of brain-

case 14; length of molar series (alveoli) 6.

Type. B.M. 89.11.1.16. gad. Collected on the 24th April, 1898,

at Kuatun, N.W. Fokien, by Mr. J. D. La Touche.

Habitat. Kuatun. The Museum also contains a specimen

indistinguishable from the type from the Ngau-tchi-lea Mts.,

Hainan.

This species is evidently the representative of the true J/ws

jerdoni, although it is more spiny than the other members of

that subgroup hitherto described. Its nearest ally is Mus rapit,

mihi, from Borneo, to which it bears a very close resemblance.

From Jus confucianus it may be easily distinguished hy its bright

coloration, the absence of any white tip to the tail, and also the

very much shorter hairs with which the tail is clothed.

JT have called this species from its Chinese name ‘“ Huang mao

shu,” meaning yellow-haired rat.

MUS LING.

Mus confucianus A. M.-K., O. Thos, P.Z.S. 1898, p. 773 (partim).

Mus ling Bonh. Abstr. P. Z.8. No. 23, p. 19, Dec. 5, 1905.

Size smaller and paler, otherwise closely resembling Mus huang.

The amount of spininess varies considerably, some individuals

being very thickly beset, while in others the fur is uniformly soft.

The tail is covered with short hairs and bicoloured as the Mus

Juang, but in the young and in some adult individuals we find a

tendency to a unicolorous tail. The general colour is fulvous

(ochraceous-buff, Ridgw.).

Skull. Except for its smaller size, the skull does not differ

markedly from that of Mus hwang. The ridges referred to in

that species may be traced as far back as the posterior margin of

the parietal, but are not so strongly marked. Several skulls,

however, are intermediate in size between those of this species

and those of Mus huang, but this Rat may in all cases be distin-

guished externally by its paler colour and shorter tail; while in

no case does any single measurement overlap that of the smallest

AM, huang.

Dimensions (of type from skin). Head and body 132 mm. ;

tail 157; hind foot 27; ear 15.

Skull (of type). Greatest length 33 mm.; basilar length 25 ;

palatal length 14; diastema 8°5; incisive foramina 5:5; length of

nasals 12; zygomatic breadth 14; interorbital breadth 5:5;

greatest breadth of brain-case 14; length of molar series (alveoli)

5°5.

Type. B.M. 98.3.7.8. Collected by Mr. C. B. Rickett in

December 1897, at Ching Fen Ling, N.W. Fokien.

Habitat. Ching Fen Ling, N.W. Fokien; it also occurs at

Kuatun in the same province.

This species is the representative of the cremoriventer subgroup.

1905. | MAMMALS OF GHINA. 389

In external appearance it resembles J/ws cremoriventer Mill. very

closely ; the bicoloured tail, however, serves as an easily dis-

tinguishable feature, but that it 1s very nearly related is shown

by the tendency in the young and even some adults to the uni-

eolorous tail. The immature pelage is, as a rule, soft and

destitute of bristles, and resembles in colour true JZ. confucianus.

This species seems to be most abundant at Ching Fen Ling,

but it also occurs at Kuatun.

Mus taroucHet Thos.

Mus latouchei Thos. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, vol. xx. p. 113

(1897); id. P.Z.8. 1898, p. 772; Bonh. Fasc, Malay., Zoology,

vol. i. p. 34 (1903).

General colour of the upper parts clear grizzled grey. Fur

light at its base, with a greyish-brown subterminal portion and

white tip, thickly intermixed with soft spines similar in colour

but lacking the white tip. Under parts pure white, the hairs

being white to their bases. Hands and feet white along their

margins and on the digits, brownish in the centre. ‘Tail dark,

covered with short hairs, white at the tip in some individuals.

Kars large, rounded and almost naked.

The skull most nearly resembles that of IM/ws bowersi, from

which it differs, according to Mr. Thomas, in having the line of

the fronto-premaxillary and fronto-nasal suture running straight

from side to side, instead of being bowed backwards, and the supra-

orbital rims more developed. The incisors are broad and pale

yellow.

Dimensions (of type from skin), Head and body 310 mm. ;

tail 290; hind foot 60.

Skull. Greatest length 58 mm.; basilar length 48; palatilar

length 28; diastema 17; length of incisive foramina 11; length

of nasals 23°5 ; interorbital breadth 8; breadth of brain-case 22 ;

length of molar series 10.

Habitat. The type came from Kuatun, as do all the series of

specimens that have hitherto been obtained, although Mr. Thomas

mentions a specimen in the Paris Museum from Pere David.

It is evidently a scarce Rat, and little seems to be known of its

habits, but according to Mr. La Touche it inhabits the forest

country. Its uniform grizzled-grey colour and large size are

sufficient to distinguish it from all other Chinese rats.

Mus Fuavireectrus A. M.-E.

Mus ? Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 382. no. 26,

Mus canna Swinhoe, P. Z.8. 1870, p. 636.

Mus alecandrinus Geottr., Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 635.

Mus flavipectus A. M.-E. Nouv. Arch. du Mus. vol. vii. p. 93

(1871); id. Rech. Mamm. p. 289, pl. 42. fig. 1 (1874); Bonh.

Fase. Malay., Zoology, vol. 1. pp. 35 & 37.

Mus ouangthome A. M.-K. Nouv. Arch. du Mus. vol. vii. p. 93

(1871); id. Rech. Mamm. p. 290, pl. 40. fig. 3 (1874).

390 MR. J. L, BONHOTE ON THE [Nov. 28,

Mus plumbeus A. M.-E. Rech. Mamm. p. 138, pl. 43. fig. 2

(1874).

Mus rattus flavipectus A. M.-E., Thos. P. Z.S. 1898, p. 772.

This species is the representative of the srufescens-group of

Mus rattus, which inhabits China. It is of moderate size, having

the tail rather shorter than the head and body. Fur soft and

destitute of spines. General colour above uniform yellowish

brown, slightly lighter on the flanks. Hairs slate-coloured at

their base, with ochreous tips, and intermixed among these are pure

black hairs of a finer texture. Under parts varying from dirty

yellowish to yellowish-white, often, but not invariably, showing

traces of a white mark on the breast. The hind feet are whitish

and the hands dark brown margined with white. Tail unicoloured

and covered with hairs.

Skull. The skull is that of a fairly typical Mus rufescens, and,

except in its slightly smaller size, is indistinguishable from the

Indian form *.

Dimensions. Head and body 200 mm.; tail 160; hind foot 31 ;

ear 18.

Skull +. Greatest length 41 mm.; basilar length 36°5; palatilar

length 20; diastema 11°5; length of incisive foramina 8; length

of nasals 15; zygomatic breadth 20; interorbital breadth 6;

breadth of brain-case 15:5; length of molar series 7.

Habitat. The type of ‘this species came from Moupin in

W. Szechuen, but it also occurs at Kuatun in N.W. Fokien,

Kiou Kiang in Kiangsi, and Foochow, so that it is probably

widely distributed throughout the country. It also occurs 1n

Formosa.

This and Mus griseipectus are the common Rats of China. The

difference in the colour of the under parts, as denoted in their

specific names, will form to some extent a distinguishing character,

although the under parts in flavipectus often become very light,

and in old specimens of griseipectus may show a yellowish tinge.

However, I am inclined to think this character unreliable, and

a much better test is the greater size of griseipectus, as shown by

the length of the hind foot and skull-measurements. In grised-

pectus, moreover, the tail, although it can hardly be called

“bicolor,” is distinctly lighter on its under surface, and this seems

to be the only reliable external characteristic at all ages.

In the description of MZ. flavipectus in the Rech. Mamm.,

M. Milne-Edwards adds a footnote to say that W/. germaini from

Pulo Condor closely resembles this species, especially in its

coloration. Although approximately correct, it may be well to

notice that JZ. germaini may be distinguished by its size, which

* For careful figure of the skull of MW. vufescens, see paper by the author,

Fasc. Malayenses, Zoology, vol. 1. pl. iv. fig. 3 (1903).

+ The measurements, which are the same as those taken in my former paper, are

now called after Mr. O. Thomas’s scheme for cranial measurements, published

Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. vol. xviii. p. 191 (1905), the alterations (in name only) being

basilar and palatilar for basal and palatal.

1905. } MAMMALS OF CHINA. 391

is greater than that of JL. griseipectus. The ears are longer, and

the colour of the under parts, which is white, differs from that of

both I, flavipectus and M. griseipectus by the fact that the hairs

are white to their bases and not slate-coloured.

When working out Pére David’s collection from Moupin,

M. Milne-Edwards described a species under the name of

M. ouangthome, stating that it was distinguished by a pure white

cross on the breast. It was described from a single specimen,

which, by the kindness of Dr. Oustalet, I had the privilege of

examining when in Paris, and I am of opinion that it is merely

a 7-grown example of this species. The white cross is not so

conspicuous as one would be led to infer from the description,

and is merely a well-marked development of the white breast-

mark which is found in many individuals of otherwise typical

Havipectus.

Another species from the collection of Pere David was described

by M. Milne-Edwards under the name J. plumbeus, and figured

in the Rech. Mamm. This specimen I have also had an oppor-

tunity of examining, and the coloration depicted in the plate is

much too blue. ‘There is a specimen in the British Museum

which agrees tolerably well with the description and type of

M. plumbeus, but on examination of the skull it proves to be a

very young individual, probably belonging to JM. flavipectus.

The latter is the only specimen I have seen that shows white

incisors, a characteristic of MZ. plumbeus. Under these circum-

stances, and as the skull of the type of I. plumbeus cannot be

examined, as it has not been removed from the skin, we must, in

the absence of further evidence, consider plumbeus as founded on

an immature flavipectus.

Mus LosEeA Swinhoe.

Mus flavescens Elliot, Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 186.

Mus rufescens Gray, Swinhoe, P. Z.8. 1870, p. 636.

Mus losea Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 637.

This species may best be described as a small form of J. flavi-

pectus, to which it closely approaches in coloration. The under

parts are, however, as a rule greyer. The tail is unicoloured and

very finely annulated (the annuli being 14 to the cm. as against

12 in flavipectus), and covered with minute and almost invisible

sete.

The ear is elongated, being longer by 2 mm. than immature

flavipectus of the same size. :

The skull, except in being # the size, is otherwise indis-

tinguishable.

Dimensions (from skin). Head and body 150 mm.,; tail 123;

ear 18; hind foot 26.

Skull. Greatest length 32 mm.; basilar length 26; palatilar

length 15; diastema 8; incisive foramina 6°5; length of nasals

12; zygomatic breadth 15; interorbital breadth 5; length, of

molar series 6°5; breadth of brain-case 14.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. Il. No. XX VII. 27

392 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [ Nov. 28,

Habitat. This species was originally described from Tamsuy in

Formosa. But there is also a specimen collected by Mr. Swinhoe

at. Amoy, and other specimens in the Museum from W. Fokien.

This is undoubtedly a small form of J/. flavipectus, distin-

guishable, apart from its size, by the more elongated ear and finer

annulations to the tail.

It is possible that the original losea from Formosa may prove

to be different from the form inhabiting the mainland; and this

is the more likely, as in the paper describing the original Josea

Mr. Swinhoe referred to the specimen from Amoy as Mus rufescens.

For the present, however, owing to lack of material, | have no

alternative but to consider them all as losea.

Mus eriserpectus A. M.-E.

Mus indicus Geofir., Swinhoe, P. Z.8. 1870, p. 635.

Mus griseipectus A. M.-H. Nouv. Arch. Mus. 1871, p. 93;

id, Rech. Mamm. p. 290, pl. 42. fig. 2 (1874).

Similar to Jf. flavipectus, but slightly larger. Tail about

equal in length to the head and body. Fur soft and destitute of

spines. General colour above yellowish brown; fur slate-grey at

base, with yellowish tips, and thickly interspersed among these

are longer thin black hairs, which predominate along the median

dorsal area. Upper surfaces of the feet and hands white. Under

parts white or greyish, the fur being dark at its base as in the

upper parts.

Skull. The skull, except in being slightly larger, closely re-

sembles that of JZ. flavipectus, and calls for no special comment.

Dimensions. Head and body 196 mm.; tail 160; hind foot 33 ;

ear 22.

Skull. Greatest length 45 mm.; basilar length 36; palatilar

length 22; diastema 13; length of incisive foramina 8; length

of nasals 17; zygomatic breadth 21:5; interorbital breadth 7;

breadth of brain-case 18; length of molar series 8.

Habitat. Sze-chuen (type-locality); also found in W. Fokien.

There is but little further to add with regard to this species.

It is most likely to be confused with J/. flavipectus, but the

characters distinguishing it from that species have already been

given. There is, however, another small character which it may

be as well to notice. In JM/. flavipectus the hands on their upper

surfaces are brown margined with white, while in all the specimens

of grisetpectus that I have examined the upper surfaces of the

hands are uniformly white.

Mus norvecicus Erxl.

Mus decumanus Pall., Swinhoe, P. Z.8. 1864, pp. 186, 382; id.

op. cit. 1870, pp. 233, 635.

Mus humiliatus A. M.-E., Thos. P. Z. 8. 1898, pi 772

(partim).

1905. ] MAMMALS OF CHINA. 393

The common Norway Rat occurs not infrequently in China,

as shown by several examples in the British Museum. Apart

from the skull-characters, which are quite distinctive, it may be

recognised from griseipectus, which it resembles most closely

externally, by its larger size (hind foot 36 mm.) and stouter tail.

Mus Humitiatus (A. M.-E.).

Mus humiliatus A. M.-E., Ann. Sci. Nat. vii. 375 (1867);

id. Rech. Mamm. p. 137, pl. 41. fig. 1 (1874); Thecus Proc. Acad,

Nat. Sci. Philad. 1898, p. 121; Thos. PEAS S898) os ia:

Another member of the J/us ratius group but smaller. General

colour above yellowish-brown. Fur slate at its base, but yellowish

brown (cinnamon, Ridgw.) for the greater part of its length,

becoming paler on the flanks ; intermixed with the fur are a few

long soft black hairs, but they are so scattered as to have but little

effect on the general colour. The hands and feet are white, and

the under parts uniform grey. The tail is short, tapering, and

bicoloured, well clothed with short hairs that are ‘brown on the

upper and white on the lower surface. The ears small and

rounded and covered with fine hairs.

The skull differs from that of I. griseipectus in being broader

and shorter. The supraorbital ridges are not so well marked and

do not run back so far, disappearing about halfway across the

parietals.

Dimensions (taken in flesh: Nankin*),. Head and body

P4dSpram tall Loe hind toot) 303 -ear 1635.

Skull (of co-type). Greatest length 35 mm.; basilar length 29;

palatilar length 17; diastema 7; length of incisive foramina

6; length of nasals 12; zygomatic breadth 18; interorbital

breadth 6; breadth of brain-case 15; length of molar series 7.

Habitat. Pekin and neigbourhood (type); Nankin and W,

Fokien.

The chief distinctive feature of this Rat is its light colour, caused

by the almost entire absence of the longer black hairs found in so

many species, and besides this its smaller size and short tail form

a combination of characters enabling it to be easily recognised. It

is apparently a scarce animal, as only one specimen has reached the

British Museum during the last 23 years, and it is entirely absent

from the collections of Messrs. Styan, Rickett, and La Touche.

Mr. Howell has, however, just sent over a small collection, which

contains a mature female, from the city of Nankin, this specimen

agreeing closely in all respects with the type.

A specimen received originally from the Paris Museum as

belonging to this species, and collected by Pére David in W. Fokien,

is undoubtedly Mus novegicus, and it was this example that led

Mr. Thomas to suggest Mus humiliatus as the possible wild stock

of Mus norvegueus.

* The skull-measurements of this specimen practically coincide with those of the

co-type.

off

394 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [Nov. 28,

Key to the larger Chinese Species of Mus.

(Hind-foot measurement of the smallest, 26 mm.).

A. Colour of under parts sharply divided from that of upper Hes

a. Size large. Hind foot 57 mm. ........ ; . MM. edwards.

b. Smaller. Hind foot not exceeding 36 mm.

Cio: ANTIAG WAMU. ‘cop oso dodoooodscoacas son aoa akoonconacedonoonacanoddeon JUL, COMPU.

5. Feet coloured.

@>. General colour dull brown (clay, Ridgw.). Hind

SOX0) Hits 1S ap 11 ey la en Selina ea GAGIERE cen eC AGO M. confucianus.

b,. General colour brighter cochraeepus Weel hee

Hind foot 30 mm. ee . WM. huang.

Smaller and paler. Hind foot 27 mm. ............ HM. ling.

B. Colour of under parts not sharply divided from that of upper

parts.

a. aT bicolor. Hands white.

. Tail clothed with minute sete. Hind foot 33 mm..,. I. griseipectus.

BH na clothed with hairs.

. Large. Hind foot 36 mm.. BpoobNEcaKdosdudoveae JE; HOPRANOCUIS.

Be Smaller. Hind foot 30 mm. crane . WM. humiliatus.

b. ae Deano Hands brown with white margins.

aes of under parts with slate-coloured bases.

. Size large. Hind foot 31 mm.. eas . WM. flavipectus.

ie Smaller. Hind foot 26 mm.. M. losea.

. Fur of under pee white throughout. “Hind foot

60 mm.. Be aeas 2A See wa tou ieet tained . MW. latouchei.

Mus muscuuus L.

Mus musculus L., Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 382, and 1870,

p. 637.

The common House-Mouse does not seem to be very abundant

in China, though there are several specimens in the Museum from

widely separated localities in that country.

A description of so well known a species would be superfluous,

and there is no other mouse with which it could well be

confused.

Dimensions (from spirit-specimen). Head and body 77 mm. ;

tail 80; hind foot 17.

Micromys Dehne.

Micromys (type of genus Micromys agilis, Dehne, Hofléssnitz,

1841), revived by O. Thomas, Ann. Mag, N. H. ser. 7, vol. xv. p. 491

(May 1905).

Mr. Thomas has used Jdicromys as the generic name of several

species of the smaller mice hitherto included under the universal

genus “ Mus.” The Chinese forms belonging to it are :—

Mus sylvaticus chevrieri.

43 draco.

Mus minutus pygmeus.

Mus agrarius manchuricus.

i ‘ ning poensis.

The distinctive character of this genus is that the posterior

1905. | MAMMALS OF CHINA. 395

lamine of the first and second upper molars have each an

additional internal cusp beyond the number present in J/us, so

that, counting along the inner side of the tooth-row, there are three

cusps on both the first and second molars.

MICROMYS SYLVATICUS CHEVRIERI (A. M.-E.).

Mus chevriert A. Milne-Edwards, Rech. Mamm. p. 288, pl. xl.

fig. 2 (1874); E. Buchner, Mamm., Przewalski, p. 92 (1889).

Mus sylvaticus chevriert (A. M.-E.), Barvett-Hamilton, P. Z.8.

1900, p. 418.

Major Barrett- Hamilton, in the paper noticed above, restricts the

name chevriert to that form of Wicromys sylvaticus represented

by the typical series from Moupin in Tibet.

The general colour is pale fawn, grizzled with brownish on the

back. The under parts and feet are pure white. Tail about equal

in length to the head and body, bicoloured and scantily clothed

with hair.

Dimensions. Head and body 100 mm.; tail 90; hind foot

21°5 mm.

Habitat. Moupin, Tibet. A single specimen in the British

Museum from 8. Shensi is probably referable to this species.

So little is known of this species that it is impossible to add

anything in reference to its habits, &e.

MICROMYS SYLVATICUS DRACO (B.-H.).

Mus chevriert A. M.-H., Thos. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 773.

Mus , Sp. no. 27, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 382.

Mus sylvaticus draco Barrett-Hamilton, P. Z. $. 1900, p. 418.

Mus badius Blyth, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 233.

This form of Mus sylvaticws described by Major Barrett- Hamilton

may be distinguished from JJicromys chevriert by its duller colour

and its slightly smaller size. The general colour is pale fulvous

(hair-brown, Ridgw.), darker along the median dorsal area owing to

many of the hairs having black tips. Feet and under parts pure

white. Tail well clothed with short hair, dark above and light

below. The bases of the hairs on all parts of the body are slate-

coloured.

According to the original describer, the skull is ‘‘ narrower and

slightly smaller than that of the adult of the subspecies intermedius

(of Britain and portions of Western Europe), and having the

anterior portions of the frontals more attenuated and the nasal

region proportionately more slender than in the latter sub-

species.”

Dimensions. Head and body 91 mm.; tail 95; hind foot 20,

Skull. Greatestlength 26mim.; basilar length 21; palatilar length

11; diastema 7; length of incisive foramina 5 ; length of nasals 10;

interorbital breadth 5; breadth of brain-case 11; length of molar

series 4,

396 MR. J. L, BONHOTE ON THE [ Nov. 28,

Habitat. Kuatun, N.W. Fokien.

The typical series, all from Kuatun, are the only ones at present

known.

MIcRomys MINUTUS PycmmuS (A. M.-E.).

Mus pygmeus A. M.-Edw. Rech. Mamm. p. 291, pl. xliii. fig. 1

(CS9) 8 Aas Jey Ay te, Wether, jon CUO

Mus minutus pygmeus B.-Hamilton, Ann. & Mag. N. H.

ser. 7, vol. iii. p. 343 (1899).

This is the Chinese representative of our European Harvest-

Mouse, from which it differs in its rather longer tail and darker

colour. The general colour above is of a uniform olive-brown,

rather more rufous on the hind-quarters. The under parts are

greyish white. Hands and feet scantily clothed with brownish

hair. Tail equal in length or longer than the head and body,

clothed with minute and almost invisible sete.

The skull, which is typical of the genus, has a moderately broad

brain-case, but is rather short in the muzzle. The bulle are

large for the size of the skull, and project sharply downwards, com-

pressing the basioccipital at its anterior portion.

Dimensions of a dried skin from Kuatun. Head and body

58 mm.; tail 61; hind foot 14*.

Skull. Greatest length 19 mm.; basilar length 17; palatilar

length 8; diastema 5; length of incisive foramina 3°6 ; length of

nasals 6; interorbital breadth 3:7; breadth of brain-case 9 ;

length of molar series 3:8.

Habitat. Sze-chuen. Specimens in the British Museum from

Kuatun and Shanghai.

Nothing further is known of the distribution or habits of this

species. The Japanese Harvest-Mouse recently described by

Mr. Thomas is more rufous and resembles the Kuropean one more

closely than the Chinese.

MiIcROMYS AGRARIUS MANCHURICUS (Thos.)..

Mus agrarius mantchuricus Thos. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 774.

This is the Northern Chinese form of Mus agrarius, from

typical examples of which it differs only to a slight extent. It is

slightly larger and more rufous in its general tone of colour. The

dark median dorsal stripe is black and very clear cut, and starting

from the crown reaches to the root of the tail. Under parts grey

with a tinge of rufous along the middle line. Tail dark brown

above, lighter below, well covered with short hairs.

The skull does not materially differ from that of J. agrarius

typicus.

Dimensions (of type after Thos.). Head and body 116 mm. ;

tail 78; hind foot 19; ear 14.

% The measurements of the type as given by M. M.-Edwards are: head and body

73, tail 53, ear 5, hind foot 18; but on the discrepancies between the tail and hind-

foot measurements see O. Thomas, Joe. cit. supra.

1905. | MAMMALS OF CHINA. 397

Skull. Greatest length 27 mm. ; palatilar length 12 ; diastema 8 ;

length of incisive foramina 6; length of nasals 10; interorbital

breadth 4; breadth of brain-case 11; length of molar series

(alveoli) 4.

Habitat. The type comes from near the Corean border of

Manchuria. The British Museum contains a further specimen

from 8. Shensi procured by Pére David, which has been refered

to this race.

MICROMYS AGRARIUS NINGPOENSIS Swinh.

Mus ningpoensis Swinh. P. Z.8. 1870, p. 637 et 1872, p. 818.

Mus harti Thos. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 774.

Very similar to I. a. manchuricus, but lacking the rufous

tinge on the back, which in the present species is replaced by

fulvous. General colour above fulvous throughout, uniformly

grizzled with black. In some cases a well-defined dark stripe is

apparent down the back, and in most specimens a trace of a dark

stripe is discernible. Under parts white, sharply defined from the

colour of the upper parts. Tail brown above, lighter below, and

covered with short hairs.

The skull does not appreciably differ from that of JZ. agrarius

typicus.

Dimensions (of type converted from inches given in Swinhoe’s

description). Head and body 81 mm.; tail 68; hind foot

(measured from type) 20.

Another example, ¢ (in flesh, coll. E. B. Howell, no. 69).

Head and body 111 mm.; tail 78; hind foot 20; ear 14.

Skull. Greatest length 26 mm.; basilar length 21:5; palatilar

length 11; diastema 7; length of incisive foramina 5 ; length of

nasals 10; zygomatic breadth 12; interorbital breadth 4°7 ;

breadth of brain-case 11:5; length of molar series 4.

Type. Collected by My. Swinhoe. Now in the Berlin Museum.

Habitat. Ningpo. The British Museum contains specimens also

from Nankin, Hanchow,.and Kuatun.

T have had to sink, under Swinhoe’s name, Mr. Thomas’s J/us

harti, as there can be no doubt as to itsidentity with ningpoensis.

Since the description of Mus harti was written, a fine series has

been received from the neighbourhood of Nankin, collected by

Mr. Howell. It appears that although the dorsal stripe is asa rule

faint and indistinct, it is in some cases deep black and very well

marked, while in other individuals no trace of it can be found.

Herr Matschie (in litt.) states that in the type of ningpoensis

there is no trace of the dorsal stripe, and the same is the case

with the type of MW. harti.

Little is known of its habits; Mr. Howell seems to have

trapped most of his specimens on open ground in the vicinity of

water.

398 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES | Nov. 28,

6. Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera

of the Genera Homophwta, Asphera, and Oedionychs.

By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S.

[Received May 13, 1905. }

(Plates XIV. & XV.*)

In the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1894 (p. 609) I have given the deserip-

tions of many species belonging to the group of bladder-clawed

Halticine, which until then were simply Catalogue names as

published ‘by Clark. The number of further species which I have

received since enables me to publish here a considerable addition

to my former paper; where Clark’s names have been retained for the

same species I have stated this, but by far the greater portion of

my species were not known to Clark. The genera Oedionychis and

Asphera as at present understood almost rival in species the

Galerucid genus Diabrotica, and it is frequently very doubtful to

which of the two genera a species should be referred. Von

Harold has tried to point out the differences between Oedionychis,

Asphera, and the allied genera (Coleopterol. Hefte, xv. p. 91), and

lays the principal stiess on the more or less elongate first joint of

the posterior tarsi in Asphera in contradistinction to the corre-

sponding very short joint in Oedionychis, which in most cases

holds good, but in many instances there are intermediate degrees

as well as in the more or less inflated claws, so that it is uncertain

to which genus these species should be referred; these are,

however, rather exceptional, and v. Harold’s definition must be

accepted for want of a better one. All the species described here

are contained in my collection.

HoMOPHETA CLAVAREAUI, sp. n.

» Sp

Black, a frontal spot and the clypeus flavous; thorax fulvous,

impunctate ; elytra nearly impunctate, fulvous, a broad transverse

band at the base and another narrower one below the middle,

black.

Length 9 millim,

Head black, very shining, with some punctures near the eyes

the latter widely separated, with a flavous transverse spot at the

intermediate space, frontal elevations narrow, likewise flavous as

well as the clypeus; antennz extending beyond the middle of the

elytra, black, the first joint fulvous below, third and fourth joints

equal; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides feebly rounded,

with narrow thickened margins, the anter ior angles strongly pro-

duced and thickened, the “oimines fulvous, impunctate, rather

convex ; scutellum black ; ; elytra with narrow, reflexed margins,

microscopically finely punctured, fulvous, with a vather broad

basal band occupying about one-fourth of the length of the elytra,

its posterior edge oblique, widest at the suture, another narrower

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 460.

A Sa IOS, Well, JUL IPL OLY,

W.Purkiss del.et lith. West, Newman imp.

NEW SEE CIES OF BLADDER= CLAWED HAMMICIDA

In AS. IOS, oll ML IPL, SOW,

WHE EL

W.Purkiss del.et lith.

West, Newman imp

NEW SPECIES

BeG

AWE

) Jaa RG Iya

jena

Wns

yas ih

ait

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 399

band, below the middle, the sutural margin at the same place and

the extreme apex likewise black, neither of the black bands extends

to the lateral margins; under side and legs black; metatarsus

elongate, claw-joint scarcely swollen.

Hab. Prov. Huallaga, Peru.

Of this species I received two specimens from M. Clavareau, of

Brussels. In one of them the antenne are shorter and the elytral

black band at the base is straighter than in the other, otherwise

there is no difference. The species is closely allied to H. boliviana

Kirsch, but in that species the elytral bands are metallic or

zeneous in colour, they extend always to the lateral margins, and

the latter as well as the epipleure are black, not fulvous, the

posterior band also is wider than in the present insect.

HoMorH@ra PERUVIANA™, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.)

Vertex of the head, antennze, the breast and legs black ; thorax

fulvous, impunctate; elytra metallic blue, impunctate, with a

narrow, transverse, flavous band near the apex; abdomen flavous.

Length 7 millim.

Elongate and parallel, the head with a few punctures near the

eyes, the vertex black, the intraocular space, the clypeus, and the

labrum fulvous; antenne very long, extending below the middle

of the elytra, black, the lower three joints more or less fulvous

below, third and following joints very nearly equal; thorax twice

as broad as long, the lateral margins straight at the base, widened

towards the apex, the sides strongly thickened and deeply sulcate,

the anterior angles greatly produced, the surface impunctate,

fulvous; scutellum black; elytra with a deep depression below

the base, impunctate, bright metallic green, with a narrow

yellowish-white transverse band near the apex, not quite extending

to either margin; legs black, the base of the femora often flavous ;

the breast black; the metatarsus elongate ; claw-joints scarcely

thickened.

Hab. Pachitea, Peru (Dr. Staudinger).

This is a handsome and typical Homopheta, unlike any other

species of the genus; the characteristic fulvous spot between the

antenne and the shape of the thorax agree entirely with its

allies. I have received several specimens from Dr. Staudinger

and Herr Bang-Haas.

Genus ASPHERA.

ELlytra pale coloured.

ASPHHERA UNICOLOR, sp. n.

Subdepressed, testaceous, antennz and legs shgltly darker ;

thorax short, the anterior angles mucronate, anterior margin

deeply concave; elytra minutely and closely punctured.

Length 7 millim.

Of rather flattened, scarcely posteriorly widened shape; the

* Kor the descriptions of two other new species of Hoimopheta, inadvertently

omitted from this paper, see izfirrd p. 591.

400 MR, MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES | Nov. 28,

head impunctate, frontal tubercles rather broad, clypeus short

and ridge-shaped; eyes widely separated, comparatively small ;

antennee pale fulvous, the third and following joints elongate and

equal, terminal joints rather shorter; thorax slightly narrowed

anteriorly, the sides broadly flattened, the margins scarcely

rounded, the anterior angles outwardly produced into a distinct

and rather large tooth, the surface entirely impunctate; elytra

with anteriorly rather broadly reflexed, lateral margins, without

basal depression, very finely and closely punctured; under side

and legs rather darker than the upper surface, the metatarsus as

long as the following two joints together, claw-joint strongly

swollen.

Hab. Braail.

Of this species, which may be known by the rather flattened

general shape, the short thorax with its broadly flattened sides,

and the entirely unicolorous upper and under sides, three specimens

are contained in my collection without special locality.

ASPH#RA FEMORATA, Sp. N.

Testaceous, the head and the breast piceous or black ; thorax

nearly white, impunctate; elytra obscure testaceous, nearly

impunetate ; posterior femora with a large white patch.

Length 6—7 millim.

Head with a few deep punctures near the eyes, the vertex

nearly black, the lower portion testaceous; eyes large; antenne

obscure fulvous or fuscous, the joints rather robust, the third

slightly shorter than the fourth; thorax with the lateral margins

obliquely narrowed anteriorly, feebly rounded, the anterior angles

thickened and pointed but not dentiform, the anterior margin

straight at the middle, the sides gradually flattened, the disc

impunctate, yellowish-white, the sides sometimes stained with

testaceous ; scutellum piceous ; elytra with a distinct basal depres-

sion, extremely minutely punctured when seen under a strong

lens, obscure testaceous, the extreme sutural margins piceous ;

under side and the legs piceous, abdomen testaceous, the posterior

femora with a large yellowish-white oblong patch at the outer

portion, claw-joint moderately swollen.

Hab. Pichinché, Colombia.

A species not difficult to distinguish on account of the colour

of the thorax and of the posterior femora; there are five spe-

cimens, before me, which show no variation in this respect.

ASPHRA DISCICOLLIS, Sp. 0.

Black; thorax with broad sides, the latter testaceous, the disc

black, impunctate, anterior angles pointed; elytra convex, widened

posteriorly, impunctate, testaceous; breast, the legs, and the

middle of the abdomen black, sides of the latter testaceous ;

posterior femora but moderately thickened.

Length 8 millim.

Of convex, posteriorly widened shape; the head black, im-

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 401

punctate, frontal elevations broad, feebly raised, clypeus broad

and thick; eyes widely separated, not very prominent; antenne

long and slender, black, third and following joints very elongate,

nearly equal; thorax about twice as broad as long, the sides

widened, the lateral margins strongly rounded, the anterior angles

strongly produced and pointed, the surface impunctate, the lateral

sulci broad but shallow, testaceous, the middle of the disc black;

scutellum black; elytra with strongly reflexed lateral margins,

the posterior portion convex and widened, the surface impunctate,

testaceous; posterior femora less thickened than usual, the

metatarsus very elongate; claw-joint scarcely, if at all, swollen ;

prosternum very narrow.

Hab. Bogota.

This Asphera differs in more than one respect from the other

members of the genus: the slender antenne, widened sides of the

thorax, and the but moderately thickened posterior femora are not

found in any other species, to my knowledge, and agree rather

with the genus Aspicela, but the perfectly normal shape of the

mesosternum prevents the insect from being included in that

genus. I know of only a single specimen.

ASPHERA HILARIS, sp. 0.

Entirely pale testaceous ; eyes rather large, antenne pale fulvous

or testaceous, thorax with gradually flattened sides, elytra not

perceptibly punctured, metatarsus of the posterior legs elongate,

claws swollen.

Length 7-8 millim.

Head impunctate, testaceous, shining ; the eyes proportionately

closely approached and rather large; antennee extending to the

middle of the elytra, obscure fulvous; thorax with feebly rounded

sides, slightly narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin concave,

anterior angles thickened but only very slightly produced, the sides

gradually flattened, the disc impunctate; elytra with a very shallow

depression below the base, with broadly reflexed lateral margins,

the surface entirely impunctate, shining; under side coloured as

the upper surface, legs slightly darker; the metatarsus of the

posterior legs nearly as long as the following joints together, claw-

joints distinctly swollen.

Hab. Espirito Santo, Brazil.

An apparently rather common species of unicolorous appearance,

which may be known by the gradually flattened sides of the thorax

and the more than usually thickened claws; the elongate meta-

tarsus shows, however, the species to belong to Asphera. <A. pallida

Jac. is a much larger and broader species, with a black head.

ASPHERA ALBIFRONS, sp. nh.

Testaceous, the antennze black (apical three joints sometimes

pale), the breast piceous, the head whitish-testaceous, thorax with

the anterior and posterior margins black at the middle, elytra

finely punctured.

402 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECTES | Nov. 28,

Length 7 millim.

Head entirely impunctate, very light testaceous; eyes well

separated, moderately large, frontal elevations narrowly transverse ;

antenne slender, black, the apical two joints sometimes pale, the

third and fourth equal; thorax with broadly rounded and flattened

sides, the sulci strongly marked, the disc impunctate, testaceous,

with the anterior and posterior margins black at the middle, the

anterior angles not mucronate but slightly produced; scutellum

more or less fuscous; elytra rather convex, very closely and finely

punctured ; the breast, tibie, and tarsi more or less piceous; the

metatarsus distinctly elongate, the claw-joint strongly swollen.

Hab. Bolivia.

This species may easily be mistaken for one of the varieties of

Ocdionychis albipennis Jac., but it is of a more convex shape, the

eyes are much more widely separated, the intermediate space is

very light-coloured and entirely impunctate, and the metatarsus

of the posterior legs is distinctly more elongate.

ASPHHRA TARSATA, Sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 10.)

Head, antennz, and thorax, under side and legs black; thorax

with broadly flattened sides, impunctate ; elytra obscure testaceous,

finely and closely punctured; metatarsus of the posterior legs

elongate and slender, claw-joint strongly swollen.

Length 8 millim.

Head impunctate, black, frontal tubercles very strongly

developed, trigonate, carina convex ; antennz black, the lower three

joimts shining, the others pubescent, the intermediate joints

slightly widened, third and fourth joints equal; thorax with strongly

rounded and broadly flattened sides, anterior margins blunt and

slightly produced outwards, more or less testaceous, the rest of the

surface black; scutellum black; elytra convex, widened towards

the middle, with broadly reflexed margins, the base without

depression, closely, finely, but distinctly granulate-punctate ; under

side and legs black.

Hab, Peru.

The more than usual elongate and slender metatarsus and

the strongly swollen claw-joint and system of coloration well

distinguish this species, of which I possess a single specimen.

ASPHARA NASALIS, sp. n.

Black, the head and the sides of the thorax anteriorly pale

testaceous, the anterior angles mucronate ; elytra testaceous, finely

and closely punctured ; carina of the head very broad.

Length 73 millim.

Head pales testaceous, shining, impunctate ; eyes widely separated,

frontal elevations broadly oblique, carina very broad and convex ;

antenne long and slender, black, third and fourth joints very

elongate, equal ; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the

sides broadly flattened and rounded, the anterior angles mucro-

1905. } OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 403

nate, the surface impunctate, more or less black, the anterior

angles broadly testaceous; scutellum black; elytra testaceous,

finely and closely punctured ; under side and legs black ; the meta-

tarsus as long as the following two joints together, claw-joint

strongly inflated.

Hab. Peru.

Very closely allied in coloration to A. tarsata; but the head

pale, the antennz slender, without widened and pubescent joints,

and the metatarsus much shorter. Of this species I possess three

specimens. The species is also closely allied to A. albifrons, but is

much larger, and the anterior angles of the thorax are mucronate,

the under side and legs are black. From both species the broad and

blunt carina will distinguish the present one; it is more pro-

nounced than in any other species [ am acquainted with.

ASPHERA AMABILIS, sp. n.

Black ; thorax short, transverse, impunctate ; elytra testaceous,

extremely finely and closely punctured, the apical margins black.

Var. Elytra unicolorous testaceous.

Length 5 millim.

Of posteriorly sightly widened shape ; the head black, shining,

impunctate, the vertex sometimes marked with a testaceous spot,

deeply transversely grooved between the eyes, the latter large;

palpi testaceous ; antenne black, the third and fourth joints equal ;

thorax short and transverse, the lateral margins rounded, the sides

broadly flattened, this portion well separated from the disc, the

latter impunctate, black, shining, the anterior angles produced

outwards into a small tooth ; scutellum broad, black ; elytra slightly

wider at the base than the thorax, convex, gradually widened

posteriorly and without basal depression, testaceous, extremely

closely and finely punctured, the extreme apical margins black ;

under side and legs black, the metatarsus of the posterior legs as

long as the following two joints together, claw-joint rather

strongly swollen.

Hab. Peru.

The black head and thorax and the proportionately short shape

of the latter well distinguish this species, of which I possess

three specimens, two of which have the apex of the elytra black

to a small extent and the vertex marked by a small testaceous

spot; in the other specimen the spot and the black apex of the

elytra are absent.

Elytra with metallic transverse bands.

ASPHERA CARILLOENSIS, sp. nN.

Testaceous ; the head, breast, and the legs black ; antenne long,

fulvous ; thorax impunctate, anterior angles bluntly produced;

elytra nearly white, impunctate, a transverse band at the base and

another narrower one, slightly oblique, metallic dark blue, both

bands abbreviated at the sides,

404 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28,

Length 6 millim.

Head impunctate, black ; eyes distant, frontal elevations oblique,

rather broad; clypeus very narrow, strongly thickened, carina

very convex; antennz long and slender, fulvous, third and following

joints slender, equal or pearly so; thorax about twice as broad as

long, the lateral margins feebly rounded, the anterior angles

bluntly produced, the lateral sulci deep and broad, the surface

impunctate, pale flavous; scutellum triangular, black; elytra with

narrow but strongly reflexed Jateral margins, yellowish-white,

with two transverse blue bands not extending to the lateral

margins, the first extending to about one- third of the length of

the elytra, with its posterior edge nearly straight, the second band

below the middle, of only half the width and of obliquely down-

ward direction ; br east and legs black, abdomen testaceous ; meta-

tarsus elongate, claw-joint very moderately swollen.

Hab. Cayillo, Costa Rica.

The black head, fulvous antenne, and the shape of the elytral

bands principally distinguish this Asphera; the elytra have the

basal portion rather distinctly raised, but the intrahumeral

depression is but moderately deep. 1 have three exactly similar

specimens before me.

From A. nigrofasciata Jac., likewise from Costa Rica, the

present species may be separated by the fulvous colour of the

antenne, the blue, not black, elytral bands, the much more

narrow, reflexed margins of the elytra, and the rather smaller

general size and more widened shape.

ASPHERA ZONULATA, Sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 7.)

Black below, antenne and legs more or less piceous, above

flavous; thorax impunctate, the anterior angles produced; elytra

very finely punctured, with four metallic green transverse bands,

much widened towards the suture, which is likewise metallic

green.

Length 7 millim.

Of medially widened shape ; the head more or less piceous at the

vertex, the lower portion fulvous ; eyes moderately large, with a

few punctures near their inner margins ; clypeus in shape of a

tyvansverse ridge; antenne nearly black, the third joint smaller

than the fourth; thorax with strongly rounded lateral margins,

the anterior angles produced into a small tooth, the sides broadly

and deeply sulcate, the surface impunctate, flavous, obsoletely

transversely grooved near the base; scutellum black; elytra con-

vex, broadly margined, widest at the middle, very finely punctured

throughout, flavous, with four bright green metallic bands, not

extending to the marg is the

widest and has its posterior margin obliquely rounded, it extends

as far as the shoulders, the second band at the middle is connected

with the first along the suture by a rather broad stripe of green,

its ends are greatly narrowed, the third band below the middle is

of similar shape, but the fourth near the apex 1s of a shorter and

1905. ] OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 405

broader form, the suture connects all these lower bands by a

narrow metallic green stripe; metatarsus elongate, claw-joint

strongly swollen.

Hab, Peru.

Different in the number and shape of its elytral bands from

any other species ; two exactly similar specimens are contained in

my collection.

ASPHZRA VERNALIS, Sp. n.

Piceous, the lower part of the face and the thorax flavous, sides

of the latter broadly flattened, disc impunctate; elytra flavous or

pale fulvous, with two transverse violaceous bands, one at the

base, the other below the middle, not extending to the sides or

apex,

Length 6-63 millim.

Head with a few punctures near the eyes; the vertex nearly

black, the frontal tubercles and the clypeus flavous; antenne

piceous or black, the lower three joints obscure fulvous; thorax

slightly narrowed anteriorly, the sides with a rather broad flattened

margin, the anterior angles dentiform, the disc impunctate,

yellowish-white ; scutellum black ; elytra. impunctate, flavous, the

basal transverse blue or violaceous band near ly extending to the

middle, the lower band of equal width, not extending to the

apex, both bands are limited laterally by the broadly reflexed

lateral margins, the flavous band which separates the darker ones

at the middle is of about half the width (in a longitudinal

sense) than the blue bands; breast and legs piceous, the base of

the femora rather lighter; abdomen flavous; claw-joint scarcely

thickened.

Hab. Br. Guiana.

This is another species with transverse blue bands of which so

many are known, yet there is none which agrees entirely with the

present one. A. emule Ilig. is described as over 44 lines in length,

the thorax as having the sides obsoletely flattened, while in this

species it 1s very distinctly marked ; the colour of the head i is given

as testaceous and the median pale band as broad, while in A. vernalis

this band is of only half the width of that of the dark bands

These remarks also apply to 4. ornata lig. A. cwrialis Evichs.

has the posterior band much narrower and the pale division

broader; in A. limitata Har. the posterior blue band is still

narrower, and there are other differences besides.

ASPHERA SEPARATA, Sp. 0.

Black; thorax fulvous, impunctate; elytra pale testaceous,

impunctate, a broad transverse band at the base, not extending to

' the lateral margins, and another band at the apex, dark violaceous.

Length 6 millim.

Head black, shining, impunctate; eyes large, elongate, frontal

elevations very broad but feebly raised, clypeus with an acute

central ridge ; antenne black, the third and fourth joints equal,

406 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28,

intermediate joint slightly widened ; thorax with nearly straight

sides, slightly narrowed anteriorly, anterior angles thickened and

produced into a short point, the sides flattened but gradually so,

without deep accompanying groove, the disc impunctate, fulvous

or flavous, anterior margin rather deeply concave; scutellum

black; elytra gradually and slightly widened posteriorly, with a

short but rather deep sutural depression below the base, im-

punctate, pale testaceous, with two metallic dark purplish bands,

the first subquadrate at the base, nearly extending to the middle

but not to the lateral margins, its posterior edge straight, the

posterior angles rounded, the second band occupies the entire

apex and has its anterior angles rounded, these bands are separated

by the testaceous ground-colour in shape of a transverse band of

nearly similar size as the dark ones; under side and legs black,

apex of abdomen flavous; claw-joint not strongly thickened.

Hab. Peru.

Principally distinguished by the position and shape of the

posterior band in connection with the flattened sides of the thorax.

ASPHERA GLABRIPENNIS, Sp. n.

Obscure testaceous ; the thorax with gradually flattened sides,

impunctate ; elytra impunctate, with a metallic bright green sub-

quadrate spot at the base and another one near the apex;

posterior femora with the apex black.

Length 7-10 millim.

Of elongate and flattened shape, of a rather dirty testaceous ; the

head finely punctured at the sides as well as the space in front of

the eyes, the frontal elevations broad, clypeus rather strongly

raised; antenne long and slender, obscure testaceous, the terminal

joints very elongate ; thorax with gradually flattened sides, nar-

rowed anteriorly, the anterior margin deeply concave, the sides.

nearly straight, anterior angles in shape of a small tooth, the

surface impunctate; scutellum testaceous; elytra entirely im-

unctate, with two brilliant metallic green bands or patches, the

first at the base, not extending to the sutural or lateral margin

and downwards to about one-third the length of the elytra, the

other band of more rounded shape near the apex, not extending to

either margin; below finely pubescent ; the apex of the posterior

femora black ; claw-joint moderately swollen.

Hab. Marcapata, Peru.

I would have referred this species to A. chapuwist Har., but the

author gives the colour as rufo-testaceous and the elytra as

finely punctured, but even with a strong lens I cannot discover

any punctuati on.

ASPH#RA FUNEREA, Sp. 0.

Black ; thorax whitish or obscure testaceous, the flattened sides

well separated; elytra very minutely punctured, coloured like

the thorax, a broad transverse band at the base and another still

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 407

broader band below the middle and interrupted at the outer

portion, obscure brownish-zneous.

Length 6—7 millim.

Head sparingly punctured at the vertex, the latter piceous or

blackish ; eyes very large, each as broad as the dividing space ;

antenne long and siender, black, the lower joints sometimes

testaceous at the base, very elongate with the exception of the

second one; thorax with flattened and well-separated sides, the

anterior margin but little concave, the angles produced outwards

into a truncate tooth, the surface impunctate, pale testaceous ;

scutellum broad, black ; elytra with distinct basal depression, very

finely punctured, with narrow reflexed lateral margins, pale

testaceous or whitish, with two broad dark brown bands with

ereenish gloss, the first at the base, not extending to the lateral

margins, the other band of much longer shape, not extending to

the sides or apex of the elytra, at its outer edge it is semidivided

by a narrow stripe of the ground-colour; under side piceous or

black ; metatarsus as long as the following two joints together,

claw-joint distinctly swollen.

Hab. Peru.

There are two specimens of this species before me, which is well

distinguished by the produced, truncate, anterior thoracic angles

and the markings of the elytra; the ground-colour of the latter is

in one specimen of a pinkish-white tint, in the other obscure

testaceous, the dark bands are divided at the middle by the

narrow transverse stripe of the ground-colour,

ASPHARA BREVICOLLIS, sp. n.

Piceous, legs black, the head and antenne fulvous; thorax

scarcely twice as broad as long, flavous, impunctate; elytra

impunctate, flavous, a broad transverse band at the base and

a transverse spot below the middle metallic green.

Length 7 millim.

Head impunctate, fulvous; frontal elevations broad, divided by

a deep groove and bounded behind by a narrow, more shallow

sulcus; clypeus strongly raised in shape of a broad triangular

ridge ; eyes widely separated ; antenne extending to the middle of

the elytra, dark fulvous, the third joint shorter than the fourth ;

thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, the sides obliquely narrowed

anteriorly, the lateral sulci rather narrow, the anterior angles

thickened and strongly produced, the surface impunctate, flavous ;

scutellum black; elytra slightly widened towards the middle,

distinctly depressed below the base, flavous, with two bright

metallic-green transverse bands, the first at the base extending

downwards to about one-third the length of the elytra, the other

in shape of a large slightly oblique spot, below the middle, neither

of the bands extending to the lateral margins ; breast and abdomen

piceous, legs black; metatarsus elongate, claw-joint but slightly

swollen.

Hab. Peru.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. 11. No XXVIII. 28

408 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [| Nov. 28,

The comparatively small width of the thorax and the widely

separated elytral green bands, in connection with the fulvous head

and antenne, distinguish this species, which is evidently closely

allied to A. oblecta Baly; but the head has no punctures nor

hairs, the thorax is certainly not “more than twice as broad

as long,” and the elytra are not furnished with hairs at the apical

margins.

ASPHERA DIMIDIATICORNIS, sp. nh.

Flavous, head piceous, the intermediate joints of the antenne

black; thorax flavous, impunctate; elytra not perceptibly punc-

tured, pale flavous, a transverse band at the base and a broader

one below the middle metallic green; legs fulvous.

Length 6 millim.

Head impunctate, the vertex piceous; frontal elevations strongly

raised, pyriform; clypeus flavous, semicircular, with an acute

central ridge; eyes very large, the diameter of each larger than

the dividing space; antenne long and slender, the lower and the

apical three joints fulvous, the rest black, third and fourth jomts

very elongate, equal, apical joints shorter ; thorax twice as broad

as long, slightly narrowed anteriorly, the anterior angles pointed

but not produced, lateral margins evenly rounded, preceded by a

broad suleation, the surface impunctate, flavous; scutellum fulvous;

elytra widened at the middle, yellowish-white, with two broad

transverse metallic-green bands, not extending to the lateral

margins, the first extending from the base to nearly the middle,

the second immediately below the latter and abbreviated at some

distance from the apex, both bands are of nearly subquadrate

shape; the breast and the legs pale fulvous, abdomen flavous, the

tarsi obscure piceous; the metatarsus moderately elongate, claw-

joint strongly swollen,

Hab. Keuador.

Distinguished by the colour of the head and the antenne, the

large eyes and broad elytral bands, pale legs, &c.

ASPHERA DEJEANI, Sp. n.

Black; thorax impunctate, testaceous, the entire disc black ;

elytra impunctate, testaceous, a broad band at the base and

another below the middle, not extending to the lateral margins,

metallic blue; claw-joint scarcely swollen.

Length 8 millim.

Head with some punctures near the eyes, black, frontal elevations

strongly raised, narrow and transverse; antenne extending beyond

the middle of the elytra, black, all the joints elongate and slender,

the third and fourth equal; thorax twice as broad as long, the

lateral margins scarcely rounded, the anterior angles more than

usually produced and pointed (in one specimen te a much smaller

extent), anterior margin concave, the sides broadly but not deeply

suleate, testaceous as well as the extreme base, the rest of the

surface occupied by a transverse black band; scutellum black ; _

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 409

elytra with the basal portion rather convex, impunctate, metallic

blue, the lateral margins and a rather narrow transverse band at

the middle testaceous, epipleure of the latter colour; below and

the legs black; metatarsus rather elongate, claw-jomt scarcely

swollen.

Hab. Peru.

The black band of the thorax and the strongly dentate and pro-

duced anterior angles of the latter, together with the nearly simple

claw-joint, principally characterise this species.

Llyira metallic, with flavous margins.

ASPH#RA-ALBICINCTA, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 4.)

Black, thorax pale flavous, impunctate; elytra metallic blue, the

_ disc foveolate and rugose, the lateral margins yellowish-white ;

abdomen flavous.

Length 9-10 millim.

Of ovately-elongate shape, rounded below the middle ; the head

black, with some few punctures near the eyes, longitudinally

grooved between the latter; antennz extending to the middle of

the elytra, black, the third, fourth, and fifth joints equal, the

following ones shorter; thorax with gradually flattened sides,

the anterior margin deeply concave, anterior angles slightly

produced into a small tooth, thickened, the dise entirely im-

punctate, pale yellowish ; scutellum black; elytra bright metallic

blue or purplish, variolose-punctate, the interstices strongly

wrinkled or rugose, the lateral margins to the apex whitish ;

breast and legs black; metatarsus elongate, claw-joint slightly

swollen ; abdomen flavous.

Hab. Perw.

Of the same coloration as Aspheru (Aspicela) albomarginata

Latr., and of nearly similar sculpturing, but a true Asphera (like

the last-named species) on account of the metasternum not being

truncate anteriorly ; in Latreille’s insect the thorax is margined

with black and the elytral fovez are larger and less numerous.

Hlytra variously coloured, with transverse pale bands or

with spots.

ASPHZRA BISBIPLAGIATA, Sp. n.

Obscure fulvous or fuscous, the head and the antenne black ;

thorax yellowish white; elytra impunctate, each with two white

bands, one transversely shaped at the middle, the other more

rounded near the apex.

Length 7 millim.

Head with some deep punctures near the eyes, the vertex

nearly black, the frontal elevations bounded behind by a very deep

transverse groove ; base of the antenne flavous, the basal two

joints piceous, the others black ; thorax with the anterior margin

straight, the sides not flattened, but the lateral margins gradually

28*

410 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Noy. 28,

and very strongly thickened at the anterior angles, the latter

produced but not dentiform, the surface impunctate, nearly

white ; scutellum dark brown; elytra of the same colour or dark

fuscous, shining, impunctate, each with two white markings, the

first at the middle in shape of a transverse band not quite extend-

ing to either margin, the second of rounded shape, near the apex ;

the breast piceous ; the legs dark fulvous; the abdomen testaceous

or flavous ; claw-joint rather strongly swollen ; prosternum very

narrow and parallel.

Hab. Colombia.

In some specimens the ground-colour of the elytra is much

paler. The absence of a thoracic flattening of the sides and

the position and colour of the elytral markings distinguish this

species.

ASPHAERA BIPLAGIATA, Sp. nN.

Black, thorax and the femora flavous ; elytra nearly impunctate,

the lateral margins, a large discoidal patch, and the apex flavous ;

apex of the posterior femora black.

Length 5-6 millim.

Head black, with one or two punctures near the eyes ; antennz

black, the lower two joints flavous below, third and following

joints nearly equal; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the

sides rounded anteriorly, with a broad flattened sulcus, the anterior

angles thickened but not produced, the surface impunctate, flavous ;

scutellum black; elytra impunctate ; under side, the apex of the

posterior femora, and the tibiz and tarsi black, rest of the femora

flavous.

Hab. Brazil.

This Asphera resembles almost exactly A. episcopalis Il. in the

elytral pattern, which consists of a transverse black band at the

base and another near the apex connected by a very narrow

sutural stripe, the disc in shape of a large oval patch and the apex

as well as the lateral margins being flavous. The differences

which separate this species are: the entirely black head, without the

whitish frontal tubercles; the anterior angles of the thorax, which

are not produced ; the position of the posterior elytral band, which

is placed much lower down than in the above-named species; and

the colour of the legs. I have received several specimens from the

La Plata Museum without a special locality.

ASPHERA ERICHSONT, sp. Nn.

Black; thorax testaceous, the sides straight, the surface

impunctate; elytra nearly black, the lateral margins and an

extremely narrow transverse straight band at the middle flavous,

Length 6 millim.

Head with a few punctures above the eyes, black, the frontal

elevations very broad and flat, scarcely raised, the base of the

antenne flavous; the antenne very long and slender, black,

the fourth joint longer than the third; thorax only about one-

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 411

half broader than long, slightly narrowed anteriorly, the sides

nearly straight, with an extremely narrow thickened margin, only

obsoletely flattened in front of it, the anterior angles slightly

mucronate, the surface entirely impunctate, pale flavous or

testaceous; scutellum black; elytra not perceptibly punctured,

black, very shining, nearly parallel, the lateral margins narrowly

and an equally narrow transverse band at the middle, flavous;

under side and legs black; the metatarsus elongate, the claw-joint

but slightly swollen.

Hab. Peru.

The comparatively long thorax, the nearly straight and but

slightly flattened sides, in connection with the very narrow and

straight elytral pale band at the middle, well distinguish this

species from others similarly marked.

ASPHHRA MACULICOLLIS, Sp. n.

Black, the antenne obscure fulvous; thorax pale testaceous

with a transverse piceous band, the sides straight; elytra entirely

impunctate, metallic green, the lateral margins and a transverse

narrow band at the middle flavous ; claw-joint distinctly swollen.

Length 5 millim.

Smaller than the preceding species; the elytra more widened at

the middle, with a broader lateral refiexed margin; the head with

a single puncture close to the eyes, black at the vertex, the lower

portion stained with flavous, the frontal elevations broad, tvri-

gonate, divided by a deep narrow groove; clypeus strongly

raised ; antenne dark fulvous, the third and fourth joints very

elongate, the following joints shorter; thorax with nearly straight

lateral margins, the sides flattened, the anterior angles mucronate;

the dise impunctate, whitish, with a narrow transverse piceous

band; scutellum black; elytra with broad flattened lateral

margins, impunctate, metallic green, the flattened sides and a

transverse narrow band at the middle pale yellowish; below

and the legs black; -metatarsus elongate; claw-joint distinctly

thickened.

Hab. Peru, Marcapata.

Separated by the sculpture and colouring of the head and that

of the antenne, the thoracic transverse band, and colour of the

elytra. The general size is smaller than that of the allied species.

A, nobilitata Fab. is of different coloration, although the elytral

pattern is similarand the claw-joint is scarcely swollen. 4. disco-

fasciata Baly is another closely allied species, but has differently

coloured antennze, rounded sides of the thorax, finely punctured

elytra, and their transverse band broad, not narrow.

ASPHERA APICALIS, sp. n.

Black or piceous, the basal joimts of the antennz and the

clypeus flavous; thorax impunctate, fulvous or flavous; elytra

greenish-zneous or purplish, impunctate, the lateral margins,

a transverse band at the middle, a spot near the scutellum,

412 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [N ov. 28,

another one below the middle, and a short oblique stripe near the

apex flavous.

Var. a. The elytral transverse band and the spots absent.

Var. 6. Hlytra as in the type, but the spots absent.

Var. c. The transverse band indicated by a sutural and lateral

spot; the other spots wanting.

Var. d. Like var. c, but the apical stripe as well as the spots

wanting.

Length 7 millim.

Head entirely impunctate, with the exception of one or two

punctures near the eyes, the frontal elevations broadly transverse;

clypeus flavous, with an acutely raised central ridge; antennee

dark fulvous, extending slightly below the middle of the elytra,

the third and fourth joints equal; thorax strongly transverse, the

lateral margins rounded, the anterior angles thickened but not

dentiform, the sides with a longitudinal groove, flattened, the

surface impunctate, fulvous or flavous, posterior margin nearly

straight ; scutellum black; elytra impunctate, but the paler

markings with minute fuscous spots, the ground-colour metallic

greenish cupreous, the lateral margins, elytral epipleure, a narrow

transverse band at the middle, a small spot near the scutellum,

another below the middle near the suture, and a short oblique

streak near the apex at the sides flavous; under side piceous ; the

anterior legs more or less pale, the metatarsus of the posterior

legs as long as the following two joints; claws rather strongly

swollen.

Hab. Peru, Prov. Huallaga ; also Bolivia.

The type of this species, from which I have drawn the above

description, is not difficult to distinguish from others, on account

of the elytral markings, and is principally separated by the sub-

apical short flavous streak which is connected with the similarly

coloured lateral stripe. Some of the varieties, however, are

without this mark, and consequently resemble several other

similarly coloured species; there is, however, nearly always the

indication of the transverse band in shape of a small flavous

sutural spot at the middle and a corresponding one opposite at

the margins; the thorax has the sides well defined by a deep

longitudinal groove, and the claw-joint is more strongly swollen

than in many other species of the genus.

Of var. d two specimens are before me. In these the elytral

spots and band ave absent, but, as usual, the sutural remnant of

the band is present, and instead of the subapical short streak

there is a widening of the flavous lateral margin at the cor-

responding place, thus indicating the typical mark. Oedionychis

dipus Ill. is of exactly similar coloration, but is a true Oedionychis

with a short posterior metatarsus.

ASPHHRA ELEGANTULA, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 6.)

Black; clypeus and the thorax flavous, the latter impunctate ;

elytra bright metallic blue, impunctate; a narrow transverse band

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 413

at the middle and another near the apex, as well as the lateral

margins, flavous.

Length 8-9 millim.

Head black, shining, with a few deep punctures near the eyes ;

the latter large, widely separated; clypeus acutely triangularly

raised, flavous; labrum black, with a row of punctures ; antenne

long and slender, black ; thorax short and strongly transverse, the

sides feebly rounded anteriorly, straight at the base, the anterior

angles thickened and produced, the sides broadly flattened, with a

thickened margin, the flat portion well defined from the convex

surface, the latter impunctate, obsoletely transversely depressed o1

grooved near the base; scutellum broad, black; elytra with a

distinct depression below the base, not perceptibly punctured,

bright metallic blue; the lateral margins, the epipleure , and two

narrow transverse bands flavous—of these the first is placed at the

middle and extends quite to the suture, the second one is situated

very near the apex, not quite extending to the suture and

of slightly upward direction; metatarsus elongate, claw-joint

moderately thickened ; the anterior femora more or less stained

with flavous at the extreme base.

Hab. Peru, Prov. Huallaga (@. A. Baer).

Of this handsome species I have received several specimens from

M. Clavareau, of Brussels, I know no other species with similar

shaped and same number of bands.

Llytra blue.

ASPH ERA TIBIALIS, sp. n.

Pale flavous, the head, antenne, tibiz, and tarsi black ; thorax

impunctate; elytra metallic blue, impunctate.

Length 7 millim.

Head entirely impunctate, black; clypeus acutely raised, tri-

angular, slightly stained with flavous, palpi robust ; antennze

extending below the middle of the elytra, black, ania joint

slightly shorter than the fourth; thorax with the sides gradually

flattened, with narrow thickened margins, the anterior angles

thickened but not dentiform and scarcely produced, the disc

impunctate, flavous ; scutellum black; elytra with a shallow trans-

verse depression below the base, entirely impunctate, dark metallic

blue, below flavous; the tibiz and tarsi black, extreme base of the

posterior tibize flavous; claw-joint moderately thickened.

Hab. Amazons,

Of this species, distinguished by its system of coloration, five

specimens are contained in my collection,

Elytra with longitudinal fulvous bands.

ASPHHRA FERRUGINEO-VITTATA, sp. n.

Elongate, subparallel, testaceous ; thorax with strongly rounded

and broadly flattened sides, impunctate; elytra with a narrow

414 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Noy. 28,

sutural and an equally narrow discoidal longitudinal band,

rerrugineous.

Length 6 millim.

Head impunctate or with a few fine punctures ; eyes large, the

diameter of each as wide as the intermediate space, frontal

elevations subquadrate, carina short and blunt; antenne scarcely

extending to the middle of the elytra, pale fulvous, basal joint

robust and elongate, third joint slightly shorter than fourth,

terminal joints shorter than the intermediate ones ; thorax short,

the sides broadly suleate, anterior angles with a short tooth, the

disc impunctate, with an obsolete transverse sulcus near the base ;

elytra nearly parallel, somewhat flattened, finely and closely

punctured, testaceous, the suture very narrowly ferrugineous ;

a similar, slightly and inwardly curved band extends from the

shoulders to near the apex; metatarsus as long as the following

two joints together, claw-joint strongly swollen; prosternum

linear.

Hab. Bolivia.

The elytral dark bands are very narrow and of equal width

and the discoidal one is of sughtly curved shape. The species, on

account of the distinctly elongate metatarsus of the posterior

legs, cannot be mistaken for a similarly coloured species of

Ocdionychis.

Llytra otherwise marked.

ASPHHRA LACERATA, sp. 1.

Hlongate and parallel, black ; thorax dark fulvous, impunctate,

the anterior angles produced and blunt; elytra finely rugose

anteriorly, impunctate, black, a round patch at the base, a small

one at the shoulders, a transverse subdivided patch at the middle,

and another at the apex, testaceous.

Length 9 millim.

Head black, impunctate, the frontal elevations broad and fiat ;

clypeus in shape of a strongly raised triangular ridge; eyes widely

separated; antennz black, long, the third and following joints

equal; thorax transversely subquadrate, convex, of equal width,

the lateral margins nearly straight, accompanied by very deep and

narrow sulci, the anterior angles blunt and produced forwards,

the dise impuncate, dark fulvous; scutellum black; elytra with

narrow but deeply reflexed lateral margins, furnished with fine

rugosities anteriorly but without punctuation, each elytron with

four testaceous or pale flavous patches, which are separated by

narrow transverse black bands before and below the middle, at

the latter place the band sends off a spur towards the suture,

thereby subdividing the preceding flavous portion ; all the margins

of the elytra as well as a humeral stripe and the epipleure are

likewise black; of the same colour are the under side and the legs.

Hab. Peru.

I have only a single specimen of this somewhat peculiar species

before me; whether the fine elytral rugosities to be seen at the

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 415

anterior portion of the elytra are normal or accidental, | am

unable to say. The design of the elytra resembies that of Homo-

pheta 8-guitata Fab., but in that insect the vertex of the head has

the characteristic white or favous patch and the clypeus is of

similar coloration ; the elytra are smooth, and the mtermediate

flavous patch is never subdivided; in the Peru species the meta-

tarsus is moderately elongate and the claw-joint rather strongly

swollen.

ASPHHRA NITIDISSIMA, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 5.)

Broadly ovate, black; clypeus fulvous; thorax strongly trans-

verse, fulvous, anterior angles toothed; elytra strongly convex,

minutely punctured, bright metallic green, the lateral and apical

margins and a narrow transverse band at the middle flavous or

fulvous.

Length 10 millim.

Head impunctate, blackish; frontal elevations transverse,

bounded by a deep groove behind; clypeus fulvous, acutely cari-

nate at the middle; diameter of each eye of less width than the

dividing space; antenne long and slender, extending below the

middle of the elytra, black, the third joint shorter than the fourth;

thorax more than twice as broad as long, the lateral margins

strongly rounded, deeply and broadly sulcate, the anterior angles

strongly pr oduced into a blunt tooth, the dise impunctate, fulvous,

sometimes marked with two small vous spots ; scutellum black ;

elytra broad, convex and widened posteriorly, deeply sulcate

within the shoulders and with another shallow depression below

the base, very minutely punctured, very bright metallic green, this

colour divided at the middle by a narrow transverse fulvous band

which joins the similarly coloured lateral margins; under side and

legs black; the metatarsus of the posterior “lees as long as the

following two joints together; claw-joint strongly swollen.

Hab. Pachitea, Peru.

Larger and more broadly ovate than the other similarly coloured

species of the genus; the antenne slender and proportionately

long; the thorax strongly toothed; the metatarsus somewhat

intermediate between that of Oedionychis and the present genus

as a rule, but as long as the following two joints together.

ASPHZERA VIRIDICOLLIS, Sp. hh.

Black; thorax bright green, impunctate, the sides gradually

flattened ; elytra black or eneous, deeply foveolate, the lateral

and apical margins green.

Length 7 millim.

Of medially slightly widened shape ; the head black, impunctate,

frontal elevations broad and convex ; clypeus triangularly widened,

not ridge-shaped; antenne black, the third and fourth joints

equal; thorax not more than twice as broad as long, rather

widened at the sides, the lateral margins feebly rounded, anterior

margin concave, its angles moderately produced, not toothed, the

416 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [| Nov. 28,

disc impunctate, gradually flattened at the sides, bright green,

shining; scutellum black, trigonate; elytra broadly margined,

with elongate deep fove, placed in about six longitudinal rows,

the interstices strongly reticulate and confluent, the lateral

margins rather broadly green, furnished with single hairs near

the apex, rest of the surface shining black or bronze; under side

and legs black; metatarsus elongate; claw-joint but slightly

swollen.

Hab. Keuador.

At once distinguished from A. inequalis Krichs. by the green

thorax and sides of the elytra and by the entirely black breast and

abdomen. I know of no similarly coloured species.

ASPHERA TESSELLATA, Sp.n. (Plate XIV. fig. 8.)

Black, head spotted with flavous; thorax impunctate, flavous,

with a transverse black band; elytra extremely minutely punce-

tured, flavous, two elongate spots at the base, a narrow transverse

band below the middle, and a spot near the apex black.

Length 8 milli.

Head impunctate, black, the eyes surrounded by a flavous

band, frontal elevations narrow, strongly raised, lower portion of

face pale fulvous, labrum piceous; antenne black, rather short,

the basal jomt fulvous below, third and fourth joints equal;

thorax twice as broad as long, slightly arched, the sides flattened,

with a narrow thickened margin which gradually widens an-

teriorly, the angles strongly thickened and produced, the disc

impunctate, flavous, with a transverse black band, the anterior

edge of which is concave and irregular in outline; scutellum

black; elytra extremely minutely and closely punctured, flavous,

the base with two elongate black spots, a short transverse black

band placed much below the middle and another triangular spot

near the apex complete the design of each elytron; under side

and legs black; metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the

following two joints together, claw-joint strongly swollen.

Hab. Brazil.

I know only a single specimen of this well-marked and distinct

species, without precise locality.

ASPHERA VARIEGATA, Sp. D.

Black; the clypeus, thorax, and abdomen flavous; elytra

metallic green or obscure purplish, impunctate; a round spot

near the scutellum, a transverse band near the apex, and the

lateral margins flavous.

Var. a. Elytra with a narrow transverse band at the middle

and another one near the apex, as well as the lateral margins,

flavous, the basal spot absent.

Var. 6. Elytra with a single band near the apex and the

margins flavous.

Length 7-74 millim.

Head impunctate, the vertex black, the clypeus flavous, frontal

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. ALT

elevations rather broad and flat, transverse ; clypeus in shape of

an acutely raised triangular ridge; antenne rather long and

slender, black, the third and fourth joints equal; thorax about

twice and a half broader than long, flavous, the lateral margins

straight at the base, feebly rounded anteriorly, narrowly thickened,

the anterior angles produced forwards and strongly thickened,

the sides deeply suleate, the disc impunctate, obsoletely trans-

versely sulcate near the base; scutellum black; elytra with the

basal portion rather strongly raised, impunctate, flavous, marked

with bands of metallic green or purplish in various ways; the

breast and legs black, the base of the femora more or less and

the abdomen flavous,

Hab. Peru.

This is evidently a most variable species as regards coloration,

but I have little doubt that all the forms represent but one

species, as not the slightest structural difference seems to be

resent. In one form the elytia (if the testaceous colour is taken

for that of the ground, which is justified by the similarly coloured

epipleure) have the anterior two-thirds occupied by a metallic

band, including a flavous spot near the scutellum and another

narrow transverse band near the apex extending upwards along

the suture, the lateral and apical margins remaining flavous ; in

var. @ the metallic colour is interrupted by a narrow transverse

band at the middle and another below the latter near the apex ;

in var. 6 there is only a single rather broad band near the apex

and connected with the flavous lateral margins; the abdomen in

all these forms remains flavous; the metatarsus of the posterior

legs is as long as the following two joints together, and the

Glas -joint is strongly swollen.

A. variegata resembles a great deal A. apicalis, but is always

larger, and the apical elyty all flavous band is not placed so near

the apex as in the last-named species, and the antenne are black

and the abdomen flavous.

ASPHERA BASIMACULATA, Sp. 1.

Oblong, nearly parallel, testaceous, the intermediate joints of

the antenne piceous; eyes rather closely approached ; sides of

thorax nearly straight, impunctate; elytra impunctate, each with

two elongate short stripes at the base and a small spot (sometimes

absent) near the apex.

Length 4 millim.

Head impunctate, frontal elevations subquadrate, eyes large

and rather closely approached; antenne slender, extending to

the middle of the elytra, the lower four and the apical three

joints testaceous, the others black or piceous, basal joint thickened

and elongate, third and fourth equal, terminal joints shorter ;

thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, gradually narrowed

anteriorly, the lateral margins straight, anterior angles pointed

in shape of a small tooth, the sides strongly flattened, the disc

impunctate, basal margin somewhat thickened and accompanied

418 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28,

by a more or less distinct sulcus; scutellum broad, testaceous ;

elytra nearly parallel, minutely punctured, testaceous, each elytron

with two short black stripes, one placed on the shoulders, the

other near the scutellum, occupying about a fifth of the length of

the elytra, near the apex at the sides is another small piceous or

black spot which is sometimes obsolete or wanting; metatarsus

of the posterior legs rather elongate.

Hab. Peru: Prov. Huallaga, “Rio Mixiollo (Baer).

ASPHERA DIVISA, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 9.)

Fulvous, the antenne, the breast, and the abdomen black ; head,

thorax, and elytra impunctate, the last fulvous, their apical half

metallic purplish-violaceous.

Length 8 millim.

Head with a single deep puncture and a few finer punctures

near the eyes, fulvous ; frontal elevations very broad and wide;

clypeus acutely raised; labrum black; elytra long and slender,

black, the basal joint fulvous; thorax narrowed anteriorly, the

sides gradually flattened, the anterior angles produced into a short

tooth, the disc entirely impunctate, fulvous; elytra widened

towards the middle, with broad reflexed margins, the anterior

half fulvous, the other portion metallic violaceous or purplish, the

anterior edge of this colour rounded at the sides, also extending to

the epipleure; breast, abdomen, the anterior and intermediate

tibie and tarsi and the posterior legs black, the femora of the

anterior and intermediate legs fulvous; claw-joint but slightly

swollen.

Hab. Marcapata, Peru.

The purplish colour of the posterior portion of the elytra some-

times extends rather higher upwards than the middle; I know of

no other similarly marked species of Asphera.

ASPHAERA FUSCOFASCIATA, Sp. 0.

Head, the antennx, the underside, and legs obscure piceous ;

thorax yellowish white, with five obsolete fuscous spots ; elytra im-

punctate, pale yellowish, with four transverse fuscous bands, the

first divided into two spots.

Length 8—9 millim.

Head impunctate, piceous, the clypeus flavous; antenne with

the lower seven joints piceous or dark fulvous (the others wanting),

the third joint slightly shorter than the fourth ; thorax without a

distinct flattening of the sides, but with the lateral margins

thickened as well as the anterior angles which are produced

forward, the surface impunctate, nearly white, the dise with five

obsolete, more or less confluent fuscous spots, of which the three

at the middle are better defined and placed triangularly ; scutellum

fuscous ; elytra entirely impunctate, of yellowish-white ground-

colour, with four transverse fuscous bands, one at the base and

separated into two spots, the second near the middle, the third

below the latter, and the fourth at the apex, all these bands are

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 419

surrounded and separated by very narrow spaces or bands of the

ground-colour ; under side and legs pale piceous; claw-joint

moderately swollen.

Hab. Bolivia; also Brazil.

Of this species I have seen a great many specimens of most

variable coloration, some of which have the elytral bands very

dark in regard to the basal and subapical ones, and the inter-

mediate bands pale or absent altogether and entire or divided into

two spots as described here. It is possible that the species is

identical with A. albida Schauf.

Genus OrDIONYCHIS.

Elytra entirely pale-coloured or nearly so.

OEDIONYCHIS ROTUNDICOLLIS, sp. nD.

Broadly ovate, subdepressed, pale testaceous ; antenne and the

posterior femora obscure piceous ; sides of thorax strongly rounded,

broadly flattened, impunctate ; elytra extremely minutely

punctured.

Length 8 millim.

Head impunctate, frontal elevations transverse ; antennz pale

piceous, the third joint slightly shorter than the fourth and

following joints; thorax about twice and a half broader than

long, the sides strongly rounded and broadly flattened, the

anterior angles strongly pointed but scarcely dentiform, the

surface impunctate; elytra broadly ovate, the margins narrowly

reflexed, the base with a very shallow depression, the surface

scarcely perceptibly punctured ; posterior femora pale piceous.

Hab. Espirito Santo, Brazil.

The sides of the thorax in this species are more rounded than

in any of the unicolorous members of the genus with which I am

acquainted ; the elytra are likewise of more broadly rounded shape

than usual.

OEDIONYCHIS PARAGUAYENSIS, Sp. 0.

Short and convex, testaceous; apical joints of the antenne

black ; thorax densely and strongly punctured, the sides not

deeply flattened ; elytra punctured like the thorax.

Length 7 millim.

Head somewhat closely punctured, frontal elevations oblique,

carina short and broad ; antennee scarcely extending to the middle

of the elytra, the lower three joints testaceous, the others black,

third and following joints nearly equal, vather elongate; thorax

twice as broad as Rigne g, the lateral margins feebly but evenly

rounded, the anterior “angles produced outwards into a small

tooth, the surface rugosely and rather strongly punctured, the

sides gradually and rather shallowly flattened ; scutellum black ;

elytra rather strongly convex below the middle, sculptured like

the thorax ; legs short and robust.

490) MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECINS [ Nov. 28,

Hab. Pavaguay.

Of this species, very well distinguished by the almost rugose

entire upper surface, I know of only a single specimen.

OEDIONYCHIS NIGROSUTURALIS, sp. N.

Black ; thorax finely and sparingly punctured, testaceous ;

elytra strongly convex, closely and strongly punctured, testaceous,

the extreme sutural margins black; abdomen fulvous.

Length 9 milli.

Head entirely black, with a few punctures near the eyes;

clypeus strongly convex between the antenne, the latter short,

not extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower two

joints obscuy ely stained with piceous, third joint distinctly shorter

than the fourth; thorax rather more than twice as broad as long,

the lateral mar eins strongly rounded, anterior angles not produced

but thickened, sides deeply but narrowly sulcate, the disc very

sparingly and finely punctured, testaceous; scutellum black ;

elytra rather strongly convex below the middle (when viewed

sideways), with very narrow, thickened, reflexed margins, very

closely and comparatively strongly punctured, the suture very

narrowly black; breast and legs black ; abdomen fulvous.

Hab. Brazil.

I know of only a single, apparently female specimen of this

species, which is distinguished by the strongly punctured, convex

elytra and black suture, as well as by the colour of the head and

under side.

OEDIONYCHIS PICIFRONS, sp. n. (Clark Catal.).

Testaceous, the vertex of the head and the antenne pale

piceous ; thorax impunctate ; elytra very finely and closely

punctured ; posterior femora pale fulvous.

Length 65 millim.

Of somewhat flattened, oblong shape, the head impunctate, the

vertex very pale piceous, frontal elevations strongly raised,

trigonate ; clypeus triangularly carimate; eyes large, widely

separated ; antennee extending to the middle of the elytra, pale

piceous, third and fourth joints equal; thorax with the sides

rather strongly rounded and broadly flattened, the anterior

angles thickened but only slightly produced, the surface im-

punctate ; ; scutellum pale piceous ; elytra slightly widened

towards the middle, narrowly margined, extremely finely and

rather closely punctured, the shoulders very prominent and deeply

iongitudinally sulcate within, the depressions more strongly

punctured, pale testaceous; under side and legs coloured like the

upper surface, the posterior femora pale fulvous or piceous.

Hab. Brazil.

Of more oblong shape, less broadly rounded than most of the

unicolorous species, very pale testaceous, with the exception of the

head, antenne, and the posterior femora; the sides of the thorax

rather strongly rounded, the shoulders very prominent.

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 421

OEDIONYCHIS MILLEPORA, Sp. nh.

Under side and legs dark brown ; the head black at the vertex,

testaceous lower down; antenne (the basal joints excepted) black ;

thorax testaceous, impunctate ; scutellum black; elytra testaceous,

closely and finely punctured.

Length 4-43 millim.

Head rather strongly punctured at the sides of the vertex, the

latter bluish-black ; clypeus testaceous, strongly carinate at the

middle, the anterior portion forming a transverse ridge; antenne

black, the lower three joints more or less stained with flavous,

third and fourth joints equal, terminal joints rather short and

stout; thorax short and transverse, nearly similar to that of

_O. obscuripennis Jac., with a narrow transverse sulcus each side

of the basal margin, the disc impunctate ; scutellum black; elytra

of the same shape and punctuation as in O. obscuripennis ; pro-

sternum very narrow and elongate, also carinate, fulvous ; under

side and legs piceous.

Hab. Colombia ; also Mexico.

The testaceous colour of the anterior portion of the head, the

distinctly punctured vertex, and the colour of the antenne and

under side separate this species from the preceding one, and the

partly testaceous head from O. obscuripennis.

OEDIONYCHIS DISTINCTA, Sp. hh.

Convex, widened posteriorly, testaceous; terminal joints of

antenne black ; thorax with strongly rounded and deeply suleate

sides, impunctate ; elytra deeply, closely and strongly punctured,

more finely and closely so towards the apex.

Length 8 millim.

Head with a few deep punctures at the vertex, deeply and

broadly suleate between the eyes, the latter widely separated,

frontal tubercles rather obsolete ; carina broad anteriorly ; clypeus

perpendicularly deflexed, bounded by an acute ridge above ;

antenne robust, black, the lower four joints testaceous, third

joint shorter than the fourth, the following joints also less

elongate than the fourth one; thorax not more than twice as

broad as long, rather wider at the sides (longitudinally), the latter

strongly rounded, with broadly flattened sulci, the anterior angles

slightly mucronate, the anterior margin deeply concave at the

middle, the disc impunctate; elytra strongly widened at the

middle and convex, the reflexed margins not very broad, the

surface deeply and closely punctured anteriorly, intermixed with

some smaller punctures, the posterior portion extremely closely

and more finely punctured ; metatarsus of hind legs very short;

claw-joint very strongly inflated.

Hab, Colombia.

More strongly punctured and convex than most of the allied

species, the thorax of characteristic shape, and the antenne with

pale basal joints.

422 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28

OxEDIONYCHIS APICICORNIS, sp. Nh.

Elongate, nearly parallel, testaceous ; antennee black, the basal

joint testaceous, the apical one fulvous ; thorax impunctate, the

sides rounded, the anterior angles scarcely mucronate; elytra

extremely minutely punctured.

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, the eyes very large, frontal elevations broad,

not strongly raised; clypeus deeply deflexed, not prominent ;

antenne not quite extending to the middle of the elytra, black,

the basal joint testaceous, the last one fulvous, third joint shorter

than the fourth; thorax twice as broad as long, of even width,

the lateral margins moderately strongly rounded, the anterior

angles scarcely produced or mucronate, the sides deeply sulcate,

the surface impunctate; scutellum testaceous; elytra shghtly

widened towards the middle, narrowly margined, extremely

minutely and closely punctured; metatarsus short ; claw-joint

strongly swollen.

Hab. Bolivia.

Closely allied to O. pallescens but larger and the antenne and

lees of different coloration. O. paupera Illig. is described as

being only 3 millim. in length and with an elongate first joint of

the poster ior tarsi, which show that the species is an Asphera.

OEDIONYCHIS SORDIDA, Sp. Nl.

Black, the head strongly punctured; thorax flavous, with

rounded sides and mucronate anterior angles, impunctate; elytra

finely punctured, flavous, the basal portion obscure fulvous;

scutellum black.

Length 73 millim.

Broadly elongate, nearly parallel; the head bluish black, strongly

and closely punctured, deeply transversely depressed between the

eyes, the latter widely séparated; antenne rather short, black,

the lower three joints shining, the rest pubescent, basal joint short

and thick, third and fourth jomts subequal, the last of wider

shape, the following joints rather robust, cylindrical, slightly

shorter ; thorax twice as bread as long, of equal width, the sides

deeply sulcate, the lateral margins rounded, the anterior margin

produced outwards in shape of a small tooth, the surface flavous,

impunctate ; scutellum black; elytra slightly wider at the base

than the thorax, with narrow reflexed margins, nearly parallel,

finely but distinctly and very closely punctured; under side and

legs black ; prosternum longitudinally carinate.

Hob, Santa Catharina, Brazil.

There are two specimens of this insect before me, which,

although they show some differences, | must refer to the ‘same

species. In one the head has only a few punctures and the

extreme basal margin of the elytra is stained with black, the

colour of the elytra is also entirely pale fulvous; but in structure

the two specimens agree entirely. The species is closely allied to

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 423

O. navicularis, but is of more elongate and less convex shape and

is much larger; the thorax is longer and less transverse.

OEDIONYCHIS ECUADORIENSIS, Sp. Nn.

Broadly ovate, the head, antenne, and the under side black ;

thorax flavous, impunctate; elytra obscure pale fulvous with

slight purplish shade, extremely finely punctured.

Length 8 millim.

Head with a few fine punctures near the eyes, finely granulate,

black, the frontal elevations pyriform, divided by a deep groove;

clypeus flavous; eyes very large, but not closely approached ;

antenne black, the basal three joints more or less testaceous

above, third joint slightly shorter than the fourth; thorax with

strongly rounded and broadly flattened sides, the anterior angles

acute but scarcely produced, the disc rather convex, flavous,

impunctate ; scutellum triangular, fulvous ; elytra widened

towards the middle, with broadly reflexed margins, the latter

pale; the dise obscure fulvous with a slight purplish tint, very

finely and closely punctured; under side and legs black or

piceous; metatarsus very short, claw-joint strongly swollen.

Hab. Ecuador.

This is a species of peculiarly dull appearance, unless this is

caused by discoloration. The two specimens before me are, how-

ever, entirely similar in this respect, the shape is rather broadly

ovate, and the elytral margins are proportionately broad,

OEDIONYCHIS RHODINA, sp. 0.

Oblong, nearly parallel, black; thorax rather short, testaceous,

impunctate, the sides gradually flattened; elytra without promi-

nent shoulders, testaceous, impunctate.

Length 7-73 mulim.

Head impunctate, black; frontal tubercles broad, ill-defined ;

eyes widely separated, with a few punctures placed between them ;

elypeus very short, strongly deflexed ; antenne not extending to

the middle of the elytra, black, the third and following joints

equal, terminal joints elongate; thorax rather short, the sides

rounded anteriorly, the anterior margin concave, anterior angles

produced into a short, blunt tooth, the disc impunctate, shining,

testaceous, the sides flattened, but this portion limited within by

a shallow sulcus only; scutellum more or less piceous at the base;

elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, rather elongate,

feebly widened only towards the middle, the shoulders but slightly

prominent and bounded within by a shallow depression only, the

surface nearly impunctate ; below and the legs black.

Hab. Espixito Santo, Brazil.

A rather larger species, and principally differing in the less

strongly flattened sides of the thorax, the oblong shape of the

elytra and their less prominent shoulders and almost impunctate

surface.

Proc, Zoou, Soc.

1905) Wort Id, No xx. 29

424 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28

OEDIONYCHIS PALLESCENS, Sp. 0.

Pale flavous, the antenne (the basal joints excepted), the knees,

and the anterior and intermediate tibie and tarsi black; thorax

impunctate; elytra exceedingly minutely punctured.

Length 4-44 millim.

Head impunctate, deeply grooved between the eyes, the latter

very large but well separated, frontal elevations transverse,

strongly raised, carina linear, palpi flavous; antenne oxiendine

to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower three joints flavous,

third joint very slightly shorter than the fourth; thorax one half

broader than long, slightly narrowed anteriorly, the sides narrowly

flattened, the lateral margins rounded, anterior angles produced

into a small tooth, the disc impunctate ; elytra slightly widened

towards the middle, narrowly margined, the base not depressed,

the surface very minutely and closely punctured; the knees, the

anterior and intermediate tibie and tarsi black (but not always) ;

the rest of the legs and the under side flavous, the posterior femora

sometimes with a piceous spot near the apex.

Hab. Peru.

Principally distinguished by the colour of the legs and its

small size.

OEDIONYCHIS INCONSPICUA, Sp. 0.

Testaceous, the intermediate joints of the antennz black; eyes

closely a approached ; thorax impunctate; elytra finely and closely

punctured,

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, deeply grooved between the eyes, the latter

very large, each broader than the space dividing them ; clypeus

short and thick; antennee not extending to the middle of the

elytra, black, the lower three and the apical two joints testaceous,

third and fourth joints equal; thorax twice as broad as long, the

sides rounded, broadly flattened, the anterior angles slightly

produced but blunt, the surface impunctate ; elytra rather convex,

nearly parallel, extremely minutely punctured; below and the

legs testaceous, the breast more or less pale piceous; first Joint of

the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints together,

claws strongly swollen.

Hab. Amazons.

Larger than O. pallescens; the antenne of different colour, the

eyes larger and more closely approached, the metatarsus of the

poster ior legs rather longer than usual, but not so pronounced as

in Asphera, and the thorax typical of the genus. There are four

specimens before me.

OEDIONYCHIS HERBACEA, Sp. 0.

Black, head finely punctured ; thorax testaceous, the sides

strongly rounded, finely wrinkled; elytra convex, testaceous,

strongly and closely punctured, the extreme basal and sutural

margins black; abdomen testaceous.

1905. ] OF PIHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 425

Length 8 millim.

Of strongly convex, posteriorly widened shape, the head dis-

tinctly punctured at the vertex and near the eyes, black, the

middle of the base with a short longitudinal groove, frontal

tubercles narrow and transverse: antenne black, not extending

to the middle of the elytra, the lower three joints testaceous

below, short, the third joint slightly shorter than the fourth;

thorax strongly transverse, the lateral margins strongly rounded,

the anterior angles thickened but not dentiform, the sides rather

broadly flattened, the dise minutely aciculate and extremely finely

punctured ; scutellum black; elytra strongly convex, rather

suddenly deflexed below the middle, closely, evenly and strongly

punctured, the sides below the shoulders somewhat flattened, the

margins only slightly thickened, not reflexed, the extreme basal

nd sutural margins black; abdomen obscure testaceous ; rest of

the under surface and the legs black.

Hab. Sao Paulo, Brazil.

Amongst the nearly unicolorous species the present one is weli

distinguished by the shape and sculpture of the thorax and

elytra and by the coloration. O. balyi Cl. has a differently

shaped thorax and finely wrinkled elytra.

OxDIONYCHIS NIGROTIBIALIS, Sp. hh.

Head pale fulvous, the antenne, the anterior and intermediate

tibiz, and the tarsi black; thorax flavous ; elytra fulvous, nearly

impunctate; under side and legs testaceous.

Length 6 millim.

Oblong-ovate ; the head pale fulvous, with a few punctures near

the eyes; labrum piceous; antennz black, the third and fourth

joints equal, terminal joints shorter and thicker; thorax rather

strongly convex, the sides rounded and broadly flattened, the

anterior angles thickened, slightly truncate, not produced, the

surface very shining, impunctate, flavous; sewtellum black ; elytra

dark fulvous, impunctate, with the exception of a short double

row of punctures below the shoulders; below pale fulvous, the

anterior and intermediate tibize and all the tarsi black, posterior

tibie fulvous.

Hab. St. Catharima, Brazil,

Of rather convex and oval shape, and distinguished by the

flavous thorax and the colour of the legs,

OEDIONYCHIS CONSIMILIS, sp. n. (Clark Catal.),

Black, the clypeus testaceous; thorax with broadly flattened

sides, impunctate, testaceous; scutellum black; elytra very finely,

partly obsoletely punctured, testaceous,

Length 8 millim.

Of posteriorly slightly widened shape; the head black, with a

few punctures placed in a row in front of the eyes; clypeus tes-

taceous, the carina very prominent; antenne black, the lower two

29%

426 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28,

joints move or less flavous below, the third joint distinctly shorter

than the fourth; thorax with the sides broadly flattened, the

anterior angles pointed but not produced, the dise impunctate,

testaceous, the lateral margins feebly rounded anteriorly; scu-

tellum black; elytra convex, without basal depressions, with

narrow reflexed margins, closely and very finely punctured, tes-

taceous; under side and legs black, the abdomen more or less

flavous at each side.

Hab. Peru.

Very closely allied to O. plebeja Klug, but in that species the

head is punctured at the vertex and the eyes are margined with

testaceous, the elytra are more strongly punctured, and the

“habitat” of the species is Brazil. I have preserved Clark’s

catalogue name for the present species, of which specimens are

also contained in the British Museum. 0. obscuripennis Jac., also

from Peru, is likewise very closely allied, but is a smaller insect,

of different shape, with the anterior angles of the thorax mucro-

nate and a much more flattened carina of the clypeus.

OEDIONYCHIS NIGRIMANA, Sp. 0.

Black; thorax short and strongly transverse, impunctate ;

elytra finely punctured, pale greyish-testaceous.

Length 5 millim.

Of medially gradually widened shape, moderately convex ; the

head entirely impunctate, black, the frontal elevations transverse,

contiguous, carina acute, convex; antenne black, the third and

fourth joints equal (the rest wanting); thorax short, of equal

width, more than twice as broad as long, the lateral margins

rounded, the sides broadly flattened, the anterior angles neither

thickened nor produced, the surface impunctate, black, very

shining ; scutellum black; elytra gradually widened towards the

middle, finely and closely punctured, pale greyish-testaceous,

below and the legs black ; metatarsus moderately short, claw-joint

very strongly inflated ; prosternum proportionately broad.

Hab. Peru.

Of similar coloration to O. turpis Jac., but much smaller, the

head and thorax entirely black and the elytra without apical

black spot.

OEDIONYCHIS ALBIPENNIS Jac.

Since this species was described (P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 609) I have

received a good many more specimens from the Amazon regions,

which prove that the insect is extremely variable in regard to size

as well as to coloration. The type was described from nearly

unicolorous specimens; those now before me show the following

elytral markings :—

a. Two spots at the basal margin; a longitudinal streak near

the side, very broad at its commencement, strongly pointed

at the apex.

1905. ] OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 427

b. The basal spots absent ; each elytron with a narrow, oblique

band from the middle of the base to the lateral margin

below the middle.

ce. The extreme basal margin, connected with a narrow sub-

lateral longitudinal stripe, black.

d. Klytra with two basal small spotsand another at the middle.

Tn all these forms the anterior and posterior margins of the

thorax are more or less black, and frequently this colour occupies

the entire middle of the disc, leaving only the sides testaceous ;

the eyes are closely approached, and the head at the vertex is

generally finely punctured and wrinkled, but sometimes im-

punctate; the metatarsus of the hind legs is scarcely typical of

Oedionychis, being rather more elongate, but not to such an extent

as to include the species in Asphera. The form with three black

spots can scarcely be distinguished from O. humeralis Fab., but in

that species all the specimens I have seen have a unicolorous

testaceous thorax, without any markings, and no black basal

elytral margin. All the specimens before me (16) come from the

Amazon regions.

Llytra pale, with spots and bands combined.

OEDIONYCHIS PARALLINA, Sp. 0.

Head and breast black; thorax testaceous, impunctate ; elytra

extremely minutely punctured, flavous, two spots at the base, two

others below the middle, and a transverse band at the latter place

black ; legs testaceous, apex of the posterior femora black.

Length 6-7 millim.

Of posteriorly slightly widened shape, rather flattened ; the head

black, the vertex minutely granulate and punctured, frontal

elevations very broad, trigonate, eyes extremely large, carina

acute ; palpi flavous ; antenne rather robust, the basal four and the

apical three joints flavous, the rest black, third and following

joints nearly equal; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the

sides gradually but broadly flattened, the posterior margin straight,

the anterior angles not produced, the disc impunctate, testaceous ;

scutellum black; elytra extremely minutely and closely, almost

confluently punctured, testaceous, the shoulders with an elongate

black spot, another round spot near the scutellum ; a transverse

narrow band at the middle and two spots near the apex, placed

transversely, likewise black; breast black; abdomen and legs

testaceous, the posterior femora black at the apex.

Hab. Brazil.

Hasily known by the pattern of the elytra and system of

coloration. The male insect is of considerably smaller size and

much narrower.

OEDIONYCHIS COLOMBIANA, Sp. n.

Piceous, above testaceous, the apical joints of the antenne and

428 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES | Nov. 28,

the breast piceous; thorax impunctate; elytra subdepressed,

extremely closely and finely punctured, the basal margin, a narrow

transverse band below the middle, and two spots near the scutellum

dark brown.

Length 7 millim.

Head impunctate, testaceous, the frontal elevations rather

feeble ; eyes large, the intermediate space not wider than the width

of each eye; antennze with the basal three or four joints and the

apical one testaceous, the rest blackish; thorax short and trans-

verse, the sides broadly flattened, the anterior angles dentiform ;

the disc impunctate, testaceous, feebly transversely sulcate near

the base; scutellum testaceous; elytra widened towards the apex,

rather flat, extremely finely and closely punctured, testaceous, the

extreme basal margin, a small spot near the scutellum, and a

narrow transverse, sightly convex band, immediately below the

middle, piceous or dark fulvous; legs testaceous; breast and

abdomen piceous.

Hab. Pichinché, Colombia (Rosenberg).

Of this species I have five exactly similar specimens before me.

The design of the elytra differs from that of any other species

lam acquainted with except O. tenuicincta Jac., which is a dif-

ferently shaped insect, with a different thorax, very narrow elytral

bands, and of black colour. This species is also known from Mexico.

OEDICNYCHIS DIVERSA, Sp. 0.

Testaceous, the apical joints of the antennz (except the last)

and the breast black; thorax impunctate ; elytra elongate, finely

punctured, each with two spots at the base, one at the middle, and

a transverse band near the apex, black.

Var. The apical band divided into two spots.

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, deeply foveolate between the eyes, the latter

very large; antenne with the lower five and the apical joint testa-

ceous, the others black, third and fourth joints equal, elongate,

the terminal joints rather shorter; thorax about twice and a half

broader than long, the sides broadly flattened, the lateral margins

strongly rounded anteriorly, the anterior angles thickened but

not produced, the surface impunctate, rather convex; scutellum

black; elytra elongate, nearly parallel, very minutely punctured,

testaceous, a small spot on the shoulders, another nearthe scutellum,

a third at the middle, and a transverse band near the apex, not

quite extending to either margin, black; legs and abdomen testa-

ceous, breast black.

Hab. St. Catharina, Rio Janeiro, Brazil.

A somewhat elongate species, principally distinguished from

those with similar elytral spots by the additional black subapical

band and the black breast, colour of the antennee, &c.

OEDIONYCHIS BISBINOTATA, Sp. n. (Plate XV. fig. 8.)

Flavous, the apical joints of the antenne black; thorax im-

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 429

punctate, with two small black spots; elytra minutely punctured

at the base only, a spot on the shoulders, another near the

scutellum, and the posterior half black.

Var. The thoracic and elytral spots absent.

Length 6 millim.

Head impunctate, flavous; eyes large, each as broad as the

intermediate space, frontal elevations transverse; antenne with

the lower joints flavous, the terminal ones more or less black ;

thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, narrowed in

front and broadly flattened, anterior angles pointed, slightly pro-

duced, the surface impunctate, flavous, with two small back spots

near the base; elytra nearly impunctate, except near the base,

where there are a few minute punctures, flavous} a spot near the

scutellum and one on the shoulders, as well as almost the whole

posterior portion, black, but this colour not quite extending to the

apex; under side and legs flavous; prosternum convex between

the coxee ; metatarsus very short, claw-joint strongly swollen.

Hab. Peru.

Of this species I possess two specimens, in one of which some

obsolete additional thoracic spots are present and the elytral ones

absent, the shape of the posterior black portion is regular; in the

other the anterior edge is deeply sinuate, but other differences I

cannot find.

OEDIONYCHIS VARIATA, Sp. n.

Obscure piceous below, above testaceous ; thorax impunctate :

elytra subdepressed, extremely minutely punctured, the basal

margin, a spot on the shoulders, another oblique spot near the

scutellum, a transverse narrow band at the middle, and another

spot near the apex, black.

Length 7 millim.

Head impunctate, the frontal elevations feebly raised, carina

short and convex; antennee fulvous, the third joint shorter than

the fourth (@ ) or equal ( ¢); thorax with broadly flattened sides,

the lateral margins nearly straight, obliquely narrowed anteriorly,

the disc rather flat, impunctate, testaceous, the anterior angles

in shape of a small tooth; elytra evenly rounded and widened

at the middle, broadly margined, scarcely perceptibly punc-

tured, testaceous, the extreme basal margin, connected with

an elongate spot which covers the shoulders, an oblique comma-

like spot near the scutellum, a narrow transverse band (somewhat

angulate near the lateral margin) at the middle, and another

transverse spot near the apex, black ; below and the legs testaceous.

Hab. Bolivia.

Well distinguished by the shape and the position of the elytral

spots.

OEDIONYCHIS INGRATA, sp. Nn.

Testaceous, the apical joints of the antenne piceous; thorax

43 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28,

impunctate, the anterior angles not produced; elytra finely

punctured anteriorly, a sutural pear-shaped spot below the

scutellum and a transverse band below the middle bluish-black ;

breast black.

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, deeply foveolate between the eyes, the latter

rather closely approached ; antennee with the lower four joints

fulvous, the rest piceous, the joints comparatively short ; thorax

about twice as broad as long, the sides feebly rounded and

narrowed anteriorly, the anterior angles thickened and not pro-

duced, the sides broadly flattened, the disc impunctate ; scutellum

black ; elytra very finely punctured, except near the base and

within the humetal depression, where the punctuation is stronger,

the ground-colour testaceous, a sutural spot below the scutellum

and an irregular narrow transverse band below the middle bluish-

black, sometimes piceous; the breast black, the abdomen and legs

testaceous.

Hab, Espirito Santo, Brazil.

Two exactly similarly coloured specimens of this species are

before me; the design of the elytra differs from that of any other

Oedionychis, and the general size of the insect is comparatively

small.

OEDIONYCHIS VENEZUELEN YSIS, Sp. nh.

Flavous, the apical joints of the antenne piceous; head with

two black bands; thorax fulvous, impunctate; elytra extremely

minutely punctured, with a spot at the shoulders, another near

the secutellum, a transverse band before and another below the

middle, black.

Length 6 millim.

Of somewhat flattened, posteriorly slightly widened shape; the

head with a few punctures near the eyes, the latter very large, the

diameter of each distinctly wider than the intermediate space;

the vertex flavous, with a black stripe at each side, the space

between the antennz strongly convex in shape of a ridge, black ;

the palpi flavous; antenne slender, the lower three joints flavous,

the others blackish, third joimt slightly shorter than the fourth ;

thorax not more than twice as broad as long, the sides nearly

straight and slightly narrowed anteriorly, broadly flattened, the

anterior angles thickened but scarcely produced, the dise impunc-

tate, fulvous, the flattened portion flavous, the base with an

obsolete transverse sulcus ; scutellum flavous ; elytra scarcely per-

ceptibly punctured, flavous, the shoulders with a short, thick

black spot, another one of more elongate shape is placed near the

scutellum, a transverse, medially constricted black band is situated

before and a second one below the middle; the under side and

legs are flavous; metatarsus and claw-joint typical.

“Hab. Venezuela.

Differs in the coloration of the head and the position of the

elytrval markings from any other species.

1905. | O¥ PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 431

OEDIONYCHIS CENTROMACULATA, Sp. n. (Plate XV. fig. 2.)

Testaceous or fulvous; .antennz (the apical joints excepted)

black; thorax impunctate ; elytra minutely punctured, a trans-

verse band at the base, another below the middle, obscure fulvous,

the intermediate space with four small black spots.

Length 6—7 millim.

Head impunctate, with a deep fovea between the eyes, the

latter large, closely approached ; antenne black, the lower three

or four and the apical two joints fulvous, third and fourth joints

equal, the following joints rather shorter; thorax with rather

strongly rounded sides, the latter broadly flattened, anterior angles

mucronate, the disc impunctate, obscure fulvous ; elytra widened

at the middle, distinctly margined, extremely finely punctured at

the base, fulvous, this colour divided at the middle by a narrow

testaceous transverse band in which four black spots are placed

transversely ; under side and legs testaceous ; prosternum in the

male strongly convex anteriorly.

Hab. St. Catharina, Brazil.

Quite distinct in its system of coloration from any other species.

Two specimens are before me.

OEDIONYCHIS ARCUATOFASCIATA, sp.n. (Plate XV. fig. 7.)

Ovate, subdepressed, greenish testaceous; thorax impunctate,

with rounded sides; elytra scarcely perceptibly punctured, the

basal margin, a narrow semicircular band at the base, a spot at

the lateral and another near the sutural margins below the middle,

black.

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, eyes large, frontal tubercles subquadrate,

short, carina acute; antenne extending to the middle of the

elytra, testaceous, the third and fourth joints equal, terminal joint

rather more robust ; thorax quite twice as broad as long, of equal

width, the sides moderately rounded, the lateral sulci deep, rather

narrow, the base with another obsolete transverse groove, the

surface impunctate ; scutellum black ; elytra widened towards the

middle, rather flattened, pale greenish testaceous, with a few

minute punctures (only visible under a strong lens), the extreme

basal margin as far as the shoulders and a transverse semicircular

narrow band below the base black; this band extends upwards

along the suture to the scutellum, it is suddenly constricted at its

middle and does not extend to the lateral margins, near the latter

is another black spot, below the middle and a little lower a second

one is placed near the suture ; under side and legs testaceous.

Hab. Chilpancingo, Mexico.

I formerly looked upon this species as a variety of O. 13-macu-

lata Jac., but a further careful examination has convinced me that

it really represents another form, as the colour of the antenne,

shape and number of the elytral spots are different and exactly

sunilar in the two specimens before me; this species is also of a

less rounded and smaller shape.

432 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES | Nov. 28,

Llytra blue or black, without markings.

OEDIONYCHIS SUBCOSTATA, Sp. Nh.

Metallic blue, the head and thorax reddish-fulvous, the latter

finely punctate; elytra dark blue, rather opaque, closely and

strongly rugose-punctate, with a single, very obsolete costa near

the sides.

Length 7 millim.

Head impunctate, reddish-fulvous ; frontal elevations strongly

raised, transverse, carina linear, very convex; antenne with the

lower two joints fulvous, the following four black, the rest wanting,

third joint shorter than the fourth ; thorax transversely convex,

about twice as broad as long, the sides broadly flattened, rounded

in front, the anterior angles produced outwards into a small

tooth, the dise with a rather distinct transverse groove near the

base, minutely punctured when seen under a strong lens; scutel-

lum black; elytra dark blue, rugosely punctured throughout, a

slightly raised narrow line extends from within the shoulders to

below the middle; under side and legs dark metallic blue, smooth

and shining.

Hab. Brazil.

OEDIONYCHIS MOTSCHULSKYI, Sp. n.

Head at the vertex, the antenne (the apical joints excepted),

the under side, and the tibize and tarsi black; thorax and femora

flavous; elytra metallic violaceous, finely and closely punctured.

Length 5 millim.

Head e tirely impunctate, black, shining; the eyes widely

separated ; frontal elevations transverse, very strongly raised ;

clypeus triangular, flavous as well as the labrum ; antenne slender,

extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the apical three joints

fulvous, third and fourth joints equal; thorax nearly three times

broader than long, flavous, the sides rounded, deeply sulcate, the

anterior angles very slightly produced outwards into a blunt tooth,

the surface entirely impunctate, obsoletely transversely sulcate

near the base; scutellum black; elytra with a feeble impression

below the base, convex, nearly parallel, very narrowly margined,

finely and very closely punctured, metallic violaceous blue; legs

flavous, the breast, abdomen, the apex of the posterior femora, and

the tibize and tarsi black.

Hab. Peru.

The colour of the head, antenne, and legs, and the rather narrow

parallel shape of this species separate it from those of nearly

similar coloration.

OEDIONYCHIS INDIGOSOMA, sp. n.

Head and thorax fulvous, nearly impunctate; elytra dark blue,

closely and strongly semirugose punctate; below and the legs

bluish black.

Length 7 millim.

1905. ] OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 433

Head fulvous, impunctate, eyes widely separated; antenne

black, the basal two joints obscure fulvous, terminal joints

shortened, third and fourth equal; thorax twice as broad as long,

the sides rounded anteriorly, the middle of the disc rather convex,

the anterior angles produced outwards into a small tooth, the sides

broadly flattened and subrugose, the surface impunctate, obsoletely

transversely sulcate near the base; scutellum black; elytra not

perceptibly depressed below the base, dark blue, not very shining,

closely and distinctly rugose punctate throughout; below and the

legs bluish black; prosternum comparatively broad, flavous.

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil.

_ <A well-distinguished species on account of the colour and

sculpture of the ely tra.

Llytra dark, with flavous spots, patches, or bands.

OEDIONYCHIS INTERSIGNATA, sp. n. (Clark Catal.).

Black, thorax flavous; elytra closely and strongly punctured,

violaceous or blue, a transverse band or broad patch at the middle,

the apex and the lateral margins (partly) flavous.

Length 7 millim.

Head piceous or black, impunctate, eyes very large, as wide as

the intraocular space, frontal elevations strongly raised, pyriform,

carina acute; antennee black, the lower three joints fulvous below,

third and fourth joints equal ; thorax quite twice as broad as long,

the sides rounded, broadly flattened within, the anterior angles in

shape of a very small tooth, the surface impunctate, flavous ;

scutellum black; elytra strongly and closely punctured, blue,

violaceous or purplish, with a transverse flavous patch at the

middle and a smaller one at the apex, the lateral margins

anteriorly and posteriorly likewise flavous as well as the elytral

epipleure ; underside and legs black.

Hab. Espirito Santo, Brazil.

A rather variable species as regards the flavous markings of

the elytra, but distinguished by the comparatively strong punc-

tuation ; the central flavous band scarcely extends to the suture,

nor does the apical one, but both unite with the flavous lateral

margins.

OEDIONYCHIS RUSTICA, Sp. Nn.

Testaceous, the intermediate joints of the antenne black; thorax

impunctate; elytra extremely closely and finely punctured,

transverse band at the base, another of oblique shape near the

apex, and the intermediate portion of the suture fulvous, more or

less edged with piceous.

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, eyes very large and rather closely approached ;

frontal elevations broad, subquadrate, divided by a narrow groove;

antenne extending beyond the middle of the elytra, the five lower

and the terminal two joints fulvous, the others blackish; thorax

434 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [Nov. 28,

short and transverse, the sides rounded and broadly flattened, the

anterior angles acute but not dentiform, the surface entirely

impunctate, testaceous; scutellum piceous; elytra with broadly

flattened margins, slightly widened at the middle, finely and closely

punctured, testaceous, with two broad fulvous transverse bands—

one at the base, deeply concave at its lower margin and connected

by a sutural stripe with the second band near the apex of obliquely

subquadrate shape, both bands are interrupted at some distance

from the lateral margins and are more or less distinctly edged

with piceous, the basal margin especially so; under side and legs

testaceous.

Hab. Argentine R. and Brazil.

Not unlike O. pustulata Jac. im coloration, but the antenne

differently coloured, the thorax without a fulvous spot, and the

elytral bands of different shape.

OEDIONYCHIS CATHARINA, sp. n.

Dark fulvous below, antenne black ; thorax flavous, impunctate ;

head and scutellum dark fulvous; elytra rather strongly and

closely punctured, dark fulvous, a large discoidal ovate patch on

each, flavous.

Length 6 millim.

Of rather elongate and parallel shape; the head impunctate,

fulvous, deeply grooved between the eyes, the latter large, frontal

elevations broad, transverse; carina blunt and thick; antenne

robust, black, third joint distinctly shorter than the fourth; thorax

strongly transverse, the lateral margins distinctly rounded, the

anterior angles but slightly produced outwards, scarcely toothed,

lateral sulci broad and deep, the surface impunctate, flavous;

elytra with narrow reflexed margins, fulvous, distinctly punctured,

the disc occupied by a large flavous ovate patch, with its nar-

rowest portion near the suture ; under side and legs dark fulvous,

the tibie and tarsi blackish; metatarsus very short, claw-joint

strongly inflated.

Hab. St. Catharina, Brazil.

Of somewhat similar coloration to O. 4-pustulata Jac. from the

same locality, but the thorax without fulvous spot, the antennze

entirely black, with more elongate joints, and the whole apex of

the elytra fulvous; the thoracic sulci in the present species also

are wider and deeper.

OEDIONYCHIS OCELLATA, sp. n. (Plate XV. fig. 10.)

Black, thorax testaceous, with three black spots; elytra closely

and strongly punctured, each elytron with six small flavous

spots (1.2.2.1).

Length 5 millim.

Head not perceptibly punctured, the middle black, the sides and

the anterior portion testaceous, frontal tubercles shoit and broad,

strongly raised, carina broad; antenne rather short and robust,

black, the lower three joints more or less flavous, third joint more

1905. |} OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 435

slender and slightly longer than the fourth, the following joints

thickened; thorax strongly transverse, the sides rounded, broadly

flattened, anterior angles mucronate. the surface with a few minute

punctures, testaceous, with three small black spots placed trans-

versely; scutellum black; elytra with strongly but narrowly

reflexed margins, rather strongly and very closely punctured, with

a very feeble depression below the base, black, each elytron with

six round flavous spots—of these, one is placed at the middle, just

below the basal margin, two at the middle, placed transversely,

two immediately below, and one at the apex; under side and legs

black.

Hab. Paraguay.

A rather small and well-marked species, of which I possess a

single specimen only.

Llytra with elongate spots or longitudinal black or

flavous bands.

OxzDIONYCHIS HUMBOLDTI, Sp. 0.

Testaceous, the head and the breast black, sides of the thorax

straight, the latter impunctate; elytra closely and finely punctured,

two elongate spots at the base and two below the middle of each

elytron black.

Length 6 millim.

Head black or nearly so, impunctate, the frontal elevations

broad, trigonate, clypeus perpendicularly deflexed ; antenne

robust, fulvous, the third joint smaller than the fourth ; thorax

narrowed in front, one-half broader than long, the sides straight,

broadly flattened, the anterior angles produced into a small tooth,

the surface impunctate, testaceous ; scutellum testaceous; elytra

nearly parallel, closely and distinctly, although finely punctured,

testaceous, each elytron with two more or less elongate black spots

at the base and two others below the middle—of the basal spots,

one is placed on the shoulders and extends nearly down to the

middle, the other shorter one is placed near the suture; the

posterior spots are almost jomed, the outer one being of more

elongate shape than the inner; under side and legs testaceous,

breast black.

Hab. Bolivia.

This Oedionychis is well distinguished by the straight lateral

margins of the thorax, which are obliquely narrowed anteriorly,

and by the four elytral spots. In one specimen the latter are

represented by short and narrow stripes.

OEDIONYCHIS WATERHOUSE! (MS. Clark), sp. n.

Black, the clypeus flavous; head strongly punctured; thorax

flavous, impunctate; elytra finely and closely punctured, bluish

black, the lateral margins narrowly and a broad discoidal band,

joined at the apex to the margin, flavous.

Length 6 millim.

436 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES | Nov. 28,

Head piceous or black, the vertex coarsely punctured, the

clypeus flavous; antennz black, the third and fourth joints very

nearly equal; thorax strongly transverse, the sides strongly but

not broadly flattened, the lateral margins rounded in front,

anterior angles dentiform, the surface impunctate, flavous, with a

very obsolete transverse sulcus near the base; scutellum black ;

elytra finely and closely punctured, bluish black, the discoidal

flavous stripe of double the width of the similarly coloured

lateral margins and connected with the latter at the apex; under

side and legs black; elytral epipleuree with a very narrow inner

dark margin.

Hab. Brazil.

This banded species is more nearly allied to O. jigurata Chev.

than to any other, and may be known by the dark head, antenne,

and legs, the broad discoidal elytral flavous stripe, which has

somewhat irregular outlines, and by the inner dark margin of the

elytral epipleure. The species, if these details be kept in view,

cannot be mistaken for any of those of which v. Harold has given

an analytical table (Berlin. ent. Zeitschr. 1881).

OEDIONYCHIS EXCLAMATIONIS, sp. n. (Plate XV. fig. 3.)

Testaceous, the intermediate joints of the antenne black;

thorax impunctate; elytra minutely punctured, two elongate

spots at the base and a longitudinal stripe at the sides, strongly

thickened at the upper end, black.

Length 7 millim.

Head impunctate; the eyes large, each as wide as the inter-

vening space; carina short and convex, narrow; antenne tes-

taceous, the sixth to the ninth joints blackish, third smaller than

the fourth joint ; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the

sides strongly rounded and broadly flattened, the anterior angles

produced into a small tooth, the surface impunctate; elytra not

wider at the base than the thorax, with narrow reflexed lateral

margins, extremely finely and closely punctured, testaceous, the

base with two black longitudinal short stripes, the sides near the

margins with another longer narrow black stripe, which ends

anteriorly rather abruptly in a club or knob directed towards

the suture; under side and legs testaceous.

Hab. Brazil.

I know of only a single specimen of this rather peculiarly

marked species, the exact locality of which is unknown to me.

OEDIONYCHIS INTERRUPTO-VITTATA, sp. n. (Plate XV. fig. 6.)

Testaceous, the head and the intermediate joints of the antenne

black; thorax impunctate, the anterior angles mucronate ; elytra

finely punctured, testaceous, each elytron with two more or less

interrupted longitudinal black stripes ; the breast black.

Length 6 millim.

Of flattened shape; the head impunctate, black, deeply foveolate

between the eyes, the latter large, their diameter as wide as the

1905. ] OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 437

dividing space; labrum fulvous; antenne with the lower four and

the apical three joints fulvous, the others black, third and follow-

ing joints nearly equal, elongate; thorax with strongly rounded

and flattened sides, the anterior angles mucronate and produced

forward, the dise impunctate, testaceous, obsoletely transversely

grooved near the base ; elytra finely and closely punctured, rather

flattened, narrowly marginate, each elytron with two narrow

longitudinal stripes—one near the suture, the other near the

lateral margins, below the middle both, or one, of the stripes are

interrupted, so that only one or two elongate spots remain near

the apex ; under side and legs testaceous, the breast black.

Hab. St. Catharina, Brazil.

In one of the specimens the inner black elytral stripe only is

interrupted ; in the other this is the case with both stripes, there

is also an indication of another stripe in shape of a minute spot

between the others, placed at the middle. Amongst the species

with elytral longitudinal bands the present one is well distin-

guished by the colour of the head, antenne, and the shape of the

elytral stripes, which resemble signs of exclamation.

Elytra pale, with transverse black or blue bands or spots.

OEDIONYCHIS BISTRIFASCIATA, Sp. Nl.

Black or piceous, antennez dark fulvous, clypeus flavous ; thorax

impunctate, flavous; elytra finely and closely punctured, flavous,

each with three transverse dark blue bands, the first subquadrate

and emarginate or subdivided at the base.

Length 54 millim.

Of rather elongate shape; the head bluish black, with some

strong punctures near the eyes; clypeus and labrum flavous, the

eyes likewise margined more or less with the same colour ; antenne

extending to nearly the middle of the elytra, dark fulvous, the

basal two joints more or less stained with black above, third and

fourth joints equal, terminal joints slightly thickened ; thorax

rather more than twice as broad as long, the sides strongly but

not very broadly flattened, the lateral margins rounded anteriorly,

anterior angles produced into a short blunt tooth, the surface

impunctate or with a few very minute punctures, obsoletely

transversely grooved near the base, flavous; scutellum black ;

elytra finely and closely but distinctly punctured, with three

transverse blue or purplish bands—the first at the base the largest,

of subquadrate shape, its basal margin with a narrow incision,

the second band immediately below the middle, half the width of

the first band, the third near the apex, short and of subquadrate

shape, none of these bands extends to either margin; below and

the legs black or piceous.

Hab. Peru.

Tn one of the specimens before me the basal band is also rather

deeply emarginate near the suture at the sides as well as at the

base.

438 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [Nov. 28,

OEDIONYCHIS INFORMIS (MS. Clark), sp. n.

Testaceous, the head, breast, and abdomen (partly) black ;

thorax impunctate, scutellum black; elytra minutely punctured

each with three transverse black bands; legs testaceous, the apex

of the posterior femora and the base of the tibie black.

Length 6 millim.

Head narrow, dark piceous, impunctate, eyes large; two basal

joints of the antenne testaceous, the others wanting ; thorax with

the lateral margins strongly rounded, the sides very broadly

flattened, anterior angles not produced into a tooth, the dise im-

punctate, testaceous ; scutellum black; elytra with rather broadly

reflexed lateral margins, extremely finely and closely punctured,

testaceous, with three transverse black short bands abbreviated

at each end, the basal one in shape of a large subquadrate patch

placed on the shoulders, the second one, the narrowest, placed at

the middle, and the third near the apex; under side black, the

last three abdominal segments and the legs testaceous, the extreme

apex of the posterior femora and the base of their tibiz black,

Hab. Rio de Janeiro.

EDIONYCHIS GRAYT, sp. n.

Dark fulvous below; clypeus and thorax flavous, base of the

head black, anterior angles of thorax mucronate, the latter im-

punctate; elytra very finely and closely punctured, flavous, a

broad transverse band at the base and another below the middle,

not extending to the margins, dark violaceous, posterior edge of

the second band rounded.

Length 63 millim.

Head impunctate, the vertex black, frontal tubercles narrowly

transverse, flavous, as well as the clypeus, labrum, and the palpi;

antenne short, not extending to the middle of the elytra, dark

fulvous, the basal joint thick, subeylindrical, widened at the apex,

the third joint twice as long as the second but shorter than the

fourth joint, the following joints about as long as the third;

thorax narrowed anteriorly, about twice and a half broader than

long, the sides nearly straight, the lateral sulci not deeply

separated from the disc, anterior angles mucronate, the surface

convex, 1mpunctate, flavous ; scutellum blackish; elytra rounded

and widened towards the middle, narrowly margined, the shoulders

with a short, moderately deep impression within, the surface finely

but distinctly and very closely punctured, the dark bands very

wide, the dividing spaces narrow, the lateral margins likewise

narrowly flavous, the posterior band rounded at its apical

margin, leaving the suture for a little way upwards and the apex

of the elytra somewhat more broadly flavous; under side and

legs fulvous.

Hab. Amazons (Bates).

The single specimen contained in my collection was obtained by

Bates, but bears ng special locality. The species differs from

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 439

O. cardinalis in the coloration of the head and the antennee, in

the scarcely rounded sides of the thorax, and in the shape of the

posterior elytral band. The same differences separate the species

from others nearly similarly marked.

This is one of the most difficult sections of the genus, as the

amount of variation in regard to the elytral bands, their shape

and size, can only be ascertained where sufficient material is at

hand ; neither coloration nor sculpture can always be relied upon

in these insects.

OEDIONYCHIS ARCUATA, Sp. 0.

Black, the head bluish; clypeus flavous; thorax impunctate,

flavous ; elytra closely and distinctly punctured, flavous, a broad

transverse band at the base, a transverse large spot below the

middle, and the apex metallic blue.

Length 6 millim.

Head bluish black, strongly punctured at the sides above the

eyes, frontal elevations broadly transverse ; clypeus flavous ;

antenne black, third joint scarcely shorter than the fourth,

terminal joints rather robust and short ; thorax more than twice

as broad as long, the sides with a deep but not very broad sulcus,

anterior angles strongly thickened but scarcely produced, the

lateral margins rounded anteriorly, straight at the base, the disc

very finely punctured when seen under a strong lens, flavous, the

base with a very obsolete transverse sulcus; scutellum black ;

elytra with very narrow reflexed lateral margins, not depressed

below the base, very closely and more or less strongly punctured,

the anterior half of their length occupied by a transverse blue

band not extending to the lateral margins, its posterior edge

concave, immediately below the middle is another large transverse

band which has its anterior margin convex and the posterior one

rounded, the extreme apex of each elytron is likewise metallic

blue ; under side and legs black.

Hab. Colombia.

Evidently closely allied to O. labiata Schauf., but the fourth

joint of the antenne in that species is described as the longest ;

the elytra are described as nearly smooth, and the first transverse

band as being interrupted at the suture; the same is the case

with the second band, which is said to be composed of two spots.

OEDIONYCHIS BIPARTITA, Sp. N.

Broadly ovate, convex, black, the clypeus and the thorax

fulvous, the latter very minutely punctured, the angles mucro

nate; elytra extremely closely and finely punctured, flavous, a

transverse band at the base, another one at the middle, anda

third near the apex, bright metallic green.

Length 7-8 millim.

Head black, impunctate, diameter of each eye about as wide as

the dividing space, clypeus fulvous, frontal elevations narrowly

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1905, Vou. Il. No. XXX. 30

440 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28,

transverse ; antenne long and slender, black, the lower three

joints more or less piceous below, third joint shorter than the

fourth, intermediate joints slightly widened; thorax more than

twice as broad as long, the sides strongly rounded and deeply

sulcate, anterior angles distinctly produced into a tooth, the disc

fulvous, minutely punctured when seen under a very strong lens ;

scutellum black, broad; elytra widened towards the middle, tes-

taceous, with three metallic green transverse bands which do not

extend to the lateral margins ; of these bands, which are all con-

nected with each other at the suture, the first is of somewhat

irregular shape and does not extend to a third of the length of

the elytra, its posterior edge is irregularly serrate, the second

band at the middle is broader (in a longitudinal sense) and of

more regular shape, the third band is again narrow and more or

less curved and does not extend to the apex, which remains of the

ground-colour; below and the legs black, metatarsus of the pos-

terior legs shorter than the following two joints together, claw-

joint strongly swollen.

Hab. Pachitea, Peru.

A handsome species, distinguished by the three bright metallic

green elytral bands.

OEDIONYCHIS ILLUSTRIS, sp.n. (Dej. i. litt.) (Plate XV. fig. 11.)

Testaceous, the legs dark fulvous; thorax short, impunctate ;

elytra convex, scarcely perceptibly punctured, a broad transverse

band at the base, another below the middle, not extending to the

suture, and the apex purplish violaceous.

Length 8 millim.

Head impunctate, the vertex obscure purplish, the rest of the

face testaceous; clypeus strongly raised in shape of a triangular

ridge; eyes large; antennz piceous, the basal joint testaceous

below, third joint shorter than the fourth; thorax short and

transverse, the sides broadly flattened, the anterior angles pro-

duced but scarcely dentiform, the surface impunctate, testaceous ;

scutellum black; elytra widened towards the middle and convex,

extremely minutely punctured, flavous, with two transverse

broad purplish bands—the first at the base, not quite extending

to the middle nor to the lateral margins, the second, in shape of a

transversely subquadrate band, not extending to either margin,

another triangular spot occupies the apex; all these bands are

separated by nearly equal narrow spaces of the flavous ground-

colour, but the basal band extends across the suture; under side

and the base of the anterior and intermediate femora testaceous,

the rest of the legs and the posterior femora dark fulvous.

Hab. Cayenne.

A species of broadly ovate shape and resembling in its markings

O. biteniata Baly, but in that species the second elytral band

extends to the suture, all are of much more narrow shape, and

dull blue instead of metallic purple.

1905. ] OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 44]

OEDIONYCHIS ILLIGERT, sp. n.

Piceous ; thorax flavous, anterior angles not mucronate ; elytra

closely punctured, flavous, a transverse band at the base, emar-

ginate within the shoulders, a narrower band below the middle,

and a triangular spot near the apex, dark fulvous or piceous.

Var. The posterior elytral markings joined,

Length 5—6 millim.

Of short and ovately rounded shape; the head with some deep

punctures near the eyes, the vertex piceous, clypeus flavous, eyes

well separated, frontal tubercles oblique, rather short; antennze

short, fulvous or black, the third, fourth, and fifth joints equal ;

thorax strongly transverse, more than twice as broad as long, the

sides broadly sulcate, rounded in front, the anterior angles not

mucronate but thickened, the surface impunctate, flavous; elytra

finely and closely punctured, with three transverse dark fulvous

bands—the first at the base, nearly extending to the middle and

notched at its anterior margin within the shoulders, the second

narrower band below the middle and immediately followed by a

triangular spot; neither of the bands extends to the lateral or

sutural margins, and they are sometimes tinged with an zneous

gloss; metatarsus very short, claw-joint strongly swollen.

Hab. Trinidad.

I possess four specimens of this species, which is of rather

small size, and may be known by the shape of the anterior elytral

band, which in all cases is notched at the base, and by the

position of the posterior bands, which sometimes form but a

single broad one.

OEDIONYCHIS DISSEPTA Hrichs.

This is evidently a very variable species in size as well as in

the markings of the elytra. Erichson has described two varieties,

but I have before me others. In the type the elytra have a

broad transverse, nearly black band at the base and another one

near the apex; this latter band is often reduced to an oval spot,

or may be absent altogether; in another form which I received

from Marcapata, Peru, together with typical specimens, the

thorax has two blackish spots at the middle; then there is a

third variety, in which the bands are very much broader and

only separated by a very narrow transverse flavous band at the

middle. No other structural differences are visible, in spite of a

very careful examination, nor do the male genitalia of these

varieties show any difference whatever. In all the specimens the

clypeus, thorax, and the lateral elytral margins remain flavous,

the punctuation is extremely fine, the sides of the thorax are

nearly straight and are produced anteriorly into a small tooth.

O. signifera Baly and O. 5-maculata Jac., likewise from Peru and

Bolivia, seem to be nothing but other varieties in which the

elytral markings are reduced to spots; they cannot otherwise be

30*

442, MR. MARYIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28

distinguished. M. Clavareau, of Brussels, has sent me specimens

obtained in the Province Huallaga, Peru, which again differ in

having the elytral band of a golden coppery tint and fulvous head

and antenne. I am, however, unable to see anything more in

these differences than one of colour.

OEDIONYCHIS IMPERIALIS, Sp. n.

Pale piceous below, the head, antenne, and thorax pale fulvous ;

elytra very closely and finely punctured, purplish-violaceous, the

lateral and apical margins and a narrow transverse band at the

middle flavous.

Length 9 millim.

Head flavous, impunctate; the frontal elevations broad, con-

tiguous; clypeus strongly raised into a triangular ridge, the

anterior edge of which is very prominent; antenne pale fulvous,

the third joint one-half shorter than the fourth (the terminal

two joints wanting); thorax more than twice as broad as long,

the lateral margins strongly rounded anteriorly, the anterior

angles thickened but not dentiform, the sides broadly flattened,

the surface minutely and rather closely punctured, pale flavous ;

scutellum obscure fulvous; elytra widened towards the middle,

convex, with narrow reflexed lateral margins, the shoulders

prominent, the surface extremely closely and finely punctured

throughout, purplish violaceous, a narrow straight transverse

band at the middle and the lateral and apical margins (the latter

slightly more widely so) flavous; under side and legs pale piceous.

fab. Yurimaguas, Peru.

This species differs from O. steinheili Jac. (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880,

p. 179) in the pale-coloured antennze, in the differently shaped

anterior angles of the thorax, and in the narrow and straight,

flavous bana of the elytra ; ene larger size and colour of the

elytra separate the species from other nearly similarly marked

species, as well as from O. bifasciata Baly, which has also differently

coloured antenne and a black apex to the posterior femora.

OEDIONYCHIS OCCIPITALIS, sp. lh.

Testaceous, the base of the head and the terminal joints of the

antenne black; thorax impunctate; elytra microscopically punc-

tured, testaceous, a transverse band at the base connected at the

suture with another broad band below the middle, black; the breast,

abdomen, and the posterior tibia more or less piceous or black.

Var. a. The elytral bands not connected at the suture.

Var. 6. Elytra with a spot near the scutellum and an elongate

larger spot below the middle, black. -

Var. c. any tra entirely testaceous.

Length 4—5 millim.

Head impunctate, black at the vertex, the lower portion

testaceous, frontal elevations broad, eyes large; antenne slender,

the lower four or five joints testaceous the others piceous, third

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 443

and fourth jomts equal; thorax scarcely more than twice as

broad as long, the sides with well-marked flattened margins,

feebly rounded, anterior angles not produced, the surface im-

punctate, testaceous ; scutellum piceous ; elytra visibly punctured

only when seen under a very strong lens, with narrow flattened

margins, testaceous, with two transverse nearly black bands, the

first at the base, of somewhat triangular shape, and connected at

the suture with another broader band below the middle, not

extending to the apex, neither of the bands extends quite to the

lateral margins; breast and abdomen black, legs testaceous.

Hab. Bolivia.

A small and very variable species, in which the nearly black

vertex of the head seems to be the only constant character so

far as coloration is concerned. The description is based on a

specimen in which the elytral bands are mostly developed ; the

elytra in this form may be described as black, with the lateral

and apical margins, as well as a slightly oblique transverse band

at the middle, testaceous, this band not extending to the suture ;

in this specimen the posterior tibiz and tarsi are black. In the

var. @ the dark bands are smaller and disconnected, and the

posterior one is in shape of an oblong patch on each elytron; in

var. 6 there is only a black spot near the scutellum and an elongate

larger one placed near the suture below the middle ; while in var. ¢

the elytra are entirely unspotted. In all these forms, however,

the base of the head and the underside remain black.

OEDIONYCHIS NEA, sp. n. (Clark, MS.).

Fulvous ; thorax flavous, the sides broadly sulcate; elytra very

convex and strongly widened at the middle, minutely punctured,

a transverse band at the base and another one, narrowed at the

suture and not extending to either margin, violaceous blue.

Length 8 millim.

Head fulvous, impunctate, frontal elevations narrow and trans-

verse, carina acute, eyes not closely approached ; antennz: with

the third joint much shorter than the fourth, fulvous (the other

joints wanting); thorax more than twice as broad as long, the

sides strongly rounded and broadly suleate, the anterior angles

slightly mucronate and strongly thickened, posterior margin

sinuate at each side, the disc impunctate, flavous; scutellum

fusco-violaceous; elytra strongly widened and convex, flavous,

with a broad transverse band at the base not extending to the

lateral margins, of violaceous-blue colour, but more or less dark

fulvous when viewed sideways, another band, rather suddenly

widened at its outer end, is placed below the middle but does not

extend to either margin; the flavous portion separating these bands

is of about the same width as the bands themselves ; breast and

the femora dark fulvous, tibiz and tarsi flavous; metatarsus very

short, claw-joint strongly swollen.

Hab. Ega, Amazon (Dates).

The description of this species is based on a specimen named

444 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28,

by Clark, and formerly in the Baly collection. The colour of the

elytral bands, their shape, and the more than usually convex and

widened general shape of the insect, distinguish this species.

Whether O. jaculus Illig. is identical with this or some other

similarly marked species I am unable to say, but Illiger’s

description of the shape of the elytral bands does not agree with

that of the insect before me.

OEDIONYCHIS REGINA, sp.n. (Plate XIV. fig. 12.)

Large and broad, black, the last two joints of the antenne pale

yellow ; thorax impunctate, flavous, with a large black transverse

band; elytra strongly and very closely punctured, metallic dark

green; the lateral margins and a transverse band below the

middle testaceous.

Length 10 millim.

Head bluish-black, impunctate, except near the eyes, the latter

with a flavous spot near the inner margins, widely separated ;

antenne slender, black, the last two joints pale flavous, third

joint slightly shorter than the fourth; thorax rather more than

twice as broad as long, the sides broadly flattened, evenly rounded,

the anterior angles thickened, very slightly produced outwards,

the disc impunctate, black, the lateral and basal margins flavous ;

scutellum black; elytra widened below the middle, closely and

strongly rugose-punctate, metallic green, the lateral margins

narrowly and a slightly wider transverse band, immediately below

the middle, testaceous; under side and legs black.

Hab. Espirito Santo, Brazil.

The black thoracic band which extends to the anterior margin,

the colour of the antenne, and the strongly punctured elytra well

distinguish this species from any other.

OEDIONYCHIS DIFFICILIS, sp. n. (Clark, MS.).

Black, thorax flavous, impunctate ; elytra convex, widened

posteriorly, closely and finely punctured, flavous, a broad trans-

verse band at the base and another band below the middle, with

the lateral and posterior margins rounded, metallic blue, both

bands not extending to the margins.

Length 6-9 millim.

Head impunctate, black, two or three deep punctures are

placed near the eyes, frontal tubercles trigonate, nearly connected ;

antenne rather long, black, the base at their insertion flavous,

third and fourth joints nearly equal; thorax twice as broad as

long, the sides rounded anteriorly, the anterior angles produced

into a small tooth, the dise impunctate, flavous or fulvous ;

scutellum black; ely tra widened towards the middle, convex,

finely and closely punctured, flavous, with two transverse dark

blue bands—the first at the base, of regular shape, with its

posterior edge straight and not quite extending to the middle,

the second band below the latter, its anterior margin straight,

but the lateral and apical margins rounded, the last-named some-

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 445

times slightly concave near the suture, both bands do not quite

extend to the lateral margins of the elytra; under side and legs

black, the apex of the abdomen sometimes more or less fulvous ;

prosternum longitudinally carinate at the middle.

Hab. Peru.

The characteristic feature of this species, by which it may

be principally distinguished from the many similarly coloured

ones, is the shape of the elytral blue posterior band, of which the

posterior edge is broadly rounded instead of straight; the flavous

band which separates the blue ones at the middle is generally, but

not always, of about the same width as that of the basal dark

band, sometimes broader. O. alacris Erich. and O. promta Erich.

are described with black not blue bands, and the former with

the head rufous, the other with a broad median flavous band ;

other details are not given. The eight specimens before me show

no variation of any importance, but I may add that the posterior

elytral band is in all cases broader (in a longitudinal sense) than

the anterior one.

OEDIONYCHIS COLOMBIANA, sp. Nn.

Black, the clypeus and the thorax flavous, the latter impunctate ;

elytra with a few punctures near the base, flavous, a broad band at

the base, another at the middle, and the extreme apex metallic

blue; abdomen fulvous.

Length 7 millim.

Head bluish black, impunctate, frontal elevations small, trans-

verse, clypeus flavous, carina short and thick; antennz with the

lower and the terminal three joints dark fulvous, the intermediate

ones piceous, third joint much shorter than the fourth; thorax

impunctate, flavous, the sides deeply sulcate, especially so near the

anterior angles which are thickened but not produced, near the

base is a very shallow transverse sulcation; scutellum black;

elytra extremely finely punctured, with some more distinct

punctures near the suture and within the shoulders, flavous, a

broad transverse band at the base, not extending downwards to

the middle nor to the lateral margins, another band immediately

below the middle but of more rounded shape, and the extreme

apex metallic blue; breast and legs black, the abdomen and the

tarsi more or less fulvous.

Hab. Colombia. (Collection H. Clavareau and my own.)

Closely allied to O. bipunctata Chev. (insularis Jac.), but the

head impunctate, the frontal elevations black, not flavous, and the

elytra extremely finely punctured, the posterior band broader,

not in shape of a round spot.

OEDIONYCHIS SUCCINCTA, Sp. n.

Black, antenne fulvous; thorax flavous, with an eneous short

band at the middle of the anterior margin; elytra flavous, a

broad transverse band at the base and another below the middle

black, nearly impunctate.

446 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28,

Length 63 millim.

Head impunctate, the vertex black, the clypeus flavous, frontal

elevations scarcely indicated, eyes widely separated, labrum and

palpi flavous; antenne fulvous, the first joint piceous above,

third joint shorter than the fourth; thorax strongly transverse,

the sides strongly rounded, the anterior angles very prominent

and pointed, the lateral sulei narrow, somewhat interrupted

anteriorly, not well separated from the discoidal portion, the

surface impunctate, flavous, with a transverse short black band

at the middle of the anterior margin; elytra with narrowly

reflexed margins, extremely minutely punctured when seen

under a strong lens, flavous, with two broad transverse black

bands, one at the base, the other below the middle, the latter

band shorter than the basal one (in a longitudinal sense), neither

band extends to the lateral margins and the flavous space

separating them is narrow and perfectly regular in shape; below

and the legs black.

Hab. Bolivia.

The thoracic spot or band placed at the middle of the anterior

margin and the regular shape and black colour of the elytral

bands distinguish this species, of which J know only a single

specimen.

OEDIONYCH'S WEISEI, Sp. n.

Flavous, the base of the head, the antenne, and the breast and

legs black; thorax impunctate; elytra finely and closely punctured,

the basal margin and a transverse narrow band below the middle

dark metallic blue.

Length 8 millim.

Head with a few fine punctures, black, the clypeus flavous; eyes

large, the diameter of each as wide as the intermediate space ;

frontal elevations oblique, strongly raised, bounded by a deep

fovea behind ; antenne scarcely extending to the middle of the

elytra, black, the third and fourth joints equal; thorax twice as

broad as long, somewhat narrowed anteriorly, the lateral margins

strongly rounded, the anterior angles distinctly produced into

a tooth, the sides deeply sulcate, the surface impunctate, except

when seen under a very strong lens, when some minute punctures

are visible, flavous; scutellum black; elytra convex, elongate, but

slightly widened at the middle, very finely and closely punctured,

the extreme base as far as the shoulders and a narrow band below

the middle, not quite extending to the lateral margins, violaceous

blue ; below and the legs black, abdomen fulvous.

Hab. Colombia.

Much larger than 0. colombiana; the bands of the elytra blue,

the spot near the scutellum absent, and the thorax of entirely

different shape; the legs black.

OEDIONYCHIS SELECTA, sp. 0.

Pale fulvous; elytra extremely minutely and closely punctured,

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 447

a broad transverse band at the base and another below the middle,

connected at the suture, metallic green.

Length 9 millim.

Head fulvous, with a few punctures near the eyes, the clypeus

with a strongly raised, central carina, eyes large; antenne long

and slender, third joint shorter than the fourth; thorax more

than twice as broad as long, the sides strongly rounded, broadly

flattened; the dise very convex, very minutely punctured when

seen under a strong lens, fulvous; scutellum broad, fulvous ;

elytra convex, scarcely widened at the middle, with a shallow

transverse depression below the base, extremely finely punctured,

the punctures of different sizes, with two very broad, transverse,

metallic green bands, the first at the base not extending to the

margins but nearly to the middle, the second band immediately

below the latter, of nearly the same width and not extending to

the apex; these bands are therefore separated by a narrow trans-

verse and straight band of the ground-colour which does not quite

extend to the suture and rounded at its inner termination ;

under side and legs fulvous.

Hab. Amazons.

Of more parallel shape than O. @nea, and distinguished from

that and other similarly marked species by the bright metallic-green

bands of the elytra, separated at the middle by a straight narrow

fulvous band which does not extend quite to the suture; in

O. bipartita, which has similarly coloured metallic bands, these are

divided before and below the middle.

OEDIONYCHIS CARDINALIS, sp. n. (Clark, MS.).

Piceous, head and thorax flavous, the latter narrowed in front ;

elytra microscopically punctured, flavous, a broad transverse band

at the base and another of more rounded shape below the middle,

violaceous blue.

Length 10 millim.

The principal differences which separate this species from

many similarly coloured forms are to be found in the large

general size, anteriorly narrowed thorax, and the shape of the

elytral bands; the eyes are well separated, and the head is

sparingly and finely punctured; the frontal elevations and the

carina are proportionately broad ; the antenne have very slender

and elongate joints, the lower three are fulvous, the rest black

(in the British Museum specimen, named by Clark, the antenne

are entirely fulvous). The thorax is less transverse than in many

other species, distinctly narrowed anteriorly, with strongly rounded

sides, the anterior angles are blunt above, but have a short pro-

jection below the margin in front of the eyes; the lateral sulci

are rather broad and shallow; the scutellum is flavous; the

punctuation of the elytra can only be seen with a very strong lens ;

of the blue elytral bands, the first extends nearly to the middle

and has its posterior margin straight or nearly so, in the second

band the anterior and posterior margins are rounded, so that the

448 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28,

flavous portion separating both bands is slightly widened at the

suture, the extreme lateral margins and a small triangular space

at the apex are of the ground-colour; the under side and legs

are dark fulvous or piceous, and the posterior femora have the

apex broadly stained with blackish. O. steinheili Jac. is a much

broader insect with a differently shaped thorax.

Hab, Amazons.

OEDIONYCHIS FULYOTIBIALIS, sp. n.

Obscure piceous below, the clypeus, antenne, and the tibiz

more or less fulvous; thorax flavous, impunctate ; elytra closely

and finely punctured, metallic greenish, the lateral margins and a

narrow transverse band at the middle flavous.

Length 54 millim.

Head at the vertex and the frontal elevations greenish,

impunctate, a narrow space round the eyes and the clypeus and

labrum flavous, frontal elevations subquadrate ; eyes large, with a

rather deep, punctured sulcus near the inner margins; carina

short and blunt; antenne fulvous, the third joint slightly shorter

than the fourth ; thorax strongly transverse, the lateral margins

straight at the base, rounded in front, the sides deeply flattened,

anterior angles not prominent but thickened, the disc impunctate,

flavous ; scutellum black; elytra slightly widened at the middle,

very finely punctured except within the shoulders, where there is

a short row of deeper punctures, the lateral margins and a narrow

transverse band at the middle flavous, rest of the surface metallic

dark green, this colour forming two subquadrate patches on each

elytron which extend across the suture; below and the legs piceous,

the apex of the posterior femora and the tibie and tarsi more

or less fulvous ; the metatarsus very short.

Hab. Bolivia.

A rather small species, and at once distinguished by the colour

of the antenne and tibie.

Elytra with longitudinal bands.

OEDIONYCHIS VITTATIPENNIS, Sp. 0.

Broad and elongate, flavous; apical joints of the antenne black ;

thorax strongly transverse, impunctate; elytra very finely and

extremely closely punctured, flavous, the suture, a subsutural

and a submarginal longitudinal stripe, connected at the apex,

ferrugineous.

Length 10 millim.

Head impunctate, flavous, eyes large, frontal elevations strongly

raised, trigonate; antenne filiform and slender, black, the lower

three or four joints testaceous, third and fourth joints equal;

thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, broadly flattened,

the anterior angles produced into a small tooth, the surface

impunctate, flavous; elytra with very close and fine but distinct

punctuation, the suture very narrowly and two longitudinal

broader stripes, of which one is placed near the suture,

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 449

the other near the margin, reddish-fulvous, these stripes are

united at the apex but do not extend to that portion of the elytra ;

under side and legs pale flavous.

flab. Brazil.

Of this large species three specimens are contained in my

collection. Amongst the longitudinally banded species described

by von Harold in the Berl. ent. Zeit. 1881, there is none which can

be compared in size with this species, and all similarly coloured

forms have but one elytral stripe instead of two. O. teniolata

Har. has the eyes widely separated, a small thorax, and narrow

elytral epipleure, and is much smaller.

OEDIONYCHIS ADJUNCTA, sp. n. (Plate XV. fig, 12.)

Black; thorax impunctate, the margins flavous; elytra im-

punctate, a subsutural vitta, the lateral margins, and a short

transverse band near the apex, connecting the stripes, flavous.

Length 53 millim.

iced broad, black, closely and strongly punctured in front of

the eyes, the latter small, very widely separated ; antenne very

short, the joints moniliform ; ; thorax twice as broad as long, the

lateral margins strongly thickened, narrowly sulcate in front, the

anterior angles thickened, slightly produced, the disc impunctate,

black, all the margins narrowly flavous ; scutellum black; elytra

without any perceptible punctuation, black, with the lateral

margins and a narrow longitudinal stripe at the disc flavous ; this

stripe extends from the middle of the base to the apex and

approaches slightly the suture below the middle, near the apex it

is connected with the flavous margin by another oblique transverse

thin stripe ; below and the legs black.

Hab. Bolivia.

Amongst the species with pale longitudinal stripes, the present

ohne seems most nearly allied to O. haagi Har. in colour and

pattern, but differs in the entirely impunctate thorax and

elytra.

OEDIONYCHIS DONCKIERI, sp. Nn.

Elongate and parallel, the head fulvous; antenne and breast

more or less black; thorax flavous, impunctate; elytra finely

punctured, obscure flavous, a sutural and a discoidal longitudinal

band black; legs dark fulvous.

Length 7 millim.

Head rugosely punctured above the eyes, fulvous; frontal

elevations strongly raised, broadly trigonate ; clypeus short and

broadly convex between the antenne ; the latter robust, extending

to the middle of the elytra, black, the basal two joints piceous,

third and fourth equal, the terminal joints more elongate; thorax

rather more than twice as broad as long, not or scarcely narrowed

in front, the sides rounded, with a well-marked sulcus, the

anterior angles acute but not produced, the disc transversely

grooved near the base, impunctate, flavous, rather opaque

450 MR, MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28,

scutellum black; elytra of elongate shape, minutely and obsoletely

punctured, flavous; the suture and a discoidal longitudinal stripe,

both abbreviated near the apex, black ; under side obscure blackish,

the legs dark fulvous, the tibiz rather darker, prosternum pale.

Hab. Tasco, Mexico.

Of this species, one of the most elongated of the genus, I

received a single specimen from M. Donckier of Paris; the

elytral sutural stripe is of narrower shape than the discoidal one.

Elytra blue or black, with flavous lateral and apical margins.

OEDIONYCHIS CINCTIPENNIS, Sp. nN.

The head, breast, and legs black; thorax fulvous, impunctate ;

elytra convex, widened posteriorly, metallic blue, closely and

distinctly punctured, the lateral and apical margins fulvous;

abdomen partly flavous.

Length 7 millim.

Strongly convex and widened posteriorly ; the head black with

bluish gloss, with a few punctures near the eyes; antenne black,

the lower three joints fulvous below, third and fourth joints equal ;

thorax with the lateral margins strongly rounded anteriorly, the

sides broadly flattened, the dise convex, impunctate, fulvous ;

scutellum black ; elytra widened below the middle, with a short

but deep depression within the shoulders, very closely and rather

strongly punctured, metallic blue, the lateral margins narrowly

and the apex rather more broadly so, fulvous; wnder side and legs

black, the sides of the abdomen more or less fulvous or flavous.

Hab. Peru.

From other similarly coloured species, the present one is dis-

tinguished by the posteriorly widened shape and the distinct and

close punctuation of the elytra; the latter have in some specimens

a very small fulvous spot placed near the suture at the middle,

the fulvous margin widens slightly and gradually near the apex,

the latter part is also entire, not serrulate as in O. sagulata

Erichs.

OEDIONYCHIS PALLIDICINCTA, Sp. 1.

Obscure piceous below, the thorax and legs flavous; tibiz and

tarsi and the apex of the posterior femora black ; thorax impunc-

tate; elytra black, entirely impunctate, the extreme lateral and

the apical margins more broadly, flavous.

Length 53 millim.

Of rather flattened shape; the head nearly black, impunctate,

deeply transversely grooved between the eyes, the latter very

large, frontal elevations broad, transverse; antenne rather

robust, black, the lower two joints and the last one fulvous,

third and fourth joints equal; thorax twice as broad as long, the

sides rather rounded, deeply sulcate, with strongly reflexed and

thickened margins, the anterior angles not produced, the surface

1905. ] OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 451

mnpunetate, flavous; scutellum black; elytra shining, black or

nearly so, impunctate, the extreme lateral margins and epipleure

and the apex more broadly flavous ; femora flavous ; the under side,

tibiz and tarsi piceous, the apex of the posterior femora black.

Hab. Espirito Santo, Brazil.

A rather small species, not difficult to distinguish, of which I

possess two specimens.

OEDIONYCHIS SEMIFOVEOLATA, sp. n. (Plate XV. fig. 5.)

Black, the thorax and abdomen flavous; elytra dark purplish,

the dise with longitudinal rows of elongate fovee, the sides

narrowly and the apex broadly flavous. .

Length 9 millim.

Head black, impunctate, frontal elevations rather broad ;

carina acute, black, clypeus flavous at the sides; anteune black,

the basal joint flavous below, third joint shorter than the fourth ;

thorax more than twice as broad as long, narrowed anteriorly, the

sides rounded, with a broad, flattened margin, the anterior angles

produced into a tooth, the surface convex, impunctate; scutellum

black ; elytra dark metallic purplish, margined at the sides and

apex with flavous, at the first named place narrowly so, at the

latter suddenly widened into a broad band the anterior edge of

which is quite straight, the disc impressed with distant, elongate

and partly round greenish fovee, which are placed in rows,

interstices entirely impunctate; under side and legs black, abdomen

flavous.

Hab. Venezuela.

Closely allied to O. porosa Baly, but the elytra of different

sculpture, the foveze isolated and placed in rows, and the abdomen

flavous. A single specimen is contained in my collection.

Jn Duvivier’s Catalogue O. porosa Baly is given as a synonym

of O. variolosa Harold, but this requires confirmation, since the

size of Baly’s species is from 33-4 millim., while Harold gives

11 millim as the length; Duvivier, moreover, has only given a

short diagnosis, which in these closely allied and numerous groups

of insects is quite useless.

OEDIONYCHIS PRETIOSA Baly.

The locality of this species as given by the author is Brazil, not

Siam as stated in Duvivier’s Catalogue, 1885.

OEDIONYCHIS CUBANA Harold.

Coleopter. Hefte, xii. p. 90: Cuba.

This species is not mentioned in any of the Catalogues.

OEDIONYCHIS FLAVOMARGINATA, sp.n. (Plate XV. fig. 9.)

Black, thorax impunctate, the sides broadly flavous ; elytra

convex, finely and closely punctured, black, the lateral margins

nar rowly and the apex more broadly flavous.

Length 6-7 millim.

452 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28,

Head with some punctures at the vertex, black, the eyes more

or less margined with flavous within and with some distinct

punctures ; antennz not extending to the middle of the elytra,

black, third and fourth joimts equal; thorax scarcely twice as

broad as long, the lateral margins straight at the base, rounded in

front, the anterior angles produced into a tooth, the sides broadly

flattened, flavous, the middle of the disc in shape of an anteriorly

narrowed broad band, black, impunctate; elytra rather broad,

very closely and finely but distinctly punctured, black, the lateral

margins narrowly flavous, this colour widened at the apex into a

spot which does not quite extend to the suture; under sideand legs

black or piceous. ;

Hab. Espirito Santo, Brazil.

Distinct in its coloration from any other species of the genus

known to me; two specimens are before me.

Llytra pale, with small black spots.

OEDIONYCHIS BIPUNCTULATA, Sp. 0.

Testaceous above, the under side and legs darker ; thorax

impunctate, with broadly flattened sides; scutellum piceous;

elytra very finely and closely punctured, each with a small black

spot below the middle.

Length 6 millim.

Vertex of the head stained with piceous, with a central groove

and bilobed in front, frontal tubercles short and broad; clypeus

convex ; antennz with the lower three joints flavous, the follow-

ing four black, the rest wanting ; thorax strongly transverse, of

very even width, the sides straight at the base, rounded anteriorly,

broadly flattened, anterior angles thickened, oblique but scarcely

produced outwards, the disc impunctate, testaceous, obsoletely

depressed in front of the scutellum, the latter triangular, nearly

black; elytra strongly convex, nearly parallel, with a short row of

deeper punctures within the shoulders, the rest very finely and

closely punctured, below the middle a small black spot is placed,

halfway between the lateral and sutural margins ; under side and

femora fulvous; prosternum narrowly elongate, rather convex.

Hab. Prov. Tucuman, Argentine Rep. (C. Bruch).

In the markings of the elytra and general coloration this species

resembles O. complanata Suff., from Cuba, but the latter is smaller,

much more depressed in shape, and has impunctate elytra.

OEDIONYCHIS TRILOBA, sp. n.

Klongate, testaceous ; head and thorax impunctate, the latter

with two trilobed black spots; elytra not perceptibly punctured,

each elytron with three black spots, two at the base and one at the

middle, the extreme sutural margins from the middle to the apex

black.

Length 6 millim.

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 453

Head impunctate, frontal elevations broad, well marked, carina

very convex and prominent, eyes very large; thorax twice as

broad as long, the sides broadly flattened, the lateral margins

rather rounded near the base, gradually narrowed anteriorly,

anterior angles produced into a small tooth, the surface impunctate,

with a transverse depression at the sides near the base, testaceous,

the sides with a trilobate black spot, the middle lobe pointed

upwards; elytra nearly parallel, with a feeble depression below the

base, impunctate, a round black spot on the shoulders, another

near the scutellum, and a third spot of transverse shape at the

middle, as well as the sutural margins from below the base to the

apex, black; under side and legs testaceous.

Hab. Peru.

T know only a single specimen of this species and am not aware

therefore if the markings of the elytra are subject to variation,

which is probably the case. The species has the frontal carina,

however, much more strongly raised than most of its allies, the

elytral spots are comparatively large and deep black; this and

the similarly coloured suture will assist in the recognition of the

species.

OEDIONYCHIS BASINOTATA, Sp. n. (Plate XV. fig. 4.)

Piceous, the base of the head and a transverse band at the

thorax bluish-black; elytra strongly and closely punctured, with

four black spots, placed obliquely.at the base in a semicrescent.

Length 6 millim.

Head strongly punctured near the eyes, fulvous, the vertex

bluish-black, frontal elevations robust, oblique, carina short and

broad ; eyes large, each as broad as the dividing space; antenne

scarcely extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower

three joints more or less flavous below, third joint thinner but as

long as the fourth; thorax twice as broad as long, the lateral

margins straight at the base, rounded anteriorly, the anterior

angles produced into a strong tooth, the sides deeply sulecate and

flattened, surface with a few minute punctures, the entire disc

bluish-black, the margins fulvous; scutellum black; elytra not

depressed below the base and scarcely so within the shoulders,

closely and strongly punctured, each with two bluish-black spots

at the base placed transversely, the outer one transverse, the

inner of more elongate shape ; below and the legs nearly black ;

metasternum raised anteriorly.

Hab. Paraguay.

This beetle differs in the markings of the elytra from any other

described species.

OEDIONYCHIS MACULATISSIMA, sp. Nn.

Ovate, convex, dark fulvous below, vertex of head piceous ;

antenne and thorax fulvous, the latter with two transverse, black

spots; elytra rather strongly punctured, pale fulvous, with ten

spots each (3.3.2.2).

A454 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28,

Var. Thorax without spots; elytra greenish-black, the sides

and apex rather broadly fulvous.

Length 6 millim.

Of rather short, broadly ovate and convex shape, the head with

a few punctures near the eyes, the latter large, each as wide as the

intermediate space, the vertex piceous, lower portion fulvous,

frontal tubercles narrowly transverse; antenne extending to the

middle of the elytra, fulvous, the third and fourth joints very nearly

equal, following joints rather stout and not longer than the fourth ;

thorax more than twice as broad as long, of equal width, the sides

rounded anteriorly, straight at the base, anterior angles prominent

with a small tooth, lateral sulci deep and broad, the surface

impunctate, fulvous, with a short transverse black band or spot at

each side ; elytra narrowly margined, rather strongly punctured,

fulvous, each with ten black spots, of which three are placed

transversely at the base, three below these before the middle, two

larger ones nearly connected below the middle, and two others well

separated near the apex, there is also another obscure spot placed

at the apex on the suture; under side and legs dark fulvous ;

metatarsus of posterior legs very short, claw-joint strongly swollen.

Hab. Bolivia.

T cannot identify this species with O. fenestrata Har., to which

it is no doubt closely allied. Von Harold, who gives no details in

regard to the shape of the thorax, describes his species as having

black antennz and under side, as well as similarly coloured legs

and the elytra with 9 spots only ; the thorax also is said to have a

single band, not two spots, and the third joint of the antenne to be

distinctly shorter than the fourth: none of these details applies

to the present insect. The variety, which at first sight entirely

differs in coloration, agrees in every structural detail and also in

the colour of the antenne and under side; there isalsoa widening

of the fulvous band at the sides corresponding with the fulvous

space which separates the spots as in the type, and the greenish-

black colour likewise is the same in the spotted form, although

which of the two may be looked upon as the type is optional.

OEDIONYCHIS DUODECIMNOTATA (Clark, MS8.), sp.n. (Plate XIV.

fig. 11.)

Testaceous, the terminal joints of the antenne black; the head

and thorax with two black spots, closely punctured ; elytra very

closely and strongly punctured, the basal margin and five spots on

each elytron black ; under side black, legs testaceous.

Length 10 millim.

Head with a few deep punctures, flavous, shining, the vertex

with two black spots, frontal tubercles bounded behind by a deep

groove, labrum black; antenne slender, testaceous, the termina]

six joints black; thorax with strongly produced anterior angles,

the lateral margins feebly rounded, the disc broadly flattened at

the sides, closely and distinctly punctured, testaceous, with a large

black spot at each side; scutellum black; elytra very broad and

1905. | OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. AD5

rather flattened, evenly, closely, and strongly punctured, the basal

margin very narrowly and five spots on each elytron black: of

these, one of transverse shape is placed before the middle, two

obliquely below the middle, and two others near the apical margin ;

breast and abdomen black, the last segment and the legs testaceous,

the posterior femora with a black spot at the apex.

Hab. Brazil.

Allied to O. nigromaculata Sturm, but differing in the black

basal elytral margin and the different position of the spots, also

in the colour of the antenne.

OEDIONYCHIS PERSIMILIS, sp. nh.

Elongate, testaceous; thorax impunctate, the anterior angles

mucronate ; scutellum black; elytra not perceptibly punctured,

with five black small spots on each (1.2.1.1).

Length 6 millim.

Head impunctate, the eyes rather widely separated, frontal

tubercles broadly subquadrate, carina short and rather blunt ;

antenne scarcely reaching to the middle of the elytra, testaceous,

the third and following joints nearly equal; thorax more than

twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the anterior angles

slightly produced outwards into a small tooth, the lateral sulci

deep, the surface impunctate, obsoletely depressed in front of the

seutellum, the latter black; elytra obscure testaceous, each with

five small black spots, of which one is placed on the shoulders, two

before the middle obliquely, the inner one near the suture, the

fourth spot below the middle near the lateral margin, and the fifth

below the sutural spot at some distance from the apex; under side

and legs testaceous, the posterior femora with a black spot at the

upper edge.

Hab. Chilpancingo, Mexico.

Of more elongate shape than O. 13-maculata, and with five

spots on each elytron, the spots small and placed rather differently.

Both specimens before me are of a very dull obscure testaceous

colour in regard to the elytra, but this may be due to discoloration.

O. atroguttata Jac., from the same locality, isa closely allied species,

but it differs in the shape of the thorax, as well as in the position

of the elytral basal spots and their number.

OEDIONYCHIS SUBDILATATA, Sp. n.

Ovate, medially widened, black; head and antennx piceous;

thorax pale testaceous or whitish, narrowed anteriorly, impunctate;

elytra broadly margined, impunctate, testaceous, an obscure trans-

verse band at the base, with two black spots and another below the

middle with another larger spot, obscure fulvous.

Length 6-7 millim.

Head impunctate, the vertex black or piceous, frontal elevations

narrowly transverse, eyes rather large; antenne piceous or dark

fulvous, the third and fourth joints equal; thorax with distinctly

rounded sides, gradually narrowed anteriorly, the angles rather

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. II. No. XXXT. Bi

456 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [| Nov. 28,

strongly produced, the sides broadly sulcate, the surface im-

punctate, whitish-testaceous ; scutellum black; elytra widened

towards the middle, rather broadly margined, especially so at

their greatest width, not perceptibly punctured, with two broad,

transverse, sometimes very obscure dark bands—one at the base,

containing two black spots, of which one is placed on the shoulders,

the other near the seutellum, the second band below the middle,

thin which a single larger subtriangular black spot is placed ;

der side and legs black ; metatarsus of the posterior legs rather

shorter than the following two joints together ; claw-joint strongly

swollen.

fab. Bolivia.

The ground-colour of the elytra is but little lighter than the

bands, except when these are well marked: in this case there is

only the single spot visible near the scutellum—that is, in a

specimen before me ; in the others the black spots are well marked,

but the bands are obscure.

OEDIONYCHIS ATROPUNCTATA, Sp. n.

Testaceous, the breast more or less black ; thorax impunctate,

the sides broadly flattened ; elytra finely and closely punctured,

each with five black spots (2.1.2).

Length 5-6 millim.

Head impunctate, with a deep triangular fovea between the

eyes, the latter large, rather closely approached ; frontal elevations

contiguous, distinct; antennz flavous, the 6th, 7th, and 8th

joints more or less piceous, 3rd and 4th joints equal; thorax

with broadly flattened sides, the lateral margins rather evenly

rounded, the posterior angles produced into a small tooth, the

surface impunctate; elytra with rather broadly flattened margins,

finely but distinctly and closely punctured ; a spot on the shoulders,

one near the scutellum, a third at the middle, and two others

placed transversely near the apex, black; under side (the black

breast excepted) and the legs testaceous; last abdominal segment

of the male rather deeply sinuate at each side.

Hab. Brazil.

The number and position of the elytral spots distinguish this

species, of which I received a specimen from Mr. C. Bruch, of the

La Plata Museum; two others I subsequently obtained from

M. Clavareau, who likewise got them from the same gentleman,

without indication of a more exact locality.

OEDIONYCHIS ARGENTINENSIS, sp. fn.

Black; above testaceous, the apical joints of the antennz

fuscous, the knees and the tarsi black; thorax impunctate; elytra

finely punctured, somewhat flattened, each elytron with six small

black spots (2.2.2) placed transversely, the last two pairs oblique.

Length 43-5 millim.

1905. | OF PHYITOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 457

Head entirely impunctate, broad, the eyes small and round ;

frontal elevations strongly raised, subquadrate; labrum piceous ;

antenne long and slender, the lower four joints pale, the others

piceous, third and fourth joints elongate, equal, terminal joints

shorter, robust and thickened; thorax about twice as broad

as long, the sides broadly flattened, posterior margin perfectly

straight, the surface impunctate, testaceous; elytra finely and

closely punctured—-of the spots, two are placed transversely at the

base, one on the shoulders, the other near the scutellum, two at

the middle, with the outer one lower than the other, and two of

exactly similar position near the apex; breast and abdomen, as

well as the knees of all the legs and the tarsi, black; claws

strongly swollen.

Hab. Buenos Ayres.

This is another of the small black-spotted species, of which

I received two specimens from Myr. C. Bruch, of the La Plata

Museum ; the position and number of the spots and the colour of

the legs separate the species from O. atropunetata and others.

OEDIONYCHIS NIGROPUNCTATA, Sp. n.

Black, the sides of the thorax broadly testaceous, the surface

impunctate; elytra extremely minutely punctured, testaceous,

the sutural margins, three small spots at the base, a spot near the

suture at the middle, and another below the latter, of each

elytron black.

Length 7 millim.

Of posteriorly slightly widened shape; the head with a few

punctures at the vertex, the latter black; the space in front

of the eyes testaceous, these widely separated; frontal ele-

vations indistinct; clypeus triangularly pointed between the

antenne ; labrum obscure testaceous; antenne extending just

below the base of the elytra, black, the third joint slightly shorter

than the fourth, this and the following joints robust and propor-

tionately short, subquadrately cylindrical ; thorax twice as broad

as long, the lateral margins strongly rounded, the anterior angles

produced forwards, the sides broadly sulcate, the disc impunctate,

black, in shape of a transverse irregular band, the sides broadly

testaceous ; scutellum black; elytra extremely minutely and

closely punctured, testaceous, with three small black spots placed

on the basal margin (one at the shoulders and two at the middle)

and another larger subsutural spot immediately before, as well as

a smaller one below, the middle of each elytron; besides these

spots, the dise is stained with irregular fuscous patches, which

are specially pronounced near the suture; under side and legs

black.

Hab. Bolivia.

A rather peculiarly marked species, of which I know only a

single specimen. The elytral fuscous patches are probably due to

discoloration.

Silt

458 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES [ Nov. 28,

OEDIONYCHIS TORQUATA, sp. n.

Testaceous, the terminal joints of the antenne and the breast

piceous; head strongly punctured; thorax impunctate; elytra

distinctly punctured, with three small black spots, two at the base

and one at the middle of each elytron.

Length 6 millim.

Rather flattened above, the head very strongly and deeply

punctured; frontal elevations transverse, strongly raised, nearly

contiguous; carina short and rather broad; antennz testaceous,

the terminal joints more or less piceous, third and fourth joints

equal, apical joints shorter; thorax twice as broad as long, the

sides rounded and broadly flattened, anterior angles not produced

outwards, the surface impunctate, obsoletely transversely grooved

at each side near the base; elytra slightly widened towards the

middle, very closely and distinctly punctured at the base, rather

more finely so below the middle, the spots placed as in O. hume-

ralis Fab., one at the shoulders, one near the scutellum, and the

third of oblique shape at the middie; the breast nearly black;

legs testaceous, as well as the abdomen.

Hab. Brazil.

T must separate this species from O. humeralis Fab., O. 4-punctata

Schauf., and several others with nearly similar elytral markings, on

account of the strongly punctured head and the black breast; the

eyes are moderately large and widely separated.

OEDIONYCHIS DECORA, Sp. nN.

Narrow and subdepressed, testaceous ; antenne black, the basal

and the terminal three joints pale ; thorax impunctate, the anterior

and posterior margins fuscous at the middle; elytra nearly im-

punctate, each with two basal elongate spots, a transverse band at

the middle, and another spot near the apex, fuscous.

Length 5-6 millim.

Head impunctate, testaceous or pale fuscous; eyes very large;

frontal tubercles trigonate, nearly joined; antenne scarcely

extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the basal joint

testaceous, the terminal three joints obscure flavous, third and

following joints equal; thorax flattened, rather more than twice as

broad as long, the sides rounded, broadly flattened, the base (in

one specimen) with an obsolete transverse groove, the dise im-

punctate, testaceous, the anterior and posterior margins fuscous at

the middle, anterior angles acute but scarcely produced ; elytra

not perceptibly punctured, testaceous, with four fuscous or piceous

marks—an elongate one on the humeral callus, a rounded spot near

the scutellum, a short transverse band at the middle, and another

larger rounded spot near the apex ; under side and legs testaceous.

Hab. Amazons; also Peru.

IT may add that the suture of the elytra is sometimes also

narrowly marked with fuscous, and that the central band has

a short and narrow stripe attached to its outer end, pointing

downwards. ¥

1905.] OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 459

Elytra otherwise marked.

OEDIONYCHIS BICOLORATA, Sp. Nn.

Testaceous ; the head, antenne, breast, and the legs black ;

thorax impunctate, the anterior angles produced ; elytra extremely

minutely punctured, the anterior two-thirds metallic greenish-

eeneous, the rest testaceous.

Length 7 millim.

Head with some fine punctures at the vertex, the frontal

elevations pyriform ; clypeus flavous, strongly transversely raised ;

antenne black, the basal joint elongate, strongly widened ante-

riorly, third joint shorter than the fourth ; thorax rather strongly

narrowed anteriorly, the sides nearly straight, the anterior angles

much produced and pointed, the sides broadly flattened, the surface

impunctate, testaceous; scutellum black; elytra very feebly de-

pressed below the base, very minutely and closely punctured, the

anterior portion to below the middle metallic greenish, this colour

not quite extending to the lateral margins and divided by a straight

line from the apical testaceous portion ; the breast and legs black ;

the abdomen testaceous.

Hab. Baiios, Ecuador.

This is a peculiarly marked species, of which I know only a

single specimen. The thorax has the sides less rounded than

is usually the case and the angles much produced ; these differ-

ences distinguish the species from O. bolivianus Jac., previously

described, which must find its place in Asphera, as the metatarsus

of the hind legs is decidedly elongate; otherwise the coloration of

the elytra nearly resembles that of the present species, except that

the metallic colour of the latter occupies only the anterior half of

the elytra.

OEDIONYCHIS NIGROBASALIS, Sp. 0.

Testaceous, the intermediate joints of the antenne black; thorax

impunctate ; elytra very finely punctured, a transverse band at the

base and another one near the apex fulvous, the extreme basal

margin black.

Length 7-8 millim.

Head impunctate, testaceous or pale fulvous; eyes very large,

rather closely approached; antennee with the four basal and the

two apical joints testaceous, the others black, third and fourth

joints equal ; thorax with very broadly flattened sides, the lateral

margins rounded, the anterior angles produced outwards into

a small tooth, the surface entirely impunctate, testaceous; scu-

tellum blackish at the base; elytra testaceous, with a transverse

fulvous band at the base; this band is concave at its posterior

edge and extends generally downwards in a narrow stripe along

the suture, where it is connected with another broad transverse

band near the apex, neither of them extends to the lateral margins,

and the posterior band is sometimes reduced to a round spot ;

460 ON NEW SPECIES OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [| Nov. 28,

under side and legs testaceous ; the extreme basal margin of the

elytra black.

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

This species is principally distinguished by the narrow black

base of the elytra, which extends to the shoulders and limits the

fulvous band anteriorly. The colour of the antenne will further

assist in the recognition of the insect.

(Plate XV. fig. 1.)

Ovately widened posteriorly, black, the apical two joints of the

antenne fulvous; thorax impunctate, narrowed anteriorly ; elytra

finely punctured, pale fulvous, the apical third portion black.

Length 6 millim.

Head impunctate, with the exception of a single puncture near

the eyes, black ; the eyes are very large and prominent; frontal ele-

vations strongly raised, rather broad; antennz long and slender,

black, the apical two joints fulvous, third joint shorter than the

fourth ; thorax twice as broad as long, the lateral margins rounded,

the anterior angles thickened and produced into a small tooth, the

sides broadly sulcate, the sulcus connected at the base with another

shallow transverse groove extending across the disc and close to

the basal margin, the rest of the eres impunctate, black, very

shining; scutellum black; elytra widened towards the middle,

rather broadly margined, minutely and closely punctured, the

anterior two-thirds flavous, the rest black; under side and legs

black ; metatarsus short, claw-joint strongly swollen ; prosternum

deeply longitudinally suleate.

Hab. Peru.

Distinguished by the black head, thorax, and under side, and the

short and posteriorly rather widened shape of the elytra.

OEDIONYCHIS PROMINULA, Sp. Nn.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PrateE XIV.

Fig. 1. Homopheta angustolineata, Fig. 7. Asphera zonulata, p. 404.

p. o91. 8. A. tessellata, p. 416.

2. H. peruviana, p. 399. | 9. A. divisa, p. 418.

3. H. argus, p. 591. 10. A. tarsata, p. 402.

4. Asphera albicincta, p. 409. | 11. Oedionychis duodecimnotata,

5. A. nitidissima, p. 415. p. 454.

6. A. elegantula, p. 412. | 12. O. regina, p. 444.

PuatTE XV.

Fig. 1. Oedionychis prominula, p. 460. Fig. 8. Oedionychis bisbinotata,

2. O. centromaculata, p. 481. | p. 428.

3. O. exclamationis, p. 436. 9. O. flavomarginata, p. 451.

4, O. basinotata, p. 453. 10. O. ocellata, p. 434.

5. O. semifoveolata, p. 451. ll. O. illustris, p. 440.

6. O. interrupto-vittata, p. 436. 12. O. adjuncta, p. 449.

7. O. arcuatofasciata, p. 431.

1905. ] ON THE VASCULAR SYSTEM OF HATTERIA. 461

7. Some Additions to the Knowledge of the Anatomy,

principally of the Vascular System, of Hatteria, Croco-

dilus, and certain Lacertilia. By Frans H. BeppARD

M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[ Received June 5, 1905. ]

(Text-figures 59-69.)

(1) On some Points in the Vascular System of Hatteria, p. 461.

(2) Notes on certain Veins in the Crocodile, p. 466.

(3) Notes on the Vascular System of Ophisawrus, p. 468.

(4) On the Anatomy of Amphisbena brasiliana, particularly of the Vascular

System and the Mesenteries, p. 479.

(1) On some Points in the Vascular System of Hatteria.

It is a noteworthy fact that, apart from the absence of

copulatory organ, hardly anyone has attempted to utilise the

disposition of the internal viscera of Hatteria in order to show its

primitive, or at any rate isolated, position in the series with regard

to other Sauropsida. So far as I am aware, the only internal

feature in which Hatteria has been alleged to be primitive is in

the equal development of the internal surface of the lungs from

end to end, there being no trace in this Sauropsidan of the

partly or wholly anangious region at the caudal extremity of

the lung found in Lizards *, and, of course, especially in Snakes.

On the other hand, Osawa? has lately used the internal viscera

to emphasise the likeness between Hatteria and the Lacertilia,

especially even the Agamid Lacertilia. It is, in fact, agreed on

all hands that the viscera of this reptile are not widely different

from those of Lizards. The absence of a penis could hardly

be alleged to be primitive; it would rather “seem to be a

specialisation.

The vascular system of this reptile does not appear to me to

have been much investigated. Osawa, in his otherwise exhaustive

survey of the mmc of Hatteria, has nothing to say of the

blood-vessels. Hochstettert, however, has given some details

concerning the intestinal arteries, quoting an earlier paper by

Klaatch §. In the long bibliography given by Messrs. Howes

and Swinnerton ||, which includes references to papers dealing

with ‘“ soft parts,” as well as with skeleton, I can find no memoir

quoted which refers to the vascular system. I am able therefore,

as I hope, to add something to our knowledge of this system of

organs in Hatteria, and to furnish additional evidence towards

the settlement of the much-vexed question of the place of

Fiatteria in the system.

* Milano, Zool. Jahrbticher (Abth. f. Anat.), vii. p. 545.

+ Arch. f. mikr. Anat. Bd. xlix. p. 113. é

* Morph. Jahrb. vol. xxvi. p. 217, pl. v. fig. 1.

§ Ibid. vol. xviii.

|| Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xvi. p 1.

462 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 28,

Arterial System.—The arrangement of the aortic arches is pre-

cisely like that of the Lacertilia. It is not so different from that

of Lacerta, Iguana, &c. as is the arrangement found in Varanus.

The carotid arch gives off the usual three branches before joining

posteriorly the aortic arch. The third branch, that to the

muscles of the shoulder, arises just before the carotid arch joins

the aorta.

As to the systemic (aortic) arch (see text-fig. 59), it is in-

teresting to note that on both sides this arch gives off an

cesophageal artery; frequently, as is well known, the right arch

alone gives off such a branch. Just at the meeting of the two

aortee the subelavians arise. A careful dissection shows (see

text-fig. 59, Sel.) that both subclavians arise close to each other—

and onea little in advance of the other—from the right aortic arch

only just before it joins the left. Hach subclavian gives off im-

mediately after its origin a forwardly directed vertebral artery,

which plunges at once into the parietes. Immediately after the

junction of the two aorte arises the first pair of intercostals.

Between this pair and the next arises a gastro-cesophageal artery.

This artery is separated from the gastric by three pairs of inter-

costals, and five pairs of intercostals lie between the gastric and

the superior mesenteric artery. The intestinal arteries I need

not refer to, as they have been already treated of by

Hochstetter *.

It may be mentioned that, as in some other Lizards (e. g.

Gerrhosaurus tT), the pulmonary arch gives off on each side a

branch which runs along the windpipe and sends off branches to

the thyroid.

Venous System.—There is no question that, apart from details,

the venous system of Hatteria is distinctly Lacertilian, Nor

do the differences which it shows from Lacertilia tend to prove

a nearer resemblance to the Chelonia or to the Crocodilia. On

the other hand, I believe it possible to detect likenesses to the

Ophidia. This, however, in my opinion, does not argue a special

affinity between Hatteria and the Ophidia, but the antiquity of

the Hatteria type, which paleontology, as is well known, has

proved.

The Lacertilia are distinguished by the double vena cava

posterior, which is double, that is to say, as far forward as the

gonads, from which point onwards there is but a single trunk

formed by the fusion of the two trunks. As a rule, also, there is

an asymmetry between the two venz cave, or efferent renals,

as they are commonly termed. When there is this difference,

the right vessel is of greater calibre than the left. In Hatteria we

meet with the same conditions, and here the left vena cava is of

distinctly less calibre than the right. The two vessels, moreover,

* Morph. Jahrb. vol. xxvi. p. 217.

_ + Beddard, “Anatomy of Gerrhosaurus,” P. Z. 8. 1905, vol. ii. p. 263, text-

fig. 37, P

1905. ] VASCULAR SYSTEM OF HATTERIA. 463

Text-fig. 59.

Sm Pies

Principal arteries of Hattevia.

The left-hand figure represents more in detail the origin of the subclavians

viewed from the dorsal aspect. ,

Ao. Ad. Right and left aorta; Ca. Carotid; D.B. Ductus botalli; g. Gastric ;

Hy. Hyoid ; Ic. Intercostals; L.Ao., R.Ao. Right and left aorta; M. Muscular

branch; es. Hsophageal; Se/. Subclavians; S.m. Superior mesenteric.

464 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 28

as is also often the case with the Lacertilia, are separated by the

dorsal mesentery.

The afferent renals are, as is the case with Lizards, derived

from two sources: the caudal vein divides into the two veins of

Jacobson and there is also a system of vessels derived from the

hind limbs and from the parieties in that neighbourhood. I

traced the veins of Jacobson for some way into the substance of

the kidney. It appeared to me that they did not directly join

the anterior abdominal vein ; and in any case it seems clear that

instead of there being a branch superficial to the kidney which

joins the ischiadic afferent renal system as in other Lizards (for

instance, in Lacerta, as figured by Hochstetter *), there is at most

a branch which effects such a union running within the substance

of the kidney. [Iam inclined even to think that the union is

indirect. But in either case there is obviously an approach to

the condition observable in non-Boine Snakes, where the anterior

abdominal vein is independent of the cavdal vein. It will be

noted, moreover, that the condition observable in the kidney-

region of Hatteria is quite remote from that to be noted in the

Varanide and in the Crocodilia, where the ischiadie, or both

the ischiadic and caudal, veins are directly continuous with the

anterior abdominal vein o1 veins, and merely send branches to

the kidney. The afferent renal system of Hatéeria is, as it were,

an exaggeration of the typical Lacertilian type.

It is more particularly the anterior abdominal vein which

appears to me to show these Ophidian characters, partly matched,

however, as I shall indicate later, in a legless Lizard, Pygopus

lepidopus. In Lacertilia, at least as a rule, the conjoined anterior

abdominal and portal veins enter the left lobe of the liver at or

quite close to its posterior border.

In Snakes, on the other hand, there is, at least in some cases,

a different arrangement. In rye, for instance, the portal

runs along the side of the liver to its anterior end, giving off

branches at intervals to the liver-substance. In Hatteria also (see

text-fig. 60) this is precisely what happens. The anterior abdo-

minal vein, reinforced by the portal, runs in the membrane which

connects the stomach with the left lobe of the liver, giving off

branches at intervals to the liver-substance and receiving at

intervals branches from the stomach. ‘Towards the anterior end

of the liver the conjoined porto-abdominal trunk finally disappears

in the liver.

The details of the branching described here in general terms

can be understood by a reference to the figure (text-fig. 60).

Pygopus { shows an intermediate state of affairs. The main

branch of the conjoined portal and anterior abdominal veins

enters the liver near to its posterior extremity, as in Lacertilia

* Morph. Jahrb. vol. xix. pl. xvi. fig. 12.

+ “Notes upon the Anatomy of certain Snakes of the Family Boide,” P. Z. S.

1904, ait i. p. 118.

t P. ZS. 1904, vol. ii. p. 17.

1905. | VASCULAR SYSTEM OF HATTERIA. 465

generally. A thin branch, however, passing forward along the

Text-fig. 60.

Ant. A bad

Anterior abdominal and portal veins of Hatteria.

Al.c, Stomach; Ant.Abd. Anterior abdominal; Liv. Liver; m. Gastro-hepatic

ligament ; P.v. Portal vein.

stomach, transmits branches to the anterior section of the liver.

466 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 28,

This appears to me to be a reminiscence or a prophecy of the

forwardly extended portal of Hatteria.

The anterior abdominal vein gives off on each side before the

union of its two roots a well-developed lateral abdominal vein,

so common a feature in the Lacertilia.

It is a noteworthy fact that some of the venous trunks within

the liver appear upon the surface of that organ instead of being

entirely concealed within its substance. Almost the whole of

the vena cava is thus exposed and a considerable section of the

hepatic vein.

Another difference from the conditions usually, if not always,

to be observed among the Lacertilia is the total absence of dorsal

parieto-hepatic veins. This might at first appear to be a point of

likeness to the Crocodilia, among which the absence of these

veins has been asserted.

(2) Notes on certain Veins in the Crocodile.

Parieto-hepatic vers in Crocodilus acutus.—As there appears

to be a considerable conflict of opinion as to these veins in the

Crocodilia, coupled no doubt with actual differences in different

genera, it is perhaps worth while to record the condition of the

parieto-hepatic veins in Crocodilus acutus.

Contrary to what is to be met with in many Lizards and

Snakes *, this Crocodile has three sets of parieto-hepatic vessels,

viz. ventral, dorsal, and lateral. The two former alone exist in

the Squamata, so far as we know at present.

The dorsal parieto-hepatics exist on both sides of the vertebral

column. On the left side they are most extensive and have the

following arrangement :—There are five trunks which correspond

to as many ribs. The three anterior of these, of which the second

and third are the stoutest, combine to form a common trunk,

which enters the liver (naturally the left lobe) near its posterior

extremity. These vessels, where they emerge from the parietes,

receive, each one of them, an intercostal. The last of these three

vessels (i. e., that which is most remote from the heart) gives off

two branches. One of these seems to be of some morphological

importance ; the other appears to be less important. The latter

is a branch which joins the last intercostal, which takes a share in

this section of the hepatic portal system. The vessel in question

runs along the “diaphragm,” and, receiving the branch already

referred to, enters the liver independently of the main dorsal

parieto-hepatic trunk. The branch which I regard as of some little

morphological importance arises from the bend of the third of the

first three affluents of the dorsal parieto-hepatic; it receives an

intercostal and then perforates the dorsal mesentery and joins the

system of parieto-hepatic vessels of the right side. I regard this

vessel as of importance because it seems to represent a corre-

* Jn all snakes, so far as my own experience goes.

1905. ] VASCULAR SYSTEM OF CROCODILUS. 467

sponding vessel in Z%ligwa*, which arises on the left side of the

vertebral column and joins the right parieto-hepatic. In the

Lacertilia generally the dorsal parieto-hepatic veins are on

the right side only ; and if there are such vessels on the left they

either join the right-hand vein before entering the liver, as in

Tiliqua, or, as in Iguanay and Anguis t, supply the gastric and

cesophageal networks and thus reach the liver indirectly. It may

be said, therefore, so far as present knowledge allows the state-

ment, that the Crocodilia differ from the Lacertilia in having

a left as well asa right dorsal parieto-hepatic, entering the liver

independently into both right and left lobes.

On the right-hand side of the body the single dorsal hepato-

parietal trunk is composed of three stout affluents, of which the

two posterior are joined by a cross anastomosis. The anterior

vessel is continued forwards superficially and joins, or nearly

joins, the right azygos. JI may remark that on the left side the

gaps between the several superficially running sections of the

azygos are more pronounced.

Finally, the venous system of the liver in Crocodilus acutus

receives another affluent, which is not, as I believe, represented in

the Lacertilia. This is a vein which arises from the parietes on

the right side, in a position intermediate between the dorsal and

ventral parieto-hepatics. This single vein arises from a longi-

tudinally running trunk in the parietes which corresponds, as I

think, to the lateral abdominal vein; it passes straight to the

liver, which it does not, however, enter mdependently, but in

common with the dorsal parieto-hepatic.

The above-given facts are, as has been already mentioned, not

in entire accord with previous statements.

Hochstetter observes $ ‘‘ Hine vena hepatica advehens v artobrilie

[=my right dorsal parieto-hepatic] wie bie Lacerta und anderen

nicht vorkommt.” But his observation refers to Alligator lucius.

Jacquart ||, who previously studied the venous system of the

same species (‘Caiman a& museau de Brochet”), makes no

particular mention of the vessels which I describe here in

Crocodilus acutus. He refers to what is possibly the right dorsal

parieto-hepatic (figured in fig. 1, pl. ui. 20 d, of his memoir)

merely as ‘une petite veine qui contourne le bord tranchant du

lobe droit du foie”; and the vein in question may be really a

branch of the ventral parieto-hepatic system. For the possibly

corresponding vein of the left side (figured by Jacquart in fig. 1,

pl. iii. 41, of his memoir) no special reference is made in the

text.

Rathke 4, however, under the name of ‘vena epigastrica

* Beddard, “Contributions to the Anatomy of the Lacertilia: Pt. I.,” P. Z. 8.

1904, vol. 1. p. 445.

+ Id. ibid. p. 440. + Morph. JB. vol. xix. p. 473.

§ Morph. JB. xix. p. 478. || Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) ix. 1858, p. 129 &c.

@ “Untersuchungen tiber die Entwickelung und der Kérperbau der Krokodile’

(Braunschweig, 1866), p. 256. The same name is also applied to the abdominal veins ;

but, I presume, in error for ‘* extern.”

468 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE | Nov. 28,

interna,” does describe such vessels as I have dealt with above ;

but his descriptions do not tally exactly with the facts which

T have observed, and it is not clear to what species or even to

what genus his observations refer.

There are also ventral parieto-hepatic veins connected with the

epigastric vein, which are but slightly dealt with by Rathke * and

not figured by Jacquartt. These are most conspicuous in the case

of the right lobe of the liver. They are partly directly connected

with the right epigastric vein and partly enter the ventral parietes

separately. There are three of these vessels, which arise from a

slender superficial vein running along the ventral surface of the

liver and continuous with the anterior abdominal vein posteriorly.

The first of these ventral parieto-hepatic veins (7. e., that nearest

to the breast) divides into three branches, of which one joins the

epigastric and the others plunge into the ventral parietes

separately. The second vein is at about the middle of the liver

and joins the epigastric. The third is really given off from the

anterior abdominal before it enters the liver and joins the

epigastric.

On the left side there is only one of these veins corresponding

in position to the stronger and middle one of the three on the

right side.

(3) Notes on the Vascular System of Ophisaurus.

The most recent memoir known to me which deals with the

blood-vessels of Ophisaurus apus (Pseudopus pallasti) is by

Prof. Hochstetter £, whose notes refer entirely to the venous

system of that Saurian. Some earlier works upon comparative

anatomy, such as those of Siebold and Stannius §, contain various

facts relating to the blood-vessels. But I find that the recorded

knowledge of the course of the arteries and veins in this Lizard

is practically confined to Rathke’s extensive memoir! and to

Hochstetter, and does not enable us to draw up anything like a

complete account of the vascular system. I have therefore

thought it desirable to utilise a thoroughly injected example of

this Lizard, which was treated immediately after death, for the

purpose of a further contribution to the knowledge of the vascular

system in Lizards, which matter has been for some time occupying

my attention.

The origin of the several aortic trunks from the ventricle is as

in other Lacertilia and a detailed description of the same is

therefore unnecessary here. The carotids show certain pecu-

liarities which are worth noting. The carotid artery arises from

the carotid arch just where it turns over to join the systemic

arch of its own side in a fashion which does not appear to

* Loe. cit. + Loe. cit.

* Venensystem der Amnioten,’’ Morph. Jahrb. xix. 1893, p. 475.

Handbuch der Zootomie, 2 Theil, Amphibien (Berlin, 1856), p. 225.

|| “Die Aortenwtirzel der Saurier,” Denkschr. Akad. Wien, xiii. (1857).

1905. | VASCULAR SYSTEM OF LACERTILIA. 469

characterise other Lizards. As will be seen from the drawing

(text-fig. 61), the artery is not merely a branch of the arch, but

between the two is an abbreviated rete mirabile. The carotid, in

fact, arises by three or four mouths, which at once unite to form

the single vessel. This is not shown in a lateral view of the

neck-arteries given by Rathke.

One cannot but compare this with the carotid “ gland” of

the Frog.

Precisely the same mode of origin was shown on both sides of

the body, so that we have evidently not to do with an asymmetrical

anomaly.

Text-fig. 61.

Heart and aortic trunks of Ophisaurus, to illustrate mode of origin of

carotid (ce),

Branches of Carotid.—Before the origin of the carotid artery,

the carotid arch, as in other Lacertilia, gives off branches, which

differ in detail from these other forms. The first to be given off

is a branch to the thyroid on the right side; I did not notice a

corresponding branch on the left side, and, as will be seen shortly,

the right half of that gland receives its blood-supply from another

source. ‘The next trunk divides into three principal branches, of

which the first supplies the sternal musculature and the adjoining

parts, the next is a slender artery which runs under the skin and

above the musculature, ramifying out beneath the scales. The

third branch goes to the hyoid region.

The right aorta gives off the subclavian vessels before joining the

left aorta. My observations upon these arteries agree with those

of Rathke. They arise by a common stem from that aorta, which,

470 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 28,

after giving off at any rate one intercostal twig, divides into two

slender trunks diverging right and left. Each of these separates

. from itself immediately after its own origin a vessel which

rapidly plunges into the thickness of the body-wall in the middle

line, and which represents on either side the anterior vertebral

arteries of other Lizards. In spite of the limbless character of

this Ophisaurus, the subclavians are still more distinctly re-

cognisable as such than they are in Amphisbena.

The left aorta gives off several vessels to the cesophagus before

joining the right aorta, but no intercostals. On the other hand,

the right aorta gives off several intercostals before joining the

left. Rathke mentions cesophageal arteries as arising from the

right aorta.

The carotid artery does not pass up the neck alongside of

the trachea. But the windpipe is, as in other Lacertilia, accom-

panied by an artery. This artery, however, in Ophisaurus is

only to be seen on the right side of the trachea; on the left there

is at most a rudiment of the same. It gives off branches to the

thyroid which correspond to those given off on the left side by

the carotid arch before it gives off the carotid artery. This

tracheal artery arises, as do the corresponding pair in Hatieria,

&ec., from the pulmonary artery. In Ophisaurus it 1s accom-

panied by a vein of larger calibre than itself, which runs up the

neck in close contact with it and again only on the right side.

On the left I could discover no traces of a corresponding vein.

This vein joins the anterior cava. The asymmetry in this part

of the arterial system is noteworthy, for the reason that it is the

only part of the arterial system which shows, in correspondence

with the snake-like habit of body, any traces of an asymmetry.

The dorsal aorta gives off ventrally a regular paired series of

intercostals, which fail apparently nowhere and are even and

regularly paired throughout.

Qsophageal and Gastric Arteries.—A. striking feature of this

Lizard as compared with many is the very large number of

trunks arising from the aorta which supply the cesophagus

and stomach. There are two or three cesophageal vessels arising

from the left aorta before it joins the right. After the junction

there are seven small arteries still supplying the cesophagus.

Of these, which are not mentioned by Rathke, the first four

arise from the aorta itself. After these come three trunks,

which arise not from the actual aortic trunk but from the inter-

costal vessel of the left side. All of the esophageal arteries

are very small and at the same time very convoluted in their

course. Following them are five gastric trunks, which are all of

greater calibre than the cesophageal vessels. The last three of

these are particularly important. A considerable gap separates

these gastric vessels from the three chief arteries which end upon

the walls of the intestinal canal. Hochstetter has figured three

variations in point of origin of these threearteries. In the individual

dissected by myself I found one of these three arrangements to

1905. | VASCULAR SYSTEM OF LACERTILIA, 471

exist, and that was—first the arteria cecalis, second the arteria

celiaca, and then, of course, the mesenteric. The cceliac artery is

limited to the stomach, liver, pancreas, and spleen. The small

branch to the spleen arises on the right side of the mesentery. Itis

Text-fig. 62.

Intestinal arteries and portal of Ophisawrus, from left side.

Am. Mesenteric artery; Caec. Ceecal artery; Coel. Celiac artery; Spl. Spleen ;

Pa. Pancreas; P.v. Portal vein.

thus not seen exactly in the accompanying drawing (text-fig."62),

which represents the arteries and veins seen from the left aspect

of the suspensory membrane of the alimentary canal.” It is to be

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1905, Vou. II. No. XXXIT. 32

472 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 28,

noticed that all three of the important gastro-intestinal arteries

in this Lizard arise from the aorta at the same plane exactly.

One is not more to the right or left of the median ventral line of

the aorta than the others. The hepatic artery accompanies the

conjoined abdominal and portal veins in entering the liver. That

organ is also supplied by several small branches (see text-fig. 64,

p. 475), which naturally owe their blood to the anterior gastric

arteries already mentioned, inasmuch as they accompany the

gastric veins, which, as is stated below, pour their contents into

the anterior region of the liver. I did not detect any further

arterial blood-supply of the liver than from the two sources

referred to.

Renal Arteries —These arteries (text-fig. 63, p. 473) are very

numerous and show a great regularity, not only in their mode of

origin, but in their segmental relations. I counted six separate

renal arteries on the right side and seven on the left; and in

addition to these the iliac trunks, which also give off the epigastric

arteries, send a branch to the kidneys posteriorly. The renal

arteries are accurately paired, save that one artery is missing on

the right side. That they are otherwise accurately paired is

connected with the fact that they all arise in common with the

intercostal arteries. Each artery runs over the kidney for some

distance before opening into it rather laterally and of course

dorsally.

Anterior Abdominal Vein.—This vein is typically Lacertilian in

origin and distribution. There are nevertheless two or three

facts concerning its branches to which it will be necessary to call

attention.

The vein arises as usual by two roots from the caudal vein.

On each side before they unite into the single vein each half gives

off two small veins side by side to the posterior part of the kidney

posterior in position to the parieto-renal afferent veins mentioned

below. After the origin of these a larger vein is given off

which runs along the body-wall dorso-ventrally and on the outer

side of the kidney. This vein dies away anteriorly before the

anterior end of the kidney. It is, as I think, the lateral abdominal

vein of other Lacertilia. The anterior abdominal vein runs along

the mid-ventral line of the body and is supported by a fold of

peritoneum, the continuation backwards of the falciform ligament,

and thus the equivalent of the primitive ventral mesentery. The

vein joins the portal before entering the liver close to the gall-

bladder.

Hepatic Portal System.—The intestinal portal vein posteriorly

frees itself from the large intestine, along which it runs in close

apposition, at the junction of the small and large intestines.

Henceforth it lies at some distance from the intestine in the

mesentery. It is noteworthy that this main portal trunk lies on

the left side of the dorsal mesentery, so that it les superficially

to the arteries when this mesentery is viewed from the left side.

The vein, moreover, contrasts with the arteries over which it runs

1905. | VASCULAR SYSTEM OF LACERTILIA. 473

by its straight as opposed to thei highly sinuous course. This

applies also to the afiluents of the portal, which, so far as concerns

the small intestine, are five in number.

Text-fig. 63.

Renal arteries of Ophisaurus.

Ao. Aorta; A.R. First and last renal arteries; ep. Epigastric; Ic. Intercostal.

The gastric affluents of the portal trunk arise from both sides

of the stomach. On the right side is a vein which runs forward

along the stomach to nearly its anterior end, but stops a little

before a region of the stomach the veins of which instead of

joining the main portal system open independently into the liver ;

the arrangement of these veins will be considered presently. At

20%

ATA MR. F, BE. BEDDARD ON THE [Nov. 28,

the posterior end of the stomach this portal affluent joins the

main portal trunk in the immediate neighbourhood of the

junction of the latter with the anterior abdominal vein,

On the left side is a corresponding vein which takes up blood

from the spleen as it passes that viscus.

The liver anteriorly is supplied (see text-fig. 64, p. 475) with a

series of some five gastro-hepatic veins, which run across from the

stomach to the liver, where they are collected into a longitudinal

vein before opening directly into the liver. This forwardly

directed vessel is not, however, a direct prolongation of the con-

joined portal and anterior abdominal as in Hatteria*. This vein

also receives the dorsal parieto-hepatic afiluents of the hepatic

portal system, which will be dealt with immediately. Accompany-

ing each gastro-hepatic vein is an artery, which arteries I have

already described above. ‘The close association of gastro-hepatic

veins and supplementary hepatic arteries is very reminiscent of

what is to be found among Snakes, and very unlike the prevailing

arrangement among Lacertilia. It is doubtless to be correlated

with the great length of the liver in Ophisawrus and Snakes.

The dorsal parieto-hepatic veins are particularly well developed

in this Lizard as compared with many other genera. And,

furthermore, they differ from those of many other Lacertilia in

being mainly developed upon the left instead of upon the right

side. There is, in fact, only one of these veins upon the right side.

On the left, on the contrary, three or four veins arise from a varied

number of intercostal spaces. ‘The most posterior of these runs

along the vertebral column for a distance of seven vertebre,

receiving a branch corresponding to each intercostal space. The

vertebral affluents of the hepatic portal system which arise in

front of this have not so long a course along the vertebral column

by far. They emerge from the parietes and at once pass down-

wards to the portal system. These dorsal parieto-hepatic veins

join the longitudinal vein already described, which runs along the

dorsal edge of the liver anteriorly and which also receives the

gastro-hepatic vessels. The fact that this system is almost

entirely developed on the left side is to be compared with the

parallel fact that the only one of two azygos veins to be retained

in Ophiswurus is also the left-hand vein.

Epigastric System of Veins —The smaller veins which run in the

umbilical (faleiform) ligament and pour their contents into the

liver have a somewhat different arrangement from that found in

certain other Lizards. The system, instead of consisting of one

continuous vein running in the falciform ligament in close

apposition to the ventral body-wall in the median line with

branches to the liver-substance, consists of two separate veins of

considerable size. The anterior of these enters the liver far

forwards. It is formed of two veins which unite just before

their conjoined entry into the liver, of which the anteriorly

* Above, p. 464, I offer some remarks upon this extension forwards of the portal

vein, also on p. 484 of the present communication.

1905. ] VASCULAR SYSTEM OF LACERTILIA. AT5

running one is much the shorter; the posteriorly running vein

extends back to nearly the end of the liver, but sends no branches

into that organ; nor is it continuous, so far as I could make out,

Text-fig. 64.

Hepatic portal system of Ophisauwrus.

Ant.Abd, Anterior abdominal ; ep. Epigastric veins; G. Gall-bladder; g.v. Gastric

vein; g.hep. Gastro-hepatic veins; gast. Gastric artery ; L.v. Lateral vein on

liver receiving gastro-hepatics; Z. Liver; p. Pancreas; pa.hep. Parieto-hepatic

veins; P.v. Portal vein.

476 - MR, F, E, BEDDARD ON THE | Nov. 28,

with a second epigastric vein, which, running parallel to and above

the anterior abdominal, enters the shelter of the liver at its end

close to the anterior abdominal and joins that vein under the

lower surface of the right lobe before it loses itself in the substance

of the liver. The disposition of these veins will be obvious from

an inspection of text-fig. 64.

Renal Portal Veins.—In addition to the veins from the tail which

bring blood to the kidneys, these glands are also supplied with

blood from the parietes in their immediate neighbourhood. A

series of vessels (see text-fig. 65) arises from the body-walls and

plunges into the substance of the kidney on either side. These

vessels were for the most part partly injected in the specimen at

my disposal and can therefore be accurately mapped. The perito-

neum in this region of the body as elsewhere is densely pigmented.

But the difficulty of seeing through it is removed by the fact that

it is very loosely attached to the parietes and to the kidneys, which

lie, of course, behind it. When it is carefully removed the veins in

question are very plainly exposed. They arise from the parietes

very laterally—that is, not at all close to the median dorsal line,

whence such vessels ordinarily arise in Lizards. Originally they

appear to have been accurately segmental, one arising from each

segment as denoted by a rib. In point of fact, however, the vessels

belonging to two or to three ribs occasionally unite before opening

into the kidney. It is also to be noted that the veins in question

pour their contents into the kidney at different levels. Some

vessels enter the kidney along its outer edge, while others plunge

into its substance more dorsally. This arrangement is roughly

alternate. There were six of these vessels to each kidney, but

their distribution was not exactly the same on both sides of the

body. These vessels do not appear to be referred to by Hoch-

stetter, though he mentions them in Anguwis fragilis. I have

noticed them in other Lizards, where possibly they are represented

by the veins from the hind limbs. In any case they are very

conspicuous and impossible to miss in Ophisaurus, and their

arrangement is somewhat different from that which characterises

Anguis.

It is furthermore to be noted that those veins which enter the

kidney more dorsally join in each case one of another series of

afferent renals. I counted three of these on the right side, which

emerge from the parietes very close to the dorsa! middle line.

They are rather stouter vessels, and run over the dorsal surface

of the kidney nearly to the outer edge of that gland before

plunging into its substance. All these parieto-renal vessels

become lost in the substance of the kidney. There is no super-

ficially running trunk continuous with the caudal vein posteriorly

into which they open. Nor can they be traced into direct and

superficial connection with the efferent renal veins.

Supra-renal Portal Veins.—These important veins are naturally

referred to by Hochstetter, who has done so much towards the

elucidation of this as of other venous systems in the Lacertilia, I

1905. ] VASCULAR SYSTEM OF LACERTILIA. ATT

shall, however, describe the conditions observed by me in a male

Ophisaurus (Hochstetter also examined a male) as an indication

of the variability of this region of the venous system. Hach

Text-fic. 65,

Renal veins of Ophisaurus.

a. Intercostal arteries; Ant.Abd. Anterior abdominal vein; L.Abd. Lateral

abdominal vein; 7. Afferent renals; v. Ves running from parietes to the

kidney.

supra-renal body has two series of affluent supra-renals, as has

Iguana*, There is an outer series springing from the lateral

* Beddard, “ On the Venous System in certain Lizards,” P. Z.S. 1904, vol. i. p. 443.

478 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 28,

parietes in line with the afferent renal veins that have just been

described, and an inner series emerging from the body-wail close

to the median dorsal line. Of the latter I observed only one

vessel on each side of the body. Of the former there were two

on the left side and one on the right. They collected blood, how-

ever, from more than one intercostal space. On the left side a

blood-vessel belonging to the same series runs from the parietes

to the sperm-duct some way behind the testis and supra-renal.

I did not observe one of these vessels on the right side.

Résumé.

It may be useful to state briefly the main facts in the circulatory

system of this Lizard for purposes of an easier comparison with

other forms.

Arterial System.

(1) The origin of the carotids from the carotid arch suggests

the carotid “ gland” of the Frog, inasmuch as the carotid trunk

arises by several mouths from the carotid arch as it bends round

to join the systemic arch.

(2) Asin some other Lizards, the pulmonary artery gives off

a branch running along the trachea and supplying the thyroid

body. This exists only on the right side. The artery is relatively

small.

(3) The swbelavians are two slender vessels arising by a

common trunk from the right aorta and give off two vertebrals,

one arising from each.

(4) The intercostals are quite regularly paired, and nowhere

deficient or asymmetrical. They commence upon the right aorta

before it joins the left.

(5) The left aorta gives off several esophageal branches.

(6) There are seven wsophageal arteries arising from the common

aorta, of which the last three arise from the intercostal of the

left side.

(7) There are five gastric arteries anterior to the cceliac.

(8) The fiver is supplied with arterial blood from two sources.

First by the usual Lacertilian hepatic artery, which is a branch of

the coeliac ; and secondly by a number of small trunks accompanying

the gastro-hepatic vessels and arising from the gastric arteries.

(9) The relative positions of the cceliac, superior mesenteric,

and cecal arteries (as has been shown by Rathke and Hochstetter)

differ.

(10) The renal arteries are six or seven in number, arising in

common with the intercostals and nearly regularly paired. The

iliac arteries also give off a branch to the kidneys.

Venous System.

(1) The anterior vena cava of the right side receives a branch

1905. ] VASCULAR SYSTEM OF LACERTILIA. 479

which runs along the trachea parallel with a tracheal artery

referred to. This vein does not exist on the opposite side.

(2) The azygos vein is developed on the left side of the

body only.

(3) There is an unusual series of vestiges of the posterior

cardinals, which, like the anterior vestige of the same, the azygos,

are upon the left side of the body, and, with the exception of a

small twig, not upon the right side. The veins form the dorsal

parieto-hepatics, and pour their contents into a common trunk

which runs below the liver only in its anterior region, and which

receives also branches from the first half of the stomach.

(4) The anterior abdominal vein receives the portal just before

its entrance into the liver, along which it is not prolonged, and

just after the entrance of the portal the posterior part of the

epigastric vein. The anterior region of the epigastric vein is

either separate from the posterior part or joined by the mimutest

twig; it powrs its blood into the liver near to its anterior end.

(5) There are gastro-hepatic vessels to the number of four. or

hive in the anterior region of the stomach and liver only. The blood

from the posterior region of the stomach is chiefly collected into

a vessel which runs back along the stomach and joins the com-

bined portal and anterior abdominal.

(6) The supra-renal portal system consists of two series of

vessels, of which one series, consisting of one or more twigs, arises

from the parietes laterally; the other series, consisting of one

vessel only, arises from the parietes close to the dorsal middle line.

Veins also emerge from the parietes and run to the sperm-duct.

(7) The kidneys receive blood from the parietes in their neigh-

bourhoed by a series of about six veins to each kidney arranged

metamerically, and corresponding in point of emergence from the

parietes with the more laterally placed supra-renal portals.

The two halves of the anterior abdominal, before they join,

also give off two twigs to the kidney on each side

(8) A lateral abdominal vein is present, which runs along the

kidney on the outer side, but dies away before reaching its

anterior end.

(4) On the Anatomy of Amphisbena brasiliana, particularly of the

Vascular System and the Mesenteries.

Though a good deal of information concerning the anatomy of

this genus of Lacertilia is already contained in zoological litera-

ture *, there remain certain matters which have not been ex-

haustively studied, either in the species (Amphisbena brasiliana)

with which I deal in the communication now submitted to the

Society or in other species. J have therefore, in continuation of

a series of dissections of the Lacertilia, some of the results of which

* The principal anatomical memoirs dealing with the viscera are by v. Bedriaga

(Arch. f. Naturg. 1884), Smalian (Zeitscbr. wiss. Zool. 1885), and Butler (P.Z.S.

1895). In none of these is 4. brasiliana dealt with.

480 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 28,

have been published by the Society*, attempted to fill in some of

the lacune in our knowledge of an undoubtedly interesting genus

of Lacertilia, the systematic position of which within the order

cannot certainly at present be regarded as conclusively decided +.

Mesenteries and Veins of the Liver.—The hepatic ligaments are

quite typically Lacertilian, though presenting apparent differences

from those of other Lacertilia, which are due simply to the snake-

like form of Amphisbena and the correspondingly snake-like

form of the liver. In my example of Amphisbena brasiliana,

measuring 15 inches in total length, the liver is 107 mm. or nearly

AL inches. The smaller left lobe, which extends neither so on

forward nor so far backward as the right lobe t, is only 73 mm.

long. It may be noticed in passing that the liver shows several

rather obliquely placed transverse fissures, a state of affairs which

is known to exist in burrowing, and also in marine, snakes and

in the burrowing Cecilians. The transverse lobation of the liver

is not, however, a very marked phenomenon in this Lizard and

might easily be, as it has been by some at any rate §, overlooked.

The wmbilical ligament is, as in other Lizards, attached along

the whole length of the liver from beginning to end. 1t does

not, however, end with the liver, but is prolonged further, in fact

to the very end of the abdominal cavity. This fact has been

noted by Butler ||, whose remarks, in so far as they bear upon the

matter under consideration, are as follows :—‘‘In many Lizards

these fat-bodies, pushing the peritoneum before them, bulge into

the body-cavity; and, lymg on the course of the large vessel,

ventral to the.... bladder ....and the alimentary canal, into

_the ventral ligament of which they in some forms (Amphisbzenide)

obviously extend,” &c. Posteriorly, however, in the present species

the umbilical ligament is not attached to the gut. It leaves the

liver for the stomach at the gall-bladder and ceases to be attached

to the stomach on a level with the posterior extremity of the right

lobe of the liver. The ligament is single throughout.

The liver is attached dorsally by membranes which find their

homologues in other Lacertilia and are indeed but little altered

from the arrangements found generally. There are two of these

membranes. The left-hand one attaches the left lobe of the liver

to the stomach, and the right-hand membrane is the ‘“‘ Hohlvene-

gekrose” of Hochstetter, which attaches the vena cava to the

dorsal parietes posteriorly and is continued on to the gonad, and

which anteriorly has somewhat varying relations among the

Lacertilia to the stomach and the parietes. In Amphisbena

this mesentery does not reach the dorsal body-wall independently

* P.Z.S. 1904, 1905.

For a résumé of opinion, see Fiirbringer, “ Beitrag z. Systematik und Genealogie

der Reptilien,”’ Jen. Zeitschr. xxxiv. 1900, p. 616.

{ It thus differs from A. cinerea as figured by v. Bedriaga, Arch. Nature. p. 481

1884, abl iv. fig. 2.

§ FE. g. by Cuvier, ‘ Lecons d’Anat. Comp.’ ed. 2, vol. iv. part ii. (1835).

ee On the Relations of the Fat-Bodies of the Sauropsida,”’ P. Z. S. 1889,

p. 603.

(1905. ] VASCULAR SYSTEM OF LACERTILIA. 481

of the stomach, to which it is attached. This disposition is possibly

due to the absence of a left lung and its accompanying pulmo-

hepatic ligament, which in forms where it does occur comes into

relation with the right hepato-gastric ligament. At a distance

of rather more than 40 mm. from the anterior end of the liver

the two dorsal hepatic ligaments unite to form a single membrane,

which extends forward for the remainder of the course of the

liver. It is at least common, if not the rule, among the Lacer-

tilia, for these two membranes to unite anteriorly. So that the

conditions obtaining in Amphisbena ave merely an exaggeration

of those to be seen elsewhere, and due to the elongation of the

liver. I shall recur to this anatomical relationship of the mem-

branes in considering the blood-vessels which run in them.

Text-fig. 66.

Membranes uniting vena cava and left lung in Amphisbena brasiliana.

a. Umbilical ligament ; 6. Pulmo-hepatic ligament ; Iw, Lung; v.c. Vena cava.

The liver is also attached to adjacent viscera by a lateral

mesentery upon the left side of the body, and uniting the liver with

482 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 28,

the fully developed left lung (the only lung, as Mr. G. W. Butler

has correctly asserted, which exists in Amphisbena). The pulmo-

hepatic ligament in question is attached to the outer border of

the lung, where it is first visible (text-fig. 66, B) at some little

distance from the commencement of the lung, but at a greater

distance from the termination posteriorly of that viscus. It is

seen to be covered by the umbilical ligament when the reptile

is dissected so as to leave the umbilical ligament on the left side ;

it is furthermore attached at first to that ligament, and has

therefore a common attachment with it to the liver. Further

forward (text-fig. 66, C) the course of the attachment of the

pulmo-hepatic ligament gradually moves over the lung obliquely

until it comes to lie upon its inner border, 7. e. that nearest to

the liver, or rather by this time the vena cava, for the liver-

substance ends anteriorly a good way behind the heart. At the

same time the umbilical ligament moves obliquely in the line

of its attachment in the opposite direction, so that ultimately

(text-fig. 66, A) the inner edge of the lung is tied to the

opposite edge of the vena cava by a short mesentery which is

formed by the fused pulmo-hepatic and umbilical ligaments,

while the inner edge of the lung is attached to the median parietes

by a ligament which is presumably umbilical ligament only.

These relations will be understood by an inspection of the

accompanying figures (text-fig. 66), which represent a series of

diagrammatic transverse sections through the region of the liver

and lung which are dealt with here. These attachments between

the liver and lung are not peculiar to Amphisbena, as I believe ;

but they are specially obvious in that Lizard on account of the

elongation of the organs concerned. The only other ligament in

this region of the body which remains to be noticed is the pulmo-

gastric, which attaches the lung to the stomach. It extends

along the whole lung, and is continued beyond it as a fold upon

the stomach, extending back as far as the spleen.

Amphisbena agrees with other Lizards in the possession of a

parieto-hepatic system of veins, which seem, however, to be limited

to the dorsal body-wall. I could at least observe no such veins

in the umbilical ligament belonging to the ventral epigastric

system. Of the former there are, as Mr. G. W. Butler has

correctly pointed out *, five veins distributed along the course of

the liver, and not limited, as they so often are, to the right lobe

where it is free from the left. These veins (text-fig. 67) are large

and for the most part bifurecate with a long course between the

point of evergence from the body-wall and of entrance into the

liver. They run, of course, in the right hepato-dorsal mesentery.

The large number of these veins is not an important character, for

in Seincus officinalis I find as many as six. It is their extension

along the whole length of the liver which is worthy of note, and

is a likeness to the conditions which obtain in the Ophidia.

* P.Z.S. 1895, p. 699, footnote.

1905. | VASCULAR SYSTEM OF LACERTILIA, 483

Text-fig. 67.

Liver of Amphisbena brasiliana, ventral view.

Ant.Abd. Anterior abdominal vein; d.h.p. Dorsal parieto-hepatie vein ;

gb. Gall-bladder ; vei. Vena cava posterior.

484 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 28,

Between the liver and the stomach runs a forward extension of

the portal vein, which dies away anteriorly but nearly reaches the

forward extremity of the liver. At first the dorsal parieto-

hepatic vessels, where the right lobe of the liver is prolonged

beyond the gall-bladder, open directly into the intra-hepatic

venous system. But further forward, where the two lobes of the

liver come into continuity and the two dorsal hepatic ligaments

fuse, the parieto-hepatic portal veins open into (or at least very

close to) the forward extension of the portal vein already referred

to. Itis only in this region that gastro-hepatic vessels occur.

The left gastro-hepatic ligament carries no gastro-hepatic vessels,

that I could see, in that part where it is free from the right

ligament. The vessels, in fact, are first visible about 40 min. from

the anterior end of the liver. They open into the longitudinal

portal vessel like the dorsal parieto-hepatic veins.

It is i: mportant to notice the likeness which the arrangement

of these veins in Amphisbena bears to the similar arrangement

of the same veins in Snakes on the one hand and in Hatteria on

the other. In Lacertilia, as a rule, the gastro-hepatic veins

bringing blood from the stomach and cesophagus to the liver enter

the latter organ separately, or at most one or two blend together

before opening into the blood-sinuses of the liver. In Hatteria,

as I have already pointed out*, there is a collecting-vein, which

is a prolongation forward of the portal vein, that is the conjoined

portal and anterior abdominal, which runs in the gastro-hepatic

ligament on the left side of the body and receives on the one hand

veins from the stomach, while on the other side it gives off veins

to the liver. There is, however, in Hatéeria, no further resem-

blance to the conditions which obtain in Amphisbena. In Snakes

there is the further likeness in that, while there is the same

forward prolongation of the portal vein forwards between the

liver and the stomach, this vein not only receives branches from

the stomach which it transmits to the liver from the opposite

side, but it is also in connection with the venous system of the

body- -wall by means of the dorsal parieto-hepatic veins, which

thus come, as in Amphisbena, into close relations with the gastro-

hepatic veins.

The important point of likeness between all three types is, as

it appears to me, the extension forwards of the portal up to or

nearly up to the anterior extremity of the liver. The close

association in Snakes and in Amphisbena of the dorsal parieto-

hepatic vessels with branches from the stomach to the liver seems to

me to be dependent merely upon the narrow form of the body and

of the liver, and the consequent necessity of packing everything

in a narrow space. As it is so markedly the rule for the portal to

enter the liver at its hinder border in the Lacertilia, these two

divergences from that normal condition cannot but attract atten-

tion, especially as they show a likeness to the admittedly nearly

* Above, p. 464.

1905. | VASCULAR SYSTEM OF LACERTILIA, 485

related Ophidia. A likeness between //atteria and the Ophidia

fits in well with the view that Hatteria, though unquestionably an

ancient form, is nevertheless to be placed closer to the Squamata

than to any other group of Reptiles. The Amphisbenids un-

doubtedly differ much from other Lacertilia, not only in structures

related to their apodous condition and snake-like habit, but in

various features which have at least no obvious connection with

their mode of life. There are no clear indications of their

relationship to other Lacertilia*. It may be that the fact dealt

with above is of some suggestiveness as a clue to the position of

this group, which, judging from its distribution and great modifi-

cation, would not seem to be a modern type of Lacertilian.

Other Veins.—It has been recorded by v. Bedriaga that the

posterior vena cava of Amphisbena shows no divergences from

the Lacertilian type. The left vena renalis revehens turns

abruptly to the right at about the middle of the testis, where it

receives the left spermatic vein, and from the right vena renalis

revehens where the latter receives tbe right spermatic vein. «im

its course the vena renalis revehens of the right side (no doubt

of the left also, though I have not positively ascertained the fact)

appears to receive several veins from the parietes. These, how-

ever, really open into a vein to be described later.

Supra-renal portal veins exist. There were two on the left

side and two on the right. On the right side, where circumstances

allowed a more careful study, these veins were seen to open into

« vein running along the vas deferens as figured by Hochstetter

for Lacerta viridis. But in Amphisbena this vein runs back to

the kidney and receives in its course between the testis and the

kidney four veins from the parietes springing close to the dorsal

line. In continuation of this series three veins open into each

kidney.

This vein is shown in the accompanying figure (text-fig. 68,

486). It is clearly the equivalent of the vena defer entialis

oe ed and described by Hochstetter in Varanus ~. He does not,

however, mention branches to it from the parietes, such as occur in

Amphisbena. Considering this latter fact and the relations of

the vein to the vas deferens (Wolffian duct), I imagine that it is to

be regarded as a persistent, though small, posterior cardinal vein.

Y. Bedriaga, in his illustration § of the viscera and vascular

canals in Amphisbena cinerea, shows veins from the parietes

opening into the vena renalis revehens of the left side. But this

illustration refers to a female example, in which the vein which

T have just described may not exist. Moreover, veins running

along the oviducal membrane and opening into the kidney- system,

such as exist in other Lizards, are obviously not the homologues

* They are, as it appears to me, rightly regarded by Fiirbringer as a suborder

equivalent to Lacertilia vera, Chamezleonta, &c.

u Morph. JB. xix. Taf. xvi. fig. 13.

£ Loe. cit. p. 465, Taf. xvi. fic. 17, v.d.

§ Arch. f. Naturg. Bd. 1. 1884, pl. iv. fig. 2, 77.

486 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 28,

of this vena deferentialis, or posterior cardinal as I prefer to

call it.

Text-fig. 68. Text-fig. 69.

Text-fig. 68.—Kidney, testis, and intervening veins of Amphishena brasiliana.

K. Kidney; .p. Veins from the parietes to the kidney; S..p. Suprarenal portals

opening into a cardinal; 7. Testis ; ; V.d. Vas deterens; V.r.eff. Renal efferent

vein; V.V. Parietal veins opening into cardinal.

Text-fig. 69.—Origin of subclavian in Amphisbena brasiliana.

A & B. Aortic arches ; ic. Intercostals; L.Sel. & R.Scl. Left and right subclavian

M. Muscle referred to in text.

Arterial System *—As is well known, the carotids in Amphis-

* The arteries of Amphishena (but not of the present species) are dealt with by

Rathke, v. Bedriaga, and Smalian (Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. 1885), the last ef whom does

not give many details.

1905. ] VASCULAR SYSTEM OF LACERTILIA, 487

bena are not joined by ductus Botalli to the systemic arch.

The left systemic arch in A. brasiliana is considerably larger

than the right.

The left anterior vertebral artery is not exposed for the whole

of its course within the body-cavity. Shortly after its origin

from the right aortic arch, and while its course is still oblique

and towards the left side of the body, it is covered by a muscular

layer, which is a continuation of the thick muscle covering the

vertebral centra in the cervical region, and forming a soft cushion

for the cesophagus to rest upon, and corresponding, I presume, to

the longus colli. This muscle (see text-fig. 69, p. 486), after

crossing the left anterior vertebral artery as already mentioned,

becomes more and more slender and disappears. It is important

to note that it is not symmetrical, and that no corresponding slip

covers the right anterior vertebral artery. This curvature of one

artery at least by a muscular slip seems to me to have a bearing

upon the homology of the arteries.

The origin of these arteries from the right aortic arch, and the

fact that one springs from the aortic stem in front of the other,

is a distinct point of likeness to the subclavians of other Lizards,

which give off an anteriorly running vertebral. The loss of the

fore limbs and the increased importance of the neck for burrow-

ing purposes might account for the disappearance of the main

subclavian stem and the increase of its vertebral branch. The

burrowing of the artery in question beneath the musculature to

which I have referred is found in the case of the subclavian of

Tiliqua*.

There are three very slender wsophageal arteries arising from

the aorta. They are followed by three gastric arteries, of which

the last lies a little way behind the gall-bladder. The mesenteric

arteries have been shown by Rathke vt to differ considerably

among the Amphisbenide. In the species examined by me

there is a coeliac artery followed by a common mesenteric; the

intestine is also supplied by a posterior mesenteric which arises

from the aorta among the renal arteries.

The spermatic arteries arise just atter the arteria mesenterica

communis; the right is slightly in advance of the left. They

both arise in common with an intercostal. On the left side an

additional spermatic artery arises very close behind the main

one.

Behind the spermatic arteries a number of fine arteries supply

the vas deferens. Of these I counted six on the left side, and

there are about as many on the right. As a rule (five on the left

side), these arteries arose directly from the aorta and indepen-

dently of the intercostal arteries.

The renal arteries differ in number on the two sides of the

body. I counted four on the left and five on the right side.

* Beddard, P. ZS. 1904, 1. p. 465.

+ Abh. Ak. Wiss. Miinchen, ix. (1863). See also Hochstetter, Morph. Jahrb.

xxv. (1898).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. If, No. XX XIII. 33

488 ON 'THE VASCULAR SYSTEM OF LACERTILIA. | Noy. 28,

They very largely arise in common with intercostals. They do

not, however, show the continuous symmetry and regularity that

is shown by the renal arteries in OLS OS. In Amphisbena

cinerea, v. Bedriaga states the presence of 5-7 pairs of renal

arteries, of which the first pair are much the largest and are trace-

able for a long distance along the outer border of each kidney.

The intercostal arteries in Amphishena are upon the Lacer-

tilian plan, and not upon that shown in the Ophidia in spite of

the length of the body. They are paired equisized arteries *,

each artery of a pair close together in their origin from the

ventral surface of the dorsal aorta. Though these pairs are

regular and repeated with no variation from segment to segment,

there are nevertheless occasional, but very occasional, indications

of a divergence in the direction of the arrangement so character-

istic of the Ophidia other than the Boide. In one case, on the

left side of the body, a single intercostal artery bifurcated

immediately after its origin from the aorta and supplied two

intercostal regions, one in front and one behind. In another

case an intercostal was wanting on the left side, but a branch

from the right corresponding intercostal was seen to pass under

the vertebra and to supply the left side of the body. Very

generally the intercostals branch before becoming lost to sight

within the muscles of the dorsal parietes. There are two divisions

which burrow, and a trunk which runs superficially outwards

between the ribs. This superficial trunk is to be seen in other

Lacertilia, particularly among the Scincide. No intercostals

arise from the left aortic arch, which is, indeed, free from branches

of any kind. Three pairs arise from the right aortic arch.

Lungs.—The trachea and lungs of the present species differ

very considerably from those of Amphisbena fuliginosa, described

and figured by Wiedersheimy. That author figures the lung

as extending considerably anteriorly to the heart, and the trachea

opens into it by a series of short branches of its lower surface.

The arrangement, in fact, is obviously suggestive of the “ tracheal

lung” of certain Snakes, and especially of the genus Ophiophaqus,

where, as I myself have recently described, the trachea.opens by

a series of orifices into the pre-cardiac portion of the lungt. An

almost exactly similar specialisation in a Snake, or rather in many

Snakes and in a snake-like Lizard, is very remarkable. It seems

possible, in view of the fact that the tracheallung exists in Snakes

of quite different families, and that it also exists in Amphisbena

fuliginosas§, that this state of affairs is primitive and is to be

referred to an Amphibian ancestor in which the lung, as in the

Frog &e., opens at once into the pharynx without the intermedia-

tion of any length of trachea.

* V. Bedriaga, however, figures the first few intercostals as arising in an irregular

and therefore snake-like fashion.

if Vergl. Anat. Wirbelth. 2nd ed. 1886, p. 558.

+IPY ZAG) 1903, vol. 11. p. 322.

§ Smalian, however (aetehn wiss. Zool. 1885), does not find this arrangement.

1905. | THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 489

Tn any ease the tracheal lung does not exist in Amphisbena

brasiliana. The trachea opens into the lung some way behind

the heart, and is only continued into the lung for a very short

way. The short portion of the trachea which lies within the

lung shows an irregularity in the cartilaginous rings, which are

no longer uniform hoops. The rudimentary right lung is exactly

half an inch long, and, like the long left lung, extends for a short

way in front of the entrance of the trachea. The left lung

reaches down the body as far as the end of the liver. Of the

lung of Amphisbena (presumably the species fuliginosa) Dr. Wie-

dersheim writes in the same work (referred to in footnote) :

“Die Lunge, deren interessantes Verhalten zur Trachea ich

frither schon erwihnt habe, ist insofern héher entwickelt als

diejenige der Lacertilier, als es kein einheitliches centrales Lumen

mehr besitzt, sondern von einem feinen Bilkchennetz durch-

flochten ist.” The lung, in fact, of that species would appear to

resemble that of higher Reptiles, such as the Crocodilia. In

Amphisbena brasiliana there is nothing of the kind to be seen.

The lung is a simple sac as in Lizards generally. It has not,

indeed, even traces of a more complex structure, such as are to

be found in many Lacertilia. The walls show the usual honey-

comb appearance, and they are fairly thick, which would seem to

allow of a considerable inflation of the lung. These important

differences between two species placed in the same genus would

seem to suggest that the genera of Amphisbzenide need revision.

They are remarkably analogous, as I have observed, to the differ-

ences which distinguish the Hamadryad Snake from the Cobra ;

and these two are by many authorities confounded in one

genus *,

December 12, 1905.

Howarp Saunpers, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions that

had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1905 :—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of November was 147, of which 64 were by

presentation, 24 by birth, 9 by purchase, 35 were received on

deposit and 15 in exchange. The number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 166.

Amongst the additions attention may be called to :—

An Abyssinian Guereza (Colobus abyssinicus matschier) and a

White-tailed Mongoose (Herpestes albicauda) from the Upper

Nile, presented by Mr. J. J. Harrison, on Noy. 3rd.

A Water-Chevrotain (Dorcatherium aquaticum) from Liberia,

* See Beddard, “On the Trachea &c. of the Hamadryad,” P.Z.S. 1903, vol. ii.

p. 319.

33"

490 ON AN EARTHWORM WITH BIFID TAIL. Dee. 12

presented by Sir Harry Johnston, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., on Nov.

25th.

A Capybara (Hydrocherus capybara), a Violet-eared Humming-

bird (Petasophora iolata), two Purple Sugar-birds (Cewreba cerulea),

two Spotted Emerald Tanagers (Calliste guttata), and a Red-billed

Toucan (Rhamphastos erythrorhynchus), from Caracas, Venezuela,

presented by Capt. Albert Pam, F.Z.8., on Nov. 25th.

The Secretary exhibited a coloured print, published by

R. Ackermann in July 1812, of Polito’s Royal Menagerie at

Exeter ‘Change, London. Mr. Polito died in 1814, and the

Menagerie was taken over by his chief assistant Mr. Cross, a

relative of the well-known Liverpool naturalist. The Exeter

‘Change Menagerie became famous in 1827, because of the death

of an Elephant which became infuriated and had to be killed.

The Secretary was indebted to Mr. Howard Saunders, V.P.Z.S.,

for calling his attention to a long account of this occurrence

published in Hone’s ‘ Every-Day Book’ for 1827.

My. A. H. Cocks, F.Z.8., exhibited twelve enlarged photographs

of Whales taken by him at the Finwhaling Factories in Hast

Finmarken in 1883-89. The species represented were Megaptera

longimana, Balenoptera sibbaldii, B. musculus, and B. borealis.

Mr. Geo. P. Mudge, F.Z.8., exhibited an abnormal Dogfish

(Seyllium canicula) in which the proximal limb of the siphonal

stomach was everted into the pharynx, where it took the form of

a flattened spathulate-shaped sac. Within the sac (which was

lined with ccelomic epithelium) there were contained the distal

loop of the stomach, the spleen and pancreas. That it was a

permanent condition, formed in the course of development, he

believed to be shown by the great length of the lieno-gastric

artery and by the presence of a peculiar triangular-shaped inva-

ginated sac, supphed by this artery, and infolded from the dorsal

surface of the everted loop of the stomach at its anterior end.

Mr. Mudge also exhibited an Earthworm (Allelobophora sp. ¢)

with a bifid posterior extremity. It was found at Bradfield,

Manningtree, in Essex, and was sent to Mr. Cole, the honorary

curator of the Essex Field-Club Museum, who was kind enough

to lend it to Mr. Mudge for description. The worm was normal

to about the 56th segment, or to rather more than one-half its

length, when it divided into two nearly symmetrical branches ;

the right branch at its origin was just a trifle larger than the

left, but otherwise the two were equal.

A distinct anal aperture was present at the posterior extremity

of each branch, and indicated that the intestine was branched in

1905. | ON REGENERATION OF THE TAILS OF MICE. 49]

a corresponding way. The dorsal (supra-intestinal) blood-vessel

could be distinctly seen through the body-wall, and it branched in

the same fashion as the body. Each Geach bore its own four

rows of sete.

Mr. H. B. Fantham, B.Sc., F.Z.S., exhibited and made the

following remarks upon microscopic preparations of a new

Heemosporidian parasite belonging to the genus Piroplasma, from

the blood of the white rat :—The parasite is endoglobular and the

trophozoites are ovoid (0°5 to 1:5 yz in diameter) or pear-shaped

(2 to 3 long and 1 to 15 broad), and usually uninucleate.

A single pear-shaped trophozoite often occurs alone in a blood-

corpuscle of the host. Some amoeboid forms were seen in the

spleen. Schizogony takes place inside the red blood-corpuscles by

simple fission. Double infection of a blood-corpuscle may occur,

while free ovoid forms of the parasite have also been seen.

For this new species of Piroplasma in the white rat, the name

Piroplasma muris is proposed. The parasites are not numerous

in the peripheral circulation of the host, but occur in greater

numbers in the spleen, liver, and bone-marrow.

Some of the pathological effects (piroplasmosis) in the white

rat, due to this parasite, were anemia, biliary fever, alopecia,

emaciation, ulcers on the ears and tail, enlarged spleen, &c., and

proved fatal.

The genus Piroplasma is of great interest, as species of it

give rise 1m various mammals to serious diseases, usually of the

nature of biliary fever. LP. bigeminwm is the pathogenic agent

of Texas Fever (Redwater) in cattle; P. canis of malignant

jaundice in dogs; P. equi of biliary fever in horses; and P. ovis

of similar diseases in sheep. Piroplasmosis may also occur in the

human subject, e.g. P. hominis is found in the blood of persons

suffering from Spotted or Tick Fever in the Rocky Mountains ;

while the Leishman-Donovan bodies found in cases of ‘“ Kala-

azar” and Delhi boil in India are referred by Laveran and

Mesnil to this genus, as P. donovani. A Piroplasma has also been

stated to have been found in the blood of certain lizards-in India,

though details have not yet been published. The symptoms in

the white rat seem to exhibit a combination of those enumerated

in other mammalian hosts.

Piroplasmosis is usually disseminated by ticks; but no ticks

have yet been found on infected white rats. Perhaps the inter-

mediate host in this case is a louse or a flea. No flagellates were

found in citrate cultures of the blood of infected white rats,

though Capt. Rogers, I.M.S., has obtained flagellates from cultures

of P. donovani. at DHE A

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8., exhibited the tail-vertebree

of a Dormouse of the genus Hliomys recently received by the

British Museum from Central Asia, and stated that it appearie

to represent a case of regeneration similar to what occurred in

492 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Dec. 12,

the tails of Lizards. Any form of regeneration of osseous parts

had been hitherto quite unknown among Mammals*.

The external tail of this Dormouse was about 5 cm. in length,

and was thickened, fat, and club-shaped terminally, where its

hairs, 9 or 10 mm. long on its basal portion, lengthened to 25—

28mm. It formed therefore a sort of bushy club, quite different

to the simple distichous tail of a normal specimen. <A similar

tail had been described in a Liberian Dormouse (Claviglis crassi-

caudatus Jent.*), but the bones had not been examined.

On extracting the bones of the tail, they proved to be of an

appearance so closely similar to that found in cases of regeneration |

in Lizards, that Mr. Thomas had no doubt whatever that they

were of the same nature, and search for further examples fully

confirmed this opinion.

For, firstly, among the collections of the British Museum there

was found an example of a small Graphiurus from Fernando Po

with a similar club-shaped, bushy tail, always hitherto looked

upon as accidentally broken, and this on being opened proved also

to contain a long regenerated terminal “style,” as shown in fig. 71.

But this specimen, like that from Central Asia, was open to the

objection that being a single individual from an out of the way

locality, it might conceivably represent a normal specific variation,

and not a case of regeneration.

Happily, however, further search had resulted in the discovery

of four specimens of a species of Graphiurus from the Cameroons,

sent by Mr. G. L. Bates, one of which had a club-shaped tail,

with a styliform bony appendix, while the other three had normal

Dormouse tails. This series thus put beyond cavil the inference

already arrived at as to the abnormal character of the specimen

exhibited.

Text-fig. 70 shows the tail-vertebre and regenerated appendix

of the Central-Asian Eliomys, now exhibited. The caudal column

consisted of 11 normal vertebrze, while the proximal end of the

12th was also normal. But distally this vertebra thinned out

into a long slender style, its total length being 15 mm. and its

diameter (after the basal 2 mm.) rather less than 1 mm. At its

tip there was a constriction succeeded by a small thickened knob.

The preceding vertebra measured 6°2 x 1°8.

Text-fig. 71 shows the tail of the Fernando Po Graphiurus.

Here, owing to the original breaking having occurred nearer the

body, there appeared to be only about six normal vertebre pre-

ceding the elongated terminal one. This latter was 11 mm. in

length, and instead of the knob at the end it had a slightly

crooked point. The drawing would show the position of the point

relative to the general body of the tail.

On breaking the terminal spike across, its section proved to be

* “In the Mammals neither the legs nor the tail nor the jaws regenerate, although

several of the internal organs .... have extensive powers of regeneration,’—Morgan,

T. H., ‘ Regeneration,’ p. 97 (1903).

+ Notes Leyd. Mus. x. p. 41 (1887).

1905. ] REGENERATION OF THE TAILS OF MICE. 493

similar to that in Lizards, there being a central tube filled with

soft or cartilaginous matter, and surrounded by a cylindrical bony

envelope, of similar appearance and texture to the true caudal

vertebrae. A proper microscopic examination and report would,

it was hoped, be made by Dr. Ridewood.

In the third specimen from the French Congo the tail had

been broken at about a third of its length, and the regenerated

terminal vertebra, with its spike, measured 15 mm. in length.

Text-fig. 71.

Text-fig. 70.—Tail-vertebree and regenerated appendix of a species of

Central Asian Eliomys.

Text-fig. 71.—Tail of a species of Graphiurus from Fernando Po showing

regenerated appendix.

It seemed clear from these specimens, from the type of Claviglis

crassicaudatus, as described by Dr. Jentink, and from the ap-

pearance presented by certain other skins of Graphiurus in the

Museum Collection, that in the not uncommon event of losing

part of their tail, Dormice—perhaps of all species—were able to

supply the place of the lost part by swelling up what remained

into a club-shaped organ, clothed externally with abnormally

long hairs, and supported internally by an elongated rod of bone

growing out of the vertebra in which the break had occurred.

Such a regeneration would be of essential value to the animal,

for, in climbing, the tail was used as a balancer, and, if broken off

494 PROF, J. E. DUERDEN ON GRABS [ Dec. 12,

short, its balancing functions might be restored by the increase

in its thickness and length.

Dr. W. G. Ridewood, F.Z.8., exhibited microscopic sections of

the skeletal tube found in the restored tail of one of the Dormice

(Graphiurus) exhibited by Mr. Thomas. He showed that the

wall was made up of close-set lamelle, producing in a transverse

section a fine concentric striation. Lacune with numerous

branching canaliculi were disposed regularly in relation with the

concentric striations, and the general effect was that presented by

a transverse section of the humerus or femur of a Frog. Internally

to the bony layers and contiguous with the central jelly was a

moderately thick layer, which was clear, homogeneous, and

highly refractive.

Dr. Ridewood also exhibited, by way of contrast, slides of the

skeleton of the restored tail of an Iguana Lizard, the skeletal

tube in this case being composed of calcified fibro-cartilage and

not of bone.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Habits and Reactions of Crabs bearing Actinians

in their Claws. By J. E. Durrpen, Ph. Die A.R.C.Se.

(Lond.), Professor of. Zoology, Rhodes University Col-

lege, Grahamstown, Cape ne aay,

tyrw) b)

[Received November 29, 1908. ]

(Text-figures 72-76.)

Prof. K. Mobius, in 1880 (‘ Beitriige zur Meeresfauna der Insel

Mauritius und der Seychelles’), described the crab Melia tessellata

(Latr.) as having the remarkable habit of holding a living actinian

in each claw. The polyps are carried about in front of the

crab, held in a kind of defensive attitude, and it is assumed that

the actinians, by means of their stinging-threads, may be of

service to the crab as aggressive and protective agents and assist

it in securing its food; while, on the other hand, the movements

of the crab may serve the actinians by bringing them into the

neighbourhood of more prey.

The fact of one animal making direct use of an altogether

different type of animal whereby to obtain its food, employing it

as if it were a weapon or implement, would appear to be unique

among the lower animals, and invoives questions as to the mutual

we of the two, the reactions of one towards the other,

* Communicated by Prof. Hickson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

¢ The account is given ina footnote (p. Ty) to Dr. F. Richter’s Report of the

Crustacea of the Maunitine and the Sey chelles Islands, the crab with an actinian in

each claw being depicted on plate xvi. fig. 19.

1905. | BEARING ACTINIANS IN THEIR CLAWS. 495

the manner in which the combination is brought about, and the

peculiarities which each may exhibit in correlation with the

commensal habit.

The note by Mobius is as follows:—‘“ I have collected about

50 male and female examples of JJelia tessellata, all holding in

each claw an Actinia prehensa [text-fig. 72]. The hooks on the

inner border of claws are bent in a peculiar manner, so as to

hold fast the actinian. I have never been able to withdraw the

actinian from the crab without injury. If the pieces of the ac-

tinian which had been thus withdrawn were allowed to remain in

the vessel along with the Melia tessellata, the latter again seized

them in a short time. If the actinians were cut into pieces they

were again found in a few hours in the claws of the crabs.

Melia tessellata from Mauritius, holding an actinian in each claw (Richter).

“ Tt is very evident that the actinians by means of the threads

of their stinging-cells are able to assist the crab in securing its

prey, for which the actinian has the advantage of being carried

from one place to another, and by this means is brought into

touch with more animals which serve them as food. We have

here a very interesting case of commensalism.”

Nothing further seems to have been contributed to this

peculiar relationship between crab and actinian until Mr. J.

Stanley Gardiner’s expedition to the Maldive Islands. In the

account of the marine crustaceans of this expedition, Mr. L. A.

Borradaile (‘ The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Lacca-

dive Archipelagoes,’ vol. i. pt. 3, p. 250) writes of Melia tessellata

(text-fig. 73, p. 496) as follows :—‘ The crab, which lives, like

Trapezxia, among the living branches of coral stocks, holding on by

its long slender legs, has for some time been known to be in the

habit of carrying in each chela a small sea-anemone. The object

u . ° . 5 . . .

of this habit is not known, but it is certainly a voluntary act on

496 PROF, J. E. DUERDEN ON CRABS [ Dec. 12,

the part of the crab, for the actinian is not attached, but held

between the fingers of the Melia, and, if it be taken away, will

be again seized. Usually there is an anemone in each hand, but

sometimes one or both hands are empty. The actinians, which

Text-fig. 73.

a. Melia tessellata from the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, bearing in each

claw a sea-anemone; the crab is represented holding on to a living coral stock.

b. The “hand” holding an anemone. Both enlarged. (After Borradaile.) ,

are grasped firmly round the middle below the tentacles, may be

useful, by means of their stinging-cells, either for defence or to

‘fish’ for food with, or perhaps for both purposes. The chelipeds

1905. | BEARING ACTTNIANS IN THEIR CLAWS. 497

are slender and feeble—aill-suited for defence, but at the same

time mobile and well adapted to wield the anemones they carry ;

and, if the crab be threatened, it will stretch out its arms towards

the aggressor, as though it would ward him off with the dis-

agreeable obstacles it thus presents to his attack. Certainly the

fingers cannot be used to take food unless the anemone be first

dropped ; but, on the other hand, the tentacles of the latter are

directed outwards, away from the mouth of the crab. The third

maxillipeds are mobile, with the proximal joints rather slender

and the last three stout, and are fringed with long hairs.

Possibly they are used to catch small organisms for food in much

the same way as those of the China Crabs (Porcellanidee), which

part with their chelipeds so readily when they are attacked,

since they do not use them for taking food,

“In any case we seem to have here an interesting example of

the use of an implement by an animal which, however intelligent,

has at least a very differently organised nervous system from the

Vertebrata. It should be noted that the case is different from

that of a Spider-crab, which sticks pieces of seaweed on its back

and enjoys passively the concealment gotten thereby. For the

Melia carries the anemone in its cheliped—the chief grasping-

organ of the animal, corresponding to the hand of a primate or

the trunk of an elephant—and, whatever its use, it cannot be

a means of passive concealment, to which its size is wholly

inadequate.”

These two accounts leave much to be desired ere we can be said

to have a complete acquaintance with the living relationships

between JMJelia and its associated actinians, and thew peculiarities

of habits and reactions.

A short time ago Miss M. J. Rathburn, of the United States

National Museum, forwarded me for identification the actinians

held in the claws of a specimen of Melia. The crab had been col-

lected at Hilo Bay, Hawaiian Islands, by Prof. Henshaw, and the

actinian proved to belong to a species of Bunodeopsis, a genus well

known as occurring in the Mediterranean and the West Indies.

During a recent visit by the author to the Hawaiian Islands,

under the auspices of the Carnegie Institution, for the purpose of

studying the living corals, an effort was also made to procure

other specimens of JMJelia and its commensal actinians. On the

second day’s collecting over the reef-flats at Waikiki Beach, near

Honolulu, a single crab carrying actinians (text-fig. 74, p. 498)

was obtained, and another a few days later. During all the sub-

sequent collecting, extending over three months, at various points

of the islands, no other Melias were seen, so that evidently the

species is not so common in Hawaiian waters as in the regions

visited by Mobius and Borradaile.

Both specimens of JJ/elia were found on the dead under surface

of coral blocks, not wandering among the branches of the living

coral as in Borradaile’s experience. Further, Prof. Henshaw,

who has on rare occasions collected the crab at Hilo Bay, also

498 PROF. J. E. DUERDEN ON CRABS [ Dec. 12,

found them on the under surface of blocks of coral. When

kept in the laboratory they would sometimes come from under

the corals and wander over the living polyps.

The following observations were made upon the two specimens

ot Melia, and a few notes are added upon an example of Poly-

dectus—another crab obtained which likewise bears actinians 1m

its claws.

The first Melia collected carried a Bunodeopsis in each claw.

One of the actinians was fully grown, while the other was a mere

fragment having two or three large tentacles and several im-

perfect members. The polyps were held across the column, the

tentacular disc directed upwards and the aboral disc downwards ;

so that when at rest the crab presented the appearance depicted

in fig. 74, where, however, the tentacles have been increased to

their usual number. Usually the crab travelled with its claws

extended a little forwards, sometimes waving them and the

actinians from side to side.

Text-fig. 74.

Melia tessellata from the Hawaiian Islands, bearing an expanded actinian in each

claw. When food is placed on the dise of the actiniaus, the first ambulatory

limbs of the crab reach over and abstract it and pass it to the crab’s mouth.

The actinians were grasped rather loosely, the claws of the crab

being about halfway open, and with a little care it was possible to

tree them, though sometimes the minute spines on the inner side of

the claws (text-fig. 75, p. 500) would penetrate and tear the polypal

wall as described by Mobius. The claws seemed very feeble and

during the operation remained open, making none of the attempts

to close and grasp objects, such as one usually experiences when

experimenting with crabs. The imperfect polyp was torn during

its removal, a minute fragment being left on the chela; but the

larger piece quickly recovered from its injuries and expanded its

tentacles to their full degree.

The second Melia held two small sagartiids, these actinians

being of an altogether different type from the Bwnodeopsis.

Both polyps were of about the same size, and were likewise held

across the middle of the column in a partly expanded condition.

The fact that the two specimens of Melia held different forms of

1905. BEARING ACTINIANS IN THEIR CLAWS, 499

actinians at once makes it certain that the commensalism is not

restricted to a single species of actinian, as might have been

supposed; moreover, the experiments given below prove that the

individual crab will seize whichever of the two forms is presented

to it. It may be, however, that the commensalism is limited

to these two forms of actinians, Bunodeopsis and Sagartia.

The figure of the actinian which Borradaile gives, reproduced on

p- 496 (text-fig. 73), closely recalls the sagartiids found on the

Hawaiian crabs, though he writes me that it is to be regarded

as only a conventional representation. Richter’s figure (p. 495,

text-fig. 72) is clearly intended for a Bunodeopsis, and. there is

no reason to suppose that the form is different from the Hawaiian

species.

Experiments were first conducted to determine the responses

of Melia toward different actinians. The first crab was deprived

of both its bunodeopsids and then placed in a dish in which were

the two sagartiids removed from the claws of the second crab, the

polyps lying free upon the bottom of the dish, not fixed by their

base. The crab walked about for some time, showing no response

whatever which would indicate that it was aware of the presence

of the actinians; many a time it would pass in close proximity to

them without any recognition signs. Happening in its wan-

derings to touch one of the sagartiids, it stopped immediately,

moved its claws around as if examining the polyp, and then

erasped it at an oblique angle and carried it away. After the

crab had moved about for some time longer, with one claw

occupied and the other vacant, the second sagartiid was inten-

tionally placed so as to touch the unoccupied chela, when it was

likewise examined, seized upon, and carried off.

Thus the crab which originally held two bunodeopsids had now

provided itself with two sagartiids; hence the species of actinian

as regards Bunodeopsis and Sagartia are interchangeable.

One of the sagartiids was now released and placed in the dish

along with its original crab having both chelipeds vacant, the

bunodeopsid fragment being also introduced. After a short time

the Sagartia was seized, and later the small fragment of Buno-

deopsis. he first J/elia was also placed in a dish along with its

own Bunodeopsis and a Sagariia, and after a time these were

likewise appropriated. Thus each crab was again provided with

two actinians but of different species, the one a bunodeopsid and

the other a sagartiid. In all the experiments the crabs appeared

to seize either one or the other species with equal readiness.

Experiments as to the behaviour of the crabs towards other species

of actinians were very desirable, but at the time no other forms

were available.

The crabs exercised what must unquestionably be considered

an intelligent selection, as far as regards the desirability or other-

wise of an actinian already held by them. A Melia carrying a

small fragment of a Bunodeopsis in one claw and a_ perfect

Sagartia in the other was placed in a dish. containing the full-

500 PROF, J. E. DUERDEN ON CRABS [ Dec. 12,

erown Bunodeopsis fixed by its base. While walking about, the

crab accidentally came into contact with the large Lunodeopsis

and stopped as if to examine it ; then by means of one of its first

ambulatory limbs it began working around the base of the polyp,

and after a few minutes detached it. At the same time it moved

the claw holding the fragment of Bunodeopsis towards its mouth

as if to ingest the polyp, but the fragment was merely liberated

and left free in the dish, and the empty claw then seized upon the

larger Bunodeopsis which it had previously dislodged from its

substratum. The dMelia had now a perfect bunodeopsid and a

sagartiid. At a later stage the large Bunodeopsis was removed

and the previously discarded fragment introduced into the dish,

when after a time the latter was appropriated.

The fragment of Bunodeopsis and also a Sagartia were again

placed in a dish containing a JJ/elia with both its claws unoccupied.

These were taken up as soon as the crab came into contact with

them, and a second perfect sagartiid was then placed in the dish.

The crab with both its claws occupied came into contact with the

third actinian, remained near it for some time, and then pushed it

away. On returning fifteen minutes later, however, it was found

that the fragment of Bunodeo; psis had disappear ed, and its place was

occupied by the sagartiid ; the Melia had detached the bunodeopsid

fragment and had taken up the sagartiid in its place. There

appeared to be evidence that the crab wyll tear a single actinian

in two in order to provide each claw with a polyp.

MetHop oF HoLDING AND SEIZING THE ACTINIANS.

Usually the actinians were held so loosely within the chelipeds

of the crab that the column was but slightly constricted. As men-

tioned by Mobius, the joints of the chele are provided with very

Text-fig. 75,

Claw of Melia tessellata showing the two rows of spmes. Much enlarged.

minute spines, and these no doubt assist in maintaining the polyp

in position (text-fig. 75). Occasionally the body of the polyp was

held in such a manner that the column was not altogether within

the claws, and the wall would then be constricted ame. indented by

the tips of the claws. In preserved specimens the polypal tissues

1905. | BEARING ACTINIANS IN THEIR CLAWS. 5O1

are sometimes thus deeply constricted and indented, and in one

instance the body of the polyp was actually pierced by the two

sharp points of the claws coming together. In such cases, it 1s

conceivable that the crab when placed in - preservative fluid had

closed its chele more firmly than usual. Under ordinary cir-

cumstances, the actinians do not seem to be in any way injured

by the erab. Indeed, the polyps show no signs of their peculiar

position being even one of irritation; shortly after seizure they

expand to their full degree and remained in this condition, the

tentacles outstretched and overhanging.

Numerous observations with the crabs deprived of the polyps

lead one to suppose that the actinians are encountered only ina

haphazard manner, and also that the crab makes no response to

their presence until it comes into actual contact with them. When

the crabs with their claws unoccupied were placed in vessels along

with free polyps, they would remain still or wander around in an

apparently aimless manner, even coming close to the polyps

without showing any signs of recognition. When, however, the

chelipeds happened to touch a polyp the crab would at once

stop, move its chele around the polyp for a few seconds, and then

open the claws and seize hold of it in almost any position, not

necessarily across the column.

In their natural condition, most actinians are firmly adherent

by a broad base to some substratum from which they are with

difficulty dislodged; and @ priori it is not manifest how the crabs

are able to detach and carry away a polyp thus firmly fixed.

Faurot*, who has studied the habits of various Hermit Crabs

(Pagurus) and their commensal actinians, Sagartia parasitica

and Adamsia palliata, finds that when a Hermit Crab attempts

to remove a fixed actinian it seizes it with its maxillipeds and

ambulatory limbs, and moves these about as if resisting the

escape of some prey. These movements being continued bring

about the retraction of the polyp, and in the end the detachment

of its pedal disc from the surface of the glass or stone. Buno-

deopsids and sagartiids have each adherent “bases, and experiments

were made to determine the manner in which they are loosened

by the crustacean. After removal from the chele the sagartiids

failed to fix themselves, but remained lying free on their sides;

the large Bunodeopsis, on the other hand, readily fixed itself to

the bottom of the glass vessel, to such a degree that it was not

detached by a strong stream of water from a pipette. A Melia

with empty claws was then introduced into the vessel. In time

the crab came into touch with the fixed actinian and began,

as usual, to pass its chele around it, but without effecting its

dislodgment. Then the right member of the first pair of ambu-

latory appendages was brought forward, and its sharp end was

applied between the polypal base and the surface of the glass, exactly

in the manner one would apply one’s finger in attempting to

* Faurot, L.: ‘‘ Etudes sur l’anatomie, Vhistologie et le développement des

Actinies,” Arch de Zool. Exp. et Gén. 3 ser. vol. iii. p. 152.

502 PROF. J. E. DUERDEN ON CRABS [ Dec. 12,

carefully separate an actinian from its attachment (text-fig. 76).

The crab moved round the actinian, inserting the tip of its limb

at intervals, until in the end the polyp was dislodged, when it was

seized and borne away.

Text-fig. 76.

Melia tessellata dislodging a fixed actinian by means of its first

ambulatory limb.

The crab Melia has thus the remarkable power of being able to

detach a sea-anemone fixed to a substratum, proceeding in abso-

lutely the same way as would a collector in endeavouring to secure

the same kind of animal. Manifestly it is only by some such

method that the actinian can be freed without injury, as the

chele, along with the other appendages, are almost useless as

grasping-organs. In other instances where crabs mask themselves

by hydroid, sponge, or algal growths the fragments are simply

torn away by the chelipeds, but the dislodgment of an entire

actinian without injury and without the use of the claws is an

operation much more complex in character, whether we regard it

as an instinctive or an intelligent act.

When first grasped by the crabs the sea-anemones were not

necessarily held in the most favourable position, that is, across

the middle of the column withthe disc directed upwards; at the

beginning the chele seized them in almost any fashion, so that

the disc and tentacles were directed at anangle. In one instance,

an actinian which had been thus grasped in an irregular manner

was turned towards the maxillipeds and there held in position

by the first ambulatory limbs; the chela was then freed from

the actinian, cleansed thoroughly, and finally seized the actinian so

that it was held across the middle with the dise directed upwards.

There seems some evidence also that the actinians themselves

institute righting reactions, such as they carry out under more

natural conditions ; so that, although at first grasped in any

position, they are ultimately held across- the middle with the

1905. | BEARING ACTINIANS IN THEIR CLAWS. 503

oral dise and tentacles turned upwards, this being the usual rela-

tionship when first captured.

Whenever an actinian was removed from the claw of a crab,

certain cleansing-operations on the part of the latter invariably

took place. Ordinarily the claws have particles of débris adhering

to the hairs with which they are provided, as well as to the general

surface of the skeleton, the amount being undoubtedly increased

by the presence of mucus from the actinian. On the chelipeds

becoming unoccupied they were turned towards the mouth, and

the masticatory appendages, which are richly provided with bristles

and spines, at once began a series of scraping or combing move-

ments over them. So effective were these, that within a short

time the claws were altogether cleansed of any adhering foreign

particles and presented a much fresher appearance.

REACTIONS.

Under ordinary circumstances the crab when at rest holds its

two chelipeds bent towards itself, and the actinians are inclined

upwards and outwards with the tentacles fully expanded, thus

masking to a certain extent the anterior part of the crab. When

walking the chelipeds are held more forwards, and the actinians

are then presented in what can be best described as a threatening

attitude. It would be impossible for any animal of moderate

size to molest the crab in front without touching the polyps. Some-

times the claws are held downwards so that the polyps touch the

bottom of the vessel, and on being dragged over it the mucus with

which the body is covered leads to the adherence of débris.

If any part of the crab be touched in front, the reflexes are such

that the chelipeds are at once extended in the direction whence the

stimulus proceeds, the polyps being thereby raised and presented

in a defensive attitude. Likewise when irritated from the side,

both chele are turned laterally, the polyps again being directed

towards the region whence the stimulus comes. Similarly, if

touched on the upper surface of the carapace or posterior part of

the body, the actinians are turned upwards and backwards: in

fact, by varying the part stimulated, the chelipeds can be made

to turn through about two-thirds of a circle in a vertical direction,

and in addition they can perform complex lateral movements. In

every case, it may be said that the responses of the crab are of

such a nature that the claws bearing the actinians are turned

towards the part irritated, thereby placing the polyps in a position

most favourable for defence or offence. The reflexes are usually

rapid and continue for some time, first in one direction and then

in another, according to the region irritated. At the same time

the crab generally moves away from the stimulus, backwards or

forwards, though the claw reaction, the striking out, always occurs

as a preliminary measure: retreat on molestation is by no means

so readily resorted to as in most crabs.

It is of much importance to find that exactly the same responses

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. Il. No. XXXIV. 34

504 PROF. J. E. DUBRDEN ON CRABS [ Dec. 12,

to stimuli take place in a J/elia deprived of its actinians as when

they are present, but the empty chelipeds make no attempt what-

ever to grasp the source of irritation as in ordinary crabs. The

movable joint (dactylopodite) remains partly open, to about the

same degree as when holding an actinian, and its use as an

organ for direct protection or attack seems to have altogether

disappeared.

The responses of the chelipeds are manifestly so many instinctive

reflexes on the part of the crab, directed towards the region whence

the irritation comes, and are carried out independently of the

presence or absence of the actinians. When the latter are in

position, the reactions may be assumed to be aggressive or pro-

tective in their nature; while when taking place in the absence

of the polyps they are of no protective value, as the claws are

useless for grasping or seizing.

Compared with most crabs, it would seem that there is in Melia

a marked increase in the power of directive response on the part

of the chelipeds, accompanied by a loss of activity on the part of

the movable joint which ordinarily serves for aggressive purposes ;

moreover, the chelipeds as a whole are greatly reduced in size.

FrEepIne REACTIONS.

Under ordinary circumstances, the Melias were often seen trans-

ferring towards their mouth the débris occurring on the bottom

of vessels or other objects over which they passed. This they

accomplished by means of the maxillipeds, with the assistance of

the first, second, and even third pair of ambulatory limbs, the

first ambulatory pair being the most active. The débris was

seized by the maxillipeds, and the nutritive particles were ingested,

and the non-nutritive rejected and wafted away posteriorly. The

chelipeds, whether empty or holding actinians, took no part

whatever in the feeding processes. Even fragments of meat given

directly to the crab were treated in the same manner; their

passage to the masticatory appendages was effected by the first

ambulatory limbs, always without the assistance of the chelipeds.

Ag the actinians were dragged about from place to place, débris

readily adhered to them by means of the viscid slime with which

they were covered, and very frequently the first ambulatory limbs

were applied to the polypal walls, and the latter were thoroughly

cleansed from any adhering particles. The operation was carried

out much in the same way as that by which the crab cleansed its

own limbs. During the process the actinians were brought close

to the mouth, and the débris removed was easily transferred

thereto by the appendages. Some of the particles were nutritive,

and there is no question that the crab will frequently secure food

material thus mechanically adhering to the walls of the polyp.

No instance was observed where the crab applied its appendages

to the general body-surface of the polyps except when foreign

particles were adherent. During the cleansing treatment the

1905. ] BEARING ACTINIANS IN THEIR CLAWS. 505

actinians remained altogether passive without even retracting ;

sometimes the points of the maxillipeds would penetrate the

delicate flesh of the polyps and be freed only after a struggle.

By far the most unique and remarkable reactions were those

observed when the actinians were supplied with food. When

shreds of meat were placed on the disc of the polyp, the latter

responded in the usual manner of actinians by bending its ten-

tacles towards the disc and partly closing over the food. If the

pieces were too large to be wholly covered and readily ingested,

the crab seemed to be soon aware of their presence, and would

then bring forward the hook of one of the first ambulatory limbs

and apply it to the oral disc from time to time until all the

fragments of food were removed and transferred to its own

mouth. Thus the freshly broken chela of a small Alpheus was

placed upon the oral disc of the actinian so carefully as not to

touch any part of the Melia. Immediately the polypal tentacles

closed over it preparatory to ingestion, but before the process was

accomplished the first ambulatory limb of the crab reached over

~among the tentacles and dragged away the fragments to its own

mouth.

If the fragment were sufficiently small as to rest wholly on the

dise of the polyp, and the latter quickly opened its mouth to

swallow it, the Melia might then exhibit no responses and the

actinian appropriated the food. But in very few instances in a

number of feeding experiments were the ingestion reactions of

the actinian sufficiently rapid as to wholly indraw the food before

the crab would extend an ambulatory limb and vigorously abstract

it. In some instances the fragments were already partly swallowed

by the polyp when the crab, receiving some stimulus, would extend

an ambulatory limb to the polypal disc, and actually abstract the

food from the stomodeum of the actinian and transfer it to its

own mouth.

The feeding experiments were sufficient to demonstrate beyond

all question that Melia actually takes away and appropriates to

itself the food procured by the actinian. In the language applied

to human actions, it can be truly said that the erab robs the

actinian of its food, though no one would think of introducing

ethical considerations into the act, even if consciousness could be

established.

What are the means by which the crab is made aware of the

presence of food-material on the disc of the actinian, or, rather,

what determines the very definite responses of the chelipeds

towards the disc of the actinians? It is certainly not a tactile

reaction, for the responses took place when the food-particles

could not possibly have come into contact with the crab or any

of its tactile organs. It may have been that the movements of

the polyp during ingestion produced some stimulus which was

transmitted through the chelipeds, but ordinary stimulation of

the actinian by mechanical means failed to call forth any responses

on the part of the crab. It is most probable that the reaction is

34*

506 PROF, J, E, DUERDEN ON CRABS [ Dee. 12,

a result of stimulation by the meat juices emanating from the

food on the disc. Fragments of meat or meat extract diffused

around the anterior part of the crab called forth vigorous move-

ments of the mouth-appendages and first pair of walking-legs,

though directed towards no very definite end; but when the

extract was applied towards one side or the other, there was a

decided movement of the appendages in that direction. Similarly,

juices emanating from the food on the polypal disc may be

assumed to serve as the stimuli by which the reflexes are brought

about, the source of the stimulation and direction of response

being determined from the direction in which the juices reach

the crab.

When non-nutritive particles, such as fragments of shell or

grains of sand, were placed upon the polypal disc they produced

no movements on the part of the actinian; likewise there was no

response from the crustacean. Also in other cases substances

which called forth no responses on the part of the actinian failed

to bring about reactions from the crab. A small spider fallen

into the water, and thereby drowned, was given the actinian.

The tentacles closed over it momentarily, then withdrew, leaving

the spider exposed on the disc. In this case the crab made no

attempt to abstract the spider from the polyp, and after a time it

was rejected by the latter. Fragments of bread and small pieces

of paper placed on the polypal disc called forth no response from

the actinian nor any from the crab. In fact, throughout the

observations the actinians and crabs res sponded or remained in-

different to the same substances; in each case ingestion reflexes

took place only towards nutritive substances from which stimula-

tive juices might be supposed to emanate, while there was

indifference or rejection towards what might be supposed to be

nop-nutritive substances. Where the food supplied was so small

in bulk that the polyp ingested it without any attempt at ab-

straction on the part of the crab, we may assume that the nutritive

juices were so weak that they failed to reach the sensory organs

of the crab, and thereby failed to stimulate it to activity.

POLYDECTUS.

While searching among the blocks of coral rock for further

examples of J/elia, a single specimen of Polydectus cupilifera

(Latr.) was secured, also beari ing an actinian in each claw. Both

in its form and behaviour the new crab presented a great contrast

with Melia. The former is very hairy, sluggish, and irresponsive,

while the latter is active and most readily responds to stimuli of

all kinds.

The actinians held by Polydectus were small specimens of a

species of Phellia, which occurs in abundance on the under surface

of rocks and stones all round the Hawaiian Islands. Externally

the polyps are characterised by having a thick cuticle over the

greater part of the column, a circular area at the apex (the

1905. ] BEARING ACTINIANS IN THEIR CLAWS. 507

capitulum) alone being naked. In aquaria they are very inactive

and do not readily expand.

Polydectus was under observation for only two or three days,

and during most of that time it remained quiescent, hidden under

fragments of coral. !t allowed itself to be pushed over the floor

of the vessel, making only a feeble attempt to escape, and showed

little or no activity with its chelipeds. If irritated, the chele

were not directed against the source of the stimulus as in the case

of Melia. When the actinians were gently removed from the

claws and after a time again presented, the crab made no imme-

diate attempt to seize them. On the whole Polydectus proved

itself to be a most unsuitable crab for experimental studies.

INTERDEPENDENCE OF CRAB AND ACTINIAN.

Enquiry may now be made as to how far the crab and its

actinians are interdependent. Can the crabs maintain their

existence deprived of the actinians, and can the latter exist:

separated from their captors? Although a careful search was

made during three months’ collecting, no free independent

examples of either Sagartia or Lunodeopsis, the actinians com-

mensal with MJMJelia, were met with, and neither Mobius nor

Borradaile speaks of finding such. There seems no reason,

however, why the actinians should not be able +o live separated

from the crustaceans. Compared with closely allied species

elsewhere, they present no modifications whatever which indicate

a correlation with the comimensal habit. So far as the actinians

are concerned, their presence in the claws of the crab seems of the

most incidental character, and it can scarcely be doubted that

ordinarily they are fixed isolated species, and may yet be found

as such either in the Hawaiian Islands or elsewhere. As regards

Polydectus and its associate Phellia, the latter certainly exists

independently of any commensalism, for all round the Hawaiian

Islands specimens of the sea-anemone are very numerous, attached

to the under surface of stones and coral blocks. These places

also constitute the habitat of the crab. In the case of the

actinians Sagartia and Adamsia, commensal with hermit crabs,

Faurot has shown experimentally that the polyps do not live

long when separated from their host; but the relationship on

the part of the actinian is here much closer than in the polyps

simply held by Melia and Polydectus. In Sargartia palliata, at

any rate, the commensalism is correlated with a permanent

modification of form.

The genus Bunodeopsis occurs also in the West Indian and

Mediterranean seas, where it lives in shallow water loosely

adherent to the leaves of the marine phanerogams Thalassia and

Ruppia. In these regions, however, it is never found associated

with crabs; indeed, the genus JJelia is absent from the Atlantic.

A careful comparison of the external characters and internal

anatomy of the Hawaiian and West Indian species of Buno-

508 PROF. J. E. DUERDEN ON CRABS [ Dec. 12,

deopsis shows no important differences, and they may have to be

regarded as one and the same species. Hence the commensal

habit may be regarded as not essential to the life of Bumno-

deopsis, and the same can also be said of the Sagartia and

Phellia.

Of all actinians, members of the genus Bunodeopsis would

appear to be the best adapted for the réle of commensalism.

They are active polyps with long tentacles which are usually

expanded to their full extent, and in the absence of a sphincter

muscle the column is incapable of overfolding the tentacles. The

tentacles are provided with nematocysts of several sizes, and very

large stinging-cells occur in the spheroidal outgrowths on the

column; and, lastly, the polyps are easily detached from any

substratum to which they may be adherent. Were the com-

mensalism of JJelia restricted to Bunodeopsis, its suitability for

such a relationship is so pronounced as to suggest more than a

haphazard selection on the part of the crab. But when we

consider that the same crab will also take up a Sagartia, it must

be admitted that the wisdom of its selection is not so manifest ;

for this form retracts readily on slight irritation, does not

ve-expand so freely as Sunodeopsis, and is usually very firmly

attached to its substratum. Phellia, so far as observations

upon its activities in aquaria go, seems even less desirable than

Sagartia for the cceenobiotic habit.

As regards the dependence of the crabs upon the actinians, the

case seems much clearer. Owing to the absence of the usual

junctions of the claws, the commensal habit would appear to be

necessary to the existence of JJelia. The claws, when deprived

of the anemones, showed no power to grasp or seize other objects,

not even when food was presented to them. The maxillipeds and

ambulatory limbs transferred to the mouth any nutritive objects

offered, but from their non-chelate character these appendages

can be of little use in seizing or holding prey or warding off

enemies. ‘There is no question that the procuring of food by the

crab itself would be very precarious were it not for the assistance

of the actinians. Moreover, wherever met with, throughout its

wide distribution, the crab is found to bear actinians. According

to the observations of Mobius, all the specimens of Jelia collected

by him possessed polyps, though in Borradaile’s experience they

were sometimes absent from both claws, or from only one. It is

to be expected that the crabs will occasionally lose their polyps,

especially during ecdysis, and conceivably they may wander about

for a time without meeting with others.

If we attempt to estimate the advantages of the commensalism

to the two organisms concerned, it must be admitted that the

result seems to be entirely one- sided, and in favour of the crus-

tacean. The experiments show that the reflexes of the crab are

of such a nature as to result in the removal of any food or prey

which the actinian may secure. The tentacles of the polyp move

about freely and seize and retain organisms coming within their

1905. | BEARING ACTINIANS IN THEIR CLAWS. 509

reach, passing them towards the middle of the disc, from which,

however, they are abstracted by the ambulatory limbs of the crab.

Enemies to the crab, too large to be held by the tentacles of the

polyps, may nevertheless be warned off by the stinging-cells of

the anemone emitted on irritation. A careful consideration of

all the circumstances justifies the view that the crab will secure

much of its food through the activity of the anemones, and,

further, that the latter will exercise a protective influence upon

the crab against larger enemies. The advantages to the actinian

appear largely negative. As Mibius suggests, the movements of

the crab will serve to bring the actinian into the neighbourhood

of more prey, but its chances of ultimately appropriating to

itself much of this seem very small. The feeding experiments

demonstrated very clearly that it is only rarely that the actinians

succeed in ingesting their food ere it is withdrawn by the crab.

In the case of the actinians Sagartia and Adamsia, commensal

with hermit crabs, it is usually considered that the polyps secure

fragments of the food torn up by the masticatory appendages and

slipping away, but it is not likely that this occurs with Melia.

Independently of the actinians, the crab can only obtain such

food as may be lying upon the sea-floor and incidentally come.

upon the maxillipeds and the ambulatory limbs.

The acquisition of such a peculiar commensal habit on the part

of two wholly distinct types of crabs, Melia and Polydectus, cor-

related, in the case of the former at least, with a diminutive size

and partial loss of activity on the part of the chelipeds, does not

admit of ready explanation. Among the activities of other

erustacea there appear to be no examples which help us to

understand how such behaviour and structural peculiarities have

become established—no simpler or intermediate stages which

suggest the lines along which the evolution has taken place.

Tn the well-known instances of masking-crabs (Stenorhynchus,

Dromia) we have the tearing away of suitable objects, such as

zoophytes, algee, and sponges, which are then affixed to the shell ;

but the instinctive processes involved therein are less complex

than in the cases under consideration. In the latter the ordinary

aggressive and tearing functions of the chelipeds are replaced by

those of merely holding a living example of another group of

organisms. Even the seizure by a crab of an anemone and the

affixation of it upon a gastropod shell, as in the well-known

hermit crabs Pagurus, and the actinians Sagartia parasitica and

Adamsia palliata, involves much less of a departure from the

usual activities of crustacea.

As in so many morphological and physiological phenomena in

nature where intermediate stages are not forthcoming, it is

difficult to see how such an instinct could have been acquired

or evolved by slow degrees. For instance, while holding the

actinians the crab could not at the same time employ its claws

for the usual purpose of seizing and conveying food to its mouth.

One is constrained to think of mutation as a possible explanation

510 ON CRABS BEARING ACTINIANS IN THEIR CLAWS. [ Dec. 12,

of commensalism of such a nature, to conceive that a similar

instinct has appeared suddenly in the case of two distinct species

of crab, and its possession proved favourable to the survival of

the individuals. Such an explanation may suffice until it can be

put to experimental test, or until extended observations on the

activities and structure of animals render the theory of mutation

as plausible in the animal kingdom as from De Vries’s work it is

among plants.

SUMMARY.

1. The commensalism between the crab Melia tessellata and

actinian polyps is not restricted to a single species of actinians.

Of two crabs captured, one carried a Lwnodeopsis in each claw

and the other a Sagartia.

2. As regards the same crab the two actinian species are

interchangeable, and the crabs will dislodge a small polyp of

one species to take up a larger polyp of another (intelligent

selection).

3. Apparently the crab is not aware of the presence of

an actinian until it comes into tactile connection with it.

Dislodgment of a fixed actinian is brought about by the inser-

tion of the first ambulatory limb between the polypal base and

the substratum.

4. The crab travels with the actinians expanded and directed

forwards, sometimes waving them from side to side. When

irritated it responds by moving its chelipeds towards the source

of irritation, thereby placing the actinians in what may be con-

sidered as the most favourable aggressive or defensive attitudes.

The crab reacts in the same manner, whether carrying the

actinians or deprived of them.

5. Food given the polyps is abstracted by the crab by means

of its first pair of walking-limbs, the stimulus to activity being

derived from the diffusion of the meat juices.

6. In correlation with the commensal habits the crabs have no

direct use of the chelipeds as aggressive or defensive organs, or

for grasping objects other than the actinians, and the functions

of the first ambulatory appendages are partly modified.

7. The commensal actinians present no structural or physio-

logical modification compared with closely allied free species

elsewhere.

8. The ccenobiotic habit seems to be necessary for the existence

of Melia, though not for that of the actinians.

9. A second species of crab, Polydectus cupilifera, also bears

an actinian, Phellia, in its chelipeds; specimens of the actinian

are also found adherent to stones and coral rock in the natural

habitat of the crabs. Thus in all probability a similar commensal

habit has been acquired independently by two wholly distinct

forms of crabs.

10, The advantages of the commensalism to the crab are (1) that

1905.] ON SNAKES FROM JAPAN AND THE LOO CHOO ISLANDS. 511

it secures most of its food from the activity of the anemones in

capturing small organisms, these being afterwards abstracted by

the crab; (2) a possible protective influence against enemies

by the ejection of stinging-cysts as a result of the irritation of

the polypal tentacles. The only possible advantage to the

anemone would seem to be that of being carried about by the

crab, whereby it may be brought into contact with more prey,

against which is the disadvantage of having much of its food

abstracted by the crab.

2. Notes on a Collection of Snakes from Japan and the Loo

Choo Islands. By Captain F. Watt, C.M.Z.S., Indian

Medical Service.

[Received August 28, 1905. |

I am indebted to Mr. Alan Owston, of Yokohama, for the

opportunity of examining a large number of Snakes collected by

him in Japan and the Loo Choo Islands. Of a total of 513

specimens, 461 are Land Snakes; and the special interest of the

collection lies in the extensive and representative area in which

the specimens have been captured, for besides a large number

obtained from Japan itself and many from all the important

islands of the Loo Choo Group, examples have been obtained from

the two islands, Tanega and Yaku, interposed between Japan and

the Northern Loo Choos. They are distributed as follows :—

(6 YEZO.

1. Ancistrodon blomhoffir. (1) 1

Honpbo.

. Tropidonotus vibakart. (

7 tigrinus. (

. Dinodon japonicus.

. Coluber conspiciilatus. (

» climacophorus. (

» quadrivirgatus. (

. Ancistrodon blomhoffir. (

MID OUR wo bo

SS ee

TaneGA ISLAND.

Japanese.

. Tropidonotus tigrinus. (1)

. Coluber conspicillatus. (1)

. Ancistrodon blomhoffir. (1)

oo bo

Yau Isuanb.

. Tropidonotus tigrinus. (

. Coluber quadrivirgatus. (

. Ancistrodon blomhoffit. (

. Lachesis okinavensis. (

-—————_—_——_

Hm C2 bo

512 CAPT. F. WALL ON SNAKES FROM | Dec. 12,

AMAMI.

1. Tropidonotus pryert. (3)

2. Dinodon semicarinatus. (3) |

Y 3. Ablabes semicarinatus. (3) | 37

é A. Hemibungarus japonicus. (4) (

a 5. Lachesis okinavensis. (3) |

6. » flavoviridis. (21) J

=I OKINAWA.

2 1. Tropidonotus pryert. (54)

7, 2. Dinodon senicarinatus. (19) |

3. Ablabes semicarinatus. (131) : 234

4, Hemibungarus japonicus. (6) a

5. Lachesis okinavensis. (4) |

6. » jflavoviridis. (20) 3

Miyako.

SSN, aS

. Dinodon rufozonatus. (2)

; : 5

: . Lachesis mucrosquamatus. (3)

) ISHIGAKI.

. 1. Dinodon rufozonatus. (2) 3

§ 2. Coluber schmackeri. (1)

s TRIOMOTE.

> : : us

3 1. Tropidonotus pryert. Gy)

2. Dinodon rufozonatus. (4) 7

3. Ablabes hermine. (1)

L 4. Lachesis mucrosquamatus. (1) |

IandiSnakes fn sence 461

Nea Siakes onceeceect ee: 52

Rotaillas sess susecsoendeanes 5138

Hitherto the Snakes from the Loo Choo Archipelago have

been simply labelled ‘Loo Choos,” with no special reference,

except in a few instances, to the particular islands from which

they were obtained (vide Boulenger, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus.

vols. i.iii.), Thanks to the careful and methodical way in which

Mr. Owston has labelled his specimens, more than a usual interest

attaches to his collection, for it shows that the distribution of the

species in this region is restricted to very definite zoological areas.

Three such may be recognised by a glance at the above-given list :—

(1) The Japanese area, with which the islands of Tanega and

Yaku must be included. It will be noticed that all the species

from these two islands belong to the Japanese Snake fauna except

Lachesis okinavensis, a single specimen of which, curiously enough,

was collected in Yaku. (2) The North Loo Chooan area, com-

prising the islands Amami and Okinawa. The six species collected

1905. ] JAPAN AND THE LOO CHOO ISLANDS. 513

in this area are peculiar to it, except Lachesis okinavensis, which

encroaches upon the Japanese area on Yaku, and T'ropidonotus

pryert, which extends further south into the next division, (3) The

South Loo Chooan area, comprising the islands of Miyako, Ivio-

mote, and Ishigaki. Only 15 specimens were collected in this

area, including 5 species. Two of these extend to Formosa, viz.,

Lachesis mucrosquamatus and Dinodon rufozonatus ; one is common

to the whole Loo Chooan area, viz. Tropidonotus pryeri; and the

remaining two hitherto have only been obtained from this area,

viz. Coluber schmackeri and Ablabes hermine.

Group 1, JAPANESE SNAKES.

Family CoLUBRID&. Subfamily CoLusrin&.

1. TRoPIDONOTUS VIBAKARI.—-The 14 specimens were all obtained

from Japan (Hondo)*. The supralabials were eight with the

fourth and fifth only touching the eye in three specimens, and

eight with the third, fourth, and fifth touching the eye on

one side in one specimen. The anterior chin-shields touched five

infralabials in one specimen. One example captured in July

contained five eggs, the largest measuring 1,4," x 3"

2. 'TROPIDONOTUS TIGRINUS.—Of 56 specimens, 53 were collected

in Japan (Hondo), two in Yaku, and one in Tanega. The supra-

labials were eight with the fourth and fifth touching the eye in

two, the postoculars two on one side in one. The loreal was con-

fluent with the postnasal on both sides in three, and on one side in

one. A toad had been ingested in two examples.

3. DINODON JAPONICUS.—A. single normal specimen was obtained

from Yamanashi (Hondo). The ventrals were 202 and the sub-

caudals 74.

4, CoLUBER ConsPiciLLAtus.—Of 19 specimens, 18 were from

Japan (Hondo) and one from Tanega Island. The temporals

were two in one Hondo specimen, and the scales 23 in another

Hondo specimen in the middle of the body. Ventrals and sub-

caudals were as follows in five specimens :—209+71, 2034 64,

214+71, 217+66, 221469 (the fourteenth and fifteenth sub-

caudals entire). The Hondo adult examples, with one exception,

were uniform brown with each scale outlined darker ; the belly

rose or cherry-coloured, with a double series of large, rectangular,

black, median spots frequently confluent across the belly ; two

* Boulenger, op. cit. vol. i. p. 221, mentions Formosa as a habitat for this species.

If this is correct, it is a very singular circumstance. There are no other instances

of Japanese species occurring in Formosa, except Dinodon rufozonatus and Ancis-

trodon blomhoffii. ‘The existence of both in Formosa is easily understood, since they

are common snakes on the Chinese mainland, and the Formosan Snake fauna is com-

posed almost entirely of Chinese species. In the case of Tropidonotus vibakari,

however, it is significant that it has not been recorded from China (except Manchuria)

and it does not occur in the Loo Choos. I am prompted to regard this record as an

error.

514 CAPD. F, WALL ON SNAKES FROM (Dee. 12,

chevrons on the head, the anterior converging in front of the eyes,

divergent behind to form postocular streaks, the posterior con-

verging on the frontal, both often obscure or almost obliterated.

In one the belly was sparsely spotted and in another was whitish

and unspotted. The young were pinkish-brown or dove-coloured

with small black dorsal spots, with an inclination to a transverse

distribution; the belly whitish chequered black. One Hondo

adult specimen had preserved the peculiar colouring and dorsal

spots of the young, but the belly was rosy, as is usual in adults.

In this specimen the scales in mid-body counted 23. The example

obtained in Tanega Island was a very distinct colour-variety,

singularly resembling a Dinodon japonicus at first sight. -It was

light brown with well-defined black bars, as wide as the intervals.

A series of large spots in the flanks alternated with the dorsal

bars. The usual head-marks were present and the belly was

chequered black and white.

5. COLUBER CLIMACOPHORUS.—AIl the eleven specimens were

obtained from Japan (Hondo). In four specimens the scales were

25 in mid-body, in all the rest 23. The subocular was absent in

one. Temporals three in one. Postoculars three on one side

in two. Anterior chins touched four infralabials in two. One

captured on 6th July contained 14 eggs with no trace of embryo,

the largest of which measured 2” x 13,"

6. COLUBER QUADRIVIRGATUS.—Of 32 examples, 30 were collected

in Japan (Hondo) and two in the Island of Yaku. In one Hondo

specimen the supralabials were nine with the fifth and sixth

touching the eye on one side. Postoculars three on one side in

one specimen. Nearly all belonged to Boulenger’s Variety A*.

The young were lighter in colour, with well-marked spots or cross-

bars, but the longitudinal stripes faint or absent. One of the

Yaku specimens belonged to Variety B,and the other was inter-

mediate between A and B.

Family VIPERID &. Subfamily Crorain”.

7. ANCISTRODON BLOMHOFFII.—-Of 41 specimens, 39 were from

Japan (Hondo 38, Yezo 1), one from Tanega Island, and one

from Yaku Island‘. In only one Hondo specimen were the

scales 23 in the middle of the body, but this number was present

in both the specimens from Tanega and Yaku. The ventrals and

subcaudals in the Yaku example were 143453, and in the Tanega

example the ventrals were 142. One had eaten a frog. One

captured on the 27th June contained three immature eges with

no trace of embryo.

* Op. cit. vol. ii. p. 60.

+ It is doubtful whether the specimen in the British Museum labelled Okinawa

(Boulenger, op. cit. vol. 111. p. 526) is correctly recorded. It appears to be the only

specimen reported from the Loo Choo Group of islands, where it is singularly out

of place. Tsu Sima is an island in the Corean Strait, and not in the Loo Choos as

stated by Boulenger on the same page.

1905. ] JAPAN AND THE LOO CHOO ISLANDS. 915

Groups 2 and 3. Loo CHoo SNAKES.

Family CoLUBRIDA. Subfamily CoLuBRINa&.

1. TRoprponorus PRYERI.—Of 58 specimens, 54 were obtained

from Okinawa, three from Amami, and one from Iriomote. There

were two postoculars on one side in one specimen. Four contained

eggs with no trace of embryos.

1 killed 20th April had 3 egos, largest 147" x 20

6 ” 0 MOONE ss He about 1” long.

[Rapeseetrre Dirac] Soennaty Oe) BOVE Te, ce 144" long.

19”

ee roc nn Vay: Rae isos iF :

The size of the eggs first alluded to is see y remarkable con-

sidering the size of the species. The mother measured 2 feet

5 inches, tail shghtly docked.

2. Dinopon RUFozoNATUS.—Of eight specimens two were from

Miyako, two from Ishigaki, four from Iriomote. The two speci-

mens from Miyako were peculiar i in colour, being of a much hghter

brown than usual. Hach had 21 whitish, dar ie. margined dorsal

bars. The ventrals were 182 and 189.

3. DrIxobpon sEmMIcARINATUS.—Of 22 specimens, 19 were from

Okinawa and three from Amami. ‘The supralabials in one were

eight with the fourth and fifth only touching the eye. One had

swallowed a fledgling, and another a lizard.

4, CoLUBER SCHMACKERI.—A single specimen, much mutilated

and of large size, was obtained from Ishigaki. The supralabials

were nine on the right side with the fifth and sixth touching the

eye, ten on the left side with the sixth and seventh touching the

eye. The loreal was more than twice as long as high. The upper

of two preeoculais nearly touched the frontal.

ABLABES SEMICARINATUS.—Of 134 specimens, 131 were from

Okinawa and three from Amami *.

6. ABLABES HERMIN®.—The single specimen was from Iriomote.

It was an aberrant example in that the scales number 19 in mid-

body. - Anteriorly and posteriorly the normal 17 scales were

present. Ventrals 159 and subcaudals 60.

7. HEMIBUNGARUS JAPONICUS.—Of ten examples, six were from

Okinawa and four from Amamit. Those from Okinawa were all

alike in having five longitudinal black dorsal lines broader than the

pink intervals. There were 9-12 narrow black annuli round the

body and 1-2 (2 usually) on the tail. The ventrals and subcaudals

* There seems but little doubt that Japan has been incorrectly included as a

habitat for this species and tor Hemibungarus japonicus. Boulenger is clearly of this

opinion (vide op. cit. vol. ili. p.395 footnote). These species were originally described

and figured by Giinther (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 1. 1868, pp. 418 & 428) from

one specimen of each reported to have come from Nagasaki. Thirty-seven years

have now elapsed without either being rediscovered in Japan.

+ See footnote to Ablabes semicarinatus.

516 ON SNAKES FROM JAPAN AND THE LOO CHOO ISLANDS. [Dec.12,

are 204428, 183428, 194430, 2024+ %, 197427, 129429.

Two specimens from Amami agreed in having three longitudinal

dorsal, black lines, narrower than the pink intervals. One of

these had indications of another line in the flanks on each side.

One had 12 and the other 14 black annuli. Both were peculiar in

that the last ventral was divided, a condition which obtains in no

other specimen, and this may constitute a separate species. The

ventrals and subcaudals were 208 + 29 and 198+428. The remaining

two specimens from Amami were pale pink with a single, narrow,

vertebral black line. One had 15 and the other 13 black annuh,

and the ventrals and subeaudals were 215+ 28 and 214+30. One

of the Okinawa examples had swallowed a lizard measuring

43 inches. The snake was 1 foot 73 inches in length, and the

lizard occupied a position entirely posterior to the tenth inch in

the snake’s length. The stomach was therefore placed unusually

far back in this species, and I have noticed a similar peculiarity

in an allied snake, Bungarus candidus, in India,

Family VIPERID&, Subfamily CroraLin#.

8. LACHESIS OKINAVENSIS.—Of eight specimens four were from

Okinawa, three from Amami, and one from Yaku. The scales were

23 in mid-body in all except one specimen, where they were 24.

The subocular was broken up in two specimens. The ventrals and

subeaudals were 131444, 184446, 127+42, 128446, 128+ 46,

and 129+42. One had swallowed a small shrew-like animal.

Lacursis FLAVoviriIDIs.—Of 41 specimens, 21 were from

Amami and 20 from Okinawa. ‘The ventrals were 232 in one

specinen, 234 in another. The scales were 40 in mid-body in one

specimen. Many were quite young, hatchlings apparently ; six

such varied in length from 1 foot 63 inches to 1 foot 93 inches.

One had swallowed: a rat. The fang of one large specimen was

+2" measured straight.

10. LacnEsis MUCROsQUAMATUS.—Of four specimens, three were

from Miyako and one from Iriomote. [have no hesitation in con-

sidering these specimens as belonging to this species, though it

extends the habitat considerably. They agreed with the specimens

IT have examined in the British Museum Collection. A pair of

internasals was present. ‘Two to four rows of temporals were

smooth. The scales were 23 in mid-body in two specimens, 24 in

another, and 25 in the fourth. The ventrals and subeaudals were

186+66, 1902+77, and 1854 72

SEA SNAKES.

Family COLUBRID. Subfamily HyDRoPHIIN«.

1. Hyprus pLatuRus.—One specimen of Boulenger’s Variety E

(op. cit. vol. 111, p. 268) was from Okinose Sagami (Hondo).

HyDROPHIS MELANOCEPHALUS.— Of three examples two were

1905. ] DR. A. DUGES ON A NEW MEXICAN SNAKE, 517

from Ishigaki and one from Iviomote. The scales behind the neck

were 24 in one specimen, round mid-body 29 in one specimen and

33 in the others. The ventrals were 336, 316, and 332.

3. DistrrA oRNATA—The three specimens were all from

Okinawa. The scales behind the neck were 29, 32, and 33; mid-

body 35, 37, and 38. Ventrals 271, 268, and 251.

4. AIPYSURUS ANNULATUS.—AIl the six examples were from

Okinawa. Four had a sharp spine on the rostral which was absent

on the other two. The preefrontals were very irregular. There were

four in three specimens, two in one specimen, and three (2 right,

1 left) in two specimens. In all one or both parietals were split

by a suture behind. The scales were 17 in mid-body when the

vertebral row was enlarged, which was usually the case, though often

to a variable degree. In two specimens the scales were 19, the

vertebrals being divided into three rows subequal to the other

dorsals. Ventrals numbered 138 to 143.

PLATURUS LATICAUDATUS.—The two specimens were from

Okinawa. The ventrals were 243 in one specimen; the last was

divided in both specimens.

6. PLATURUS SCHISTORHYNCHUS.— Of 37 specimens, 29 were from

Miyako, 6 from Okinawa, and 2 from Amami.

All the specimens were preserved in formalin.

3. Description @un Ophidien nouveau du Mexique (Morenoa

o. et sp. nn.). Par ALFRED Duces. M.D.

I ; 5

orizabensis, 2

C.M.Z.S.

[ Received July 7, 1905.]

(Text-figure 77.)

Ce Colubride (Sous-fam. Colubrinw) ne m’est connu que par

deux exemplaires provenant d’Orizaba (Etat de Vera-Cruz) dou

me l’a envoyé le Prof. Aniceto Moreno pour le déterminer. Ne

le trouvant décrit dans aucun des ouvrages que j’ai pu consulter,

jai du lui donner un nom générique et spécifique nouveau et je

le dédie 4 mon ami M. Moreno.

Ses rapports les plus intimes sont avec le g, Adlabes, tel que

Va compris Boulenger (Catal. Snakes of Brit. Mus. 1894) : mais

ilen différe assez pour l’en séparer, comme le prouve sa description.

Les vertébres dorsales postérieures manquent d’hypapophyses.

La dentition est isodonte : i] m’a semblé qui y avait une douzaine

de dents au maxillaire supérieur, mais je n’ai pu m’en assurer

exactement pour ne pas trop mutiler ’exemplaire que je pouvais

examiner. L’aspect général est celui Vune Coronella.

Caractéres.—La rostrale se replie un peu sur le museau. Les

internasales sont un peu plus petites que les préfrontales; celles-ci

518 DR. A. DUGES ON A NEW MEXICAN SNAKE. [ Dec. 12,

se rabattent de chaque cdté jusqu’au contact de la frénale. La

frontale égale & peu prés la distance qui la sépare du bout du

museau ; elle est plus étroite en arriére quen avant. Les sur-

oculaires, subtriangulaires, séparent la frontale de la préoculaire.

Pariétales a bords externes un peu excavés, et plus étroites a

leur extrémité postérieure. Nasale double. Frénale un peu

plus longue que haute. Une seule grande préoculaire. Deux

post-oculaires. Temporales 2+ 2, celles du second rang atteig-

nant l’extrémité des pariétales ; sur un exemplaire la temporale

inférieure du premier rang & gauche est divisée prés de la post-

oculaire inférieure. Rostrale plus large que haute, Huit sus-

labiales, les quatriéme et cinquiéme sous lil; la sixiéme, trian-

gulaire, ne touche pas la premiéve temporale inférieure. Deux

généiales longues, suivies de deux petites séparées par une écaille.

Huit labiales inférieures. La mandibule est un peu plus courte

que le museau.—Dix-neuf rangs d’écailles lisses, rhomboidales,

sans pores. Anale simple. Gastrostéges 198. Urostéges doubles

85. Queue terminée par une petite pointe cornée

Text-fig. 77.

Téte de Morenoa orizabensis, en dessus et de profil.

Dimensions :— m.

Corps avec la téte ... 0-41

Queue Voecestees 0:08

Total .......... 0°49

Le corps est un peu comprimeé.

Coloration.—Parties supérieures brun-gris clair; les écailles

sont toutes bordées de noir. Des barres transversales brun-foneé

se détachent sur le fond et sont plus nettes dans le tiers posté-

rieur du corps. Une tache noire oblique se voit de chaque cdté

en arriére de la téte, distante de l’angle de la bouche comme

celle-ci lest du museau ; plus loin sur les flanes il y en a quelques

autres moins visibles. Le dessus de la téte est d’un brun fauve

uniforme ; le dessous est blanc; il y a une bordure noire sur

4 des labiales supérieures. Le dessous du corps est blanchatre

avec des lignes noires transversales qui descendent des flanes.—

Sur un exemplaire les pariétales portent une ligne anguleuse un

peu plus foncée, mais trés peu distincte,

Guanajuato, le 20 Juin 1905,

P.Z.S. 1905, vol. 11. Pl. XVI.

H Goodebild, del et lith, Huth , imp

CALOMYSCUS BAILWARDI.

1095. | ON MAMMALS FROM PERSIA AND ARMENIA. D19

4. On a Collection of Mammals from Persia and Armenia

presented to the British Museum by Col. A. C. Bailward.

By Ouprietp Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8.*

[ Received October 27, 1905. |

(Plate XVI.)

The National Museum owes to Col. A. C. Bailward a most

interesting collection of small mammals from Persia and Armenia,

obtained during the past summer on his way home from India to

England. Before starting he applied to the Society’s Secretary

for advice on the subject, and Dr. Mitchell suggested his taking

with him someone trained to collect mammals and birds. By

good fortune Mr. R. B. Woosnam, one of our ablest collectors,

who had already done good work in South Africa, was able to go

with Col. Bailward, and the specimens now described were all

trapped and skinned by him.

Considering that the expedition was primarily a shooting-trip,

that it never stayed more than a day or two in any place,

and that the party rode something like 20 or 30 miles every

day, the number of mammals obtained—about 70—is a credit to

Mr. Woosnam, who also collected about 380 birds.

About 31 species are represented in the Mammal collection,

of which I have described five as new. Of these by far the

most interesting is the beautiful large-eared mouse described as

Calomyscus bailwardi, which forms a new genus entirely unlike

anything hitherto known from the Old World, but allied to the

North-American Peromyscus.

Col. Bailward’s party entered Persia at the head of the Persian

Gulf, beginning work at Ahwaz, on the Karun River. From

there they travelled north-eastward across the Bachtiari mountains

to Isfahan, and it was in this region that the majority of the

novelties were obtained. From Isfahan they went westwards to

Kermanshah, and thence by way of Lake Van, Erzeroum, and

Baibort to Trebizond.

While the Armenian specimens obtained during the trip are

most valuable, their interest is dwarfed by that of the series from

Persia, for from the region travelled by Col. Bailward the only

mammals that have ever been collected were those obtained in

1870-72 by the late Dr. W. T. Blanford, and described in his

work on Eastern Persiat, the few collected and described by

de Filippi$, and a small series obtained in 1902 by Mr. H. F.

Witherby. From the character of the present collection it is

* [The complete account of the new species described in this communication

appears here; but since the names and preliminary diagnoses were published in the

‘Abstract,’ such species are distinguished by the name being underlined.—Eprror. |

+ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 527.

{ ‘Eastern Persia,’ Zoology and Geology (1876).

§ ‘Viaggio in Persia,’ p. 342 (1865).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. Il. No. XXXV. 35

520 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Dec. 12,

evident that much remains to be done in this area, and I would

draw the attention of other Indian sportsmen to Col. Bailward’s

success, with the hope that when coming home to England they

may follow his admirable example in working Persia by the way.

1. VESPERTILIO sp., near V. serotinus.

This Bat, of which Mr. Witherby also obtained examples near

Telespid, is a pale form of the Serotine group, but I cannot at

present determine its exact relationship to V. twrcomanus Kversm.

and V. mirza Fil. One thing is clear, however, that V. shiraziensis,

described in 1871 by Dobson, but afterwards referred by him, in

company with turcomanus and mirza, to V. serotinus, is a per-

fectly distinct species, readily distinguishable by its much greater

size.

2, VESPERTILIO MATSCHIEI PELLUCENS, subsp. n.

3S. 14, 15, 16, 17,19. Ahwaz, Karun R., S.W. Persia. 220’.

‘“*Common in the town.”

Closely similar to the species recently described as V. matschiei*,

from Aden, but slightly larger, and markedly paler in colour, the

upper surface uniformly pale buffy, very slightly darker than

Ridgway’s ‘‘ cream-buff,” which the under surface just matches.

Hars and membranes pale brownish, the hinder edges of the wings

white, and the posterior third of the interfemoral transparent

white or colourless. In true matschiei the membranes are dark

opaque brown throughout.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 35:7 mm.

Head and body (in flesh) 45; tail 43; ear 13.

Skull, greatest length 13:2.

Hab. as above.

Type. Male. B.M. No. 5.10.4.4. Original number 16, Col-

lected 28 Mar., 1905.

This beautiful little Bat is readily distinguishable from all

others by its uniform pale colour, the hairs being pale to their

roots. In the pale form of Pipistrellus kuhlii, found in company

with it, the bases of the hairs are dark, even though the tips are

light. ‘The peculiar translucent character of the posterior third

of the interfemoral is also very unusual.

3. PIPIStRELLUS KUHLT Natt.

6. 2, 5, 18, 20,21. Ahwaz, Karun R. 220°.

@. 11. Dizful, near Ahwaz.

These specimens vary a good deal in colour, some being nearly

as light as the darker examples of the last species. But the darkest

are far lighter than South European specimens, and no doubt

* Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) xvi. p. 573 (1905).

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM PERSIA AND ARMENIA. 521

they represent a valid lighter-coloured Eastern subspecies, for

which there appear to be several names available.

‘Shot close to the town of Ahwaz—their fur matches the soil

in colour.”—R. B. W.

4, PIPISTRELLUS ALADDIN Thos.

Abstr. P.Z.8. No. 24, p. 23, Dec. 19, 1905.

3. 41. Derbent, 50 mi. W. of Isfahan. 6500’. B.M.

No. 5.10.4.13. Type.

A very small species. The minute upper premolar in the

tooth-row.

Size about as in P. nanws and mimus. Ears of medium size;

inner margin slightly convex, outer margin with a well-marked

concavity in its middle third; antitragal notch shallow, the outer

basal lobe low, buried in the fur. Tragus of medium length,

rather broad, its broadest point just above its Inner base; inner

margin slightly concave; outer basal lobe rounded. Wings to the

base of the toe.

General colour above “ wood-brown,” the hidden basal halves

of the hairs blackish. Under surface similar, but rather lighter,

Kars and wing-membranes blackish grey, the hinder edge of the

wing from the tip of the fifth finger backwards prominently

white, as in P. kuhlia.

Skull small, delicate; much as in P. nanus. Outer upper

incisors about equalling the well-marked secondary cusp of the

inner, Large premolar well separated from the canine, the small

premolar standing in the tooth-row, wholly visible from without.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 31 mm.

Head and body (in flesh) 41; tail 35; ear 10.

Skull—greatest length 11:3; basal length in middle line 8:7;

breadth of brain-case 6:1; palatal length 4; combined length of

large upper premolar and two molars 2°8; lower tooth-row from

front of canine 4°2.

Hab. and Type as above.

This little Bat is perhaps a representative of the Indian

P. mimus Wrought.*, with which it agrees in size and certain

other characters. But it is much lighter in colour, the extreme

tips of the dorsal hairs in that animal being alone pale brown,

the rest being blackish, and the small upper premolar does not

stand so well in the tooth-row, although more so than in most

species of the genus. PP. nanus again is a dark-coloured bat, as

dark as a European Pipistrelle.

5, Myoris MYOTIS OMARI, subsp. n.

3. 42,43. Derbent, 50 mi. W. of Isfahan. 6500’.

(2. No, 138. Near Telespid, S.W. Persia. H. F. Witherby.

Kssential characters as in true myotis, the ears apparently

* Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 1899, p. 722.

35*

522 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON (Dee, 12%,

nearly or quite as long as usual, not shortened as in the

N. Indian dlythi. But the colour is very different, being that

characteristic of specimens from desert-regions. General colour

above uniform pale ‘‘ wood-brown,” the basal halves of the hairs

smoky brown, succeeded by a broad ring of glossy whitish sandy

and a fine pale brown point. Under surface broadly washed with

*‘ cream-buff.” Membranes and ears also much paler brown than

in myotis.

Teeth rather smaller than those of true myotis, larger than

those of blythi.

Measurements of the type :—

Forearm 60 mm.

Head and body (in flesh) 75; tail 61; ear 26.

Skull—greatest length 22°2; breadth of brain-case 9-9; upper

tooth-row from front of canine 9°5; front of lower canine to back

of m, 10-1.

Hab. Persia; type from Derbend. Alt. 6500’.

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 5.10.4.14. Original number 42.

Collected 14 May, 1905.

It is quite natural to find a desert-coloured form of the common

M. myotis inhabiting Persia. Mr. Witherby’s specimen is very

similar to the two presented by Col. Bailward.

Mr. Miller has shown* that the Indian Vespertilio blythi Tomes

is definably different from the European J/. myotis, to which

Dobson had assigned it. I may further note that Dobson’s

V. africanus t is clearly the same as J. blythi, the collection from

which the type came having been wrongly labelled as from the

Gaboon, when it really was from N. India. Dobson’s mistake

was therefore quite excusable.

6. NEOMYS FODIENS Schr.

¢. 53. 25 miles N. of Erzeroum. 7000’.

“Caught by a brook in the mountains. Was swimming and

diving with two others.’— RF, B. W.

7. ERINACEUS EUROP&US L.

56. 2. Tortoum R., N. of Erzeroum.’ 4000’.

Probably belonging to the form recognised by Barrett-Hamilton

as [. e. concolor Mart.

8. CANIS AUREUS L.

6. 12. Shus, near Dizful, Arabistan.

9. VULPES VULPES FLAVESCENS Gray.

6.7%. Bunde Kil, Karun R. 250’.

10. Purorivs nivauis L.

‘go. 61. Baibort. 7000’,

* P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiii. p. 155 (1900).

+ Cat. Chir. B.M. p. 810.

1905. ] MAMMALS FROM PERSIA AND ARMENIA. 523

11. Metuivora InpicA Kerr.

@. 24. Ram Hormuz, E. of Ahwaz.

12. CrreLLus XANTHOPRYMNUS Benn.

6. 60. Baibort, between Erzeroum and Trebizond.

In the fulvous summer pelage. Those obtained by Mr. Danford

in Central Asia Minor are in the grey winter coat.

13. CrrELLus concoLor Geoff.

Ge ole 2.4849) lake Vane 755005

“Very plentiful on open sandy ground ; to be seen about all

day.”—f&. B. W.

14, TareRA THNIURA Wagn.

3. 8,9, 10. Bunde-Kil, Karun R. 250’.

@. 13. Shus, near Dizful. 500’.

¢. 23. Ram-Hormuz, 60 mi. E. of Ahwaz. 500’.

@. 28. Mala-i-Mir, 70 mi. N.E. of Ahwaz. 3300’.

Whether this species grades into the Indian 7’. indica remains

to be seen when more material is available.

15. MERIONES PERSICUS Blanf.

@. 26. Mala-i-Mir, 70 mi. N.E. of Ahwaz, 8.W. Persia.

3. 36. Dopulan, 120 mi. N.E. of Ahwaz.

No, 26 agrees very well with a co-type, a female, in the British

Museum from Kohrud, but 36 has longer ears and smaller bulle.

As its locality, however, is intermediate between those of 26 and

the type, I presume the differences are either individual or sexual.

I am glad to be able to come at last to a definite conclusion

about the generic position of this animal, the teeth of the co-type

being so worn down that it was impossible till now to decide

whether it was a Meriones or a Gerbillus. The new specimens

show clearly that its teeth are those characteristic of the former

genus.

16. MERIONES ERYTHRURUS Gray.

Sg. |, 3, 22. Ahwaz, Karun R. 220’.

This Gerbille, which I provisionally refer to the Afghan species,

is also nearly related to J/. meridianus Pall.

“ Plentiful all along the flat coast plain from Bushire to the

Karun River. Nocturnal.”—R. B. W.

17-18. Mvus—MuscuLus group.

. 29. Deh-i-Diz, 90 mi. N.E. of Ahwaz. 5500’.

. 31. Bachtyari Mts., 100 mi. N.E. of Ahwaz. 5800’.

37. Bagh-i-Badaran, 30 mi. 8. of Isfahan. 8000’.

45. Sakiz, 100 mi. N. of Kumanshah. 5000’.

. 55. Tortoum R., N. of Erzeroum. 4000’.

Os +O +0 +0 +O

524 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Dec, 12,

When the difficult IMZus musculus group comes to be worked

out these specimens will be of the greatest value, but they cannot

well be determined at present. No. 55 is a typical dark long-

tailed house-mouse; the others are pale desert forms.

19. Micromys mystactnus Danf,. & Alst.

3. 64, 65, 66. 2. 67. Sumela, 30 mi. 8. of Trebizond.

1500’.

“Trapped on hill-side below the fir-woods.”—fF. B. W.

20. MIcROMYS SYLVATICUS ARIANUS Blanf.

3. 30,34. 2. 32. Bachtiari Mts., 100 mi. N.E. of Ahwaz.

5800’.

These specimens are coloured very like the South Persian

MN. s. witherbyi Thos., but have the larger teeth of arianus.

21, CALOMYscUS BAILWARDI Thos. (Plate XVI.)

Abstr. P. Z. 8. No. 24, p. 23, Dec. 19, 1905.

25. g. Mala-i-Mir, 70 mi. N.E. of Ahwaz. 4300’. 10 April,

1905. B.M. No. 5.10.4.68. Type.

CALOMYSCUS.

A member of the Cricetinc, or biserial-toothed Muride, of

which the only recent Old World * members hitherto known have

been the Cricetus group and the South African Mystromys. Most

nearly allied to the N. American Peromyscus, with which it shares

the possession of only five cusps on the anterior upper molars.

External form as in Peromyscus, but the tail bushy terminally,

as in many Gerbilles, to which the pallid colour also gives a

resemblance. Lars large. Fur soft. Feet of normal length and

structure; soles naked except just under the heels; sole-pads six,

the posterior one far back, separated from the others. Tail long,

pencilled, the single specimen with a peculiar double tuft of white

hairs at a point two-thirds along it, which may indicate the

presence of a special gland, or, more probably, be merely due to

an accidental injury.

Skull, as compared with that of Peromyscus, low, flat, and

rounded, the shape of the brain-case recalling that of a dormouse.

Bulle low, little developed. Palatal foramina comparatively small.

Coronoid process of mandible long, considerably overtopping the

condyle. .Incisors smooth. Molars brachyodont, thin, pattern

very similar to that found in Peromyscus, but even more simple ;

the cusps low, and the valleys between them shallow, and without

any trace of supplementary intermediate ridges. First upper

molar with only five cusps and without any trace of that dupli-

cation of the anterior cusp so characteristic of Cricetus and its

allies.

* Madagascar excepted.

1905. | MAMMALS FROM PERSIA AND ARMENIA. 525

Type :—

CALOMYSCUS BAILWARDI.

A beautiful Gerbille-coloured, long-eared, tufted-tailed mouse

of about the size of Mus musculus.

Fur soft and fine, hairs of back about 7 mm. in length.

General colour above a beautiful “pinkish buff,” darkened on

the back by the tips of the hairs being black, clear and rich along

the flanks and down the outer sides of the legs to the ankles.

Whole of under surface pure sharply contrasted white, which

ascends rather high up on the cheeks, nearly to the eyes, covers

the whole of the fore limbs, ascending almost to the shoulder, and

the inner side of the hind limbs. Head buffy, slightly paler than

back. Ears very large, practically naked, pale brown, their few

fine scattered hairs white; a small white patch above the base of

their anterior margin. Upper surface of hands and feet pure

white. Fifth hind toe long, reaching to the middle of the

terminal phalanx of the fourth. Tail long, well haired, the hairs

lengthening terminally into a pencil; pure white below, above

whitish proximally, darkening terminally to blackish.

Skull with the nasal region long and narrow. Interorbital

space broad, smooth, slightly convex, its edges scarcely marked,

no ridges developed on the parietals. Anterior plate of zygomata

not projected forwards. Palatal foramina ending half their own

length in front of the molars.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 78 mm.; tail 87; hind foot 20°5; ear 21°5.

Skull—ereatest length 26 ; basilar length 19°2; greatest breadth

13°8; nasals 10°1 x 3:2; interorbital breadth 4°4; brain-case

breadth 12; interparietal 3:1 x 8°7; palatilar length 10:5;

diastema 6°9 ; palatal foramina 4°5 x 1:8; length of upper molar

series 3°3.

Hab, and Type as above.

“Trapped among barren rocks on mountain-side above the

Mala-i-Mir marsh.” —A. B. W.

The discovery of this beautiful animal is of extreme interest, as

it belongs to a group hitherto believed to be exclusively American

and Malagasy, with the exception of Cricetus and Mystromys.

This group of biserial-toothed Muride is apparently a very

primitive one *, and was no doubt spread widely over the Old

World as well as the New before the triserial Murine were

developed and beat it in the struggle for existence throughout the

Eastern Hemisphere. But they penetrated neither to Madagascar

nor America, in which countries the Muride are all of the

biserial group. Now in Calomyscus we have another Cricetine

* Several fossil members of this group, Eocene and Miocene, are known, and are

all referred by paleontologists to Cricetodon Lartet, but if still existing they would

apparently represent quite a number of what mammalogists now call genera. I am

indebted to Dr. Forsyth Major for showing me a series of representative specimens

of the fossil forms.

526 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Dec. 12,

Mouse preserved in the mountains of Persia, closely allied to the

N. American Peromyscus, and widely different from any of the

Asiatic Muride hitherto known.

I have named this striking novelty in honour of Col. Bailward,

to whose generosity the Museum is indebted for the interesting

collection of which it forms a part.

22. CRICETULUS PH2ZUS Pall.

3. 46. Sakiz, N.W. of Karmanshah. 5000’.

@. 54. Tortoum R., 60 mi. N. of Erzeroum. 4000’.

6. 58. Baibort, Choruk River, between Erzeroum and Tre-

bizond. 5500".

“Trapped among the corn-lands.”—AR. 5. W.

23. MIcROTUS NIVALIS Mart.

3. 62. 25 miles N. of Baibort. 7000’.

24-27. Mrororus spp.

¢. 40. Derbend, 60 mi. W. of Isfahan. 6500’.

2. 57. Arab-Keni, 60 mi. N. of Erzeroum. 9000’.

@. 59. Baibort. 5000’.

These five Voles belong to at least four species.

28. ELLOBIUS LUTESCENS Thos.

3S. 51. Lake Van. 5000’.

Topotype. Quite similar to the original specimens.

29. ELLOBIUS WoosnAMI Thos.

Abstr. P. Z. 8. No. 24, p. 23, Dec. 19, 1905.

3. 38. @. 39. Dumbeneh, 50 miles N. of Isfahan. 7000’.

Colour much as in /. lutescens. Teeth of much simpler pattern.

Fur soft and loose in texture; hairs of back about 9 mm. in

length. General colour above dull greyish bufty, the hairs slaty

grey, with dull buffy tips. Sides paler greyish, not more strongly

buffy as is the case in LH. talpinus. Head blackish above, con-

trasting markedly with the general colour, much more so than in

LE. lutescens. Under surface similar to sides, the tips of the hairs

very pale buffy.

Skull rather more heavily built than in Z.lutescens. Zygomata

not so expanded vertically in the centre as in lutescens and fusco-

capillus, its greatest vertical breadth 3 mm. or less.

Teeth of a more simple type than those of 2. lutescens and

fuscocapillus, and nearly corresponding with those of fig. 6 of

Biichner’s plate* of Hllobius teeth. The last upper molar with

* Mamm. Przewalsk. pl. xv. (1889).

1905. | MAMMALS FROM PERSIA AND ARMENIA. D27

one simple deep reentrant angle on each side, the projecting

angles bordering them in front and behind nearly equally salient ;

no trace of the secondary antero-external reentrant angle, which

in #. lutescens tends to divide into two the large antero-external

projecting angle; posterior lobe diminished or absent. Last

lower molar with the anterior external reentrant angle about half

the depth of the posterior one; in fwscocapillus it is quite as

deep as the posterior one, while in ¢alpinws it is almost non-

existent. :

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 112 mm.; tail 16; hind foot 23.

Skull—greatest length 32; basilar length 29:2; zygomatic

breadth 24; nasals 8°8 x 3°5; palatilar length 19; diastema 12°5 ;

length of upper molar series (alveoli) 7-4.

Hab. as above.

Type. Female. B.M. No. 5.10.4.65. Original number 39.

Collected 9 May, 1905.

“Trapped in corn-land in broad valley, near a stream. Plen-

tiful.”—R. B. W.

In colour this Hilobius has a close resemblance to the /. lutescens

of Lake Van, but its teeth are of much simpler pattern, more

approaching those of L. talpinus.

30. ALLACTAGA WILLIAMSI Thos.

3. 50. Lake Van.

A topotype of this beautiful Jerboa, which was described

in 1897 from specimens presented to the British Museum by

Col. W. H. Williams, R.A.

31. Lepus cRASPEDOTIS Blanf.

6.4. Karun R., N. of Ahwaz. 250’.

9. 6. Bunde Kil, Karun R. 250’,

This appears to be the lowland coast representative of the

ordinary plateau Hare of Persia and Afghanistan, to which the

name of L. tibetanus should probably be applied.

It is distinguished by its shorter fur, which is silvery whitish

at base, with a broad black subterminal ring. In the highland

forms the part below the black ring is slaty basally, with a

creamy terminal half.

The type was described from Pishin, S.W. Baluchistan, about

100 miles from the coast.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Calomyscus bailwardi; natural size: p. 524.

528 MR. L. DONCASTER ON COLOUR-VARIATION | Dec. 12,

5. On the Colour-Variation of the Beetle Gonioctena

variabilis. By L. Doncaster, M.A., F.Z.8.

[ Received July 7, 1905. |

In 1895 (P. Z.8. 1895, p. 850) an account was given by Mr. Bate-

son of the colour-variation of Gonioctena variabilis, a Chrysomelid

beetle. His material was collected almost entirely at Granada

in the months of March and April; and he found that although

the insect is extraordinarily variable, yet when a large collection

is made the beetles could be classified into two chief groups with

very few intermediates between them. The ground-colour of

the elytra varies from a briliant red through orange and buff to

a greyish green; and although the intermediate colours (orange

and buff) are comparatively rare, no sharp line between the red

and green can be drawn. There is also a great diversity in the

markings: some individuals, chiefly those with red elytra, have

two black spots on each elytron (spotted type), others (almost

exclusively greens) are without these spots but have rows of

minute black dots (striped form), and a third class has both spots

and stripes. A large series of figures is given in the paper

referred to. Bateson further found that the spots and stripes

have a definite relation to the sculpturing of the elytra; the

spots having their centres on certain of the longitudinal rows of

punctulations, while the stripes lie between them. The spotted

or striped type may be associated with either the red or green

colour, but Bateson observed that almost invariably the spotted

elytra were associated with black pigmentation of the ventral

surface of the abdomen, and that specimens with no spots had

no black pigment in this position. The colour of the underside

therefore provided a means of dividing a population into two

classes with exceedingly few intermediates; some had dark

undersides and spotted elytra (with or without stripes in addition),

the remainder had light undersides and were without spots.

When classified in this way, it is found that most of the dark-

spotted specimens have red or reddish elytra, and most of the

unspotted light are green; and further, that about 80 per cent.

of the first class are males, and about 70 per cent. of the second

class females. The males are easily distinguished from the

females by the presence of a small rounded depression in the last

uncovered abdominal plate ; this is absent in the female.

In addition to the variations mentioned, there may be more

or less suffusion of the elytra with black pigment, until a totally

black form is reached. The specimens in which this melanic

variation is not very pronounced show that they belong to the

class which is both spotted and striped; it occurs much more

frequently in red than in green individuals.

1905. ] IN THE BEETLE GONIOCTENA VARIABILIS. 529

The case is of peculiar interest not only on account of the

great variability in a single species, but especially because of

the rather close correlation between the two chief colour-types

and the two sexes. Bateson found that on the hills behind the

Alhambra at Granada 80 per cent. of the males were spotted and

dark below, and over 70 per cent. of the females unspotted and

light. In the Darro valley, perhaps a couple of miles away, only

62 per cent. of the males were dark, and 85 per cent. of the

females were light; 7. ¢. there was a much higher proportion of

light specimens in each sex. On the other hand, at Castillejo,

near Toledo, rather early in the season, of 75 specimens all were

dark and spotted, all but one being males. There was therefore

some indication that the proportions vary with the locality, or

possibly with the season; and it seemed important to determine

whether the correlation between variation and sex was a genuine

and permanent phenomenon, or was more or less accidental,

depending on the local and seasonal conditions at Granada. I

therefore teok the opportunity, during a visit to Southern Spain

this spring (1905), of collecting Gonioctena in various localities,

in the hope of settling this question.

IT found that Spartium retama, upon which the beetle lives,

grew abundantly in most of the hilly uncultivated districts I

visited, except in the neighbourhood of Gibraltar, where I imagine

that the rainfall is too great, and in the desert to the east of

the Sierra Nevada, which is almost wholly without vegetation.

Almost everywhere where I found the Spartiwm I found also

Gonioctena, but never saw it on any other plant. Where the

beetles were abundant they were beaten into a net, but when

they were scarce it was necessary to search carefully for them

and catch each one separately. This probably leads to a slight

excess of reds in my samples, since they are much more con-

spicuous; but when this method was adopted the bushes were

searched very thoroughly, and I believe that the error may safely

be disregarded. On one occasion one method was used in a

particular locality, and two days later the other was tried in the

same place; and the difference in the proportions of red and

greens was not more than about 3 per cent., which might easily

have been due to chance in a comparatively small sample.

I collected the beetles at Ronda, Granada, and in two or three

localities in the neighbourhood of Malaga; those at Ronda were

obtained on March 23-24, at Granada March 25 and 28, and

collections were made at Malaga at the beginning of April and

again towards the end of the month. It will be most convenient

to describe the Granada collection first. On the hills behind the

Alhambra, between the Genil and Darro valleys, Gonioctena was

exceedingly abundant, and I collected altogether 1382 specimens,

978 males and 404 females (Table I.). In the distribution of

the different varieties they agree remarkably closely with those

obtained by Bateson ten years ago in the same place. Bateson

530 MR. L. DONCASTER ON COLOUR-VARIATION [ Dec. 12,

found that of the males 81 per cent. were spotted with dark

undersides, 19 per cent. striped only with light undersides. I

found rather over 83 per cent. spotted and dark, 16 per cent.

striped and light, and about 0°5 per cent. with intermediate under-

sides. Of the females, I found 27:5 per cent. with dark under-

sides, the same proportion as was observed by Bateson. The

occurrence of the different varieties is in every way in close agree-

ment with that found by Bateson; and it may be concluded that

their distribution at that season has not changed appreciably in

ten years. J did not collect in the Darro valley from which

Bateson’s second sample was obtained, but I found that on the

lower slope of the hill towards the Genil valley the proportions

did not differ from those on the top. On the Darro slope of the

hill, which is very steep and faces north, the beetle did not occur,

although Spartiwn was abundant.

At Granada a considerable proportion of the beetles were i

cop., and I collected 119 couples and recorded the characters of

each as they were gathered. Care was taken to see that they

were really paired, and since 71 pairs remained coupled after

they were dead in the killing-bottle, there can be little doubt

that all or nearly all were really iz cop. ‘Table II. gives an

analysis of these. Of the 119 pairs, there were 22, or over 18 per

cent., in which both male and female were striped green with

light undersides. Taking pairing at random among the general

population the expectation would be 10:5 per cent. But the pro-

portion of males of this type which were paired is considerably

higher than in the general population (29 out of 119 or 24°4 per

cent.); so that random mating out of those paired would give

17 per cent. of such pairs, which does not differ greatly from the

18 per cent. observed. Similarly there were 25 pairs (21 per

ce t.) in which both male and female were red with dark under-

sides. The expected number on random mating among the whole

population is 15:2 per cent., on random mating among those

actually found paired about 17 per cent. The numbers observed

are of course much too small to give reliable conclusions, but they

indicate that of the males of the green striped form, and females

of the red spotted form, a slightly higher proportion is found

paired than in the general population, and that there is possibly a

very small tendency towards selective mating between individuals

of the same colour type.

At Ronda Spartiwm bushes were very scarce, and upon many

there were no beetles, so that altogether only 106 individuals

were obtained, 80 of which were males, 26 females. Although

these numbers are small, they indicate that the population differs

considerably from that of Granada (Table III.). Of the males

60 (75 per cent.) were spotted and dark underneath, 9 were

green, striped and light, one red, spotted and striped, light, and

10 red, spotted and striped, with intermediate undersides. At

Granada only 6 intermediates occurred in 1382 specimens; while

1905. ] IN THE BEETLE GONIOCTENA VARIABILIS. d31

at Ronda over 12 per cent. of the males, and one female out

of 26, were classed as such. The females also differed greatly

from the Granada population: out of 26 only 10 were green

striped with light undersides, one was red, spotted and striped

and intermediate, and 15 were spotted and dark below. Even

this small collection indicates that the proportion in which the

different forms occur varies widely according to locality, as was

suggested by Bateson’s collections in two areas very near together

at Granada, and the entirely different type which he found at

Castillejo.

The only other collections which I was able to make came from

localities in the neighbourhood of Malaga, and these differ very

greatly not only from those of Granada and Ronda, but from

one another. In the first few days of April I collected on the

hills round El Palo, a village on the coast some three miles east

of Malaga. Spartiwn bushes were not very abundant and the

collection is not large. All the beetles were obtained in an area

not more than two miles in length, extending from near the

sea to less than a mile inland, and nearly all were found at

heights from 20 to perhaps 200 feet above the sea. In some

places higher up the hills, Spartiwm was common but the beetles

exceedingly scarce. A summary of this collection is given in

Table IV a, and it is seen that out of 173 males 141 (81:5 per

cent.) were of the green striped form with light undersides, the

remainder being mostly red, spotted with no stripes, and dark

below. Of 204 females 187 (91:6 per cent.) were green, striped

and light underneath, so that the percentage of this form does

not differ greatly from that found among the males. It is im-

portant to notice that two of the males and one female included

in this class were pure green with no spots or stripes. It is also

noticeable that in this locality the females were more numerous

than males.

During the same days I made collections in two localities to

the north of Malaga. One of these was at a place some three

miles up the main road, perhaps 500 feet above the sea. Here

I obtained 322 males and 197 females (Table Va). Of the males

with light undersides, 98 were green striped (9 of them having

also spots), 3 red striped, 18 red spotted and striped, and one pure

green, giving 120 or about 37 per cent. of light undersides.

There were 16 with intermediate undersides, and the remainder

were red spotted and dark underneath, mostly without stripes.

Among 197 females, 52 (about 26 per cent.) were light underneath,

all being green, and there were only two with intermediate under-

sides. At this place, therefore, the proportions of the different

colours were entirely different from those of Palo, although the

two places are not more than 5 miles apart; and the percentage

of light undersides was actually lower in the females than in

the males.

I also made a very small collection on some bushes growing in

532 MR, L. DONCASTER ON COLOUR-VARIATION | Dee. 12,

the river-bed about two miles above Malaga, 7. e. about a mile from

the place just mentioned, but only a few feet above sea-level.

There were only 25 males and 39 females (Table VI a), but they

are of interest partly on account of the preponderance of females,

and partly because the proportions closely resemble those shown

in Table V., although the beetles were obtained from near sea-

level, 2. e. at the same kind of altitude as those from Palo. In

this collection there were no plain greens.

On April 7 collecting was interrupted for nearly three weeks,

but on April 25 and 27 I was able in the short time at m

disposal to obtain 23 males and 33 females at Palo (Table IV 6).

These numbers are too small to make possible a close comparison

with the earlier gathering, but they are of importance from the

fact that 12 of the males and 14 of the females were of the pure

green type, usually with a yellowish tinge and nearly always

brighter in colour than the green striped form. At the beginning

of the month only 3 specimens of this type occurred ina collection

of 377.

On the 26th I visited the bushes up the river-bed and gathered

23 males and 31 females (Table VI 6), which included 4 males

and 9 females of the pure green type, the proportions among the

remainder being similar to those found on April 6. And on

the 28th I obtained 40 males and 47 females from the road to

the north (Table V 6), and here again the plain green type was

frequent, while three weeks before it had been almost absent.

When I first arrived at Malaga I found that a beetle larva was

common on the Spartiwn, and a couple which I kept alive both

hatched to the pure green form of Gonioctena. It occurred to

me that the green type might develop black pigment later, but

several which I kept alive for a week showed no change of colour.

Finally, when I was about to return to England, I gathered a

quantity of larvee in the hope of bringing them back alive ; some

of these came from Palo, where the predominant type was green,

others from the north road locality, where the majority were

red, The greater part died on the voyage, but I reared to

maturity three of the Palo batch and eleven from the north road,

and every one of these was plain green. There were 4 males

and 10 females.

I thought at Malaga that possibly the plain green type belonged

to another species; and I attempted to find out whether it ever

paired with the other forms, but was not successful. Very few,

however, were pairing at that time, so no importance can be

attached to the fact that I never found the two types paired

together.

On my return to England, Dr. Sharp very kindly examined

some specimens of the green form and compared them with the

spotted red, and reported that he believed they belonged to the

same species. It must be concluded that as the season advances

a new type begins to appear, and, judging by the fact that all the

1905. | IN THE BEETLE GONIOCTENA VARIABILIS, 533

larvee which hatched yielded this form, it probably replaces

the other varieties altogether.

A possible explanation of the meaning of this seasonal change

occurred to me, when I noticed that the plain green form only

appeared when the bushes began to come into bloom. Bateson

has pointed out how close a resemblance the green striped form

has to the grey-green of the Spartiwm twigs, and suggested that

the resemblance might be regarded as protective. So also the

red spotted type has a marked general similarity to the common

_ Coccinella septempunctata which frequently occurred on the Spar-

twwm ; so that the red type of coloration may perhaps be considered

as mimicry of a species protected by its unpleasant odour. But

more close than either of these is the resemblance of the plain

green type to the flowers of the Spartiwm. The flowers are very

small and grow in clusters; the petals are yellow, but are partly

covered by the bright green calyx. When a bush is in full bloom

the plain green type of beetle becomes almost invisible ; its thorax

is yellow corresponding with the yellow petals, and its elytra

have nearly the same colour as the calyx. The general resem-

blance is so close that the beetles are very hard to see when the

bush is in bloom, although when they are found on a plant which

has not come into flower they are nearly as conspicuous as the

. red type.

My observations, taken as a whole, lead me to the conclusion

that the correlation between the two main forms of Gonioctena

and the two sexes, which Bateson observed at Granada, is a

special phenomenon depending partly on locality and partly on

season, At Ronda the correlation was much less conspicuous,

and at Malaga it did not exist. Further, it appears that the

frequency of the different varieties depends largely on season,

but my observations did not extend over a long enough period

to work this out thoroughly. At the higher, and presumably

more backward, localities the males were more numerous than

the females, and the red spotted type was most abundant; this

was most conspicuously the case in Bateson’s collections from

Castillejo. Near sea-level there was an excess of females, and

at Palo this was associated with a predominance of green.

Finally, as the season advanced and the Spartiwm came into

bloom, a pure green type appeared; and from the fact that no

other form hatched from the larvee which I collected, it seems

probable that in the summer this is the predominant type of

both sexes.

In conclusion, I wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to my

brother for much valuable help in collecting the beetles,

Zoological Laboratory, Cambridge,

July 1905.

D34

MR. L. DONCASTER ON COLOUR-VARIATION

[ Dee. 12,

[In the tables reference is made to the figures given by Bateson,

P. Z.S. 1895, plate xlvii. |

TaBLE I.—Collection made at Granada, March 25-28.

Males. Females.

Description.

Col- | Per | Col- | Per- |

lected. cent. | lected.| cent.

A. Dark undersides.

Red, spotted (Bateson’s figs. 1, 2, 3, 14,19) ...... 674 69 50 11

Green, spotted (B., figs. 4, 5, 6, 1B) op 34, 3'5 23 6

Red, spotted and striped (B., figs. 7, ‘8, 30) . ene 77 8 17 4

Melanic reds (B., figs. 10, 11, 12) Beene sree 28 3 19 5

Green, spotted and ‘striped (B., figs. 27,28) ...... 4, (05) 6 15

| Total dark undersides 817 | 84 115 275

CSE See Se (eae ven eee

B. Intermediate undersides. |

Red, spotted and striped . 2) | 1

Red, spotted .. BARE NE dial Anas natee aye le 05

Green, spotted and striped 2) |

Total intermediate ................0000 5 | 05 1

C. Light undersides.

Green, striped (Bateson’s figs. 22, 23)... 149 } | 46 274 68

Green, spotted and striped (B., figs. 25, 27, 98)... 7). 14 35

Total light undersides 156 | 16 | 288 715

MO DAS. Aaa 978 | 1005 | 404 99

Taste II.—Couples recorded at Granada, March 28.

Total | Remained | | Total

Description. recone pounied Description. recone

gathered.| death. | igathered.

ake Reh Te Ss | ae

GQ i 3 green, spotted, dark ..

9 red, spotted, dark ...... Ge 10 | green, striped, light . 3

¢ red, spotted . ons (2 6 9 |S green, striped, light ..

g red, melanic . Eh 2 red, spotted, dark (one | 3

roi red, spotted, dark eo 4 3 | melanic) ...) |

2 green, spotted, dark... Kes ereen, striped, light .. i) 4

é red, spotted (one '2 green, spotted, dark ..

Q green, sec aa at be ad : be green, striped, ight...) 22

oe |

3 red, melanie ....... \ 9 1 lucie

g red, spotted & striped ANOUWATE Sod coc | 119

Remained

coupled

- after

death.

1905.]

Tasie [II.—Collection made at Ronda, March

IN THE BEETLE GONIOCTENA VARIABILIS,

23 and 24.

| c.

Males. Females.

Description. | l l

| Col- | Per | Col- | Per

\lected.| cent. lected.| cent.

A. Dark undersides. |

Red, spotted (Bateson’s figs. 1, 2,19) .. doonabal 3 23) 12

Red, spotted and striped (B., fies. Tones » 16) (eega eendel: 1

Green, spotted (B., figs. 4, 5, 28) puta eos clas: 2

Total dark undersides Al 60 75 15 | 58

B. Intermediate undersides.

Red, spotted and striped (B., figs. 7, 16, 30) TO) he 155 i 4

Light undersides. |

Red, spotted and striped (B., fig. 7) ......0........) 1

Green, spotted and striped (B., ‘figs. 27, 38) eee: i a) | 4

Green, striped (B., figs. 22 , 23) Sic anR oe ai eG

| Total light undersides 10 | 125 oe 39

TasBLe TV.—Collections made at Malaga (EI Palo).

IV aon April 1, 2, 4,

IV 6 on April 25 and 27.

IV a. TV 6.

esas ea |

Males. | Females. Males. Females.

Description. | | |

Col- | Per | Col- | Per || Col- | Per | Col- | Per

a | |

Red, Snel darkeyeeene eb ecel|l 2B 9 | 1 eg)

Red, spotted and striped, dark tah” ay 5 | 1

Mo fal darkqemrsaeage-e ues? en el Bro | ey 1 4 3 9

Red, spotted and striped, intermediate ee el AMO, 1 |

=| | pesale

Green, spotted and striped, light ...... ay oe 1

Green, striped, ight ...................., 139 80°5 | 187 915 10 43 16 48

Plain green, light 2 earliness 0% 12 52 14, 42

Motalwhiohty wees... LA 81'5 | 189 92 22 95 30 90

UNG ANH | fSoacad ed: 173 100 | 205 100 Psy ||) $8) 33 99

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou, Ii. No. XXXVI, 36

536

Taste V.—Collection made 3 miles north of Malaga.

Vaon April 3 and 5.

V6 on April 28.

ON COLOUR-VARIATION IN GONIOCTENA VARIABILIS. [ Dec. 12,

Va. Vb.

Males. Females. || Males. Females.

Description.

Col- | Per | Col- | Per Col- | Per | Col- | Per

lected.| cent. | lected.| cent. || lected.| cent. | lected.) cent.

A. Dark undersides.

Plain red... 1

Red, spotted (Bateson’ s s figs. 1h 2, Ns 166 114 17 15

Red, spotted and striped (B., figs. Me 8) 19 27 2 8

Red, melanic (B., figs 9, 10, 11) de ae 2

Total dark ...............,| 186 | 58 | 143 72°5 19 48 23 49

B. Intermediate undersides.

Red, spotted and striped (Bateson’s

figs. 7, 19, 30)| 16 5 2 1

C. Light undersides. |

Red, spotted and striped (Bateson’s |

figs. 7, 19, 30); 18 2 i)

Red, striped (B., figs. 20, 21) ......... 3

Green, spotted and striped 1 ABateens| I

figs. 27, 28)) 9 1 |

Green, striped (B., Hee. 22, me Suoge 89 50 12 12

Plain green ..... 1 1 Wnsc7é 12 |

Reale scat se bod || ea ea

i en 120) 37.) 52 | 2675 || 1201) o2iey ie odgel ame

Mo TAs eenee 1/329), | 100-197) 100) “||, 40.) 100; | 47a Oo)

Taste V1.—Collection made in river-bed, 2 miles above Malaga.

Via on April 6. Vi6o0n April 26.

Via. VIb

Males. Females. | Mates. Females.

Description. Ra be ae | | aa | Tal

Col- | Per | Col- | Per || Col- | Per | Col- | Per

lected. cent. lected.) cent. || lected.| cent. | lected.| cent. |

| Red, spotted, dark ..... Neel waleee| 29 11 | 6

Red, spotted and striped, idack age 6 2iea| 8

Potal darks...) 216 1 |) 164) W365) 900 8.1) be aie mee

Red, spotted and striped, intermediate) 2 8 seed eee ah 3

oi es

Green, striped, light a 28 4: 10 5 23 | 7 23

Plain green, light Aantal 4 17 9 29. |

Totalilighibr. year a 7 28 4 | 10 9 40 16 52

—-— ——--| — |

Toran 25 | 100 39 100 I 23 | 100 | 31 100

| |

{ Heonars HI

Ss) ti thsi

ETA A! ina

FN Se

BP UEy

q iy

P.Z.S. 1905. vol II. PLXVII.

J,G.de Man.del.

Bale «Danielsson Ltt Photogravure.

D> 3) Pai NCO GANeAay Fie Wi Ss) Up eee ene

Svea elses) ZU ID UI SS)

Bohai oo)

Pio W0s voller xvi

Beare a babi nite

ghey

Bale Danielsson [#4 Photogravure.

J.G.de Man. del.

7-15, PALA‘MON (BUPALAMON) LAR VAR.

EGS Sy 2 GE Ore Aue As, MEI@IN|) yee

1905.] ON CRUSTACEANS FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 537

6. On Species of Crustacea of the Genera Ptychognathus

Stimps. and Palemon Fabr. from Christmas Island.

By Dr. J. G. pe Man, of Terseke, Holland.

[Received October 20, 1905.}

(Plates XVII. & XVITI.*)

The Crabs and Prawns described in this paper were sent me

for examination by Dr. W. T. Calman, of the British Museum.

They were collected by Dr. R. Hanitsch, of the Raftles Museum,

Singapore, who wrote to Dr. C. W. Andrews regarding them :

“The Prawn and the Crab were obtained from a small, artificial

freshwater pool, on Christmas Island, above the waterfall, which

probably did not exist in your time [7. e. when Dr. Andrews was

on the island in 1897—1898].” Dr. Andrews adds that at the

time of his stay on the island the stream in question was a very

small thread of water, trickling down the precipitous hill through

thick bush, without pools of any size or depth, and that he care-

fully explored it for Crustacea without finding any. Of course

it is just possible that they may have existed in some pools not

visited by him.

PrycHOoGNATHUS PUSILLUS Heller. (Plate XVII. figs. 1-5.)

Ptychognathus pusillus Heller, Crustaceen der Novara Reise,

1865, p. 60.

Ptychognathus pusillus de Man, in Zoolog. Jahrb. (Spengel),

vol. ix. 1895, Abth. f. Syst. p. 99, Taf. 28. fig. 22.

One male and one female without eggs from a freshwater pool

on Christmas Island. :

Ptychognathus pusillus Heller was founded, forty years ago, on

a single female specimen collected by the ‘Novara’ Expedition on

the Nicobar Islands ; Heller did not figure his species. A new,

detailed description, illustrated by several figures, of this type-

specimen, preserved in the Museum of Vienna, appeared in 1895

in my paper on the Decapod Crustacea gathered by Captain Storm

in the Indian Archipelago: I suggested in this description that

Ptychognathus pusillus should be regarded either as a distinct

species, the male of which was still unknown, or as a young indi-

vidual of another known species, perhaps Ptych. pilipes A. M.-Edw.,

from Celebes, or Piych. intermedius de M., from the Moluccas

(J.c.p. 100). Ptychognathus pusillus, however, apparently a rare

freshwater crab, has not been met with during the long period

of forty years, and its rediscovery on Christmas Island is there-

fore particularly interesting, especially because not only the female

was found, but also the male, which hitherto was unknown.

The two specimens prove that Ptych. pusillus Heller is a “ good

species,” different from all its congeners.

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 550.

36*

538 DR. J. G. DE MAN ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dec. 12,

The female from Christmas Island is of a somewhat larger size

than Heller’s type specimen; the measurements are the same,

except that the greatest width of the carapace of the female

from Christmas Island is a little larger in proportion both to

the length of the carapace and to the distance between the

external orbital angles. The exognath of the external maxil-

lipedes, though still less broad than the ischium-joint, appears

broader in proportion to this joint than in Heller’s younger

type specimen, and the chele are comparatively larger. The

tips of both fingers carry some stiffish hairs on their outer surface

close to the horny border; these hairs are more numerous on the

tip of the fixed finger. In the Vienna type specimen these hairs

were, no doubt, worn off. The dactylus carries 6 or 7, acute,

conical teeth, and the fixed finger 4 or 5, which are a little larger.

These slight differences are caused by the larger size of this

specimen, which, for the rest, fully agrees with Heller’s type.

The male is larger than the female and more than once and a half

as large as Heller’s type specimen ; regarding the proportion of the

measurements of the carapace, the male agrees with the female

from Christmas Island. The cephalothorax also fully agrees in its

other characters with my description of 1895, except as regards

the outer footjaws. I suggested in that paper that, in the male,

the exognath should be as broad as or perhaps even a little broader

than the ischium-joint ; this supposition is now confirmed by the

male from Christmas Island. In this male, indeed, the exognath

(Pl. X VIL. fig. 3) appears « little broader than the ischium, the pro-

portion between them being as 11:10; the exognath is distinctly

convex longitudinally and also a little transversely. The merus-

joint fully agrees with that of the type specimen, its antero-

lateral angle being rounded, whereas the external margin, so far

as it is contiguous to the exognath, appears very slightly concave ;

the outer half appears, under a lens, finely granulate. The

exognath is somewhat punctate, except on the inner border and

posteriorly, as is also the endognath, except in the middle, and

short stiff sete are inserted on the puncta. The abdomen (fig. 4)

resembles that of Ptych. pollent de M. from Madagascar (de Man,

lc. Taf. 28. fig. 205), as is proved by the figure and the measure-

ments. Sternum and abdomen are punctate; the 3rd, 4th, and

5th segments of the abdomen, counting from the base, carry,

moreover, each a larger pit on their antero-lateral angle and

another on the anterior half at either side of the middle line.

The chelipedes are equal (fig. 1). The punctate, anterior surface

of the ischium carries one or two short, stiff sete. The upper

border of the merus is hairy on its proximal half, the obtuse

anterior border is granular and a little pubescent proximally.

The upper surface of the carpus is closely, but finely punc-

tate, the rest smooth, but it appears finely granular under a

lens in the female; the internal angle is obtuse, though not

rounded. The chele (fig. 5) resemble closely those of Ptych.

barbatus, not only as regards their general shape but also because

1905. | FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 539

the fingers are provided, each, exactly as in that species, with a

tuft of hair; the chele also much resemble those of Péych. pilipes

A. M.-Kdw. from the Philippine Islands, but here the tufts of

hair are wanting. Measured horizontally, the chele appear just

as long as the distance between the antero-lateral angles of the

carapace ; the palm is a little shorter than the fingers and, at their

articulation, a little higher than long. The convex, outer surface

of the palm, under a lens, appears very finely, but closely, punctate,

though smooth to the naked eye; both the upper and the lower

borders are rounded. The somewhat curved, tapering dactylus

carries 7 or 8 small teeth, which are rather obtuse, except two or

three near the tip; the immobile finger has 5 or 6 more conical

teeth, which are larger than those of the dactylus, especially two

or three in the middle. The fingers are finely and closely punctate,

just like the palm; on the middle of the outer surface of the

fixed finger the puncta are arranged in a longitudinal row that

extends from the tip almost to the middle of the palm; a few

larger, impressed puncta occur on the distal half of the index just

above that row. As in Ptych. barbatus, each finger carries a close

tuft of brown woolly hairs on the proximal half of its outer surface ;

the tuft of the dactylus does not extend on to the upper border

of the finger, and that of the fixed finger reaches only halfway

between the teeth and the lower border. The tips of the fingers

have horny margins: on the outer side of the tip of the fixed

finger, close to and parallel with the horny edge, are seen a

few short, stiffish sete, though much less numerous than in the

female; on the tip of the dactylus they are perhaps worn off.

The inner surface of the chelz (palm and fingers) is smooth and

glabrous.

The ambulatory legs are hairy on the upper side of their basal

joints, and a few stiff setze occur on the lower surface of ischium

and merus on either side of the articulation between these joints ;

the posterior border of the last two joints is also setose, and rows

of short sete occur on the lower side of the propodites of the Ist

and 2nd pair. For the rest, the upper and the lower borders of

these legs are glabrous, devoid of the long hairs that are character-

istic of Ptych. pilipes A. M.-Kdw. ‘The meropodites appear under

a strong lens very finely granular, except those of the last pair,

which are almost smooth and only punctate; the puncta are

small and numerous, but three or four larger puncta in a longi-

tudinal row are found on the middle of the meropodites of the

last pair. Just as in Ptych. barbatus A. M.-Edw., there is no

subterminal spine on the anterior border of the meropodites.

The following joints are also punctate, and the dactyli are ridged

longitudinally both on the upper and lower sides.

On a yellow ground-colour the upper surface of carapace and

legs is marked with innumerable, small, irregular spots of a dark

purple colour, which on the epigastric and protogastric regions

are almost confluent.

Among the twelve species of Piychognathus, certainly Ptych.

540 DR. J. G. DE MAN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dec. 12,

barbatus A. M.-Kdw. *, a marine crab from New Caledonia, which

has also been observed on the shores of Atjeh, Penang, and of

the islands between Japan and Formosa, is the most closely

related form. As regards the proportion between the length of

the carapace and the greatest width of it in adult specimens, both

species fully agree with one another, but in young individuals the

carapace of barbatus is slightly broader in proportion to its length

than that of pusillus (de Man, l.c. p. 104). At all ages, how-

ever, both in the male and in the female, the cephalothorax of

barbatus is anteriorly distinctly broader in proportion to its

length, as is proved by comparing the measurements of the length

of the carapace and of the distance between the extraorbital

angles ; the extraorbital teeth run therefore more obliquely with

regard to the median line of the carapace in Ptych. pusillus than

in Ptych. barbatus (figs. 1 and 6). In proportion to the greatest

width of the carapace the front appears a little broader in barbatus ;

it has the same form in both species, but the granulated line that

runs immediately behind the frontal margin is, in the middle

line of the carapace, contiguous to that margin in barbatus,

whereas in Heller’s species (fig. 2) both lines are distant from one

another in the middle. In Ptych. barbatus the epigastric lobes

are situated further from the frontal border than in pusillus

(figs. 1 and 6). In Ptych. barbatus the 2nd and the 3rd antero-

lateral teeth of the carapace are more saliené and the incisions are

deeper than in pusillus; near the antero-lateral teeth the carapace

of pusillus is somewhat granulated, but in barbatus not.

The exognath of the external maxillipedes of the adult male of

Ptych. barbatus is one-third broader than the ischium, and in the

adult female it is just as broad or even very slightly broader than

the ischium; in the adult male of pwszllus the exognath appears

a little less broad in proportion to the ischium, and in the female

the ischium is decidedly broader than the exognath.

The slight differences exhibited by the legs are of little im-

portance. But for a few hairs on the outer side of the tip of the

fixed finger in the female, the extremities of the fingers of barbatus

are glabrous. Ptych. barbatus is smaller than pusillus and the

habitat is different, the former being probably a marine species,

the latter a freshwater one.

An adult female of Psewdograpsus barbatus Rumph from the

River Wukur, on the island of Flores, is lying before me (vide

de Man, in Max Weber’s ‘ Deeapoden des Indischen Archipels,’

1892, p. 317); it will be useful to indicate the differences between

this specimen and the female of Piych. pusillus Heller, since they

much resemble each other. Both species, of course, differ at

first sight by their external maxillipedes; the rounded antero-

external angle of the merus-joint 1s less strongly produced in

Pseudograpsus barbatus than in Heller’s species, and the exognath

* Ptych. barbatus is also described in Prof. Aleock’s work: ‘‘ Materials for a

Carcinological Fauna of India.—No. 6. The Brachyura Catometopa or Grapsoidea,”’

Journ, Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixix. (2) no. 38, 1900, p. 406.

1905.] FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 541

of the former is, in the middle, only half as broad as the ischium,

whereas it narrows more anteriorly. The epistome has a different

form : in Ptych. pusillus it is barely broader laterally than in the

middle, but in Psewdogr. barbatus the posterior margin is strongly

arcuate, so that the epistome appears much broader laterally than

in the middle. The legs are much alike in both species, but in

Pseudogr. barbatus the last three joints of the ambulatory legs

are much more tomentose. Pseudogr. barbatus finally attains a

larger size.

Measurements of the two specimens of Péych. pusillus Heller

from Christmas Island, in millimetres.

Distance between the antero-lateral angles of

EN EUCATADACC Reem tac Na te mare tte tence ete 13°5 10°5

Distance between the second teeth .............. 175

Distance between the third teeth, 7. e. the

greatest breadth of the carapace ............ 18 13°75

Breadth of the carapace at the posterior end of

theslateralemancinsmeee Cemeeenns eeen oa 17 13

Length of the carapace, in the middle line ... 14:5 11°5

Breadth ot thetrontal border 7.00). 205... 7:2 5°5

Breadth of the posterior border of the carapace 75

Breadth, in the middle, of the ischium-joint

of the external maxillipedes .................. 2 ]

Breadth, in the middle, of the exognath ...... 2°2 1

Horizontal length of the chele .................. 13°5 6°

metic sil SEIU ahs dei asa bacon 6 3

Height of the ‘palm, at the articulation of the

LLIN OL SI UR A caer s eet tn arsine nue enc Nonas reed 7:75 3°3

Length of the antepenultimate joint of the

abdomen, measured in the middle ............

Length of the penultimate joint..................

Breadth of the posterior border of this joint...

56 anterior ae op see

Length ofthe termunaleyouib eee ee aes

bo bo BE bo bo

REVISION OF THE GENUS PTYCHOGNATHUS STIMPS.

The genus Piychognathus, created by Stimpson in 1858 (Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 104), and identical with the genus

Gnathograpsus A. M.-Edw. 1868, is, at the present time, September

1905, represented by the following twelve species :—

1. Ptychognathus glaber Stimps. 1858. ¢.

DD. pusillus Heller 1865. 3 9.

oe 3 riedelit A. M.-Edw. 1868. ¢ Q.

Gs o » var. pilosa de M. 1892. ¢.

4, <9 pilipes A. M.-Edw. 1868. 6.

5 = barbatus A. M.-Edw. 1872. ¢ 9.

542 DR. J. G. DE MAN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dec. 12,

6. Ptychognathus intermedius de M. 1879. o.

7 dentatus de M. 1892. 3 @.

)

8. 50 spinicarpus Ortm, 1894. ¢.

8): A pollent de M. 1895. ¢.

10. - affinis de M. 1895. ¢.

Wile 5 onyx Alcock 1900. ¢.

As - andamanicus Alcock 1900. @.

Of all these species the male is known, except of Ptych. anda-

manicus Alcock, which is, however, probably identical with

Ptych. riedelii A. M.-Kidw.; of five species only has the female

been observed.

According to their outer appearance and physiognomy these

12 species may be divided into three natural sections. The first

section represented by five species, viz. Piych. dentatus, spinicarpus,

polleni, afinis, and onyx, of which Ptych. dentatus is the typical

form, is distinguished by the following characters :—-The carapace

is hardly broader than long, the regions usually quite distinct, as

also the epigastric lobes. The three teeth of the antero-lateral

margins are sharp and salient. Front prominent, laminar,

straight, or nearly straight. Inner angle of the carpus of the

chelipedes produced, in the male, to form a more or less long

spine, except in Ptych. dentates, in which the inner angle is acute,

bat not spiniform. Chel glabrous on their outer surface, except

in Piych. onyx, im which there is a tuft of hair in the finger-cleft

and extending along the fixed finger. Ambulatory legs hairy,

the anterior border of the merus with a subterminal spine.

The second section is composed of Ptych. glaber, riedelii, with

its variety pilosa, and Ptych. andamanicus; Ptych. riedelit may

be regarded as the type. The carapace of Ptych. riedelii and

andamanicus is hardly broader than long, that of glaber, however,

is distinctly broader than long. The upper surface is quite flat,

much depressed, the regions are not or hardly indicated, and the

epigastric lobes are wanting. There are two teeth behind the

extraorbital angle, as in the two other sections, or one (glaber) ;

the teeth are small, not very acute or distinct. Front prominent,

laminar, slightly sinuous, furrowed transversely. Inner angle of

the carpus of the chelipedes obtuse, rounded, or (in Ptych. anda-

manicus) pronounced, though not spiniform. A brush of stiffish

hair at the tip of the fixed finger on its outer surface, except in

Ptych. glaber ; chele for the rest glabrous, except in Ptych. riedelit

var. pilosa. Ambulatory legs hairy ; subterminal tooth on the

anterior border of the merus inconspicuous or blunt.

The third section is represented by four species, viz. Ptych.

pusillus, pilipes, barbatus, and wtermedius, of which pusillus

may be regarded as the type. The carapace is decidedly broader

than long, flat, though not much depressed. Regions more or

less distinct, as also the epigastric lobes. Front not prominent,

distinctly sinuous, and transversely ridged. The three antero-

lateral teeth are not very conspicuous. Inner angle of the carpus

1905.] FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 543

of the chelipedes obtuse, or little pronounced, never spiniform.

Fingers, in the male, with a tuft of hair on their outer sur face,

proximally (barbatus, pusillus), or glabrous; in the latter case the

palm is either smooth on its outer side (pilipes), or granulated

(¢ntermedius). Ambulatory legs more or less hairy, no sub-

terminal spine on the anterior border of the meropodites.

Artificial key to the males of the Indo-Pacific species of

the genus Ptychognathus Stimps.*

. Fingers glabrous on their outer side (proximally +) ....

. Both fingers, or one of them, with a tuft of hair on their outer

ame, proximally aes

. Exognath of external maxillipedes, i in the adult ‘male, t twice

or more than twice as broad as the ischium { fe eS

. Exognath less than twice as broad as the ischium ...............

. Inner surface of the chelze pla rOUS tame a Moms Meth. AOA Or ate

. Inner surface of the palm with a tuft of hair ; R ‘carpus with a

small, acute tooth at the inner angle; second and third antero-

lateral teeth of the carapace sharp, ‘salient ; epigastric lobes

distinct .. .. dentatus.

6. Inner angle of the carpus obtuse or - pronounced, but not spini-

form; a brush of stitish hair at the tip of the fixed finger

on its outer surface; second and third antero-lateral teeth of

the quite flat, much depreses carapace not salient, ee

—

o> OV

w= & bo bo

spicuous aoe Tuedeli

andamanicus §.

6. Inner angle of the carpus produced to form along spine; no

brush of stiffish hair at the tip of the fixed finger on its outer

surface; second and third antero-lateral teeth of the flat,

though not particularly depressed carapace salient, Pea .. spinicarpus.

. Two teeth behind the extraorbital angle te j

. One single, small tooth behind the extraorbital angle ; inner

angle “of the carpus rounded; outer surface of ‘the chele

smooth ; ambulatory legs with long hairs on both margins. glaber.

7. Outer surface of the chele smooth, towards the base of the

THOT OOO OK) UOTVEXOD. ce neenekp cen heeeebene : BSED ae 8.

7. Outer surface of the chelz distinctly oranulated ; “antero-

lateral teeth of the carapace as little prominent as in Ptych.

riedelit, general shape of the carapace as in Plych. pilipes,

orn

and ambulatory legs, as in that species, very hairy sects. Mmtermedius.

8. Inner angle of the carpus produced to form a short, sharp

JOU soanscone 9.

8. Inner angle of the carpus obtuse ; distance between the extra-

orbital ‘angles much shorter than the length of the carapace ;

epigastric lobes distinct ; anibulatory legs very hairy ......... pilipes.

9. Distance between the extraorbital angles much shorter than

the length of the carapace ; epigastric lobes distinct ......... polleni.

* Ptych. andamanicus Alcock is included in this key. though only the female is

known, because this species is probably identical with viedelii, or in any case most

closely related.

+ The word “ proximally ”’ is added, because in Ptych. riedelii and andamanicus

there 1 is a small tuft of hair at the distal end of the immobile finger, externally.

¢ Only the young female of andamanicus is known. In it “the breadth of the

exognath is nearly twice that of the ischium; we may therefore conclude that in

the adult male the exognath will be twice or more than twice as broad as the ischium,

because, as a rule, the exognath i is, in this genus, less broad in the female than in

the male.

§ These two species are probably identical. The carpus of the chelipedes of

riedelii has a tuft of hair on its owter angle, both in the male and in the female; in

Alcock’s description of andamanicus this character has not been mentioned. Ptych.

riedelit has also been observed at Atjeh.

544 DR. J. G. DE MAN ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dec. 12,

9. Distance between the extraorbital angles as long as the length

of the carapace; no epigastric lobes .............................. affinis.

3. Both fingers with a tuft of hair proximally .. 10.

3. A tuft of hair in the finger-cleft and extending along the fixed

finger; carapace hardly broader than long, depressed ; teeth

of the antero-lateral border shar p and salient ; inner angle

of the wrist produced to form along spine ...... . onyx.

10. Exognath of external maxillipedes, in the adult male, more

than twice as broad as the ischium ; epigastric lobes Want-

ing; a brush of stiffish hair at the tip of the fixed finger ; ,.. Hy

A riedelit.

externally .. Bel a oe ER Rca age var. pilosa.

10. Exognath, in he adult male, not once anda half as en as

the ischium ........ 11.

11. Upper surface of the carapace ‘granulated — near the antero-

lateral margins ; second and third antero-lateral teeth of the

carapace not salient ; epigastric lobes distinct ; granulated

ridge behind the frontal border ney separated from it

in the middle ........... . pusillus.

11. Upper surface of the carapace, ‘which is broader “anteriorly

than that of pusillus, not granulated near the antero-lateral

margins; second and third antero-lateral teeth more salient

than those of pusillus; epigastric lobes distinct; granulated

ridge behind the frontal margin contiguous to it in the

MUdd levine weeee yee eeeN. Nya eM ae ena eno BL mE ANN ENDO BO CULIESS

Artificial key to the known females of the species of

Ptychognathus.

1. Carapace hardly broader than long, front prominent, nearly

straight ..

is Carapace decidedly broader than long, front little. prominent

and distinctly sinuous.. 3:

2. Regions of the flat, though not particularly ‘depressed carapace

and epigastric Tones distinct ; antero-lateral teeth of the cara-

pace sharp and salient.. Vee wo... dentatus.

2. Regions of the much depressed and quite flat | carapace hardly a SAP.

indicated +) novepicastric lobesins nace ees panes

andamanicus.

3. Upper surface of the carapace granulated near the antero-lateral

margins; ridge behind the frontal margin distinctly separated

from it in the middle; exognath of external mavxillipedes

distinctly less broad than the ischium ........ .... pusillus.

3. Upper surface of the carapace, which is anteriorly broader than

that of pusillus, not granulated near the antero-lateral

margins; ridge behind the frontal margin contiguous to it

in the middle; exognath of outer footjaws just as broad or

very slightly broader than the ischium ............................ barbatus.

PaLtzMon (EuPALHMON) LAR Fabr. var.? (Plate XVIII.

figs. 7-19.)

One male and one female without eggs from a freshwater

pool, Christmas Island.

During the two or three last decennaries several carcinologists

have regarded a more or less large number of described species of

the subgenus Hupalemon as synonyms or, at the utmost,

individual or local varieties of Palemon (Hupalemon) lar Fabr.

(confer: de Man, in ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ 1879,

pp. 168-173; Ortmann, in ‘Zoolog. Jahrbiicher (Spengel),’ v.

Abth. f. Syst. 1890, p. 724; Coutiére, in ‘Annales Sciences

Naturelles,’ Zool. 8™° série, t. xii. 1900, p. 292, and other papers

of the same authors). Several specimens of Pal. lar Fabr. from

1905. | FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 545

different localities of the Indian Archipelago, described, in 1892,

in my paper on the Decapod Crustacea collected by Prof. Max

Weber, are lying before me, as also are specimens from my own

collection. When the young male from the River Palopo on

the island of Celebes (de Man, in Max Weber, Zool. Ergebnisse,

uu. 1892, p. 447) 1s compared with the male from Christmas

Island, a doubt occurs to me whether we are right in considering

these two Prawns as belonging to oneand the same species. The

male from the River Palopo (Pl. X VIII. figs. 16-19) is certainly a

typical example of Pal. lar Fabr., but in the male from Christmas

Island, the size of which is even a little smaller, all the legs have

a much stouter shape, and there are no doubt still other differences.

Specimens of Hupalemon, presenting the same characters as this

male from Christmas Island, have formerly been referred by me,

and no doubt also by other authors (because this form is probably

also widely distributed throughout the Indian Archipelago), to the

“well-known” Pal. lar Fabr.; but it appears to be a question

whether this form may still be regarded as a variety or not. I do

not venture to decide this question at present, because the speci-

mens are apparently young, but T wish to draw the attention of

carcinologists to it, confining myself at present to describing the

specimens from Christmas Island accurately.

These Prawns are, no doubt, young; the male is 62 mm. long

from the tip of the rostrum to the end of the telson, the female

43 mm. The carapace of both is smooth. The lanceolate rostrum

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 7) of the male is rather short, shorter than the

peduncles of the internal antenne, reaching but a little beyond the

penultimate joint of these peduncles. The upper border, slightly

arcuate above the eyes, is somewhat directed downward, though

the acute tip extends horizontally forward; it carries eight equi-

distant teeth, that reach to the tip. The first two teeth stand on

the carapace, the third just before the frontal margin, above the

insertion of the eye-peduncles, and these teeth diminish a little

in length from the second, that is the longest, to the last one.

The distal half of the lower border carries three equidistant teeth

that are smaller than those of the upper border, and the first of

which is situated just below the antepenultimate tooth of the

upper border; the acute tip of the 3rd is a little farther from

the extremity of the rostrum than from the tip of the 2nd

tooth. At the level of the Ist tooth of the lower margin the

rostrum is just as broad above as below the lateral carina, and the

height of the rostrum at its base is a lidtle larger than its breadth

below that carina. Hepatic and antennal spines as in typical

specimens of Pal. lar. Of the two pairs of spinules on the upper

surface of the telson, the anterior is inserted on the middle,

the posterior midway between the anterior pair and the tip of

the telson. The telson ends posteriorly in a sharp tooth; the

inner of the two spines on either side projects half its length

beyond the median tooth, whereas the outer spinule, barely half

as long as the inner, reaches not so far backward as the median

546 DR. J. G. DE MAN ON CRUSTACEANS | Dec. 12,

tooth. The short flagellum of the internal antenne, which is

just as long as their pedunele, is serrulate internally, and coalesced

for a very short distance, ¢. e. for 4 of its length, with the outer

flagellum.

The legs of the first pair reach with their chele beyond the

antennal scales; the chela is @ litle more than half as long as the

carpus.

The legs of the 2nd pair (figs. 8 and 9) are unequal, the left

being a little larger than the other. The left leg (fig. 8), which

is somewhat shorter than the body, projects more than half

the carpus beyond the antennal scales. ‘he cylindrical merus,

that slightly thickens distally, is four times as long as thick.

The carpus, which is a litile shorter than the merus, has a rather

stout, conical shape; it thickens considerably towards the distal

end, appearing here more than twice as thick as at its base, when

looked at from above, and its width at the distal end measures

two-fifths of its iength. The chela issomewhat longer than merus

and carpus taken together. The palm is nearly once and a half

as long as the carpus, and one-fourth longer than the fingers, which

are a little curved inward, so that the inner border of the chela

appears somewhat concave; the palm, distinctly broader than the

carpus, 1s somewhat broader than thick, though but very little, the

breadth in the middle being in proportion to its thickness as

15:18, so that 1t appears almost cylindrical. About at one-third

of its length from the articulation the immobile finger’ is armed

with a conical tooth (fig. 10), half as high as the finger is broad

at this place; behind it is seen a smaller rounded tooth and,

between the latter and the articulation, four or five extremely

small and low rounded teeth. The dactylus appears, at its base,

a little broader than the fixed finger (fig. 8), and is armed, just

in the middle, with a slightly curved, conical tooth, which 4 Is @

little larger than the foremost tooth of the index ; opposite to it

on the fixed finger is a small notch (fig. 10), that fits the

tooth. Between this tooth and the articulation there are still

five or six, mech smaller, obtuse, somewhat unequal teeth. The

tapering fingers therefore do not shut close together ; between

the foremost teeth and the tip the cutting- edge is sharp. The

joints of this leg are everywhere covered with ‘ronnie ale minute,

sharp spinules, except on the usual, naked lines; these spinules

are more crowded anda little larger on the outer and on the

inner border of the palm and near the finger-cleft on the upper

surface, whereas they are less numerous on the rest of the upper

and on the lower surfaces. They are few in number on both sides

of the fixed finger; on the outer margin of this finger they are

also few in number, but lar ger than on the imner border of the

palm. The outer side of the dactylus is thickly beset with

slenderer, larger spinules, the sharp tip of which is curved

upward, whereas the i inner part of the upper and lower surface

is nearly smooth. A few microscopical hairs occur on the outer

and inner borders of the chela and of the other joints.

1905. ] FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. DAT

The right leg (fig. 9) resembles the one described (confer the

measurements), but the palm is @ little less broad than the distal

end of the carpus, and the crowded spinules on the inner border

of the palm are decidedly larger than those on the outer border.

The toothing of the fingers i is also differ ent, the teeth being much

smaller. The fixed finger carries a minute, conical tooth ait one-

third of its length from the articulation, ai nd a sinaller one behind

it; at two- fifths of its length from the articulation the dactylus

carries a similar, sul acute tooth, and between it and the arti-

culation four much smaller teeth, ailse sharp. The palm of both

legs is somewhat marbled by darker flecks; the fingers are bluish

on their lower side with yellow tips, whereas their pale yellow

upper surface is marked with three or four blue bands.

The three following legs are also of @ stowter shape than in the

typical specimens of Pail. lar. The 3rd pair reach to the end of

the antennal scales, the 4th are a little shorter, and the 5th pair

reach to the distal third part of ae scales. The breadth of the

meropodites of the 3rd pair (Pl. XVIII. fig. 11) is little more

hewn 1 of their length, and that of the propodites little more

than { of the length of these joints. ‘The basal joints and the

meropodites are emootn above, but then: lower surface is beset

with small spinules, a few of which occur also on their outer

surface. The carpopodites are on all sides covered with similar

spinules, and the propodites are still more spiinulose; the spinules

show here a tendency to be arranged in longitudinal rows. The

lower border of the propodites carries a@ vow of larger spines, 9 or

10 on the propodites of the 3rd legs, which are 0°36 -6-4 mm. long ;

on the pr opodites of the 5th pair these larger spines of the lower

border are 14 or 15 in number and become distally a little longer,

so that the last one near the articulation of the dactylus is

0°55 mm. long. The dactylopodites of the 3rd pair (fig. 11)

measure somewhat more than one third, the shorter ‘dacty li of the

5th one-fourth of their propodites. The ambul atory legs are a

little hairy, especially the carpo- and propodites; the hairs, how-

ever, are short and fine. A tuft of hairs occurs at the distal end

of the upper border of the propodites, and those of the 5th pair

carry, moreover, a brush of hairs at the far end of the lower

border.

The rostrum of the female (Pl. X VIII. fig. 12) is slightly inclined

downward and reaches to the distal end of the peduncles of the

internal antenne. The upper border carries 9 teeth, the 3rd of

which is situated not before, but dust above the frontal margin,

two standing also on the carapace; the teeth, which reach to the

tip, are a little unequal, the 2nd ain the 6th being longer than

the rest, and the foremost tooth is smaller than the preceding.

The lower edge carries 3 smailer teeth, the tip of the 3rd tooth,

which is situated just below the middle of the penultimate tooth

of the upper border, is once and a half as far distant from the

extvemity of the rostrum as from the tip of the 2nd tooth of the

lower border,

548 DR. J. G. DE MAN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dee. 12,

As regards the two spines on the carapace and the telson, the

female agrees with the male. The short flagellum of the internal

antennee, when put back, reaches to the Ist tooth of the upper

border of the rostrum. .

The legs of the 1st pair agree also with those of the male ; the

chela extends beyond the antennal scales and is distinctly more

than half as long as the carpus.

The legs of the 2nd pair are subequal, the left (Pl. X VIII. fig. 13)

being very little larger than the right. They show a less stout

shape than those of the male, as is proved by the measurements.

For example, the width of the distal end of the carpus is but one-

fourth of its length, and the pali is also less broad in proportion

to its length. The dactylus carries one small obtuse tooth at the

end of the sharp cutting-edge (fig. 14), at one-third of the length

of the finger from the - erdsverollaviom: and four smaller teeth, also

obtuse, posterior to it; the fixed finger oarries one single tooth

at the end of the cutting. edge. These legs are also covered with

small, slender spinules ; those on the inner margin of the palm

are more prominent than on the outer and more numerous than

on the upper and lower surfaces, The ambulatory legs (fig. 15)

are also slenderer than in the much larger male.

When, however, the legs of the 2nd pair are compared with a

female from Kadjang of the same size which belongs to the typical

form (de Man, /. c. 1892, p. 449), then they appear in the female

from Christmas Island distinctly stouter, especially the carpus.

The male from the River Palopo (p. 545) is 75 mm. long. The

rostrum (Pl. XVIII. fig. 16) reaches to the extremity of the an-

tennal scales. The upper border, which is slightly arcuate above

the eyes, carries 7 teeth ; the 2nd tooth, situated above the frontal

border, is a little longer than the four following, which are sub-

equal; the foremost tooth is longer than the preceding and almost

twice as far distant from the penultimate tooth as from the

slightly upturned tip. The two teeth of the lower margin are

situated below the 5th and the 6th of the upper border. The chelz

of the 1st pair are harely half as long as the carpus. There is but

one leg of the 2nd pair (fig. 17); this leg has a much slenderer

shape than those of the male from Christmas Island (confer the

measurements). The carpus is, at the distal end, comparatively

only half as thick as in that specimen. The ambulatory legs

(fig. 19) ave also much slenderer than in the male from Christmas

Island.

T do not wish to go further into this question, but, at first

sight at least, it appears probable that under the name of Pal. lar

Fabr. two different species are confounded. The following may,

however, be added.

Specimens lying before me from a river near Mbawa in the

island of Flores (de Man, /. c. 1892, p. 449) belong certainly to

the same form as the male from Christmas Island. A male

71 mm. long fully agrees with it, as regards the shape and the

characters of the rostrum and of the “ambulatory legs (the 2nd

1905. ] FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 549

legs are unfortunately wanting); and likewise a female 50 mm.

long with the female from Christmas Island.

In a paper on some species of this genus (in the Transactions

of the Linnean Society of London, 2nd ser. Zool. voi. ix. pt. 8,

1904, p. 292), I have already alluded to the fact that in adult

specimens of Pal. lav Fabr. from Tahiti, described by me as a

variety spectabilis, the ambulatory legs presented a stouter shape

than in specimens of the same size from Halmahera; but I do not

venture to say now whether the Prawns from Christmas Island

belong to that variety or not, because they are considerably

younger.

Measurements in millimetires.

fae Saal ads

fav 4. Se Sia i 82s

J CTEVERE NCEE LEON TOGO) aalionwubncctnavae staban added ncosseaneesall (2 43 175 43

Formula of the rostrum ; : i ;

; Length of the carpus of Ist pair of legs ..................| 75 5:3 | 9:3 5

ie > chela ee Elena Peewee onll | CRE) | | 45 958)

Bs ey dareer les, of bhewud "pair nse | 49 95° =| 49 265

a5 Oy PAGO) AUIS EAH Br SLaHEin nore clean Peae a aatenr Cacia kero eal OVE 5°25 |10°5 5:5

Breadth of the merus proximally ........................) 1% 05 1:2 0-6

i a Bega lis tellllygecre ys ae Sle D358) 0:9 17 | o9

Gengthyotithe carpusiessesos sates | 8:25 | 49 | 9:5 | 57

Breadth of the carpus proximally ......................../ 15 | 0-7 1:25 | 0°66

a 5 ay ObISTEN ee OSE what egcanmeds onsuno asl eo || MAS | 1:9 12

Length of the chela te ae | 21 | 92 |18'5 88

is Bp hc Wi lbeUN sastep ease aee Sar audauy sekivas pis sBOmea Mone MLN ail xml IO 4°75

Breadth _,, » in the middle sal Ghz) || ILS} 22, 1:25

Thickness aa 5 i Er See aE eel eo ora Male GE Eso | 1-7

Length of the shorter leg of the 2nd pair .............. | 45°5 DA°5 94

Sp oa IHN RUS octane dasepemudedouaroasedaato ee | 9 | 5 | 6:95

Breadth ,, Fe proximally ......... alsa Ose 06

5 - is distally ‘| 24 | 0:9 | O9

Length of the carpus .... gan rae We ar, 5

Breadth ,, a proximally ........... sale 6 065 | 07

5 35 ‘ distally a) wRay |) ase 1:12

Length of the chela |18°5 | 8°65 8°75

- Ss) EO NONI eee Na Mame eee aa ea ce Munch nie eee gal | ALORS aT MTS 4°75

Breadth ,, 3 in) thewmid die) Hae ee eee aoe | 158} 2

| Thickness st ss 5 BH onal tucce madre ORE | Tl ae hey

| Length of the meropodite * of the 3rd pair of legs | 7-5 | Bo} = || Ce) 5:2

Breadth _,, » > >» eee Osman sl-3y 0:62

Length ,, propodite if sr cael Rn I aka Gir 42

Breadth ,, 5 9 55 3 | 0778) | 0:38 | 0:65 | 0:35

Length ,, dactylopodite ,, Hi i | 23°) 14 29

Nos. 1, 2, Christmas Island; No. 3, male from the River Palopo;

No. 4, female from Kadjang, Celebes.

In another recent paper on species of this genus (in ‘Notes from

the Leyden Museum,’ vol. xxvi. 1905, p. 204, pl. 15. figs. 1-4)

I have proved that Pal. reuniannensis Hoffm., from the Island of

* The joints of the ambulatory legs are measured, their length along their upper

border, the breadth just in the middle,

590 MR. R. STAPLES-BROWNE ON [ Dec. 12,

Reunion, ought to be regarded as a, probably local, variety of

Pal. lar Fabr.

The male from Christmas Island bears a close resemblance,

indeed, to Pal. altifrons Hend. from British India (Delhi, River

Jumna, Lahore), described and figured in Trans. Linnean Soc.,

2nd ser. Zool. vol. v. 1893, p. 444, pl. 40. figs. 4-6. The carapace

of Pal. altifrons is, however, slightly scabriculate anteriorly, and

the rostrum appears considerably higher above the lateral carina

than below it and than in the specimens from Christmas Island ;

the carpus of the 2nd legs, finally, has also a less stout shape.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XVII.

ig. 1. Ptychognathus pusillus Heller, male from Christmas Island, x 2. Fig. 2.

Front, epistome &c., viewed from before, X 3. Fig. 3. External maxil-

lipede ot the right side, X 3. Fig. 4. Abdomen, X 3. Fig. 5. Chela

viewed from the outer side, < 3.

6. Ptychognathus barbatus A. M.-Edw., male from Atjeh, the cephalothorax

of which is 10°2 mm. broad; anterior half of the upper surface, x 3.

Prats XVIII.

Fig. 7. Palemon (Eupalemon) lar Faby. var. ?, rostrum of the male from Christmas

Island, x ¥. Fig. 8, left, fig. 9, right leg of the 2nd pair of the male,

x 2. Fig. 10. Toothing of the fingers of the left leg, x 8. Fig. 11.

Leg of the 3rd pair of the male, X 2. Fig. 12. Rostrum of the female

from Christmas Island, x 2. Fig. 13. Left leg of the 2nd pair of this

female, X 2. Hig.14. Toothing of same leg, X 17. Fig. 15. Lee of

the 3rd pair of the female, x 4.

16. Palemon (Eupalemon) tar Fabyr., rostrum of the male from the River

Palopo, Celebes, x 2. Fig. 17. Leg of the 2nd pair of the male, x 2.

Fig. 18. Toothing of the fingers of same leg, X 17 (the dactylus is a little

loose). Fig. 19. Leg of the 8rd pair, « 2.

7. Note on Heredity in Pigeons.

By RicHarp SrapiEs-Browne, F.Z.8.

[Received November 8, 1905. |

I. THe WEBBED Foot.

I received in 1902 a Pigeon with webbed feet, and, thinking it

would be interesting to investigate the inheritance of this

character, I made the following experiments with it.

There is no established strain of web-footed Pigeons, but

specimens so webbed are occasionally met with among domestic

bids. The character has been found in the Dove-cot Pigeon

and Working Homer, also in the Show Homer, Dragon, Magpie,

Tippler, Tumbler, Jacobin, and Pouter. I have myself bred birds

in the F. 4 generation of a cross between a Barb and a Fantail,

which showed this character to a considerable extent.

So far as I can at present judge from specimens recorded by

breeders, the most common type is a web between two digits

1905. | HEREDITY IN PIGEONS. al

oniy on each foot, and it is more usual to find the development

of the web nearly symmetrical in the two feet.

It sometimes occurs between digits uu. and ll. sometimes

between 1. and iv., and sometimes between all three.

The instances in which it reaches the bases of the claws between

all the digits on both feet are rarer. It has occurred on one foot

only.

Though this character has been observed to oceur in the

offspring of normal-footed pirents, I have never heard of an

instance in which all the young so bred were webbed. It has

been found in a pigeon bred from parents of two different strains,

and I have also heard of cases in which it occurred from time to

time in the same strain, birds showing the character having

been discarded.

The general result of the experiments is that the inheritance

of the webbed foot is Mendelian.

It is recessive to the normal foot.

The character is not a thoroughly satisfactory one to work

with, as it is liable to considerable fluctuation in extent.

Extracted. recessives, though all show webbing, have this

character In various degrees; in some it reached only to the first

interphalangeal joint of the second and third digits, or to the

second joint of the fourth digit.

On examining the normal population | find that birds occa-

sionally, though rarely, occur with webs as extensive as this.

In the families here recorded I took the first interphalangeal

joint of the second and third digits and the second joint of the

fourth digit as a minimum, and counted as ‘“‘ webbed” all birds

with a web reaching this minimum in the case of at least two

adjoining digits: ali birds with less webbing than this being

given as normal.

If a much greater series of numbers could be investigated,

undoubtedly there would be overlapping between the two classes

of normal and webbed birds.

On the other hand, the evidence, so far as it goes, does not

indicate that the degree of webbing in the parents closely limits

the amount in the offspring, for moderately webbed birds have

given birds more webbed, and fully webbed birds have given

offspring less webbed (see exp. 13 and 14).

T hope later to make further experiments with the lower states

of this condition.

Web-footed 3 used in Experiments.

The Pigeon which I used in the following experiments

somewhat resembled an Antwerp in appearance, but was of no

distinct variety. The web extended to the base of the claws in

both feet, but the digits were rather closely webbed together

except ill. and iv. of the right foot, where the web was sutfticiently

loose to allow the usual spread of the foot. The bird was of the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1905, Vou. II. No. XXXVII. 37

D52 MR. R. STAPLES-BROWNE ON [Dec 12,

ordinary blue colour found in Columba livia. The feathers on

the back of the head were perfectly smooth (cf. Nun Pigeon).

It was bred by Mr. Doggett, of Cambridge, in 1896, from a pair

of birds with perfectly normal feet. The parents produced several

offspring showing webbing in varying degrees. Three of these

birds were exhibited by Mr. Bateson at the Zoological Society, and

are described in the ‘ Proceedings’ for Dec. 15th, 1896, p. 989.

(The bird used is No. 3 in that description.)

It was also described and the right foot figured by Mr. Tegetmeier

in ‘ The Field’ of Sept. 12th, 1896.

It appears that some of these birds were bred together and

produced, among others, a bird with completely webbed feet, the

web being sufticiently loose to allow the normal spread of the foot

between every digit. This bird was exhibited by Mr. E. S.

Montagu at a meeting of the British Ornithologists’ Club on

Jan. 22nd, 1902. It is described in the report of the meeting

(Bull. B. O, C. xii. p. 41), and again in ‘The Field’ of Feb. Ist,

1902 (vol. xcix. p. 177).

“ Nun” Pigeon 2 used in Hxperiments.

The Nun is an old established strain of Pigeons, originally a

variety of Tumbler. The feet are normal and free from feathering.

It exhibits a tuft of reversed feathers standing up at the back of

the head forming the “shell.” It is slightly larger than the peak

found in the Turbit and some similar varieties.

Crosses between the Web-footed Pigeon and the Nun Pigeon.

The experiments were begun in 1902. The original cross was

made between one pair of birds only, viz., those described above.

The subsequent experiments consisted of breeding from the birds

produced by the first cross.

The results of the experiments, so far as they concern the two

principal characters of web-foot and ‘“ shell,” are given in Table I.

The table is arranged in a similar manner to that used by

Bateson and Punnett in the description of their experiments with

Poultry in the second report to the Evolution Committee of the

Royal Society. The ordinary Mendelian terms are used :—

D and R being the original dominants and recessives ;

DR is the first hybrid generation or F. 1;

DD . . 9

a the homozygote dominant in F. 2; and

vey

the heterozygote dominant in F. 2 ;

R :

= the extracted recessive.

The same terms over 3 apply to similar forms in F. 3.

The asterisk shows that the bird is bred from a DR x R mating,

and not from a DRx DR.

« LYS ,, JO aouekqy = V ce [OS ,, JO 99MOS0T T= J —. 119 U8 5 “JooF [BULLO NT = NC “POOF pod qa MA = M722

om ip ie Serr aa ae (eee ese ee ier ee

- o ; |

1a e Se Shae r : S5 iS Sarat | Fame eae cen Ve Oe

1g Eg eee | ] eae 0 a oa 2 V M 3 61 ea AN 8 IF ¥L

| | | eG | |

a — | Sy | | = o hegVie I. aye | ee, feeeone

L | ] € 0 at II Ve alee 8 |g a8 0% a1 Vv M g oF él

[2 0 —j | 2 6 | wa Xa, OF 8 | Ve 3 oN I Ta er Vee PTE Es Gp ee ral

, €

[¢ 0 ead v € recs CCl I V M 8 03 || 9¥8 Vv N I Gp II

wr C *GOBL

ice iGi ora | os Bee ee cae ae ee es | ee

rs 2 laq* a [0 8 ea V N g 88 dogs|e Ni g G OL

L o, & | |

Z 0 L au [0 L Sle ate d N € ve = d N U7 Bh, les 6

a 5 é g pais cate Sel) Seeeleeal | ee eine Slee ead me eae aire ak ta

fs, — = OX = G = Vs

e [g Ole | ] 9 0 ea Sat | Vv M é 6L Vv M 3 Te 8

G G

7 1 t |uaxuajll ¢ 0 Bees -- Vv M 8¢ — Vom RAN a tor | eocerl eee L

Z | Pee (ge sae

es OL T qa Xu | 0 GI NaXuUud | ZL VE V. N T Tr || 11 9e V N T OF ieee

ol | | 9

a 6 OF AGee | 9 e p axud | set} v | m (|39988%q) qm |] 7 VPN i rons ee ¢

a | | “POGT

Ss a ee |_—-——_— —_ ———— —— re

= 9 € yuaxud g 6 Tax || — Vv N i Gh ¢ v N Te pte eee er P

L z yqaxud 0 11 |uaxua | etv9| Vv N I tw || 179] Vv N Toe Oye hee €

8 0 Caden | By g axud || ¢eP1 V M | He88oq | qa || — V NC Sere ees z

| "G06 E

9 0 axa 0 9 axa || geo] Vv | mM |93988q} qm || — qm NG |, eC I

| "ZOGT

‘aL es ee ee PO) Negse nes ob uy eae | ut pasn | ..°27248),,| 729g | worry | *P || ut pasn | .“77049),,| ‘gaaq | utoay | *S an

S «TPIS » me “Wa Te ta lls cosy: ULI) os[y WIFI al

ee | |

————— . = = —— =

‘| Wavy,

37%

554 MR. R. STAPLES-BROWNE ON | Dee. 12,

A disevepancy will be noticed between the numbers of birds

illustrating the foot character and those which show presence or

absence of “shell” in the same experiment. This is accounted

for by the fact that it is possible to recognise the webbed or

normal foot on hatching, or even in birds found dead in the egg-

shell if sufficiently incukated, whereas the presence or absence of

the “shell” can only be ascertained when the feathering of the

young birds is fairly advanced.

It was noticed that many of the young birds which were

webbed were extremely weakly in the nest, and several of them

died at a very early age. Of the three extracted web-footed birds

bred in Exp. 4 from the DR x DR mating, not one was reared.

The extracted webbed birds whose purity was tested were all

bred from the DR x R matings.

Discussion of Results.

Foot character.—\t will be seen from the foregoing table that

the feet of the F.1 generation, of which six birds were bred,

were all normal, the web character behaving as a recessive. Two

pairs of F.1 were mated, and in experiment 4 the webbed foot

veappears in three birds out of the twelve, this being the exact

proportion expected on the Mendelian hypothesis.

From the other pair (Exp. No. 3), however, no recessives

appeared, and the mating was repeated in 1904, as Exp. 6, with

the same result. During the two years that these birds were mated

together 29 eggs were laid and 23 birds produced, all showing the

normal foot character. The absence of webbed birds in this

family was quite contrary to expectation, for 5 or 6 recessives

were to be expected. In order to test the matter further, in

1905 the two F.1 birds in question were mated to extracted

recessives, and, as will be seen on referring to experiments 11 and

12, webbed and normal offspring were then obtained in approxi-

mately equal numbers in accordance with Mendelian expectations.

The absence of recessives in the 23 birds in F.2, bred in

experiments 3 and 6, is very remarkable. Whether it arose

from any definite disturbing cause, or was merely a chance

akerration, cannot be asserted. The behaviour of the same birds

when mated to pure R clearly proves that their gametic production

was then normal.

In the matings of DR’s both with the original recessive web

and with the extracted recessives the results are simple. It will

be noticed that in experiments 2,5, 11, and 12 fifteen webbed

and fifteen normal birds were produced, the Mendelian expectation

of such a mating being equality.

It being impossible to test the purity of webs bred by the

DRxDR matings, as the birds died in the nest, the extracted

recessives from the DRx R matings were used, and experiments

7, 8, 13, and 14 show the results. Nineteen birds were raised in

these four experiments, all having the feet webbed.

Yen)

Xen}

iter}

HEREDITY IN PIGEONS.

1905.]

"[RULOU AT — IIL TUM

‘peutou AL --- 1 CAG NL eee CRONE

‘Temiou AL — TIL TAM fg Ot

‘yeurou AT — Tl OS Oe =e Oe

"eurtou AT — 1 ‘(ye omr =o i

PAO AT tee A OOLUL FeO = Fe 0 18

goat — Tou Yeuuounmr — wu

poar — goin tO ME = (6 Ii

‘yeuou ar — ORNs aoe Ta

ue mpg ae (ge ein os eu

GO SF ON 4s) Tis, ae Yet i

your — goin 5G OU ree Cae

(%)GGar — [ou D6 OU Oy

"jeudou aL — TH (eeu —(E)eeou

"[BULIOd AL — IIL eeu — Zou

pea — gou Geen oa at

CREAT ee Get TOIT ss (EIN

‘edgar —(f)eem “(Heem — fou

COCOA == 5 it Wee Ween

pear — gem COs eG OU

‘yeurdou AL — Ut Obs eee Th Wale

pear — gem SG ODO al

poar — gem Goi —(F)6ou

"JeULIOW AT — TI STO: Us tee [OULL

TOO SS oni ep te Se Ginn

ies ae es eeu

t AL — @€@11T {@OIE =" (Gag ie

roa — om | eom — Ben

eoar — Tom coir — gou

GO AC HOt Weems = Go

7 Ob AL — & Il : Do es ee OTL

eo — gem Eom — got

Gear -— Go eeu — ge

‘pear —(@eom SOE eu

FAG ATs ne Om iUmmenn (Ec OUT 1, Oat

‘jeuttou at — 1 GO UM oO Te

‘fuuou ALG]— WL Goud— g¢é¢uq

“LOOY LHD

‘Zo At

“yeul1ou AT

TRUdou AL

*sULtou Al

*“peuLLou Al

Poa

*“[BIULOU AL

“po at

"£8 al

@ Al

FP AL

572 7) AL

‘GOAL

“PRuLIou Al

*peuidoa Al

(HG OA

pH ar

*PUULLOU AL

“pO at

b at

@ At

i) wt

) Al

@ AL

@ al

cb AL

@ AL

POM

“Buco Al

PoOat

gat

‘EG al

“[BULIOU AL

“p PAL

“[TBULIOU AL

= HM ‘Gye

7a 1G

= a

a (2)¢

= (ESE

== Feil 16

ee ; aT

= OG mi c

— gol %

SS PM

—($)4 our re

aS Pe 4p

— eon G

= Zou T

ae COS

rs I SCs

eal Cate COG

SRO Ee SCOG

— Sper

Se an @

ae) ya ae

== Sy te

—(#)eet GEG

See | RLU

a= ONE

— ¢¢i

—(§)eo tu

— eo

— Zou

(4) aot

—= €@ ll

"[BULLOLL AT —

Go ut

'09¢

‘OFE

“LOOW CAa'T

io-8)

006 MR. R. STAPLES-BROWNE ON Dee. 12,

Variation in the Amount of Webbing.

I have stated that the webbed foot is subject to considerable

fluctuation, both when the character is observed to occur in

normal strains and when it appears as an extracted recessive

in these experiments.

Table IT. is arranged to show the approximate stretch of the

web in the case of each bird recorded in the experiments. The

observations were made by bending the foot and noting to which

part of each digit the web was attached. In the table D

stands for the digit, and @ for the phalanx. Unless otherwise

stated, it should be understood that the web is attached to the

distal end of the phalanx in question ; but if a fraction is inserted

after the number of the phalanx, then the web is attached halfway

or three-quarters of the way up that phalanx. No very accurate

means of measurement were applicable, and the estimations

should be taken as approximate only.

The experiment numbers refer to Table I.

Brackets are placed round the number of a bird to signify that

the bird died either in the egg-shell or very soon after hatching.

In all 37 web-footed Pigeons have been raised in the experi-

ments, but upon such small numbers discussion of the relationship

of the several graduations is impossible.

It may, however, be noted that some extremely small webs

were raised in experiments 7 and 8, although the birds were bred

from parents both showing the web character in a higher degree.

Experiments 13 and 14 have already been discussed.

Il. Tue SHELL.

It will be seen from Table I. that this character behaves as a

simple recessive throughout the experiments with the webbed

strain (but v. infra).

In experiments 3, 4, and 6, out of the 29 birds bred, 6 show

the “shell” in F. 2, a sufficiently close result.

The extracted recessives bred true, as shown in Exp. 9.

In Exp. 10 the number of recessives (5:2) is too high for a

DR xR mating, which should have given equality, but the total

is very small.

Further Experiments with “ Shell.”

The same Nun female which was used in the foregoing

experiments was also mated to a Barb male.

There is no need to give here a description of the Barb beyond

the statement that the feathers on the head are always smooth

and no crest or “shell” is ever found.

The results of the mating of Barb ¢ and Nun 9 are recorded

in ‘Table IL,

1905. | HEREDITY IN PIGEONS. DDT

Tasie IIT.

| cee ALSO Se Also, “a »

Digs, | | & = used z Sanu enact | Nature Shell.

No. | e- ET eR in 3 Bl es in | of ie Saar

| Ore Bape Ses Exp Mating. Present. Absent.

1901. | |

a | Nun — P ‘ - Barb — A Y RxD 2 2

1902. |

Ge -8 CD ES GS HIN soo (PID ROGIER) 1

1903. | |

y [Nu — Pp §,)) Barb — A a RxD ouMiaug

1904.

() 1 Yk — 3 y A ~- DRX DR 1 10

P = Presence of “ shell.”

A = Absence of “ shell.”

It will be noticed that as a result of the mating of Nun 9

x Barb ¢ in Exp. a, a mixed generation was obtained as regards

The two birds in which the “ shell” was absent

were 3, the two in which it was present were 2. It was thus

impossible to test the “shelled” birds by mating together, and

little or no clue is obtained as to their gametic constitution by

Exp. (3, as the numbers are so small. It may, however, be

recorded that both the ‘“ shelled” females and one of the smooth-

headed males were mated subsequently to smooth-headed birds

which were crosses in F. 1 between a Barb and a Fantail. From

Bane rroy the lk

these matings:

Barb Nun 2 8 (shell)

Barb Nun 9 18 (shell)

Barb Nun ¢ 54 (no shell) x Barb Fantail 2 gave 6 young.

x Barb Fantail ¢ gave 8 young.

x Barb Fantail ¢ gave 5 young.

Of these 19 birds so produced, none had “shells.”

In view of these results, which indicate that ‘ shell” is a

recessive character, the appearance of “ shells” in the two females

mentioned above is paradoxical. It is likely that this is some

failure of dominance and that the birds were gametically DR’s.

A similar irregularity is recorded in the Report to the Evolution

Committee of the Royal Society, ii. p. 114, as regards extra toe

in fowls, which, though generally dominant, is sometimes

recessive.

It was found inconvenient to follow up the experiment at the

{

558 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON A NEW [ Dee. 12,

time, but in 1903 the mating a was repeated in the experiment y,

in which the identical birds used in a were again mated together.

In this experiment a uniform generation was obtained. A pair

of birds bred in this F. 1 generation were mated together and the

result is recorded in exp. é.

The total results of the mating of Barb and Nun are :-—

(Exp. a, vy) F. 1: shell present 2 ; shell absent 10. -

(Exp. 6, 6) F. 2: shell present 3; shell absent 11.

T can also mention here that two birds which were crosses, in

the F.1 generation, between a Nun and a Fantail, kindly sent

to me by Miss Thiselton- Dyer, showed no trace of “shell.” These

birds were not bred from.

The experiments here recorded form part of a larger investi-

gation into heredity in Pigeons still in progress, which has been

subsidised by the Government Grant Committee of the Royal

Society.

T am indebted to Mr. J. Lewis Bonhote for raising and recording

birds bred in Exp. 14, also to Mr. R. J. Elwell for raising birds

in Exps. 9 and 12.

I have also to thank Mr. Bateson, who has most kindly

supervised all the experiments.

8. On a new Species of Worm of the Genus Pontodrilus from

the Shores of the Red Sea. By Frank EH. Bepparp,

M.A., F.R.S8., Prosector to the Society.

{Received October 5, 1905. |

(Text-figures 78 & 79.)

The specimens of Pontodrilus upon which the following

description is based were kindly placed in my hands by Mr. Cyril

Crossland, F.Z.8. They were collected by that gentleman ‘in clean

shell and coral sand on the shores of an islet in Khor Dongola,

on the Soudan coast.” Mr. Crossland further informed me that

the worms “live about the highest level at which the sand is kept

wet by the sea. As there is practically no rainfall the water in

which they live is undiluted by rain almost always. <A species of

Nereis and some Crustacea share this habitat.” There is thus no

doubt about the purely marine surroundings of this Pontodrilus,

which so far agrees with the majority of the species of the

genus. ;

The general aspect of the worms was like that of the other

species of Pontodrilus with which I am acquainted.

The length of the largest and fully mature example was 102 mm.,

the size being thus about the average size of the species of this

genus,

1905. | SPECIES OF WORM FROM THE RED SEA. 559

The prostomium was frequently difficult to define accurately,

owing, of course, to a protrusion of the buccal cavity. In three

specimens, where its characters were very plain, I observed two

conditions. In two individuals the prostomium was continued

over the first segment of the body by grooves extending over about

half that segment ; - in the other there was no such extension

backwards of the prostomium. As both of these specimens were

immature, I have no positive reason for asserting that they are

not different species. But existing knowledge of this genus does

not favour the supposition that two species live in common in one

limited area. 1 should prefer, therefore, in the meantime to

regard the character of the prostomium as variable in this parti-

cular. The prevalent arrangement in the genus is an epilobic or

(as I prefer to call it) epicheilous prostomium. But one species,

P. insularis, is reported to have no process of the prostomium,

and also a variety of the type form P. matsushimensis * described

by Dr. Michaelsen. But in this case the variety does not occur

in the same locality as the type.

The seta, as is usual or universal (?) in the genus, are paired, and

the two sete of the ventral pair elcse: together than those of the

lateral pair. On the xvilith segment, which bears, as in other

species, the male pores, the most ventral seta of each ventral

couple is present, but I did not detect the more dorsal seta of the

couple.

The clitellum in this genus usually embraces segments xli1—Xxvil.

In the present species it very distinctly extends over the xvith

and to the very end of that segment. This is the first external

feature which has led me to distinguish the present species as new

and undescribed.

The genital papille confirm by their arrangement this point of

view. It is true that I have examined only one fully mature worm

and that the papille are known to vary 7 among mature specimens.

I find, however, that in no species already known is there a close

approximation to the conditions which obtain in the species of

Pontondrilus which forms the subject of the present communication

For in the present species the genital papille are very distinctly paired

structures, and not single and median. Moreover, they lie in front

of the male pores, and there are no papille following the male

pores which are so prevalent in the genus Pontodrilus. The paired

papille he between segments xili/xiv and xiv/xv. They correspond

in position to the ventral sete. The anterior pair are decidedly

larger than the posterior pair. These papille are very flat and

hardly, if at all, project beyond the adjacent surface of the

hody. The appearance when seen through a hand-lens is shown

in the figure (text-fig. 78, p. 560). The centre of each papilla

is opaque, white, and either somewhat kidney-shaped (anterior

papillee) or more rounded (posterior papille). This is surrounded

* Michaelsen, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. Abth. xii. p. 220.

+ E.g. P. laccadivensis, see Beddard in ‘ Fauna of Maldive and Laccadive Arch.’

vol.1. pt. 4.

560 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON A NEW | Dee. 12;

by a clear ring, and this again by a broader and opaque, white,

halo.

The male pores are very conspicuous upon the xvilith segment,

and, as in other species of Pontodrilus, the area upon which they

open is depressed in a sucker-like fashion. Each depression is

divided into two by a transverse raised fold. The actual pore

seems to correspond in position to the outer of the ventral seta

couple. Although the external characters are sufficient to define

the present as a new species of Pontodrilus, in the existing state

of knowledge of that genus it may be useful to give particulars

of certain internal organs which are known to vary from species

to species.

Text-fig. 78. Text-fig. 79.

Text-fig. 78.—Ventral view of Pontodrilus crosslandi, sp. n.

Some of the segments are numbered 7, 8, 9, &c.

Text-fig. 79.—Veutral view of Pontodrilus laceadivensis F. BE. B.

Some of the segments are numbered 7, 8, &c.

The gizzard is not at all prominent.

The antevior intersegmental septa are as usual much thickened.

The last of these thickened septa divides segments xii./xiv.; but

1905. | SPECIES OF WORM FROM THE RED SEA. 561

this septum is not quite so strongly developed as those which lie

in front. The last hearts lie in segment xiii. The nephridia are

obvious in segment xv.

The spermathece, which open in line with the male pores, 7. e.

with seta 5 of Michaelsen’s scheme *, havea single diverticulum of

about half the length of the pouch itself. Their pores are situated

between seaments vil./vill. and vili./ix.

The spermiducal glands, like those of some, but not every, species

of the genus, possess a distinct duct separable from the glandular

and also tubular region by a constriction and by its nacreous

appearance due to the strong muscular coat. The glandular part is

fully six times as long as the muscular duct. The duct in the

fully mature is curved into a horseshoe-shape. It is of uniform

thickness thoughout, and does not increase in diameter towards

the external pore.

For the purpeses of an easier comparison with other species I

append a definition of this new Pontodrilus, which I propose to

name after Mr. Crossland.

Pontodrilus crosslandi, sp. n. (Text-fig. 78.)

Length about 100 mm. Prostomiuwm epicheilous (4-3). Seta

pared rather distant ; distance a—b less than e-d. Clitellum aiii.—

xviii. Male pores (on xviii.) and spermathecal pores (vit./viit.,

ou. /ix.) im line with seta b. Papille paired on intersegmental

areas wiir./xiv., wiv.jav. Last thickened intersegmental septum

xitt./civ. Last hear tsin xin. Spermathece with single diverticulum

half the length of the pouch. Spermiducal glands with distinet

muscular duct.—Hab. Shores of Khor Dongola, Red Sea,

In view of the cutting of the Suez Canal and the alleged and

consequent migration of the Mediterranean fauna eastwards and

of eastern additions to the same ‘7, it is important to note that the

species Pontodrilus crosslandi is by no means a variant of, or most

nearly related to, the Mediterranean P. littoralis. It comes

nearest, as I am inclined to think, to P. laccadivensis and P.

matsushimensis var. chathamiana by reason of its anteclitellian

papillz, unknown in other species. It lacks the papille following

the male pores, which are so general in Pontodrilus.

To emphasise the likenesses and also the differences between

P. crosslandi and P. laccadivensis I add a figure of the latter

(text-fig. 79, p. 560) for purposes of comparison. This species has

not yet been figured, though its essential characters have been

described =,

* Oligocheta, in ‘ Das Thierreich,’ 10 Lief. (Berlin, 1900).

t E. A. Smith in P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 396.

{ Beddard in ‘The Fauna and Geography of the Maldiye and Laccadive Archipe-

lagoes? vol. iv. pt. iv. p. 374.

“65

MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON A | Dee. 12,

9, On a new Enchytreid Worm (Henlea lefroyi, sp. n.) from

India destructive to the Eggs of a Locust ( Acridium sp.).

By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the

Society.

{ Received October 5, 1905. ]

Dr. 8. F. Harmer, F.R.S., of King’s College, Cambridge, was

so good as to forward to me recently a tube of small white worms

for identification and study. These had been sent to him from

India by Mr. H. Maxwell Lefroy, Entomologist to the Government

of India, who discovered that they attacked and destroyed the eggs

of a locust belonging to the genus Acridiwm when the ground in

which those eggs were deposited is moist.

Dr. Harmer directed my attention to the fact that they were

Oligochzetous worms; they prove to be a species of the family

Enchytreide, and aere in a good state of preservation for

microscopical examination. The family, as is well known, occurs

in damp earth as well as in water; it is not so purely aquatic as

are some of the families of the ‘‘ Microdrili.”

The species appears to be new, and presents a certain number

of characters which in combination render its inclusion in any

already defined genus difficult. I shall, however, describe its

characters before proceding g to discuss its systematic position.

The species is smal], 3-4 mm. in length and, as, already mentioned,

white. The sete are curved and of the usual Enchytrzeid form ;

they are, however, rather few in number in each bundle, though

present upon all the segments of the body, with the exception of

the first and apparently the twelfth (in the mature worm with a

clitellum). The lateral bundles possess éwo sete apiece, and the

ventral bundles three ; very occasionally I observed three setze in

a dorsal bundle. This arrangement extends from end to end of

the body.

The number of segments in a large specimen is 27.

I could detect no dorsal pores.

The clitellum and other external characters call for no

remark,

The alimentary canal shows certain characters which assist in

the placing of the species. Peptonephridia are present and of

very small length, though I am unable to give any details con-

cerning them. The esophagus appears to pass without any break

into the intestine; I can find no demarcation between these two

sections of the gut. Behind the clitellum the gut is of course

much wider than it is in front of that region of the body.

Furthermore, J can discover no ceca or pouches of any descr iption

appended to the gut. It is a sunple tube without outgrowths.

The septal g glands of this species extend back as far as the sixth

segment, in which the last pair occur; in front of this pair and

in segments iv. and v. are equally pe ominent pairs of septal

glands.

1905. | NEW ENCHYTRAID WORM. 563

The dorsal blood-vessel is anteclitellan in origin and does notseem

to be connected at its point of origin with any dorsal diverticulum

of the gut such as exists in Buchholtzia. It arises in the xith

segment. I could see no “heart body.”

The exact origin of the dorsal vessel is rather difficult to locate

exactly in this very minute Hnchytreid. I fix the xith segment

as the point of emergence from the intestinal plexus, since the

vessel is very much broader here than in the dorsal region of the

blood-plexus posteriorly * and stands out more from the walls of

the gut. The vessel is, in fact, in this segment quite twice the

width that it is anteriorly to the point in question. Commonly,

for example in Henlea nasuta, the dorsal vessel is much wider at

its emergence from the intestiual plexus than it is anteriorly.

This is confirmed by an examination of a series of transverse

sections, from which it was evident that the dorsal vessel stood

away from the walls of the intestine in the anterior part of the

clitellum ; 1t was indistinguishable posteriorly.

Concerning the reproductive organs, it may be observed, in the

first instance, that the position of the various ducts and pouches

is perfectly normal. ‘The external orifices of the atria are very

conspicuous upon the ventral surface of the twelfth segment, in

line or nearly so with the ventral sete of that segment. These

sete are, however, absent, and there are no penial sete of any

kind. ‘The testes and the ovaries occupy their usual segments,

i.e. Xl. and xi. Concerning the exact form of the sperm-duct

funnel I am unable to give details; but I have identified them

and satisfied myself that they ave of the usual Enchytreid

pattern.

The spermathece offer characters of obvious systematic use.

They open on the one hand into the cesophagus in the fifth

segment, and on the other by a muscular duct on to the line dividing

segments iv. and v. I could not find any diverticula. There are

but a single pair of spermathece.

In the above description I have only been able to dwell upon

a certain number of facts which are of systematic importance in

the group. Of importance in determining the genus are: (1) the

presence of four bundles of curved setz on all the segments of

the body, save the first and the twelfth; (2) intraclitellian origin

of dorsal vess2]; (3) absence of any diverticula to cesophagus ;

(4) simplicity of spermathece and thei communication with

cesophagus.

Of the thirteen genera allowed by Michaelsen +, 9, viz., Acheta,

Michaelsena, Mesenchytreus, Chirodrilus, Buchholtzia, Euchytreus,

Stercutus, Marionina, and Lumbricillus, are excluded by these

characters. Though £ did not find any doisal pores, it is clear

* Tt must be borne in mind that Pierantoni (“Studii anatomici su Wichaelsena

macrocheta Pierant.,’ Mitth. Zool. St. Neapel, xvi. 1903, p. 409) traces a distinct

dorsal vessel in the intestinal plexus posteriorly to the region where the former is

said to commence. But this does not affect the pot of emergence.

+ Oligocheta, in ‘ Das Thierreich’ (Berlin, 1900).

564 MESSRS. C. WARBURTON AND N. D. F. PEARCE ON [| Dec. 12,

that the present species cannot be safely referred to the genus

Fridericia, which is so distinctly characterised by the peculiar

paired character of its sete. There remains only Henlea and

Bryodrilus, from which, however, the species described in the

present paper differs in several points. With genera described

more recently than those included in Michaelsen’s comprehensive

work just quoted, e. g. Hydrenchytreus*, I cannot identify this

semiparasitic Enchytreid from India.

It is true that four species, viz., Marionina glandulosa, Enchy-

treus minimus, HL. parvulus tT, and EH. turicensis, possess, as does

the species dealt with here, two sete in each lateral, and three in

each ventral, bundle; but I do not regard those European species

as identical with the present Indian form.

In the meantime I place the species in the genus Henlea, where

the characteristic glandular pouches of the gut are occasionally

absent (e.g. Henlea dicksoni), in default of living material and

a more exhaustive examination. I propose to name it after

Mr. Lefroy, who first directed attention to the species.

10. On new and rare British Mites of the Family Oribatide.

By Crectt Warzurton, M.A., F.Z.S., and Nicen D. F.

Prarcer, M.A.

[Received November 21, 1905. |

(Plates XIX. & XX.)

Since the publication of Mr. A. D. Michael’s Monograph on

British Oribatidz in 1888, only a single new species, so far as we

are aware, has been described from these islands. This was a

Lohmannia taken in Ireland by Prof. Carpenter and described by

Berlese in ‘ Redia,’ vol. 11. fase. 1. (1904, Aug. 18), as LZ. insignis.

Curiously enough this mite was in our hands while the Italian

arachnologist was describing it, and narrowly escaped another

specific name.

No doubt the workers in this particular group have been few,

but it is a striking testimony to the thoroughness of Mr. Michael’s

work that so long an interval should have elapsed without

substantial addition to the British list of Oribatide, for the study

of which his labours have so admirably paved the way.

For two years we have searched pretty thoroughly the

neighbourhood of Cambridge, and especially of Grantchester, and

hee examined moss from many other loca ilities, and we have

hitherto met with 82 of the species described in the Monograph,

and the seven forms, new, we believe, to science, of which the

diagnoses are given below.

* Bretcher, Rev. Zool. Suisse, ix. p. 208.

+ This worm is described by Friend (Irish Nat. xi. 1902, p. 110), though no

sufficiently to permit of any certainty.

t+ For explanation of the Plates, see p. 569.

Pies) 1 OSs voliieiedy @

E.Wilson, Cambridge.

BRITISH ORIBATIDA.

IAS), IOS vol. Ml PlIOC,

E.Wilson, Cambridge.

BRITISH ORIBATIDA .

1905. | BRITISH MITES OF THE FAMILY OKIBATIDA. 565

Fam. ORIBATID.

Subfam. ORIBATIN2.

Gen. Orreatva Latreille.

ORIBATA FURCATA, sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.)

Adult. Length 500 «. Colour dark brown, nearly black.

Surface polished. Lamelle, blades on edge with very long

cylindrical cusps, the whole extr emity of the cusp being occupied

by the base of the long lamellar hair. Translamella an inverted V.

Interlamellar hairs pr resent.

Pseudostigmatic organs long, sub-clavate, directed forwards and

upwards.

Pteromorphe small. Claws monodactyle. Genital and anal

orifices moderately far apart, shaped like the keystone of an arch ;

the anal considerably the larger.

Nymph and larva unknown.

Two specimens found in moss from Austwick Bog, Yorkshire,

in May 1904.

There is no danger of confusing this very distinct species with

either of the other two known British monodactyle Oribatas,

O. fusigera and O. parmellie. The first is very minute, while the

second has hairs on the notogaster, and short clavate pseudo-

stigmatic organs.

ORIBATA OMISSA, Sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 2.)

Adult. Length 700 p. Colour dark brown. Surface highly

polished and shining. Body distinctly broadest in the middle.

Lamelle, blades on edge, with a long sharp-pointed cusp standing

tree, the lamellar hairs springing from the inner angle of the

cusps. No translamella. Claws tridactyle. Not rare in moss, at

Cambridge.

Nymph and larva unknown.

We think it likely that this species has hitherto been overlooked

on account of its resemblance to the common and extremely

variable species O. lapidaria, and in spite of the different facies, due

chiefly to its barrel-shaped body and polished surface (destitute of

a light spot), there seemed to be few clear distinctive characters.

The absence of any trace of a translamella, and the sharp- pointed

cusps, are, however, good characteristics. Though occurring in

the same neighbourhood their habitat is different, O. omissa bene

exclusively found in moss, nor have we met with any inter mediate

forms.

ORIBATA RUBENS C. L. Koch.

This very distinct species occurred in Sphagnum from heath-pools

at Bournemouth in October 1905. It is about 500 « in length,

chestnut-coloured, and with very long legs. It is now for the

first time recorded as British.

566 MESSRS. C. WARBURTON AND N. D, F. PEARCE ON [ Dec. 12,

Subfam. SERRARIINE.

Gen. SerraArtus Michael.

SERRARIUS MICROCEPHALUS Nicolet.

This interesting species, which Mr. Michael in his ‘ British

Oribatidee’ describes as occurring rarely at Epping Forest, the

Land’s End, and Swanage, was Ronan 5 in abundance in the autumn

of 1904 in the moss of an osier-bed at Grantchester, Cambridge,

and several specimens of the nymph, hitherto unknown, were

discovered. ‘his 1s a remarkable creature, entirely unlike the

imago, and has the habit of carrying on ae baek the cast larval

and nymphal notogastral skins (Plate X1X. fig. 3). As each of

these skins bears round its edge eighteen conspicuous spines,

proceeding from short apophyses, the fully-grown nymph has a

remarkably spiny appearance. The colour is pale yellow and the

surface finely punctate.

In 1879 Kramer (in the Archiv f. Nat., Jahrg. 45, Bd. i. p. 16)

described a new species of mite which he named Gustavia sol,

which, so far as we have been able to ascertain, only Oudemans

has suspected of belonging to the Oribatide. He states that it

is probably the nyniph of a Serrarius. A glance at Kramer’s

figure at once makes it perfectiy clear that he was dealing with a

Coe: arius nymph, and he even gives a drawing of the mandible,

perfectly characteristic in shape, but lacking the serration, which

is always difficult to see. He mentions no locality, and attributes

to the animal a size much too large (1:2 mm.) for either of the

known European species of Serrariws. Possibly the length given is

intended to include the legs. In any case, Gustavia sol Kramer

can now be stated to be a nymph ot Serrarius, as Oudemans

suspected.

Subfam, NorasprDin a.

xen. Lracarus Michael.

LIACARUS BICORNIS, sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 4.)

Adult. Length 600 ». Colour red-brown. Surface highly

polished. Lamelle, large blades on edge, near together and

sub-parallel, but slightly converging anteriorly. Very long free-

projecting cusps, from the extremities of which proceed the long

lamellar hairs. ‘Translamella and interlamellar hairs wanting.

Pseudostigmatic organs long, filiform, curved upwards and

sheghtly outwards.

Abdomen very globular, with rather prominent shoulders, and

with a few longish hairs.

The coxa of the 4th leg is almost as long as the femur, and is

produced anteriorly in a pointed blade.

Three specimens were found in moss from Austwick in May

1904, and one from moss from the river-bank near Ely, in July

1905.

Nymph and larva unknown.

1905. | BRITISH MITES OF THE FAMILY ORIBATIDS. 567

The appearance of the living mite strongly recalled Serrarius

microcephalus, but its chelate mandibles remove it from that

genus. It also bears some superficial resemblance to Motaspis

bipilis.

Gen. Noraspis Warren.

NorasPIs MACULOSA, sp. nov. (Plate XX. fig. 1.)

Adult, Length 520 p. Colour ight brown. Surface spotted,

the spots being in the epiostracum and easily rubbed off. Cephalo-

thorax very long and pointed, nearly § the length of the abdomen.

Lamelle, long ridges, arising near the pseudostigmata, converging

at first, and then extending parallel for 2? the length of the

rostrum. Pseudostigmatic organs long and slender, very coarsely

pectinated on their anterior border. Claws monodactyle. Ab-

domen. long oval, somewhat truncated at each end. Legs long

and slender, with globular joints.

Nymph and larva unknown.

Three specimens were taken in moss from Nine Wells, Cambridge,

in May 1905.

The nearest allies of this fine species are among the minute

forms of which WV. splendens is the type. Like them, it has a

peculiar habit of shaking its beaded legs asitruns. Its large size,

spotted surface, and pectinate pseudostigmatic organs render its

identification easy.

NotasPIs SCULPTILIS, sp. nov. (Plate XX. fig. 2.)

Adult. Length 330 4. This mite has a close general resemblance

to WV. splendens, but, on careful examination, may easily be

distinguished from that species by the peculiar design of the ridges

on the vertex and notogaster. These are best understood from

the figure, but may be described thus :—

The lamelle arise from the pseudostigmata, converge sharply,

and then continue forward and parallel. At the extreme point of

convergence there is a faint translamella, and from its extremities

ridges proceed backwards. On the notogaster there is a well-

marked transverse ridge close to its anterior border; the ends of

this ridge curve abruptly backwards, approach slightly, and then

separate again.

Pseudostigmatic organs long, rough and hairy.

Nymph and larva unknown.

Ten or twelve specimens were found in wet Sphagnum sent by

Miss Heath, of Crayford, from the Devil’s Punchbowl, Hindhead,

in June 1905.

This species seems to be allied to Hremaeus novus Oudemans.

Subfam. NotHrin#,

Gen. Noturus C. L. Koch.

NotHRUS CRINITUS, sp. nov. (Plate XX. fig. 3.)

Length 900 «. Colour dark brown. Integument more fully

chitinised than is usual in this genus.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. Il. No. XXXVIII. 38

568 ON BRITISH MITES OF THE FAMILY ORIBATIDEH. [ Dec. 12,

Claws monodactyle. Pseudostigmatic organs long and _fili-

form.

Nymph and larva unknown.

This fine species is closely allied to WV. targionii Berlese, but

may be distinguished from it by the mach longer, wavy, wn-

pectinated hairs on the notogaster. The apophyses from which

these hairs spring are very small, while in WV. targionw they are

exceedingly conspicuous.

A single example was sent by Mr. W. Evans, taken at Loch

Gally, Fife, in May 1905. Another specimen was found by us in

Sphagnum from Blairgowrie, Perthshire, in November 1905.

This species, even more strongly than WV. targioni, recalls

Hermannia bistriata, and in these three forms the two genera

approach one another very closely.

Norurvs TECTORUM Berlese. (Plate XX. fig. 4.) (Hypocthenius

tectorum Berlese, Acari Myriapoda et Scorpiones ete., fase. 78,

no. 8, 1896.)

This species, which we at first regarded as new to science and

which may be easily recognised from the figure (Pl. XX. fig. 4),

is no doubt identical with the Hypocthonius tectorwm of Berlese.

That arachnologist has, we believe, been misled by an apparent

segmentation artificially produced by slight pressure in mounting.

We have examined many living specimens, and specimens mounted

without pressure, and these “present no trace of segmentation ;

but we find that a transverse furrow (varying slightly in position

and width) is readily produced in the soft integument when the

cover-slip is allowed to press somewhat heavily upon it. The

Species must therefore be removed to the genus WVothrus, to

which it undoubtably belongs.

Not rare in moss from walls and house-roofs at Grantchester,

Cambridge.

NoTHRUS CRASSUS, Sp. nov. (Plate XX. fig. 5.)

Length 500 «. Colour ight yellow-brown. Integument smooth

and very imperfectly chitinised. Claws tridactyle. Pseudostigmata

fairly large but not very projecting. Pseudostigmatic organs

spindle-shaped, often directed backwards, and rather large.

Genital and anal plates large and close together.

An aquatic or amphibious species occurring in Sphagnum in

heath-pools near Bournemouth, in company with WV. glaber and

NV. monodactylus.

Of the not very well-defined genus Vothrus the five species

tectorum, turdus, g glaver, monodact ylus, and crassus form a compact

group, agreeing in the rounded form of the abdomen and in their

very slight degree of chitinisation. Tectorwm and tardus are

terrestrial species, while the other three always occur in or near

water, and in glaber and monodactylus the pseudostigmatic organs

are absent.

1905. ] ON SOULH AUSIRALIAN SPIDERS. 569

NorHRUS ANAUNIENSIS Canestrini & Fanzago.

There has always been some uncertainty with regard to this

species, which very closely resembles V. sylvestris. On looking

over our British specimens of supposed sylvestris, however, we

find some which agree precisely with the description of anawniensis,

being tridactyle and having the abdomen rounded posteriorly, with

short spatulate hairs of about equal length.

This species is therefore for the first time recorded here as

British. The diagnosis is complicated by the fact that we find

some specimens of undoubted sylvestris which are didactyle, but

in no case have we come across a tridactyle specimen of the

form characterised by the more truncated abdomen and filiform

hairs of unequal length. The two species are, no doubt, closely

allied, but there appear to us good grounds for regarding them as

distinct.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE -XIX,.

Fig. 1. Oribata furcata, p. 565. 14a, pseudostigmatic organ; 1 4, lamella.

2. Oribata omissa, p. 565. 2a, pseudostigmatic organ; 2 6, lamella;

2c, tectipedium ; 2d, femur of 1st leg.

3. Serrarius microcephalus, nymph, p. 566. 3a, markings on noto-

gaster more highly magnified.

4, Liacarus bicornis, p. 566.

Pratt XX.

Notaspis maculosa, p. 567.

Notaspis sculptilis, p. 567.

Nothrus crinitus, p. 567.

Nothrus tectorum, p. 568.

Nothrus crassus, p. 568.

OR ww to

11. On some South Australian Spiders of the Family

Lycoside. By H. R. Hoe, M.A., F.Z.8.

[Received October 17, 1905. ]

(Text-figures 80-89.)

The Spiders described in the present paper are from the

Collection of the 8. Australian Museum, Adelaide. JI am indebted

for the loan of them to the kindness of its Director, Prof. EK. C.

Stirling, F.R.S. They were collected, however, chiefly from the

north side of the River Murray in New South Wales.

This important group of roving Spiders ranges in great numbers

over every part of the known world, and the main features of the

type species, Z. tarentula Rossi of the type genus Lycosa Latreille,

are so closely reproduced, even to the pattern on the back of the

abdomen, in the most widely separated countries (in Australia

with ZL. obscura, L. godefiroyt L. Koch, LZ. hasseltii L. Koch,

etc.), that all attempts to divide them into subsidiary genera,

until we reach a few less numerous and quite outlying forms,

have proved unsatisfactory. Consequently many earlier genera,

570 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [ Dec. 12,

such as Pirata Sund., Trochosa C. Koch, Arectosa C. Koch,

Tarentula C. Koch, Potamia C. Koch, &e., have been abandoned

by later writers.

M. Simon (Hist. Nat. des Araign. vol. ii. pp. 317 e¢ seqqg., 1898)

separates the main group into those species following Lycosa

Latreille, but further divides it into a number of sub-types and

those following Pardosa C. Koch. The former comprises species

which have the front aspect of the cephalothorax moderately

sloping at the sides and a lip longer than broad; the latter those

with the front aspect squarer with more perpendicular sides, the

lip broader than, or at least as broad as, long, and having as a

subsidiary character the tarsal joint of the fourth pair of legs

longer than the patella cwm tibia of the same.

Some years ago, following these lines, I constituted a new genus,

which I called Venator (Proc. Royal Soc. Victoria, vol. xiii. pt. 1,

1900), for some species with a more extremely widened type of

frontal aspect, but with the lip clearly broader than long and the

tarsal joint of iv. not so long as tibia cwm patella iv.

However, the more specimens I examine the more the only

tangible characteristics show themselves to be interchanged, and

I look on these two genera as no more distinctly definable than

M. Simon’s above mentioned other varieties of Lycosa (loc. cit.

pp. 346-349).

M. Simon further makes a division between those species with

two teeth on the inner margin of the falx-sheath and those with

three.

The bulk of the Australian species have three, but (in Horn

Exped. part 1. p. 349, 1896) I described ZL. cowlei which had five

large equal-sized teeth on same, and no other specially marked

characteristic distinguishing it from the rest of the genus.

Out of about 60 specimens in the present collection there are

12 species of Lycosa, of which no fewer than 9 are new, and one

new Dolomedes. These I have described below.

Synopsis of Species.

In all. Three large equal sized-teeth on inner margin of falx-sheath. Front row

of eyes shorter than middle row.

a. Eyes of front row of equal width.

Under side of abdomen wholly black. Clypeus wider

than the diameter of eyes of front row ..... L. tasmanica, sp. nov.

b. Diameter of median eyes of front row larger than laterals.

al, Clypeus wider than the diameter of the front median

eyes.

a>. No distinguishable pattern on under side of abdomen.

Abdomen underneath pale yellow-brown. Tibial

joint of palp longer than patellar. Cephalo-

thorax equal in length to patella cwm tibia iv.. DL. arenaris, sp. nov.

62. A shield-shaped or triangular field on under side of

abdomen.

a®, A fawn-coloured shield on a dark brown ground.

Cephalothorax shorter than patella ewm tibiaiv. DL. molyneuxi, sp. nov.

68, A.black shield on yellow-brown ground.

Median eyes of front row barely their diameter

from eyes of second rOW ee ceeeeeeeeeeeee =D, stirlinge, sp. nov.

1905. | SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 571

61. Clypeus not wider than the diameter of the front

median eyes.

a‘, Abdomen underneath wholly brown or black.

@. Black underneath; a dark pattern on buff

ground on upper side. Median and marginal

stripes on cephalothorax ............................. D. obscura L. Koch.

6°, Brown underneath.

a®, Dull dingy brown underneath, yellow-brown

above; pale median and marginal stripes on

cephalothorax.. 2 L. gilberta, sp. nov.

56, Bright chocolate-brown under neath, with large

buff spot on upper side at base. Legs brown

from base to middle of patella, remainder

buff . L. bicolor, sp. nov.

bt, A triangular shield patterr n underneath abdomen on

creamy-yellow ground.

a’. No pale median or marginal stripes on cephalo-

thorax.

a8, Shield brown.

a. Shield long and narrow, pale chestnut.

Clypeus as broad as front median eyes ....... DL. castanea, sp. nov.

69. Shield broad oval, dark brown edged with

yellow stripes. Clypeus three-fourths the

diameter of front median eyes................... DL. ervrans, sp. nov.

68. Shield black.

a, Shield reaching only about halfway to spin-

nerets. Eyes of second row less than half

their diameter apart .. Suaeeaco eae exaanty Alisa ke

619, Shield reaching near ‘ly to ‘spimnerets. “Eyes

of second row four-fifths of their diameter

Apart wees L. phyllis, sp. nov.

. Pale median and marginal ‘stripes’ on “cephalo-

thorax.

A dark brown nearly black shield halfway to

spinnerets. Clypeus ony ey narrower

than front median eyes.. copdoaudeuccoedson - Eka Mr 1k

Lycosa TASMANICA, sp. nov. (Text-fig. 80, p. 572.)

Cephalothorax dark brown, with narrow paler marginal and

side stripes and only faint median stripe. The mandibles are

black-brown, with yellow-brown hair on upper and outer portions.

Lip, maxille, sternum, and cox black-brown, with dark brown

hair. The upper side of the abdomen has a dark brown bell-shaped

pattern at the base marked out with yellow-brown streaks on

chocolate-brown ground. The posterior half is dark brown, with

faint traces of paler transverse stripes. There is a rather pale

stripe down each side separating the back colour from the wholly

black-brown field on the under side. The legs and palpi are

chocolate-brown all over, except the under side of the femora

which are paler yellowish grey.

The cephalothorax is of the broad frontal type, being three-fifths

of its greatest breadth at the base of the mandibles, and one-fourth

of the same only in height from the mandibles to the level of the

rear row of eyes.

The front row of eyes appears slightly procurved, the side eyes

being as broad as the median eyes, but oval. The latter are half

their diameters apart and rather less from the side eyes. The

clypeus is wider than the median eyes. The latter are their

572 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [ Dec. 12,

diameter from those of the second row, one of which, in this

specimen, is abnormally small. They are yellow on wide black

rings, and apparently two-thirds of their normal diameter apart,

and one-eighth of their length wider than the front row.

The mandibles are as long as the front of the cephalothorax,

and half their length im breadth.

There are three large teeth on the inner margin of the falx-

sheath and one large tooth between two smaller at irregular

intervals on the outer.

Text-fig. 80.

Lycosa tasmanica.

a, epigyne; 5, eyes from front *.

The ip and mamille are covered with rough upstanding bristly

hair. The former is broader than long, slightly incurved in front

and less than one-half the length of the maxille. The sternwm is

a broad oval; the hair on this and the cove thick, but shorter and

less erect.

The palpi are longer than the cephalothorax, and the legs have

two spines above on tibie iii. and iv., none on tibiz i. and ii.

The hair on the abdomen is coarse and thickly laid. The

epigyne is arched but broader than long, the median ridge being

a broad flat plate falling from above.

* The measurements given for the eyes are, in all cases, in tenths of a millimetre.

1905. | SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 573

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 13 me in front.

INTCOMNEIN” sscsga00r 113 9

Mandibles......... 6

Trochanter Patella Metatarsus

Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus.

TGS. egnsseees Wee 11 UD peat UD va een SOE

allo 11 12 = Ba"

Bde iG EMO =) 332

a5 12 WO) SU ee ee

Dinlheieuee space 22 6 5 ANT Sa

One female sent by Mr. Dove from Table Cape, Tasmania.

It may be worth noting that this Tasmanian species conforms to

the type of three species of my Venator class from Macedon,

40 miles north of Port Phillip Bay, Victoria. It was at Macedon

that I discovered a species of Peripatus new to Victoria, which

subsequently turned out to be the normal Tasmanian species.

Lycosa PHYLLIS, sp.n. (Text-fig. 81, p. 574.)

Cephalothorax dark brown, with chestnut-brown downlying

hair. No distinctly marked median or marginal stripes, but the

hair is rather thicker there. The side streaks nearly bare,

showing the under surface.

Mandibles black-brown, covered all over with thick matted

buff-coloured hai.

Lip, maxille, sternum, and coxe dark reddish-brown with

brown hairs, the sternum thickly matted.

The abdomen on the upper side has a dark brown hair-pattern

of usual type on paler ground. Angular transverse stripes, six or

seven in number, with pale spots at each end. ‘The sides pale

yellow-brown ; on the under side a broad shield- shape black-brown

field extends from the genital fovea nearly to the spinnerets,

where the buff ground of the sides comes across. Anteriorly of

the genital fovea clearly paler than the field, but still dark brown.

Spinnerets dark brown.

The legs and palpi are of a medium yellow-brown; the under

side of the femora more red-brown.

The cephalic fovea is short and shallow.

The eyes of the front row are one-half the diameter of the

median apart, and the same distance from the margin of the

clypeus and those of the second row. The laterals are three-

fourths the diameter of the median; whole row slightly procurved.

The eyes of the second row are distant from one another four-

fifths of their diameter, which is 23 times that of the front median.

The mandibles are longer shan the front patella. There are

574 MR. H. R. HOGG ON | Dee. 12,

three large teeth on the inner edge of the falx-sheath, and a thick

fringe on the outer, which hides the teeth if any.

The lip is broader than long, shghtly hollowed and bevelled in

front, constricted at base, and reaches to less than half the height

of the maxille through beginning below them.

The epigyne is longer than broad and narrowest anteriorly.

There are two spines above on tibize i. and iv., none on

tibize i. and 11.

The metatarsus of the fourth pair of legs is shorter than the

patella cam tibia of same.

Text-fig. 81.

Lycosa phyllis.

a, eyes from front; 6, epigyne; c, upper, and d, lower sides of abdomen.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... Heal | ? in front.

iAibdomen! 2-0. 12, 7

Mandibles......... 4}

Pat. & Metat.

& Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

eos: hee ile 34 gi 9 f= 304

De 3 82 81 ou an ee

By Line 8 Se ON 28

4, 33 10 10 13 = 363

1905. | SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS 575

Two females from the Gilbert River, Riverina, sent by

Mr. A. Molyneux. One female from Kangaroo Island (A. Zietz),

paler and rather smaller.

LycosA MOLYNEUXI, sp. nov. (Text-fig. 82.)

The cephalothorax is red-brown, with pale to darker yellow-

brown downlying hair intermixed with dark brown upstanding

hair; a paler marginal and median stripe with side-streaks the

same.

Text-fig. 82.

Lycosa molyneuxi.

a, eyes from front; 6, epigyne.

The mandibles are black-brown, with yellow-brown hair except

on the lower inner edges of the falx, which are bare. The lip,

maxille, sternum, and coxe are reddish-brown with yellow-brown

hair. The legs and palpi yellow-brown ; the under side of the

femoral joints much paler than above.

The abdomen is yellow-brown above, with a small darker patch

at the base and two pairs of darker spots near the middle. The

sides are pale. The under side of the abdomen is a bright rich

brown anteriorly, with two broad stripes of the same curving

inwards and joining in front of the spinnerets, which are of the

same colour. The space enclosed from the genital fovea to the

point of juncture is of a pale buff.

The cephalothorax is rather narrow in front and shorter than

patella cum tibia iv.

576 ME. H. R. HOGG ON [ Dee. 12,

The eyes of the front row are clearly procurved. The side

eyes not quite | the diameter of the median, having their centres

on a level with the lower part of the latter. The median pair

are half their diameter apart, the same distance from the eyes of

the second row and slightly less from their own laterals. The

clypeus is broad, the distance to the root of the mandibles being

twice the diameter of the front median, but a transverse edge

marking runs across at more than half the distance away from

the eyes; the whole distance is of the same colour and covered

with hair.

The eyes of the second row are rather more than half their

diameter apart, their total width being 134 of that of the front

row, Those of the third roware three times their diameter apart

and § the diameter OE those of the second row.

The mandibles ave 3 longer than the front patelle, are thickly

covered with downlying matted hair, interspersed with upstanding

bristles; on the inner edge of the falx-sheath are three equally

large teeth, and on the outer edge one similar sized large tooth

between two smaller ones.

The /ip is straight across the front, but the edge slightly

hollowed and bevelled forward ; it widens towards the base, where

it narrows somewhat suddenly. It is clearly less than half the

length of the maxilla, which are broadest § of the distance from

the base; rounded in front and on the outside, and narrowed

considerably at the basal end.

The sternum is broadly ovate, almost pointed at the base, thickly

covered with short coarse hair.

The abdomen is a long oval, thickly covered with short fine

downlying hair. .

The spinnerets are rather prominent, covered with thick

coarse hair.

The epigyne is only slightly longer than broad and not much

narrower anteriorly than at its base; the median longitudinal

ridge broadens out considerably from the basal to the anterior end.

The legs are moderately long and stout, thickly covered with short

downlying hair and upstanding bristles. There are two median

spines on the upper sides of tibiz i11. and iv., none on the same of

tibiee i. and il.

The palpi are clearly longer than the cephalothorax.

In colouring, pattern, and size, this spider is very like Z. lewck-

artii Thor. onan Peak Downs, Queensland, as described by L. Koch,

but differs in having the pattern of the under side of the abdomen

bright brown instead of black-brown. The clypeus is much wider,

instead of slightly only, than the front median eyes, which are

rather wider apart than they are from the side eyes instead of

equidistant. The palpi are longer instead of shorter than the

cephalothorax, and the lip less instead of more than half the

length of the maxille. The epigynal ridge of lewckartit is drawn

by L. Koch widest in the middle, while here it certainly widens

from the middle anteriorly.

1905. | SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 577

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax 10 ae Ui HagoLote

Abdomen s-s5. 163 11

Mandibles......... 5

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

eos. 8, 1 3 of 103 OF = a

2 4 9 gi gi = 32,

a. 4 82 a 92 = 304

4 43 of Ibi 14 = 39

alpy. oekees sod. 2 5 4 3) ee 143

One female sent by Mr. A. Molyneux from the Gilbert River,

Riverina, and I have named it after the sender.

Lycosa CASTANEA, sp. nov. (Text-fig. 83.)

Female. Cephalothorax and mandibles pale yellow-brown, with

pale yellowish-grey hair, without distinct marginal, median, or side

Text-fig. 83.

Lycosa eastanea.

a, epigyne; 6, eyes from front.

stripes. Lip, maxille, and coxe bright yellow-brown. The

abdomen above bright chestnut-brown ground with pale creamy-

578 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [ Dee. 12,

yellow transverse stripes; underneath, a chestnut triangular

shield, broadest at base and narrowing to spinnerets, which lie at

its apex ; sides pale creamy-yellow.

Legs and palpi bright chestnut all over, except the under side

of the femora, which are of a pale cream-colour.

The cephalothorax is rather broad, being four-fifths of its

length at its greatest breadth, and in front one-half of its length.

The mandibles are also half the length of the cephalothorax and

proportionately stout. There are three large teeth of equal size

on the inner edge of the falx-sheath, and one as large between

two small on the outer edge.

The front row of eyes is straight, the median being 14 times as

far apart as they are from the laterals. Their diameters are in

the same proportion.

The clypeus is as broad as the front middle eyes ; the latter are

half their diameter from those of the second row, which are

slightly less than their diameter apart and twice that of the front

median.

The lip is broader than long, straight in front, and less than

half the length of the maxille.

The abdomen is a broad oval, thickly covered above and below

with short smooth downlying hair.

The epigyne is of a trapezoidal outline, broader than long, with

the broadest part anteriorly, where also the middle ridge is very

broad, tapering to where it springs from a base of the usual type.

The legs are long and powerful; and the palpi (from the

trochanter’) longer than the cephalothorax.

There is one spine above on tibia 1., two on tibie ii., iii., and iv.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 1 | : ie front.

Abdomen ......... ie} 10-

Mandibles......... 6

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

Weaal eee Ie 085 12 OE ee 12; ee PA

Age al ee ea aes ee

ae Oe KD LOL) 12) VS w3y,

Be5 12 12 Ge aia?

Palos tens 22 5 bd a a

In measurements and pattern of epigyne and other points

this species differs but slightly from JZ. evrans, sp.nov. The

coloration of the latter is, however, much darker. Its large

second row eyes are only § of their diameter apart, and the

median ridge of the epigyne in the female is broader anteriorly,

and the base of same reaches to 3 of the length. The clypeus

1905. ] SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 579

also is not so wide as the front median eyes, instead of equal. It

has no spines on tibia i. or ii. above, and lip only as broad as long

instead of broader.

One female (without locality) sent from Adelaide, $.A.

LycosA ERRANS, sp. nov. (Text-fig. 84.)

The cephalothorax is red-brown, with yellow-brown downlying

hair; mandibles black-brown, with rather brighter coloured hair.

Lip, maxille, sternum, and coxe dark chocolate-brown. The

abdomen above dark brown, rather thick coarse hair, with four

pale spots at the base and transverse stripes of bright pale buff

from middle to posterior end; on the underside a broad dark brown

field reaching from base nearly to the spinnerets ; the sides light

yellow-brown.

Text-fig. 84.

Lycosa errans.

a, eyes from front; 5, epigyne.

The legs are yellowish-brown, the patelle and tibie darkest,

and the underside of the femora almost silver-grey.

The cephalothorax is broad, being four-fifths its length in the

broadest part and two-fifths in front, and not so long as patella

cum tibia iv.

580 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [ Dee. 12,

The eyes of the front row are in a straight line, the laterals half

their diameter from the median, which are 14 that distance apart,

their diameter being rather more than twice the same. The

clypeus is less than their diameter by one-third. They are half their

diameter from the eyes of the second row, whose diameter is twice

that of the front median, and this is 13 times their distance apart.

The mandibles are long and stout. There are three large teeth

on inner margin of falx-sheath, one large between two small on

the outer.

The lip is as broad as long, straight in front, and less than half

as long as the maxille.

The abdomen is a broad oval. In the female the epigyne is

of a trapezoidal outline, broadest anteriorly, where it is broader

than its length. The base of the median ridge reaches 3 of

the whole length, and is narrowest in the middle, the ridge being

broader anteriorly than the base.

The legs are long and stout. There are no spines above on

tibie i. and ii.; two each on tibiz ii. and iv. The palpi (from

trochanter) are longer than the cephalothorax.

Measurements tr millimetres.

Long. Broad.

(a ees 5 in front.

Cephalothorax ... 13 oe

Abdomen) sue... 103 8

Mandibles: 35. 6

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

Wessa Ie 22 122 Pee Ae

2. eet Lig? 4 11 = 438)

Se aon 11 13 = ~.383

Neel =O) 132 162 = 463

(11&44

Palpu ee 23 61 pie 4S aes

One female, without locality or collector.

Lycosa BICOLOR, sp. nov. (Text-fig. 85.)

Cephalothorax bright yellow-brown (buff) all over, no side or

median streaks. Mandibles, with hair of the same buff colour,

dark brown underneath : fangs dark red-brown. Lip and maxille

dark olive-brown with dark brown hair. Coxe dark olive-brown.

Sternum black-brown. Abdomen rich chocolate-brown on upper

and under sides, with a bright buff field on upper side anteriorly,

reaching to the middle of the back where it ends in a point. It

is half as broad as long in the female, but in the male, which is

young, a narrow stripe fonly.

Legs deep chocolate-brown from coxe to near the anterior end

of the patella, which is buff. Tibia, tarsus, and metatarsus buff

1905. | SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 581

on both upper and under sides. Palpi: femur dark brown, other

joints buff.

The cephalothorav is square in front, the greatest breadth two-

thirds its length, covered with thickly matted coarse hair. The

front row of eyes is procurved, median pair larger than laterals.

Clypeus rather narrower than front median, which are only half

that distance from the second row eyes.

The two middle row eyes are more than 24 times the diameter

of the front median and # of their diameter apart. The eyes of

the third row are 3 times their diameter apart, and half that

distance from the eyes of the second row.

There are three large teeth on the under side of the falx-sheath,

one large between two smaller on upper side of same.

- Text-fig. 85.

Lycosa bicolor.

a, eyes from front; b, epigyne.

The lip is slightly broader than long and less than one-half the

length of the maxille.

The oval sternum is three-fourths as broad as long.

There are no spines above on tibie 1. and i. of female. One

short one in male. On tibie iii. and iv. above there are two in

both male and female.

In the female the outline of the epigyne is oblong, rounded at

the corners, one and a half times wider than long. The median

ridge is narrowest in the middle, widening out at each end.

The palps of the male specimen wanted : a moult of development.

582 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [ Dec. 12,

The measurements of the female (in millimetres) are as

follows :—

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 12 | 2 a front.

INbdomenteeeeeeer 122 om

Mandibles......... 6 longer than pat. 1.

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

Tess ee Leroi akO 10 10 = 842

Doo dh gi 93 91 = 32

Sn We i 9 Ee Se

Ae 4 RKO 11 13: = 39

Ballpen eee Qi 5 5 ae ay iG

One male (undeveloped).

Two females. The locality is not given.

Lycosa GILBERTA, sp. nov. (Text-fig. 86.)

Cephalothorax brown with yellow-grey hair; a paler yellow-

Text-fig. 86.

Lycosa gilberta.

a, eyes from front; 6, epigyne.

grey median, marginal, and four side-streaks on each side, the

latter backed by darker brown. Mandibles black-brown with thick

1905. | SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 583

yellow decumbent hair and long erect brown bristles. Lip,

maxille, and sternum dark red-brown, with dark yellow-brown

hair. Coxe with rather browner hair.

The abdomen above is yellow or grey-brown, almost orange on

the sides in some specimens, in others paler yellow-brown. The

whole of the under side from base to spinnerets of a dull dingy

brown, about the same colour as the coxe. Legs and palpi red-

brown, with pale yellow-grey hair somewhat darker underneath.

The cephalothorax is as long as patella cum tibia iv.; as broad

as femur i. It is slightly wider in front than one-half the greatest

breadth.

There are three large teeth of equal size on the lower edge of

the falx-sheath, and one large tooth between two small teeth, the

lower of which is a little distance off, on the upper side.

The front row of eyes is straight along the lower edge, the

larger median being 14 times the diameter of the laterals ; they are

one-half the diameter of the larger apart. The clypeus is as broad

as the median front eyes, and they are the same distance from the

pair of the second row. The latter are 3 of their diameter apart,

and the row is one-third longer than the front row.

The lip is broader than long, and barely half as long as the

maxillee.

There are two spines above on tibiz iii, and iv., none on 1.

and 11.

There are five females from the Gilbert River, Riverina, all

fully developed. Two large and three smaller vary considerably

in size, but I can discover no structural differences between

them.

The epigyne is of a horseshoe-shape, slightly broader than long.

The median ridge broad at the base, and tapers to a narrow ridge

anteriorly.

Measurements in millimetres

(of a large and small specimen respectively).

Long. Broad.

a ey =

Cephalothorax ... 14 { wae nu ese

Nomen 2) sescae les 13

Mandibles......... 6s

: Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. ‘Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

ADS) An anona ne Lene 6 12 13 UE ee)

2, 5 13 12, 12 = 404

By; 5 ile 11 12 = 39

4, 6 14 14 17 = 51

Ballipitecsscaahecerer 24 64 5 4 = 174

Long Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 11 E 1

Abdomen ......... 13 9”

Mandibles......... 4i

Proc. ZeoL Soe 1905. vious ll, No: Xoxox lie 39

584 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [ Dec. 12

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. ‘Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

IL (eye iueee nea 1 4 9 10 9 = 32

2. oe 8: 9 9 = 30

3 Be 8 8 Oh = 29

4, 4 10 10 14 = 38

LYCOSsA STIRLINGE, sp. nov. (Text-fig. 87.)

Female. Cephalothorax brown, with paler median, side, and

marginal stripes. Mandibles black-brown, with red-brown hair.

Lip, maxille, and sternum red-brown, with dark red-brown hair,

Coxe dark red-brown, with paler yellow-brown hair at anterior

ends.

The abdomen above is black-brown, with dark red-brown hair

and with just a faint pattern. Underneath bright red-brown,

with black shield broadest at the genital fold and tapering to the

spinnerets.

Legs and palpi yellow-brown all over, lighter on the under sides.

In the male the stripes on the cephalothorax are more silvery,

and the hair on the coxe and legs generally paler yellow-brown.

The cephalothorax is of the high narrow type, the clypeus

being more than twice as wide as the front median eyes.

The front row of eyes is slightly procurved, the median eyes

slightly less than their diameter apart and the same distance from

those of the second row. The laterals have their diameter slightly

smaller than that of the median, and are § of it from the median.

The eyes of the second row are twice the diameter of the front

median apart, and their diameter slightly more.

The eyes of the third row are four times their diameter apart.

Tn the male the front row of eyes is rather more procurved than

in the female, and the eyes of the second row just their diameter

apart.

The mandibles ave longer than the width of the cephalothorax

in front. They have three large equal teeth on the lower edge of

the falx-sheath and one large between two small on the upper

edge.

The ip is as broad as long and less than half the height of the

maxillee.

The sternwm is of a broad shield-shape, thickly covered with

coarse flatly placed hairs.

The legs are thickly covered with short flatly placed hairs, there

are no bare long streaks, and a fair number of erect bristles. On

the upper side of the tibial joint the female has two spines on

the 3rd and 4th pairs. In the male two on all the tibiz.

The tibial joint of the palpi is longer than the patella.

In the female the epigyne is narrowest anteriorly, and is

23 times as long as it is broad at the base. The median ridge is

broadest at the base and tapers anteriorly, Outside the epigyne

proper, on each side of the base, is a darkened oval hollow, with

its longer diameter lying longitudinally

1905. } SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 585

This species in many points resembles /. ramosa L. K., described

from an immature female, but besides being larger has no rings

Text-fig. 87.

Lycosa stirlinge, 6 & @.

a, eyes from front of female; 6, male palp; ¢, epigyne.

on ‘the legs. The front row of eyes is shorter than the second

instead of being equal, and the median eyes of the front row are

586 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [ Dee. 12,

only one instead of two diameters from those of the second row ;

also the tibial joint of the palpi is longer than the patellar joint

instead of equal to it.

Measurements in millimetres — Female.

Lone. Broad.

i ow ee

Cephalothorax ... 1] { e I ARON

Abdomen ......... 9 6

Mandibles......... D3 much longer than front patella.

Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

IDES Sossoodan ly 4 94. 94 9f = 324

Ns 34 8) 8) 0) = 303

3 34 83 83 8 = 284

4 10 10 2 363

Papin cecesat oe 2 5 43 3 = Ae

Male.

Long. Broad

Cephalothorax ... 8 a

Abdomen ......... 8 b5)

Mandibles......... 4

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

Wegs cases eos 9 10 ea | SBE

BD. 3 8 9 103 = 303

3 3 93 7 10 = 292

: 31 92 gi 13 = 354

‘Ralpiney rg ssc: 2 4 3 Oe es Les

One male and one female from Gilbert River, Riverina, collected

by Mr. A. Molyneux.

Liycosa ARENARIS, sp. nov. (Text-fig. 88.)

Cephalothorax yellow-brown ; hairs red, black, and white mixed

over cephalic part, behind this a white patch extending to middle

of rear slope, and less distinctly pale round the margin. Mandibles

dark brown, with erect brown and decumbent greyish-yellow hairs.

Lip, maxilla, and sternum yellow-brown, with pale greyish-yellow

hair, Coxze yellow-brown.

Abdomen dull grey-brown, irregularly spotted with small

patches of white hairs, the underside dingy brown, the centre

area rather paler than the sides.

The legs and palpi yellow, brown decumbent hairs and darker

brown erect bristles, with a ring of paler yellow round femur,

middle of tibia, and metatarsal joints.

The front of the cephalothorax is high and narrow, with a clypeus

twice the width of the front middle eyes. The front row of eyes

1905. | SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 587

is straight, the median larger than the laterals, all equidistant,

less than half the diameter of the median from one another. From

the second row to front median equals the diameter of the front

laterals. The eyes of the second row are rather more than half

their diameter apart, which is twice that of the front median ;

they are three diameters away from the rear row.

On the lower margin of the falx-sheath are three large teeth.

The mandibles are longer than the front of the cephalothorax.

The /ip is as broad as long and half the length of the mawille.

The sternwm is a broad oval, pointed posteriorly and thickly

covered with coarse hair. The coww have only short fine hairs

lightly spread.

Text-fig. 88.

Lycosa arenaris.

a, eyes from front; 6, epigyne.

The abdomen is oval, rather pointed posteriorly. The epigyne

of the female broader than long, with a narrow middle ridge and

the basal part curling round outside the horseshoe-shaped middle.

The /egs are rather fine. There aro two spines above on tibiee 111.

and iv., none on the first or second pairs. On the under side the

spines are long and stout.

The tibial joint of the palpi is longer than the patella.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 6 { ae in front.

INibdomrenve ey. ae 74 42

Mandibles......... 3

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

ees tanh ee il. 22 5 5s 5 = 18

Deel Dig fia R Bored alge

ae? 42 ag me ee

apa 6 6 8) iS eee

Balt ies ses 12 3 21 i 81

588 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [ Dec. 12,

Two females brought by the Horn Expedition from the

MacDonnell Ranges.

This species rather closely resembles L. Koch’s Z. crispipes from

Rockhampton, though larger. It is more faintly marked on the

cephalothorax, and is without the pattern on the back of the

abdomem. The lower edge of the front row of eyes is straight

instead of procurved, and the epigyne is broader at the base,

which curls round instead of ending at the base of the horseshoe

parts.

In this species the cephalothorax is as long as patella cwm

tibia iv. L. Koch says that in ZL. erispipes it is longer than

tibia iv.

DOLOMEDES HABILIS, sp. nov. (Text-fig. 89.)

Cephalothorax chocolate-brown, with a narrow pale yellow-

brown stripe reaching from the second row of eyes to the rear

slope, and a similar stripe on each side’ of the cephalothorax at

about one-third of the distance from the margin to the middle

line.

Text-fig. 89.

Dolomedes habilis.

a, eyes from front; 6, epigyne.

The mandibles are black-brown, thickly covered with long

yellow-brown hair. The lip and maxillee yellow-brown ; sternum

rather more yellow. Legs and palpi ‘yellow-brown all over,

brighter underneath. The abdomen is yellow-brown, of the same

shade as the upper side of the legs. The sides paler yellow-brown

in the front half, merging into the same colour as that of the back

towards the rear, the paler part being divided from the back by a

1905. ] SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 589

bright yellow-brown stripe of the same colour as on the cephalo-

thorax. The under side of the abdomen is yellow-brown, with

a faint shield-pattern marked out by paler side-lines and two

similarly coloured parallel lines inside.

The cephalothorax is moderately high in front, being two-thirds

as high as broad in that part and rather more than half as broad

as in its widest part; the median line slightly slopes upwards as

far as the rear end of the longitudinal fovea, whence it falls

steeply down.

The front row of eyes is recurved or straight along the upper

edge, the median pair being their diameter apart; the laterals

are two-thirds the diameter of the median and the same distance

away from them. The clypeus is twice as broad as one median

and lateral eye with the space between them. The eyes of the

second row are a diameter apart, larger than the front median and

their diameter from them. The eyes of the third row are as large

as the second, on rather large prominences, and 5 diameters apart.

The mandibles are as long as the width in front of the cephalo-

thorax, and have one small and three large teeth on the imner

margin of the falx-sheath, with one large between two small on

the outer.

The lip is slightly broader than long, straight in front and

half the length of the maxilla.

The sternawm is nearly round, and thickly covered with short

downlying hair.

The abdomen is ovate, straight in front, with four prominent

muscle-spots in the anterior half above, with short decumbent hair.

The epigyne of the female is oval, the inside oval hollows being in

the anterior part of the arch.

The palpi are longer than the cephalothorax, and the tibial

joint is longer than the patella.

The legs are covered with smooth decumbent hair, and there is

a not very thick scopula on the tarsus and metatarsus of all legs.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

f 43 in front.

Cephalothorax ... 94 [8

Nbdomeness.. ne. i of

Mandibles......... 4} = longer than front patella.

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

OOM ieceacss les et oF ll IOS. S- B5

Ha ee 9 iO! 10 a Be

Saros 9 10 91 = 32

A Ah gi 1 Ba eat eS

(4 & 73)

Pallpveyaciecs.. sc. 2 45 3 = 14

590 ON SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. | Dee. 12;

This species is rather close to L. Koch’s D. instabilis, from

Mudgee, not very far north of Gilbert River ; but differs in having

scopule on the tarsus and metatarsus of each pair of legs, and

the first pair of legs longer than the second pair, instead of equal

in length. The clypeus, though very wide, is not so wide as the

front row of eyes, thus differing from the condition described by

L. Koch for his species. There is no scolloped pattern on the

back of the abdomen, and no paler coloured spots at the root of

the spines on the legs.

There are two females sent by Mr. A. Molyneux from the

Gilbert River.

Lycosa opscurA L. Koch, 1877.

Die Arachn, Austr. vol. 11. p. 954.

Gilbert River, Riverina, N.S. Wales (Molyneux); Kangaroo

Island, 8. Austr. (Zepper); Onkaparinga, 8S. Austr. (Zepper).

15 males, 22 females.

Previously described from Bowen, Queensland, and Sydney.

Lycosa L2=ra?’ L. Koch, 1877.

Op. cit. vol. it. p. 944.

One female. Kangaroo Island (7epper).

According to L. Koch, Z. leta has the palpal tibia longer than

patella of same; in this specimen the two joints are of equal

length.

Previously described from Rockhampton, Queensland, and Palm

Creek, Central Austraha.

Lycosa cLara’ L. Koch, 1877.

Op. cit. vol. 11. p. 912.

Four females. Goolwa (4. Zietz).

In ZL. clara, according to Koch, the cephalothorax is equal to

patella cwm tibia iv., in these specimens it is slightly longer.

Previously described from Bowen, Queensland, and Macedon,

Victoria.

1905.] | ON NEW SPECIES OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 591

The following descriptions of two new species of Coleoptera of

the genus Homopheta were inadvertently omitted from Mr. Martin

Jacoby’s paper supra page 399 :—

HomopHeta Arcus, sp.n. (Plate XIV. fig. 3.)

Flavous, the antenne, knees, tibiz, and tarsi black; thorax

with a transverse black band; elytra not perceptibly punctured,

each elytron with five round pale spots surrounded by a black

ring.

Length 6-7 millim.

Var. Thorax without the black band.

Head impunctate, the middle portion and the clypeus yellowish

white, the vertex and the labrum black; antennze extending

beyond the base of the elytra, black, the joints rather short and

robust, third and fourth equal. Thorax strongly transverse, the

sides rounded, the anterior angles strongly thickened and produced,

the surface impunctate, with a transverse narrow black band not

extending to either margin. Scutellum black or piceous. Elytra

flavous, each elytron with five round pale spots, each spot sur-

rounded by a black ring, and as follows—one at the base near the

seutellum, one at the middle near the lateral margin, a third

below the middle near the suture, and the others near the apex

and joined together transversely ; apex of the femora, the tibie

and tarsi black.

Hab. Sao Paolo, Brazil, also Bolivia.

This species must not be confounded with A. annulata Mlig.,

which it resembles somewhat in number and position of the

elytral spots; but these in the present species are of different

shape, round instead of transverse, always margined with black,

and the subapical spots joined at their inner margins. In

Gemminger’s Catalogue the name of Argus Chevr. 1. litt. is given

once as a synonym of A. annularis Il. and again as Oedionych.

10-guttata Fab., but the species has evidently never been described.

H. 4-notata Mlig. is a variety of H. equinoctialis Fab. None of

these species has a black banded thorax like the present typical

form.

HoMOPHGETA ANGUSTOLINEATA, sp.n. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.)

Below and the legs fulvous, above bright flavous, entirely

impunctate, antenne dark fulvous, seutellum black; elytra with

the extreme margins, a ring-shaped band at the sides and another

transverse band near the apex, violaceous black or eeneous.

Length 64-7 millim.

Head entirely flavous; antenne robust, entirely dark fulvous.

Thorax transverse, the anterior angles prominent and thickened.

Elytra shining; bright yellow, narrowly margined with purplish

or violaceous, with a narrow transversely rounded similarly

coloured band near the middle, nearly extending to the suture,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1905, Vou. 11. No. XL. 40

592, ON NEW SPECIES OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA.

nd an equally narrow transverse band below the middle, extending

to either margin,

Hab. Bolivia, Peru.

Closely allied to some of the varieties of the widely distributed

H. equincetialis Linn., but evidently quite distinct, as I have many

specimens before me which show no variations. The species is

larger and of more elongate shape, the small flavous spot in front

of the humeral callus in H. equinoctialis is absent, the dark

elytral markings are linear and of different shape and entirely

separated, not confluent, and the antennz are more robust and,

like the legs, of a dark fulvous colour.

Ablabes, 517.

hermine, 512, 518,

ills).

semicarinatus, 512,

515.

Ablabophis

rufulus, 255,

Aceros

nepalensis, 180.

Acheeta, 563.

Acomys

cahirinus, 280-288.

dimidiatus, 521.

— minotis, 315, 321.

Acontias

lineatus, 254.

Acridium

sp., 562.

Actinia

prehensa, 495,

Adamsia, 507, 509.

palliata, 501, 509,

Aenaria, 146,

/Apyceros

melanpus, \87.

Agalychnis

callidryas, 206.

Agama

“armata, 258.

atra, 258.

brachyura, 252.

hispida, 252, 255.

micropholis, 255.

microterolepis, 258.

Aipysurus

annulatus, 517.

Allactaga

williamsi, 527

Alligator

luctus, 467.

Allocotus, 146.

Allolobophora

sp., 490.

Alpheeus, 505.

INDEX,

Alphenor, 146.

Amaurochrous, 147.

Amblyrbynchus, 212.

Amblyscelis, 279.

hemorrhous, PRS).

Amblysomus

chia ~ysillus, 58 i

corrie, 57.

hottentottus, 57, 58.

iris, 57.

obtusirostris, 58.

Amblystoma, 200, 205,

altamirani, 195, 200,

201, 202, 232.

per simile, 200.

ligrinum, 193, 200, 201,

202, 232.

Ameiva, 216, 221.

undulata, 195, 216.

Amphisbena,

486, 488.

brasiliana, 461, 479,

480, 481, 485, 486,

487, 489.

cinerea, 480, 485, 488.

fuliiginosa, 488, 489

Amplorhinus

multimaculatus, 255.

Ancistrodron, 226.

hilineatns, 226.

blomhoffii, 511, 518,

514.

Anelytropsis

papillosus, 195, 219.

Anemonia

suleata, B24.

Anguis, 467.

fragilis, 217, 258, 476.

Aniella

pulchra, 219.

texana, 219.

Anolis, 216, 221.

carolinensis, 212, 216.

470, 480,

481, 482, 484, 485,

Anolis

gadovii, 195, 216, 238,

245, 247.

liogaster, 195, 216, 245,

2AT.

eae 195, 216,

231, 233, 246.

sallei, 195.

troptdonotus, 195.

Anomalepis

mexicana, 222.

Anthocomus, 275.

cortaceus, 275.

Anthropopithecus

troglodytes, 57

Apteryx

mantellt, 295.

Arctictis

binturong, 26, 296.

Arctosa, 570.

Arthroleptis

wahlbergit, 251.

Arvieola

hatanedzwint, 336, 352

montebelli, 352.

Ascaltis

cerebrum, 17.

contorta, 6, 17.

gegenbauri, 17.

Ascandra

angulata, 20.

contorta, 3, 5,6, 12,15

GR ee:

densa, 10.

parus, 10.

Ascetta

spinosa, 3, 5, 12) 13,

14, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20.

Asphiera, 398.

e@nmula, 405.

albicincta, 409, 460.

albifrons, 401, 4038.

amabilis, 408.

apticalis, 411, 417.

AQ*

594

Aspheera

basimaculata, 417.

biplagiata, 410.

bisbiplagiata, 409.

brevicollis, 407.

carilloensis, 408.

chapuisi, 406.

curialis, 405.

dejeani, 408.

dimidiaticornis, 408.

discicollis, 400.

discofasciata, 411.

divisa, 418, 460.

elegantula, 412, 460.

episcopalis, 410.

erichsont, 410.

femorata, 400.

Serrugineo-vittata, 413.

funerea, 406.

Juscofasciata, 418.

glabripennis, 406.

hilaris, 401.

inequalis, 416.

lacerata, 414.

limitata, 405.

maculicollis, 411.

nasalis, 402.

nigrofasctata, 404.

nitidissima, 415, 460.

nobilitata, 411.

oblecta, 408.

ornata, 405.

pallida, 401.

separata, 405.

tarsata, 402, 408, 460.

tessellata, 416, 460.

tibialis, 418.

unicolor, 399.

variegata, 416, 417.

vernalis, 405.

viridicollis, 415.

zonulata, 404, 460,

(Aspicela) albomargi-

nata, 409.

Aspicela, 401.

Aspidelaps

lubricus, 255.

Atractes, 224, 227.

Austrocobitis, 365.

Balenoptera

borealis, 490.

musculus, 490.

sibbaldii, 490.

Basiliscus, 212.

americanus, 215.

vittatus, 195, 215.

Batrachoseps, 204.

attenuatus, 193, 204,

205, 232.

INDEX.

Batrachoseps |

scutatus, 204. |

Bipes |

canaliculatus, 219.

Bitis

arietans, 255.

caudalis, 255.

cornuta, 255.

Blanus

cinereus, 220.

Boa

diviniloqua, 296.

imperator, 195, 222.

mexicana, 222.

Borboroceetes, 207.

mexicanus, 194, 207,

232.

Brachylophus

fasciatus, 212.

Bryodrilus, 564.

Bubalus

caffer radcliffer, 189.

Buchholtzia, 568.

Budorcas

taxicolor tibetana, 329,

330.

Bufo, 205.

angusticeps, 250.

canaliferus, 206.

carens, 250, 251.

coccifer, 206.

compactilis, 206.

compactus, 231.

debilis, 206.

dombensis, 250.

grant, 250.

intermedius, 194, 231,

232.

marinus, 194, 206, 240.

marmoreus, 194, 206.

punctatus, 206.

regularis, 250.

simus, 206, 232, 240.

sternosignatus, 206.

valliceps, 194, 206,

240,

vertebralis, 250.

viridis, 250.

Bungarus

candidus, O16.

Bunodeopsis, 498, 499,

500, 501, 507, 508,

510.

Buphaga, 191.

Caiman

punctulatus, 209.

sclerops, 194. ° |

Qalliste |

guttata, 490,

Calomyscus, 524, 525.

bailwardi, 519, 524,

525, 527.

Calorhamphus, 42.

Calorhinus

ursinus, 330.

Calyptomena, 31, 32, 33,

34, 35, 36, 37, 38,

39, 44, 45, 47, 48,

50, 51, 52, 56.

viridis, 56.

Canis

aureus, 522.

hodophyiax, 333, 342.

Cantharis

nigrina, 272.

smaragdulus, 271.

viridescens, 271.

Capra

egagrus

323.

Oariama, 167.

Caridophthalmus,

147.

Celestus, 217, 218, 221.

Centrurus

insulanus, 184.

Cephalophus

coronatus, 180.

maxwelli, 180.

Cercocebus

aterrimus, 187.

Cercopithecus

talapoin, 296.

wolfi, 296.

Cervicapra

sp., 187.

Cervus

claphus, 1.

siha, 338, 334, 357.

Chalcocoris, 147.

Chameleon, 266.

quilensis, 254.

ventralis, 254.

Chamesaura

anguind, 253.

Charadrius, 162, 163, 164,

165, 166, 167, 168,

169.

pluvialis, 155.

cretensis,

146,

| Charina, 222, 223.

_ Chasmorhynchus, 32, 33,

30, 37, 58, 47, 48.

/ Chelone

viridis, 194, 210.

Chelydra

rossignont, 209.

serpentina, 209.

Chimarrogale

platycephala, 333, 334,

340,

Chinchilla, 28.

Chionis, 159, 160, 161,

162, 168, 164, 165,

168.

alba,

166.

Chirodrilus, 563.

Chirotes, 220, 241, 248.

biporus, 220.

canaliculatus, 195, 219,

220.

tridactylus, 220.

Chrysemys, 210.

grayt, 194, 210.

incisa, 210.

mobiliensis, 210.

ornata, 194, 210.

pulcherrima, 210.

umbra, 210.

Cimex

celebs, 149.

Cinixys

belliana, 252.

Cinosternum, 209, 210.

effeldti, 194, 210.

hirtipes, 209.

integrum, 194, 210.

leucostomum, 194,

210.

pennsylvanicum, 194,

209, 230.

scorptoides, 210.

sonoriense, 210.

Cistudo, 210.

mexicana, 210.

Citellus

concolor, 5238.

xanthoprymnus, 528.

Clathrina

contorta, 38-20.

coriacea, 15, 16.

lacunosa, 20.

reticulum, 14.

spinosa, 18.

Claviglis

crassicaudatus, 492,

493.

Cliona

celata, 14.

Cnemidophorus, 216,

221, 243.

bocourti, 195.

deppei, 195.

gularis, 195, 216.

guttatus, 195, 216.

mexicanus, 195.

sealineatus, 216.

striatus, 195.

Cobitis

capensis, 307.

punctifer, 367.

155, 156, 161,

INDEX,

Coccinella

septempunctata, 533.

Coereba

cerulea, 490.

Coleonyx

elegans, 194, 212.

Collops, 278.

Colobus

abyssinicus matschiei,

489.

albocaudatus, 328.

caudatus, 327, 328.

guereza, 187, 326.

palliatus, 326.

— cottoni, 326.

ruwenzorii, 326.

satanas, 325.

sharpet, 526, 327.

vellerosus, 328, 329.

Coluber, 223, 227.

chlorosoma, 233.

climacophorus,

514.

conspicillatus, 511, 518.

corais, 196, 228.

quadrivirgatus, 511,

514.

schmackeri, 512, 518,

ills

triaspis, 239.

Columba

livia, 502.

Comuius, 147, 150, 151.

elegans, 153.

minor, 152.

Connocheetes

gnu, 295.

Conolophus, 212.

Conophis, 225.

vittata, 196, 225.

Contia, 223, 227.

nasus, 196, 235.

Corallus, 222.

Coronella, 223, 225, 227,

517.

annulata, 228.

levis, 228.

may

micropholis, 196, 228, |

231.

regalis, 225.

Corvus, 32, 34, 39, 39.

corax, 54,

Frugilequs, 42.

Corydon, 33, 34, 36, 37, —

38, 39, 44, 45, 46, 48, |

50, 51, 56.

Corythomantis

greening, 206.

Corythophanes, 212.

hernandezi, 195, 215.

Cricetodon, 524.

595

Cricetulus

lama, 302, 305.

pheus, 306, 526.

Cricetus, 524, 525.

Crocidura, 315.

cerulea, 334, 340.

dsi-nezumi, 333, 334,

340, 558, 361.

— chisat, 338, 340.

— wmbrina, 361.

russula, 340.

umbrina, d34.

Crocodilus, 461.

acutus, 466, 467.

americanus, 194, 209.

moreleti, 209.

Crollius, 147,

Crotalus, 226.

horridus, 226, 230.

miliarius, 231.

salvini, 231.

terrificus, 231, 238,

241.

triseriatus, 231, 233.

Crotaphytus, 212, 213.

collaris, 218.

wislizent, 213.

Ctenosaura, 212, 213.

acanthura, 195, 214.

quinquecarinata, 195,

PAIS

Cylidris, 272.

balteatus, 272.

Cymbirhynchus, 54, 36,

37, 38, 39, 44, 45, 46,

48, 56.

Cynictis

levaillanti, 26.

Dactylopsila

palpator, 297.

trivirgata, 297.

Dasypeltis

seabra, 299.

— palmarum, 255.

Dendraspis

angusticeps, 250.

Dendrobates, 208.

Dermatemys

mawt, 194, 209.

Dermophis, 200, 203.

mexicanus, 193, 199.

Desmognathus, 202.

Diabrotica, 398.

Diaglena

jordani, 206.

Dicamptodon

ensatus, 200.

Dichoceros

bicornis, 57.

596

Dictyotus, 148, 150.

apicatis, 148.

confinis, 149. |

detersus, 149.

discoideus, 149.

favillaceus, 149.

geniculatus, 149.

lineatus, 149. |

semimarginatus, 149.

similis, 149.

transversus, 150.

truncatellus, 150.

ventralis, 150.

Dinodon

Japonieus, Hil,

514.

rufozonatus, 512, 518, |

Olt: |

semicarinatus, 512, 515. |

Diplodocus, 289-294.

carnegit, 294.

Diploglossus, 217, 231.

steindachneri, 217, 233.

Dirosema, 224, 227.

Dispholidus

typus, 255. |

Distira |

ornata, 517. |

513, |

Dolomedes

habilis, 588.

instabilis, 590.

Dorcatherium

aquaticum, 489. |

Dozocolletus, 274. |

brunneus, 274. |

sordidus, 274. |

Dromia, 509.

Dromicus, 224, 227.

laureatus, 233.

Drymobius, 224, 227,

231.

boddaerti, 196, 224.

margaritiferus, 196,

224, 238.

Dryomys, subg. n., 348.

Dryophis |

acuminatus, 196.

Dryotriorchis

spectabilis, 296.

Dymecodon

pilirostris, 336, 842.

Elaps, 225, 227.

elegans, 225.

curyxanthus, 225.

fulvius, 196, 225, 231.

Eliomys, 491, 493.

dryas, 348.

(Dryomys) xitidulus,

348,

=INDEX.

Gre

Elius, 348.

Tllobius

SFuscocapillus, 526, 527.

lutescens, 526, 527

talpinus, 526, 527.

woosnami, 526.

Enchytreeus, 563.

minimus, 564.

paroulus, 564.

turicensis, DOA.

Eneystoma, 208.

ustwm, 194, 208,

Engystomops, 208.

pustulosus, 205.

EHpicrates, 222.

Kremacus

novus, O67.

Erinaceus

ewropeus, 522.

concolor, 522.

italicus, 616, 317.

nesiotes, 316.

— roumanicus, 317.

Hrythrolamprus, 225.

Jissidens, 225.

Hryx, 464.

Hsox

alepidotus, 375.

Eublepharis

Jasciatus, 211.

variegatus, 211,

Ruchirotes

biporus, 219, 220.

Wucymatodera, 272.

cingulata, 272.

hottentota, 272.

Eumeces, 218, 257,

261, 265.

algeriensis, 61, 62,

260.

brevirostris, 233.

Juscirostris, 195, 218.

lynxe, 195, 218, 233.

Hupemphix

gadovit, 194.

Hurylemus, 34, 36, 39,

42, 56.

ochromelas, 40, 41, 42,

52, 54:

Eurynannus, gen. nov.,

153.

lippus, 154.

Eurypyga, 167, 168.

Eurystomus, 35, 36, 37,

240.

260,

258,

49.

Eyotomys

andersont, 354.

bedfordie, 338, 358,

304, 355.

glarcolus, 352, 853,

mikado, 333, 352.

| Evotomys

rufocanus,

| B05.

(Craseomys) andersoni,

338, 304,

(—) bedfordie, 353,

(—- ) latastei, 554.

ood.

(—) rufocanus, 353,

354.

(Phaulomys) smithit,

338, 834, 336, 355.

Hysarcoris

truncatellus, 150.

303, 9304,

Felis

catus, 318.

Jaguarondi, 296.

manul, 302.

ocreata, 317.

— agrius, 317, 318.

— sarda, 318.

pardus, 295.

Ficimia, 2238, 227.

Fridericia, 564.

Galaxias

affints, 8366, 380, 388.

alepidotus, 366, 375.

alpinus, 365, 368, 370,

RYlks G2,

atkinsonit, 377.

attenuatus, 364, 869,

366, 368, 369, 870,

373, 384.

auratus, 366, 379.

bollansi, 364, 374.

bong-bong, 382.

brevipinnis, 364, 369,

366, 374.

brocchus, 379.

campbelli, 368.

capensis, 307.

coppingeri, 370, 371.

corti, 866, 380.

cylindricus, 368.

delfini, 372.

delicatulus, 368.

dissimilis, 366, 383.

fasciatus, 365, 366,

374.

Jindlayt, 365, 366, 382,

384.

JSorstert, 375.

gracillimus, 364, 3669,

370.

grandis, 372, 374.

huttont, 366, 378, 383.

kayi, 364, 381, 382,

384,

Galaxias

kokopu, 376.

krefftiz, 368, 369, 3884.

lynx, 364, 366, 373,

383.

maculatus, 364, 365,

368, 370.

minutus, 368.

nebulosa, 368.

nigothoruk, 364, 380.

occidentalis, 364, 366,

376, 378, 384.

ocellatus, 378.

olidus, 364, 365, 366,

378, 381, 382, 384.

ornatus, 365, 3866,

381.

planiceps, 382.

plate, 365, 872.

postvectis, 375.

punctatus, 368. 369.

punctifer, 365, 867,

383.

punctulatus, 370.

reticulatus, 375.

robinsont, 374.

rostratus, 366, 378.

schomburgkii, 366,

382.

scriba, 365, 368, 369.

smithii, 365, 372.

truttaceus, 366, 368,

378, 379, 384.

versicolor, 369.

waitti, 366, 376, 378,

384

water housei, 364, 368,

weedont, 3866, 377,

384.

zebratus, 365, 367.

Galictis, 24, 25, 29.

barbara, 26, 27.

Gallinago, 162, 163, 164,

165, 166, 168, 169.

celestis, 155.

Geagras

redimitus, 196, 224.

Geophis, 224, 227.

chalybea, 231.

mesta, 233.

omiltemana, 233.

semidoliatus, 196.

Gerrhonotus, 217, 218,

241.

antauges, 195, 217,

ceruleus, 217, 230.

deppei, 195, 238.

gramineus, 195, 217,

233

a! .

INDEX.

Gerrhonotus

embricatus, 195, 217,

233.

liocephalus, 195, 235.

Gerrhosaurus, 61, 462.

Havigularis, 62, 256-

267.

madagascariensis, 260.

Gilippus, 146.

Giraffa

camelopardalis peralta, |

Glareola, 162, 163, 164,

165, 166, 168, 169.

pratincola, 165.

Glauconia, 222, 226.

albifrons, 195, 222.

dulcis, 195, 222.

humilis, 222.

Glirulus, gen. noy., 347.

japonicus, 334, 335,

347

Glis, 348.

Gonioctena, 529, 532,

538.

variabilis, 528.

Graphiurus, 492, 493,

494,

Graptoclerus, 273.

quadripunctatus, 278.

Gustavia

sol, 566.

Gymnodactylus

sunichrasti, 211.

Gyponyx, 272.

algoensis, 272.

braunsi, 273.

chinensis, 272.

marmoratus, 272.

retrocinetus, 272.

Haliaétus

albicilla, 189, 296.

Halteridium

crumenium, 297.

dantlewskyi, 297.

Hapale

chrysoleucos, 296.

Haplocanthosaurus, 294.

Hatteria, 69, 256, 257,

461, 462, 463, 464,

465, 466, 470, 474,

484, 485.

Hedonistes, gen. nov.,

278.

letus, 279.

Hedybius, 271, 275.

amenus, 276, 277.

anceps, 276.

quadricornis, 276.

sculpticeps, 275.

597

Hedybius

superciliosus, 277.

variicornts, 277.

Helictis

personata, 21-29.

subaurantiaca, 21, 24,

Heliornis, 163, 167.

Heloderma, 221, 241,

242, 2438.

horridum, 217.

suspectum, 217.

Hemibungarus

Japonicus, 512, 515.

Hemichirotes

tridactylus, 219, 220.

| Henlea

dicksont, 564.

lefroyi, 562.

nasuta, 563.

Hermannia

bistriata, 568.

Herpestes

albicauda, 489.

gulera robustus, 188.

Himantodes, 224.

cenchoa, 196, 224.

gemmistriata, 224.

tenuessima, 224.

Himantopus, 157, 162,

163, 164, 165, 166,

167, 168, 169.

nigricollis, 155.

Hipposiderus

bicolor, 130.

Holbrookia, 212, 213.

maculata, 215.

propingua, 213.

tecana, 194, 213.

Homalocranium, 225.

atrocinctum, 238.

bocourti, 231.

miniatum, 196.

Homo

sylvestris, 73.

Homopheeta, 392.

equinoctialis, 591.

angustolineata, 460,

591.

annulata, 591.

argus, 460, 591.

boliviana, 399.

clavareaui, 398.

10-guttata, 591.

peruviana, 399, 460.

4-notata, 591.

Homopus

signatus, 252.

Hydrenchytraeus, 564.

Hydrocherus

capybara, 490.

598

Hydrophasianus, 157,

158, 159, 160, 163,

164, 165, 166, 167,

168.

chirurgus, 155, 158.

Hydrophis

melanocephalus, 516.

Hydrus

platurus, O16.

Hyla, 206.

baudint, 194, 207.

boucourti, 207.

cerulea, 206.

copet, 194, 207.

eximia, 194, 207,

232.

miotympanwiir,

231, 240.

staufferi, 194, 207.

venulosa, 207.

Hylella, 206.

Hylobates

agilis, 174, 175.

concolor, 171, 174.

hainanus, 169, 174,

175, 176, 180.

harlani, \74.

hoolock, 175.

lar, V74, 175.

leuciscus, 173, 175.

nasutus, 171, 175.

niger, ITA.

pileatus, 172, 175.

syndactylus, 174.

(Symphalangus) szz-

dactylus, \74.

Hylochcerus

meinertzhagent, 182,

310.

Hylodes, 207.

beate, 194.

calcitrans, 207.

melanostictus, 207.

palmatus, 207, 2381,

rhodopts, 194, 207, 231,

232, 240.

Hymenochirus, 250.

Hypocthonius

tectorwm, 568.

Hypsiglena

torquata, 224, 240.

231,

207

’

Ichnotropis

capensis, 254.

Iguana, 59, 60, 61, 212,

257, 268, 269, 270,

462, 467, 477.

rhinolophus, 195,

tuberculata, 60, 256,

270. |

INDEX.

Tnuus

speciosus, 384, 336.

Irrisor, 52.

Ischnognathus, 228, 227.

cope, 238.

Kobus

defassa, 186.

ellipsiprymnus,

296, 297.

187,

ses

257,

Lacerta, 261, 462

464.

agilis, 261.

muralis, 324.

ocellata, 258, 261, 262.

viridis, 485.

-~ major, 320.

Tachesis, 226.

atrox, 196.

flavoviridis, 12, 516.

lanceolatus, 196, 226,

248.

lansbergi, 226.

mucrosguamatus, 512,

518, 516.

okinavensis, 511, 512,

515, 516.

undulatus, 233.

Lemanctus, 212.

longipes, 216.

serratus, 216.

Lagomys

curzonie, 308.

Laius, 278.

Lama

huanacos, 57.

Lankesterella

ranorun, D8.

tritonts, 58.

Lanthanotus, 217.

Larus, 162.

Leopardus

Japonicus, 330.

Lepidophyma

flavomaculatum, 219.

Leptodactylus, 207, 208.

albilabris, 194, 208.

caliginosus, 194, 208.

microtis, 208.

Leptodira, 224.

albofusca, 196, 224,

231, 233.

guilient, 196, 247.

nigrofasciata, 247.

personata, 196, 247.

septentrionalis, 224,

Leptognathus

elegans, 225,

Leptophis, 224, 227, 231.

bilineatus, 233.

diplotropis, 196, 231,

233:

Mexicana,

233.

prestans, 238.

Leptoptilus

erumentferus, 29

Lepus

brachyurus, 338, 334,

351, 857, 359, 560.

— okiensis, 359.

craspedotis, 527.

europeus creticus, 322.

olostolus, 308.

tibetanus, 527.

timidus, 322, 351.

196, 231,

— ainu, 333, 336,

356.

variabilis, 336.

Leucosolenia

botryoides, 4.

cerebrum, 6.

complicata, 4, 5, 8, 10,

15, 16, 18.

contorta, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,

10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,

16, 17, 18, 19.

cortiacea, 4, 5, 6.

reticulum, 6.

spinosa, 18.

variabilis, 5, 15, 16.

(Leuciria) contorta, 17.

(Nardoa) contorta, 17.

Leyvenna, gen. nov., 151.

salax, 152.

Liacarus

bicornis, 566, 569.

Lichanura, 222.

Limnotragus

gratus, 296.

speket, 187.

Lipaugus

cineraceus, 5d.

Lobepomis, 147.

Lohmannia

insignis, 564.

Loxocemus

bicolor, 222.

Lumbricillus, 563.

Lutra

lutra, 293.

Lutronectes

whiteleyi, 330.

Lycoperdina

sericea, 280.

Lycosa

arenaris, 670.

bicolor, 571, 580, 581.

castanea, 571, 577.

Lycosa

clara, 571, 590.

cowlet, 570.

crispipes, 588.

errans, 571, 578, 579.

gilberta, 571, 582.

godeffroyi, 569.

hasseltti, 569.

hispanica, 8.

leta, 571, 590.

leuckartit, 576.

molyneuxt, 570, 579.

obscura, 569, 571, 590.

phyllis, 571, 573, 574.

stirlinge, 570, 584,

585.

tarentula, 569.

tasmanica, 570, d71,

o72.

Lygodactylus

capensis, 252.

Lygosoma, 218.

laterale, 195, 218.

Lyriocephalus

seutatus, 295.

Mabuia, 218.

agitlis, 195, 218.

striata, 254.

suleata, 254.

trivittata, 254.

varia, 254.

Maeacus

fuscatus, 333, 334, 361.

261,

Macroscincus, 260,

262.

cocteaui, 257, 258, 259,

260.

Manolepis

putnamt, 196, 225,

233,

Marionina, 463.

glandulosa, 564.

Martes

Japonica, 355.

Mecidea, 146, 147.

Megadeuterus, 279.

Megaptera

longimana, 490.

Meles

anakuma, 383, 304,

336, 344.

meles mediterrancus,

318.

Melia, 496, 497, 498, £99,

500, 501, 504, 505,

506, 507, 508, 509,

510.

tessellata, 494, 495, 496,

498, 500, 502, 510.

INDEX.

Mellivora

wndica, 523.

Menura, 32, 34, 35.

Meriones

erythrurus, 623.

meridianus, 523.

persicus, 523.

Mesenchytraus, 563.

Mesites, 365.

alpinus, d71.

attenuatus, 368.

gracillimus, 370.

maculatus, 370.

Michaelsena, 563.

macrochetu, 563.

Micromys

agilis, 394.

agrarius manchuricns,

385, 396, 397.

— ningpoensis, 385,

397.

— typicus, 397.

chevriert, 395.

geisha, 383, 384, 33

350, 351, 359, €

363.

— celatus, 359.

— hokkaida, 333, 350.

— yakui, 362.

intermedius, 3995.

minutus, 851.

— japonicus, 333, 384,

301.

— pygmeus, 385, 396.

mystacinus, 524.

pygneus, 391.

speciosus, 333, 334, 348,

349, 350, 351, 358,

362.

— ainu, 333, 349.

— navigator, 358.

sylvaticus, 320, 395.

— arianus, 524.

— chevriert, 385, 395.

— draco, 385, 395.

— hayt, 315, 320.

— witherbyi, 524,

ussuricus, 351.

yakut, 363.

Microtus

spp., 526.

agrestis, 324.

montebelli, 333, 334,

335, 336, 352.

nivalis, 526,

(Phaiomys) waltoni,

302, 306, 307.

Miniopterus

Suscus, 338.

schreibersi, 316.

-— japonie, 334, 338.

599

Mocoa, 218.

| Mogera

kobee@, 336, 361.

wogura, 333, 336, 341,

361.

— hanai, 3651.

— khobee, 333, 341,

358.

Molge

cristata, 58.

Morenoa, gen. nov., 517,

518.

ortzabensis, 517, 518.

Mormidea

detersa, 148, 149.

ventralis, 150.

Murina

hilgendorfi, 334, 335.

Mus

agrarius manchuricus,

394, 396, 397.

— ningpoensis, 394.

— typicus, 396.

alexandrinus, 389.

argenteus, 334, 349.

badius, 395.

bowersi, 389.

canna, 389.

chevrieri, 895.

confucianus, 384, 486,

387, 388, 889, 394.

coninga, 386.

coxingt, 384, 386, 304.

cremoriventer, 388.

decumanus, 287, 392.

edwardsi, 384, 3885,

394.

erythronotus, 334.

flavipectus, 384, 389,

390, 391, 392, 394.

germaint, 390.

griseipectus, 385, 390,

391, 392, 393, 394.

hartt, 397.

huang, 384, 387, 588,

394,

humiliatus, 385, 392,

3938, 394.

indicus, 392.

intermedius, 396.

Jerdont, 385, 386, 387,

388.

latouchet,

394.

ling, 384, 388, 394.

losea, 348, 885, 391,

392, 394.

minutus pygmeus, 394,

596.

molossinus, 338, 884,

348, 361.

384, 389,

600

Mus

musculus, 287, 321,

385, 394, 523, 524,

O25.

NING POENSIS, 397.

niveiventer, 387.

norvegicus, 3803,

385, 392, 393, 594.

ouangthome, 389, 391.

plumbeus, 390, 391.

pygmeus, 396.

rapit, 388.

rattus, 320, 890, 393.

— flavipectus, 390.

rufescens, 390, 391,

392.

spectosus, 304.

spicilegus, 348.

sylvaticus, 821, 395.

chevrieri, 394, 395.

— draco, 394, 395.

tanezumi, 333, 304,

348.

Mustela

alpina, 305.

brachyura, 334.

calotus, 346.

foina, 318.

— bunites, 318, 319.

— leucolachnea, 318.

— mediterraneus, 319.

melampus, 182,

334, 335, 343.

— bedfordi, 183, 382,

333, 336, 3438, 563.

— tsuensis, 183.

Myotis

blytht, 522.

capaccinii, 337.

daubentoni, 337.

macrodactylus,

337.

myotis, 316, 521, 522.

— omari, 521.

natterert, 3837, 338.

— bombinus, 334, 337.

thysanodes, 338.

Myoxus

elegans, 335, 347.

javanicus, 347.

lineatus, 834.

Mystromys, 524, 525.

334,

Naia

melanoleuca, 296.

Nardoa

spongiosa, 17.

Nemorhzedus

argyrochetes, 329, 331.

bubalinus, 381.

crispus, 338, 334, 357.

348,

{

INDEX.

Neochanna, 365, 383.

apoda, 364, 383.

Neomys

fodiens, 522.

Neurotrichus, 335, 342.

Niarius, 146, 148, 150.

iluminatus, 150.

tryoni, 150.

| Nicoria

183, |

rubida, 194.

rutila, 210.

| Niphe, 146.

Notaspis

hipilis, 567.

maculosa, 567, 569.

sculptilis, 567, 569.

splendens, 5067.

Nothrus

anauniensis, 569.

erassus, 568, 569.

crinitus, 567, 569.

glaber, 568.

monodactylus, 568.

sylvestris, 569.

tardus, 568.

targiontt, 568.

tectorum, 568, 569.

Notostenus, 275.

viridis, 276.

Nototrema

oviferum, 206.

Nucras

delalandi, 254.

tessellata, 254.

Numenius, 157.

Nyctereutes

albus, 336.

viverrinus,

330, 334,

Ochotona

curzonie, 308.

Qidiarthrus, 280.

angolensis, 280.

natalensis, 280.

Gidienemus, 159,

166, 168, 169.

scolopax, 155, 159.

Oedionyechis, 398,

415, 419.

adjuncta, 449, 460.

ened, 443, 447.

alacris, 445.

albipennis, 419, 426.

apicicornis, 422.

arcuata, 439.

arcuatofasctata,

460.

argentinensis, 456.

431,

160,

162, 163, 164, 165,

414,

Oedionychis

atroguttata, 455.

atropunctata, 456, 457.

balyi, 425.

basinotata, 453, 460.

bicolorata, 459.

bifasciata, 442.

bipartita, 439, 447.

bipunctata, 445.

bipunctulata, 452.

bishinotata, 428, 460.

bistrifasciata, 437.

biteniata, 440.

bolivianus, 459.

cardinalis, 439, 447.

catharine, 434.

centromaculuta,

460.

cinctipennis, 450.

colombiana, 427, 445,

446,

complanata, 452.

consimilis, 425,

cubana, 451.

decora, 458.

diffictlis, 444.

dipus, 419.

dissepta, 441.

distincta, 421.

diversa, 428.

donckieri, 449,-

duodecimnotata,

460.

ecuadoriensis, 423.

exclamationis, 4386,

460.

JSenestrata, 454.

Jigurata, 437.

flavomarginata,

460.

Julvotibialis, 448.

grayi, 438.

haagi, 449.

herbacea, 424.

humboldti, 439.

humeralis, 427, 458.

ulligert, 441.

illustris, 440, 460.

imperialis, 442.

tnconspicua, 424.

indigosoma, 452.

informis, 438.

ingrata, 429,

insularis, 445,

interrupto-vittata, 436,

460.

intersiqnata, 433.

jaculus, 444,

labiata, 439.

maculatissima, 453.

millepora, 421,

431,

454,

451,

Oedionychis

motschulskyt, 432.

nigrimana, 420.

nigrobasalis, 459.

nigromaculata, 455.

nigropunctata, 457.

nigrosuturalis, 420.

nigrotibialis, 425.

nivicularis, 423.

obscuripennis, 421, 426.

occipitalis, 442.

ocellata, 454, 460.

patlescens, 42:2, 424.

pallidicincta, 450.

paraguayensis, 419.

parallina, 427.

paupera, 422.

persimilis, 455,

picifrons, 420.

plebeja, 426.

porosa, 451.

pretiosa, 451.

prominula, 460.

promta, 445.

pustulata, 434.

4-punctata, 458.

4-pustulata, 434.

5-maculata, 441.

regina, 444, 460.

rhodina, 423.

rotundicollis, 419.

rustica, 439.

sagulata, 450.

selecta, 446.

semifoveolata, 451, 460.

signifera, 441.

sordida, 422.

steinheili, 442, 448.

subcostata, 432.

subdilatata, 455.

succincta, 445.

teniolata, 449.

tenwicincta, 428.

torquaia, 458.

13-maculata, 431.

triloba, 452.

turpis, 426.

variata, 429.

vartolosa, 451.

venezuelensis, 430,

vittatipennis, 448.

waterhouset, 435.

weiser, 446.

Okapia, 410.

Oncocoris, 146, 147, 148.

apicalis, 148.

celebs, 149.

confinis, 149.

detersus, 149.

dimidiatus, 149.

discoideus, 149,

INDEX.

Oncocoris

Javillaceus, 149.

geniculatus, 149.

tnsutanus, 149.

lethierryt, 149.

modestus, 149.

ovalis, 149, 153.

punctatus, 146, 149.

senuimarginatus, 149.

similis, 149.

subsimilis, 150.

transversus, 150.

truncatellus, 150.

ventralis, 150.

| Ophiophagus, 488.

Ophisaurus, 217, 461,

468, 469, 470, 471,

473, 474, 475, 476,

477, 488.

apus, 468.

ventralis, 217.

Oribata

Furcata, 565, 569.

Fusigera, 565.

lapidaria, 565.

omissa, 565, 569.

parmellie, 565,

rubens, 56d.

Oryctolagus

cuniculus cnossius, 322.

Oryx

leucoryx, 296.

Otaria

gillespii, 295.

Otis, 165, 167, 168.

Ourebia

montana, 187.

Oxybelis, 225.

acuminatus, 225.

Oxyrhopus, 224, 226.

cloelia, 224.

petiolarius, 224.

plumbeus, 224.

Pachydactylus

bibronti, 252.

mariquensts, 252.

Pagurus, 501, 509.

Palemon

altifrons, 550.

lar, 644, 545, 547, 548,

550.

— spectabilis, 549,

reuniannensis, D49,

(Eupalemon) dar, 544,

550.

Paludicola, 207.

mexicana, 194,

Paradisea, 54.

Pardosa, 570.

601

Pentalagus

Jurnesst, 357.

Pentatoma

semimarginata, 149.

truncatula, 149.

Peromyscus, 519, 924,

526.

Petaloguathus

nebulatus, 196, 225.

Petasophora

iolota, 324, 490.

Petaurista

leucogenys, 333, 334,

336, 344.

tose, 344.

nikkonis, 336.

oreas, 336.

tosé, 336.

Pezoporus, 274.

Phacocheerus

ethiopicus, 188.

| Phaiomys

Phellia,

blythi, 306, 307.

506, 507, 508,

510.

| Philhedonus, 277.

coronatus, 277.

regulosus, 278.

sericeus, 277.

| Phrynobatrachus

Pipistrellus

natalensis, 251.

Phrynosoma, 212, 2138.

asio, 194, 218.

cornutum, 2138.

douglasi, 213.

modestum, 194, 213.

orbiculare, 213, 281.

taurus, 233.

Phyllodactylus

tuberculosus, 194, 211,

240.

Phyllomedusa, 206.

dacnicolor, 194, 206.

Physignathus, 257.

Pipa, 250.

333, 9834,

abramus,

337.

akakomult, 334.

aladdin, 521.

kuhtli, 520, 521.

mimus, O21.

nanus, O21,

Pirata, 570.

Piroplasma

bigeminum, 491.

canis, 491.

donovani, 491.

equi, 491.

hominis, 491.

ovis, 491.

602

Pithecus, 72.

troglodites, 302.

Pituophis, 223, 227.

Platurus

laticaudatus, 517.

schistorhynchus, 517.

Platycoris, 146, 147, 148, |

150.

Plethodon, 205.

Plotus

sp., 189.

Podargus, 35, 36.

Podocnemis, 244.

Peecilogale

doggetti, 188.

Polydectus, 498,

507, 509.

cuptlifera, 506, 510.

Pongo, 70, 71.

Pontodrilus, 558.

crosslandi, 560, 561.

insularis, 559.

laccadivensis, 559, 560,

561,

littoralis, 561.

matsushimensis, 509.

— chathamianda, 561.

Potamia, 570.

Potamocherus

porcus, 810.

Procavia

bettoni, 188.

Proenias, 31.

Proczelicus, 147.

Psammophis

sibilans, 255.

Pseudaspis

cana, 250.

Pseudocordylus

microlepidotus, 255.

Pseudopus, 217.

pallasti, 468.

Pternohyla

Jodiens, 206.

Pteromys

lencogenys, 334.

momonga, 344, 340.

Pteropus

dasymallus, 334.

Pterygistes

molossus, 334.

Ptychognathus

affinis, 542, 544.

andamanicus, 542, 548,

506,

544,

barbatus, 538, 589,

540, 541, 548, 544,

550.

dentatus, 542, 548,

544

glaber, 541, 542, 543,

INDEX.

Ptychognathus

intermedius, 537, 542,

543,

onyx, 542, 544.

pilipes, 5387, 539, 541,

542, 545.

pollent, 538, 542, 543.

pusillus, 537, 540, 541,

042, 548, 544, 550. |

reidelit, 541, 542, 543, |

544. en |

— pilosa, 541, 542, |

544.

spinicarpus, 542, 545.

| Putorius

alpinus, 309.

ermineus, 348.

ttatst, 333, 334, 343.

nivalis, 319, 622.

— atlas, 319, 320.

— galinthias, 319, |

320) |

— sicule, 320.

Pygopus, 266.

lepidopus, 464.

| Python, 59, 65, 67. |

molurus, 64, 65.

sebe, 255.

| Rana, 208.

angolensis, 251.

delalandti, 251.

fasciata, 251.

JSorreri, 208.

fuscigula, 251.

grayt, 25).

halecina, 194, 208, 230, |

232)

mascarentensis, 201,

montezume, 194, 208,

230.

oniltemana, 208, 282.

palmipes, 194, 208.

pustulosa, 208.

Regenia

ocellata, 269.

Rhadinea, 224, 227.

clavata, 196.

decorata, 196.

vittata, 196, 231, 238.

Rbamphastos

carinatus, 180.

erythrorhynchus, 490.

Rhea, 298.

Rhineura, 220.

Rhinoceros

bicornis, 297.

Rhinochetus, 168.

Rhinolophus

acrotis, 78, 94, 106, 112,

118, 120.

Rhinolophus

acuminatus, 96, 97, 98,

121, 132, 183, 134,

135, 136, 138.

— audax, 133, 134,

145.

— typicus, 133, 134.

ethiops, 137.

affints, 76, 86, 87, 90,

93, 94, 95, 97, 98,

101, 102, 1038, 104,

105, 106, 107, 108,

109, 112, 117, 118,

120, 121, 180, 184.

— himalayanus, 90,

102, 103, 104, 105,

106, 107, 108, 144,

145.

— macrurus, 103, 105,

— nesites, 104, 105, 144.

— princeps, 102, 105,

106, 144, 145.

— rouxt, 87, 100.

— superans, 104, 105,

144.

— tener, 108, 104, 105,

144, 145.

— typicus, 104, 105,

106

andamanensis, 106.

audaxr, 96.

augur, 106, 110, 118,

119, 120.

bi-hastatus, 141.

— kisnytresiensis, 142.

blasti, 121, 130, 186,

137, 139, 144.

borneensis, 76, 78, 79,

81, 82, 83, 84, 88,

86, 87, 88, 89, 90,

91, 92, 98, 94, 95,

99, 100, 101, 102,

107, 116, 117, 119,

120, 121, 122, 145.

— spadix, 81, 87, 88,

= typicus, 87, 88, 121,

145.

brevitarsus, 126.

calypso, 96, 182, 138,

134, 186, 145.

capensis, 76, 117, 120,

121.

celebensis, 76, 81, 82,

83, 84, 85, 107, 116,

120, 122, 144, 145.

cinerascens, 98, 99.

clivosus, 76, 106, 117,

118, 120.

conchifer, 113.

Rhinolophus

cornutus, 123, 126, 127,

128, 135, 186, 145,

534.

— pumilus, 121, 123,

127, 128, 129, 145.

-— typicus, 128.

darlingt, 106, 107, 118,

120.

deckent, 106, 110, 118,

119, 120.

denti, 117, 120.

dobsont, 137.

empusa, 121, 130, 136,

137, 138, 139.

euryale, 121, 137, 138,

142, 144.

— helvetica, 142.

— judaicus, 137.

ferrwin-equinum, 76,99,

94, 101, 106, 107,

108, 109, 110, 111,

WO ey VES is

RG lala nlalhS elo!

120, WN eee 1a

144, 315, 316.

— gerimanicus, 113.

— ittalicus, 113.

— nippon, 110, 115,

145, 334, 337.

— obscurus, 114, 115,

TMG Hag!

— proximus, 112, 115,

145.

— regulus, 112, 115,

118, 145.

— tragatus, 111, 115,

145

— typicus, 118, 115.

fumigatus, 137.

garoénsis, 1209,

131, 145.

gracilis, 129, 160, 182,

136, 187, 189, 145.

hildebrandti, 137.

himalayanus, 104, 106.

hipposiderus, 86, 126,

We IS) Neve 138).

140, 141, 142, 148,

144, 145, 315, 316.

— alpinus, 142.

— minimus, 139, 140,

1438, 145.

—- minutus, 114, 142,

143, 144, 145.

— pallidus, 142.

— troglophilus, 142.

139,

—typicus, 141,143,144. |

— typus, 142.

keyensis, ig):

landeri, 137, 188. |

INDEX.

| Rhinolophus

lepidus, 97, 120, 121,

122, 128, 124, 125,

126, 127, 128, 129)

130, 131, 182, 1383,

135, 186, 137, 158,

139, 144, 145.

libanoticus, 113.

lobatus, 137.

maclaudi, 138.

macrotis, 137.

macrurus, LOA.

malayanus, 76, 77, 89,

90, 92, 100, 101,

107, 120, 145.

megaphyllus, 76, 77,

78, 79, 80, 81, 82,

Ss GR Uy Ne.

117, 120.

-—— monachus, 80, 81,

87, 144.

— typicus, 79, 145.

midas, 129, 1388, 139,

140, 143, 144, 145.

nuinimus, 140,

minor, 83, 86, 87, 89,

On, Gey Weil.

123 124 126:

HORS 8), NEO aul

135, 1386, 1387, 138,

189, 140, 148, 144.

minutus, 123, 129, 135.

monoceros, 121, 123,

131, 1325136) 145.

monticola, 97, 98, 122,

123, 124, 125, 130,

135, 145.

nanus, 76, 77, 81, 82,

83. 84, 87, 107, 116,

Li7, 120, V4 145.

nereis, 90, 91, 92, 93,

LOT GLOZ Os 20)

144, 145.

nesites, 104, 106.

nippon, LOT, 108, 110,

TD, TPA ee alas,

120, 334.

obscurus, 108, 110, 118,

114.

pearsoni, 97.

peterst, 86, 95, 96, 97,

98, 124, 1380, 133, 145.

phasma, 141.

philippinensis, 78, 138.

princeps, 104, 106.

proximus, 107, 108,

INO), a Ts,

pusillus, 86, 126, 127.

rammanika, 98, 99.

refulgens, 122,124,125

133, 185, 186, 145.

’

603

Rhinolophus

regulus, 107, 108, 110,

TI ae ee Zo),

rouxt, 79, 85, 86, 90,

92, 93, 94, 95; 98,

97, 98, 99, 100, 101,

102, 107, 117, 119,

L205 12 PASS.

145.

— rubidus, 99.

—— sinicus, 98, 99, 144.

— typicus, 98, 99, 145.

rubidus, 98, 99.

rufescens, 113.

simplex, 76, 77, 78, 79,

80, Sl, 82, 83, 86,

89, 93, 94, 115, 117,

NAO AE ee ess).

157, 138, 144, 145.

simulator, 117, 120.

spadix, 87.

stheno, 77, 90, 91, 92,

GB NON, Oe, ike,

117, 120, 121, 144,

145.

subbadius, 121, 122,

125, 124, 129, 130,

Mesyil A TS. 1B 7,

138.

sumatranus, 97, 98,

32) Meo S43:

136, 145.

superans, 104, 106.

tener, 1O4.

thomast, 90, 93, 94,

LOO TOM LOZ 10%

120, 144, 145.

tragatus, 107, 108, 110,

1 V2 M420!

truncatus, 76, 77, 80,

81, 82, 83, 84, 87,

WOE WING, Tile, NSXO),

145.

typicus, 108.

unt-hastatus, 113.

virge, 88, 107,

144,

Rhinophryne

dorsalis, 193, 205.

120,

| Rhinopithecus

rocellane, 330.

Rhynchea, 161, 162, 163,

164, 165, 166, 168.

capensis, 155, 157.

| Rupicola, 52, 55.

| Ruppia, 507.

Sagartia, 499, 500, 507,

508, 509, 510.

palliata, 507.

parasitica, 501, 509.

604

Satyrus, 70, 72.

indicus, 298, 299,

302.

dugesi, 193, 280.

hammondi, 205.

multiplicatus, 231.

Seaptira

ctenodactyla, 254. |

knoxti, 254.

Sceloporus, 212,

231.

acanthinus, 194, 214,

231, 232.

e@neus, 194, 214, 232.

asper, 232.

bullert, 232.

Jormosus, 194, 214,

231, 232

Scaphiopus, 205, 208. |

213, |

Aon,

gadovie, 195, 246,

247.

heterolepis, 232.

melanorhinus, 195. |

microlepidotus, 195,

214, 230, 232.

pyrrhocephalus, 194,

247

scalaris, 195, 214, 280

232, 240.

siniferus, 195, 232. |

spinosus, 194, 214,

torquatus,

216, 232.

variabilis,

231, 232.

yarrow, 232.

Scelotes

bipes, 254.

Scineus

officinalis, 482.

Sciuropterus

momonga, 334,

amygdali, 338,

344,

Sciurus

lis, 333, 384, 847.

varius, 346.

vulgaris, 346, 351.

— calotus, 346.

— orientis, 333, 345.

Scolecophis

emule, 225.

atrocinctus, 225.

michoacensis, 225.

Seolopax, 157, 159, 162,

163, 164, 165, 166,

168, 169.

rusticola, 155.

Scotopelia

bouviert, 296,

)

194, 214,

195, 214,

INDEX.

Scylliam

canicula, 490.

| Selenidera

maculirostris, 296.

| Serrarius

microcephalus, 566, 567,

569.

| Simia, 70.

koolookamba, 70.

nkulunkamba, 70.

satyrus, 295, 296, 299,

| Sistrurus, 226.

ravus, 226.

Solenodon, 244.

Sorex

hawkeri, 333, 339.

macrapygmeus, 238,

minutus, 339.

shinto, 833, 338.

wmbrinus, 340, 361.

Spelerpes, 202, 208, 205,

D4.

belli, 198, 208, 204,

232.

cephalicus, 203.

chiropterus, 198, 208,

232.

Juscus, 202, 203.

gibbicaudus, 203.

infuscatus, 203.

leprosus, 195, 208,

232.

lineolus, 203.

morto, 205, 231.

multiplicatus, 208.

orizabensis, 193, 208,

204, 252.

rufescens, 203.

uniformis, 203.

variegatus, 193, 203.

yucatanicus, 203.

Spheerodactylus, 211.

anthracinus, 211.

glaueus, 194, 211.

notatus, 211.

torquatus, 211.

Spilotes, 223, 227.

Spongia

botryoides, 4.

complicata, 4.

Staurotypus

biporcatus, 209.

triporcatus, 209.

Stenorhina

dagenhardtt, 225.

Stenorhynchus, 509.

Stercutus, 563.

Sternotherus

nigricans, 252,

sinuatus, 251.

Streptophorus, 224,

227.

atratus, 196.

diadematus, 224.

Struthio, 291, 393.

molybdophanes, 295.

Sturnus, 54.

Suricata

tetradactyla, 28, 29.

Sus

leucomystax, 333, 334,

307.

Sycon

sp., 15.

Symphalangus, 170.

Syrrhopus, 207.

omiltemanus, 232.

verruculatus, 194.

Talpa

europea, 330.

mizura, 334, 335,

wogura, 334.

Tarba, 148.

favillacea, 149.

Tarentula, 570.

Tarsostenus, 275.

univittatus, 273,

Tatera

fallax, 188.

teniura, 523.

Telephorus

bivittatus, 271.

incisus, 271.

nigrinus, 271.

teter, 272.

viridescens, 271.

vitticollis, 2°71.

conatus, 271.

Testudo, 69, 211, 243.

greca, 60.

polyphemus, 211.

tabulata, 211.

vicina, 59, 67, 68,

270.

Thalassia, 507.

Thecadactylus

rapicauda, 211.

Thinocorus, 162,

164, 165, 166,

169.

sp., 155.

Thorius, 202, 241.

pennatulus, 193,

232.

Thriocera, 274.

bicinetella, 274,

pectoralis, 274, 275.

Thryonomys

swinderianus, 296.

168,

202,

Tiliqua, 257, 258, 260,

262, 266, 467, 487.

seincoides, 257.

Tityra, 37.

Toluca

lineata, 283.

Tomodactylus

amule, 232.

Tragelaphus

bor, 182.

haywoodi, 181.

knutsoni, 182.

scriptus, 181.

sylvaticus, 181.

Trapezia, 495.

Trimerorhinus

rhombeatus, 255.

Trimorphodon, 224.

biscutatus, 196, 224.

tau, 224.

upsilon, 196, 224, 251,

Triprion

petasatus, 206.

Triton

cristatus, 58.

Trochosa, 570.

Tropidodipsas,

227.

Tropidonotus, 225, 227.

chrysocephalus, 199,

233.

fasciatus,

godnant, 235.

melanogaster, 195, 230,

233.

natrix, 60.

ordinatus, 195, 225,

280, 238, 240, 241.

— eques, 195.

— marcianus, 195.

pryert, 512, 518, 515.

scealaris, 195, 233.

sealiger, 195, 231.

sipedon, 225.

tigrinus, 511, 513.

validus, 223, 230.

variabilis, 231.

vibakari, 11, 513.

Tropidurus

hispidus,

269.

224,

992

sav.

61, 265,

INDEX.

Tupinambis, 268, 269,

nigropunctatus, 62, 65,

268.

Typhlops

tenuis, 222.

Typhlotriton

speleus, 202.

Unealia,

Upupa, 52.

Urotheca, 224, 227.

elapoides, 196, 224.

Urotragus

evansi, 314.

Urotrichus

gibbsi, 330.

talpoides, 338, 334, 335,

336, 841, 358.

— pilirostris, 333, 342.

Ursus

arctos, 335.

japonicus, 334,

torquatus, dd4.

Uta, 212; 213.

auriculata, 213.

bicarinata, 194, 213,

250, 240.

eleguns, 14, 218.

irregularis, 194.

lateralis, 213.

stansburiana, 218.

222.

335.

Vanellus. 157, 162, 163,

164, 165, 166, 167.

vulgaris, 155.

Varanus, 61, 462, 485.

albigularis, 253.

exanthematicus, 59,267,

268, 269.

griseus, O9.

niloticus, 254.

Venator, 570.

Vespertilio

sp., 520.

abramus, 307.

africanus, 522.

akokomuli, 337.

blepotis, 338.

blythi, 522.

equinus, 113, 141.

Serrum-equinum,

141.

113;

THE END.

605

_ Vespertilio

| ferrum-equinum major,

113.

— minor, 141.

hippocrepis, 115, 141.

hipposideros, 141.

matschiei, 520.

— pellucens, 520.

minutus, 129.

mirza, O20.

serotinus, 520.

shiraziensis, 520.

subbadia, 180, 131.

| turcomanus, 520.

| Vulpes

| ferrilatus,

| 304, 505.

flavescens, 303.

Japonicus, 335.

vulpes flavescens, 303,

529

— waddellé, 303, 304,

305.

302, 303,

Xantusia, 219.

Xenodon, 227.

rhabdoecephalus, 281,

2338.

Xenopus

calcaratus, 249, 250.

clivti, 249, 250.

Fraseri, 250.

levis, 248, 249, 250.

muelleri, 249, 250.

petersii, 249.

Xenosaurus, 221,231,242.

grandis, 217, 233.

Zamenis, 223, 227, 231.

constrictor, 223.

grahami, 225, 238, 240.

lineatus, 196.

mentovarius, 196,

23, 233;

MEXICANUS,

240.

| ornatus, 223.

| pulcherrimus, 196,

semilineatus, 225.

teniatus, 223.

| Zonurus

polyzonus, 258.

225,

196, 223,

Printed by Taynor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street,

ContENTS (continued).

December 12, L905:

Page

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of

MME TGCS) Oo peeet «ah sale soc taiens cl ck iat gute aca eee! cinkate ss ha Hdldg et Keo ae eo oe of £89

The Secretary. Exhibition of a coloured print of Polito’s Royal Menagerie at Exeter

MCU TONS Cs z/a! euaia creed lerade Clave frei eci ere Taher s Sue folie sei al ones eye ra CS aeRO R tere Pere CSlt)

Mr. A. H. Cocks, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of photographs of Whales ee in Kast

BENIN ANKE Tay on sian sare tebe otiel a everteyeh sv tls 5 Gere te fase pere hers ecla, Coa aos cy eu aR CMT NM aA Aare 490

Mr. Geo. P. Mudge, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Dogfish with ane

WIRE RET tenis aid GEIR Sica ais OP REO REE SIT eae Ce eee a Begs AR ERs 490

Mr. Geo. P. ee ¥.Z.S. - Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an Harthworm ey bifid :

WRTU Scie iS a0, 35 ERT AICTE RROD COREE OCIS Be IC RR Pee oI Mullis QUERIES 490

Mr. H. B. Fantham, B.8e., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, microscopic

preparations of a new Heemosporidian Ow chetmenls Lyon losis cic oe aria ieleie tere nie 491

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks ee tails of Dormice

showing regeneration of the vertebrat.....sesseesse case sSaudneoe. Ol

. Dr. W. G. Ridewood, F.Z.8. Exhibition of ro ele Pee of the regenerated

vertebree of the tails of Dormice Mista uias een ere eee aha Sh a SO apace eee AS Aaa

ar On the Habits and Reactions of Crabs bearing Actinians in their Claws. By J. H.

’ Durrpen, Ph.D., A.R.C.Sc. (Lond.), Professor. of Zoology, Rhodes ee. Colles;

Grahamstow n, Cape Colomyaeacerss:: os hia Ses Sis 494

2. Notes on a Collection of Snakes from Japan and the Loo Choo Islands. By Captain

Be Waris MeZese indian: Medicalus eivicer ersstie.7 ew so cee ancien neta tec ceaae ees 511

3. Description d’un Ophidien nouveau du bees (Morenoa orizabensis, g. et sp. nn.).

Par Aurrep Ducés, M.D., C.M.Z.S. spt oko ta nisl aie «(at c'el wai mkanyniehn Sashes Same Mere ear oy anleg

4. On a Collection of Mammals frem Persia and Armenia presented to the British

Museum by Col. A. C. Bailward. By Ouprinup Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8. (Plate XVI). 519

». On the Colour-Variation of the Beetle Gondoctena variabilis. By L. Doncasrer, M.A.,

PEA ei cksvet Sartale nls cies a ohel elapse hice MeaPe oinaoes SUN = eal RAGE ete caer cae CRD ete ee 528

6. On Species of Crustacea of the Genera Ptychognathus Stimps. and Palemon Fabr.

frem Christmas Island. By Dr. J. G. pz Man, of Ierseke, Holland. (Plates XVII.

BeRONEVEAD TC) alee PCs cn ate njol ts ascon! si Slo Povey at aie OM Ota Uae eval eR NEG eH Eee Saiictn) 2s AP 537

7. Nete on Heredity in Pigeons. By Ricuarp Stapies-Brownp, F.Z.8........2.... 000% 550

8. On a new Species of Worm of the Genus Pontodrilus from the Shores of the Red Sea.

By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F_LR:S., Prosector to the Society .......0.......... 5d8_

Je}

. On a new Enchytreid Worm (Henlea lefroyi, sp. n,) from India destructive to the Hges

of a Locust (Acridium sp.). By Frank: K. Bupparp, M.A., F.K.S., Prosector to

the Society Aes AS Satan RP eat rete NTA ogee ESP ALARA AMA teas Bang fey DOR eet ab CCIE A St eA RD he chai as 562

10. On new and rare British Mites of the Family Oribatide. By Cxci Warsurton,

M.A., F.Z.8., and Nieut D. KF. Pearce, M.A. (Plates XIX. & XX.) .............. 564

11. On some South Australian Spiders of the’ Family whoa ee Ht. R. Hoge, M.A.,

VUSD RENE S we i AUR Yaron! ee Reba Poe Ra SLA aa earn aS IA rah Sa ialdl ea tecn ROA A eae eam GO)

"PaiG Cetencaard 292. Vou d eaeyLaee eA eTES MI Cee ASS ec rua es yhia O R PRs Bt GLa se races Aa Marl MU a ML br 593

ME le poerce aay Wer Sar sisealety oye. occ 'e onl ofa n'a, win) sini GllnueVe Aes eloeennley iy cel chc c, «| #)Svewialel'e Melee e culdiene erage : i

MShoteSoumnerleands OMCELS: ek cies crease aacne teak creo o gl erensiatohieteyatieate ala’ aie 8 mene eee ae ae li

MiiSte Oty Combe rates rs ee aute ei wceietti) chal stave tila leyed atateleytuelictatitzaaValuises tats sits sc 0 ep Miah teense lil

Alpnaiencal Mash ot. @ ombrilowlOses cy.) sie\ +s ¢/crriaiate tape cieliapatauane iatapi en ele eames Reeai cet Xi

DV ESSipCaN G4 BUSY atch Pr i ace EA eA RR eR a Ck A a eR TR LeRoi te XX1

Bast of Mext-Mmoures Mees yc cat vale S ele e502 Seana eae AEN Par gt Sa! Lh atenaeane Diaaieeetter at «+ XXij1

isthos New! Generiembormsc2. i sce ice ae le ete eta nen, Hing eh DLCs ats a Wane Oneal XXVi

LIST OF PLATES.

1905.—_ VOL. II.

PAR PTL

Plate o Page

VIII. White-maned Serow (Nemorhedus arqyroch@tes) ........++++ 329

IX. Mustela melampus bed fordt. <7 can sae tues orien eat ees 331

X. 1. Galavias affinis, 2. G. huttoni. 3. G.punctifer. 4. G.lyne.

XI. 1. Galavias weedoni. 2. G.waitii. 8. G.olidus. 4. G. ocei-

CLL aban meen ee Nerden UA Zeke nina a A io Sale . |

363

RW Ve Galazias attenuatiws., 3 20G ACoae Sienee renee nce vac f

XIII, 1. Galavias auratus, 2. G. attenuatus. 8. G. findlayi. |

BLOG UPULLOCOUS 6 ew wic alsin sts eteteiar tale Weeden ea eaten aoa he ee )

DOE V ie V3 j ue

ee \ New species of Bladder-clawed Halticid@ ....0+.0-.++.ee0ee 398

XVI. Calomyscus bailwardi .... Pee CA ee m hies uene 519

XVII, Figs. 1-5. Ptychognathus pusillus. Fig. 6. P. barbatus ...... q

XVIII. Figs. 7-15. Palemon (Eupalemon) lar, yar. Figs. 16-19. \ 537

Bi (Hapalam on) Uae iia ine steret2ite iavoig Meta setn te, ore en ai ee )

a | British Orébatide@ 20. ceeeeesecsses ein avant Polefote, wigicn mune eae 564

XX, é

NOTICE.

‘The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in fowr parts, forming two volumes,

as follows:—

VOL. I.

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, in June.

II. ns x » March and April, in August.

VOL. II.

Part I. containing papers read in May and June, in October.

II. 55 ‘i »» | November and December, in April,

‘ Proceedings,’ 1905, Vol. II. Part I. was published on October 17th, 1905.

The Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Meetings in

November and December are contained in this Part.

= A = pares iB

Te 4) ap Ar Pe hia 4 qa ‘<8 | didi l alk Va eee a eal He 69 es = A, dl tee A py oi

Sat 2 ~ NEST Ya Wa

angaeaaenay | Tan i WL ed NA

§AAar, l Wi rn | {-

: Lie An 2 fr § a Lia 7 na l | im att Ar {

ane amen «. haa; aA | ! £3 aa pa bbeenl

pane perro ‘. Naga Arr y “ ai : ff / . ao: anil yyy Ty) | ne ganas

ae aA” MN ; moa os S As 4 ad Gr ase

P|! f wo Se Oe j bal WAR ae ame | 4 Bs iD A 44, el Mie TA = a mae toe gs ot pA

apa plNAamaaa tea too! VW =. Ave, Aon N nrg Sine aca 1H] eas , , cry

ORs ipacccshee bata cates e nly Si hens ae WHTT com BUrvees 7 atin uli

aah ase ve ef. : ial “s 25 PS Pee Waa ry m4 1

CN Snape aS Aare 2 AT “a nal, ba All th : Air a ah ae

aah PN aRAe ; “i

| A Aas DB asthe i Naan

AANA Uaanaaas. ‘ a \. - fr y

Re 2 Ay ~ iba jhe” ~Aqg | \ : aa ? av :

4 a SA ARAA RA, Se LEC | MA, aa TTY nena 4annaase A

ya bid A : \m ‘i Si mas Tapa eaanA Ra

: a agaeran = / , y i Ng 7 re panes! Ye AM |

: : In * A 4 » : 4

TLL | nan! Peptide bid | eemehinad : WyAan

aw (UN ash TTL CUTIIVT ToT aneereer,

| Ba cee Ae oe 7 aH bee es ‘ Pa x ( ARR 4 Oa Be a PR a

a fAl gabe meh Sa SN i e . a: | AAA g a fer < i Lena anenn il hs

geen, has, ceaecee Al ahulerren = Se on cond

ae Lame : = a a‘ 4,

“ ry ; Bets aaa j alt TTT TT leat ae aethaaaenl “i mt

sal roar Rae ss ap27~ AA, Cte, tit Te Li Awl |e “B a R728 ean -AASANAM eng AAA

. = Foe en thine emg 3

ea) PEELE Phe ss paar --- @ aver aA, asada aaa) tAy POE nna : 7

aA nal lanhal te ae Wana» apAp ne hE VAY res f conor

a8 Sarin merry | ¥ Rann aletal J oR Ddstadsialdel ce anes ral VLE TYY

pp ane . ~ sy ar ARR TOSS. An pe Tree seaany (aa Ped: Ge & Naan

net I Tae eel VOI eer nana wall (ule peel fy |

ipvbelia Se Whrrenee atbeas Ones

KA a aft

Nay.

PAELLA aerey 4 mY Viel

a Vk St Nil JAK rai A

HGpeeeeis, A. Ng aR | KITT qT

Sd tne Soe 1d oa oe . Ang hhAn Peypflae ae

AAP ASE

f al ea Lal

AA sPerrerr call al atl